CJV9 ^Ji3_53^_lA3jD
^1
Given By
j^
-iil J-.\^^'^i
I960
3^
/
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
9-
■
1
\(>o
, -in Public Ubrary
^ap.MuUcndent ot Documents
INDEX
DEPOSITORY
VOLUME XLII: Numbers 1071-1096
January 4^ June 27, 1960
E
'ICIAL
EKLY RECORD
ITED STATES
lEIGM POLICY
Issue
Number
Date of Issue
Pages
1071
Jan. 4, 1960
1- 40
1072
Jan. 11,1960
41- 72
1073
Jan. 18,1960
73- 108
1074
Jan. 25,1960
109- 136
1075
Feb. 1, 1960
137- 176
1076
Feb. 8, 1960
177- 224
1077
Feb. 15,1960
225- 268
1078
Feb. 22,1960
269- 312
1079
Feb. 29,1960
313- 348
1080
Mar. 7,1960
349- 396
1081
Mar. 14, I960
397- 432
1082
Mar. 21, 1960
433- 468
1083
Mar. 28, 1960
469- 508
1084
Apr. 4, 1960
509- 544
1085
Apr. 11,1960
545- 584
1086
Apr. 18,1960
585- 632
1087
Apr. 25,1960
633- 676
1088
May 2,1960
677- 720
1089
May 9, 1960
721- 768
1090
May 16, 1960
769- 808
1091
May 23, 1960
809- 848
1092
May 30, 1960
849- 896
1093
June 6, 1960
897- 944
1094
June 13, 1960
945- 980
1095
June 20, 1960
981-1012
1096
June 27, 1960
1013-1048 ^
..'^ST05;^v
'' PUBLIC )
\ir,.„,,^-y
Corrections for Volume XLII
The Editor of the Bulletin wishes to call atten-
tion to the following errors in Volume XLII:
February 8, page 222, left column, third line
under Telecommunication: The date should read
"December 22, 1952."
April 4, page 522, footnote 8: The members of
the Latin American Free Trade Association are
Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru,
and LTruguay.
May 9, page 744, right column, 10th line: The
sentence should begin "Commodore Perry . . . ."
INDEX
Volume XLII : Numbers 1071-1096, January 4-June 27, 1960
Abs. Hermann J., 63, 264
Academy of Sciences, National, 281
Achilles, Theodore C, 629
Acuna Ongay, Alberto, 804
Adair, Charles W., Jr., 870, 938, 975, 1036
Aden consular district, transfer of British Somaliland to
Mogadiscio consular district, 506
Adenauer, Konrad, 319, 517
Administrative agreement (1952), U.S.-Japanese agree-
ment relating to Japanese contributions for U.S.
services and supplies under article XXV, 309
Advertising material and commercial samples, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation,
505
Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange, 300
Aerial inspection {see also Surprise attack) :
U.X. operation of system, U.S. proposal for, address
and statements : Eisenhower, 901, 902, 905 ; Lodge,
956, 959
U.S. and Soviet positions, statements : Department,
819 ; Eisenhower, 852 ; Herter, 816 ; and text of
Soviet note, 8.53
Use for intelligence purposes (see also U-2 incident),
address (Eisenhower), 9(X)
Aerial photography, reconnaissance, and surveillance.
See Aerial inspection
Aeronautical Institute of Technology, agreement with
^ Brazil to assist in the acquisition of a sub-critical
assembly for, 1009
Aeroi^autics and Space Administration, National. See
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Afghanistan :
ICA loan to purchase aircraft, 831
Radio regulations (19.59), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
r.S. aid, address and statement: Bunker, 776; Jones,
611, 615
Africa {see also individual countries) :
Apartheid. See Apartheid
Conference of chief.s of U.S. diplomatic missions and
principal consular officers of north and west Africa
at Tangier, Morocco, 974
DLF loans, 300
Economic development, need for and challenge of,
address, resolution, statement: Penfield, 920;
Phillips. 934; ECOSOC resolution, 937
Newly independent countries of :
Challenge to U.S. and the U.N., address, resolution,
and statement : ECOSOC resolution, 937 ; Phillips,
934 ; Wilcox 589
Index, January to June 1960
Africa — Continued
Newly independent countries of — Continued
Developments in and U.S. policy toward, addresses:
Penfield, 918; Satterthwaite, 680
Need for education to help solve problems of
(Thayer), 900
Progress of independence in, statements: Lodge, 100;
White, 991 ; Zablocki, 25
Soviet-bloc activity in {see also Less developed coun-
tries: Economic offensive), report (Eisenhower),
815
Sub-Sahara Africa, National Academy of Sciences
recommendations for technical aid to, address
(Kistiakowsky), 281
U.S. mutual security program in, address and state-
ments: Dillon, 385, 569, 571; Eisenhower, 373;
Herter, 377, 576 ; Phillips, 502 ; Riddleberger, 445,
446, 448, 449, 451, 573, 576 ; Satterthwaite, 603
Agadir earthquake. .S'ee under Morocco
Agrarian reform, U.S. views re Cuban policy of, aide
memoire, 994
Agricultural Sciences, Inter- American Institute of (GAS),
convention (1944) on, and protocol of amendment to,
346, 541
Agricultural surpluses, U.S., use in overseas programs :
Agreements with : Chile, 309 ; Republic of China, 465 ;
Finland, G30, 892; Greece, 222; Iceland, 805, 942;
India, 173, 582, 844, 889; Indonesia, 346; Israel,
173; Japan, 500; Korea, 105; Pakistan, 506, 805;
Peru, 506 ; Poland, 392, 393 ; Turkey, 134, 173, 541 ;
United Arab Republic, 674 ; Uruguay, 105, 265 ; Viet-
Nam, 466
Emergency relief aid to: Chile, 966; Lebanon, 559;
Libya, 962 ; Morocco, 444 ; Somalia, 713
Food-for-peace program. See Food-for-peace
Sales for foreign currencies:
Loans from proceeds, address and letter : Howe, 652 ;
Rubottom, 697
Reallocation of certain yen accruing to U.S. under
agricultural commodities agreements with Japan,
506
Report to Congress (Dillon), 462. 463
Rice sales under Public Law 480, statement (John-
son), .363
U.S.-Indian agreement, letter and statements : Eisen-
hower, 890 ; Herter, 890 ; Lodge, 891 ; White House
announcement, 889
Statement (Dillon), 381, 383
Agricultural surpluses, world, report of 10th session of
Conference of FAO (Miller), 89
1051
Agriculture (see also Agricultural Sciences, Inter- Ameri-
can Institute of; Agricultural surpluses; and Food
and Agricultural Organization) :
Canadian-U.S. joint effort to solve problems of, com-
munique, 366
Collectivization in East Germany, forced, statement
(White), 797
Commodity trade problems. See Commodity trade
Farm problem, need for legislation to solve, message
(Eisenhower), 116
Institute of tropical and sub-tropical agriculture,
SEATO consideration of U.S. proposal for, 987
Land distribution, U.S. views re Cuban agrarian re-
form, 994
Latin America, contributions of educational exchange,
address (Rubottom), 916
Agriculture, Department of :
Liberalization of trade restrictions on U.S. exports,
joint announcement with Departments of Com-
merce and State, 873
Operating responsibility for food-for-peace progrram,
743
Suspension of services of U.S. fruit and vegetable In-
.spectors stationed in Cuba, texts of Cuban and U.S.
notes, 706
Trade promotion activities, expansion of, interagency
reiwrt and message : Eisenhower, 561 ; report, 564
Agriculture Fair, World, India, remarljs (Eisenhower),
49
Air navigation and transport. See Aviation
Airmail, provisions of universal postal convention (1957)
re, 465, 978
Albania:
Radio regulations (19.59), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Alejos, Carlos, 1018
Alessandri, Jorge, 483
Algeria :
Principle of self-determination for, U.S. views on pro-
posed General Assembly resolution, statements
(Lodge), 100
Question of, U.S. views concerning, address (Wilcox),
592
Aliens, nonimmigrant visas, new regulations, article
(Pryor), 9
Almonds, Presidential action re import.s, 339
Ambassadorial talks (U.S.-Communist China), U.S. pro-
tests persecution of Bishop Walsh, statements (De-
partment, Herter), 556
Ambrose, Myles, 127
American Battle Monuments Commission, 173
American Farm School of Salonika, address (Thayer),
242
American Foreii/n Policy: Current Documents, Advisory
Committee report on, 394
American Hellenic Educational Progressive Association,
address (Herter), 516
American Republics. See Inter-American, Latin America,
Organization of American States, Pan American, and
individual countries
American States, Organization of. See Organization of
American States
Americans serving overseas, tribute to, remarks (Dillon),
1009
Amity and commerce, treaties with :
Japan, 100th anniversary of exchange of ratifications
of, article (Parks), 744
Muscat, Oman, and Dependencies, 942
Anderson, Charles W., Jr., 34
Anderson, Robert Bernerd, 264, 427
Andrade, Victor, 353
Antarctica :
Peaceful uses of, treaty regarding, 112, 1009
Scientific program in :
Address (Kistiakowsky), 278
U.S.-Chilean cooperation in, joint announcement, 698
Anti-Americanism :
Propaganda in South America, statement (Herter), 490
U.S. protest to Czechoslovakia for museum exhibition, 7
Antisubmarine Warfare Research Center, 1022
Antitrust laws, U.S., ocean shipping practices, meeting of
governments concerned in grand jury investigation of,
501
Apartheid, policy of :
Address (Wilcox), 592
Security Council's consideration of, U.S. views concern-
ing, statements and text of U.N. resolution : Herter,
551, 644 ; Lodge, 667 ; resolution, 669
Arab-Israel dispute :
Refugee problem. See Refugees
Statement (Herter), 489
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
U.N. efforts to resolve, U.S. views, statement (Herter),
551. 552
Arab Republic. United. See United Arab Republic
Arab states, complaint about Premier Ben-Gurion's U.S.
visit, statement (Herter), 489
Arab States, League of :
Agreement with FAO, 93
Boycott measures against U.S. shipping, letters and
statement (Dillon, Meany), 834
Archeological congress, 4th Iranian :
Remarks (Henderson), 836
U.S. representative (Henderson), 713
Argentina :
Border dispute with Chile, solution of, statement
(Herter), 549
Latin American Free Trade Association, 522, 630, 938
Relaxation of import controls, 874
Submarine off coast of, statement (Herter), 360
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission, agreement renewing 1958 agree-
ment with U.S., 766
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S. relating
to, 173
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Submarines, agreement with U.S. for loan of, 766
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 50."
1052
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Argentina — Continued
Treaties, agreement!), etc. — Continued
Whaling convention <l'.H*ii, intematiomil, and proto-
oA (lUu>H amending, 104<5
U.S. science officer, appointment, ZC>2
VUlt of President Eisenhower, 119, 471, 477
Armaments <»ee alto Disarmament, Missiles, Nuclear
weapons, and Weapons production program) :
Exp<jrtation of, seizare of arms or munitions being
illegallj exiiorted. Executive order, 362
Gr(/wth of wear»onB te<-hnok,>gj', address (White), 990
International control and reduction of:
Address < Rnbottom > , .!i22
Impfjrtance of scientific advice and eTaliiati<ms to,
address (Ki.stiakowsky^ 277, 280
In Latin America :
Problem of, statement ( Rubottom ) , 627
Regional conference on, projjosed, addresses: Dil-
lon. 4.%; Bubottom, 09.5
Need for: addresses (Eisenhower), 480, 481, 482;
joint statement (Alessandri, Elsenhower j, 483
Soviet refusal to agree to, address and statement
(Herterj, 3.!^, .%8, 359
U.S. p^^ition, addresses: DIUon, 724, 728; Herter,
3.^, e.Vi, 636, 638 ; Rubottom, 522
Western views on, letter and statement : Eaton, .'51.3 :
ELsenhower, .514 ; text of 5-Power working paper
on general disarmament, .511
Need for, message (Eisenhower;, 114
Armed forces:
Force level ceiling, proposed, .5-Power working paper on
general disarmament, 511, fjl2
Foreign forces in Korea, question of removal of, state-
ment (Robertson J, 21, 22, 23
Soviet, proposed reduction in, statement (White), 147
Armed forces, U.S. :
Air Force, Security Council rejection of Soviet com-
plaint of aggression by, statements (Lodge) and
texts of resolutions, 955
Bu'lzet request for FY 1961, excerpt from President's
message to Congress, 204
Df-f<-;j.sive Btrength, address (Eisenhower), 47
Di.sa.ster relief provided by :
Earthquake relief aid and snxiplies ivrorided Mo-
rocco, 444
Fl'xjd relief to Brazil, 600
Soviet soldiers, rescue of, exchange of measages
(Elsenhower, Khrusbchev), 599
Force level c-eiling proposed, 5-Power working papter on
general disarmament. 511, 512
Military banes, overseas. See ilUitary hofieM
Military cemeteries, agreement with Belgium concern-
ing, 173
Military missions abroad. See Military mis^ons
Mobility in relation to breadth of territorial waters,
statement ( Dean ) , 259, 260
Reduction of, need for, address ( Herter j, 3-!i6, 357
Statns-of -forces agreement with Japan : statement
(Herter), 1031; text <rf treaty and related docu-
ments. 185
Withdrawal from Morocco, joint communiqtie, 57
Asia, South Asia, and S'^utbeast Asia (tee aUo Far Eajit.
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization, and individual
C'yuntriet) :
ColomlKj Plan, 171
C'/miuunist aggresKlon In. See under Communism
Ge'ygrapbic regions of, article (Pearcy), 148
Mass communir-ations in Southeast Asia, I/.S. delega-
tion U) UNESCO conference on, 171
Pacific Asian affairs, U.S. role in, address (Parsons),
4W
Pr'x^ress and potential in South Asia, address
(Bunker), 776
Refugees. See Refugees and disi^laced persons
Rice exports to Asian countries, U.S. policy, statement
(Johnson;, .363
U.K. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East,
U.S. representative to 16tb session, 629
U.S. and 0>mmniilst CJhlna policies in, address ( Jones) i
782
U.S. mutual security program in :
Development Loan Fund :
Loans in, 300
Program for FT 1961, proposed, st&tement (Brand),
4.S3. 454, 4.57
Message, reixirt, and etat«iients: Dillon, 380, .386;
Eisenhower, 374, 81.5; Jtmes, 610; Parsons, .532
Technical cooperation and defense support pr'jgrams
for FY 1961 in, statement (Riddleberger), 446, 451
Atlantic Pact. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Atomic energy, nuclear weapons. See Nuclear weapons
Atomic energy, peaceful uses of (nee aUo Atomic Energy
Agency) :
Agreements with: Austria, 2®; Chile, .541. Colombia,
SH3 ; Guatemala, 892 : Indonesia. 1046 ; Ireland, 718,
766 ; Israel, .3«i ; New Zealand, 674 ; Soviet Union,
. 279 ; Venezuela, .346
Protection from radiation, remarks and statement:
Dean, 256 ; Herter, 283
Space vehicles, use of, nuclear rockets as propdlants,
address (Glennanj, 60
Visit to U.S. of officials ot the Yugoslav Federal Com-
mission for Nuclear 'Energy, 410, 54(9
Atomic Energy AgencT, International :
FAO cooperation agreement with, report (Miller), 93
Importance of work In Vienna, 599
Radioactive waste pollution, problem rrferred to, state-
ment (Dean), 256
At/jmic Energy Commission, U.S. :
Budget request for FY l!f61, 209
Discussions with Yugoslav atomic energy officials, 410,
d99
Attorney (JeneraU U.S.. authority for seizure at arms or
munitions being illegally exported, Execatire order,
362
Auditory and visual materials, agreement and protocol
facilitating international circulation of, $46, 1006
Australia:
GaTT consultations, announcement. 527
Participation with IBRD in development at Indus
Basin, 442. 443
Trade restrictions, liberalization at, 441, 874
Index, January to June J 960
1053
Australia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 346
Property, industrial, convention (1934) for jirotection
of, extension to territories, 222
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 766
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 103
Tracking stations, agreement with U.S. for operation
and establishment of, 429, 541
Austria :
15th anniversary of declaration of independence, mes-
sage (Herter), 858
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Liberalization of imports from dollar areas and OEEC
countries, 875
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134 ; Switzerland, 630 ; Tunisia, 942
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Research reactor agreements (1956, 1959) with U.S.,
265
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 393
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
Aviation :
Air navigation facilities in Canada, U.S.-Canadian
views on charges for use of, 367
Air transport negotiations with : Mexico, 804, 941 ;
Netherlands, 120: New Zealand, 888; Philippines,
665, 804, 1006 ; U.K., 528, 804
Aircraft :
C-47 missing in Western Germany, remarks (Eisen-
hower), 906
Helicopters, cancellation of licenses for export to
Cuba. Cuban-U.S. notes, 705
High-altitude flights in Berlin corridor, statements
(Herter), 488, 489, 490, 492
Loan to Afghanistan to purchase, 831
Unauthorized flights over Cuba, U.S. views concern-
ing, aide memoire, 995
USAP, airlift of personnel and supplies to disaster
areas in : Brazil, 600 ; Morocco, 444
U-2 incident. See U-2 incident
Liberia, U.S. aid to finance modernization of Roberts
Field, 666
NASA. See National Aeronautics and Space Admin-
istration
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aeronautical Institute of Technology, agreement with
Brazil re the acquisition of a sub-critical assembly
for, 1009
Air Force missions agreements. See under Military
missions
Air navigation equipment, agreement extending 1955
agreement with Republic of Germany for lease of,
5S2
Aviation — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
505, 673, 1009
Air transport ( 1946 ) , agreement with the Philippines
terminated, 506
Assembly and manufacture in Japan of F-104 type
aircraft, agreement with Japan, 844
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 265
Civil air terminal at USAF base in Bermuda, agree-
ment with U.K. extending, 1009
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, 222,
265, 505, 978; protocol (1954) relating to amend-
ments to, 892
Bacon, Edward A., 996
Baghdad Pact. See Central Treaty Organization
Bahamas :
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) and protocol on the importation of,
notification by U.K. of extension to, 805
U.S. -U.K. agreement re application of 1957 agreement
for establishment of oceanographic station in, 942
Baig, M. O. A., 428
Balauee-of-payments problem :
Addresses and statement : Dillon, 401 ; Lodge, 525 ;
Martin, 343
Effect of mutual security program expenditures on,
report and statements : Dillon, 383, 572 ; Eisen-
hower, 815 ; Kohler, 620
GATT discussion of, U.S. views, 938, 1033
President's economic report to Congress re, excerpts,
304, 305, 306
Ballistic missiles. See Missiles
Baltic States, anniversary of independence, statement
(Herter), 361
Barrows, Leland, 766
Bartholomew, Harlan, (558
Bases, U.S., overseas. See Military bases
Bataan Day, ISth anniversary of, message (Eisenhower),
685
Bateman, John B., 363
Beale, W. T. M., 261
Beam, Jacob D., 556
Belgian Congo :
Import-trade policy, 875
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Visit of ICA study group, 835
Belgium :
Develoiiraent Assistance Group, 1st meeting and dele- !
gation, 440, 577
Territories :
Belgian Congo. See Belgian Congo
Ruanda-Uruudi, administration as trust territory,
statement (Zablocki), 27
Trade policies, 875
1054
Department of State Bulletin
Belgium — Cout iuued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
American military cemeteries, agreement with U.S.
concerning, terminating agreements of 1929 and
1947, 173
Classified patent applications, agreement with U.S.
approving procedures for reciprocal filing of, 978
Defense, agreement with U.S. concerning a special
program of facilities assistance, termination, 892
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions : Israel,
134 ; Switzerland, 630, Tunisia, 942
GATT, declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 134
Mutual defense assistance, agreement amending an-
nex B of 1950 agreement with U.S., 38
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 805
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 346
Weapons production program, agreement with U.S.
relating to, 892
AVHO constitution, amendments to, 465
Benelux, trade policies, 875
Bennett, Elmer F., 250, 441, 442, 974
Bennett, Jack, 894
Benson, Charles S., 800
Berding. Andrew H., 233, 729, 906
Berlin :
Situation in :
Heads of Government meetings. See Heads of
Government
Joint U.K., U.S.S.R., and U.S. administration and
occupation of. Department statement and text of
1944 agreement, 5.54
Question of high-altitude flights over Berlin cor-
ridor, statements (Herter). 488, 489, 490, 492
Soviet views, addresses : Berding, 732 ; Dillon, 724
Threat to Berlin, Soviet, statements (Herter), 320,
322, 323, 947
U.S. and Western positions :
Addresses and statements : Berding, 732, Dillon,
724 ; Hanes, 796 ; Herter, 552
Foreign Ministers meeting, statement, 684
NAC communique, 45
Western Heads of State and Government meeting,
communique, 43
West Berlin :
Medical training center, U.S. aid, statement (Kohler),
622
Radio station, Federal Republic of Germany draft
legislation for, U.S. and Soviet notes concerning, 7
Right of self-determination in, joint statement
(Adenauer, Eisenhower), 518
Bermuda, restrictions on imports from dollar areas, 876
Bhumibol Adulyadej, 1028
Biological weapons and warfare. See Chemical
Black, Eugene R., 63
Blankin.ship. Byron E., 106
Board of Foreign Scholarships, member appointed, 800
Bohlen, Charles E.. 86, 239, 240, 495
Bolivia :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 353
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
lutor-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 030
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. aid programs, 280, 625
Bolster, Edward A., 804
Bonsai, Philip W., 238, 523
Braddock, Daniel M., 440
Brand, Vance, 4.53
Brasilia, Brazil, 472, 474, 475, 521, 800
Brazil :
Coffee, relaxation of GATT import restrictions on,
statement (Herter), 550
Efforts to develop managerial talent, address (Rubot-
tom), 916
Financial aid to, question of, statements (Herter), 360,
487, 491
Flood, U.S. relief aid, 600
GATT consultations, participation in, announcement,
527
ICA education and health programs in, address (Rubot-
tom), 287
Latin American Free Trade Association membership, 938
Minister for External Relations, visit to U.S., 523
New Capital at Brasilia, address and message re : Eisen-
hower, 800 ; Rubottom, 521
Trade policies, 875
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aeronautical Institute of Technology, agreement with
U.S. re the acquisition of a sub-critical assembly
for, 1009
GATT:
Declaration on provisional accession of Israel, 805
Declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 346
Protocol relating to negotiations for establishment
of new schedule Ill-Brazil, 173, 805
Health and sanitation program, agreement extending
1942 agreement with U.S., 393
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Military advisory mission, agreement amending 1948
agreement with U.S., 500
Narcotic drugs, protocol (1948) bringing under inter-
national control drugs outside scope of the 1931
convention, 105
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (19.59), international,
630
U.S. destroyers, agreement with U.S. for loan of, 506
Uranium resources, agreements amending and extend-
ing 1957 agreement with U.S. for cooperative
I)rogram for reconnaissance and investigation of,
1016
U.S. missile tracking station In, statement (Rubottom),
629
U.S. science officer, appointment, 363
Visit of President Eisenhower, 119, 471, 474
Index, January to June I960
1055
Breadth of territorial sea. See Territorial waters
British East Africa :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
British Somalilund, transfer of consular district from
Aden to Mogadiscio, 506
Broadcasting. See Telecommunications
Erode, Wallace R., 271, 735
Budget for 1961, message (Eisenhower), 116
Bulgaria :
Minister to U.S., credentials, 147
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 844
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 629
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 1046
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs facili-
ties for, 5S2
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
U.S. Legation at Sofia, opening of, 542
U.S. Minister, confirmation, 205
Bunlier, Ellsworth, 776
Burgess, W. Randolph, 264
Burma :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Restrictions on dollar imports, 876
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Israel,
134
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
&30
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 265
Business Council for International Understanding, es-
tiiblishmcut of, address (Dillon), 1022
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic (see also Soviet
Union) :
Radio regulations (1959), 6.30
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 1046
Byrns, Kenneth A., 1010
Cabot, Louis Wellington, 743
Caicos and Turlis Islands, U.S.-U.K. agreement re appli-
cation of 195G agreement for establishment of ocea-
nographic station in, 942
Calendar of international conferences and meetings, 15,
169, 389, 538, 714, 932
Cambodia :
Import policy, 876
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Continental shelf, convention on, 718
Fishing and conservation of living resources of high
seas, convention on, 718
High seas, convention on, 718
Ca mbodia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc.^Continued
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Territorial sea and contiguous zone, convention on,
718
Universal postal convention (1957), 465
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
Cameroun :
Associate membership in FAO, question of, 88
Developments in, statement ( Zablocki ) , 26
Independence from trusteeship of France, 174
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
673
Civil aviation, international, convention (1944) on,
265
FAO constitution, 718
WHO constitution, 1046
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 766
U.S. consulate general at Yaounde elevated to Embassy,
174
Canada :
Columbia River Basin, development of. See Columbia
River Basin
Development Assistance Group, 1st meeting and dele-
gation. 440, 577
Import controls, partial relaxation of, 876
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada). See
International Joint Commission
Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee on Trade and Economic
Affairs, 5th meeting, delegations and text of com-
munique, 250, 365
Participation in Western Foreign Ministers presummit
meeting on disarmament, 493, 683
Participation with IBRD in the development of the
Indus Basin, 442, 443
Pilotage requirements for oceangoing vessels on the
Great Lakes, proposed coordination with U.S. in
establishing, statement (White), U.S. and Cana-
dian aide memoire. and letters (Rae, White), 417
Tariff concessions on textiles, renegotiation under
GATT, 709
Ten Nation Committee on Disarmament. See Ten Na-
tion Conmiittee on Disarmament
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions: Is-
rael, 134 : Switzerland, 630
High seas fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean, amend-
ment to annex to international convention (1952)
on, 1046
NARBA (lO.^O) and final protocol, 673
Radio regulations (19.W), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
U.S.-Canadian consultations on wilderness preserves,
announcement, 739
U.S.-Canadian cooperation for peace, address (Wiggles-
worth), 121
Visit of Prime Minister to U.S., 858, 995
1056
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Caual Zoue :
Question of U.S. policy on riglits iu, statement (Ilerter),
326
U.S. annunity payment to Panama for rights in, 410
U.S. program for improvement of relations witli Pana-
ma in, 798
Canary Islands tracking station, agreement with Spain
for establishment of, 518
Caracas Declaration, statement (Herter),645
Cargo Preference Act, proposed legislation re, announce-
ment and exchange of letters (Casey, Dillon), 740
Caribbean area (see also individual countries) :
British and French territories, liberalization of import
controls, 879, 887
Caribbean Assembly, meeting in Puerto Bico, address
(Dillon), 435
Expanded air route schedules recommended, joint U.K.-
U.S. conference at Barbados, 528
Export of arms and implements of war to, U.S. policy,
address (Rubottom), 696
Tensions in, U.S. note to Cuba concerning, 705
Casey, Ralph E., 740, 742
Castiella y Mafz, Fernando Maria, 80, 597
Catudal, Honor(5 M., 291
Centennial Year, U.S.-J'apan. 745, 790, 826, 909, 910
CENTO. See Central Treaty Organization
Central America {see also Caribbean area, Latin America,
and individual countries, Central American common
market, address and statement, Dillon, 344, 437
Central Intelligence Agency (see also Intelligence activi-
ties), duties and responsibility of, address (Dulles),
411
Central Treaty Organization :
5th anniversary, exchange of messages (Baig, Herter),
428
Ministerial Council, 8th session :
Remarks and statements (Herter), 801, 803, 841
Text of final communique, 802
U.S. observer delegation, 517, 803
Purpose of, address (Eisenhower) and joint communi-
que, 53, 54
U.S. support of collective security activities, statement
(Jones), 615, 617
Ceylon :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import controls on dollar goods, relaxation of, 877
Progress in, address (Bunker), 777
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Exchange of oflScial publications and government
documents between states, 1958 convention on, 309
GATT :
Declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Declarations on provisional accessions : Lsrael, 134 ;
Switzerland, &30
Protocol relating to establishment of new schedule
Ill-Brazil, 173
Postal convention (1957), universal, 465
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Chad, Republic of, associate membership In FAO, 89
Chapln, Selden, 629
Charter of the United Nations. See United NatloM
Charter
Cheeses, quotas increased on imports of certain cheeses,
907
Chemical and biological weapons and warfare:
Prohibition of production of weapons, 5-Power proposal,
513
Threat of, statement (Herter), 360
Chessman, Caryl, 490
Chiefs of State and Heads of Government meetings. See
Heads of Government
Child, declaration of the rights of the, statement (Ander.
son) and text of declaration, 34
Children's Fund, U.N., problem of financing FAO/UNICEF
projects, report (Miller), 91, 93
Chile :
Antarctic scientific program, cooperation with U.S.. in,
joint announcement, 698
Educational exchange program with U.S., address
(Rubottom), 287
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Imports, liberalization of control policy, 877
Participation in Latin American Free Trade Associa-
tion, 938
Proposal for Latin American disarmament agreement
and border agreement with Argentina, U.S. views
concerning, statement (Herter), 549
Student leaders of :
Letter to President Eisenhower:
Address (Rubottom), 696
Text, 656
U.S. reply, 648
Visit to U.S., delegation and itinerary, 799
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 309
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of :
Israel, 582 ; Switzerland, 630
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 38
Nuclear research and training equipment and ma-
terials, agreement with U.S. providing for grant for
acquisition of, 541
Uranium reconnaissance, agreement extending agree-
ment with U.S. for a cooperative program, 222
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. relief aid, 966
Visit of President Eisenhower, 119, 471, 480
China (see also China, Communist; and China, Republic
of):
Area included in Greater China, article (Pearcy), 155
U.N. representation question, address and statement:
Herter, 323 ; Parsons, 408
China, Communist (see also Communism and Soviet-bloc
countries) :
Activities in Asia, addresses : Herding, 236 ; Jones, 783,
787, 788, 789
Disarmament agreements and discussions, question of
participation in, statements (Herter), 321, 323, 646
Exchange of newsmen with U.S., U.S. policy, 789
Index, January to June I960
1057
China, Communist — Continued
Menace to U.S. national security, question of, statement
(Herter),3G0
Objectives, statement (Parsons), 532, 533
Persecution and imprisonment of Bishop Walsh, state-
ments (Department, Herter), 556
Reaction to developments at summit, address (Nixon),
984
U.S. embargo on trade with, statement (Mann), 927
U.S. policy toward, addresses : Hanes, 797 ; Parsons, 405,
406
China, Republic of :
Art exhibition in U.S., 338
Chinese Communist objectives and policies, address
(Jones), 784, 785, 788
Economic development, proposed U.S. aid, message, re-
port, and statements : Brand, 457 ; Dillon, 384, 461,
463, 464, 569, 570; Eisenhower, 374; Parsons, 535,
536 ; Riddleberger, 446, 447, 573
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending agree-
ment with U.S., 465
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 1046
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. policy toward, address and statement : Herter, 491 ;
Parsons, 406, 408, 409, 410
Cholera research project, SEATO, conversion to medical
research laboratory, 987
Chong U-kwon, 1018
CIA. See Central Intelligence Agency
Civil aviation. See Aviation
Civil defense, importance to foreign policy, remarks
(Herter), 283
Civil rights, need for legislation to protect, message
(Eisenhower), 117
Claims :
Against the U.S. :
Japanese nationals, agreement with Japan relating to
settlement of, 199, 222
Philippine war damage claims, proposed U.S. legisla-
tion to settle, 212
Spain, agreement concerning claims of Spanish sub-
contractors relating to construction of military
bases in, 465
U.S.:
Accounts of U.S. citizens in Cuban banks, notification
to claim, 501
Rumania, agreement with U.S. relating to settlement
of, 630. 670
Yugoslavia, Department announcement on Yugoslav
decision re 1948 claims agreement, 973
Claims Settlement Commission, Foreign, 070
Clappier, Bernard, 264n
Cleveland's role in international cultural relations,
address (Thayer), 333
Clothespins, Pre.<iidpnt's decision against reopening escape-
rlnusp action on imports of, 339
Clulow, Carlos A., 353
Coast Guard, U.S., Jurisdiction In licensing of pilots of
oceangoing vessels, statement (White), 419, 420
Coffee :
International agreements on, address (Rubottom), 288
Latin American marketing problems, address and state-
ment : Dillon, 438 ; Herter, 550
U.S. trade policy concerning, letter (Howe), 653
Collective security (see also Mutual defense and Mutual
security) :
Arrangements for, importance of, addresses and re-
marks: Eisenhower, 986; Nixon, 983, 984; White,
991
Asia, South Asia, and Southeast Asia. See Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization
Europe. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Free world concern for, message (Eisenhower), 112
Increased contributions from NATO members to, state-
ment (Kohler), 620, 621
Latin America. See Organization of American States
Mutual security program contributions to, message, re-
port, and statements : Dillon, 382 ; Eisenhower, 160,
162, 165, 167, 370, 373 ; Herter, 376, 379
Near and Middle East. See Central Treaty Organiza-
tion
Need for, addresses : Hanes, 794 ; Palmer, 329, 330
U.S. poUcy and views, address and statement : Gates, ■
558 ; Herter, 635
Colombia :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 658
ICA assistance to 4-H Clubs in, address (Rubottom),
287
Imports, restrictions on, 877
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Nuclear training and research equipment and ma-
terials, agreement with U.S. for acquisition of, 393
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), International,
630
U.S. destroyer, agreement with U.S. for loan of, 766
U.S. Operations Mission, designation of director, 430
Visit of President Lleras to U.S., 441, 699
Colombo Plan, lOtli anniversary, statement (Herter), 171
Colonialism, role in development of Africa, address (Wil-
cox), 591
Columbia River Basin, development of :
Negotiations (U.S. -Canadian) for:
1st meeting, delegations, joint statement (Bennett,
Fulton), and text of communique, 2,^0, 441
4th meeting, delegations and text of communique,
974
Report of IJC, 126
Commerce. Sec Trade
Commerce, Department of:
Announcement of changes in Netherlands import con-
trols, 57
Liberalization of trade restrictions on U.S. exports,
joint aniiouncoment with Departments of Agrictll-
tnre and State, 873
Promotion of U.S. export trade program, message and
statements: Dillon, 561; Eisenhower, 561; Ray,
562; report of Interagency Task Force, 563
1058
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Commerce, Department of — Continued
Regulatory authority for pilotage on U.S. waters of
the Great Lakes, proposed legislation, statement
(White), 418. 419
Revocation of licenses for export of helicopters to
Cuha, 705
Commercial samples and advertising material, Interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation,
505
Commercial treaties. Sec Trade : Treaties
Commission for the Con.servation of Shrimp in the East-
em Gulf of Mexico, appointment of U.S. members,
842
Committee for Reciprocity Information :
Article (Catudal), 296, 297, 298
Notices, 245, 246, 972
Committee of Nine, 476, 521
Committee oj Ten. Sec Ten Nation Committee on Dis-
armament
Committee of 21. See Operation Pan America
Commodity trade problems (see also Agricultural sur-
pluses) :
Coffee. See Coffee
Fluctuations of prices of raw materials, address (Ru-
bottom), 697
GATT discussion of, U.S. views, 1033
Specialized commodity study groups, address (Nichols),
760
Common markets :
Central American common market, address and state-
ment (Dillon), 344, 437
European. See European Economic Community ; Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation, Organization for ; and
European Free Trade Association
Latin American. See Latin American Free Trade
Association
Communications. See Telecommunications
Communism (see also China, Communist; and Soviet
Union) :
Aggression in the Far East, addresses and statements:
Johnson, 1004 ; Jones, 615, 617 ; Parsons, 404, 406,
407, 409, 532
Aggression in the Middle East, U.S. efforts to combat,
President's 4th report to Congress on the Amer-
ican Doctrine, 424
Competition against free world, strength of, address
(Dulles), 416
Economic penetration policies. See Less developed
countries : Economic offensive
Growth of and influence in Cuba, statement (Herter),
645, 646
International, challenge and threat of and efforts to
combat, addresses, communique, letter, remarks,
reports, and statements: Berding, 233, 234, 236;
Dillon, 388, 460, 462, 463, 570, 571, 855, 924;
Eisenhower, 160, 162, 163, 167, 108, 369, 373, 986;
Hanes, 792, 793, 795, 796 ; Herter, 78, 375, 378, 566,
568 ; Howe, 650 ; Kohler, 619, 022 ; Nixon, 983, 984 ;
Palmer, 330, 331, 3.32; Riddleberger, 445, 440, 448,
451, 573, .574, 575 ; SEATO communique, 986 ; White,
989 ; WiKPflesworth. 123 ; Wilcox. 595
Communism — Continued
I'ropaganda. iS'ce Propaganda : Soviet
Subversive activities In Latin America, addresses: Dil-
lon, 31S ; Rubottom, 289
Conciliation Commission, U.N., 33, 381
Conferences and organizations, international (nee also
subject), calendar of meetings, l,"), 169, 389, 538, 714.
932
Congress, U.S. :
Documents relating to foreign policy, lists of, 8. 217,
263, 307, 388, 426. 458. 501, 666, 713, 753, 800, 838,
931, 1000, 1032
Foreign Relations Committee:
Secretary Ilerter's report on Heads of Government
meeting, 947
Studies on U.S. foreign policy authorized by, list of,
273
Studies on U.S.-Latin American relations, list of, 6^6
Joint sessions, addresses before :
King Mahendra of Nepal, 828
President de Gaulle of France, 771
President Lleras of Colombia, 701
Legislation :
Immigration of refugees to U.S., statement (Ftilton),
30
National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958, quoted,
address (Glennan), 59
Legislation, proposed :
Cultural and technical center in Hawaii, proposed
establishment, letter (Herter) and excerpt of re-
port, 130
Educational exchange program, authority to pay cer-
tain expenses relating to, letter (Herter), 308
Freedom-of-navigation amendment to Mutual Secu-
rity Act, letter (Dillon), 832
ICJ statute, repeal of U.S. reservation to, letters and
statements: Eisenhower, Humphrey, 128; Herter,
227 ; Rogers, 231
IDA, authorization for U.S. to accept membership in,
statement (Dillon), 529
Immigration, liberalization of restrictions, address
and message : Eisenhower, 659 ; Hanes, 660
Mutual security program for FY 1961, letter, report,
and statements : Brand. 453 ; Dillon, 380, 459, 568 ;
Herter, 375, 566; Jones, 610; Kohler, 618; Parsons,
532; Riddleberger, 445, 572; Rubottom, 623; Sat-
terthwaite, 603
Passports, discretionary authority to Secretary of
State to deny, statement (Herter), 323
Pilotage requirements for oceangoing vessels on the
Great Lakes, statement (White), U.S. and Cana-
dian aide memoire, and letters (Rae, White), 417
Sugar Act of 1948, Presidential authority to reduce
quotas and question of Cuban quota, messages and
statements : Eisenhower, Garcia, 665 ; Herter, 359,
493, 553
Presidential messages and reports. See Eisenhower,
Dwight D. : Messages and reports to Congress
Role in development of U.S. foreign policy, address
(Bohlen), 498
Index, January fo June J 960
1059
Congress, U.S. — Continued
Senate advice and consent to ratification requested for :
Importation of educational, scientific, and cultural
materials, agreement on, statement (Beale), 261
Law of the sea, conventions on, and optional protocol,
statement (Dean), 251
Oil pollution convention (1954), statement (Mann),
976
Treaty of mutual cooperation and security with Ja-
pan, statement (Herter), 1029
Conservation, convention (1958) on fishing and conserva-
tion of living resources of the high seas :
Current actions, 718, 1(X)9
Statement (Dean), 256
Conservation of Shrimp in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico,
Commission for the, appointment of U.S. members,
842
Consular rights, amity, and economic relations, treaty
with Muscat, Oman, and Dependencies, 942
Consultative Committee on Cooperative Economic De-
velopment in South and Southeast Asia, 10th anni-
versary, statement (Herter), 171
Contiguous zone and territorial sea, convention on, 25.3,
260, 718, 1009
Continental slielf, convention on, 258, 718, 1009
Contingency fund :
Belief aid funds for Morocco provided by, 444
Request for appropriations for and importance of, mes-
sage and statements : Dillon, 384, 386, 924, 926 ; Eisen-
hower, 374
Contracting Parties to GATT. See vjider Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on
Coolidge report on disarmament, 355, 358
Cooper, John Sherman, 63
Copper, investments by U.S. companies in Chile, address
(Eisenhower), 482
Costa Rica :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 134
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. aid in establishment of a career Civil Service, ad-
dress (Rubottom), 287
Cotton Advisory Committee, International:
U.S. delegation to 19th plenary meeting, 940
Work of, address (Nichols), 760
Cotton textiles, U.S. and Canadian views on U.S. equali-
zation payments, 367
Crouch, Marshall, 363
Cuba:
Agreement with Poland re aid, statement (Herter), 644
Imports, restriction on, 878
Mining Concessions in, reregistration of, 157
Prime Minister's statement of nonadbcrence to Rio
Pact, U.S. views concerning, address and state-
ment : Herter, 645 ; Rubottom, 694
Self-determination in, Chilean students' letter to Presi-
dent Eisenhower and U.S. reply (Fernfindez, Howe,
Zuniga ) , 054, 057
1060
Cuba — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
NARBA (1950) and final protocol, 673
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (19.58), international, 134
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. -Cuban relations :
Accounts of U.S. citizens in Cuban banks, notification
to claim, 501
Ambassador Bonsai returns to, 523
Charge in OAS of U.S. involvement in disaster in
Habana harbor, U.S. note of protest, 1028
Cuban slander campaign, U.S. protest, text of aide
memoire, 994
Firing upon U.S. submarine by Cuban patrol boat,
U.S. request for explanation, 854
Negotiations with U.S. on outstanding problems pro-
posed, texts of U.S. and Cuban notes, 440
Seizure of property of U.S. citizens, U.S. protests,
158, 655
Statements (Herter), 324, 359, 488, 489, 491, 493,
549, 550, 552, 553, 645, 646
Sugar quota, question of. See under Sugar
U.S. aid programs, status of, 629, 962
U.S. policy towards Cuba, statements (Bonsai, Eisen-
hower), 237
U.S. reply to Cuban complaints re revocation of
export licenses for helicopters, dismissal of Cuban
naval base employee, and suspension of services of
U.S. agriculture inspectors, tests of notes, 705
Cultural and Public Affairs Aspects of the U.S.-Japan
Centennial, Committee for, 745
Cultural Presentations, President's Special International
Program for, work of, addresses (Thayer), 82, 83,
335
Cultural relations and programs (see also Educational
exchange and Exchange of Persons) :
Addresses ( Thayer ) , 81, 240. 333, 963
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, estab-
lishment of, 844
Chilean student leaders, visit to U.S., 799
Chinese art exhibition in U.S., 338
East-West center in Hawaii, proposed establishment,
letter (Herter) and excerpt of report, 130
Exhibition of Greek costumes and embroideries in U.S.,
announcement, 599
Franco-American cultural ties, importance of, address
(Dillon), 4
Importiince to U.S. foreign policy, address (Herter),
1017
Persian culture, U.S. appreciation of, remarks (Hender-
son), 836
SEATO programs. 98, 987
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection
in event of armed conflict, 582
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (19.50) and protocol on the importation of,
261, 430, 805, 843
Inter-American cultural relations convention (1936)
for the promotion of, 913
Department of State Bulletin
Cultural relatious and programs — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Visual and auditory materials, agreement and proto-
col facilitating the international circulation of, 346,
1(109
U.S. relations with :
Greece, address (Herter),517
Japan, 6G4, 744
Latin America, address (Eisenhower), and joint
statement (Alessandri. Eisenhower), 479, 483
Soviet Union, address (Thayer), 335
Currency convertibility :
Guaranty of. See Investment guaranty program
Liberalization of trade through establishment of, joint
announcement (Departments of Agriculture, Com-
merce, and State), 873; statement (Adair), 870
Customs (sec also Tariff policy, U.S.) :
Customs unions, GATT rules regarding, article (Catu-
dal), 203
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 393, 582, 629
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs facili-
ties for. 393, 582
Cutler, Robert, 264
Cyprus, associate membership in FAO, 88
Dzechoslovaltia :
Auti- American exhibit, U.S. protest, 7
Thomas JIasaryk honored as "Champion of Liberty,"
remarks (Merchant), 494
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of
Switzerland, 630
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Xvzak, John J., 266
Dalai Lama. 443
Davenport, Jarvis D., 221
Davis, Richard Hallock, 38
Dean, Arthur H., 251, 504
Declaration of Montevideo, 486
Declaration of Santiago, 483, 755, 757
Defense (see also Mutual defense and National defense) :
Civil defense, importance to foreign policy, remarks
(Herter), 283
Patent rights and technical information for defense
purposes, agreement with Denmark for interchange
of, 465
Special program of facilities assistance, agreements
terminated with : Belgium, 892 ; Turkey, 892
defense. Department of:
Administration of military assistance program, address,
message, and statement : Dillon, 387 ; Eisenhower,
371; Palmer, 331, 332
Budget recommendations for, excerpts from President's
message to Congress, 202, 204
Joint announcement with State Department of estab-
lishment of the office of political adviser to the
High Commissioner of the Ryukyu Islands, 106
ndex, January to June 1960
Defense support:
Efforts for reduction of, letter, report, and statement:
Dillon, 459; RiddlelxTgcr, 445, 450; report, 560
Need for. President's report to Congress, 166
Obligational authority request for FY 1961, 211
Program and appropriation request for FY ISKIl, nies-
.sage, statements: Dillon, 380, 381, 384, 3.S6, 920;
Ei.seuhower, 372; Herter, 378; Riddleberger, 575
U.S. aid to Spain, statement (Kohler), 622
De Gaulle, Charles, 101, 120, 516, 685, 771
De la Guardia, Erasmo, 658
Denmark :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import controls on dollar-area goods, relaxation of, 878
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) and protocol on the importation of,
843
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134 ; Switzerland, 6.30
Patent rights and technical information for defense
purposes, agreement with U.S. for interchange of.
465
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international.
630
Weapons production program, agreemen*- with U.S.,
805, 1009
WHO constitution, amendments to, 629
Visit of King Frederik and Queen Ingrid to U.S.,
proposed, 403
Dennison, Robert L., 45
Department of Commerce. See Commerce, Department of
Department of Defense. See Defense, Department of
Department of Justice. See Justice, Department of
Department of State. See State Department
Development assistance. See Economic and technical aid
Development Assistance Group :
Addresses and statement : Dillon, 403 ; Martin, 342 ; Sat-
terthwaite, 689
1st meeting, delegations and communique, 440, 577
Development Association, International. See Interna-
tional Development Association
Development Bank, Inter-American. See Inter-American
Development Bank
Development Loan and Guaranty Fund of the West
Indies, U.S. assistance to, 582
Development Loan Fund :
Activities in Africa, address and statement: Penfield,
922 ; Satterthwaite, 606
Authorization and appropriations for, address, message,
and statements: Brand. 4.53; Dillon, 570, 571, 924,
925, 999 ; Eisenhower, 209, 210
Deputy Managing Director, resignation, 430
Importance in U.S. development aid program, message
and statements: Dillon, 383, 384, 385; Eisenhower,
373 ; Herter, 379
Loans to : Far East, 535, 536 ; less developed countries,
639
Methods of financing loans, IDA similarities to, state-
ment (Dillon), 530,531
1061
Development Loan Fund — Continued
Operations of :
President's report to Congress, 163, 166
Summary of, 300, 815
Relationship to grant economic assistance, letter, report
(Dillon), 459
Report to Congress (Eisenhower), 305, 306, 307
Dictatorships, U.S. policy toward, addresses, letter, and
report : Eisenhower, 472, 476 ; Howe, 651 ; Rubottom,
696
Diefenbaker, John G., 858, 995
Dillon, Douglas :
Addresses, remarks, and statements :
American Foreign Policy Today, 723
Bankers' study trip to India and Pakistan, U.S. par-
ticipation in and views on, 63
Economic aspects of U.S. foreign policy, 399, 679, 855
European economic talks, 139
Export trade, U.S. efforts to stimulate and increase,
561
Franco-American alliance, cultural ties in, 4
IDA, U.S. support of membership in, 529
Inter-American Development Bank, inaugural meet-
ing, 344
Investment guaranty agreement with Nepal, remarks
on signing, 940
Japanese-U.S. friendship, 909
Latin America :
Economic development in, 435
Sharing common goals with, 315
Merchant Marine, U.S. foreign policy affecting, 834
Mutual security program, 380, 568, 924, 997
Overseas service:
Challenge of, 1019
Tribute to Americans serving in, 1009
Administrative action, redelegation of functions re-
garding administration of the Mutual Security
Act, 893
Confirmation as Alternate Governor of Inter-American
Development Bank, 264
Escort of President de Gaulle on U.S. tour, 685
Letters :
Freedom-of-navigation amendment to Mutual Secu-
rity Act, 832
Grant economic assistance, transmission of report
on, 459
Merchant Marine, 834
Proposed waiver of cargo preference rule on Indus
project, 741
Meeting with Development Assistance Group, 577, 579
Diplomatic representatives abroad, U.S. See under For-
eign Service
Diplomatic representatives in the U.S. :
l.st Japanese mission to the U.S., article (Parks), 744
Presentation of credentials: Bolivia, 3.'i3 ; Bulgaria,
147; Colombia, 6."S: Ethiopia, 1018; Guatemala,
1018; Iran, 553; Korea, 1018; Panama, 058;
Turkey, 734 ; Uruguay, 353
Disarmament (»ee alio Armaments; Armed forces; Nu-
clear weapons; Missiles; Outer space; Surprise at-
tack ; and Ten Nation) :
Disarmament — Continued
Chilean proposal for, statement (Herter), 549
Communist China participation in discussions on,
question of, statements (Herter), 321, 323, 646
Coolidge report, statements (Herter), 355, 358
Effect on U.S. economy, question of, statement (Herter),
360
French views on, address (De Gaulle), 773
NAC views on, communiques, 4, 45, 840
Negotiations :
Progress of, addresses and statements: Herter, 354,
358, 489, 636, 638, 646, 647 ; Kohler, 619, 623
U.N. relationship to, address (Herter), 357
Soviet position on, addresses and statement: Berding
230, 731; Dillon, 728; White, 147; Wiggles^vorth,
124, 125 ; Wilcox, 820
U.S. and Western positions on, addresses, letter, mes-
sage, and statement: Berding, 731; Dillon, 728;
Eisenhower, 48, 53, 112, 114, 128; Hanes, 796;
Herter, 548, 1016; White, 147, 992; Wigglesworth,
124, 125 ; Wilcox, 820
U.S.-Iranian joint communique on, .54
U.S.-Japanese views on, joint communique, 179
U.S. reply to Soviet note on, 1018
Use of funds resulting from :
Soviet proposal introduced in WHO, U.S. views,
statement ( Henderson ) , 1007
U.S. position, addresses : Eisenhower, 486 ; Wilcox,
867
Western Foreign Ministers approve report on Geneva
negotiations in relation to forthcoming summit
meeting, statement, 494, 684
Disarmament organization, international, proposed estab-
lishment, 511
DLF. See Development Loan Fund
Dodge, Joseph M., 63, 264
Dominican Republic :
Import controls, relaxation of, 878
Situation in, statements (Herter), 320, 326
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Cultural iiroperty, convention (1954) for protection
in event of armed conflict, 582
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 38
Radio regulations (1959) , 630
Sugar agreement (10.58), international, 134
Telecommimication convention (1950), international,
630
U.S. military assistance program in, status of, state-
ment (Rubottom), 629
Double taxation on income, conventions for avoidance of,
with :
Japan, protocol supplementing 1954 convention, 892
U.K., agreement relating to extension to certain British
territories of 1945 convention, 430
Dowling, Walter C, 265
Draper Commitce. See President's Committee To Study
the United States Military Assistance Program
Drugs, narcotic:
Illegal traffic in, U.S.-Mexlcan discussion on control of,
joint communique, 127
1062
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Drugs, narcotic — Coutiuued
Opium, protocol (11)53) regulating the production, trade,
and use of, 105, 346, 073, 978
Protocol (1940) amending prior agreements, conven-
tions and protocols on, 430
Protocol (194S) bringing under international control
drugs outside the scope of 1931 convention, 105,
346, 430
U.N. Commission on, 15th session, U.S. delegation, 717
Dulles, Allen W., 411
Dulles, John Foster, 791, 962, 985, 986
Earthquake, Morocco. See under Morocco
Earthquake at Lar, Iran, exchange of messages (Eisen-
hower, Pahlavi), 798
East Indies, geographic area of, article (Pearcy), 152
East-West contacts (see also Cultural relations and Ex-
change) :
Addresses : Berding, 733 ; Eisenhower, 903
Cultural and technical center in Hawaii, proposed es-
tablishment, letter (Herter) and excerpt of report,
130
Designation of Director, East-West Contacts Staff, 430
East-West Contacts Program, transfer to Bureau of
European Affairs. 844
NAC views on. communique, 44
East- West trade:
Restrictions on trade with Soviet Union, 239
U.S. policies, statement (Mann), 927
Eaton, Fredrick M., 466, 513
ECA. Sec Economic Commission for Africa
ECAFE. See Economic Commission for Asia and the Far
East
ECE. See Economic Commission for Europe
Economic Affairs, Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee on
Trade and, 5th meeting, 250
Economic and Social Council, Inter-American, 69, 523
Economic and Social Council, U.N. :
Commission on the Status of Women, 14th session, an-
nouncement, 581
Documents, list of, 104, 172, 221, 265, 424, 505, 540, 670,
718, 766, 803
Economic commissions. See Economic Commission
Resolution re aid to newly independent states, 937
Economic and technical aid to foreign countries (see also
Agricultural surpluses, Colombo Plan, Development
Loan Fund, Export-Import Bank, Inter-American
Development Bank, International Bank, International
Cooperation Administration, International Develop-
ment Association, Mutual security and other assist-
ance programs, and United Nations : Technical
assistance programs) :
Addresses, letter, message, report, and statements : Boh-
len, 495; Dillon, 316, 436, 438, 459; Eisenhower,
112, 113; Hanes, 795: Kohler. 622; Martin. .''.40:
Riddleberger, 445 ; Rubottom, .521 ; Wilcox, 593, 596
Aid to : Afghanistan, 831 ; Africa, 502, 605, 607, 608, 689,
921. 922 ; Brazil. 600 ; Cuba, termination of, 962, 994 :
Iceland. 250; India, 780; Latin America, 286, 651,
6.52: Morocco. 600; Nepal, 828; Rhodesia and Ny-
asaland. Federation of, 1009 ; Somaliland, Trust
Territory of. 173; Syria. 718; Uruguay, 805; Thn
West Indips, .582
Economic and technical aid to foreign countrleH— Con.
Belgian Congo, ICA study group survey of need for
technical assistance. 835
CENTO views on, joint communique, 803
Health and sanitation agreement with Brazil, 393
International training center in Hawaii, proposed es-
tablishment, letter (Herter) and excerpt of report,
130
Need for increase In, statement (Dillon) and text of
resolution, 141, 142, 143, 146
Postindependence aid to trust territories, statement
(Zablocki), 28
Relationship of science to, address (Kistiakowsky),
277, 280, 281
Soviet and Soviet-bloc programs. See Less developed
countries : Economic offensive of
Type of U.S. administrators needed, address (Dillon),
1020, 1021
U.S. policy in the Middle East, President's 4th report
to Congress on the American Doctrine, 424
Economic and Trade Affairs, Joint U.S.-Canadian Com-
mittee on, 5th meeting, text of communique, 365
Economic Commission for Africa, U.N., 2d session, state-
ment (Phillips), 502
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East, U.N.,
U.S. representative to 16th session (Mann), confirma-
tion, 629
Economic Commission for Europe, U.N. :
Electric Power Committee, ISth session, U.S. delegate,
221
Steel Committee, U.S. delegates to 23d session, 171
U.S. representative to 15th session, confirmation, 743
Working party on gas problems, U.S. delegate to meet-
ing of, 172
Economic Committee, Special. See Special Economic
Committee
Economic Community, European. See European Eco-
nomic Community
Economic cooperation (see also Special Economic com-
mittee) :
European. See European Economic Community ; Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation, Organization for;
and European Free Trade Association
Inter- American (see also Central America, Inter-
American Development Bank, Latin American
Free Trade Association, Organization of American
States, and Operation Pan America), letters (Fer-
nandez, Howe, Zuniga ) , 649, 651, 656
Need for, address ( Wigglesworth ) , 125
Promotion of agreed to in U.S.-Japanese treaty, state-
ment (Herter), 1030
South and Southeast Asia. See Colombo Plan and
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Through United Nations, value in advancement of U.S.
foreign policy, address (Lodge), 524
Economic cooperation and development, organization for,
proposed, relationship to GATT, 1035
Economic development (see also Economic and technical
aid) :
Africa, need for and challenge of, address, resolution,
statement: Penfleld, 920; Phillips, 934; ECOSOC
resolution, 937
Index, January fo June 7960
1063
Economic development— Continued
Asia. See under Asia
Bankers' study trip to India and Pakistan sponsored
by World Bank, 63
Colombia, need for U.S. credit, address and statements:
Eisenhower, 699 ; Lleras, 700, 703
Financing of. See Agricultural surpluses. Development
Assistance Group, Development Loan Fund, Ex-
port-Import Banks, Inter-American Development
Bank, International Bank, International Develop-
ment Association, International Monetary Fund,
Investment of private capital abroad, and Special
Fund
Free-world economic growth, address (Dillon), 399
Greece, progress of, joint communique, 56
Importance to U.S. economy and world position, address
(Dillon), 680
International cooperation in planning and financing,
statements (Dillon) and text of resolution, 140, 141,
143, 145, 146
Iran, joint communique, 54
Latin America. See under Latin America
Need for and problems of. President's message and re-
ports to Congress, 301, 370, 373, 814
Relationship to :
Grant economic assistance, letter (Dillon) and re-
port, 459, 463
Political development, statement (Martin), 341
Population growth, address (Wilcox), 860
Thai-U.S. cooperation in, address (Johnson), 1001
U.S. proposals for furthering, statements : Brand, 453 ;
Riddleberger, 445
Western Europe, Western Heads of State and Govern-
ment communique, 43
Economic policy and relations, U.S. :
Aid to foreign countries. See Agricultural surpluses.
Development Loan Fund, Economic and technical
aid, Export-Import Bank, International Coopera-
tion Administration, and Mutual security
Domestic economy, need for prudence in fiscal policy,
remarks (Eisenhower), 867, 868
Foreign economic policy :
Addresses, message, and statements :
Bohlen, 495; Dillon, 679; Eisenhower 112, 114;
Martin, 340; Riddleberger, 445
European economic talks, statements (Dillon) and
texts of re.solutions, 139
Latin America, addresses and report (Eisenhower),
473, 475, 470, 477, 480, 482, 484
President's report to Congress, excerpts, 301
Tariff policy. See Tariff policy
Trade policy. See Trade
Economic relations, amity, and consular rights, treaty
with Muscat, Oman, and Dependencies, 942
ECOSOC. See Economic and Social Council
Ecuador :
ICEM membership, 221
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Rawinsonde observation station at Guayaquil, agree-
ment extending 1957 agreement with U.S. for es-
tablishment and operation, 978
Ecuador — Continued
Tracking stations, agreement with U.S. relating to a
cooperative program for observation of satellitea
and space vehicles, 506
Education (see also Cultural relations and programs and
Educational exchange) :
Administration program for, message (Eisenhower),
117
Africa :
Aid to Africa In the fields of education and training,
statements : Riddleberger, 449 ; Satterthwaite, 604
Special program for Africa, 921
U.S. universities offering courses on Africa, increase
of, address (Wilcox), 596
Board of Foreign Scholarship, appointment to, 800
Educational and Cultural Affairs, Bureau of, establish-
ment of, 844
Foreign languages, need for Americans to learn, ad-
dress and report : Eisenhower, 473 ; Thayer, 243
Hellenic University of America, announcement of plans
for, address (Herter),517
ICA institute, 4th session, 173
Latin America, need for an expanded program in, ad-
dress (Dillon), 439
NATO science fellowship program, 338, 622, 1006
Rotary Foundation Fellowship Program, address
(Berding), 729
SEATO announcement of research fellowship series,
98, 987
Thai development programs, address (Johnson), 1003,
1005
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) and protocol on the importation of,
261, 430, 805, MS
Visual and auditory materials of an educational, sci-
entific, and cultural character, agreement and pro-
tocol facilitating international circulation of, 346,
1009
U.N. university, proposed, statement (Erode), 274
The University and the World Community, address
(Herter), 1015
Vocational training center for migrants in Italy, arti-
cle (Warren), 220
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, U.N. :
Agreement on imix)rtation of educational, scientific,
and cultural materials, 261, 430, 805, 843
Constitution, 505
Mass communications in Southeast Asia, U.S. delega-
tion to conference on, 171
Task of, remarks (Shuster), 131
United States National Commission for UNESCO, func-
tions, 845
Educational Commission, U.S., agreement amending 1949
agreement with Turkey for the establishment of, 844
Educational Exchange, Advisory Commission on, 300
Educational exchange program, international (see also
Education) :
Advisory Commission on, confirmation of member, 300
Africa, U.S. program in, addresses: Satterthwaite
688, 089 ; Wilcox, 590
1064
Department ot State Butlelin
Educational exchange program, international— Con.
Agreements with: France, 978; Peru, 309; Portugal,
C30; Thailnud, 393
Authority to pay certain expenses relating to, letter
(Herter) and draft bill, 308
Chilean student leaders, visit to U.S., 799
East-West cultural and technical center in Hawaii,
proposed establishment, letter and excerpt of re^
port (Herter), 130
Latin America :
Importance in, addresses (Rubottom), 519, 521, 912
Promotion of mutual understanding through, ad-
dresses and report (Eisenhower), 473, 479, 483, 485
Poland, Deputy Prime Minister and group to visit
U.S., 557
Scope of program, addresses (Thayer), 82, 85, 242. 335
336
Thai-U.S. program, address (Johnson), 1003
Value of, address (Herter), 1016, 1017
EEC. See European Economic Community
EFTA. See European Free Trade Association
Egypt, prevention of Israeli use of the Suez Canal. See
Suez Canal
Eisenhower, Dwight D. :
Addresses, remarks, report, and statements :
Chile, relief aid for, 966
Colombia, visit of President Camargo, 699
Food-for-peace program, U.S.-Indian agreement, 890
France, visit of President de Gaulle, 773, 774
Heads of Government meeting, 899, 904, 906*
Japan :
Crown Prince and Princess to visit U.S., 826
Treaty of mutual cooperation and security between
the U.S. and Japan, signing of, 181, 183
Mutual security program, 811, 867, 926
Nepal, visit of King and Queen to U.S., 830
Nuclear weapons testing and negotiations at Geneva
78, 327, 587
The Search for Peace With Freedom, 75
SEATO, 6th Council meeting, 986
Trade, Mutual Security, and Fiscal Responsibility,
867
U.S. relations with: American Republics, 351; Ar-
gentina, 471, 477; Brazil, 471, 474; Chile, 471,'480-
Cuba, 237; Greece, 55; India, 46; Iran, 52; Uru-
guay, 471, 483
U-2 incident, U.S. position on, 851
Veterans of Foreign Wars memorial dedication, 328
Visits abroad. See Visits abroad, infra
Correspondence and messages :
Agadir earthquake. 000
Bataan Day, 18th anniversary, 685
Brazil, inauguration of new capital, 800
CENTO Ministerial Council, 8th session, 801
ICEM's millionth migrant, 860
ICJ compulsory jurisdiction and disarmament, views
on, 128
Iran, sympathy to victims of earthquake at Lar, 798
Korea, retirement of Dr. Rhee, 859
NATO Ministerial Council meeting, Istanbul, 839
Netherlands gift to U.S., 911
New Year's greeting to Soviet people, 119
'ncfex, January to June 7960
663140—60 3
Eisenhower, Dwight D.-Contlnued
Correspondence and me.ssage.s— Continued
Sugar „uota, telegram to Philippine President, 666
hummit meeting, proposed, 44, 77
Ten nation disarmament conference, 514
U.S.-Japan Centennial Year, 826
U.S. Navy rescue of Soviet soldiers, exchange of mes-
sages with Chairman Khrushchev, 599
Venezuela sesquiceutennlal, 799
Wool-fabric imports, determination of tariff quota,
368
Decision on imports of almonds, clothespins, and safety
pins, 339
Executive orders. .S'cc Executive orders
Goodwill trips, address (Herter), 639
Meetings with (see also Visits abroad, infra) :
Chancellor Adenauer, text of joint statement, 517 •
General Franco of Spain, 56
Heads of Government and Chiefs of State meetlngfi.
See Heads of Government
King Mohammed V of Morocco, 57
President Bourguiba of Tunisia, 56
Seisaku Ota, Chief Executive of the Ryukyu Islands
967
Messages and reports to Congress :
American Doctrine to promote peace and stability
in the Middle East, 4th report on, 424
Budget message, excerpts, 202
Economic report, excerpts, 301
Export trade, program for expansion of, 560
Mutual security, 16th semiannual report on and pro-
gram for FY 19G1, 159, 369, 837
State of the Union, 111
Travel regulations, international, quoted, 10
Proclamations. See Proclamations
Proposed visits to :
Korea, 685
Japan, 181, 685
Soviet Union, plans for and cancellation of 78 147
951
Visits abroad, addresses, joint communiques and dec-
larations, and statements: Argentina, 477; Brazil;
Chile. 480; Greece, 54; India, 46; Iran, 52; Latin
America, 119, 439, 471, 519; Morocco, 57; Portugal
556, 789, 907; Spain, 56, 598; Tunisia, 56; Uruguay'
483
Electric Power, 18th session of ECB Committee on, U.S.
delegate, 221
El Salvador :
Imports, policy concerning, 878
Inter-American Development Bank, inaugural meeting,
statements (Dillon), 344
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement es-
tablishing, with annexes, 134
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S., 430, 718
Narcotic drugs, protocol (1948) bringing under inter-
national control drugs outside scope of the 1931
convention, 346
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating the production.
trade, and use of, 346
Radio regulations (1959), 630
1065
El Salvador — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Telecommuuication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. Air Force mission, agreement continuing in
force agreement of 1957, as amended, 309
Wheat agreement (1959), international, with annex,
105
"WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
Emergency Force, U.N., 99. 424, 426
Esenbel, Melih, 734
Espionage, Soviet activities, statements (Lodge), 956,
958, 959
Estonia, anniversary of independence, statement
(Herter), 361
Ethiopia :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 1018
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 582
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. aid to, address and statement: Penfleld, 921;
Satterthwaite, 606, 609
Europe (sec also individual countries) :
Aid to Africa, 923
Collective security. See North Atlantic Treaty
Organization
Eastern Europe, U.S. trade policy, statement (Mann),
927, 928
Economic cooperation. See Economic Commission for
Europe, European Economic Community ; European
Economic Cooperation, Organization for ; European
Free Trade Association ; and Special Economic
Committee
Refugees. See Intergovernmental Committee for
European Migration and Refugees
Role of U.S. and Canada in European trade organiza-
tions, communique regarding, 367
Trade restrictions, reduction of, statement (Adair), 871
U.S. mutual security program in, 370, 372, 378, 382, 383,
618, 815
Western Europe :
Economic situation. Western Heads of State and
Government communique, 43
Postwar economic recovery in, addresses : Bohlen,
496 ; Dillon, 399, 400
U.S. military assistance to, address (Palmer), 330,
331
European Economic Community :
Commission of, participation in Development Assistance
Group meeting, 440, 577
Economic aid to overseas territories of member
countries, 383
Effect of common tariff rate on U.S. and Canadian
exports to, 367
GATT:
Negotiations with Contracting Parties, 969
Relationship to, article (Catudal), 291, 292, 293, 294,
298
European Economic Community — Continued
Relationship to other European organizations, statement
(Dillon), 140, 143, 145, and text of resolution, 146
Trade policies of, U.S. views concerning, 401, 403, 1034
European Economic Cooperation, Organization for :
Canadian and U.S. support of, joint statement
(Adenauer, Eisenhower), 518
Reorganization, proposed :
Address and statements (Dillon), 141, 142, 144, 145,
402, 682, 858
Relationship to GATT, 1035
Text of resolution, 146
Spain, membership in, 56
U.S. member of OEEC reorganization study group,
announcement, 264
European Free Trade Association :
16th session of GATT Contracting Parties review, 938,
1033
Tariff policies of, address (Dillon), 402, 403
U.S. views, statement (Adair). 975
Evans, Allan, 1023
Exchange agreement, U.S. -Soviet Union, in cultural, tech-
nical, and educational fields, extension for 2 years,
address (Thayer), 335
Exchange of persons (see also Educational exchange
program) , U.S. programs with :
Greece, address (Herter), 517
Latin America, addresses and report to the Nation:
Dillon, 438 ; Eisenhower, 473, 479, 483
Soviet Union, statement (Lodge), 960
Executive orders :
Arms, seizure of arms or munitions being illegally
exported (10863), 362
Designations as public international organizations :
lADB (10873), 717
PAHO (10864), 580
SEATO (10866), 581
Exhibits :
Chinese art in U.S., 338
Greek costumes and embroideries in U.S., 599
Export-Import Bank :
Increase in capital, address (Rubottom), 521
Loans in : Africa, 922 ; Latin America, 288, 317, 437, 651
Plans for FY iSe;, 212
President's economic report to Congress, 306, 307
Program of guaranties, inauguration of, message
(Eisenhower) and report of Interagency Task
Force, 560, 563
Promotion of U.S. trade, statement (Dillon), 530, 531
Export Promotion Task Force, Interagency, 562
Exports (see also Balance-of -payments ; Tariffs and trade,
general agreement on : atid Trade) :
Arms or munitions being illegally exported, seizure
authorized by Executive order, 362
Helicopters, cancellation of licenses for export to Cuba,
exchange of notes, 705
Latin American, problem of flnctiuition of prices,
address (Eisenhower), 473
Promotion i)r(>graiii for expansion of, address, message,
and statements : Dillon, 401, 561, 681 ; Eisenhower,
560; Ray, 562; report of Interagency Task Force,
563
1066
Department of State BuUetin
Exports — Continued
Rice exports to Asin, U.S. policy, statement (Johnson),
363
Security controls, statement (Mann), 927
Surplus of, dependence of national security upon,
address (Dillon), 855
U.S. -Soviet competition in third countries, statement
(Mann), 930
Expropriation of property {see also Investment guar-
anty), 317, 994
FAO. See Food and Agriculture Organization, U.N.
Far East (see also Asia and individual countries) :
Economic development, Japanese contributions, remarks
(Dillon), 911
Communist aggression in, addresses and statements:
Johnson, 1004; Jones, 615, 617; Parsons, 404, 406,
407, 409, 532
Progress achieved in, address (Berding), 237
Relationship of U.S.-Japanese treaty of mutual coopera-
tion and security to, joint communique, 180
Fascism, challenge of, address (Wigglesworth), 121
Faupl, Rudolph, 1008
Federation of Students of Chile:
Letter to President Eisenhower and U.S. reply (Fer-
nandez, Howe, Zuniga ) , 648
Visit of leaders to U.S., 799
Ferguson, John C, 842
Fernandez, Patricio, 648, 656, 799
Finance Corporation, International, 531, 629
Financial Problems, National Advisory Council on Inter-
national Monetary and, 422
Fingerprinting, nonmmiigrant visa applicants, require-
ment waived, article (Pryor), 11
Finland :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import-control policy, 879
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 630,
892
GATT:
Declarations on provisional accessions of : Israel,
134; Switzerland, 630; Tunisia, 942
Declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ; Yugo-
slavia, 134
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 393
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 222
WHO constitution, amendments, 978
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 265
Fiscal affairs, U.S. need for prudence in, remarks (Eisen-
hower), 867, 868
Fish and fisheries:
Commission for the Conservation of Shrimp in the East-
ern Gulf of Mexico, appointment of U.S. members,
842
Fishery limits, U.S. delegation to 2d U.N. conference
on, 504
Fishing and conservation of living resources of the high
seas, convention on, 252, 254, 256, 718, 1009
Fish and FLsheries— Continued
North Pacific Ocean, amendment to annex to interna-
tional convention (1952) on the high seas flsberlcs
of, 1046
Tropical Tuna Commission, Inter-American, U.S. com-
missioner, appointment, 757
Flsk, James B., 79
FitzGerald, Dennis A., 174, 266
Flemming, Arthur S., 842
Flood relief to Brazil, U.S., 600
Food and Agriculture Organization, U.N. :
Constitution, 718
Methods of increasing world food production, address
(Wilcox), 805
Resolution on f reedom-from-hunger, 97
10th session, report and statement (Miller) and text
of resolution, 88
Food-f or-peace program :
Appointment of coordinator (Paarlberg), 743
Remarks (Eisenhower), 50
U.S.-Indian agreement under, letter and statements:
Eisenhower, 890; Herter, 890; Lodge, 891; White
House announcement, 889
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission, adjudication of
American claims against Rumania, 670
Foreign currency. See Agricultural surpluses, U.S. :
Sales ; and Currency convertibility
Foreign economic policy. See under Economic policy and
relations
Foreign Ministers meeting, Geneva, 1959, Soviet rejection
of Western peace plan proposal, statement (Herter),
948
Foreign Ministers of Western Powers, Washing;ton
meeting :
Arrangements for, 493
Presummit discussions, texts of agreed press state-
ments, 683
Foreign policy, U.S. :
American Foreign Policy: Current Documents, Advi-
sory Committee report on, 394
Congressional documents relating to. iSee under
Congress
DLF an instrument of, statement (Brand), 453, 456, 457
Foreign economic policy. See under Economic poUcy
and relations
Legislation. See under Congress
Objectives of, addresses: Dillon, 723; Hanes, 791
Principles of, statement (Herter), 78
Relationship to:
Effective civil defense program, remarks (Herter),
283
IDA, statement (Dillon), 529
Role of intelligence and science in, addresses, article,
statement : Erode, 271, 735 ; Evans and Gatewood,
1023 ; Kistiakowsky, 276
Studies on U.S. foreign policy, list of, 273
Trends of addre.ss (Herter), (■>35
Foreign Relations, volumes on, Advisory Committee report
on, 393
Foreign Relations Committee, Senate, 273, 626, 947
Index, January to June 1960
1067
Foreign Service (see also State Department) :
Ambassadors and Minister, appointment and confirma-
tions, 69, 265, 266, 629, 766
Budget request for expanded program for FY 1961, 212
Conference of chiefs of missions and principal consular
officers of north and west Africa at Tangier, Mo-
rocco, 974
Consular district changes :
British Somaliland from Aden to Mogadiscio, 506
Zanzibar Protectorate from consulate at Nairobi,
Kenya, to Dar-es-Salaam, Tanganyika, 69
Consulate at Izmir, Turkey, elevation to consulate
general, 1010
Consulate at Lom6, Togo, elevation to Embassy, 806
Consulate general at Yaounde, Cameroun, elevation to
Embassy, 174
Embassy at Benghazi, Libya, transfer to Tripoli, 266
Embassy office at Murree, Pakistan, establishment of,
309
Intelligence activities of officers of, article (Evans,
Gatewood), 1025, 1026
Legation at Sofia, Bulgaria, opening of, 542
Personnel serving overseas, remarks (Dillon), 1009
Political adviser to the High Commissioner of the
Ryukyu Islands, appointment, 106
Resident consuls assigned to Blantyre, Nyasaland, and
Lusaka, Northern Rhodesia, 38
Science officers :
Appointments, 363
Attach^ program, statement (Erode), 275
Need for training of, statement (Kistiakowsky), 282
Trade promotional activity, reemphasis upon, message
and interagency report : Eisenhower, 561 ; report,
563, 565
Training for, address (Dillon), 1021
U.S. representative on the lA-ECOSOC, appointment,
69
Visa issuance, role of officers, article (Pryor), 14
Forestry Research Institute, Latin America, agreement
between FAO and Venezuela for establishment of, 93
Fossum, Charles P., 430
Four Power conference. See Heads of Government and
Chiefs of State meeting
France :
Algeria :
Declaration of principle of self-determination for,
statements (Lodge), 100
Relationship with, address ( Wilcox), 592
Cameroun. See Cameroun
Germany, problems of. See Berlin and Germany
Disarmament. See Disarmament
Foreign Ministers meetings. See Foreign Ministers
Franco-American alliance, cultural ties in, address
(Dillon), 4
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Geneva conference on the discontinuance of nuclear
weapon tests. See Geneva conference on the dis-
continuance of nuclear weapon tests
Heads of Government meetings. See Heads of
Government
ICJ, self-judging reservation to, statements (Herter,
Rogers), 229, 232
France — Continued
Liberalization of restrictions on dollar imports, 86, 871,
874, 879
Nuclear weapons information, question of U.S. sharing
with France, statement (Herter), 361
Participation in Development Assistance Group meet-
ing, 440, delegation, 577
Relationship with Mali Federation, address (Wilcox),
591
Togo. See Togo
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange programs, agreement amending
and extending 1948 agreement with U.S. for financ-
ing, 978
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Switzerland, 630; Israel, 134; Tunisia, 942
GATT, declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Visit of President de Gaulle to U.S. :
Announcements of, 120, 516
Designation of escort officer, 685
Exchange of greetings and toasts, address, joint com-
munique, and remarks : communique, 771, De
Gaulle, 771, 774 ; Eisenhower, 773, 774 ; Herter, 775
Franks, Oliver, 63, 264
Freedom, address and remarks: Eisenhower, 50, 55, 328;
Rubottom, 2S5
Freedom-f rom-hunger campaign :
Address (Wilcox), 865
FAO plans for, U.S. views, report and statement
(Miller) and text of resolution, 91, 94
Freedom of choice, address (Thayer), 963
Freedom of information, statement (Phillips), 102
Free Trade Association, European. See European Free
Trade Association
Free Trade Association, Latin American. See Latin
American Free Trade Association
French Community, Overseas States of the :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
French Overseas Territories :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Fruit and fruit products, agreement amending 1958
agreement with U.K. relating to sale to U.K. for
sterling, 430
Fruit and vegetable inspection, suspension by U.S. in
Cuba, texts of notes, 707
Fujiyama, Aiichiro, 179, 1.S3. 996
Fulton, E. D., 250, 441, 442, 974
Fulton, James G., 28
Gabon Republic, associate membership in FAO, 89
Garcia, Carlos P., 665
Gas problems, meeting of ECE working party on, U.S.
delegate, 172
Gates, Thomas S., 557
Gatewood, R. D.. 1023
1068
Department of Stale Bulletin
GATT. Sec Tariffs and trade, general agreement on
General Assembly, U.N. :
Documents, list of, 37, 69, 104, 172, 300. 429. 602, 718,
705
14th session, accomplishments of, statement (Lodge),
99
Geneva conferences on law of the sea, statement
(Dean), 2.^1, 259
Hungarian delegation credentials, statements (Lodge),
17
Korean question, efforts to resolve, U.S. views, state-
ment (Robertson), 19
Palestine refugee problem, U.S. views, statements
(Hancher), 31
Problem of Lebanon and Jordan, actions re, report to
Congress (Eisenhower), 424, 425
Resolutions :
Korean question, 24
Palestine refugee problem, 34
Peaceful uses of outer space, 68
Rights of the child, 36
Rights of the child, efforts to protect, U.S. views, state-
ment (Anderson) and text of declaration, 34
Self-determination for Algeria, proposed resolution
concerning, U.S. views on, statements (Lodge), 100
Geneva conference (1954) on Korean question, principles
of settlement quoted, .statement (Robertson), 20
Geneva conference on the discontinuance of nuclear
weapon tests :
Inspection and control system, problem of, U.S. and
Soviet positions, statements (Herter), 493, 548,
642, 645
Moratorium on tests, proposed, statements (Herter),
642, 646
Question of Communist Chinese participation in the
agreements made, 321, 323
Release of verbatims and agreed documents on, 765
Reopening of negotiations, message (Eisenhower), 112
Soviet proposals, U.S. views concerning, statement
(Herter), 547
Status of negotiations, 354, 356, 361, 547, 550, 551, 587,
636
Studies on detection and identification of underground
explosions :
Research program to improve, U.S. delegation, 892
Technical working group 2, U.S. reply to Soviet
position on report of, 78
U.S. objectives and problems of attainment, address
(Wilcox),821. 823, 824
U.S. proposal for ending tests, statements (Eisenhower,
White House), 327
Visit of Prime Minister Macmillan to U.S. to discuss.
547, 587
Geneva conferences on law of the sea, U.N., statement
(Dean), 251, 259
Geneva Declaration of the Rights of the Child (1924),
statement (Anderson), 35
Geneva wool-fabric reservation, 367, 368
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and pun-
ishment of the crime of. 393, 582
Geographic Regions of Asia : South and East, article
(Pearcy), 148
Germany :
Berlin. See Berlin
Question of veto power of Federal Republic of Ger-
many on decisions made concerning, statement
(Herter), 491
Reunilication of :
Foreign Ministers meeting. Western, statement, Q&i
Joint statement (Adenauer, Elsenhower), 518
NAC communique, 840
Proposed plebiscite to decide, question of, statements
(Herter), 641, 647
Statements (Herter). 320, 322, 323, 488. 491, 492, 637,
641, 04,5, 947
Western and Soviet views, addresses and statements :
Herding, 732 ; Dillon. 724 ; Herter, 637, 947
Western Heads of Government and Chiefs of State
meeting, communique, 43
Warsaw Pact declaration re, statement (White), 284
Zones of occupation. Department statement and text of
1944 agreement, 554
Germany, East:
Allied military mission.?' passes to travel in, statement
(Herter), 360
Forced collectivization of agriculture, U.S. condemna-
tion of. statement (White), 707
Soviet domination of, address (Dillon), 724
Soviet threat of separate peace treaty with, statements
(Herter), 320, 322, 323, 4SS, 492, 949
Germany. Federal Republic of (see also Berlin) :
Heads of Government meetings. See Heads of Gov-
ernment
Issuance of white book on forced collectivization of
agriculture in East Germany, statement (White).
797
Liberalization of import controls, 879
Participation in Development Assistance Group meet-
ing, 440, 577
Participation with IBRD in the study and develop-
ment of the Indus Basin, 63, 442, 443
Presummit meeting with Western Foreign Ministers in
Washington, approval of interim report on Ger-
many, including Berlin, 493, 684
Radio station in West Berlin, draft legislation for es-
tablishment of, U.S. and Soviet notes concerning, 7
Soviet charges against, address (Herter), 638
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation equipment, agreement extending 1955
agreement with U.S. for lease of, 582
Emden-Cherbourg-Horta submarine telegraph cable,
agreement with U.S. relating to the return to Ger-
man ownership, 582
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Switz-
erland, 6.30, 892
GATT, 6th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules. 805
Narcotic drugs :
Opium, protocol limiting and regulating produc-
tion, trade, and use of, application to Land
Berlin, 978
Protocol (1946) amending prior agreements, con-
ventions and protocols on, application to Land
Berlin, 430
Index, January fo June 7960
1069
Germany, Federal Republic of — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Narcotic drugs — Continued
Protocol (1948) bringing under international con-
trol drugs outside scope of 1931 convention, ap-
plication to Land Berlin, 430
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 766
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 265
Visit of Chancellor to U.S., 319, 517
Ghana :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Liberalization of import controls on dollar-area goods,
879
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Establishment of regional FAO oflBce for Africa,
agreement with FAO relating to, 93
GATT:
Declaration extending standstill provisions of arti-
cle XVI :4 and procfes- verbal extending the valid-
ity of, 805
Declaration on provisional accession of Israel, 134
Declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Protocol relating to negotiations for new .schedule
Ill-Brazil, 805
6th and 7th protocols of rectifications and modifi-
cations to tests of schedules, 805
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 173
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Visual and auditory materials, agreement and pro-
tocol facilitating international circulation of, 1009
U.S. aid, 921
Glennan, T. Keith, 58
Gore-Booth, Paul, 264jt
Grady, John J., 394
Grain, U.S. grant to Libya for drought relief, 962
Grand Cayman Island, rawinsonde observation station
on, agreement amending and extending 1958 agree-
ment with U.K. for establishment and operation, 430
Grant assistance:
Efforts for reduction of, letter ( Dillon ) and report, 459
Latin America, program in, statment (Rubottom), 628,
629
U.S. proposed program for FY 1961 and appropriations
requests for, statements : DUlion, 381, 384, 385, 569 ;
Riddleberger, 451, 575
Great Britain. See United Kingdom
Greece :
American Farm School of Salonika, 242
America's debt to, address (Herter), 516
Exhibit of Greek costumes and embroideries, in U.S.,
announcement, 590
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import-control policy, 880
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 222
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Israel,
134
Greece — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Patent applications, classified, agreement with U.S.
approving procedures for reciprocal filing of, 942
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Jones),
614, 617
Visit of President Eisenhower, 55
Visit of President of Greek Parliament to U.S., 365
Guantanamo Naval Base, Cuba, dismissal of employee,
text of U.S. and Cuban notes, 706
Guaranty of private investment. See Investment guar-
anty program
Guatemala :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 1018
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 38
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences,
convention (1944) on, protocol of amendment to,
541
Nuclear training and research equipment and
materials, agreement with U.S. for the acquisition
of, 892
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 173
Wheat agreement (1959), international, with annex,
978
U.S. Ambassador, appointment and confirmation, 69, 265
Guayaquil, rawinsonde observation station, agreement
extending 1957 agreement with Ecuador for estab-
lishment and oi>eration, 978
Guinea :
Membership in FAO, 88
UNESCO, constitution, 506
Habana harbor, explosion of ship in, U.S. rejection of
Cuban charge re, statements (Herter), aide memoire,
and note, 488, 489, 995, 1028
Habomai Island, question of Soviet return to Japan, state-
ment (Herter), 325
Hagerty, James C, 547, 905, 906
Hahn, Lorena B., 581
Haiti :
Import-control policy, 880
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Compulsory settlement of disputes, optional protocol
of signature concerning, 805
Continental shelf, convention on, 718
Exchange of 3d-party messages between radio
amateurs, agreement with U.S. for, 173
Fishing and conservation of living resources of the
high seas, convention on, 718
High seas, convention on, 718
Territorial sea and contiguous zone, convention on,
718
U.S. special assistance program in, statement
(Rubottom), 626
Hancher, Virgil M., 31
Hanes, John W., Jr., 218, 660, 791
1070
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Hare. Raymond A., 265
Harvard University conference on U.S.-Soviet cultural
relations, address (Thayer), OW
Hawaii, cultural and technical center, proposed establish-
ment, letter (Uerter) and excerpt of report, 130
Heads of Government and Chiefs of State meeting:
Arrangements for :
Conference proposed by Heads of State and
Government, 43
Exchange of letters re date of (Eisenhower,
Khrushchev), 77
Planning and prospects for success, address and
statement: Berding, 233, 236; Herter, 358, 549,
552
Coordination of views on issues to be negotiated :
CENTO views on, remarks (Herter) and final
communiiiue. 801, 802
Foreign Ministers of Western Powers meeting at
Washington, texts of agreed press statements, 493,
683
NATO Council views and communiques on, 44, 840, 907
Presidents of U.S. and France confer, address
(De Gaulle) and joint communique, 771
Statements re : Berding, 729 ; Eisenhower, 839 ;
Herter, 320, 322, 323, 549, 552, 638, 641, 841 ; Kohler,
619
Paris meeting :
Arrival statement (Eisenhower), 904
Collapse of :
Premier Khrushchev's ultimatum and remarks re,
statements : Eisenhower, 904 ; Herter, 993
Statement (Hagerty), 905
TV-radio address to Nation re (Eisenhower), 899
Western communique re, 905
France, U.K., and U.S. Chiefs of State and Foreign
Ministers consult re, statement (Berding, Hagerty),
906
Statement on departure from (Eisenhower), 906
Results of, address (Nixon), 983, 984; SEATO
communique, 986
Secretary Herter's report to Senate Foreign Relations
Committee on, 947
Welcome on return to Washington, remarks
(Eisenhower), 906
Heads of State and Government, Western, Paris meeting,
communique, 43
Health and sanitation :
Cooperative program agreement with Brazil, extending
1942 agreement, 393
PAHO, history and functions of and designation as a
public international organization. Executive order,
580
WHO, constitution and amendments to arts. 24 and 25,
405, 582, 629, 1046
Health Organization, World. See World Health
Organization
Hefner, Frank K., 38
Hellenic University of America, announcement of plans
for, address (Herter), 517
Hemolsky, Sidney L., 709
Henderson, Horace E., 1007
Henderson, Loy W., 713, 836
Henry, Hall M., 172
Herter, Christian A. :
Addresses, remarks, and statements :
Allied military missions' passes to travel In Eaot
Germany, 360
Apartheid policy of South Africa, U.N. Security
Council consideration of, 551
Arab-Israel problem, 489
Argentina, submarine off coast of, 360
Baltic States, anniversary of independence, 361
Berlin, problem of, 552
Berlin corridor, high-altitude flights In, 488, 489, 490,
492
Biological warfare, threat of, 360
Bishop Walsh, U.S. protests Communist China's
imprisonment of, 5.'i6
Brazil, question of financial aid to, 300, 487, 491
Canada, visit of Prime Minister Diefenbaker, 996
Canal Zone, U.S. and Panamanian rights in, 326
Capital punishment, protests concerning the
Chessman case, 490
CENTO. U.S. support of, 801, 803
Chilean proposal for partial disarmament and border
agreement with Argentina, 549
Colombo Plan, 10th anniversary, 171
Communist China, question of menace to U.S.
national security, 360
Coolidge committee report on disarmament, 355, 358
Cuba, U.S. relations with, 324, 359, 488, 489, 491,
493, 549, 550, 552, 553, 645, 646
Disarmament:
Effect on U.S. economy and national security, 354,
360
Progress of negotiations on, 321, 323, 358, 489, 636,
638, 640, 647
Dominican Republic, situation in, 320, 326
Fallout danger in relation to foreign policy, 283
France, U.S. relations with, 775
Germany, problem of reunification of, 320, 322, 323,
488, 491, 492, 637, 641, 645, 947
Greece, America's debt to, 516
Heads of Government and Chiefs of State meeting,
320, 322, 323, 358, 549, 552, 638, 641, 841, 947, 993
ICJ, U.S. reservation to compulsory jurisdiction of,
227
Inter-American cooperation, 754
Japan, treaty of mutual cooperation and security,
1S3, 490, 1029
John Foster Dulles, 1st anniversary of death, 902
Korean-Japanese problems, U.S. interest in the settle-
ment of, 549
Latin America, need for public and private capital In,
487, 491, 492
Matsu and Quemoy Islands, U.S. policy, 491
Missiles, U.S. and Soviet progress in, 325
Mutual security program for FY 1961, views con-
cerning, 375, 566
NATO Ministerial meetings: Istanbul, 840; Paris, 3
Nonintervention, Latin American interest in U.S.
adherence to, 491
Index, January to June 1960
1071
Herter, Christian A. — Continued
Addresses, remarks, and statements — Continued
Nuclear weapons :
Question of sharing information with allies, 321,
324, 361
Scientific investigations of methods of detection of,
54S, 552
Testing of, 323, 325, 493, 547, 548, 550, 551, 553,
642, 645
Outlooli; for 1960 in foreign affairs, 78
Passports, legislation concerning, 323
Polish-Cuban aid agreement, 644
Premier Khrushchev's remarks re the summit, 993
President Eisenhower's visit to Latin America, 487
Racial questions, 551, 644
Rio Treaty, question of Cuban adherence to, 645
SEATO, 6th Council meeting, 985
Sovereignty in outer space, 643
Soviet repudiation of commitment to return certain
islands to Japan, 325
Spac-e exploration, U.S. and Soviet progress in, 324,
325
Suez Canal problem, U.N. efforts to resolve, 551, 552
Sugar legislation, 359, 553
U.S.-Indian agreement for the sale of foodstuffs to
India, 890
The University and the World Community, 1015
Welcome to Prime Minister Macmillan, 588
Tear of Progress Toward Peace, 635
Correspondence and messages :
Austria, 15th anniversary of declaration of independ-
ence of, 858
CENTO, 5th anniversary, 428
Cultural and technical center in Hawaii, proposed
establLshment, 130
Educational exchange program, authority requested
of Congress to pay certain expenses relating to, 308
Japan, tidal-wave damage to, 996
Japan-U.S. Centennial Year, 790, 827
Tibet, U.S. views re problem of, 443
Meetings with :
NATO Ministerial meeting, 517
SEATO Council of Ministers, 6th meeting of, 976, 985
Spanish Foreign Minister, text of joint communique,
exchange of greetings, .'597
Brazilian Minister for External Relations, text of
joint communique, 523
CENTO Ministerial Council, 517
Japanese Prime Minister and Minister of Foreign
Affairs, 179
Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee on Trade and
Economic Affairs, 305
National .Xdvisory Committee on Inter-American
Affairs, 4lh meeting of, 815
Mexican 1900 celebrations, head of U.S. delegation to,
1027
National Press Club certificate of appreciation, 361
News conferences, tninscrljits of, :!20, 358, 487, 547, 641
IIIckerKon, John 1)., 'JG5
HiKh CoinnilHsloner for Refugees, U.N. :
Aid to Euroiiean refugees, article (Warren), 219, 220
U.S. contributions to program of, M. 10-16
1072
High seas, convention on the, 255, 718, 1009
Holy See. See Vatican City
Honduras :
Imports, policy re, 881
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Exchange of radio communications between amateur
stations on behalf of 3d parties, agreement with
U.S. relating to, 582
ICJ statute, declaration recognizing compulsory ju-
risdiction, 766
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Inter-American Institute of Sciences, protocol of
amendment to convention (1944) on, 346
U.S. Air Force and Army missions, agreement con-
tinuing in force and amending 1950 agreement
with U.S., 1009
Wheat agreement (1959), international, 265
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
Housing and Planning Center, Inter-American, activities
of, address ( Herter ) , 756
Howe, Walter, 648
Human rights :
Apartheid. See Apartheid
Respect for, addresses and statements, 474, 477, 478,
483, 484, 486, 664
Rights of minorities, U.S. efforts to defend, statement
(Herter), 551
Rights of the child, U.N. efforts to protect, statement
(Anderson) and text of declaration, 34
U.S. support of U.N. Charter principle of, statements
(Lodge), 667, 668
Venezuelan charge of violation by Dominican Repub-
lic, statements (Herter), 320, 326
Humphrey, Hubert H., 129
Hungary :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Universal postal convention (1957), 978
U.N. Hungarian delegation credentials, statements
(Lodge), 17
U.S. lifts restrictions on travel to, 797
Hyde Park declaration, address (Wigglesworth), 122
lADB. See Inter- American Development Bank
IAEA. See Atomic Energy Agency, International
lA-ECOSOC. See Inter-American Economic and Social
Council
IBRD. Sec International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development
ICA. See International Cooperation Administration
Iceland :
Import licensing requirements, 881
Special assistance loan by U.S., 250
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 805,
942
Radio regulations (1059), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), International,
630
Department of Stale BuUetin
Iceland — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Whaling convention (1946), international, amend-
ments to schedule, 222
U.S. Ambassador, coiiflrmation, 26(>
ICKSI. See Intergovernmental Committee for European
Migration
ICJ. See International Court of Justice
IDA. See International Development Association
IGY. See International Geophysical Year
IJC. See International Joint Commission
IMCO. See Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative
Organization
IMF. See International Monetary Fund
Immigration :
Restrictions, proposed liberalization of, message (Eisen-
hower), 659
U.S. immigration policy, review of and proposed
changes, address (Hanes), 6(50
Imports (see also Customs; Tariff policy, U.S.; Tariffs
and trade, general agreement on; aii4 Trade) :
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1944) to facilitate importation,
505
Dollar-area imports, relaxation of restrictions on :
Addresses and statements: Adair, 870; Dillon, 401,
402, 8»4, 856
By: Australia, 441; France, 86; Italy, 249; Nether-
lands, 57 ; Portugal, 249 ; U.K.. 249
Consultations with Venezuela re, 559
Joint announcement by Departments of Agriculture,
Commerce, and State and country summary, 873
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) on importation of, 261, 430, 805, 843
U.S.-Canadian views on import restrictions, 366, 367
Imru, Mikael, 1018
Income tax, conventions for avoidance of double taxation.
See Double taxation
Independence, movement toward in Africa, addresses
and statements: Lodge, 100; Satterthwaite, 603;
White, 991 ; Wilcox, .5!>4 ; Zablocki, 25
India :
DLF loans, 300
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Indus River Basin. See Indus River Basin
Progress in, address (Bunker), 776
Restrictions on imports from dollar areas, partial re-
laxation of, 881
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 173,
582, 844, 889
GATT:
Declarations on provisional accessions of : Switzer-
land, 630 ; Tunisia, 942
Declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ; Yugo-
slavia, 134
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 805
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 346
India — Continued
Treaties, agreementu, etc. — Cuntinup<l
Universal postal couvontion (19.'i7), 4«.'>
WHO constitution, anioiidmentH to, 582
U.S. aid programs In, address and statemiMilK : Itiinker,
776; Dillon, .'.6'J, 570; Hcrter, .''i07 ; Jones, 012, «1« ;
Riddleberger, 440, 447, 573
U.S. science oflBcer and deputy, appointments, 302, .'i03
Visit of bankers to study eciinoniic cotidllions and pro-
grams in, announcements and statements re, 0:{.
264
Visit of President Eisenhower, 40
Indochina, meanings of term, article (Pearcy), 152
Indonesia :
Economic and political problems of, address (Jones),
784, 785, 787, 788
GATT consultations, 527
Import-control jM>licy, 881
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, ag^reement amending
agreement with U.S., 346
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Swit-
zerland, 630
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (19.59), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international.
630
Research reactor agreement with U.S. for coopera-
tion in civil uses of atomic energy, 1046
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 134
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
Indus River Basin :
Negotiation of treaty between India and Pakistan con-
cerning distribution of waters, 442
Relationship of DLF to IBRD in the development of.
453
U.S. aid, proposed waiver of cargo preference rule re,
announcement and exchange of letters (Casey,
Dillon), 740
World Bank development project, U.S. participation in
plans for, address, announcement, and statements :
announcement, 442 ; Bunker, 777 ; Dillon, 380, .")69,
570 ; Eisenhower, 374 ; Herter, .567 ; Jones, Oil, 010 ;
Riddleberger, 573
Industrial property, convention (1934) for protection of.
38, 222, 430
Industrialized countries, implications of Soviet trade
relations with, statement (Mann), 929
Inflation, problem of, address and message: Dillon, 439;
BLsenhower, 116
Information Activities Abroad, President's Committee on,
appointment of, 365
Information activities and programs:
Budget request for fiscal 1961, 212
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment on the importation of, 201, 430, 805, 843
Importance of freedom of information, statement
(Phillips), 102
Language instruction and translation and exchange of
books, address (Thayer), 336
President's Committee on Information Activities
Abroad, appointment of, 305
Index, January to June I960
563140—60 i
1073
Informatiou Agency, U.S. See United States Information
Agency
Ingle, Robert M., 842
Ingrid, Queen of Denmark, 403
Intelligence activities (xee also Central Intelligence
Agency) :
Estimating intelligence and national security, address
(Dulles). 411
Need for intelligence information, address and state-
ments: Eisenhower, 851, 899, 900; Lodge, 960;
U.S. note re, 852
Relationship to national security, article (Evans. Gate-
wood), 1023
Soviet activities, statements (Lodge), 956, 958, 959
U.S. position, statement (Eisenhower). 905
Intelligence Board, U.S., organization and worlj of, ad-
dress and article : Dulles, 413, 415 ; Evans, Gatewood,
1024
Interagency Export Promotion Task Force, 562
Inter-American Affairs, National Advisory Committee on :
4th meeting of, 815
Functions of, address (Rubottom), 519
Inter-American cultural relations, convention for the pro-
motion of (1936), 913
Inter-American Development Bank :
Agreement establishing, with annexes, 37, 134, 465
Board of Governors, announcement of 1st meeting, 2(53
Budget plans of, 211
Designation as public international organization, Exec-
utive order, 710
Functions of, addresses: Dillon, 316, 436; Rubottom,
288
Inauguration of, remarks and statements : Anderson,
427 ; Dillon, .344
Organization and establi.shment of, U.S. participation
In, address, statements, and reports : Dillon, 531 ;
Eisenhower, ,306, 307. 371, 472, 482; Herter, 377.
487, 491
U.S. offlcial.s, confirmation (Anderson, Culter, Dillon),
264
Inter-American Economitr and l^ocial Council, 69, 523
Inter-American Housing and Planning Center, activities
of, address (Herter) , 756
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences (OAS),
convention (1944) on and protocol of amendment to.
346. 541
Inter-American system :
Definitions of. letters (Fernilndez. Howe, Zuniga), 649,
6,50
70th year of. address (Herter), 754
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, appointment
of U.S. commissioner, 757
Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agreements:
Article (Cntudal), 206, 297, 298, 299
NoHce.s, 247, 971
Intcricovernnientnl Commltlce for European Migration:
Council and executive committee, 11th and 13th ses-
sions, article (Warren), 218
Millionth migrant honored, announcement and letter
(P:iHenhower). Hr,<.)
Intergovernnienlal Maritime CNmsultative Organization,
convention (1048) on, 505, 029. 805, 843
1074
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
{see also International Development Association) :
Administration of Indus River project. See Indus
River
Aid to Chile, address (Eisenhower), 482
Capital subscriptions, report to Congress (Eisenhower),
306
DLF coordination of efforts with, statement (Brand),
453, 457
Financial statements, 299, 939
Increase in U.S. contribution to, address (Rubottom),
521
Visit of bankers to India and Pakistan to study eco-
nomic conditions and needs, 63, 264
International Cooperation Administration {see also De-
velopment Loan Fund, Economic and technical aid,
and Mutual security) :
Activities in Latin America, addresses : Rubottom,
287, 288, 914, 915
Administration of :
Certain functions under Mutual Security Act, 165,
166, 167, 445, 893
Emergency relief aid to Lebanon, 559
Project to modernize airfield in Liberia, 666
Deputy Director for Management, confirmation
(Grady), 394
Deputy Director for Operations, appointment and con-
firmation (FitzGerald), 174, 266
Elncouragement of investment of private capital
abroad, 815
4th session of ICA institute, 173
Investment guaranty program. See Investment guar-
anty program
Loans to Afghanistan for the purchase of planes, 831
Operations Missions, designation of directors to:
Colombia, 430; Israel, 310; Lebanon, 430; Para-
guay, 38
Personnel serving overseas, address and remarks :
Bohlen, 499 ; Dillon, 1009
Regional Director for the Near East and South Asia,
apix)intment (Bennett), 894
Relief supplies to Morocco, 444
Science and technology teams in underdevoloped areas,
statement (Brode), 274
Technical assistance programs of, address (Thayer),
84, 85, 336
Visit of study group to Belgian Congo, 835
International Cotton Advisory Committee, U.S. delegation
to 19th plenary mating, 940
International Court of Justice:
Settlement of disputes under jurisdiction of, optional
protocol to law of the sea conventions, statement
(Dean), 259
Statute of :
Compulsory jurisdiction, proposed repeal of U.S.
reservation to, message, letters, and statements:
Eisenhower. 117, 128; Herter, 129, 227; Humphrey,
129; Rogers, 231
Current actions, 766
International Development Association :
Articles of agreement, 345, 503, 629
Department of State Bulletin
International Development Association — Ooutliiuetl
I'roposed organization and establisluueut of, addresiseti,
message, and report : Dillon, 1000; Eisenhower, 211,
306, 307 ; Lodge, 325
U.S. membership in and subscription to, proposed,
address and letter : Bohlen, 500 ; Elsenhower, 422
Belationship to U.S. foreign policy objectives, statement
(Dillon), 529
U.S. support of, addresses, message, report, and state-
ment: Dillon, 383, 400, 436; Eisenhower, 306, 307,
371
International disarmament organization, proposed estab-
lishment of, 511
International Finance Corporation:
Articles of agreement, 629
Purpose of, statement (DiUon), 531
International Geophysical Tear :
Research activities, continuation of, statement (Lodge)
and text of U.N. resolution, 67, 68
Space activities initiated during, continued cooperation
in, address (Glennan), 61, 62
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada) :
Columbia River system, development of, preliminary
study and reports on, 126, 250, 441
U.S. Commissioner (Bacon), appointment, 996
International labor conference, U.S. delegates to 44th
session, 1008
International law (.see also International Court of
Justice) :
Law of the Sea. See Law of the Sea
Need for development of, address (Wilcox) , 824
Bights of U.S. citizens in Cuba, protection of, statement
(Eisenhower), 238
International Law Commission, U.N., draft report on law
of the sea, statement (Dean), 252, 254
International Lead and Zinc Study Group:
Organization and functions of, address (Nichols), 758
Terms of reference, 761
International Materials Policy Commission, President's.
652, 657
International Monetary Fund (see also International
Bank) :
Brazil, question of aid to, statement (Herter), 491
Increase in U.S. subscription to, address and report :
Eisenhower, 306; Bubottom, 521
International Organizations Immunities Act (1945), pro-
visions, 579, 580, 716
International organizations {see also subject), calendar
of international meetings, 15, 169, 389, 538, 714, 932
International peace force, U.N. Charter proposal, U.S.
support of, address ( Herter ) , 640
Investment guaranty program :
Agreements with: Argentina, 173; El Salvador, 430.
718 ; Korea, 506 ; Nepal, 940, 942
Statement (Brand), 4.54
Investment of private capital abroad :
Africa, need for and problems re, address (Penfield),
922
Deferment of tax on incomes earned in less developed
areas, proposed, statement (Phillips), 503
Foreign policy objectives, role in furthering, address
(Dillon), 402
Investment of private capital abriwd— Continue*!
Latin America, addresses, letter, rei>ort, and Htute-
ment: Dillon, 317, 437, 439; Elsenhower, 472, 476.
476, 477, 482, 484 ; Howe, 052, O.'iS ; Bubottom, 287.
521, 624, 625, 097
Need of in newly developing countries, address (Dil-
lon), 858
Plans for expansion in FY 1901, address, message,
report, and statement: Dillon, 464; I'.isenhower,
212 : Martin. 342, :i43 ; Wilcox, 8<i«
Protection of. See Investment guaranty program
U.S. encouragement and support of (sec also Double
taxation), address, report, and statement: Brand,
454, 456, 457 ; Eisenhower, 815 ; Johnson, 1003
Iran :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 553
CENTO. See Central Treaty Organization
Earthquake at Lar, exchange of messages (Eisenhower,
Pahlavi), 798
4th Congress of Iranian Art and Archeology, 713, 836
Imports, policy concerning, 881
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1949) and protocol for facilitating Interna-
tional circulation of, 346
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating the production,
trade, and use of, 346
Property, industrial, convention (1934) for protection
of, 38
Radio regulations (1959), 630, 844
Reciprocal trade agreement (1943) with U.S., tempo-
rary waiver of article VI re commercial profits
taxes. Department announcement and U.S. note,
843, 844
Telecommimication convention (1959), international,
630
White slave traffic, protocol (1904) and convention
(1910) for suppression of, 465
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. denies change in policy toward, 201
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Jones),
615, 617
Visit of President Eisenhower, 52
Iraq:
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Universal postal convention (1957) , 465
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
Ireland :
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 265
Nuclear research and training equipment, agreement
with U.S. for acquisition of, 718, 706
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 134
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Israel :
Arab states protest Premier Ben-Gurlon's visit to U.S.,
statement (Herter), 489
Index, January to June 1960
1075
I srael — Continued
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import -control policy, 882
Problem of passage of Israeli ships through Suez Canal,
letter and statements: Dillon, 832, 834; Herter,
321, 324, 551. 552 ; Jones, 613
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 173
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending 1955
agreement with U.S., 346
Exchange of international and official publications
and of government documents, 1958 conventions on,
309
GATT, declarations on provi.«ional accessions of: Is-
rael, 134, 430, 582, 805 ; Tunisia, 942
GATT, declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (19.59), G30
Telecommunication convention (19.59), international,
630
Universal postal convention ( 1957 ) , 465
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Jones),
611, 613
U.S. Operations Mission, designation of director, 310
Italy :
Development Assistance Group meeting, attendance at,
440, 577
Financial provision for addition to FAO headquarters
building. 93
Liberalization of import controls, 249. 882
Participation in ten nation disarmament conference,
45, 511
Presummit meeting with Western Foreign Ministers,
493, 684
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel. 1.34 : Switzerland. 030
GATT, declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 1.34
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Technical aid to Trust Territory of Somaliland,
agreement amending and extending 1954 agree-
ment with U.S., 173
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. submarines, agreement amending 19.54 agreement
with U.S. for loan of, 346
Trust Territory of Somaliland. Ser Somalia
.I.'imalca. rawinsondu ob.servatiim station on, agreement
amending and extending 19.58 agreement with U.K.
for establishment and operation. 430
Jamison, Kdward A., 266
.lapan :
Attendance at Development Assistance Group meeting,
4-10, 577
iHt Japanese diplomatic mission to U.S., article
(Parks I, 714
GATT ciinsullalions, announcement, 527
Liberal izat Ion of Import controls, 882
Postwar recovery of, addres.ses : Dillon. 399, 400 ; Jones
7K.'!. 7K7. 7'^v
1076
Japan — Continued
Problems with Korea, question of U.S. role in settle-
ment of, statement (Herter), 549
Proposed visit of President Eisenhower, 181, 685
Soviet repudiation of commitment to return islands of
Habomai and Shikotan to, statement (Herter), 325
Technical and military aid to, U.S. plans for 1961, state-
ment (Parsons), 537
Tidal-wave damage, exchange of messages re
(Fujiyama, Herter), 996
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 506
Assembly and manufacture in Japan of F-104 type
aircraft, agreement with U.S., 844
Double taxation on income, protocol to 1954 conven-
tion with U.S. for avoidance of, 892
Financial contributions for U.S. services and
supplies, agreement amending agreement of 1959
relating to administrative agreement of 1952, 309
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of
Switzerland. 892
High seas fisheries of the North Pacific Ocean,
amendment to annex to international convention
(1952) on, 1046
Mutual cooperation and security, treaty with U.S.
See Mutual cooperation and security
Mutual defense assistance, understanding revising
1954 agreement with U.S., 222
Radio regulations (19.59), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 430
Technical assistance training program in, agreement
with U.S., 673
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 222
U.S. deputy science officer, appointment, 363
U.S.-Japan Centennial Year, 745, 790, 826, 909, 910
U.S. relations with {see also Mutual cooperation and
security), remarks (Parsons), 6(>4
Visit of Crown Prince and Princess to U.S., proposed,
statement (Eisenhower), 826
Jaroszewicz, Piotr, 557
.Johnson. U. AlexLs. 363. 1001
Johnson Act of 1934, re extension of credit, 928
Joint Commission (U.S. -Canada), International. See
International Joint Commission
Jones, G. Lewis, 610
Jones, Howard P., 782
Jordan :
Crisis in. U.N. actions re. President's report to Congress,
424, 425
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international.
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Jones),
614
Juliana, Queen of the Netherlands, 911
Justice, Department of:
Exercise of authority for seizure of arms or munitions
being illegally exported, Executive order, 362
Department of Slate Bulletin
Justice, Department of — Continued
Grand jury investigation of ocean sbiiiping practices,
meeting of governments concerned, 501
Recommendation for repeal of U.S. reservation to ICJ
compulsory jurisdiction, statement (Rogers), 232
Justice, International Court of. See International Court
Kelly, Charles S., 739
Kennedy, John F., 63
Kenya :
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 805
Withdrawal of Zanzibar Protectorate from consular
district of Nairobi, 69
Khrushchev, Nikita S., 77, 119, 599, 901, 948, 993
Kishi, Nobusuke, 179, 182, 183
Kistiakowsky, George B., 276
Kohler, Foy D., 266, 618
Korea :
Reunification of, U.N. actions regarding, statement
(Robertson) and text of resolution, 18, 24
UNO operation, address (Wiggles worth), 123
Korea, Republic of :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 1018
Communist aggression against, address and statements :
Parsons, 405, 407, 410; Robertson, 18, 20, 24;
Wigglesworth, 123
Problems with Japan, question of U.S. role in settle-
ment of, statement (Herter), 549
Retirement of Dr. Rhee, letter and statement (Eisen-
hower, Rhee ) , 859
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending
agreement with U.S., 105
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S. relating
to, 506
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 766
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
U.S. naval vessels, agreements with U.S. for the loan
of, 346, 766
Universal postal convention (1957), 978
Wheat agreement (1959), international, with annex,
430
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
U.S. aid, 461, 403, 535
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 2C5
Visit of President Eisenhower, announcement, 685
Kubitschek de Oliveira, Juscelino, 474
Kuter, Laurence S., 124
Kuwait :
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
1009
Civil aviation, international, convention (1944) on, 978
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, 1046
Labor :
International labor conference, U.S. delegates to 44th
session, 1008
Labor — Continued
Labor dispute at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba :
Statement (Herter), 553
Texts of U.S. and Cuban notes, 700
Labor-management problems, message (Elsenhower),
115
Support of U.S. international objectives, importance of,
address (Dillon), 723, 726
La Couhre, explosion of, 995, 1028
Lafayette Fellowship Foundation, address (Dillon), 4
Lafer, Horacio, 523
Laos :
Telecommimication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 844
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
Lar, Iran, exchange of messages (Eisenhower, Pahlavl)
on earthquake, 798
Latin America {see also Inter- American, Organization. of
American States, Operation Pan America, Pan Amer-
ican, and individual countries) :
Capital punishment, protests concerning the Chessman
case, statement (Herter), 490
Common goals shared with U.S., address (Dillon), 315
Common markets. See Central America and Latin
American Free Trade Association
Communist subversive activities in, addresses: Dillon,
318; Rubottom, 289
Development of resources through cooperation, address
(Rubottom), 285
DLF loans, 300, 457, 458
Economic development (see also Committee of Nine and
Operation Pan America) :
Addresses, remarks, report, and statement : Anderson,
427; Dillon, 435; Eisenhower, 471, 475, 478, 481,
482 ; Herter, 487, 491, 492
Joint declaration (Eisenhower, Frondizi) and state-
ment (Alessandri, Eisenhower), 480, 483
Forestry Research Institute, agreement between FAO
and Venezuela for establishment of, 93
Senate Foreign Relations Commitee studies on U.S.-
Latin American relations, list of, 626
Trade relations with U.S. See under Trade
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Rubot-
tom), 623
U.S. relations with, addresses and letter: Eisenhower,
351 ; Howe, 648 ; Rubottom, 519, 630, 693
Visit of President Eisenhower :
Purposes of, 119
Reception accorded him, statement (Herter), 487
Report to Nation, addresses and joint declarations,
471
Latin American Free Trade Association:
Establishment of, addresses (Rulwttom), 289, 522, 630
Relationship to GATT, 1034
16th session of GATT Contracting Parties to discuss,
938
U.S. support of, address, report, and letter : Eisenhower,
473, 482, 483; Howe, 651
Latvia, anniversary of independence, statement (Herter),
361
Lavan, Peter I. B., 307
Index, January fo June 7960
1077
Law, international. See International Court of Justice,
International law, and Law of the sea
Law Commission, International, draft report on law of
the sea, statement (Dean), 252, 254
Law Day, 1960, proclamation, 201
Law of the sea :
Compulsory settlement of disputes, optional protocol of
signature, 805
Conventions and optional protocol on, Senate ratifica-
tion requested, statement (Dean), 251
Conventions on, 718, 766, 1000
U.N. conference on, 2d, announcement of U.S. delega-
tion, 504
Lead and zinc problem:
Efforts to solve :
Address (Nichols), 758
Text of joint U.S.-Canadian communique, 366
U.S. trade policy concerning, letter ( Howe) , 654
Lead and Zinc Study Group, International :
Orzanization and functions of, address (Nichols), 758
Terms of reference, 761
League of Arab States :
Agreement with F'AO, 93
Boycott measures against U.S. shipping, letters and
statement (Dillon, Meany), 834
Lebanon :
Crisis in, U.S.-U.N. actions, report to Congress (Eisen-
hower), 424
Drought relief aid to, 559
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 393
U.S. Operations Mission, designation of director, 430
Lehmann, Glenn, 835
Lend-lease negotiations with Soviet Union, 86, 239
Lend-lease program, forerunner of future U.S. aid pro-
grams, address (Bohlen), 496
Less developed countries {see also Newly developing
countries) :
Aid to {see also Economic and technical aid), address
(Bohlen), 408. rm
Economic development of {sec also Economic develop-
ment), Heads of State and Government views on,
communique, 43
Economic offensive of Soviet Union and Soviet-bloc
countries and U.S. efforts to counter, addresses,
report, and statements: Bohlen, 498; Dillon, 679,
680; Elsenhower, 815; Hanes, 795; Herter, 377;
Jones, 615, 617; Mann, 930; Martin, 342; Penfield,
923 ; SattiTthwaite, 691
Education, needs in the field of, address (Kistiakow-
sky), 281
Expansion of export earnings of, GATT efforts to-
ward, 1035
Populniii.n growth In, address (Wilcox), 861
U.N. technical assistance programs. See under United
Nations
U.S.-Japanese views on development of, joint com-
munique, ISO
1078
Less developed countries — Continued
U.S. mutual security program in, addresses, report, and
statement: Eisenhower, 160, 163, 166, 812, 813;
Herter, 639 ; Riddleberger, 445
Lewandowski, Bohdan, 557
Liberia :
U.S. aid to finance modernization of airfield in, 666
U.S. relations with, address (Satterthwaite), 687
Librarians, USIS, training of, address (Rubottom), 917
Libya :
Drought relief, U.S. grant of grain, 962
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
U.S. Embas.sy at Benghazi transferred to Tripoli, 266
U.S. mutual security program in, address and state-
ment : Penfield, 921 ; Satterthwaite, 607, 60S, 609
Liggit, C. Reed, 310
Lincoln, Abraham, 315, 316, 319
Lithuania, anniversary of indei)endence, statement
(Herter), 361
Littlewood, William H., 363
Lleras-Catuargo, Alberto, 441, 699
Loans, U.S. See Development Loan Fund, Export-Im-
port Bank, and International Cooperation Admin-
istration
Lodge, George C, 1008
Lodge, Henry Cabot, address, letter, and statements :
General Assembly, 14th, accomplishments of, 99
Hungarian U.N. delegation credentials, 17
Mutual Aid Through the United Nations, 524
Outer space, peaceful uses of, U.S. views on proposed
U.N. resolution re, 64
South Africa, U.S. support of U.N. principles in, 667
Soviet complaint of U.S. aggression in the Security
Council, 955
U.S.-Indian agreement for the sale of foodstuffs to
India, 891
Luxembourg :
Trade policies of, 875
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 430; Switzerland, 630
Radio regulations (1959) , 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 105
Universal postal convention (1957), 465
MacKnight, Jesse M., 806
Macmillan, Harold, 587
Mahendra Bir Bikram Shah Deva, King of Nepal, 232,
640, 827
Malagasy Republic, associate membership in FAO, 89
Malaria, WHO campaign against, 800, 866
Jlahiy, regional concepts of, article (Pearcy), 153
Malaya, Federation of:
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Restrictions on imiKirtation of dollar-area goods, liber-
alization of, 883
Department of State Bulletin
Maliiyn, Federation of — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air services transit agreement (1944), international,
505
GATT, protocol relating to establishmeut of new
schedule III-Brazii. 173
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
Mali, Federation of, relationship with France, address
(Wilcox), 591
Mallory, Lester D., 69
Mann, Thomas C, 629, 8(H, 940, 927, 976
Maritime Consultative Organization, Intergovernmental,
convention (ItMS) on, 505, 629, 805, 843
Maritime problems. See Ships and shipping
Market disruption, avoidance of, GATT discussion, 1034
Marshall plan, achievements of, 160, 497
Martin, Edwin McCammon, 174, 340
Masaryk, Thomas, 494
Matsu and Quemoy Islands. See Taiwan Straits situation
Maurer, Ely, 266
McCollum, Robert S., 218
McConaughy, Walter P., 265
McElroy, Neil H., 330
McHugh, J. Laurence, 757
McKay, Douglas, 996
McKernan, Donald L., 842
McXaughton, Gen. A. G. L., 126
Meany, George, 835
Meloy, Francis E., Jr., 266
Menapace, Robert B., 430
Menshikov, Mikhail Alekseevich, 86, 240
Merchant, Livingston T., 184, 213, 266, 494
Merchant Marine, U.S., restatement of U.S. foreign policy
affecting, letter and statement (Dillon), 834
Mexico :
Air transport services, exchange of views with U.S. re,
804, 941
Import-control policy, 883
Latin American Free Trade Association membership,
938
Monterrey Instituto Tecnol6gico, 914
Narcotic drugs, U.S.-Mexican discussions on control of
traffic in, joint communique, 127
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
li-shing, with annexes, 134
Radio broadcasting in standard broadcasting band,
agreement (19.57) with U.S., 430, 541
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Tracking stations, agreement with U.S. for establish-
ment and operation of, 805
Wheat agreement (1959), international, with annex,
134
U.S. participation in 1960 celebrations, 1027
Middle East. See Near and Middle East and individual
countries
Miernik, Stanislaw, 557
Migration, European, Intergnverniiiontal Cotiimlttee for.
See Intergovernmental Commlttoo for European
Migration
Military assistance {see also Military miaslonR, Mutual
defense, and Mutual security) :
Appropriation reque.sts for FY llKil, nddresHCH, mes-
sages, and statements : Bolilen, 499 ; Dillon, 380,
382, 384, 387, 569, 924, 92.''., 998; Elsenhower, 20-1,
205, 208, 370, 371, 837; Ilerter, 378; Kohlcr, (!20;
Parsons, 5.35 ; Satterthwaite, 609
President's report on program and recommendations to
Congress, 160, 102, 165, 167
Role in maintenance of U.S. security, addresses and
statement : Dillon, 1020 ; Eisenhower, 352 ; Gates,
558 ; Hanes, 794 ; Palmer, 329
U.S. policy in :
Far East, address (Parsons) , 405, 406
Latin America, address and statement (Rubottom),
626, 695
Middle East, President's 4th report to Congress on
the American Doctrine, 424
Near East and South Asia, statement (Jones), 615,
616, 617
Military bases, U.S., overseas :
Agreements with :
Japan, statement (Herter), 1031
Philippines, U.S. relinquishment of Olongapo and ad-
jacent areas, 105
Spain, for settlement of claims of Spanish subcon-
tractors for construction of, 465
U.K., civil air terminal at USAF base in Bermuda,
agreement re, 1009
Dismissal of employee at U.S. naval base in Cuba, 553,
706
Facilities in Libya and Morocco, importance of, state-
ment (Satterthwaite), 607, 608
Military cemeteries, agreement with Belgium concerning,
173
Military missions, U.S. :
Air Force mission agreements with : Argentina, 766 ;
Brazil, 506 ; El Salvador, 309 ; Honduras, 1009
Army mission agreement with Honduras, 1009
Miller, Clarence L., 88
Miller, Edward T., 504
Mining concessions in Cuba, registration of, 157
Missiles :
Ballistic missile early warning station, U.S.-U.K. agree-
ment establishing in United Kingdom, ."JOl, 393
Control of, proposed, 5-Power working paper on general
disarmament, 512, 513
Intelligence information concerning, address (Dulles),
411, 412, 414, 415
Soviet and U.S. progress, address and statements:
Herter, 325 ; Kistiakowsky, 277
Tracking stations. See Tracking stations
U.S. missile program, addresses, messages, and state-
ment : Eisenhower, 115, 205, 3.52 ; Gates, 557, 558 ;
Glennan, 60
Missionaries, educational service performed in Africa,
address (Satterthwaite), 687
Mogadiscio, transfer of British Somaliland from Aden to
Mogadiscio consular district, 506
Index, January fo June J 960
1079
Mobammed V, King of Morocco, 600
Monaco :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Monetary and Financial Problems, National Advisory
Council on International, 422
Money orders, postal, convention with St. Christopher
Nevis and Aiiguilla for the exchange of, 892
Monterrey Institute Tecnoldgico, 914
Montevideo, Treaty of, 1034
Montgomery, Parker G., 430
More, Bolard, 174
Morocco :
Agadlr earthquake:
Emergency relief to, 444
Exchange of messages (Eisenhower, Mohammed V),
600
U.S. city planner to aid in Agadir reconstruction, 658
Conference of chiefs of U.S. diplomatic missions and
principal consular oflScers at Tangier, 974
Economic development, U.S. loans for, 600
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Radio regulations (19.59), 6.30
Telecommunication convention (19.59), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. mutual security program in, statement (Satter-
thwaite),607, 609
Visit of President Eisenhower, 57
MSP. See Mutual security
Muccio, .John J., 69, 265
MuUin, Howard J., 171
Munro, Mrs. Alison, 804
Mnnro, I>eslie, 17
Muscat. Oman, and Dependencies :
Treaty of amity, economic relations, and consular
rights with U.S., 942
Treaty of amity and commerce (1833), with U.S.,
termination, 942
Mutual Assistance Treaty of Rio de Janeiro. See Rio
Treaty of 1947
Mutual cooperation and security, treaty with .Tapan:
Advice and consent of Senate requested, statement
(Herter), 1029
Current action, 222
Remarks and statements: Berding, 237; Dillon, 909,
910; Herter, 490; Parsons, 665
Signing, plans for, remarks and statements: 105, 181
Texts of joint communique, treaty, and related docu-
ments. 179, IM
Mutual defense (xre alxo Collective security) :
Canadn-tl.S. cooi)oration in matters relating to, address
(Wigglesworth), 121
Spanlsh-U.S. efforts in, joint communique, 597
Mutual defense assistance agreements (see also Military
missions; Ships and shipping; U.S. naval vessels;
and Weapons production program) :
AgrfH-ments with :
Holgluni. agreement amending annex B of 1950
ngrcrnipnt, ^H
Japan, understanding revising 1954 agreement, 200,
222
1080
Mutual defense assistance agreements — Continued
Agreements with — Continued
New Zealand, understanding concerning 1952 agree-
ment, 766
Turkey, agreement establishing a facility for repair-
ing and rebuilding M-12 range finders, 38
U.S. bilateral treaties in the Far East, address (Par-
sons), 405
Mutual defense treaties and arrangements. See Central
Treaty Organization, Mutual cooperation and se-
curity. Mutual security. North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization, Organization of American States, and
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Mutual Security Act of 1954 :
Administration of, redelegation of certain functions,
893
Amendments (1960), statement on signing (Eisen-
hower), 926
Freedom of navigation amendment, proposed, letter
(Dillon), 8.32
Programs carried out in the Middle East, President's
report to Congress, 426
Waiver of cargo preference rule, proposed amendment,
letters and statement (Casey, Dillon), 740
Mutual security and other assistance programs {see also
Agricultural surpluses, Collective security. Economic
and technical aid. Military assistance, and Mutual
defense) :
Addresses, remarks, and statements : Dillon, 318, 997 ;
Eisenhower, 352, 811, 867, 868; Herter, 566; Wil-
cox. 863
Appropriations and authorizations for FT 1961, ad-
dresses, messages, and statements : Bohlen, 495,
499; Dillon, 380, 385. 568, 924; Eisenhower, 202,
210, 369. 373. 837, 903, 926 ; Herter, 375, 377, 379 ;
Riddleberger, 572
Background references on MSP for 1901. 604
Excerpts from President's economic report to Congress,
306
Importance of. addresses and statement : Dillon, 682,
85S; Herter. 9.54; Palmer, 329. 331, 332
Investment guaranty program. See Investment guar-
anty program
President's semiannual reports to Congress on, ex-
cerpts. 159, 814
Programs in :
Africa, address and statement: Penfield, 921; Satter-
thwaite, 603
Europe, statement (Kohler),618
Far East, statement (Parsons). 532
Latin America, statement (Rubottom). 623
Mutual understanding, crusade for, address (Thayer),
240
Mutual understanding in the Americas, President's report
to Nation, addresses, joint declarations and state-
ments, 471
NAC. See North Atlantic Council
Nakicenovic, SlolmdMn, 411, .590
NARBA. Sec North American regional broadcasting
agreement
Narcotic drugs. See Drugs, narcotic
Deporfmenf of State Bulletin
I
NASA. Sec National Aeronautics and Space Adminis-
tration
National Academy of Sciences, recommendations for
strengthening science and technology In sub-Sahara
Africa, address (Klstinkowsky), 281
National Advisory Committee on Inter- American Affairs :
4th meeting of, 815
Functions of, address ( Rubottom ) , 519
National Advisory Council on International Monetary
and Financial Problems, special report on IDA, letter
of transmittal to Congress (Eisenhower), 422
National Aeronautics and Space Administration :
Administration of Project Mercury tracking stations to
monitor space research, 518
Establishment of and program objectives, address
(Glennan), 59
U.S.-British cooperative scientific program of space
research, announcement of, 284
U-2 incident. See U-2 incident.
National Commission for UNESCO, U.S., 845
National Committee for the Prevention of Pollution of
the Seas by Oil, U.S., 977
National defense and security (see also Collective se-
curity. Defense, Intelligence activities, Mutual de-
fense, and Mutual security) :
Defense establishment, status of, address (Eisen-
hower), 902
Export controls, statement (Mann), 927
Findings under trade agreements legislation re, ex-
cerpts from President's message to Congress, 306
Military capability for retaliation, remarks (Herter),
283
Military communications test alert, address (Eisen-
hower), 899
Preservation of, address (Berding), 233, 236
Relationship to U.S. disarmament efforts, address
(Herter), 354
U.S. programs for, message and statements : Eisen-
hower, 204 ; Gates, 557
National Gallery of Art, showing of Chinese art exhibit,
338
National Science Foundation, NATO science fellowship
program, announcement of, 338
National security. See National defense and security
National Security Act of lO^T, 411
National Security Council, responsibility of CIA to, 411,
415, 416
Nationalism :
Africa, U.S. policy toward movement in, address (Sat-
terthwaite), 687,692
Development of, address (Hanes), 792
Far East, Communist threat to, address (Parsons), 404
Latin America, problems of, address (Dillon), 318
Southeast Asia, developments in, address (Jones), 786
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Natural gas, U.S.-Canadian views on imports of, 366
Near and Middle East (.see also Central Treaty Organiza-
tion and individual countries) :
American Doctrine to promote peace and stability In,
President's 4th report to Congress, 424
DLF loans, 300
Refugee problem. See Refugees and displaced persons
Index, January fo June 1960
Near and Middle East — Continued
Suez Canal. Sec Suez Canal
U.S. mutual security program in, .statement (Jones),
610
Negotiations with the Soviet Union. See under Soviet
Union
Nelson, Ilarold S., 430
Nepal :
Progress in, address (Bunker), 770, 777
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S., 940, 942
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Visit of King Mahendra and Queen Ratna to U.S., 232,
640, 827
Netherlands :
Civil aviation consultation with U.S., joint statement,
120
Gift of monument to U.S., exchange of messages
(Eisenhower-Juliana), 911
Liberalization of import controls, 57, 883
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of
Israel, 134; Switzerland, 630
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Rawinsonde observation stations, agreement extend-
ing 1956 agreement with U.S. for establishment
and operation of, 134
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 582
Weapons production program, agreement with U.S.
relating to, 673
Neutrality, African policy, address (Penfield), 923
New York City 1964 World's Fair, 244
New Zealand :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Liberalization of import controls, 883
Participation with IBRD in the development of the
Indus Basin, 442, 443
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport agreement, discussions with U.S. re, 888
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Israel,
134
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Mutual defense assistance, understanding concerning
agreement (1952) with U.S., 766
Nuclear research and training equipment, agreement
with U.S. for the acquisition of, 674
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
Newly developing countries {see also Less developed
countries) :
Communist penetration through propaganda and aid
programs, address and statement (Dillon), 855, 924
Industrialized free-world aid to, address (Dillon), 399,
400, 402, 403
1081
Newly developing countries — Continued
Japanese contribution, remarks (Dillon), 911
Need for outstanding U.S. representatives in, address
(Dillon),1020, 1021, 1022
Opportunities for cooperation to aid, statement (Phil-
lips) and ECOSOC resolution, 934
Problems confronting, message and addresses: Eisen-
hower, 112, 113; Penfield, 918; Wilcox, 589
U.S. mutual security program in, addresses (Dillon),
682, 683, 726
News correspondents, U.S. policy of passport validations
for visits to Communist China, 789
Nicaragua :
Import-control policy, 883
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on the provisional accession of
Israel, 134
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade,
and use of, 105
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Sugar agreement (1958), International, 430
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Nichols, C. W., 758
Nielsen, Waldemar A., 305
Nigeria :
Associate membership in FAO, 88
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 505
Nixon, Richard M., 181, 976, 983
Nonalinement, Nepalese policy of, address (Mahendra),
829
Noninterference, U.S.-Nepalese views, joint communique,
828
Nonintervention in American Republics :
Adherence to principle of:
Addresses and report (Eisenhower), 472, 476, 477, 481
Joint statement (Alessandri, Eisenhower), 483
U.S. policy in :
Cuba, statement (Eisenhower), 238
Latin America, statement (Rubottom), 628
U.S. support of principle of, addresses and letter:
Eisenhower, 353; Howe, 648, 650, 655; Rubottom,
520, 694, 696
Non-self-governing territories. Bee Ryukyu Islands and
Trust territories
Nordness, Nedville E., 978
North American Air Defense Command, joint U.S.-
Canadian command, address (Wigglesworth), 123
North American regional broadcasting agreement (1950)
and final protocol, 430, 541, 673, 734, 805
North Atlantic Council (see also North Atlantic Treaty
Organization) :
Long-rnnge NATO planning, proposed program of,
address (Ilertcr), 0.30
Ministerial meeting, Istanbul, 517, 839
Ministerial meeting, Paris, 3, 44
Permanent Council meeting, text of communique, 907
Supreme Allied Commander, Atlantic, appointment of.
45
1082
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (see also North At-
lantic Council) :
Antisubmarine warfare research center, participation
of 9 NATO countries in work of, 1022
Civil emergency planning, remarks (Herter), 284
Defense tasks of, address (Wigglesworth), 123, 124
Franco-American alliance in, address (Dillon), 6
Increase in defense expenditures by members of, address
(Dillon), 1000
Joint cost sharing arrangements, 370, 372, 378, 382
Military strength, importance of, address (Herter), ()36
Nuclear weapons stockpile, address (Wigglesworth),
124
Participation of Secretary General in Western Foreign
Ministers presummit discussions at Washington,
493, 685
Role of Greece in, address (Herter), 516, 517
Science fellowship program, 338, 1006
Treaty of nonaggression between NATO and Warsaw
Pact, proposed, statement (White), 284
U.S. aid, 160, 162, 168, 330, 331, 618, 620
U.S. policy toward, statement (Herter), 3
North Pacific Ocean, high seas fisheries of, amendment
to annex to international convention (1952) on the
high seas fisheries, 1046
Norway :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
ICJ, self-judging reservation invoked by, statements
(Herter, Rogers) , 229, 232
Liberalization of import controls, 884
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134; Switzerland, G30; Tunisia, 942
GATT, declarations on relations with Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (1959) , 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
G30
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
Nuclear energy. See Atomic energy and Nuclear weapons
Nuclear research and training equipment and materials,
agreements for the acquisition of, with : Chile, 541 ;
Colombia, 393; Guatemala, 892; Ireland, 718, 766;
Israel, 346 ; New Zealand, 674
Nuclear weapons :
Control and inspection of, addresses : Berding, 730, 731,
732 ; Herter, 354, 355, 356 ; Wilcox, 821. 823, 824
NATO stockpile, address (Wigglesworth), 124
Prohibition of the production and use of :
Address (De Gaulle), 772, 773
5-l*ower working paiier, 512, 513
Sharing of U.S. information with allies, question of,
statements (Herter), .321, .324, .361
Tests, suspension and discontinuance of :
CENTO views on, 802
Geneva conference on. See Geneva conference on the
discontinuance of nuclear weapon tests
Soviet proposal for banning of tests on the high seas,
statement (Dean), 255
Tests, U.S.-Japanese views on, joint communique, 179
Deporfmenf of S/ofe Bulletin
Nuclear weajMjns — Continued
Tests, underground :
Detection and identification of :
Discussions re (U.S. -U.K.). statements: Hagerty,
&47 ; Ilerter, 547, 550, 551, 553
Joint declaration ( Eisenliower. Macniillan) and
statement (Uerter) re, 5S7, 588, 637
Research proposal to U.K. and U.S.S.R., 327, 328,
892
U.S. program of research in, 819
Question of invitation to Soviets to observe, state-
ment (Ilerter), 323, 325, 326
Nyasaland. See Rhodesia and Nyasaland
OAS. See Organization of American States
Oeeanograpliic research stations in Turks and Caicos
Islands and Bahama Islands, agreements re appli-
cation of agreements with U.K. for establishment,
942
OEEC. See European Economic Cooperation, Organiza-
tion for
Ogdensburg agreement, address (Wigglesworth), 122, 126
Oil:
Deposits beneath the seas, need to protect, statement
(Dean), 258
Oil pollution convention (1954), support of U.S.
acceptance, statement (Mann), 976
U.S.-Canadian views on imports of, 366
Oman, Muscat, and Dependencies. See Muscat
"Open-skies" proposals. See Aerial inspection
"Open societies," U.S. goal, address (Eisenhower), 902
Operation Pan America :
Addresses, joint communiques, statements, and report :
Eisenhower, 472, 476 ; Eisenhower and Alessandri,
483 ; Eisenhower and Kubitschek, 474 ; Herter, 756 ;
Herter, Lafer, 523
Attack on economic ills, address (Dillon), 318
Committee of 21 economic studies, address (Rubottom),
288
U.S. support of, addresses : Dillon, 438 ; Rubottom, 521
OPEX (operational and executive personnel) project,
U.N., 594, 922, 935»
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade, and
use of, 105, 346, 673, 978
Organization for economic cooperation and development,
proposed, relationship to GATT, 1035
Organization for European Economic Cooperation. See
European Economic Cooperation
Organization of American States (see also Rio Treaty) :
Accomplishments of, address (Herter), 754, 756, 757
Activities and economic functions of, address and letter :
Howe, 649 ; Rubottom, 288, 289
Agricultural exchange programs, 916
Colombia-U.S. affirm joint support of, address and
statements : Eisenhower, 700 ; Lleras, 700, 701
Cuban charge of U.S. involvement in disaster in Ha-
bana harbor, text of U.S. note of protest, 1028
Inter- American defense force, proposed, statement (Ru-
bottom), 628
Inter- American Economic and Social Council :
Appointment of U.S. representative to, 69
Economic surveys being made by, joint communique
(Herter, Lafer), 523
Organization of American States — Continued
Role in providing collective security in the American
states, address (Rubottom), 520
Technical assistance program of, U.S. participation in,
message and statement: Dillon, 385; Eisenhower,
373
Value and support of: addresses and report (Eisen-
hower), 473, 475, 481, 486; joint statement (Eisen-
hower, Kubitschek), 474
Venezuelan accusation against Dominican Republic of
violation of declaration of Santiago, statements
(Herter), 320, 326
Ota, Seisaku, 967
Outer space :
Cooperation in international exploration, address
(Glennan), 58
Joint U.S.-British program, 284
Peaceful uses of :
Need for safeguards :
Address and statement: Eaton, 515; Wilcox, 821,
823
5-Power working paper on disarmament, 511, 512,
513
U.N. activities regarding, statements (Lodge) and
General Assembly resolution, 64, 99
Question of sovereignty in, statement (Herter), 643
Relationship to international relations, statement
(Merchant), 213
Tracking stations. See Tracking stations
U.S. and Soviet progress in, statements (Herter), 324,
325
U.S. developments in the field of, messages and address :
Eisenhower, 114, 115, 202, 204 ; Kistiakowsky, 277
Outer Space, U.N. Ad Hoc Committee on the Peaceful
Uses of, 215, 279
Overseas service, challenge of, address (Dillon), 1019
Paarlberg, Don, 743
Pacific Islands, trust territories :
Samoa, progress in, statement (Zablocki), 27
U.S. administration in, statements (Nucker), 1036
Page, Edward, Jr., 265, 542
Pahlavi, Mohammad Reza, 798
PAHO. See Pan American Health Organization
Pakistan :
DLF loans to, 300
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Imports, relaxation of restriction on, 884
Indus River Basin. See Indus River Basin
MSP program for FY 1961 in, statements : Brand, 457 ;
Jones, 615, 617 ; Riddleberger, 440, 447
Progress in, address (Bunker), 777
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 506,
805
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 582
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582.
U.S. defense support program in, report (Dillon), 461,
463
Index, January to June 1960
1083
Pakistan — Continued
U.S. Embassy office at Murree, establisliment of, 309
Visit of banlters to study economic conditions and
programs in, announcements and statements re, 63,
264
Palestine Concilation Commission, U.N., 33, 381
Palestine refugees. See Refugees
Paley Report, 652, 657
Palmer, Gardner E., 978
Palmer, W. B., 329
Pan American Day, OAS celebration of, address (Herter),
754
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1960,
proclamation, 319
Pan American Health Organization, designation as public
international organization. Executive order, 579
Panama :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 658
Annuity payment by U.S., 410
Relations with U.S. in operations of Canal Zone,
program for improvement of, 798
Sovereignty in Canal Zone, statement (Herter), 326
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, 222
Inter- American Development Banlj, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 173
Wheat agreement (19.09), international, 265
Panama Canal Company, employee benefits to be given
Panamanians in Canal Zone, 798
Paraguay :
Imports, policy re, 884
Latin American Free Trade Association membership,
938
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 38
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
U.S. Operations Mission, designation of director, 38
Parcel post, U.S. agreement with Zanzibar re, 393, 674
Parker, Cola G., 1008
Parks, E. Taylor, 744
Parsons, J. Graham, 404, 532, 664
Passports :
Discretionary power of Secretary of State to deny,
statement (Herter), 323
Renewal procedures for expired passports and visas,
article (Pryor), 13
Restrictions on travel to Communist China, address
(Parsons), 408
Restrictive endorsement re Hungary canceled, 797
Validation of passports of U.S. correspondents to travel
In Communist China, 789
Patents :
Applications, classified, agreements approving proce-
dures for reciprocal filing of, with: Belgium, 978;
Greece. 942 ; Turkey, 541
Patent rights and technical information for defense
puniospH, agreement with Denmark for interchange
of, 405
Peace :
Addresses, remarks, and statement: Berdlng, 233;
Eisenhower, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 75, 476, 477,
478, 480, 481, 484 ; Herter, 358
Economic cooperation for, address (Wigglesworth),
125, 126
Need for maintenance of, address (Wilcox), 823
"Peace Through Understanding," theme of 1964 New
York World's Fair, 244
Peaceful cooperation, remarks (Shuster), 131
Relationship of mutual security program to, message
(Eisenhower), 369
Peace force, international. See under United Nations
"Peaceful coexistence," Communist interpretation and
practice of, addresses : Berding, 234 ; Dillon, 679, 727 ;
Shuster, 131 : White, 993
Pearcy, G. Etzel, 148
Penfield, James K., 918
Perkins, Dexter, 393»t
Permanent Joint Board on Defense (Canada-U.S.), suc-
cess of, address (Wigglesworth), 122
Perry Expedition of 1853-54, article (Parks), 744, 751
Peru :
Imports, policy re, 884
Latin American Free Trade Association membership,
938
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 506
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.
for financing, 309
6ATT:
Declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 1,'?4
Declarations on provisional accessions of: Israel,
1,34 ; Switzerland, 630
Protocol relating to establishment of new schedule
Ill-Brazil, 173
Rectifications and modifications to texts of sched-
ules, 7th protocol, 134
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 582
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, with annexes, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Rawinsonde observations station, agreement extend-
ing 1957 agreement with U.S. for establishment and
operation at Lima, 506
Telecommunication convention (19,59), international,
630
U.S. vessels, agreement with U.S. for loan of, 541
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 629
Petroleum. See Oil
Philippines :
Air transport negotiations with U.S., 665, 804, 1006
Bataan Day, 18th anniversary of, message (Eisen-
hower), 685
Community development project in, statement (Riddle-
berger), 4.52
Emergence as an independent nation, address (Jones),
783, 787, 788
Import-control policy, 884
Meaning and use of term, article (Pearcy), 154
1084
Deporfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Philippines — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement with U.S., terminated, 500
Olongapo and adjacent areas in U.S. naval base,
agreement for the U.S. relinquishment of, 105
Radio regulations (1959), G30
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 582
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs facili-
ties for, 582
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 265
U.S. sugar quota, exchange of messages (Eisenhower,
Garcia), 665
War damage claims against U.S., 212
Phillips, Christopher H., 102, 502, 934
Pittsburgh, University of, participation in the interna-
tional exchange program, address (Herter), 1017
Poland :
Aid agreement with Cuba, statement (Herter), 644
Deputy Prime Minister and group to visit U.S. under
educational exchange program, 557
GATT, relations with Contracting Parties, 245, 248,
942
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, supplemental agreement
with U.S., 392, 393
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion, 505
GATT, declaration on relations with, 942
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 805
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 582
U.S. exports to, 928
Pollution of the seas by oil, convention (19.54) for the
prevention of, support of U.S. acceptance, statement
(Mann), 976
Population growth:
Asia, article (Pearcy), 148, 149, 151, 157
Latin America, addresses (Dillon), 316, 436
MSP efforts to meet challenge of, President's report to
Congress, 161
Xeed for economic development to meet, address (Wil-
cox), 860
Relation to increase in food supply, report (Miller), 90
U.S. metropolitan areas, problem of rapid growth of,
message (Eisenhower), 117
Portugal :
Accession to GATT, consideration of, 1033, 1035
Import restrictions on goods from dollar area, relaxa-
tion, 249
Participation in Development Assistance Group meet-
ing, delegation, 440, 577
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.
for financing, 630
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Portugal — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Sugar agreement (19.08), international, 766
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Wheat agreement (19.09), international, .309
Visit of President Eisenhower, 550, 780, 907
Portuguese Overseas Provinces:
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Postal agreements and conventions :
Parcel post, agreement between U.S. and Zanzibar, 393,
674
Postal money orders, convention (1959) with St. Chris-
topher Nevis and Anguilla for the exchange of, 892
Universal postal convention (1057), with final protocol,
annex, regulations of execution, and provisions re-
garding airmail with final protocol, 465, 978
Powers, Francis Gary, 852, 853
President's Committee on Information Activities Abroad,
appointment of, 365
President's Committee To Study the United States Mili-
tary Assistance Program (Draper Committee) :
Address and report : Dillon, 998 ; Eisenhower, 161, 165
Recommendations of, address and message : Eisen-
hower, 371, 372 ; Palmer, 331, 332
President's International Materials Policy Commission,
652, 657
President's Special International Program for Cultural
Presentations, work of, addresses (Thayer), 82, 83,
335
Press, Frank, 892
Private capital, investment abroad. See Investment of
private capital abroad
Private enterprise, role in expansion of U.S. domestic and
foreign trade, address, message, and statements : Dil-
lon, 562 ; Eisenhower, 561 ; Ray, 562 ; report of Inter-
agency Task Force, 563; Rubottom, 286
Proclamations by the President :
Cheeses, increasing import quotas on (3347), 968
Law Day, 1960 (3330), 201
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1960
(3333), 319
United Nations Day, 1960 (3341), 588
United States of America-Japan Centennial Tear
(3349), 910
World Trade Week, 1960 (3346), 869
Project Mercury. See Tracking stations
Project Vela, 819
Propaganda :
Cuban, U.S. protest against and efforts to counteract,
statement (Herter), 549; text of aide memoire, 994
Soviet :
Attacks on U.S. treaty of cooperation with Japan,
statement (Herter), 490
Compaigns, address (Berding), 731, 733
NAC views, communique, 840
U.S. views concerning, remarks (Shuster), 133
Use of C-2 incident, statement (Lodge), 9.08
Property, cultural, convention (1954) for protection In
event of armed conflict, 582
Index, January to June I960
1085
Property, industrial, convention (1934) for protection of,
38, 222, 430
Property, rights, and interests of U.S. citizens (see also
Claims: U.S.) :
Cuban seizure of. See under United States citizens
Latin America, interests of U.S. Investors In, addresses
(Dillon), 317, 437, 439
Pryor, Mrs. Hallie Mae, 9
Public Law 480. See Agricultural surpluses
Publications:
Congress :
Documents relating to foreign policy, lists of, 8, 217,
2(53, 307, 388, 426, 458, 501, 666, 713, 753, 800, 838,
931, 1006, 1032
Senate Foreign Relations Committee studies on:
U.S. foreign policy, list of, 273
U.S. Latin American relations, list of, 626
Exchange of international and official publications and
of government documents, 1958 conventions on, 309
Scientific and technical material, need for publication
and exchange of, address (Erode), 736, 737
State Department:
Foreign Relations, volumes on. Advisory Committee
report on, 393
Lists of recent releases, 38, 70, 106, 174, 222, 266, 466,
506, 542, G74, 806, 894, 942, 1010
United Nations, lists of current documents, 37, 69, 104,
172, 221, 265, 300, 429, 505, 540, 602, 670, 717, 765,
803, 1008
Verbatims and agreed documents on Geneva conference
on the discontinuance of nuclear weapon tests,
release of, 765
Verbatims of the conference of the Ten Nation Disarma-
ment Committee, release of, 819
Puerto Rico :
U.S. technical cooperation program in, address (Dil-
lon), 436, 438
Visit of President Eisenhower, 119
Queen Juliana, 911
Quetico-Superior Committee,
739
Rabasa, Cscar, 127
Race relations problems. See Apartheid
Radio. See Teleconmiunications
Rae, liruce, 888
Rae, Saul F., 421
Haiia. Subarna S. .T. B., 940
Uaiulall, Harold M., 69
Ratna Rajya Lakshml Shah, Queen of Nepal, 232 640
827
Raw materials, U.S. pricing policy, address and letters :
Fernandez, Howe, Zuniga, 652, 6.57; Rubottom, 697
RawlnsoMdo observation stations, agreements re estab-
lishment and operation of, with :
Ecuador, extending in.'u agreoniont, 978
Peru, oxteiidlng I'Xn ngrcemcnt, .506
Nflbcrlands, extending 19.56 agreement, 134
f.K. extending and amending 1958 agreement, 430
Ray, Philip A., .562
Reciprocity Informntlon, Committee for. Bee Committee
for Riviproclty Information
1086
Reconstruction and Development, International Bank for.
See International Bank
Refugees and displaced persons («ee also Intergovern-
mental Committee for European Migration) :
Arab refugees, U.S. and U.N. aid and efforts to solve
problem of :
Statements: Dillon, 381, 385, 569, 571; Fulton, 29;
Hanches, 31 ; Jones, 611, 612
Text of General Assembly resolution, 34
India- Pakistan refugees, address (Bunker), 778
Responsibility for aiding, statement (Fulton), 28
U.S. admittance through liberalization of immigration
laws, proposed, address and message : Eisenhower,
659, 660 ; Hanes, 662, 663
World Refugee Year, U.S. contributions to, 29, 30, 708,
1046
Reinhardt, G. Frederick, 266
Relief and rehabilitation. See Agricultural surpluses :
Emergency relief and Morocco: Agadir earthquake
Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees, U.N.,
29, 31, 611, 613
Research («ee also Atomic energy, peaceful uses of; Nu-
clear weapons; Outer space; Science; and Tracking
stations) :
Antisubmarine warfare research center, establishment
and U.S. financing of, 1022
Budget request for fiscal 1961, excerpt from President's
message to Congress, 202
Cooperation in international research programs, ad-
dress (Brode),735
Intelligence and research, article (Evans, Gatewood),
1023
U.S. scientific, question of areas of priority for, address
and statement : Erode, 271, 274 ; Kistiakowsky, 281,
282
Research reactor agreements concerning civil uses of
atomic energy, with: Austria, 265; Indonesia, 1046;
Venezuela, 346
Rhee, Syngman, 859
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Federation of :
Associate membership in FAO, 89
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Relaxation of import controls, 885
Resident consuls assigned to Lusaka and Elantyre, 38
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of: Is-
rael, 134 ; Switzerland, 630
Technical cooperation agreement between U.S. and
U.K., application to the Federation, 1009
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 393
Rice:
U.S.-Indian agreement for sale to India, 889
U.S. policy on exports to Asia, statement (Johnson),
363
Richmond. Alfred C, 893
Riddlcberger, James W., 445, 572
Rife, David C, 363
RioTreaty of 1947:
Commitment to, address, report and joint statement:
Eisenhower, 472, 481 ; Eisenhower, Kubitschek, 474
Department of State Bulletin
Rio Treaty of ItMT — Continued
I'eaceful settlement of disputes through appliealiou of,
address (Ruhotlom), C!)4
Provision for protection of sovereignty of an American
state, address tUubottom), uliO, 522
Question of Cuban adherence to, statement (llerter),
t>45, 045ii
Roa, Raiil, 440
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 37, 393,
505
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 393, 582, 629
Roberts Field, Liberia, modernization of, 666
Robertson, Walter S., 18
Rockefeller Foundation, aid to agriculture in Latin
America, address (Rubottom), 916
Rodopoulos, Constantine, 365
Rogers, William P., 231
Rome, treaty of, 292
Romulo, Carlos P., 804
Rotary Foundation Fellowship Program, 729
Rountree, William M., 310
Rowell, Edward J., 717
Ruanda-l'rundi, Trust Territory of :
Problems of administration, statement (Zablocki), 27
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Rubber :
International Rubber Study Group, work of, address
(Nichols), 761
Synthetic, effect on natural rubber industry, statement
(Erode), 273
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr., addresses and statement:
Importance of educational exchange in American
Republics, 912
Latin America, progress through cooperation, 285
Latin America, U.S. relations with, 519, 630, 693
Mutual security program in Latin America, 623
Rumania :
Expansion of trade with U.S., 671
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Claims, agreement with U.S. relating to settlement of,
630, 670
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 629
Ruritan, 240)t, 243, 244
Russell, Charles H., 38
Ryukyu Islands :
Chief Executive, meeting with President Eisenhower,
967
High Commissioner, appointment of political adviser
to, 106
Safety of life at sea :
Convention (1948) on, 766
International conference on, U.S. delegation chairman
and vice chairman, 893
Safety pins, Presidential action re imports, 3.39
St. Christopher Nevis and Anguilla, convention with U.S.
for the exchange of postal money orders, 892
tndex, January fo June 7960
St. Lawrence, Joseph, 835
San Marino, convention (1934) for the protection of
industrial projjerty, 430
Sanz de Santamarfa, Carlos, 658
Satellites, earth circling (see also Outer space) :
Observation and tracking of. See Tracking stations
Photographing from, statement (Herter), (543, 644
U.S.-British joint earlh-satellite program, 284
Satterthwaite, Joseph C, 603, 689, 974
Saudi Arabia :
Radio regulations (1059), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Schramm, Wilbur, 171
Science (see also Atomic energy, Nuclear weapons. Outer
space, and Research) :
Antarctic scientific program, joint announcement of
U.S.-Chilean cooperation in, 098
Antisubmarine research center, scientific council of,
1023
Benefits from advancement in, address (Eisenhower),
479
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) and protocol on the importation of,
261, 430, 805, 843
Engineering and science in Latin America, contribu-
tion of educational exchange to, address (Rubot-
tom), 914
Interdependence of science and national policies, ad-
dress (Erode), 735
International conference of scientists, proposed, U.S.
views, statement (Lodge) and text of General As-
sembly resolution, (54
NATO program, 338, 622, 1006
Progress of, address (Hanes), 793
Role and impact on U.S. foreign policy, address and
statement : Erode, 271 ; Kistiakowsky, 276
Scientific Intelligence, Office of, address (Dulles), 411
State Department science program, appointments of
science officers, 362
Visual and auditory materials of an educational, scien-
tific, and cultural character, agreement (1949)
and protocol facilitating international circulation
of, 346, 1009
Science Foundation, National, 338
Sciences, National Academy of, 281
Sea, law of the. See Law of the sea
Sea Poacher, U.S.S., 854
SEATO. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Secretariat, U.N., 100
Security Council, U.N. :
Consideration of apartheid policy of South Africa, U.S.
views concerning, statements : Herter, 551, 644 ;
Lodge, 667
Consideration of Soviet complaint of U.S. aggression:
statements (Lodge) and texts of Soviet draft reso-
lution and Four Power resolution, 955
Documents, lists of, 37, 172, 300, 429, 602, 717, 765,
1008
1087
Security Council, TJ.N.— Continued
Resolutions :
Maintenance of peace and security and reduction of
tensions, 961
Racial situation in the Union of South Africa, 669
Seed Year, World, designation of by FAO, report (Mil-
ler), 91
Self-determination :
Algeria, U.S. position on, statements (Lodge), 100
Right of Cuba to, letters (Ferni'indez, Howe, Zuniga),
6.>1. 6."."
Soviet and Western views on, address (Herter), 638
Tibet, U.S. support of, exchange of messages (Dalai
Lama, Herter), 443
U.S.-Tunisian views on, joint communique, 56
Senegal, Republic of, associate membership in FAO, 89
Sessions, Edson O., 265
Shikotan Island, question of Soviet return to Japan,
statement (Herter), 325
Ships and shipping (see also Law of the sea and Suez
Canal) :
Antisubmarine Warfare Research Center, 1022
Boycott of U.S. shipping by Arab League, letters and
statement (Dillon, Meany), 834
Cargo Preference Act, proposed legislation re, an-
nouncement and letters (Casey, Dillon), 740
Freedom-of-navigation amendment to Mutual Security
Act, letter (Dillon), 832
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 505, 629, 805, 843
Ocean shipping practices, meeting concerning grand
jury investigation of, 501
Oil pollution convention (1954), statement (Mann), 976
Pilotage requirements for oceangoing vessels on the
Great Lakes, proposed, statement (White), U.S.
and Canadian aide memoire, and letters (Rae,
White), 417
Safety of life at sea :
Convention (1948) on, 766
International conference on, 893
U.S. naval vessels:
Lease to Chile for use in joint scientific program in
Antarctica, 698
Loan of, agreements for : Argentina, 766 ; Brazil, .506 ;
Colombia, 766; Italy, 346; Korea, 346, 766; Peru,
.'■>41
Submarine, Cuban attack on, 854, 995
Shrimp in the Eastern Gulf of Mexico, Commission for
the Conservation of, appointment of U.S. member,
842
Shuster, George N., 131
Singapore, State of, relaxation of import restriction on
dollar-area goods, 885
SIno-Soviot alliance, addre.ss and statement (Parsons),
40.-., 409. ,'-..33
Slrikit, Queen of Thailand, 1028
Slscoe, Frank G., 430
Slavery protocol (1904) and convention (1910) for sup-
pression of while slave traflBc, 4(55
Smith, C. Alphonso. 978
Snow, William P., 205
Bomnlln :
Approaching Independence, problems of, statement
(Znt.l(K-kl). 20
Somalia — Continued
Associate membership in FAO, 88
Budgetary deficit in, addre.ss (Wilcox), 593
Technical cooperation program, agreement amending
and extending agreement between U.S. and Italy,
173
U.S. relief aid for drought victims, 713
U.S. special assistance program to aid economic develop-
ment in, statement (Satterthwaite), 606
Soudanese Republic, associate membership in FAO, 89
Soumela, Arnie J., 757
South Africa, Union of. See Union of South Africa
South America. See Central America, Latin America,
atid individual countries
South and Southeast Asia. See Asia and individual
countries
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization :
Collective security provision, address (Parsons), 405
Designation as public international organization.
Executive order, 580
Research fellowship series, announcement of, 98
Role in Southeast Asia, address (Johnson), 10O4
Sixth Council meeting :
Address and remarks : Eisenhower, 986 ; Herter, 985 ;
Nixon, 983
Announcement re, 364
Communique, 986
Delegations, leaders of national delegations and U.S.
delegaHou, 976, 988
U.S. membership to promote mutual security, statement
(Parsons), 533
South-West Africa, Territory of:
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 346
Sovereignty, outer .space, question of, statement (Herter),
643
Soviet-bloc countries (see also Communism ; Germany,
East; Soviet Union; and individual countries) :
Activities in Africa, statement (Satterthwaite), 606,
607, 609
Declaration by Warsaw Pact countries, statement
(White), 2^
Economic offensive. See under Less developed
countries
Sino-Soviet alliance, address and statement (Parsons),
405, 409, 533
Trade, U.S. policies and implications of, statement
(Mann), 927
Soviet Union (see also Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Re-
public, Communism, Soviet-bloc countries, and
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic) :
Armaments, refusal to agree to international control
and reduction of, address and statement (Herter>,
354, 358, 359
Armed forces :
Announcement of proposed reductions, statement
(White), 147
Force level ceiling for, 5-Power proposal, 511, 512
Baltic States, forcible incorporation into U.S.S.R.,
statement (Herter), 361
1088
Deparfment of Sfate Bulletin
Soviet Union — Continued
Berlin situation, ^'^r under Berlin
Cancellation of proposed visit of President Eisenhower,
78, 147, 951
Complaint of U.S. aggression, Security Council rejec-
tion, 955
Cultural exchange agreement with U.S., address
(Thayer), 335
Disarmament. Sec Disarmament
Economic challenge and growth of, addresses and state-
ment : Dillon, 31)9, 679, 680, 855 ; Martin, 340
Economic offensive in less developed countries. See
under Less developed countries
Espionage activities against U.S., statements (Lodge),
956, 95S, 959
Geneva conference on the discontinuance of nuclear
weapon tests. Sec Geneva conference on the dis-
continuance of nuclear weapon tests
German problems. See Germany
Heads of (Jovernment meeting. See Heads of
Government
Intervention in Hungary, statement (Lodge), 17
Korean reunification, obstruction of, statement (Rob-
ertson), 18
Law of the sea, Soviet views concerning, statement
(Dean), 253, 254, 255, 258
Lend-lease tallss with U.S., resumption and discontinu-
ance of, 86, 239
Military programs, assessment of, address (Dulles),
414
New Year's greetings, exchange with U.S., 119
Negotiations with (see also Heads of Government) :
Addresses and statement: Berding, 233, 235, 729;
Eisenhower, 901, 902 ; Herter, 635, 636, 637 ; Kohler,
619, 623 ;
NAC communique, 840
Nuclear weapons and tests. See Nuclear weaiwns
Outer space, achievements in, address and statements :
Glennan, 59. 60; Herter, 324, 325; Merchant, 213,
214, 21G
Passes to Allied military missions to travel in East
Germany, question of, statement (Herter), 360
"Peaceful coexistence," Soviet views, addresses and
remarks : Berding, 234 ; Dillon, 679, 727 ; Shuster,
131 ; White, 993
Postwar European economic recovery, Soviet attitude,
address (Bohlen),497
Premier Khrushchev, 77, 119, 599, 901, 948, 993
Propaganda. Bee under Propaganda
Repudiation of commitment to return islands of Habo-
mai and Shiliotan to Japan, statement (Herter),
325
Rescue of Soviet soldiers by U.S. Navy, exchange of
messages (Eisenhower, Khrushchev), 599
Scientific programs, policies in the promotion of, ad-
dress (Erode) , 735, 738
Sino-Soviet alliance, address and statement (Parsons),
405, 409, 533
Surprise attack, question of, statements (Gates), 557,
558
Threat of military force in the settlement of interna-
tional issues, remarks (Herter), 283, 284
Soviet I'nion — ConliniuHl
Trade policies and relatlcms, 239, 928
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, ixsaceful uses of, agreement with
U.S., 279
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954) on
temporary imjiortation of, 393
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 582
Touring, convention (1954) concerning custom facili-
ties for, 393
U.N. aid programs, Soviet attitude toward, address
(Lodge), .526
U.S. relations with, address (Herter), 1016
U-2 incident. See U-2 incident
Space activities. See Outer space
Spain :
Accession to GATT, consideration of, 1033, 1035
Trade liberalization program, 885
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Claims of Spanish subcontractors of U.S. military
bases, agreement with U.S. for settlement, 465
IFC, articles of agreement, 629
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Tracking station, agreement with U.S. for the estab-
lishment of a Project Mercury facility on the
island of Gran Canaria, 518, 630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
U.S. defense support to, statement (Kohler), 622
Visit of Minister of Foreign Affairs to U.S., 80, 597
Visit of President Eisenhower, 56
Special assistance :
Allocation of funds for malaria eradication during 1st
half of FY 1900, 815
Appropriations for FY 1961, request for, messages and
statements : Eisenhower, 211, 384 ; Dillon, 373, 926
Efforts toward reduction of, letter, report, and state-
ment : Dillon, 459 ; Riddleberger, 450
Functions of. President's report to Congress, 166
Loan to Iceland, 250
Programs in Africa, address and statements: Dillon,
569, 571 ; Herter, 567 : Riddleberger, 573, 576 ; Sat-
terthwaite, 604, 006, 608, 689
Programs in Latin America, statement (RulKittom),
625
Special Economic Committee, Paris meeting of :
Address and statements (Dillon), 139, 140, 145, 403
Proposal for, 43
Purpose of, .statement (PhilUps), 502
Texts of resolutions, 146
Special Fund, U.N., 99, 525, 593, 865
Specialized agencies, U.N., U.S. contributions, addresses:
Bohlen, 500 ; Rubottom, 920
Spinks, Charles N., 105
Sprague, Mansfield D., 365
Sproul, Allan, 204
Stanford Research Institute report on impact of science
on U.S. foreign policy, statement (Erode), 271
Index, January fo June I960
1089
Stassen, Harold, 359
State Department {see aUo Foreign Service and Inter-
national Coojjeration Administration) :
Administration of mutual security program :
Redelegation of certain functions, 893
Statement (Dillon), 387
Appointments and designations, 38, 69, 105, 106, 174,
266, 430, 978
Assistant Secretary of State (Kohler), confirmation,
266
Budget, growth of, address (Bohlen), 495
Conference at Harvard University on U.S.-Sovlet cul-
tural relations, 964
Confirmations, 265, 266, 629
Counselor of the Department of State (Achilles), con-
firmation, 629
Deputy Under Secretary of State (Hare), confirmation,
265
Establishment of oflSce of political adviser to High
Commissioner of the Ryukyu Islands, announce-
ment, 106
Organization and activities :
Asian and Far Eastern aflfairs, jurisdictions, article
(I'earcy), 156
Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs, estab-
lishment of, 844
Bureau of International Cultural Relations, activities
of, address (Thayer), 82, &i
Exchange of persons program, authority requested
of Congress to pay certain expenses relating to,
letter (Herter), and draft bill, 308
Intelligence information, ofiices and bureaus respon-
sible for gathering, article (Evans, Gatewood),
1023
Passports. See Passports
Science program, appointments and functions, 275,
362
Publications. See under Publications
Under Secretary for Political Affairs (Merchant), con-
flrnmtion, 266
State of the Union message, 111
Status-of-forces agreement with Japan, 185, 195, 222,
1031
Steel Committee (ECE), U.S. delegates to 23d session,
171
Sterling, John Ewart Wallace, 300
Stljkel, E. G., 120
Stocltholm convention. See European Free Trade Asso-
ciation
Strategic materials, stockpiling of, excerpts from Presi-
dent's biidgot message to Congress, 209
Suchowlak, Bohdan, 557
Sudan :
Economic and jmlitical situation in, statement (Satter-
thwalte), 606
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil avinllon, protocol relating to amendments to
International convention on, 802
Radii) ro;;iilnllon.') (lO-IO), 630
Telecomnuinlcatlon convention (1959), international
030
Tnlograph rpgulnllons (Geneva revision, 1958), 393
1090
Sudan — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Universal postal convention (1957), 978
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
Suez Canal, U.S. views on freedom of transit through,
letter and statements : Dillon, 832, 834 ; Herter, 321,
324, 551, 552 ; Jones, 613
Sugar :
International sugar agreement (1958), 134, 173, 430,
766, 805
Sugar Act of 1948 :
Question of quotas under :
Cuban representations concerning, aide memoire,
994
Recommendations to Congress re and question of
Philippine quota, exchange of messages (Eisen-
hower, Garcia), 665
Statements (Herter), 359, 493, 553
U.S. trade poUey concerning, letter (Howe), 653
Summit meetings. See Heads of Government
Supreme Allied Command, Atlantic :
Appointment of, 45
Establishment of Antisubmarine Warfare Research
Center, 1022
Supreme Court, ruling concerning the issuance of pass-
ports, statement (Herter), 323
Suritis, Andrejs, 859
Surprise attack, prevention of (see also Aerial insi)ec-
tion) :
Measures to assure effective inspection procedures,
proposed : 5-Power working paper on disarma-
ment, 512; statement (Eaton), 515
Negotiations for safeguards to prevent, progress of, ad-
dress (Herter), 354, 356
Relation of U-2 incident to, statements: Department,
818 ; Herter, 816
U.S. defenses against, statements (Gates), 557, 558
Sweden :
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import-control policy, 885
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134; Tunisia, 942; Switzerland, 630
GATT, declarations on relations with : Poland, 942 ;
Yugoslavia, 134
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 173
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
U.S. deputy science officer, appointment, 363
Switzerland :
Imports, policy re, 885
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on provisional accession of Switz-
erland to :
Current actions, 630, 892
U.S. acceptance of declaration on Swiss accession,
exchange of notes, 601
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Rociiinicnl trade agreement (1936) with U.S., agree-
ments concerning, 87, 134, 630
Department of State Bulhtin
Switzerland — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Telecommunication convention (lOHK), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 629
Taiwan Straits situation {see also China, Republic of) :
Development of, address (Parsons), 400, 407, 409, 410
U.S. policy toward, question of, statement (Herter),491
Tanganyika, Trust Territory of :
Consular district of Dar-es-Salaam to include Zanzibar
Protectorate, 69
Progress toward independence, statement (Zablocki),
27
Sugar agreement (1958), international, 805
Tariff Commission, U.S., duties of, article (Catudal)
296, 297, 298
Tariff policy, U.S. (see also Customs; and Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on) :
Almonds, clothe.spins, and safety pins. Presidential ac-
tions re imports, 339
Cheeses, increase in import quotas on, 907
■Wool-fabric imports, determination of tariff quota, an-
nouncement and letter (Eisenhower), 367
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on :
Coffee, Brazilian proposal that GATT import restric-
tions be relaxed, statement (Herter), 550
Conference of 1960-61 :
Preparation for, report and article : Catudal, 291 ;
Eisenhower, 306
U.S. participation, notices inviting views re, 968
Consultations under articles XII, XIV, and XVIII :B
re import restrictions for balance-of-payments rea-
sons, announcement, 527
Declaration extending standstill provisions of article
XVI :4 and proc&s-verbal extending the validity of,
805
Declarations on provisional accessions of: Israel, 134,
430, 582, 805; Switzerland, 630, 892; Tunisia, 247,
942
Declarations on relations with : Poland, 247, 942 ; Yugo-
slavia, 134, 346
Discriminatory trade restrictions, need for the elimi-
nation of, message and statement : Eisenhower, 560 ;
Adair, 871
Most-favored-nation provisions, U.S. support of, address
(Dillon), 857
Protocol relating to establishment of new schedule Ill-
Brazil, 173, 805
Rectifications and modifications to texts of schedules,
6th and 7th protocols on, 134, 805
Relationship of European economic organizations to,
statements (Dillon) and text of resolution, 141,
142. 144, 14.5, 146
Renegotiation by Canada of textile concessions, 709
16th session of Contracting Parties :
Convening of. Department announcement, 938
Review of, 10.33
Statement {Ad,iir),975
Switzerland, U.S. acceptance of declaration (1958) on
Swiss relations with, exchange of notes, and agree-
ment with U.S. re, 601, 630
Taxation :
Commercial profits taxes, temporary waiver of article
VI in U.S.-Iran reciprocal trade agreement, 843 844
Double taxation. Sec Double taxation
Incentives to stimulate private Investment abroad,
statement (Phillips), 503
Latin America, problem of, address (Dillon), 437, 439
Teachers, need for more in Latin America, address (Ru-
bottom),915
Technical aid to foreign countries. See Economic and
technical aid and Mutual security
Technical assistance, U.N. See under United Nations
Technical assistance training program, agreement with
Japan, 673
Telecommunications (see also Tracking stations) :
Communication advanced by outer-space observation,
address ( Gleunan ) , 59, 60, 62
Mass communication in Southeast Asia, U.S. delegation
to UNESCO conference on, 171
Radio and television satellites, international coopera-'
tion in use of, statement (Lodge), 64, 67, 68
Radio frequencies for space communication and re-
search, statement (Merchant), 215
SEATO meteorological communications project, 987
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Broadcasting agreement (1950), North American re-
gional (NARBA) , 430, 541, 673, 734, 805
Emden-Cherbourg-Horta submarine telegraph cable,
agreement with Republic of Germany relating to
return to Gemian ownership of, 582
EJxchange of radio communications between amateur
stations on behalf of 3d parties, agreements with :
Haiti, 173 ; Honduras, 582 ; Venezuela, 173
International telecommunication convention (1952),
105, 134, 173, 222, 346, 393, 505, 582, 629, 844, 1046
International telecommunication convention (1959),
with annexes and final protocol, 630
Radio broadcasting in standard band, agreement
(1957) with Mexico and annexes, 430, 541
Radio regulations (1959), with appendixes and pro-
tocol, 630, 844
Voice of America broadcasts to Latin Americaj resump-
tion of, statement (Herter), 549
West Berlin radio station, U.S. and Soviet notes con-
cerning F.R.G. draft legislation for, 7
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958)
annexed to international telecommunication conven-
tion (19.52), with appendixes and final protocol, 103,
134, 173, 222, 346, 393, 505, 582, 629, 844, 1046
Ten Nation Committee on Disarmament :
Address (Herter), 354, 355
Conference of. See Ten nation disarmament conference
Relationship to the U.N., address (Wilcox), 820
Soviet disarmament proposals referred to, 1018
Western members of Committee propose disarmament
meeting, 45
Ten nation disarmament conference :
Five-power worliing paper on general disarmament, 511
Letter (Ei-senhower), 514
Remarks and statement : Eaton, 513 ; Herter, 282
U.S. delegation, 466
Verbatim documents of, released, 819
Index, January to June 1960
1091
Ten nation disarmament conference — Continued
Western arms reduction program, address (Herter),
637. 640
Western Foreign Ministers approve report on Geneva
negotiations in relation to forthcoming summit
meeting, statement, 684
Terman, Frederick Emmons, 800
Territorial waters :
Breadth of territorial sea, U.S. delegation to 2d U.N.
conference on, 504
Continental shelf, convention on, 258, 718, 1009
Convention on the territorial sea and the contiguous
zone, 253, 260, 718, 1009
Textiles:
Cotton, U.S. equalization payments, views on, 367
Tariff concessions by Canada, renegotiation of, 709
Woolen and worsted fabrics, quota on imports, 267
Thailand :
Development of and relations with U.S., address (John-
son), 1001
Import policy, 886
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Educational exchange programs, agreement amend-
ing 1950 agreement with U.S. for financing of,
393
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 222
WHO constitution, amendments to, 465
U.S. rice export ix)licy, statement (Johnson), 363
Visit of King and Queen to U.S., 364, 1001, 1028
Thayer, Robert H., 81, 240, 333, 844, 963
Theatrical arts, development through cultural diplomacy,
ad<lress (Thayer), 82
Tlionipson, Tyler, 266
Tit)l)ett.s, Margaret Joy, 835
Tibet, problem of self-determination for, exchange of mes-
sages (Dalai Lama, Herter), 443
Togo:
Associate membership in FAO, question of, 88
Developments in, statement (Zablocki), 26
U.S. consulate at Lom^ elevated to an Embassy, 806
WHO constitution, lOJO
Touring. Sec Travel, international
Tracking stations (Project Mercury) :
Agreements for cooperation in the establishment and
operation of, with : Australia, 429, 541 ; Ecuador,
rAfC, ; Mexico, 805 ; Spain, 518, 630
Brazil, U.S. missile tracking facilities in, statement
( Rubottom ) , 629
Trade (sec also Agricultural surpluse.s. Commodity trade,
Cu.stoms, Economic policy, Exports, Imports, Tariff
policy, (inil Trade agreements) :
Canada, 5th meeting of Joint U.S.-Canadian Committee
on Trade and Economic Affairs, text of communi-
que, 250, 305
Fairs, Increased participation of U.S. In, Interagency
report and message : Eisenhower, 561 ; report, 5G5
International trade:
Development of:
OATT program for, 10.35
1092
Trade — Continued
International trade — Continued
Development of — Continued
Heads of State and Government views, 43
Need for, address (Wilcox), 866
Report ( Eisenhower) , 301
Statement (Martin), 343
Problems of, discussions at European economic talks,
statement (Dillon) and texts of resolutions, 139
World Trade Week, 1960, proclamation, 869
Japanese-United States, joint communique and remarks
(Dillon), 180,910
Latin American-U.S. :
Addresses, letter, and statement: Dillon, 316; Howe,
653 ; Rubottom, 287, 624, 697
Increase in, address (Eisenhower), 484
Reciprocal policy, address (Dillon), 438
Rumania, U.S. trade relations with, 671
Sino-Soviet bloc (see also Less developed countries:
Economic offensive), U.S. policies re and implica-
tions of, statement (Mann), 927
Soviet Union, proposed trade agreement with, U.S. and
Soviet positions re, 239, 928
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Amity and commerce, treaty with Japan, 100th anni-
versary of exchange of ratifications, article
(Parks), 744
Amity and commerce, treaty with Muscat, Oman,
and Dependencies, 942
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion of, 505
Trade agreements. See under Trade agreements pro-
gram
U.S. foreign trade, national program for expansion of,
addresses, interagency report, message, and state-
ments : Dillon, .561, 081 ; Eisenhower, 560, 813, 867,
868 ; Ray, 562 ; report, 563
Vessels on Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River, des-
ignation of "restricted waters" requiring licensed
pilots, proposed legislation, statement (White),
419
Trade Agreements, Interdepartmental Committee on :
Article (Catudal), 296, 297, 298, 299
Notices, 247, 971 ..
Trade agreements program, U.S. (see also Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on) :
Reciprocal trade agreements with : Iran, 843, 844 ;
Switzerland, 87, 134, 630
Trade Agreements Act of 1934 and extensions :
Delegation of authority to the President, article
(Catudal), 295, 206
Restrictions on trade with Soviet Union, 928
Trade centers and fairs, establishment of and participa-
tion in, interagency report and message : Eisenhower,
561 ; report, .565
Trade Policy Committee, duties of, article (Catudal), 296,
298
Travel, international (see also Aviation and Passports) :
Communist China :
Exchange of accredited newsmen, U.S. policy, 789
U.S. restrictions on travel to, address (Parsons), 408
Department of Stale Bulletin
Travel, internatlonnl — Conlinued
Kast lieiiiiiuiy, Allied military nilssioQs' passes to
truvol in, statement ( llorter) , 360
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1054) on
teinp<irai\v iniiiortation of, Sli:?, 5S2, (i20
llaiiid transiiorUition, effect on geographic concepts,
address (White), 089
Road traffic, convention (1049) on, with annexes, 37,
393, 505
To U.S. :
Xonimmignint visas, new regulations, article
(I'ryor), 9
Tourism, promotion of, interagency report and mes-
sage : Eisenhower, 501 : report, 504, 505
Touring, convention (1054) concerning custom facilities
■ for, 393, 582
U.S. restrictions on travel to Hungary lifted, 797
Treaties, agreements, etc., international (for specific
treaty, see cottntry or subject) current actions on,
37. 105, 134, 173, 222, 265, 309, 346, 303, 430, 465, 505,
541. 582, 629, 673, 718, 766, 805, 843, 892, 942, 978, 1009,
1046
Tropical Tuna Commission, Inter-American, U.S. commis-
sioner, appointment, 757
Trust territories, U.N. (see also individual territory) :
Africa :
Developments in African territories, address ( Satter-
thwaite),601
Impact of trusteeship system on continent of, address
(Wilcox), 501
Progress in, statement (Zablocki), 25
Trusteeship Council, U.N. :
Consideration of U.S. report on administration of Pa-
cific islands trust territory, statements (Nucker),
1036
Do<:-uments, lists of, 265, 541
Tunisia :
Import-control policy, 886
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declaration on provisional accession to, 245,
942
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1950), international,
630
WHO constitution, amendments to, 078
U.S. aid, 607, 608, 609, 921
Visit of President Eisenhower, joint communique, 56
Turkel, Harry R., 69
T\irkey :
Ambassador to U.S.. credentials, 734
GATT consultations, announcement. 527
Import-control policy, 886
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
(Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 134,
173, 541
Defense, agreement with U.S. relating to a special
program of facilities assistance, termination, 892
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134 ; Switzerland, 630
IMCO, convention (1048) on, 805
Turkey — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Mutual defense assistance, atrreement with U.S. for
establishing a facility for repairing and rebuild-
ing M-12 range finders, 38
Patent applications, classified, agreement with U.S.
ap|)r()viiig procedures for reciprocal filing of, 541
Radio regulations (1059), 030
Telecommunication convention (1959), International,
630
U.S. Educational Commission, agreement amending
a;;reement (1049) for the establishment of, H-l-i
Weapons production program, agreement with U.S.,
802
U.S. consulate at Izmir raised to consulate general,
1010
U.S. mutual security program in, 461, 4(53, 614, 615,
617
U-2 plane based at Adana, statements : Department,
818; NASA, 817; U.S. note to U.S.S.R., 818
Turks and Caicos Islands, U.S.-U.K. agreement re appli-
cation of 1056 agreement for establishment of ocea-
nographic station in, 942
U.A.R. See United Arab Republic
U-2 incident :
Downing of U-2 plane :
Statements : Department, 818 ; Herter, 816 ;
NASA, 817
U.S. note to Soviet Union, 818
Report to :
Nation, TV-radio (Eisenhower), 900
Senate Foreign Relations Committee (Herter), 950,
951
Suspension of flights over U.S.S.R., statements: Eisen-
hower, 905 ; Lodge, 956, 959, 961
U.S. and Soviet positions, statement (Eisenhower) and
texts of U.S. and Soviet notes, 851
Uganda, sugar agreement (1958), international, 805
Ugly American, The, 86.3
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic (see also Soviet
Union) :
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Underdeveloped countries. See Less developed countries
and Newly developing countries
UNESCO. See Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization, U.N.
UNICEF. See United Nations Children's Fund
Union of South Africa :
Apartheid ix)licy. See Apartheid
Import-control policy, 887
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
GATT, declarations on provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134 ; Switzerland, 892
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade,
and use of, 673
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 346
Index, January to June I960
1093
Union of South Africa — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Universal postal convention (1957), 978
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. See Soviet Union
United Arab Republic :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 674
Economic development assistance and technical co-
operation, agreement with U.S. for extension of aid
to Northern (Syrian) Region, 718
Radio regulations (1959), 030
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
■WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 266
United Kingdom :
Attendance at Development Assistance Group meeting,
440, 577
British Somaliland, transfer of consular district from
Aden to Mogadiscio, 506
CENTO. See Central Treaty Organization
Civil aviation discussions with U.S., .528, 804
Disarmament. See Disarmamont
Foreign Ministers meetings. See Foreign Ministers
Geneva conference for the discontinuance of nuclear
weapon tests. See Gevena conference for the dis-
continuance of nuclear weapon tests
Germany, problems of. See Berlin and Germany
Heads of Government meetings. See Heads of Govern-
ment
Liberalization of restrictions on imports from the dollar
area, 249, 871, 874, 886
Participation with IBRD in the study and development
of the Indus Basin, 63, 442, 443
Space research, joint program with U.S., 284
Tanganyika. See Tanganyika
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Antarctic treaty, 1000
Ballistic missile early warning station, agreement
with i;.S. re establishment, 391, 393
Civil air terminal at I'SAF base in Bermuda, agree-
ment with U.S. extending, 1009
Double taxation on income, convention (1945) for
avoirtauie of, extension of agreement with U.S.
to certain territories, 430
Educational, scientific, and cultural materials, agree-
ment (1950) and protocol on the importation of,
notification of extension to the Bahamas, 805
Fishing and conservation of living resources of high
seas, convention on, 718
Fruit and fruit products, sale of to U.K. for sterling,
agreement amending agreement (1958) with U.S.,
4.'50
GATT:
Declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
Declarations on provisional accessions of: Israel,
1.34; Switzerland, 6,30
Protocol relating to establishment of new schedule
III— Brazil, 173
High seas, convention on the, 718
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 505
Oceanographlc rcsean-h stations In Bahamas, Turk.s,
and f'lilcoM IslandH. agreements with U.S. re, 942
RiifUo regulations (19.")9). 0.30
1094
United Kingdom — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Rawinsonde observation stations, agreement amend-
ing and extending 1958 agreement with U.S. re-
lating to the establishment and operation of sta-
tions on Jamaica and on Grand Cayman Island, 430
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, 37, 393, 505
Sugar agreement (1958), international, notification
of extension to Kenya, Tanganyika, and Uganda,
805
Technical cooperation agreement (1951) with U.t3.,
ajiplication to Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasa-
land, 1009
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Territorial sea and contiguous zone, convention on,
718
Wheat, agreement (1959), international, with annex,
application to Isle of Man and the Bailiwick of
Guernsey, 105
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. deputy science oflicer, appointment, 363
Zanzibar Protectorate, Islands of, change in consular
district, 69
United Nations :
Aerial surveillance, U.S. proposal. See under Aerial
inspection
Africa and the U.N., address (Wilcox), 589
Aid programs of the U.N. and its specialized agencies,
U.S. support of, address (Bohlen), 500
Charter. See United Nations Charter
Chinese representation question : address and state-
ment : Herter, 323 ; Parsons, 408
Contributions toward a peaceful world order, address
(Herter), 639
Documents, lists of, 37, 69, 104, 172, 221, 265, 300, 429,
505, 540, 602, 670, 717, 765, 803, 1008
Economic commissions. See Economic Commission
General Assembly. See General Assembly
Human rights activities. See under Human rights
Hungarian delegation credentials, statements (Lodge),
17
International machinery for settlement of disputes, U.S.
cooperation in development of, address (Dillon),
728
International peace force, proposed, addresses, state-
ment, and 5-Power working paper on general dis-
armament : Eaton, 515 ; Herter, 640 ; Wilcox, 824 ;
working paper, 515
Latin America-U.S. cooperation in, addresses (Eisen-
hower), 475, 481, 486
Law of the sea, announcement of 2d U.N. conference
on, 504
Nepalese relations with, address (Mahendra), 829
Outer space («ee aJso United Nations Ad Hoc Commit-
tee on the Peaceful Uses of) :
U.N. activities re, statement (Lodge) and General
Assembly resolution, 64
U.S. support of U.N. activities re, 214
Relationship to International Lead and Zinc Study
Group, address (Nichols), 759, 762
Secretariat, management survey of, statement (Lodge),
100
Department of State Bulletin
United Nations — Continued
Security Council. See Security Council
Specialized agencies (see also name of agency), ad-
dresses : Hohleu, 5(K) ; Rubottom, 920
Suez Canal i)roblem, efforts to settle, letter and state-
ments : Dillon, 833 ; Herter, 321, 551, 552
Technical assistance programs :
Expanded program of :
Addresses, message, and statements : Dillon, 385 ;
Eisenhower, 373 ; Penfield, 922 ; Phillips, 936
FAO program of work in cooperation with, report
(Miller), 89,93
Multilateral economic programs, advantages of U.S.
participation in, address (Lodge), 524
Special Fund, 99, 525, 593, 865
Trust territories. See Trust territories and Trustee-
ship Council
University, proposed, statement (Erode), 274
U.S. Committee for the United Nations, appointment
of chairman of, 367
U.S. financial contributions to, address and statement:
Phillips, 503 ; Satterthwaite, 692 ; Wilcox, 863, 864
U.S. policy toward, address (Hanes) , 794
United Nations Ad Hoc Committee on the Peaceful Uses
of Outer Space, address and statement: Kistiakow-
sky. 279 : Merchant, 215
United Nations Charter :
Human rights provisions, statements (Lodge), 667, 668
Japan and U.S. reaffirm ohligations under, statement
(Herter), 1030
Settlement of disputes in accordance with, proposed,
letter and statements: Eaton, 515; Eisenhower,
514 ; White, 284
United Nations Children's Fund, 91, 93
United Nations Command (Korea), address and state-
ment : Robertson, 20, 21, 22 ; Wigglesworth, 123
United Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs, 15th ses-
sion, Geneva, U.S. delegation, 717
United Nations Commission on the Status of Women, 14th
session, U.S. delegation, announcement, 581
United Nations Conciliation Commission, 33, 381
United Nations Day, 1960, proclamation, .588
United Nations economic commissions. See Economic
Commission
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization. See Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization, U.N.
Unite<l Nations Emergency Force :
Continued maintenance of, statement (Lodge), 99
U.S. support of and contributions to. President's report
to Congress, 424, 426
United Nations Food and Agricultural Organization. See
Food and Agricultural Organization, U.N.
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. See
High Commissioner
United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine
Refugees, 29, 31, 611, 613
United Nations Special Fund, 99, 525, 593, 865
United Nations Trusteeship Council. See Trusteeship
Council, U.N.
United States Atomic Energy Commission. See Atomic
Energy Commission
Index, January to June I960
United States citizens and nationals :
Accounts frozen in Cuban banks, notincation to claim,
501
Claims. See Claims : U.S.
Interment of American nationals in Belgium, termina-
tion of agreement with Belgium relating to, 173
Protection of :
Persons :
Request to Soviet Government to interview Francis
Gary Powers, texts of notes, 852, 853
Responsibility of State Department, statement
(Dillon), 835
U.S. Ambassador protests Communist China's per-
secution of Bishop Walsh, statements (Depart-
ment, Herter), 550
Property rights in Cuba :
Confiscation of, letter and statements :
Herter, 489, 550 ; Howe, 655
Negotiations on outstanding problems proposed,
texts of U.S. and Cuban notes, 440
U.S. protests seizure of, 158, 994
United States Committee for the United Nations, appoint-
ment of chairman, 367
United States Information Agency :
Africa, operations in, address (Wilcox), 596
Book and library projects in Latin America, address
(Rubottom), 917
Personnel serving overseas, remarks (Dillon), 1009
Plans for expansion in FY 1961, 212
Voice of America, resumption of broadcasts to Latin
America, statement (Herter), 549
Work of, address (Thayer), 336
United States Intelligence Board, organization and work
of, address and article: Dulles, 413, 415; Evans,
Gatewood, 1024
United States National Commission for UNESCO, func-
tions, 845
United States National Committee for the Prevention of
Pollution of the Seas by Oil, 977
United States of America-Japan Centennial Year, 74.5,
790, 826, 909, 910
United States Operations Missions. See under Interna-
tional Cooperation Administration
Universal Declaration of Himian Rights, U.N., influence
of, statement (Anderson), .35
Universal postal convention (1957), with final protocol,
annex, regulations of execution, and provisions re
airmail, with final protocol, 465, 978
University, role in world community, address (Herter),
1015
UNRWA. See Relief and Works Agency for Palestine
Refugees, U.N.
Uranium resources, investigation of, agreements with:
Brazil, 1046 ; Chile, 222
Uruguay :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 353
GATT consultations, announcement, 527
Import-control policy, 887
Latin American Free Trade Association membership,
938
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 105,
265
1095
Uruguay — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
GATT, declaration on relations with Yugoslavia, 134
GATT. declarations on the provisional accessions of:
Israel, 134 ; Switzerland, 630
Technical cooperation agreement (1956) with U.S.
superseding agreement of 1951, 805
Inter-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, 465
Radio regulations (19.59), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Visit of President Eisenhower, 119, 471, 483
Van Hollen. Christopher, 310
Vass, Laurence C, 120, 804, 888
Vaticiin City :
International telecommunication convention (1959),
630
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Universal postal convention (1957), 978
Vegetable and fruit inspection, suspension by U.S. in
Cuba, texts of notes, 707
Venezuela :
Import-control policy and consultations with U.S. re,
559, 888
Sesquicentennial of independence, message (Eisen-
hower), 799
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, research and power reactor agree-
ments with U.S., 346
Exchange of communications between amateur sta-
tions on behalf of 3d parties, arrangement with
U.S., 173
Intpr-American Development Bank, agreement estab-
lishing, 465
Latin American Forestry Research Institute, agree-
ment with FAO for establishment of, 93
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Wheat agreement (19.59), international with annex,
430
Violation of human rigbt.s charge against Dominican
Republic, statements (Ilerter), 320, 326
Vessels. See Ships and shipping
Veterans, dedication of Veterans of Foreign Wars me-
morial, remarks (Eisenhower), 328
Vlet-Nam :
Defense support program in, report (Dillon), 461, 403
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
AgrlfuUnral commodities, agreement supplementing
and amending 19.59 agreement with U.S., 466
Telecommunication convention (19.59), international,
630
Universal postal convention (19.57), 465
WHO constitntion, Mnicndinents to, 629
Visas (urn film) I'nssimrts), nonimmigrant visas, new
regulations, article (Pryor), 9
Vlsiml and auditory materials, agreement and protocol
f«<'lllnllng international rlrcnlatlon of, 346, 1009
Voice of America, broadcasts to Latin America, resump-
tlrm of, statement (Ilerter), 549
1096
Voroshilov, Kliment Efremovich, 119
Voutov, Peter G., 147, 542
Wagner, Robert F., 244
Walsh. James Edward, 556
Walter, Francis E., 218
Wanamaker, Temple, 266
Wang Ping-nan, 556
War damage, guaranty against losses from. See Invest-
ment guaranty program
Warren, George L., 218
Warsaw ambassadorial talks (U.S.-Communist China),
U.S. Ambassador protests Communist China's perse-
cution of Bishop Walsh, statements (Department,
Herter),556
Warsaw Pact :
Declaration concerning separate peace treaty with East
Germany, statements (Herter ) , 320, 322
Proposal for nonaggression treaty with NATO, state-
ment (White), 284
Watson, Earnest C, 362
Weapons production programs, agreements with: Bel-
gium, 892; Denmark, 80.5, 1009; Netherlands, 673;
Turkey, 892
Weather ( see a/.so Rawinsonde) :
Forecasting, use of satellites in, address and stater
ments : Glennan, 59 ; Herter, 643 ; Lodge, 67
Meteorological tests, agreement with Argentina for U.S.
Air Force mission to conduct, 766
NASA upper atmosphere air research program, 817
Weber, Eugene W., 126
Weber, Neal, 362
Wells, Harry W., 363
West Indies, The :
Financial agreement with U.S., signing of, 582
Liberalization of import-trade policies, 887
U.S. special assistance program in, statement (Ru-
bottom), 626
Western Foreign Ministers meeting, Washington, 493,
683
Western Heads of State and Government, Paris meeting,
communique, 43
Whaling convention (1946), international, amendments
to schedule and protocol amending, 105, 222, 1046
Wheat :
International wheat agreement (1959), with annex,
105, 134, 265, 309, 430, 978
U.S. -Indian agreement for sale to India, 889
Wheat Utilization Committee, 743
White, Ivan B., 417, 422, 489
White, Lincoln, 147, 284, 645n, 797
White slave traffic, protocol (1904) and convention (1910)
for suppression of, 465
WHO. See World Health Organization
Wigglesworth, Richard B., 121
Wilcox, Francis O., 589, 820, 860
Wilderness preserves, U.S.-Canadian consultations con-
cerning, announcement, 739
Women. U.N. Commission on the Status of, 14th .session,
U.S. delegation, .581
Woolen and worsted fabrics, tariff quota on imports,
announcement and letter (Eisenhower), 367
Department of Stale Bulletin
i
World Agriculture Fair, ludia, remarks (Elsenhower),
49
World Knuk. See International Bank
World Food Congrress, proposed, stjitement (Miller) and
text of resolution, 97. 1)8
World Health Organization :
Constitution of and amendments to arts, 24 and 25,
•165, 5S2, 629, 978, 1046
Success in combatting disease, address (Wilcox), 860,
866
13th Assembly, U.S. delegation, apiwintment of, and
statement (Henderson), 842, 1007
World Refugee Year (see also Refugees and displaced
persons) :
Article and message: Eisenhower, 660; Warren, 219,
220
U.S. contributions to, 29, 30, 708, 1046
World Seed Year, designation of by FAO, report (Miller),
91
World Trade Week, 1960, proclamation, 869
World's Fair, New York City, 196i, 244
Worsted and woolen fabrics, tariff quota on imports, an-
nouncement and letter (Eisenhower), 367
Wright, Jerauld, 45
Yemen, U.S. Minister, confirmation, 266
U.S. Minister, confirmation, 266
Yoshida, Shigeru, 909
Yugoslavia :
Claims against, Department announcement on Yugo-
slav decision re 1948 claims agreement with U.S.,
973
GAIT consultations, announcement, 527
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil aviation, international, convention (1944) on,
505
GATT, declaration on relations with Contracting Par-
ties, 134, 346
IMCO, convention (1948) on, 629
Radio regulations (1959), 630
Telecommunication convention (1959), international,
630
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958), 346
WHO constitution, amendments to, 978
U.S. technical cooperation program in, statement (Koh-
ler),622
Visit of otScials of the Yugoslav Federal Commission
for Nuclear Energy to U.S., 410, 599
Zablocki, Clement J., 25
Zahedi, Ardeshir, 553
Zanzibar, parcel post agreements with U.S., 393, 674
Zinc. See Lead and zinc
Zolotas, Xenophon, 264n
Zuniga, Eduardo, 658
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Publication 7004
Released October 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, 0.S. Government Printing OtSce
Washington 25, D.C. — Price 30 cents
U.S. COVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
^w
+
Vol. XLII, No. 1071 January 4, I960
NORTH ATLANTIC COUNCIL BEGINS MINISTERIAL
MEETING • Statement by Secretary Herter and Text
of First Communique 3
IMPORTANCE OF CULTURAL TIES IN FRANCO-
AMERICAN ALLIANCE • by Under Secretary Dillon . 4
U.N. REAFFIRMS PRINCIPLES ON UNIFICATION OF
KOREA • Statement by Walter S. Robertson and Text of
Resolution lo
U.N. VOTES TO CONTINUE ASSISTANCE TO PALES-
TINE REFUGEES • Statement by Virgil M. Rancher
and Text of Resolution 31
NEW NONIMMIGRANT VISA REGULATIONS • Article
by Hallie Mae Pryor 9
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Uoston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 1 1960
Vol. XLII, No. 1071 • Pubucation 6924
January 4, 1960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Trlntlng OfUce
Washington 28, D.C.
fuicE:
62 Issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.2S
Single copy, 26 cents
The priming of this publication has been
approved by the Director ol the Bureau of
the Uu<lget (January 20, 1968).
Note: OoDtcnU of this publication are not
copyrlRhlotl and Items contained herein may
U' rrprliiled. Cllatlon of the DKrAniMENT
or Ktatk Bi'LLETiN as the source will be
spprcclatcd.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the work of the Depart-
men t of State and the Foreign Seriice.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State an<l other officers of the De-
partment, as ivcll as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
an€l the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to irhich the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
interiuitional interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations docuntents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
North Atlantic Council Begins Ministerial Meeting
FoUoxcing is a statement made hy Secretary
Ilerter on his arrival at Paris on December 13,
together with the text of a communique issued hy
the North Atlantic Council on December 17 at
the close of the first pai't of its regular semi-
annual Ministerial Meeting, lohich was held at
Paris December 15 to 17.
SECRETARY HERTER'S ARRIVAL STATEMENT,
DECEMBER 13
Once again the Foreign, Defense, and Finance
Ministere of the NATO countries will meet here
in Paris.' On December 18 I will meet President
Eiseiiliower in Toulon and accompany him to
Paris for the heads-of-government meeting be-
ginning the following day.
At the meeting of the NATO Coiuicil this year
we will consider the state of our Alliance and of
our defenses and will discuss the international
situation, including plans for a summit meeting.
In considering the international situation, our
assessment should be a realistic one. The sense
of crisis appears io have lessened of late. We
welcome this, but it remains to be seen whether
the Soviet Union is prepared to negotiate seri-
ously to reach equitable settlements of major
issues. It would be a grave error to base our plans
for the future on a more optimistic appraisal than
is warranted by the facts.
The defensive strength of the NATO Alliance
and its further improvement continues to be of
fundamental importance. Tlie economic strength
and material well-being of the NATO member
countries have grown substantially even wliile
NATO has made steady progress in building its
defenses. This fact testifies to the vitality and the
' For a departure statement by Secretary Herter and
an announcement of the U.S. delegation, see Bulletin
of Dec. 2S, 1959, p. 934.
energy of the peoples whose security and well-
being our Alliance serves. I am confident these
same qualities will also serve our common needs
in the future.
With respect to the United States, let me say
that we have always given our full support to
NATO. This continues to be our policy. The
United States will, as it always has done, dis-
charge its responsibilities in NATO and carry its
fair share.
FIRST COMMUNIQUE, DECEMBER 17
Press release 865 dated December 18
The North Atlantic Council began its regular
Ministerial session in Paris on December 15. At
the opening meeting, which marked the inaugu-
ration of the permanent headquarters of NATO
at the Porte Dauphine, statements were made by
M. Michel Debre, Prime Minister of the French
Eepublic, and Mr. Halvard Lange, President of
the Comicil and Norwegian Minister for Foreign
Affairs.
The Council devoted three days to a thorough
discussion of the affairs of the Alliance, beginning
with a review of the international situation. The
Ministers imanimously reaffirmed their confidence
in the North Atlantic Alliance, and agreed that
it will remain indispensable during the coming
years. They instructed the Permanent Coimcil
to undertake long-tenn planning, to cover the next
ten years, on the objectives of the Alliance in the
political, military, scientific and economic fields,
and in regard to arms control.
The CoiuicLl also agreed that various economic
problems, as they relate to NATO, should form
the subject of further study in the Permanent
Council.
The Council examined the military situation.
It took cognizance of the fact that Soviet military
strength continues to grow. Current NATO de-
January 4, I960
fense plans therefore remain valid. In view of
this, and in the light of the Annual Eeview, the
Ministers agreed that a determined etiort is re-
quired to guarantee the necessary strength of the
Alliance. They expressed confidence that on the
basis of the progress already achieved and in view
of favorable economic developments in most
NATO countries, tliis essential task is certainly
within the ability of the Alliance as a whole.
Tiie Council reaffirmed that general and con-
trolled disarmament remains the goal of the West.
Every opportunity will be taken to make progress
in tliis direction. Until this goal is acliieved, how-
ever, the Alliance cannot afford to neglect the
measures necessary for its security.
The Ministei-s had a full discussion on the forth-
coming negotiations between East and West and
agreed on the procedures whereby NATO will
continue to participate in the preparations for
these negotiations. The Council will resume these
discussions on December 22, after the meeting of
Heads of Govermnent, and a second communique
will then be issued.
The Council concluded by expressing the hope
that the negotiations between East and West will
advance the solution of important problems and
thus serve the ideals of peace and security which
the Alliance has always upheld and defended.
At the invitation of the Turkish Government the
next Ministerial session of the Council will take
place in Istanbul in May, 1960.
Importance of Cultural Ties in Franco-American Alliance
by Under Secretary Dillon^
We in the Department of State applaud the
outstanding contribution which the Lafayette Fel-
lowship Foundation is making to the long and
cherished tradition of Franco- American friend-
ship and cooperation. Today's pressing need to
strengthen free-world unity calls for ever-closer
ties between the American people and the great,
liberty-loving people of France. The Lafayette
Foundation, through its scholarship program for
exceptionally gifted French graduate students, is
immeasurably enhancing this relationshij).
Lafayette fellows are offered an opportunity to
acquire a broad knowledge of the United States
and of the lives and aspirations of our citizens.
They are exposed to our uniquely productive eco-
nomic system. They are eyewitnesses to our po-
litical and civic activities. They participate in
our ciillnial affiiii-s and learn to appreciate the
spiritual and moral values we hold so dear.
' Address mnde before the Ivnfayette Fellowship Foun-
dntlon nt New York, N.Y., on Dec. 15 (press releiise 85!)).
On thlH opciislon Mr. Dillon received the Lafayette Gold
Me<lnl Award as a "statesman and diplomat who has
de<licated his life and career to the finest tradition of
democratic friendship."
Although this program is only 4 yeare old, I
am confident that we will soon see the day when
Lafayette fellows will be numbered among the
active leaders of France's social, economic, and
political life. By sending back to France a suc-
cession of potential leaders who have a full vmder-
standing of the United States and its people, the
Foundation is rendering an invaluable service to
both nations.
There has never been a time in history when
there was greater need for better understanding
between all nations and all peoples. Indeed, mu-
tual understanding is an imperative of 20th cen-
tury existence if we are ever to ease the tensions
which beset today's sorely troubled and sadly
divided world. The ties which bind France and
the United States together are a shining example
of an admirable alliance in which understanding
goes hand in hand with mutual respect and warm
friendship.
These ties have been formed over a period of
nearly 200 years by ideals commonly held, by
experiences commonly shared, and by bloodshed
in a common cause. Thev have been strengthened
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
by ail iiitcrcliaiipe of opinions and customs and by
a continuinfi and lively interest, in each other's
language and culture.
French Influence in America
Frencli inlluenco has been strong in America
since the early days of tlie exploration and coloni-
zation of the continent. It is to French explorers,
such as Jacques Cartier, Samuel de Champlain,
Robert de La Salle, Louis Joliet, and the French
missionaries — of whom Pcre Marquette is an out-
standing example — that we owe the exploration of
the Great Lakes region and the IMississippi basin.
The memory of these French explorations lives on
in ringing place names : Detroit, Des Moines, Vin-
cemies, Terre Haute, Fond du Lac, and a host of
others. Pere Marquette alone has given his name
to a great university, a railway system, a river, two
counties, and five towns and villages.
During colonial days another strong current of
French influence was evident in the successive
waves of Huguenot immigrants who settled along
the Eastern seaboard from New England to the
Carolinas. The Huguenots were mostly artisans
and tradesmen, and, through their loiowledge and
skills, they contributed significantly to the build-
ing of colonial Amei-ica.
As our American Eevolution developed, our lead-
ers drew inspiration and encouragement from the
French philosopliere of the 18th century. In par-
ticular, the political theories propounded by Mon-
tesquieu in his remarkable work UEspnt des Lois
had a profound influence on the framers of the
American Constitution. The extent of the politi-
cal, military, and material assistance furnished by
France to the Revolutionary American Colo-
nies— in one of the earliest, "foreign aid" pro-
grams— is too well known to require elaboration
here. We have a perpetual reminder in the serene
and lovely Lady of Liberty presented to us by
France, who marked her 75th anniversary in
New York Harbor last July.
A quarter of a centnrj' after our liberty had
been won with the help of French troops led by
Lafayette and Rochambeau, there occurred an
episode which provides a deep insight into the
character of the great Frenchman whose name is
proudly borne by tliis foundation. When the Ter-
ritory of NeAv Orleans — which the French had
begun to colonize nearly a hundred years before —
became a part of the Union in 1803, tlie United
States Congress granted a tract of land to General
Lafayette. Through an inadvertence, a portion
of that same tract was later granted to (he Cor-
poration of New Orleans. Lafayette was assured
by eminent jurists that ho was in the right and
was urged to put forth his claim. To wliich that
gallant soldier replied:
I cannot consent even to Inquire Into the validity of
my title. It was gratuitously be.ftowed by Congress,
and It is for them to say what was given. I cannot for
a moment think of entering into litigation with any
public body in the United States.
On the tract that Lafayette so gracefully relin-
quished was built the city of New Orleans. To
this day the citizens of New Orleans take justifi-
able pride in their French heritage. For the
French epoch has left behind an indelible imprint
on their architecture, customs, cuisine, and family
names.
In recent times French influence in the United
States has been exercised primarily through art-
ists, writers, and teachers of both nations.
Since the early days of this century, when the
Paris school of painting gained undisputed pri-
macy, American artists have flocked to that lovely
city. Many American writers, and particularly
those of the generation which came to maturity
between the two world wars, found in Paris the
intellectual and artistic atmosphere most congen-
ial to their work. Since the last war the number
of American students enrolled in French univer-
sities— more than a thousand annually — has been
larger than that from any other foreign country.
The number of French students in this country
is growing and now averages about 600 each year.
French continues to be one of the most popular
foreign languages in American universities and
colleges. From a study of the language many
American students are able to move on to a first-
hand acquaintance with the great classics of
French literature. The works of French drama-
tists, from MoliSre and Rostand to Sartre, are pro-
duced on Broadway and by little theater groups
across the country. The output of France's mo-
tion picture studios has always found an apprecia-
tive audience here, and many French entertainers
and popular ballads are almost as well known on
Main Street as they are along the Champs Elysees.
The French have enriched our American social
fabric in another significant manner. Tliey have
brought us a certain grace and joy of living. Our
January 4, I960
Puritan and pioneer ancestors had many excellent
qualities, but urbanity and ofaiety were not con-
spicuously among them. Thanks in good part to
Frencli influence over the years, we have a more
cosmopolitan outlook on life. Certiiinly French
influence can be found everywhere about us: on
our restaurant menus, on the dining tables of our
homes, in our sliops and fashions, our art and
arcliitecture and interior design, and in our every-
day conversation and humor.
Two-Way Cultural Avenue
From the earliest days of our Franco-American
friendship the flow of influence and ideas between
the two countries has been reciprocal. The archi-
tects of that monumental event of history, the
French Revolution, owed much to tlie earlier
American Revolution. In 1789 Thomas Paine
said, ''Tlie principles of America opened the Bas-
tille." In recognition of the mfluence of the
American experiment on the French Revolution,
Lafayette sent the key of the Bastille to George
Washington, who accepted it as "a token of the
victory gained by lilxM-ty."
After (he revolutionary periods, the lieavy traf-
fic in words and ideas was maintained. French-
men who have come to our shores have been eager
to weigh our qualities and to draw parallels be-
tween the two democracies. Such brilliant ob-
servers of tlie American scene as De Tocqueville
stimulated French interest in the United States.
More recent literary explorers have been Andre
Siegfried and Andre Maurois. Jacques Maritain,
who has lived among us for nearly a quarter of a
century, lias elocjuently expressed faith in tlie
United States as "a country entirely turned
toward the future, not the past."
Tliis two-way cultural avenue made the novels
of Fenimore Cooper as familiar 1o tlie French
turn-of-the-century schoolboy as were the works
of Dumas to his American contemporary. In our
own days the plays of Arthur Miller and Tennes-
see Williams, the novels of Hemingway and
Faullcner, are accorded a respectful and searching
attention in France — an attention given to few
otiicr foreign writers. We reciprocate with our
iiilerest in such modern French writers as Gide,
Camus, Rolland, and Mauriac.
Perhaps one of the most golden pages in this
liistory of cullural exchange was written during
France's dark days of I'JiO, when more than a
hundred French artists, professors, and scholars
came to this country, where they were able to keep
the vitality of French thought and culture alive
and free. Many accepted teaching and research
assignments at leading American imiversities.
Others formed, at the New School for Social Re-
search in this city, the nucleus of what has since
become the French University in New York.
U.S. Aware of France's Resurgent Strength
In discussing Franco-^Vmerican cultural ties I
cannot help recalling that in the past certain of
our French friends have taken us to task for what
they believed, rightly or wrongly, was our pre-
occupation with the material aspects of civiliza-
tion and the day-to-day practicalities of interna-
tional relations. Today, as I learned during my
all-too-brief visit to Paris,^ some of these same
friends feel that we are being overly sentimental
aliout their country. They fear that concentra-
tion on past glories may be causing us to overlook
the realities of the new France.
I can assure our friends that their concern is un-
warranted. We are well aware of France's re-
surgent strength. Over the past 10 years French
industrial production has grown at a prodigious
rate. In the last 5 years alone industrial output
has increased by nearly 50 percent.
At a time when the Soviet Union is talking of
the supposed "decadence" of the Western democ-
racies and is seeking to project its own image to
the newly developing coimtries as the ideal blue-
print for rapid industrial growth, it is important
that France's remarkable recovery has proceeded
at a pace at least equaling that of the Soviet
Union and that it has been achieved within the
framework of a society erected on the ideals of
individual liberty and human dignity. This is
eloquent testimony that fi'eedom, not tyranny, is
the M-ave of the future.
France is the oldest ally of the United States.
This alliance has survived nearly two centuries of
wai's and revolutions and is today one of the
foundations of the foreign policies of both our
countries. Today our alliance has a new form,
that of the Atlantic Pact, in which — for the first
time during peacetime— France and the United
^ Mr. Dillon was at Paris Dec. 11-14 during a visit to
Euroiie for discussions with economic officials. For an
iinnouncenient of his itinerary, see Bulletin of Dec. 14,
in.'O, p. 802.
Department of State Bulletin
States find tlioinsolves associated in an organiza-
tion for the defense of tlieir common patrimony,
both territorial and spiritual. It is lilting that
France was chosen as the seat of NATO and that
an American has been chosen as its military com-
mander. For both countries have been among the
most ardent defenders, propagatoi-s, and practi-
tioners of those ideas which the Atlantic Pact is
designed to protect.
As always, wc look upon France as a stanch
friend and ally. AVe fully recognize and welcome
the industrial and economic rebirth that is taking
place in France. Our tourists, students, and
young arti.sts will continue to be drawn to France
as the repository of a great culture. In truth,
the reality of France today is the sum and total
of qualities both old and new which give her a
unique and influential place in world affaire.
And today, more than ever before, we realize the
importance of cultural ties in cementing our
alliance.
I regret tliat my good friend. Ambassador
Herve Alphand, was called to Paris and is unable
to be with us tonight. For I can think of no bet-
ter way of stressing the value of French-Ameri-
can cultural interchange than by quoting from
one of his recent speeches. He said :
Tho unique brotherhood which, for nearly two centu-
ries, has bound our two countries together in the political
field, obtains also in the cultural field, and it is hard to
imagine how one could exist without the other.
By exerting its efforts to achieve ever-closer
relations, the Lafaj^ette Foundation is not only
serving the best interests of France and the
United States but also the cause of hiunan free-
dom everywhere.
U.S. Protests to Czechoslovakia
on Anti-American Exiiibit
Press release 855 dated December 15
The U.S. Embassy at Prague delivered the fol-
lowing note to the Czechoslovak Government
on Decemherl'2.
The Government of the United Stat&s is sur-
prised to learn of an exhibit displayed at the
Klement Gottwald Museum in Pragize. This ex-
hibit contains a number of items highly offensive
to the United States Government since they are
false in content and markedly anti- American in
character. The exhibit includes, for example, a
photograph of twelve severeil human heads
lying on the ground, with a caption : "American
head hunters and their helpers. The methods of
colonialists do not change." Another part of the
display refei-s to General MacArthur as a "mass
murderer".
An exhibit of this character could not be dis-
played without the sanction of Czechoslovak au-
thorities. Such an exhibit is clearly inconsistent
with repeated statements by the Czechoslovak
Government of its desire to improve Czechoslovak-
United States relations and st>ems deliljerately
calculated to worsen rather than ease the inter-
national atmosphere.
U.S. Replies to Soviet Protest
on German Draft Radio Legislation
Folloioing is an exchange of correspondence be-
tween the United States and the U.S.S.R. conceiv-
ing Gei^man draft J-egisla.tion providing for the
establishment of a central radio network loith
headquarters in West Berlin.
U.S. NOTE OF DECEMBER 15 >
The Government of the United States received
the Soviet Government's note of November 11, 1959
with some surprise, for it appears to have been
prompted by certain misapprehensions about
those procedures and safeguards which have long
been in effect regarding the application of Fed-
eral German legislation and the operation of Fed-
eral German agencies in Berlin. The importance
which the United States, as one of the occupying
powers, attaches to the maintenance of the special
status of Berlin has been dealt with in numerous
commmiications to the Soviet Union.
The Government of the United States wishes
to reaffii-m the principle of four power responsi-
bility for Greater Berlin and notes that the
desire of the Soviet Government to avoid interfer-
ence with Berlin's special status is reflected in the
reference note.
In view of the experience of the past ten years, it
' Delivered to the Soviet Ministry of Foreign Affairs by
the American Embassy at Moscow on Dec. 15 (press re-
lease S61 dated Dec. 16).
January 4, I960
seems superfluous to remind the Soviet Govern-
ment of the arrangements wMch the occupation
authorities have long kept in force to insure that
the relationships of the German Federal Eepublic
and Berlm are compatible with the special status
of the city. The Government of the United States
is not aware that any proposal raised to date for
the establislmient of a Deutsclilandfunk contains
features which are incompatible with the special
status of Berlin.
In view of the foregoing, the Government of
the United States believes that the considerations
expressed by the Soviet Union in its note are not
valid.
SOVIET NOTE OF NOVEMBER 11 >
Unofficial translation
92/OSA
The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics considers it necessary to draw the attention of the
Government of the United States of America to the fol-
lowing question :
On 30 September the Government of tlie FRG [Federal
Republic of Germany] approved and sent to the Bundestag
for its consideration draft legislation on radio broad-
casting which provided for the establishment in West
Berlin of the West German radio station "Deutschland-
Funk". According to the draft legislation the radio sta-
tion would be run by representatives of the FRG and of
the Laender.
This decision of the Government of the ^RG is illegal
because it is incompatible with the existing statute of
West Berlin. As is generally known — and was confirmed
by the participants of the Geneva Conference of Foreign
Ministers — West Berlin has never been a part, and is not
now a part, of the state territory of the FRG, cannot be
governed by organs of the Federal Government, nor does
the jurisdiction of FRG authorities extend to it.
It must be noted that this is not the first time the Gov-
ernment of the FRG has attempted illegal interference in
the internal affairs of West Berlin. The Soviet Govern-
ment has already called the attention of the Government
of the USA to this fact, particularly in connection with
the holding of elections in West Berlin for president of
the FRG. Recently the authorities of the FRG again
selected West Berlin as a place for holding elections, for
purposes of show— this time for president of the West
German Bundosrat.
The creation of the radio station in West Berlin now
being undertaken by the Government of the FRG cannot
be looked upon as other than an attempt to intensify sub-
versive activity and hostile propaganda from the territory
' Handed to American Ambassador Llewellyn E. Thomp-
Bon at Moscow by Soviet Deputy Foreign Minister V. S.
BemcnoT.
of West Berlin, which testifies to its lack of desire to
take into consideration the readiness expressed by par-
ticipants of the Geneva Conference to resolve the ques-
tion of not permitting such activity.
The plan for the creation of a West German radio sta-
tion in West Berlin, in the center of another state, clearly
has as its purpose the intensification of hostile activity
against the German Democratic Republic. The Soviet
Government considers the aforementioned activities of
the Government of the FRG as a new provocation which
is calculated to make the atmosphere in Berlin and all
of Germany more tense and to fan the flames of the "cold
war" in the center of Europe. The activities of the Gov-
ernment of the FRG cannot be considered as anything
but a premeditated attempt to interfere with the success-
ful conclusion of forthcoming negotiations on the Berlin
question at a time when more favorable foundations for
the attainment of an agreement on West Berlin have been
created as a result of conversations between the Chair-
man of the USSR Council of Ministers N. S. Khrushchev
and the President of the USA D. Eisenhower.
In connection with the foregoing the Soviet Govern-
ment expects that the Government of the USA — which
has repeatedly declared that it, together with the Gov-
ernments of Great Britain and France, bears responsibil-
ity for the situation in West Berlin — will take the neces-
sary measures to preclude the possibility of the authorities
of the FRG conducting such illegal activities with respect
to West Berlin.
Similar notes are also being sent by the Soviet Gov-
ernment to the Governments of Great Britain and France.
Moscow, November 11, 1959
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 1st Session
Discussion of Activities of Panama Canal Company.
Hearing before the House Merchant Marine and Fish-
eries Committee. April 14, 1959. 9 pp.
Agreement for Cooperation Between the United States
and the International Atomic Energy Agency. Hearing
before the Subcommittee on Agreements for Cooperation
of the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy. June 30,
1959. 94 pp.
Passport Reorganization Act of 1959. Hearings before
the Special Subcommittee of the Senate Government
Operations Committee. August 26-September 1, 1959.
508 pp.
Rio Grande International Storage Dams Project : Pro-
posed Amistad Dam and Reservoir (formerly known
as Diablo Dam ) . Report of the International Boundary
and Water Commission, United States and Mexico,
linited States Section. S. Doc. 65. September 9, 1959.
l."),3 pp., with charts and maps.
United States Foreign Policy : Developments in Military
Technology and Their Imi)act on United States Strat-
egy and Foreign Policy. A study prepared at the request
of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee by the
Washington Center of Foreign Policy Research, the
Johns Hopkins University. No. 8. December 6, 1959.
120 pp. [Committee print.]
Deparlmenf of State Bulletin
New Nonimmigrant Visa Regulations
hy Hallie Mae Pryor
The Department of State announced recently
that it had issued new regulations designed to
speed the issuance of visas to aliens who want to
visit the United States.* The regulations, with a
delayed effective date of January 1, 1960, were
published in the Federal Register of August 18,
1959,= thus giving more than 4 months' advance
notice to those interested persons who wished to
comment or offer suggestions on the new provi-
sions. Conmients were also specifically invited
from the Federal Bar Association, the American
Bar Association, and the Association of Immigra-
tion and Nationality Lawyers.
The first general regulations governing the is-
suance and refusal of visas were issued by the
Visa Office on June 13, 1946, and became effective
September 10, 1946. These regulations were pub-
lished pursuant to section (3) (A) of the Adminis-
trative Procedures Act of June 11, 1946, which
required every agency to separately state and cur-
rently publish in the Federal Register substantive
rules adopted as authorized by law. Published
as part 61 of title 22, these regulations were com-
prehensive in nature and laid down the basic pat-
tern wliich has since been followed in the issuance
of all visa regulations. With minor amendments
and a change in 1948 in the part number to 42,
they remaine<l in effect until the regulations issued
pursuant to the Immigration and Nationality Act
were published on December 19, 1952.
"WHiile tlie Department claims exemption from
the provisions of section 4 of the act requiring
advance notice of proposed rulemaking, the Visa
' Bulletin of Sept. 7, 1959, p. 349.
' 24 Fed. Reg. 6678.
' Persons wishing to receive the Visa Office Bulletin
may have their names placed on the mailing list upon re-
quest to the Visa Office, Department of State, Wash-
ington 25, D.C.
Office does publish advance notice of such amend-
ments whenever there appears to be sufficient pub-
lic interest. Such was the case of an amendment
requiring certain additional information to be
submitted in connection with applications for
crew-list visas.
Furthermore, visa regulations contain a consid-
erable amount of interpretive material. For ex-
ample, much of the material contained in section
41.91(a) (9), (10), and (12) was formerly con-
tained in administrative instructions but has now
been incorporated into the regulations. Sections
41.25 (b) and (c), 41.40(b), 41.55(c), and 41.91
(a) (28) also contain intei-pretations. Tliis ma-
terial is included in the regulations to keep the
public informed of the statutory and regulatory
constructions of the Department, since there are
no published decisions on visa matters and very
few visa questions find their way into the courts.
The Visa Office Bulletin also serves to keep the
public informed with regard to interpretations of
the immigration laws made by the Department.'
Simplification of Procedures for Issuing Visas
During the last 5 years remarkable progress has
been made in the simplification and liberalization
of the procedures governing the issuance of non-
immigrant visas. On March 30, 1954, in his mes-
sage to Congress on the foreign economic policy
• Mrs. Pryor is chief of the Regvlations
Branch of the Visa O^ce, Department of
State. This article is based on an address
which she made before the Federal Bar As-
sociution at Washington, D.C, on November
18.
January 4, 1960
of the United Stat«s, the President stressed the
cultural and economic importance of mternational
travel and stated : *
Meanwhile, in the executive branch, I shall instruct
the appropriate agencies and departments, at home and
abroad, to consider how they can facilitate international
travel Thev will be asked to take action to simplify
governmentai procedures relating to customs, visas, pass-
ports, exchange or monetary restrictions and other regu-
lations that someUmes harass the traveler.
A directive was subsequently issued by the
President to the Departments of State, Conunerce,
Justice, and the Treasuiy on May 26, 1954, re-
questinjr that the action indicated in the message
be taken. In complying with the President's di-
rective the Department has initiated a systematic
program of expediting the documentation of bona
fide noniimnigrants consistent with the immigra-
tion laws and regulations, particularly those pro-
visions relating to the security of the United
States.
The first and perhaps the most significant
change was a regulatoiy amendment published
on June 30, 1955, wliich permitted all bona fide
nonimmigrants to be issued nonimmigrant visas
and to have their names entered or retained on a
quota or subquota waiting list with the exception
of (1) exchange visitors, (2) aliens who willfully
violated tlieir nonimmigrant status while in the
United States, and (3) aliens who had been de-
ported from the United States and had not been
granted permission by tlie Attorney General to
reapply following deportation. Under the regu-
lation us amende<l a consular oiRcer will issue a
nonimmigrant visa to an alien registered on a
q)iot a registration list if he is satisfied that for the
purpose of the visit presently contemplated the
alien is a bona fide nonimmigi-ant ; that is, he can
and will depart from the United States upon the
conclusion of his tcmporarj' stay in this country.
It was thus recognized that an alien might qualify
as a nonimmigrant for the purpose of making one
or more trips to the United States even though
he might have an eventual intention of immigrat-
ing to f liis country. The regulations provide that
the names of aliens who violate their nonimmi-
grant status in the Unite<l States will be removed
from the registration list and may not be rein-
stated under their original priority.
Sinuiltaiicously with tlio publication of tliis reg-
' HUI.I.ETIN of Apr. n, 15)54, p. 602.
idation the period of maximum validity of non- i
immigrant visas was extended from 24 to 48 I
months in cases of aliens who are nationals or
stateless residents of foreign countries whose gov-
ernments issue visas to U.S. nationals in a similar
class valid for an equivalent period or whose gov-
ernments do not require visas of U.S. nationals in
a similar class visiting that country. Sections 221
(c) and 281 of the act require that, insofar as prac-
ticable, the validity of nonimmigrant ^Hsas and
the fees charged therefor shall be governed by
reciprocity. Under the statute visa requirements
may be waived on a reciprocal basis only for na-
tionals of foreign contiguous territory or adjacent
islands so that the United States cannot recipro-
cate fully if a foreign country does not require
\nsas of U.S. nationals proceeding to that country.
The Department can, however, issue to nationals
of such countries nonimmigrant visas valid for 4
years and an unlimited number of applications for
admission without fee. The regulations published
on June 30, 1955, also provided that nonimmigrant
visas could be revalidated any number of times
without a foniial application up to a period of
validity not extending more than 4 years from the
date of original issuance.
Following publication of these regulations, the
Department made representations to the govern-
ments of foreign countries in an efi'ort to obtain a
liberalization of their treatment of American citi-
zens entermg those countries as nonimmigrants
with respect to the validity of nonimmigrant doc-
umentation and the visa fees charged. As a result
of this effort there are now 65 countries which
either issue 4-year nonimmigrant visas to U.S.
citizens free of charge or do not require visas at
all of U.S. citizens -^-isiting those countries, and
the United States in turn issues 48-month no-fee
visas to nationals of these coimtries.
Combined Business and Pleasure Visa
Early in 1956 the Department authorized con-
sular officers to issue a combined B-1 and B-2 visa
to aliens who might wish to make several entries
into the United States, some entries for business
and some for pleasure. If the countiy of which an
applicant for this type of visa is a national charges
a fee for either a b\isiness or pleasure visa, the
consular officer must charge an equal fee. The De-
partment also provided at that time that a visa
valid for two applications for admission might
10
Department of State Bulletin
be issued to an alien who intended to make more
than one entry into tlie United States in the coui-se
of a single journey regardless of the practice of
the applicant's country in documenting!: American
citizens. It was felt that, in view of the i-eciproc-
ity reijuirements of the law, not more than two
entries could be permitt«i in such a case, but it
W!us thoujxht that Conirress certainly intended that
an alien who wanted to make a visit to the United
States and proceed briefly to Canada, Mexico, or
some other nearby country and then return to his
homeland thi-ough the United States should l)e
pemiitted to do so without tlie necessity of apply-
ing for a new visa in a country in which he has
no ties.
Prior to 1957 the law required tliat all nonimmi-
^ants, except certain foreigii srovernment and
international organization officials, be finger-
printed in connection with their visa applications.
As a result of strong recommendations by the
President and the Department, the Congress pro-
^'ided in sex"tion 8 of the act of September 11,
1957, that the Secretary of State and the Attorney
General should have authority to waive finger-
printing of foreign nationals in nonimmigrant
visa cases on a reciprocal basis. Although at the
time of the enactment of this legislation several
foreign countries fingerprinted U.S. citizens enter-
ing those countries as nonimmigi-ants, these
requirements were eliminated as a result of repre-
sentations made by our embassies; and at the
present time we do not fingerprint nonimmigrant
visa applicants of any nationality. Thus the
reciprocal statutory pro\asions relating to the
validity of nonimmigrant \asas, the fees charged
for visa issuance, and fingerprinting of nonimmi-
grants have not only facilitated travel to the
United States of alien nonimmigi-ants but have
also enabled the Department to obtain concessions
for U.S. citizens traveling abroad which have
freed such travel from certain fairly serious
annoyances.
During these years the Department also under-
took to standardize noninunigrant visa procedures.
A standardized preliminary nonimmigrant ques-
tionnaire was developed for use in cases in which
there is question as to the bona fide nonimmigi'ant
status or the eligibility of a nonimmigrant visa
applicant to receive a visa. The form is also used
in cases in which an alien resides at a considerable
distance from the considar office and it is therefore
necessary to conduct the preliminary processing
of the cnse by mail. The odicial noninunigrant
visa application form was revised and siniplilied
and now consists of a three-by-five card designed
for use as an index card by the consular office. It
requires completion of api)roximaleIy 10 items of
infonnation, most of which are required by stat-
ute, and is completed in single copy only.
Principal Changes in tiie Regulations
The Department has attempted, in the new non-
immigrant visa regulations which will become
effective on January 1, 1960, not only to stream-
line the processing of nonimmigrant visa applica-
tions but to make as easily accessible and as clear
and unambiguous as possible the information
which consular officers must have in order to exer-
cise the visa function properly. Significant
changes made in the new regulations are listed in
Visa Office Bulletin No. 45.
One of the important editorial changes in the
new regulations is the avoidance of all repetitions
of the statute. In earlier regulations certain pro-
visions of the law were included without any
distinction being made between statutory and reg-
ulatory requirements. For example, with regard
to students, the regulations formerly provided in
part that an applicant for a student visa must
establish that (1) he has a residence in a foreign
country which he has no intention of abandoning,
(2) he is a bona fide student qualified to pursue
and is seeking to enter the United States tem-
porarily and solely for the purpose of pursuing a
full course of study as prescribed by the institu-
tion of learning to which he is destined, and (3)
he will attend and has been accepted by an insti-
tution of learning approved by the Attorney Gen-
eral as evidenced by the presentation of a Form
1-20. The first requirement is statutory, the sec-
ond is in part statutory and in part regulatory,
the third regulatory; but there was no indication
to this effect in the regulations themselves. Now
the regulations say "an alien shall be classifiable
as a nonimmigrant student if he establishes to the
satisfaction of the consular officer that he qualifies
under the provisions of section 101(a) (15) (F) of
the Act and that'''— and then follow on with the
regidatory requirements which implement the
statute.
Experience demonstrated that those using the
earlier regulations, knowing that statutory pro-
January 4, J 960
n
visions -were included in the regulations, might
have felt that they could be governed by the regu-
lations alone and need not refer to the statute.
Since all applicable provisions of the law could
not be put in the regulations, important statutory
requirements might be overlooked. Now it is clear
from the regulations themselves that the law must
first be consulted and then the regulations. Con-
sular officers have a complete collection of all
statutes, treaties. Presidential proclamations, and
Executive orders bearing upon immigration.
Other editorial changes include the expansion
of the section on definitions, which now contains
all definitions of terms which are used in more
than one section of the regulations and an in-
creased use of cross references.
The regulations are organized so that they fol-
low as closely as possible the sequence in which a
visa application is normally processed. Wlien an
individual makes application the consular officer
must first determine whether he is a person to
whom a visa can be issued and whether a visa is
necessary. Therefore, the first sections deal with
the documentation of nationals, claimant na-
tionals, and former nationals of the United States,
and the waivers of passport and visa require-
ments. Next, the consular officer wants to know
whetlier the alien is a nonimmigrant and, if so,
what classification is appropriate. So the classifi-
cation sections follow. Sections dealing with the
ineligible classes and the provisions under which,
in exceptional cases, visas may be issued to aliens
falling within certain of these classes, the types of
visas which may be issued, whether diplomatic,
official, or regular, the procedure to be followed by
the alien in applying for his visa, and the pro-
cedure for issuing or refusing the visa or revoking
a previously issued visa follow in logical sequence.
Other Innovations
Tlio nonimmigrant regulations did not previ-
ously contain information on ineligible classes.
Tliese provisions were contained in the immigrant
regulations and were made part of tlie noninmii-
grant regulations by cross-reference only. Now
there is a complete discussion of tlie ineligible
classes in this part, and all of the exceptions for
nonimmigrants are carefully pointed out in this
section of the new regulations.
Another innovation is the inclusion of sections
41.10U, 41.102, and 41.104 on the types of non-
12
immigrant visas. Formerly thei'e was a separate
part, part 40, dealing with diplomatic visas only,
whicli gave rise to a number of misconceptions.
Many persons thought that a diplomatic visa
could be issued only to an alien classifiable as a
foreign goverimaent official, that is, one coming
to the United States on business for his govern-
ment, or to an official of an international organ-
ization coming on business of the organization.
However, this is not the case. Diplomatic and
official visas are visas of courtesy which entitle
the applicant to certain privileges in connection
with his visa application, such as exemption from
the requirement of personal appearance, subinis-
sion of a photograph, and, on a reciprocal basis,
from payment of visa fees. By comity the bearer
of a diplomatic or official visa is usually accorded
preferential treatment at ports of entry.
The issuance of this type of visa has, however,
nothing to do with the granting of diplomatic
privileges and immunities to persons who are
acting in a representative caj^acity for foreign
governments or inteniational organizations.
Diplomatic and official visas may be issued to
persons falling within the categories listed in
sections 41.102 and 41.104 even though they may
be entering as students or on pereonal business
or pleasure, or as exchange visitors. Such per-
sons would be issued a diplomatic or official F
visa if coming as students, diplomatic or official
B visas if coming on business or pleasure, or
diplomatic exchange-visitor visas if entering as
participants in a designated exchange-Ansitor
program.
Oath Requirement Eliminated
The requirement that an oath be administered
in connection with an application for a nonimmi-
grant visa has been eliminated. "Wliile the elimi-
nation of the oath simplifies to a certain extent
the visa-issuing process, it does not in any way
represent a relaxation of the requirements to be
met by visa applicants. The preliminary non-
immigrant visa application form lists the classes
of aliens who are barred from permanent admis-
sion into this coimtry. These classes include
aliens who seek to procure or have sought to pro-
cure, or have procured, a visa or other documenta-
tion for enti-y into the United States by fraud
or by willful misrepresentation of a material fact.
The nonimmigrant visa application form is
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
now revised to substitute the following language
for the former jurat :
I declare under the penalties prescribed by law tbat
the iuforuintion eontaiued in this aiiplication, inc-ludinK
any statements made a part thereof, has been examined
by me and is true, correct and complete to the best of
my knowle<lge and belief and that 18 USC 1()01 has
been explained to me."
It is believed that i-equiring a visa applicant to
sigit the foregoing statement and explaining the
penalty provisions of the law will afford adequate
safeguards against the making of false statements
in nonimmigrant visa applications. Experience
has demonstratetl that persons who are attempt-
ing to effect a fraudulent entry into the United
States have little hesitancy in swearing to state-
ments wliich are not true. On the other hand,
many sincere and conscientious persons are of-
fended by the requirement that they take an oath
to the truth of the statements contained in their
visa applications, particularly in view of the fact
that foreign countries generally do not require an
oath of American citizens or others desiring to
proceed temporarily to those countries. "VVliile the
oath has been eliminated in connection with non-
immigrant visa applications, the Department is
continuing to emphasize the importance and
dignity of the oath in connection with immigrant
visa applications.
Revalidation and Transfer of Visas
The provisions of 41.125 and 41.126 relating to
the revalidation and transfer of visas are of con-
siderable interest to anyone concerned with the
problems of aliens who enter the United States
as nonimmigrants for fairly extended periods of
time, such as students and exchange visitors, and
who desire to make trips to nearby countries and
return. Tliere are still some coimtries which issue
single-entry visas valid for only a limited period
of time to American citizens proceeding to those
coimtries as students or for other cultural pur-
' 18 USC 1001 reads as follows :
"Whoever, in any matter within the jurisdiction of any
department or agency of the United States knowingly
and willfully falsifies, conceals or covers up by any
trick, scheme, or device a material fact, or makes any
false, fictitious or fraudulent statements or representa-
tions, or makes or uses any false writing or document
knowing the same to contain any false, fictitious or
fraudulent statement or entry, shall be fined not more than
$10,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both."
poses. We must, therefore, reciprocate with the
issuance of visas simihu-ly limited. Interestingly
enough, these countries are, in many instances,
ones which send a large contingent of students and
exchangees to the United States; for example,
Brazil, Ecuador, India, Indonesia, Iraq, Peru, and
the United Arab Republic.
Canada, Mexico, and other nearby countries
will not admit an alien who is in the United States
in a nonimmigrant status unless that alien has
in his possession a document valid for reentry into
the United States. An alien who has a single-
entry visa, or whose visa has expired, or whose
passport has expired and must be surrendered to
the appix)piiate authorities of his own govern-
ment for issuance of a new pjussport is not in a
position to meet this requirement. Under prior
regulations the visa could not be revalidated or
transferred imless the alien was abroad and
within the jurisdiction of the consular office to
which he applied for a revalidation or transfer of
his visa.
Under the new regulations consular officers may
in their discretion waive the personal appearance
of an applicant for revalidation or transfer of a
nonimmigrant visa and the alien need not be
within the consular district at the time of such
application. Therefore an alien in the United
States with a nonimmigrant visa limited by reci-
procity may mail his passport containing the
visa — or a new passport with a statement from the
consular authorities of his own government to the
effect that liis passport containing a valid U.S.
visa has been taken up by those authorities and
replaced with a new passport — to the consular
office which issued his original visa and request a
revalidation or transfer. If the consular officer
is satisfied that the alien is maintaining nonimmi-
grant status in the United States and is otherwise
qualified, he may revalidate or transfer the visa
and return it by mail to the alien in the United
States. It is beHeved that this procedure will
prove to be a satisfactory solution to what has
previously constituted an insuperable obstacle to
the travel of many foreign students and exchange
visitors to nearby countries.
Review of Visa Refusals
Applicants for visas are afforded ample protec-
tion under the new regulations against arbitrary
or mijustified refusal. Tlie provisions of section
January 4, I960
13
41.130(c) continue a procedure which has been the
regular practice of the Department but wliich has
never been stated so fully in regulations. The De-
partment has in the pjiat, at the request of an in-
terested person, called upon consular officers to
submit reports in cases in which there is any indi-
cation tiiat a \'isa may have been refused errone-
ously. The Department may not, of course, direct
a consular officer to issue a visa in any case, but it
can give the consular officer the benefit of its ad-
visory opinion, and, if an error in interpretation
of law has been made, the Department's ruling is
binding.
Section 41.90 provides that a visa is to be re-
fused only upon a ground specifically set out in
the law or regulations issued thereunder and fur-
ther provides that consideration is to be given to
any evidence submitted indicating that the gromid
for a prior refusal of a nonimmigrant visa may no
longer exist. Thus there is no room for arbitrary
visa refusals or for the exercise of whim or fancy.
Tlie provisions of section 41.130(b), althougli
reflecting longstanding practice, have now for the
fii-st time l)een put in regulatory form. Under
this section the Department or the princijial con-
sular officer at a post may request review of a case
and final action by a consular officer other than
the one who originally considered the application.
Other protections afforded to visa applicants in
the new regidations are contained in sections 41.91
(c)(2) and 41.111(a).
Under the provisions of section 221(g) (2) of
the act a visa nuist lie refused (1) if the alien's
application fails to comply with the provisions of
the act; that is, if the applicant fails to furnish
the information required to be included in the
application by the act or regulations; (2) if the
application contains a false or incorrect statement
wliicli does not constitute a ground of ineligibility
under section 212(a)(9) or (1!)) of the act; (3)
if the application is not supported by the docu-
ments required by the act or i-egulations; (4) if
the applicant refuses to be fingerprinted when
fingerprinting is required; or (.5) if the applica-
tion otherwise fails to meet the specific require-
ments of the act for reasons for which the
applicant is responsible.
Section 41.91(c)(2) points out that these
grounds of refusal do not constitute a bar to the
reconsideration of the application upon compli-
14
ance with statutory or regulatory requirements
or to the consideration of a subsequent applica-
tion submitted by the same applicant. Section
41.111 (a) , which gives the consular officer author-
ity to require such documents as he may consider
necessary to establish the alien's eligibility to re-
ceive a nonimmigrant visa, also provides that all
documents submitted and any other evidence
adduced by tlie alien is to be given consideration
by the consular officer, including briefs submitted
by attorneys or other representatives. The latter
provision was inserted at the specific request of
an attorney who felt that sufficient attention had
not been given to arguments wliich he had sub-
mitted in behalf of a client. Consular officers
must, of couree, be governed by what they con-
sider to be the applicant's intention as expressed
in his own statements and actions, but they will
give consideration to supporting statements made
by attorneys or other representatives of the visa
.applicant.
In the new regulations effective January 1 the
Department of State has evidenced its interest not
only in expediting and facilitating nonimmi-
grant travel to the United States but in insuring
that evei-y applicant who is legally eligible to
receive a nonimmigrant visa will receive that visa.
The Foreign Service officers who represent the
United States abroad are well equipped to cai-ry
out these objectives. They not only are trained
in the basic economic and political structure of
the country to which they are assigned but also I
are thoroughly acquainted with the customs and
characteristics of tlie people with whom they are
dealing. Experience with nationals of many
foreign countries enables Foreign Service officers
to develop an understanding of these people which
is of invaluable assistance in making the deter-
minations required in the issuance of nonimmi-
grant visas. Through the Foreign Service
Institute Visa Training Coui*se and the Corre-
spondence Course in visa work they are constantly
improving their knowledge and understanding
of the immigration laws and regulations. Fur-
ther, the Visa Office has adopted a systematic plan
for continuing review and improvement of the
regulations themselves and the instructions dis-
tributed to the field for the guidance of consular
officers in the administration of the immigration
laws.
Dapartment of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar off International Conferences and Meetings
Adjourned During December 1959
ITU Administrative Radio C'onfiTpnce
U.N. General Assembly: 14th Session
ITU Plenipotentiary Conference
Conference on Antarctica
U.N. ECE Committee on Agricultural Problems: 11th Ses-
sion.
U.N. Seminar on Evaluation and Utilization of Population
Census Results.
ICAO Facilitation Division: 5th Session
U.N. ECAFE Seminar on Management of Public Industrial
Enterprises.
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 10th Special Session
1st FAO International Meeting on Date Production and Pro-
cessing.
U.N. ECE Housing Committee: 19th Session (and Working
Parties) .
FAO Plant Protection Committee for Southeast Asia and
Pacific Region: 3d Meeting.
International Criminal Police Organization: 28th General
Assembly.
U.N. Special Fund: 3d Session of Governing Council ....
Caribbean Commission: 29th Meeting
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee ....
South Pacific Commission: Study Group on Filariasis and
Elephantiasis.
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 28th Session (resumed) .
U.N. ECE Coal Trade Subcommittee: 44th Session ....
U.N. ECE Coal Committee: 48th Session
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: 19th Session . . .
FAO International Rice Commission: Working Party on Rice
Production and Protection.
FAO International Rice Commission: Working Party on Rice
Soil, Water, and Fertilizer Practices.
U.N. ECAFE Railway Subcommittee: 6th Session; andWork-
ing Party of Railway Mechanical Engineers.
NATO Council: 24th Ministerial Meeting
U.N. ECE Experts on Concentration of Workings and Mech-
anization in Coal Mines.
Meeting of Heads of Government (France, Germany, United
Kingdom, United States).
Geneva Aug. 17-Dec. 22
New York Sept. 1.'>-Dec. 12
Geneva Oct. 14-Dec. 22
Washington Oct. 15-Dec. 1
Geneva Nov. 30-Dec. 4
Santiago Nov. 30-Dec. 18
Rome Dec. 1-19
New Delhi Dec. 1-11
New York Dec. 2 and 14
Tripoli Dec. 5-10
Geneva Dec. 7-11
New Delhi Dec. 7-12
Paris Dec. 8-10
New York Dec. 8-10
Cayenne, French Guiana . . . Dec. 9-16
New York Dec. 11 (1 day)
Noumea, New Caledonia . . . Dec. 12-24
New York Dec. 14-15
Geneva Dec. 14-15
Geneva Dec. 14-15
Geneva Dec. 14-18
Peradeniya, Ceylon Dec. 14-19
Peradeniya, Ceylon Dec. 14-20
Lahore Dec. 14-22
Paris Dec. 15-17,22
Geneva Dec. 15-18
Paris Dec. 19-21
In Session as of December 31, 1959
Political Discussions on Suspension of Nuclear Tests . .
Geneva Oct. 31, 1958-
Scheduled January 1 Through IVlarch 31, 1960
U.N. ECAFE Industry and Natural Resources Committee: Bangkok Jan. 4-
Seminar on Aerial Survey Methods and Equipment.
U.N. ECAFE Intraregional Trade Promotion Talks .... Bangkok Jan. 5-
ICEM Executive Committee: 14th Special Session Geneva Jan. 5-
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Dec. 17, 1959. Asterisks indicate tentative places or dates.
Following is a list of abbreviations: CENTO, Central Treaty Organization; CCITT, Comit6 consultatif international
t61<5graphique et t^ldphonique; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; ECE, Economic Commission
for Europe; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; GATT, General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade; IAEA, International Atomic Energy Agency; IBE, International Bureau of Education; ICAO,
International Civil Aviation Organization; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration- ILO, Inter-
national Labor Organization; IMCO, Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization; ITU, International
Telecommunication Union; NATO, North Atlantic Treaty Organization; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization;
U.N., United Nations; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; UNICEF, United
Nations Children's Fund; WHO, World Health Organization.
January 4, I960
15
Calendar off International Confferences and Meetings — Continued
Scheduled January 1 Through March 31, 1960 — Continued
GATT Group of Experts on Temporary Admission of Profea- Geneva Jan. 11-
sional Equipment.
U.N. Scientific Committee on Effects of Atomic Radiation: New York Jan. 11-
7th Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimina- New York Jan. 11-
tion and Protection of Minorities: 12th Session.
IAEA Board of Governors Vienna Jan. 12-
WHO Executive Board: 25th Session Geneva Jan. 12-
U.N. ECE Steel Committee and Working Parties Geneva Jan. 12-
GATT Panel on Antidumping Duties Geneva Jan. 18-
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Trade: 3d Session Bangkok Jan. 18-
U.N. ECE Working Group on Industrial Statistics Geneva Jan. 18-
UNESCO Meeting on Development of Information Media in Bangkok Jan. 18-
Southeast Asia.
U.N. ECE /Id Hoc Working Party on Gas Problems .... Geneva Jan. 20-
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Natural Resources: Bangkok Jan. 23-
12th Session.
North Pacific Fur Seal Commission: 3d Meeting Moscow Jan. 25-
SEATO Preparatory Conference for Heads of Universities Bangkok Jan. 25-
Seminar.
GATT Committee II on Expansion of International Trade . Geneva Jan. 25-
International Lead and Zinc Study Group: 1st Meeting . . . Geneva Jan. 25*-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 25th Session New York Jan. 25-
U.N. Economic Commission for Africa: 2d Session Tangier Jan. 25-
3d ICAO African-Indian Ocean Regional Air Navigation Meet- Rome Jan. 26-
ing.
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee Geneva Jan. 27-
CENTO Scientific Council Tehran Jan. 30-
FAO Asia- Pacific Forestry Commission: 5th Session .... New Delhi Feb. 8-
ILO Meeting of Experts on Employment Objectives in Eco- Geneva Feb. 9-
nomic Planning.
IBE Executive Board Geneva Feb. 15-
Commission for Technical Cooperation in Africa South of the Tananarive, Madagascar . . . Feb. 15-
Sahara.
GATT Panel on Subsidies and State Trading Geneva Feb. 15-
U.N. Commission on Permanent Sovereignty Over Natural New York Feb. 16-
Resources: 2d Session.
ILO Governing Body: 144th Session Geneva Feb. 17-
U.N. Economic Commission for the Far East: 16th Session . . Karachi Feb. 17-
FAO Group of Experts on Rice Grading and Standardization: Saigon Feb. 19-
5th Session.
I MCO .(4d Hoc Committee on Rules of Procedure London Feb. 20-
FAO Consultative Subcommittee on the Economic Aspects of Saigon Feb. 22-
Rice: 4th Session.
Inter- American Tropical Tuna Commission: Annual Meeting . San Josfi Feb. 23-
ICAO Special Meeting on European- Mediterreanean Rules of Paris Feb. 25-
the Air and Air Traffic Control Communications.
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Human Rights: 16th Session . Geneva Feb. 29-
FAO Government Experts on Use of Designations, Definitions, Rome February
and Standards for Milk and Milk Products.
IMCO Council: 3d Session London March 2-
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences: 5th Meet- Lima March 7-
ing of the Technical Advisory Council.
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee .... New York March 7-
Bangkok March 8-
Geneva March 14-
The Hague March 17-
Geneva March 17-
U.N. ECAFE Conference of Asian Statisticians: 3d Session
GATT Committee III on Expansion of International Trade .
5th ICAO North Atlantic Ocean Stations Conference . . .
2d U.N. Conference on Law of the Sea
ILO Committee of Experts on Application of Conventions and Geneva March 21-
Recommendations: 30th Session.
ITU CCITT Working Party 43 (Data Transmission) .... Geneva March 21-
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Small-Scale Industries and Singapore March 21-
Handicrnft Marketing/Canning and Bottling of Fruit and
Food in Cooperation with FAO.
GATT Committee II on Expansion of International Trade . . Geneva March 28-
UNESCO Executive Board: 56th Session Paris March 28-
UNESCO Meeting of Administrators on Technical and Voca- Accra, Ghana March 28-
tional Education in Africa.
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 14th Ses- Buenos Aires March 28- ^
sion.
GATT Renegotiation of Wool-Fabric Agreements Geneva March or April
.16 Department of State Bulletin
U.N. Agrees To Take No Decision
on Hungarian Credentials
Folloioing are two statements made by Henry
Cabot Lodge, UjS. Representative to the General
Assembly, on the credentials of the Hungarian
delegation to the United Nations.
STATEMENT IN CREDENTIALS COMMITTEE,
DECEMBER 9
U.S. delegation press release 3339
Mr. Chairman, since the 1956 revolution of tlie
Hungarian people every General Assembly ses-
sion has refused to accept the credentials submit-
ted by representatives of the present regime in
Hungar}'. By taking no decision on their cre-
dentials, the General Assembly has placed the
Hungarian representatives in a provisional status.
They are thus on notice that the Assembly in-
tends to continue to watch the situation m Hun-
gaiy closely.
Since the present regime continues its defiance
of all efforts of the United Nations designed to
bring about an amelioration of conditions in
Hungary, the United States believes that this
Assembly also should refuse to accept the creden-
tials of the Hungarian delegation.
I therefore move, Mr. Chairman, that this com-
mittee take no action on the credentials submitted
on behalf of the representatives of Hungary.
The United States believes that the Soviet
Union and the present Hungarian regime give us
no alternative but to adhere to this procedure.
For that reason, Mr. Chairman, the United States
moves that the Credentials Committee take no
decision on the credentials of the Hungarian
delegration.
STATEMENT IN PLENARY, DECEMBER 10
U.S. delegation press release 3343
The United States supports the report of the
Credentials Committee.^ This committee has
again recommended tliat the General Assembly
take no decision on the credentials submitted on
behalf of the Hungarian delegat ion.
Tins reconimeiulatioii goes back to the 1956
revolution, when the firet and second emergency
special sessions of the General Assembly decided
to place the representatives of the present Hun-
garian authorities in a provisional status by tak-
ing no decision on their credentials. In view of
the continuing occupation of Hungary by foreign
armed forces and the unremitting repression of
the Hungarian people, all subsequent sessions of
the General Assembly have likewise refused to ac-
cept the credentials of the Hungarian delegation.
Last year the General Assembly again con-
demned the defiance of United Nations resolu-
tions on Hungary and declared that it would con-
tinue to be seized of the situation in Hungary.''
Sir Leslie Mmiro was appointed as the United
Nations Special Representative for the purpose
of reporting on the implementation of the Gen-
eral Assembly's resolutions. In his report sub-
mitted on November 25, 1959,^ Sir Leslie Munro
said:
In the course of the past year, no evidence has been
forthcoming of any basic change in the Hungarian
situation. . . .
The Soviet Union is continuing its armed inter-
vention in Hungary. The present Hungarian au-
thorities are still persecuting the participants in
the 1956 national uprising. The Soviet Union
and the Hungarian authorities continue to defy
the resolutions of the General Assembly.
In the light of these facts the Assembly has
just voted to renew Sir Leslie Miuiro's mandate.*
The United States believes that in the light of
these facts the General Assembly is now obliged
to accept the recommendation of the Credentials
Committee and, in doing so, to refuse to accept
the credentials of the Hungarian delegation.*
' U.N. doc. A/4.34G.
' For statements by Ambassador Lodge and text of
resolution, see Bulletin of Jan. 12, 1959, p. 55.
' U.X. doc. A/4304.
* BtuxETiN of Dec. 28, 1959, p. 942.
•^The General Assembly in plenar.v session on Dec. 10
approved the report of the Credentials Committee by a
vote of 72 to 1, with 1 abstention.
January 4, 7960
534798—60 3
17
U.N. Reaffirms Principles on Unification of Korea
Statement hy Walter S. Rohertson
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly '
Once again, as for 12 years past, this committee
holds in its hands one of the most solemn respon-
sibilities ever entnisted to the United Nations, the
hope of unity, freedom, and a just peace for the
31 million people of Korea,
This is a stubborn problem. The Korean people,
now as always, ardently desire that their country
should be restored to its historic vmity and inde-
pendence. Year after year the United Nations,
by large and repeated majorities, has expressed
the same unwavering desire on the part of the
community of nations. Yet, through .3 tragic
years of Communist aggression and war and then
through 6 years of fruitless negotiation, the prob-
lem has remained.
The root of the problem is simple. The Com-
munist authorities who have fastened an alien
tyranny on north Korea refuse to relax their grip
and refuse to consider unification of tlie country
except on conditions which would once again lay
all of Korea open to Communist military attack.
In pursuit of this policy they even deny the United
Nations' right to concern itself with tliis matter.
We may be forgiven for wondering what the
authoi-s of this injustice are thinking. Perhaps
they are hoping that the free nations will forget
about Korea. Perhaps they hope, by the mere
passage of time, the outlines of this problem will
become fuzzy in our eyes and the United Nations
will l)egin to suffer from a sort of moral deafness
in which "might" and "right" sound like the same
word. They might then hope to overwhelm the
Korean people and conquer all of Korea witliout
the community of nations daring to intervene.
Such a situation should give every small, free na-
tion in the world reason to fear for its life.
'Made in Committee I (Political and Security) on Nov.
23 (U.S. delegation press release 3309) .
But, if that is really the hope of the Communist
leaders, they should stop deceiving themselves.
The United Nations has stood by Korea for 12
years, and it is not going to give up now. The
great majority of nations represented in this room
are not held together by the iron discij^line of an
ideology but are held together by something far
more profound: our allegiance to the United Na-
tions Charter and to the world of decency for
which it stands.
History of Korean Question
Now let us recall briefly the facts of the Korean
question and especially the developments since the
General Assembly last considered it a year ago.
On December 1, 1943, at Cairo, President Eoose-
velt. Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek, and Prime
Minister Churchill declared that Korea should
become free and independent. This pledge was re-
affirmed by the same three powers at Potsdam on
July 26, 194.5. The Soviet Union, upon its entry
into the war against Japan, subscribed to the Pots-
dam declaration and reaffirmed this pledge at Mos-
cow on December 27, 1945. At that time, in fact,
the Foreign Ministers of the United States, the
United Kingdom, and the Soviet Union went a
step further and agreed that a provisional Korean
democratic government should be set up for all
Korea, with a view to the reestablislunent of
Korea as an independent state.
When this ^foscow agreement was reached the
(^onuuunists were already seeking to make penna-
nont tlie division of Korea which had been in-
tended purely for the purpose of accepting the
surrender of Japanese troops in Korea. In Sep-
tember 1945, by agi'eement among the Allied
Powers, the surrender of Japanese troops in Korea
was accepted by United States military forces
18
Department ot State Bulletin
south of the 38th parallel and by Soviet forces
nortli of tlie :^Sth parallel, linmediatoly after the
surrender tlie Anieriean Military Command in
Korea approached the Soviet Command in order
to develop a joint policy for the administration of
the whole country. Tlie Soviet autliorities re-
fused to cooperate. Instead they set up their own
occupation zone north of the 3Sth parallel. Thus
the Korean nation was cut in two.
Immediately and repeatedly the United States
sought to persuade tlie Soviet Union to honor its
agreement and end the arbitrary division of
Korea. At the conference of the Foreign Min-
isters in Moscow in December 1945, the Soviet
T'nion agreed to set up, with the United States, a
.Toint Conunission in Korea to work out the long-
range political and economic prol)lems, including
the establishment of a provisional democratic
structure for all of Korea. This Commission held
24 meetings, beginning in March 1946, and accom-
plished nothing.
A joint conference was also .set up to deal with
inunediate and pressing problems. It first met in
.ranunry 1946. In it the Ignited States proposed
a series of measures, including the imification of
key public utilities and uniform fiscal policies.
The Soviet authorities rejected these proposals.
Limited agreements were reached on exchange of
mail, radio frequencies, and other minor fields, but
even these jiroved impossible to carry out. The
joint conference soon disbanded.
Despite these frustrations the United States, in
the spirit of the charter, refused to give up trying
for a negotiated solution. Secretary of State
George C. Marshall took the matter up directly
with Foreigii Minister ]Molotov. As a result, the
Joint Commission reassembled, but the deadlock
continued.
Later our Acting Secretary of State, Robert A.
Lovett, called for a four-power conference to con-
sider the implementation of the JIoscow agree-
ment. Again the Soviet L^nion refused.
Korean Question Submitted to U.N.
Thus it became clear that bilateral talks could
accomplish nothing further. At that point the
United States, in accordance with the charter, sub-
mitted the Korean question to the United Nations.
Tlie General Assembly considered the matter
at its second se.ssion in 1947. On November 14 it
decided to establish the Ignited Nations Tempo-
rary Commission on Korea. It recommended
that elections be lield on tlie basis of ad\ilt suf-
frage and secret ballot in all of Korea.
The nine-nation Ignited Nations Commission
went to Korea. The Soviet authorities in the
north refused to permit it to carry on its func-
tions. Tlie Commission tlien proceeded to hold
elections in the southern part of Korea. These
elections, held on ifay 10, 1048, covered an area
inhabited by approximately two-thirds of the Ko-
rean population. On August 23 a democratic con-
stitution was promulgated in the Republic of
Korea.
The General Assembly, in its resolution of De-
cember 12, 1948, certified that the government thus
formed in Korea was "based on elections which
were a valid expression of the free will of the
electorate of that part of Korea" and added that
"this is the only such Government in Korea."
In September 1948 the Soviet authorities estab-
lished a puppet regime in the northern part of
Korea. I say "puppet" advisedly, because by its
very origin this regime had not a shred of inde-
pendence.
The key leaders in the so-called "Democratic
People's Republic of Korea" were Soviet citizens
of Korean ancestry. They or their parents were
Koreans who migi-ated into Soviet Asia during the
period of Japanese control over Korea. The So-
viet occupation authorities brought into north
Korea, in 1945 and 1946, a number of these Soviet-
Koreans. Tliese men became the backbone of the
new north Korean puppet regune. Tliey were, in-
stalled, usually as %ace. ministers, in eveiy ministry,
in the Communist Party apparatus, and in key
positions in the armed forces. Among them were
the present "Premier," who goes by the name of a
legendary Korean patriot of long ago, Kim II
Sung. About 1930 he migrated into Soviet terri-
tory and became a Soviet army oflScer. Also
prominent among the Soviet- Koreans were Ho Ka
I, who became the vice chairman of the powerful
Commmiist "Korean Labor Party" and who had
once been a Communist Party official in the Soviet
Republic of Uzbekistan ; and another was General
Nam U, a one-time Soviet army officer who became
notorious as the chief Korean negotiator at Pan-
niunjom.
Such were the men who, imder Soviet ordei"s.
founded the regime which calls itself the "Demo-
cratic People's Republic of Korea" — and who still
run it today.
January 4, 1960
19
In June 1950 after the United States forces had
been withdrawn from Korea, tliis same north Ko-
rean regime launched an armed attack against the
Kepublic of Korea. For this act it was branded
as an aggressor by the Security Council and the
General Assembly of the United Nations. Dur-
ing the Korean hostilities this regime violated es-
tablished principles governing the treatment of
prisoners of war and carried out atrocities against
military personnel of the United Nations forces
and against Korean civilians. It has defied the
United Nations and has demonstrated through its
actions its contempt of the charter. No wonder,
Mr. Chairman, that this regime in north Korea
has not achieved recognition by a single govern-
ment of the world outside the Conunmiist bloc.
Armistice Agreement and Geneva Conference
After o years of war and 2 years of negotiation,
the Korean fighting ended with the Armistice
Agi'eement of July 1953.
Throughout the 6 years since that agreement
was signed, the Communists have violated it
grossly and continuously. They completely frus-
trated the supervisory machinery by making in-
spection impossible in north Korea. They
strengthened their fortifications and brought in
modern weapons ]irohibited by the Armistice
Agreement. And they heartlessly refused to ac-
count for thousands of Korean and United Na-
tions persomiel missing m action.
I pause at this point, Mr. Chairman, to renew
this appeal to the Communist authorities — an ap-
peal which our representatives at Panmunjom
have made many times:
The United Nations Command long ago gave
you the names of 2,047 militai-y personnel of the
United Nations Command who are still missing
and not accounted for. Of these names, 451 are
those of Americans. We know from your own
propaganda that some of these individuals at one
time were alive and in youi* hands as prisoners of
war. Under the Korean Armistice Agreement
you are obliged to accomit for all of these men and
to repatriate any who are still alive. In the name
of simple humanity to the families of these men,
the United States again appeals to you to honor
your obligation.
Mr. Chiiii-man, the Korean Armistice Agree-
ment also included a reconmiendation for a politi-
cal conference to be held witliin 90 days. By Au-
gust 1953 the General Assembly had completed
its arrangements to participate in this conference,
but it was not untd 9 months later that the Com-
munists, after having remilitarized north Korea
in defiance of the Armistice Agreement, sat down
with the United Nations membei-s at Geneva in
AprU 1954.
The United Nations members in that Geneva
conference made every effort to obtain agreement
which would lead to the establishment of a uni-
fied, democratic, and independent Korea. They
enunciated two fundamental principles which
nmst provide the basis of a Korean settlement
consistent with the objectives of the United
Nations.- These principles are:
1. The United Nations, under its Charter, is fully and
rightfully empowered to take collective action to repel
aggression, to restore peace and security, and to extend
its good offices to seeking a peaceful settlement in Korea.
2. In order to establish a unified, independent and dem-
ocratic Korea, genuinely free elections should be held
under United Nations supervision, for representatives in
the national assembly, in which representation shall be
in direct proportion to the indigenous population in
Korea.
The Communist participants refused to agree to
any arrangements which would guarantee that
elections for reunification would be carried out in
genuine freedom. Their proposals would have
provided the Communist side with an absolute
veto over the conduct of the elections. They pro-
posed an all-Korean election commission on which
they demanded that north Korea, with its pojiula-
tion of 9 million, should be given the same num-
ber of members as south Korea, whose population
is 22 million. They also demanded that all deci-
sions in the commission be made on the basis of
mutual agreement — in other words, they wanted
the veto power.
Further, the Communists denied the competence
of the United Nations to deal with the Korean
question. Thus they sought to undermine the
United Nations as an instrument for the mainte-
nance of international peace and prevention of
aggression.
The United Nations representatives at Geneva
refused to compromise the principles for which
their countries had fought on the battlefields of
Korea. Faced with a rigid Communist position
frustrating all prospects for honorable agreement,
- For text of a IG-uation declaration issued at Geneva on
June 15, 1954, see Bxh-letin of June 28, 1954, p. 973.
20
Department of State Bulletin
tliey accepted the fuct that tlie conference had
failed.
In tlie 4 years tliat followed the General Assem-
bly repeatedly urged, by overwhelming vot<?s, that
negotiations be resimied on the basis of established
United Nations principles, but the Conununist side
remained inflexible.
Latest Exchange of Communications
Tlien, in February 1958, a new exchange of state-
ments and communications began. I shall review
it in some detail because it sliows the lengths to
which the states participating in the United Na-
tions Command have gone in their search for
progress on the Korean question.
1. The exchange began on February 5, 1958,
with a statement by the north Korean regime ad-
vancing certain proposals for the reunification of
Korea. These proposals were transmitted to the
governments which took part in the U.N. Com-
mand in Korea. The Chinese Communists en-
dorsed them in a statement 2 clays later. The pro-
posals were two: that all foreign forces should
first be withdrawn from Korea and that thereafter
elections should be held under "the supervision of
a neutral nations organization" — a phrase which
I shall discuss later in this statement.
2. Two weeks later the Communists announced
that the so-called Chinese People's Volunteers
would be withdrawn from north Korea by the end
of 1958 and called on the governments of the
United Nations Command to withdraw their forces
from south Korea.
3. The 16 member states which represent the
United Nations in these negotiations replied ^ to
these statements by welcoming the announced in-
tention of the Chinese Communists finally to with-
draw their forces, as they had been called upon to
do year after year by resolutions of the United
Nations General Assembly. We requested a clari-
fication of the Communist views on the principles
of free elections. We asked specifically whether
these principles provided for supervision of elec-
tions by the United Nations and whether repre-
sentation in the National Assembly would be pro-
portionate to the indigenous population in all
parts of Korea. Our reply was intended to afford
the Communists an opportunity to show whether
they had any serious intention of moving ahead
on the question of Korean reunification.
4. In their reply of May G* the Chinese Com-
munists again brushed aside the (luestion of (lie
principles on which elections should bo held.
They restated their position that the withdrawal
of United Nations forces from south Korea was a
prerequisite to any steps leading to the reunifica-
tion of Korea.
5. The United Nations was frankly disappointed
by this Chinese Communist reply. It seemed to
leave little room for hope. However, on July 2
we sent another communication' to the Chinese
Communist regime, in whicli we again welcomed
the announcement that the Chinese Communist
troops were to be withdrawn from north Korea.
We expressed our disappointment that the Chinese
Conununists' announcement of May 6 had not
answered our question about the principles under
which the elections would be held. We pointed
out that further withdrawal of United Nations
forces without any previous arrangement for the
proper settlement of the Korean question would
not be calculated to lead to the reduction of tension
in the Far East and, indeed, such action would
remove one necessary guarantee which exists
against further aggression in Korea. We em-
phasized that we wished to see a genuine settle-
ment of the Korean question in accordance with
the United Nations resolutions. We concluded by
stating that the governments participating in the
United Nations Command were prepared to with-
draw United Nations forces when the conditions
for the lasting settlement laid down by the Gen-
eral Assembly had been fulfilled.
6. On November 10 a Chinese Communist com-
munique again called for the withdrawal of
United Nations troops from south Korea. They
again stated that after withdrawal of all foreign
forces all-Korea free elections could be held under
the supervision of a "neutral nations organiza-
tion." And again they did not elaborate.
7. The United Nations members replied ' to this
note by transmitting the General Assembly reso-
lution of 14 November 1958, which had been
adopted by a vote of 54 to 9. As the committee
will recall, this resolution urged the Communist
authorities to accept United Nations objectives and
to agree to genuinely free elections under the
principles endorsed by the General Assembly.
• For text of note, see ibid., May 5, 1958, p. 735.
• T'.N. doc. A/.3821.
" For text, see r.ci-LETi.N of .July 28, 1958, p. 15.3.
• For text of note, see ibid., Dec. 22, 1958, p. 1004.
January 4, 1960
21
8. Finally, on March 4, 1959, the Chinese Com-
munists restated the demands for the withdrawal
of foreign troops from Korea and argued that "the
United Nations has been reduced to a belligerent
in the Korean war and lost all competence and
moral authority to deal fairly with the Korean
question. Therefoi'e, any resolution on the
Korean question is unilaterally null and void."
On that note of defiance the Chinese Com-
nuniists ended this lengthy exchange of com-
munications.
Main Communist Demands Examined
Mr. Chairman, from this whole record it is
clear that the Communists have no present desire
to move forward to the settlement of the Korean
problem on any terms short of surrender by the
United Nations.
If we examine their main demands in detail, we
can see that this is ti-ue. They have insisted upon
three things.
First, they insist that the United Nations Com-
mand shoidd withdraw its troops from Korea be-
fore there can be any agreement on the terms or
methods of unification.
Second, they insist that "the United Nations has
been reduced to a belligerent in the Korean war
and lost all competence and moral authority to
deal fairly with the Korean question.*'
Third, they propose that all-Korean elections,
after the United Nations troops have been witli-
drawn from Korea, should be held under the super-
vision of a "neutral nations organization."
Let me take up these three points in turn.
Demand for Withdrawal of U.N. Troops
1. To withdraw the protection of United Na-
tions troops from the Republic of Korea, before
the Korean question has been solved in accordance
with United Nations principles, would leave Ko-
rea once again exposed to the threat of renewed
Communist aggre.ssion. None of us will forget
what happened within months after the United
States withdrew from Korea in 1949. Even
though the Soviet Union had announced that its
forces too had been withdrawn, this statement
could not be verified through the barrier of secrecy
surrounding north Korea. In any case it is known
that before their announced withdrawal the So-
viet forces had trained north Korean forces
amounting to between 50,000 and 60,000 troops
and that, between then and the aggi-ession of June
1950, these same Korean forces, heavily armed,
had grown to between 150,000 and 180,000 men.
And we know also that senior Soviet officere were
with the Korean armed forces in the guise of "ad-
visere" at the time the aggression was launched.
Meanwhile the United States forces had left
the mainland — some of them to Japan and most of
them across the 11,000 miles of the Pacific to the
continental United States. Wlien the aggression
began and the United Nations answered the call
to help the Republic of Korea, despite all we could
do the aggressors were able to overrun most of the
peninsula, inflicting untold havoc and suffering
on the civilian population, before the United Na-
tions counteroffensive could be organized.
Today again the north Korean armed forces are
large and heavily armed — this time in gross viola-
tion of the Armistice Agreement. Today, as al-
ways, they have the advantage of a Communist
hinterland just beyond the Yalu River, across
which supplies and reinforcements can be sent to
support a new aggression. The Ignited States has
not forgotten the words of Chou En-lai, the
Chinese Communist Premier, at the time his "vol-
unteers" were allegedly withdrawn from north
Korea last year, when he pledged to his Communist
comrades in north Korea that this withdrawal did
not mean that the Chinese people "have forsaken
their international duty to the Korean people."
These words, coming from a regime which has re-
peatedly refused to forswear the use of force as an
instrument of its foreign policy, carry ominous
military implications.
Already, since the armistice, United Nations
troops in Korea have been greatly reduced. They
include two United States divisions, a Turkish
brigade, a Thai companj', and small liaison groups
from other countries. As the Communists have
been told many times, the United Nations members
are prepared to withdraw their remaining forces
from Korea when conditions for a lasting settle-
ment have been fulfilled. A withdrawal under
present conditions could lead to onlj^ one solution
of the Korean question — Communist conquest.
Question of U.N. Competence
2. I now come to the second Communist con-
tention— that tlie United Nations is a mere "bel-
ligerent" in Korea and has thus "lost all com-
petence and moral authority to deal fairly with the
Korean question."
22
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Even for the Chinese Communists, tliis state-
ment is a masterpiece of ofVrontery. It is as if a
policeman who liiiil come to quell a riot should be
told by the chief rioter, "You have no authority
here — you're just another rioter."
If this contention wei-e to be accepted, we would
have to give up all ideas of justice in the affaire
of nations. We would have to admit that the him-
tlreds of thousands of deaths and wounds borne by
I'uited Nations soldiers in Korea, including large
numbers of soldiers of my own country, had been
su tiered for the sake of an illusion.
The only possible rejoinder to such an outra-
geous statement is to reassert the principle re-
peatedly endoreed by the General Assembly:
The United Nations, under its Charter, is fully and
rightfully empowered to take collective action to repel
aggression, to restore jieace and security, and to extend
its good offices to seeking a peaceful settlement in Korea.
^'■Xentral Nations Supervision''' of Elections
3. Finally we come to the third Communist pro-
posal— all-Korean elections to take place at some
time after the protection of United Nations troops
liad been removed and to be held imder the super-
vision of a "neutral nations organization.'*
If what the Communists want is genuinely
neutral supervision^in other words, impartial
supervision — that impartiality could easily be
found among the 82 membere of the United Na-
tions, who have arranged for supervision of more
than one election. But the Communists arbi-
trarily rule out the United Nations and call for
supervision by so-called "neutral nations."
When tlie Communists chose this phrase they
must have thought the United Nations had a very
short memory. We have already had experience
of "neutral nations supervision" in Korea, which,
I should point out, in fact consisted of two genuuie
neutrals and two Communist members. In actual
operation the Commmiist members have been any-
thing but neutral. As a consequence the Commis-
sion has been unable to fill the role intended by the
Armistice Agreement.
It is this past experience which is our only guide
in interpreting the phrase "neutral nations" in
t he new Communist proposals. It is hard to avoid
the conclusion, in pondering this stubborn Com-
munist i^sistance to fi-ee elections, that the au-
thorities in control of north Korea are afraid to
let the people in north Korea express their true
feelings in an honest vote.
After the most careful examination of those
three Connnunist propo.sals, the United Nations
has Ix'cn unable to find anything in them which
suggests a concession or a willingness to reach a
reasonable settlement. The proposals are not
concessions at all; they are simply one-sided
demands.
U.S. Sponsors Resolution Embodying U.N. Principles
In such circumstances, ilr. Chairman, the
United States believes that the wise course for the
United Nations is to stand fast on tlie principles
which we have supported from the beginning and
which we Ivnow to be right :
First, the right — and, in fact, the duty — of the
United Nations to seek a just settlement of the
Korean question in harmony with the principles
of the charter and to extend its good offices for
that purpose ;
Second, the requirement of genuinely free elec-
tions throughout Korea, to be held under United
Nations supervision, and the election of a na-
tional assembly in which representation shall be
directly proportionate to the indigenous popula-
tion in all parts of Korea.
These principles are once again embodied in a
draft i-esolution which will be submitted to this
committee.^ The United States is sponsoring this
draft, together with other members. We urge its
adoption as the wisest course ojjen to the General
Assembly at this time.
The Cause of a Free and United Korea
Mr. Chairman, I conclude. Wlien an injustice
is long continued and when the perpetrator of the
injustice is stubborn, those who have upheld jus-
tice may be tempted to grow weary of the struggle.
They may also attribute to the ofi'ender far more
control over the forces of history than he actually
possesses. And naturally that is what the offender
hopes will happen.
Yet in fact the cause of a fre« and united Korea
is a lively cause. The Republic of Korea is a go-
ing concern. The devastation of war is largely
repaired. As the latest report of the United Na-
tions Commission for the Unification and Rehabili-
' U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.245 ; adopted In Committee I on
Nov. 27 by a vote of 49 to 9, with 19 abstentions.
January 4, ?960
23
Resolution on the Korean Question '
The General AssemWy,
Having received the report of the United Na-
tions Coiniuission for the Unification and Rehabili-
tation of Korea,
Reaffinning its resolutions 112 (II) of 1-1 No-
vember 1947, 195 (III) of 12 December 1948, 293
(IV) of 21 October 1949, 376 (V) of 7 October 1950,
811 (IX) of 11 December 1954, 910 A (X) of 29
November 1955, 1010 (XI) of 11 January 1957,
1180 (XII) of 29 November 1957 and 1264 (XIII)
of 14 November 1958,
Rioting that, despite the exchange of correspond-
ence between the communist authorities concerned
and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland on behalf of the Governments of
countries which have contributed forces to the
United Nations Command in Korea, in which these
Governments expressed their sincere desire to see
a lasting settlement of the Korean question in ac-
cordance with United Nations resolutions and their
willingness to exi)lore any measures designed to
bring about reunification on this basis, the com-
munist authorities continue to refuse to co-operate
with the United Nations in bringing about the
peaceful and democratic solution of the Korean
problem.
Regretting that the communist authorities con-
tinue to deny the competence and authority of the
United Nations to deal with the Korean question,
claiming that any resolution on this question adopted
by the United Nations is null and void,
Noting further that the United Nations forces
which were sent to Korea in accordance with reso-
lutions of the United Nations have for the greater
part already been withdrawn, and that the Govern-
ments concerned are prepared to withdraw their
remaining forces from Korea when the conditions
for a lasting settlement laid down by the General
Assembly have been fulfilled,
1. Reaffirms that the objectives of the United Na-
tions in Korea are to bring about, by peaceful means,
the establishment of a unified, independent and
democratic Korea under a representative form of
government, and the full restoration of interna-
tional peace and security in the area ;
2. Calls upon the communist authorities con-
cerned to accept these established United Nations
objectives in order to achieve a settlement in Korea
based on the fundamental principles for unification
set forth by the nations participating on behalf of
the United Nations in the Korean Political Confer-
ence held at Geneva in 1954, and reaflirmed by the
General Assembly, and to agree at an early date on
the holding of genuinely free elections in accordance
with the principles endorsed by the Assembly ;
3. Requests the United Nations Commission for
the Unification and Rehabilitation of Korea to con-
tinue its work in accordance with the relevant reso-
lutions of the General Assembly ;
4. Requests the Secretary-General to place the
Korean question on the provisional agenda of the
fifteenth session of the General Assembly.
'U.N. doc. A/RES/1455(XIV) (A/C.l/L.a45) ;
adopted In plenary session on Dec. 9 by a vote of
54 to 9, with 17 abstentions.
tatioit of Korea ^ clearly shows, its economy is ex-
panding and improving in spite of the handicaps
of the division of the country. It has had political
controversies, but its citizens have also a civil and
religious freedom which does not exist in north
Korea. The morale and courage of the people in
the Republic of Korea continue high. The support
of the United Nations, including the forces of the
United Nations Command which still stand guard,
remains firm and unwavering. The recognition
of 40 states of the free world, membership in 9
United Nations specialized agencies, and the sup-
port of tlie vast majority for the Republic of Ko-
rea's membership in the United Nations itself,
show how this young nation has established itself
in the family of nations.
' U.N. doc. A/4187/Corr. 1.
We cannot tell what stresses exist behind tlie
screen of Conmuinist secrecy in north Korea. It is
perfectly obvious that the people in that part of the
country, under Communist rule, are far worse off
than in the south and that they yearn for freedom.
I do not for a moment suggest that the working
of these forces will quickly make the Communists
change their stand. Their strength and their
rigidity are obvious. But I do suggest that the
long-range prospects of the Republic of Korea are
good. I^et us of the United Nations do nothing to
dim those prospects. Let us not bexjome tired of
true principles merely because the problem before
us is not ripe for a solution. The time will come,
as it has come in many other cases of justice long
deferred in many parts of the world. What is
essential is that the supporters of justice shall keep
faith with their principles.
24
Department of State Bulletin
Never was this fidelity to principle more neces-
sary for the United Nations than in the case of
Korea, in which the United Nations has had an
active responsibility from the beginning. If wo
remain true to the charter in our stewardship of
the Korean question, we will find that in tltis case,
too, there is no more powerful force working in the
minds of men than the desire for a future of free-
dom and justice.
Let us keep that future open for the Korean
nation.
Development Toward Independence
in the Trust Territories
Statement by Clement J. Zdblocki
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
The President of the 13th session of the General
Assembly vei-y aptly labeled the deliberations
over which he had presided as "the African
session." As members recall, the 13th session
continued over into the spring of 1959 and
reached important decisions on the Cameroons
under French and United Kingdom administra-
tions. With this in mind, it would seem to my
delegation that the 14th session could appropri-
ately be called the "second African session."
Certainly most of our thoughts, words, and
efforts this year have been directed to the second
largest continent, which is developing so rapidly
and from which the forebears of so many dis-
tinguished American citizens have originated.
Mr. Chairman, the report of the Trusteesliip
Council,^ which we have before us, is a truly his-
toric document. For the very last time we meet
here to discuss a report wliich includes Cameroun
under French administration, Togoland under
French administration, and SomalUand under
Italian administration. Next year representatives
of these countries will be sitting among us, con-
tributing to our discussion of developments in
Tanganyika and Ruanda-Urundi, the only re-
maining trust territories in Africa other than the
British Cameroons. My delegation has already
congratulated representatives of the three trust
' Made in Committee IV (Trusteeship) on Xov. 11
(U.S. delegation press release 328C) .
' U.N. doc. A/4100.
territories, as well as those of the Administering
Authorities, on the attainment of tlie ol)jectiviM
of the international trusteeship system, and my
Government is looking forward to i-eafHrniing our
sentunents in a more formal manjier on tlio dates
when Cameroun, Togo, and Somalia join the
ranks of free and independent nations.
Independence of Africa
I would like at this time to point out again
that the progressive development toward inde-
pendence or self-government in Africa is one
which the American people applaud whole-
heartedly. As a people we have always been un-
easy when the freedom of others has been en-
trusted to us, if only because of our own history
and traditions. We have, therefore, consequently
attempted to bring the territories for which we
have been responsible as quickly as possible to
full self-government. The American people are,
I believe, peculiarly fitted to understand tlie
aspirations for freedom of other peoples. The
history of the United States is in a very real
sense the story of the contribution of successive
mmority groups, who came here to escape tyranny
or poverty, spent at times a difficult period of
adjustment, and finally emerged as fully equal
and valued members of our society.
Mr. Chairman, we believe the issue of self-
government in Africa is, in the main, one whicli
does not di^-ide the peoples of the West. Tliere is
division on methods and timing but not on objec-
tives. We believe the record of progress, reflected
in the composition and attitude of this committee,
speaks for itself.
Moreover, sir, I doubt that the central issue
of independence of dependent territories divides
this committee as deeply as might be thought by
a casual observer. Some believe progress toward
independence cannot be too rapid; others that
haste has its inherent dangers. And yet it is
surprising how often, on essentials, this commit-
tee adopts resolutions by overwhelming majorities.
Of course we must add somewhat woefully
that we have made haste slowly in the committee
this year. Nevertheless we continue to hope that
this situation will soon be remedied in a series of
productive night sessions.
I would now like to turn to specific trust
territories.
January 4, 1960
25
Cameroun
111 less than 53 clays, Mr. Chairman, Cameroun
under French administration will become fully
independent. We hope this happy occasion will
be the signal for full national reconciliation.
However, it is difficult in the extreme to bring
together a government, the custodian of civil
order, and an external opposition determined to
use force to achieve its objectives. My delegation
believes that the framework of present laws in
Cameroun permits any citizen of good faith to re-
turn and seek elective offic*. We think the
course of the elections held on April 12, which
resulted in the election, among others, of Mr.
[Theodore] Mayi-Matip, is fair and reasonable
proof of this proposition. It is our most earnest
hope that resort to violence shall cease and that
all elements of the population will see the enor-
mous advantage of working together for the good
of their country.
Mr. Mayi-Matip is with us today. We would
have been only too happy to welcome here as
well the Prime Minister of Cameroun, Mr. [Ama-
dou] Ahidjo. However, it is, of course, obvious
that the Prime Minister must give precedence to
liis country's preparations for independence. In
any event Mr. Ahidjo could not have had more
able and effective spokesmen than the distin-
guished delegate of France, Mr. [Jacques]
Koscziusko-Morizet, and the eminent poet, states-
man, and parliamentarian [Leopold Sedar Seng-
hor] who is President of the Assembly of Mali.
We would like to thank Mr. Koscziusko-Morizet
and Mr. Senghor for their extremely valuable
contributions to this debate.
Togoland
My delegation also welcomed the contribution
of Mr. Paulin Freitas, Minister of State for Inte-
rior, Information, and the Press of the Republic
of Togo. The information ho brings us is wel-
come, particularly with regard to recent political
developments. On the other hand we regret that
applications for assistance made under the Ex-
panded Program of Technical Assistance have not
been satisfied more rapidly, and we will support
his suggestion that the committee lend its moral
authority to reinforce these requests of the Gov-
ernment of Togoland.
Mr. Chairman, I am sure that many delegates
have felt keenly the absence here, for the first time
in many years, of Prime Minister Sylvanus Olym-
pio. I hope Mr. Paulin Freitas will take back
with him a sense of the deep affection we all have
for his country and for its distinguished Prime
Minister.
Somaliland
Fortunately imminent independence for Somali-
land has not deprived us of old friends. We are
pleased to see among us, as members of the Italian
delegation, the Minister of National Economy,
Haji Farrah, and his colleagues from Somalia.
My delegation was very much interested in the
infonnative statement delivered by the distin-
guished delegate of Italy, my good friend Mr.
[Girolamo] Vitelli, Vice President of the Trustee-
ship Council.
We all realize, Sir. Chairman, that Somalia will
enter independent life with formidable problems.
Despite this, we are confident that one of the two
most serious problems, that of economic aid, has
been solved, as the statement by the Italian dele-
gate made clear, by offers already made by Italy,
the United Kingdom, and the United States. My
delegation has also noted with satisfaction that the
Government of the United Arab Republic, tlirough
its representative on the Trusteesliip Council,
offered to continue grantmg scholarships to
Somalia after independence and to supply doctors
and other experts.
The other basic problem facing Somalia con-
stitutes a separate item on our agenda, and I will
therefore not comment on it in any detail at this
time. In brief, it is highly desirable that the trust
territoi-y — and indeed a trust territory with a
very special status — should acliieve independence
with its frontiers clearly define-d.
The problem of the unsettled frontier becomes
all the more acute as the result of the desire of
the inhabitants of the territory, as expressed by a
resolution adopted by the Legislative Assembly of
Somalia on August 25, IDSO,' to achieve independ-
ence earlier than foreseen by the trusteeship agree-
ment. We hope the General Assembly will raise
no objection to the realization of this desire
through an appropriate resolution.*
' For text, see U.N. doc. A/4262.
' For text of a resolution conperning plans for proclama-
tion of Somalia's indepondenee on July 1, 1960, which
was unanimou.sly adopted by the General Assembly on
Dec. 5, see TI.N. doc. A/4:?20 (draft resolution X).
26
Department of Sfofe BuUetin
Tanganyika
Mr. C'luunnan, we luive listened with great in-
tei'est to the information supplied to the coinmitfeo
by the distinfjuished dcle<;ato of tlie United King-
dom. Wo hope the committt>e will take tlie occa-
sion alTordcd by the pi-esent debate to congratulate
the Administering Authority for its achievements
during the past year. F'or its part, my delegation
would like to reiterate the words of the U.S. Rep-
resentative to the Trusteeship Council,' who .said
on February C, 1959, that the United States
. . . has high hoites thnt the fluni chapters in the de-
pendent life of Tanganyika will be as successful as they
have been in other territories which have been so succes.s-
fiilly administered by the British Government.
Developments which have taken place since the
Trusteeship Council discussed Tanganyika have
only added to these hopes. We have already ap-
plauded the st^itement in October 1958 by Gov-
ernor Sir Richard Tunibull that, when self-gov-
ernment is attained, the legislative and executive
sides of the government are likely to be predom-
inantly African. We believe the surest giiarantee
of the rights and interests of the "minoritj' com-
mimities" is the good will of the majority and
the realization by all groups that self-interest
dictates the closest continued cooperation. The
constitution of a Council of Ministers on July 1,
1959, with elected imoiEcials ^ is certainly a step
which can only increase mutual confidence and
good will. Similarly the results of the two-stage
elections ending in February of this year have
also contributed to the great spirit of coopera-
tion wliich appears to exist in the ten-itory.
Mr. Chairman, I have already mentioned the
jirofound and happy impact on developments in
Tanganyika of Governor Sir Richard Tunibull;
I would like to add a word of praise for the other
partner in tliis fruitful dialog. The Tanganyika
African National Union is one of the largest and
most effective political organizations in Africa;
it is also one of the most realistic and ably led
political groups on the continent. The leader of
TANU, Mr. Julius Nyerere, who is well known in
the United Nations, has shown statesmanship of a
' For a statement by Mason Sears, see BtJixETiN of Mar.
9. 19.-)0, p. S'A.
' The term "unofficial" refers to council members who
may be appointed or elected, primarily to represent
Indigenous population!}.
high order, which augurs well for the future of
his country.
Ruanda-Urundi
It, had been the intention of my delegation to
comment in some detail on developments in the
other remaining African trust territory, Ruanda-
Urundi under Belgian administration. In view
of the fact that an important policy pronounce-
ment is expected shortly from the Belgian Gov-
ernment, my delegation will not comment now but
may return to this subject at a later date.
Questions of policy aside, my delegation would
like to pay tribute to the lucid and sympathetic
analysis of conditions in the territory given us
yesterday by the distinguished delegate of Bel-
gium, Governor [A.] Claeys Bouuaert. Few men
know the territory as well as he does or have a
more liberal approach to its problems. We all
understand that what he called the "ethnicosocial
structure"' of Ruanda-Urundi is likely to compli-
cate development in all fields. My Government
believes that the Administering Authority is doing
its best to facilitate a smooth transition from a
quasi-feudal to a modern social order, but we know
that difficulties are bound to arise. We hope that
everyone concerned, starting with the peoples of
the territory and including the members of this
committee, will do nothing to exacerbate existing
and possible future difficulties.
Pacific Territories
Turning to the trust territories in the Pacific
area which come under the supervision of the Gen-
eral Assembly, I wish merely to comment on our
pleasure at hearing the statement made a few days
ago by the Prime Minister of New Zealand, Mr.
Walter Nash. Our deliberations were graced by
his presence, and the information he has given us
is heartening.
We concur wholeheartedly with the Prime Min-
ister's statement that Western Samoa "has made
amazing progress since 1945." If that progress
has on occasion appeared somewhat unbalanced,
in that primary stress was given political rather
than economic and educational development, we
were jjleased to learn that efforts are now being
made to accelerate progress in tlie other two fields.
The progress achieved has made it possible finally
to establish a tentative timetable for the termina-
tion of trusteeship.
January 4, 1960
27
Postindependence Aid to Trust Territories
Mr. Chairman, I do not wish to comment in any
greater detail on the report of the TriLsteeship
Coiuicil. My Government participates fully in the
work of the Council, and we have already com-
mented fully on developments in each of the trust
territories.
Before concluding, I would like to state briefly
our views on the statement made before this com-
mittee on Thursday [November 5] by the dis-
tinguished President of the Trusteeship Coimcil,
Ambassador [Max H.] Dorsinville of Haiti. No
one in recent years has contributed more to the
work of the Council or of this committee. Am-
bassador Dorsinville informally proposed the crea-
tion of a "small conmiittee" to study, together
with the United Nations Secretariat and the secre-
tariats of the specialized agencies, means of bring-
ing assistance, if they request it, to the former
trust territories. The results of this study would
be communicated to the 15th session of the Gen-
eral Assembly.
I am sure that no one will misunderstand the
meaning of this proposal. Trust territories, when
they achieve independence, are in exactly the same
juridical category as any other sovereign state. As
we understand the distinguished delegate of Haiti,
however, the United Nations will continue to have
a special interest and even moral responsibility to
assist former trust territories if they should re-
quest such assistance. We believe this view is
sound; developments in the trust territories cer-
tainly have been profoimdly influenced by recom-
mendations of the Trusteeship Council and the
General Assembly. The United Nations therefore
is in some degi-ee responsible for the conditions
under which tiiist territories achieve independ-
ence.
Our difficulties with this proposal are of another
order entirely. If a study gTOup is to report to the
15th session, almost a full, crucial year will have
passed before the needs of several of the trust
territories can be dealt with. We would prefer
to see effective action taken as rapidly as possible.
My delegation would support a resolution inviting
the Secretary-General to appoint higli-ranking
economic experts to a.ssist the newly independent
states, formerly trust territories, if they so desire,
to plan and coordinate their development pro-
grams. We realize that the Secretary-Greneral is
already empowered to do this. However, a resolu-
28
tion to this effect would be a concrete expression ■
of the Assembly's desires in this matter, which
would facilitate the Secretary-General's task in a •
field where demands for assistance needs far out-
weigh the means available.^
At the same time we believe that existing facili-
ties of the United Nations might be more fully
utilized by the emerging trust territories. We
would hope that the emerging trust territories
might take advantage of United Nations facilities
at the earliest opportmiity, so that when these
countries attain independence they will have readi-
ly available to them on a continuing basis the
counsel of experienced specialists already on the
spot.
Mr. Chairman, that is what I have to say at
this stage of the debate. As long as all the Ad-
ministering Authorities have not spoken and pe-
titionere continue to be heard, my delegation de-
sires to reserve the right to speak again on some
of these specific subjects, if it should find it
necessaiy.
The Responsibility of Aiding
tiie World's Refugees
Statement hy James G. Fulton
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
This is a pleasant and a heartwarming occasion.
Here are the peoples of the world accepting respon-
sibility for something that is on the world's con-
science. The refugees are looking today to see
what we are doing about it. I would say that, f i-om
my point of view, it is a very hopeful occasion.
As I look around and see the nations that are here,
I want to compliment the people who have repre-
sentatives of their governments pi-esent on this
pleasant occasion and to compliment the ones that
are increasing their contributions, because it is
a hopeful sign.
I believe that we should have the world a good
' For text of a resolution sponsored by the United States
on assistance to territories emerging from a trust status
and newly independent states, see U.N. doc. A/4320 (draft
resolution VII). The resolution was unanimou.sly adopted
in plenary session on Dec. 5.
1 Made at the U.N. Pledging Conference for Extra-
Budgetary Funds on Dec. 10 (U.S. delegation press re-
lease 3342).
liGpat^men\ of State Bulletin
world not only for the settled peoples of the
world, no matter where they are, but for these un-
settled people. These refugee families should
be able to have the same progress, security, and
hope as the rest of us.
I have always been interested in refugees per-
sonally. As a Member of the United States Con-
gress, I was — in the SOth Congress, some time
ago — the chairman of the Subcommittee for Ref-
ugees of the House Foreign Affairs Committee. I
think it is alwaj's interesting to hear people who
have had personal experience. After "\\\)rld War
II on several occasions during several years, I
have been in more than a hundred refugee camps
of all types, sizes, and descriptions. And I am
one of that great body of the American people that
have opened their homes and have sponsored refu-
gees. As a matter of fact I have a refugee who
works with me here this morning, a fine young
person who is ambitious. They are the kind of
people that live up to what we want in the world.
I would say to you they are a resource of the
world that we should not overlook. They are not
only a human resource, but they are an industrial
and a people's resource. For example, in the
United States of America I am veiy glad to report
to you that the refugee population, the new United
States citizens taken from this group, are our most
law-abiding group of citizens. Secondly, they
are the healthiest group of our citizens, and, I
might say, they are certainly an active group.
Today we have the opportunity to show by
deeds — by money contributions from each of our
peoples— the concern felt by all peoples of con-
science and good will for these refugees.
This is World Refugee Year. It is therefore
fitting that each country here represented make a
real effort to help. Our United States people wel-
come this help and welcome the cliance to join
with all of you in helping to pro\nde it.
I am reminded of a Polish proverb that has al-
ways had a great influence on me, and that is the
old proverb that says about a village that, if every-
body will sweep his own doorstep, the whole
town will be clean.
If we all do our share on this, we will be able to
have a clean world, a clean town, and clean refu-
gee camps, because the refugees will have been
provided homes. We must provide permanent
homes for the refugees who are homeless through
no fault of their own. We must make special ef-
forts to work toward permanent solutions of these
problems, and we must intensify our programs of
international assistance to meet immediate needs.
U.N. Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees
I turn now to the United Nations Relief and
Works Agency for Palestine Refugees.
It is with pleasure that I am able to announce
on behalf of the United States Government a
pledge of $23 million on behalf of the American
people to UNRWA for the fiscal year period end-
ing on June 30, 1960. This pledge is for the relief
and rehabilitation progranxs which have now been
combined in one budget. Payments against this
pledge will as heretofore be made to an extent nof
to exceed 70 percent of the total government con-
tributions to UNRWA. I believe we American
people are doing our share in this regard.
In past years the United States has provided 70
percent of UNRWA's governmental contributions.
This proportion of contribution by the United
States must be considered for the present, and it
must be for present purposes rather than a per-
manent fixed arrangement. We feel that it should
not be considered a commitment on future pro-
portions Ijecause those will be made in the good
judgment of our Government and our people.
The United States believes that with the renewed
life of UNRWA for another 3 years,^ it is timely
to suggest that a substantially increased portion
of the costs for the continuation of the agency's
support to Palestine refugees should be borne in
the future by other members of the United
Nations.
We hope that more peoples can through the
governments of member states give more in pro-
portion to their resources. We member states
must search our o^vn consciences in the knowl-
edge that a million human beings are in very real
need.
In planning for the years immediately ahead I
would like to undei-score a vital consideration.
The food, shelter, and medical needs of the Pales-
tine refugees have first call on the funds available
to the Agency. After tliese needs are satisfied,
whatever funds may be left are allocated to voca-
tional training and scholarsliip programs as well
as self-support projects of various types. These
are the veiy programs that give hope for a pro-
' See p. 31.
January 4, I960
29
ductive fiitui-e to the refugees, particularly to
the majority of the refugees who are children and
ambitious young people. Due to lack of funds
these jjrograms have been moving in starts and
suspensions. They have been drastically reduced
and at times practically abandoned. With the
Palestine refugee population increasing by over
30,000 each year, as births outnmnber deaths, the
f mids to continue and expand these forward-look-
ing programs become more and more essential.
Thus greater contributions are needed, and the
United States urges all member states to join in
contributing generously to this worthy cause.
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees
I would like to turn to the program of the
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees.
The United States has been deeply gratified to
obseiwe the constructive and energetic measures
which the High Commissioner has adopted in
carrying out his programs of aid to the refugees
imder his care. His tireless efforts and the high
goals he has set have intensified the interest and
activities of many governments and peoples and
of many voluntary organizations in this impor-
tant year for world refugees. We should not
overlook the voluntary organizations of people
and groups in many of our countries.
I am pleased to announce a United States
pledge of $1,100,000 toward the High Commis-
sioner's regular i^rogram for 1960. This sum will
be made available, as in the past, to the extent it
represents no more than 33l^ percent of the total
contributions made by goverimients to that
program.
In addition the United States has allocated
$1,070,000 to special projects which the High
Commissioner has undertaken or plans to under-
take this year in connection with World Refugee
Year, which I would like to speak about in a little
more detail.
World Refugee Year
I would like to stress that the United States
Government is intensely interested in assuring the
success of tiie World Refugee Year. President
Eisenhower has issued a special proclamation " to
the American people calling for a far-reaching
effort on the part of organizations and citizens
to acliieve its purposes. The United States has
pledged special contributions of $4 million toward
the purposes of the World Refugee Year over
and above its regular yearly contributions of some
$40 million to various refugee programs. These
additional contributions are being administered
either through the High Commissioner's Office,
as I have already indicated, or through other gov-
ernmental channels, or through voluntary agen-
cies with long expei'ience in the administration
of refugee and assistance programs.
I should point out to you that not all people
of the United States are well to do and that these
contributions are coming from our taxpayers big
and little, large and small, and many of them ai^e
very hard-working people, so that it comes out of
their family budgets.
To mention a few examples of programs that
have been helped by the United States Govern-
ment this year as part of the World Refugee
Year:
—$600,000 has been made available to the High
Commissioner as an additional contribution for
the camp-clearance program.
— $100,000 for refugees of Greek ethnic origin.
— $600,000 has been made available to assist the
rehabilitation of European refugees living out-
side of camps in Europe, to be administered
through voluntary agencies.
— A sum of $800,000 has been contributed for
European refugees arriving in Hong Kong from
the mainland of China. $730,000 of this is to be
administered by the Intergovernmental Commit-
tee for European Migration and $70,000 by the
High Commissioner.
—Another $800,000 has been allocated for
Chinese refugees in Hong Kong and Macau, to
be administered by the Hong Kong colonial gov-
ernment and by established vohmtary agencies.
— Another contribution of $300,000 has been
made available to the High Commissioner for the
relief of Algerian refugees in Tunis and Morocco.
This cash sum is in addition to contributions of
agricultural commodities for emergency relief for
Algerian i-efugees, amounting in value, over a
2-year period, to $7 million.
Recent legislation passed by tlie United States
Congress,* of which I am a member, has provided
' For text, see Bulletin of June 15, 1959, p. 875.
30
* For au article on "Immigration Legislation, 19.50" by
Frank L. Auerbach, see ibid., Oct. 26, 1959, p. 600.
Department of State Bulletin
for tlie entry into the United States of some 61,000
pei-sons on a nonquota basis, and from 4,00(1 to
12,000 visjis are expiH'loil to ho. issued to relatives
of pei-sons previously admitted under earlier refu-
gee legislation. The United States Congress has
extended legislation whereby refugees sutlering
from tuberculosis may join close relatives in the
United States, as well as legislation allowing for
the admission of orphans and adopted children.
These are measures which will directly benefit
some of the most unfoi-tnnate cases among the
refugees. I am particularly pleased to hear rep-
resentatives this morning speak of their expanded
efforts and how they are taking care of some of
the most unfortunate cases.
The programs of nongovernmental organiza-
tions in the "World Refugee Year within the
United States have also gone forward vigorously.
The fine United States Committee for Refugees,
formed just a year ago, has brought together
prominent civic-minded citizens from all sections
of American life in this worthy effort.^ The com-
mittee is working in close coordination with the
many American voluntary agencies traditionally
successful and active in rendering heart-warming
refugee assistance. These programs over the years
have made immeasurable contributions in terms of
effort and resources in the cause of refugees. A
target goal of $20 million has been established for
contributions from our United States private citi-
zens over and above the sums normally being
contributed.
Activities on behalf of refugees undertaken
during the World Refugee Year are a cause of
great satisfaction to us, and we want to share
those with the other peoples whose representatives
are here today. These activities should not result
in undue optimism or complacency. "We know the
"World Refugee Year cannot solve all refugee
problems. Its major potential, though, is in re-
ducing human suffering and increasing human
hope, and these are certain goals that can be
achieved. Its greatest value lies in the fact that
the World Refugee Year is a symbol of the con-
certed desire and will of peoples of friendly na-
tions to continue and to intensify their efforts to
help the millions of refugees throughout the world
who are now patiently waiting with their families
for pennanent homes. These families are suffer-
'For background, see ibid.. May 18, 1959, p. 709, and
June 1.5, 1959, p. 872.
ing from loss of ordinary opportunities for a con-
structi\e life and even for existence on decent
levels.
Our combined effoi-ts of the nations will go far
to solve their basic human problems. However,
the best efforts of all of us are es.sential if wo
are to begin to meet these pressing human needs.
We in our United States delegation— and may I
on behalf of the American people— ask you to join
with us in helping make this a good and under-
standing world, with security and progress for the
refugees, too.
U.N. Votes To Continue Assistance
to Palestine Refugees
Following are two statements made in the Spe-
cial Political Committee by Virgil M. Tlancher^
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly, dur-
ing debate on the U.N. Relief and Works Agency
for Palestine Refugees in the Near East {UN-
RWA), together with the text of a resolution
adopted in plenary session on December 9.
STATEMENT OF NOVEMBER 20
U.S. delegation press release 3300
I have asked for the floor today to make a few
general remarks in the hope that they will con-
tribute in a positive way to the further develop-
ment of this debate. In doing so, I wish to reserve
the right to inteiwene again at a later stage.
Before turning to the item on our agenda, Mr.
Chairman, I would like to express on behalf of
the United States Government our profound shock
and regret at the tragic death of Mr. Leslie Carver
[Acting Director of UNRWA]. His unstinted
devotion to the cause of the United Nations con-
stituted service of the highest order. He will be
sorely missed.
The debate which has been initiated in this com-
mittee on the Palestine refugee problem, a debate
which has been going on for 11 years, now pro-
vides each member with an unusual opportunity —
indeed, an awesome challenge — to contribute to
the best possible decision with respect to the future
welfare of the one million Arab refugees. The lot
of these individuals, about half of whom are chil-
dren or adolescents, and their future should be
January 4, 1960
31
uppermost in our miiids as the debate proceeds.
Over the last decade this problem has been ex-
amined and reexamined. A nmnber of those ex-
aminations have tended more to generate or re-
charge emotions than to stimulate reasoned
responses. In the interest of the refugees them-
selves, and in the interests of stability and prog-
ress in the Near East, it is important that we —
all of us — face the facts of this grave situation in
a constructive spirit. The United States delega-
tion is impressed with the relatively moderate tone
of most of the statements we have heard thus far
in the committee.
UNRWA's mandate is due to expire on June 30
of next year. At the same time we are faced
with a relentless increase — more than 30,000 annu-
ally— in the number of refugees. An inescapable
corollary is that the already very heavy costs and
responsibilities will continue to increase if some
progress is not made promptly on the fundamental
elements of the problems.
No Real Progress Yet Made
We have before us two reports. At the request
of the last General Assembly the Secretary-Gen-
eral has prepared a report entitled "Proposals for
the Continuation of United Nations Assistance
for the Palestine Refugees." ^ We all owe him a
debt of gratitude for the effort and imagination
which have gone into that report. Certainly the
Secretaiy-General's report merits our careful
study. While we cannot subscribe to all of the
recommendations it contains, we do believe that
there are several, such as rectification of the relief
rolls, which, if implemented, would be appropri-
ate and would promote the interest of the refugees.
We have also given careful consideration to the
annual report of the Director of the agency ^ con-
cerning the operations and activities of UNRWA
during the past year and setting forth the antici-
pated budgetary requirements for the duration of
the mandate, as well as for the care of the refugees
during the remainder of 1960.
On tho basis of these reports and a review of
the liistory of this issue, we can see the clear out-
lines of the problem as it exists today. And it is
with deep regret that we must conclude that no
real progress has been made toward a f luidamental
solution of the refugee problem. I think everyone
here will agree with this conclusion. My delega-
tion believes that the cause of the refugees them-
selves is best served by lookhig ahead. We
recognize fully that this is an extremely complex
problem and a solution is not easy. We do not
pretend to have a pat answer. However, assum-
ing that all concerned endeavor to approach this
problem i-ationally and with a degree of i-ecep-
tivity to constructive ideas, progress can be made.
Tlie United Nations Relief and Works Agency,
for lack of funds and other reasons, has unfortu-
nately been able really to perform only the "relief"
part of its mandate. Tlais year's report of the Di-
rector, like those of his predecessors, states that
there has been little or no progress in the ex-
tremely important "works" aspects of the Agency's
responsibilities.
'Wlien the U.N. agreed to extend the life of the
agency 5 years ago,^ it was expected that some
progress would be made during the ensuing period
in relaabilitating the refugees and helping them to
become self-supporting. The United States at
tliat time made clear its expectation that progress
would be achieved on large-scale projects designed
to benefit the refugees and the countries concerned.
We have noted with regret that such expectations
have not been realized. Only a few programs
have been implemented. I am referring particu-
larly to the vocational training programs. These
programs liave proved eminently successful, but
unfortimately only a very limited number of ref-
ugees have benefited from them.
In the past the United States has earnestly tried
to help the parties principally concerned to find
a satisfactory solution. In August of 1955 the
late Secretary of State, Jolin Foster Dulles, pro-
posed that the refugees be enabled to resume a
life of dignity and self-respect through repa-
triation or resettlement.* He pledged that the
United States would support some form of inter-
national loan which would facilitate Israel's pay-
ment of compensatioi\ to those refugees choosing
resettlement and tliat the United States would
contribute to a realization of development proj-
ects. President Eisenhower in 1957 reaffirmed
' U.N. doc. A/4121 and Corr. 1.
' U.N. doc. A/4213.
' For U.S. statements nnd text of resolution, see Buir
LETIN of .Ian. 3, l<.)r,-,. p. 24.
' Jhid., Sept. 5, 1955, p. 378.
32
Department of State Bulletin
these proposals.' Tliis interest of the Umted
States Government and of its citizens in the care
and in the future \vell-boin<j; and happiness of the
Palestine refugees remains undiminished.
The United Stat<>s is fully aware that the Pales-
tine refugee problem is unlikely to be solved by
the time UNRWA's mandate expires. We are
fully aware that intoniutional sup])ort for these
refugees undoubtedly must continue after June
30, 1960.
U.S. Urges Constructive Action
Having said these things, I should like to say
also that action limited to the mere extension of
UNRTVA's mandate is not, in our judgment, a
satisfactory way to serve the long-term interests
of the refugees. There should be something more
than this. Surely it is not unreasonable to hope
that other constructive steps may also be taken.
We must not allow ourselves to despair of hope
for progress. We must not consign a million per-
sons to indefinite subsistence living, almost de-
void of possibilities for taking useful and self-
supporting roles in society. My Government
believes that the present is, perhaps, a unique
opportimity for clear reaffirmation, on the part of
governments most, dii-ectly concerned and all other
states motivated by peaceful and humane inten-
tions, that something constructive can and will be
done about this problem. We would hope that
friendly candor and wise imagination would play
the dominant roles in this discussion.
We trust that from this committee's delibera-
tions will come realistic suggestions as to how
progress toward the ultimate i-esolution of this
refugee problem can be insured. We welcome the
constructive spirit with which delegations such as
Ceylon and India have approached this debate.
We shall continue to give sympathetic considera-
tion to any suggestion, whether related to the
PCC [Palestine Conciliation Commission], a new
commission, or any other possibility, which might
help move us toward a resolution of the problem.
We also welcome the timely reminder by the dis-
tinguished delegate of India that the General As-
sembly has consistently held to the principle that
the I'alestine refugees be given a choice of repatri-
ation or compensation.
The United States, as one of the major contrib-
utoi-s to the relief of the Palestine refugees tiius
far, certainly would welcome consideration of
sincere and constructive proposals from any quar-
ter. We favor fuller examination and amplilica-
tion of various proposals which iiave already Ix'en
made, especially of the indications of growing
willingness to make new attcmjits to solve some
of the divisive questions of the Near East. We are
hopeful that still more specific recommendations
will be heard in the course of tiie debate. The
United States will always do its part in any
United Nations effort which has as its goal a
brighter future for the Palestine refugees.
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 7
U.S. delegaUon press release 3335
As you are aware, discussions have been taking
place outside the committee during the past week
on a resolution dealing with Palestine refugees.
I am pleased to say that the revised resolution
which has been tabled by the distinguished rep-
resentatives of Pakistan and Indonesia " has the
full support of the United States. While it lacks
certain provisions that my delegation would like
to have seen included, this resolution adequately
reflects those progressive elements on which we
believe general agreement could be reached at this
juncture.
I will comment only briefly on the details of the
text. However, I do wish to point out that it
represents a compromise and, as such, a delicate
balance which we trust will not be upset by the
discussions here today.
We believe that the extension of tlie Agency's
mandate for 3 years is realistic. The United
States is pai-ticularly pleased that this resolution
calls for appropriate action with regard to the
pressing need for a rectification of the relief rolls.
It is the sincere hope and intention of the United
States, as a member of the PCC, that in its further
etTorts tlie Commission will seek the just and
peaceful implementation of paragraph 11 of Reso-
lution 19i (III) and will find that the states
principally concerned are willing to face the prob-
lem in a spirit of acconunodation. It should not
be overlooked that the PCC already has done
much constructive work in identifying and evalu-
° For text of President Eisenhower's message to Con-
gress on the Middle East, see ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
• U.N. doc. A/SPC/L. 38/Rev. 1.
January 4, I960
33
ating the properties left by some of the Palestine
refugees.
We are hopeful that the good wishes of all mem-
ber states -will go to the PCC in its further search
for realistic and constructive forward steps.
In concluding these brief remarks let me obsei-ve
that the general tenor of tliis debate has indicated
the great desire of the majority of United Nations
members to do something positive, to do some-
thing promptly, about this problem. The United
States is convinced that something can be done.
We must not allow ourselves to fall into an atti-
tude of listless resignation. It is therefore our
hope that during the coming months members
will actively assist, in every appropriate way, in
the search for a just and peaceful solution. My
delegation also fervently hopes that member states
will underline the support, so widely voiced here,
for tlie continuation of UNRWA by substantially
increased pledges of financial support for the
Agency.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION '
The General Asscmbl!/,
Recalling its resolutions 194 (III) of 11 December 1948,
302 (IV) of 8 December 1949, 393 (V) of 2 December 1950,
513 (VI) of 26 January 1952, 614 (VII) of 6 November
19.52, 720 (VIII) of 27 November 19.53, 818 (IX) of 4 De-
cember 1954, 916 (X) of 3 December 19.55, 1018 (XI) of
28 February 1957, 1191 (XII) of 12 December 1957, and
1315 (XIII) of 12 December 1958,
'Noting the annual report of the Director of the United
Nations Relief and Works Agency, in particular the ex-
piration of the Agency's mandate on 30 June 1960,
Noting the recommendation of the Secretary-General
and the Director of the Agency for the continuation of
the Agency,
Noting iiith deep regret that repatriation or compen-
sation of the refugees, as provided for in paragraph 11 of
General Assembly resolution 194 (III) has not been
effected, and that no substantial progress has been made
in the programme endorsed in paragraph 2 of resolution
513 (VI) for the reintegration of refugees either by repa-
triation or resettlement and that, therefore, the situation
of the refugees continues to be a matter of serious concern,
Ilainng reviewed the budget and noting with concern
that contributions from Member States are not sufficient,
Recalling that the Agency, as a subsidiary organ of the
United Nations, enjoys the benefits of the Convention on
the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations,
1. Decides to e.xtend the mandate of the United Nations
Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the
'A/RES/14.56(XIV) (A/SPC/L.SS/Rev. 1) ; adopted in
plenary session on Dec. 9 by a vote of 80-0-1 (Israel).
Near East for a period of three years veith a review at
the end of two years ;
2. Requests the Governments concerned to co-operate
with the Agency in efforts to rectify the situation described
in paragraphs 17 and 18 of the Director's report ;
3. Requests the Director of the Agency to arrange with
the host Governments the best means of giving effect to
the proposals contained in paragraph 47 of his report ;
4. Requests the Palestine Conciliation Commission to
make further efforts to secure the implementation of
paragraph 11 of General Assembly resolution 194 (III) ;
5. Directs attention to the precarious financial iwsition
of the Agency and urges Governments to consider to what
extent they can contribute or increase their contributions
so that the Agency can carry out its programmes ;
6. Directs the Agency to continue its programme of
relief for the refugees, and, in so far as is financially
possible expand its programme of self-support and voca-
tional training;
7. Expresses its thanks to the Director and the staff
of the Agency for their continued faithful efforts to carry
out the mandate of the Agency, and to the specialized
agencies and the many private organizations for their
valuable and continuing work in assisting the refugees.
United Nations Proclaims Declaration
of Rights of Child
FoUowing is a statement rrwde in Committee
HI {Social, HimrMnitarian, and Cultural) on Sep-
tember 28 hy Charles W. Anderson, Jr., U.S. Rep-
resentative to the General Assemhly, together with
the text of the Declaration of the Rights of the
Child proclmmed in plenary session on November
20.
STATEMENT BY MR. ANDERSON
U.S. delegation press release 3230
Tlie question of the Draft Declaration of the
Eights of the Child has already been considered in
the United Nations for many years — by the Social
Commission, the Economic and Social Council, and
the Commission on Human Rights. Tliere has
finally emerged the draft declaration which the
2Sth session of the Economic and Social Council
has transmitted for our consideration.^
The drafting of tliis declaration has taken a
good deal of time and has, as Ambassador L<)pez
[Salvador P. Lopez, Pliilippines] pointed out at
our last meeting [September 25], already involved
tlie ellorts of 28 nations. I am liopcful Ihat it will
' U.N. doc. E/3229, chapter VII, par. 197.
34
Department of Sfofe Buffefi'n
be possible for this coininitt<H» to complete consid-
eration of the declaration at this session.
In my view the declaration does not raise such
problems as to make the goal of its early comple-
tion unattainable. The statements which were
made last Friday underline the basic agreement
which exists among us on this point. And cer-
tainly we are all agreed on the importance of the
declaration itself. It seems to me, therefore, that
the Third Committee, in having the opportunity
to complete the declaration this j'ear, can make a
tremendous contribution to the betterment of the
world's children. Moreover, to complete the dec-
laration at this session can only reflect great credit
upon the Third Committee itself and upon the
General Assembly as a whole.
The Geneva Declaration of the Eights of the
Child, adopted by the League of Nations in 1924,
was the first collective expression by the world
connnunity of its concern for children. It was to
bring this declaration up to date that the Social
Commission of the United Nations undertook its
reexamination in 1947. Tlie 1924 declaration was
short and concise. These are qualities which we
feel might be maintamed. The draft declaration
which has been transmitted to us by the Economic
and Social Council contains all the basic elements
relating to the well-being of children. It has not,
however, succeeded in retaining the qualities of
brevity and conciseness which we would like to see.
A declaration should contain principles only, and
these principles should be set fortli in simple, clear
langujige which can be easily understood by every-
one. These principles should not be obscured by
a detailed elaboration of the application of each
principle.
Madam Chairman, my delegation can in fact
accept the Draft Declaration of the Eights of the
Child in the form it has been transmitted to us.
We shall, nevertheless, give careful consideration
to those proposals made by other delegations with
I view to arriving at as clear and concise an ex-
pression as possible of the principles now embodied
in that declaration. My distinguislied colleague
from the United Kingdom, Lady Petri e, alluded
lust Friday to the statement made before the 28th
session of the Council by Miss Moser of the Inter-
national Union for Child Welfare. Miss Moser,
you will recall, said that the draft declaration now
before us is six times longer than the 1924 Geneva
declaration. Slie went on to say that the value of
January 4, I960
the 1924 declaration lay in its directness, brevity,
and acceptability. In associating ourselves with
the views expressed by the United Kingdom dele-
gate and Miss Moser, wo remain confident that it
will be possible for this committee to arrive at a
text which will both universally commend itself
for the thoughts whicli it embodies and for the
clarity with which these thoughts are expressed.
Eleven years ago the General Assembly adopted
the Universal Declaration of Human Eights.
That declaration took a long time in drafting and
was not adopted without a good deal of debate.
At that time there wei-e those, Madam Chainnan,
who deprecated the value of that declaration on
the basis that, since it was no more than a declara-
tion and therefore had no legally binding force
on member states, it would not be of any practical '
use. The short history of the Universal Declara-
tion of Himian Eights has proven these views to
be mistaken. The Universal Declaration of Hu-
man Eights, altliough of course not binding in
law on states members, has had an influence ex-
ceeding perhaps even the highest expectations of
those who were its most ardent advocates. The
declaration has served both as an example and as
a goal. But, more than that, it has also been in-
corporated in the constitutions of several coun-
tries represented in this chamber. It has served
as a model for national legislation. It has even
been cited in court decisions. In sum, the Univer-
sal Declaration of Human Eights has been a very
powerful influence in advancing human rights in
many countries.
Madam Chairman, there can be no question as
to the contribution such a declaration as the Draft
Declaration of the Eights of the Child can make.
Fii-st, adopting it, we can reaffirm the fundamental
conviction of all of us that mankind owes the
child the best it can give. Second, having seen
the moral impact on the world which the Uni%'ei"sal
Declaration of Human Eights has had, we can
reasonably hope that the draft declaration can
reinforce some of the principles contained in the
Universal Declaration of Human Eights. And
finally, in time to come, like the Universal Decla-
ration, the Draft Declaration of the Eights of
the Child will serve as a model for national legis-
lation and as a guide for action to be taken on a
national and local level with respect to the well-
being of children.
You can depend on the full cooperation of my
35
I-
delegation, Madam Chairman, in reaching lan-
guage which will be acceptable to all, concise,
meaningful, and of which we can all be proud.
morally, spiritually and socially in a healthy and normal
manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity. In
the enactment of laws for this purpose, the best interests
of the child shall be the paramount consideration.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION'
Declaration of the Rights of the Child
Preamhle
"Whereas the peoples of the United Nations have, in the
Charter, reaffirmed their faith in fundamental human
rights and in the dignity and worth of the human person,
and have determined to promote social progress and better
standards of life in larger freedom,
Whereas the United Nations has, in the Universal Decla-
ration of Human Rights, proclaimed that everyone is en-
titled to all the rights and freedoms set forth therein,
without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex,
language, religion, political or other opinion, national or
social origin, property, birth or other status,
Whereas the child, by reason of his physical and mental
immaturity, needs special safeguards and care, including
appropriate legal protection, before as well as after birth.
Whereas the need for such special safeguards has been
stated in the Geneva Declaration of the Rights of the
Child of 1924, and recognized in the Universal Declaration
of Human Rights and in the statutes of specialized agen-
cies and international organizations concerned with the
welfare of children.
Whereas mankind owes to the child the best it has to
give,
'Now therefore.
The General AssemMy
Proclaims this Declaration of the Rights of the Child
to the end that he may have a happy childhood and enjoy
for liis own good and for the good of society the rights
and freedoms herein set forth, and calls ui)on parents,
upon men and women as individuals, and upon voluntary
organizations, local autliorities and national Governments
to recognize these rights and strive for their observance
by legislative and other measures progressively taken in
accordance with the following principles :
Principle 1
The child shall enjoy all the rights set forth in this
Declaration. Every child, without any exception what-
soever, shall be entitled to these rights, without distinc-
tion or discrimination on account of race, colour, sex,
language, religion, political or other opinion, national or
social origin, property, birth or other status, whether of
himself or of his family.
Principle 2
The child shall enjoy special protection, and shall he
given opportunities and facilities, by law and by other
means, to enable him to develop physically, mentally.
•U.N. doc. A/RES/138G (XIV), adopted unanijnously
In plenary session on Nov. 20.
36
Principle S
The child shall be entitled from his birth to a name and
a nationality.
Principle 4
The child shall enjoy the benefits of social security.
He shall be entitled to grow and develop in health ; to
this end, special care and protection shall be provided
both to him and to his mother, including adequate pre-
natal and post-natal care. The child shall have the right
to adequate nutrition, housing, recreation and medical
services.
Principle 5
The child who is physically, mentally or socially handi-
capped shall be given the special treatment, education
and care required by his particular condition.
Principle 6
The child, for the full and harmonious development of
his personality, needs love and understanding. He shall,
wherever possible, grow up in the care and under the re-
sponsibility of his parents, and, in any ca.se, in an atmos-
phere of affection and of moral and material security ; a
child of tender years shall not, save in exceptional cir-
cumstances, be separated from his mother. Society and
the public authorities shall have the duty to extend par-
ticular care to children without a family and to those
without adequate means of support. Payment of State
and other assistance towards the maintenance of children
of large families is desirable.
Principle 7
The child is entitled to receive education, which shall
be free and compulsory, at least in the elementary stages.
He shall be given an education which will promote his
general culture, and enable him, on a basis of equal op-
portunity, to develop his abilities, his individual judge-
ment, and his sense of moral and .social responsibility, and
to become a useful member of society.
The best interests of tlie child shall be the guiding
principle of those responsible for his education and guid-
ance; that responsibility lies in the first place with his
parents.
The child .shall have full ojiportunity for play and recre-
ation, which should he directed to the same purposes as
education ; society and the public authorities shall en-
deavour to promote the enjoyment of this right.
Principle S
The child shall in all circumstances be among the first
to receive protection and relief.
Principle 9
The child shall be protected against all forms of neglect,
cruelty and exploitation. He shall not be the subject of
traffic, in any form.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
»
Tilt' child slinll not be ailniitted to omployment before
au apinopriate miiiiinuiu a^e; lie shall in no case be
caused or permitted to engatje in any occnpation or em-
ployment which would prejudice his health or education,
or interfere with his physical, mental or moral develop-
ment.
Prinoiple 10
The child shall be protected from practices which may
foster racial, religious and any other form of discrimina-
tion. He shall he hrouulit up in a spirit of understand-
ing, tolerance, friendship among peoples, peace and
universal brotherhood, and in full consciousness that his
enerjiy and talents should be devoted to the service of
his fellow men.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography '
Security Council
Letter Dated 3 December 1959 From the Permanent Rep-
resentative of Paliistan Addressed to the President of
the Security CouncU Concerning Kashmir. S/4242.
Deceml)er 3, 1959. 2 pp.
General Assembly
United Nations International School. Report by the Sec-
retJiry-General. A/4293. November 21, 19.59. 14 pp.
Budget Estimates for tJie Financial Year 1900. Revised
estimates resulting from General Assembly resolution
i;i7(> (XIV) of 17 November 1959 on the annual prog-
ress report of the United Nations Scientific Committee
on the Effects of Atomic Radiation for 1959. Twenty-
ninth report of the AdvLsory Committee on Administra-
tive and Budgetary Questions to the General Assembly
at its 14th .session. A/4295. November 23, 1959. 3 pp.
Budget Kstimates for the Financial Tear 19C0. Major
maintenance and capital improvement programme at
Headquarters. Thirtieth report of the Advisory Com-
mittee on Administrative and Budgetary Questions to
the General Assembly at its 14th session. A/4296.
November 23, 1959. 3 pp.
Proposed Amendments to Certain Provisions of the Pen-
sion Scheme Regulations of the International Court of
.Tustice. Report of the Fifth Committee. A/4297.
November 24, 19.59. 4 pp.
Budget Estimates for the Financial Tear 1960. Section
17. Social activities. Thirty-first report of the Ad-
visory Committee on Administrative and Budgetary
Questions to the General Assembly at its 14th session
A/4300. November 24, 1959. 21 pp.
Budget Estimates for the Financial Year 19C0. Depart-
ment of Economic and Social Affairs: Organizational
changes and review of internal procedures relating to
the technical assistance programme. Thirty-second re-
1 |>rt of the Advisory Committee on Administrative and
budgetary Questions to the General Assembly at its
14th session. A/4302. November 25, 1959. 7 pp.
Question of Hungary. Report of the United Nations
Special Representative. A/4304. November 25, 1959
15 pp.
Un ted Nations Emergency For<-e. Manner of finandnK
the force : report of the Secretury-General on co.iHulta
tions with governments of menilxT states, t'orriiren-
dum. A/4170/Corr. 2. November 2.5, 19.59 i,, "'"*•'"
Construction of the United Nations Building In Santi-
ago, thde Reiiort of the Fifth (Vnnndttee. A/4300
NovemlHT 30, 19,59. 4 pp. /'ow.
The Korean Question : Report of the United Nations Com-
mission for the Unification and Rehabilitation of Ko-
w-?n iTo' f '^^ ^'''■^' Committee. A/4307. Novem-
i>er ,W, 1959. 5 pp.
Supplementary Estimates for the Financial Year 1959
dart II). Thirty-fourth report of Uie Advisory Com-
mittee on .-Vdministrative and Budget4iry Questions to
the General Assembly at its 14th session. A/4308 No-
vember 30. 19.59. 3 pp.
Budget Estimates for the Financial Year 1960. Revised
estimates in resi>ect of the fourteenUi session of the
Commission on the Status of Women, to be held at
Buenos Aires. Thirty-fifth report of the Advisorv Com-
mittee on Administrative and BudgetJiry Questions to
the General Assembly at its 14th session. A/4310 De-
cember 1, 19.59. 2 pp.
Reservations to Multilateral Conventions : the Convention
on Inter-governmental Maritime Consultative Organi-
zation. Report of the Sixth Committee. A/4311 De-
cember 1, 1959. 13 pp.
Economic Development of Under-developed Countries.
Report by the Secretary-General on measures taken
by the governments of member states to further the
economic development of underdeveloped countries in
accordance with General Assembly resolution 1316
(XIII ) . Additional replies from governments— France
A/4220/Add. 3. December 1, 1959. 22 pp.
Report of the Trusteeship Council: Offers by Member
States of Study and Training Facilities for Inhabitants
of Trust Territories— Report of the Trustee.ship Coun-
cil. Report of the Fourth Committee. A/4320. De-
cember 3, 1959. 45 pp.
Question of the Frontier Between the Trust Territory of
SomalUand Under Italian Administration and Ethiopia.
Report of the Ethiopian Government on the progress of
the negotiations between the Governments of Ethiopia
and Italy, with tie assistance of the independent person
concerning tie terms of reference for arbitration as pro-
vided in General As,sembly resolution 1345 (XIII) of 13
December 1958. A/4323. Dec. 3, 1959. 44 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
1 nnted materials may be secured in the United States
r<ia the International Documents Service, Columbia Unl-
cisity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N.Y. Other
iiatcrials (mimeographed or proce.ssed documents) may
■I' consulted at certain libraries In the United States.
fanuary 4, 1960
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traflic, with annexes. Done at Geneva
September 19, 1949. Entered into force March 26. 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Notification by United Kingdom of application (subject
to a declaration) to: Malta, November 'Jii, 19.59.
Finance
Agreement establishing the Inter-American Development
37
Bank, with annexes. Done at Washington April 8, 1959.'
Signed and acceptances deposited: Dominican Republic,
Guatemala, Paraguay, December 16, 1959 ; Chile, De-
cember 17, 1959.
Property
Convention for the protection of industrial property.
Signed at London June 2, 1934. Entered into force
Augu.st 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 1748.
Adherence effective: Iran, December 16, 1959.
BILATERAL
Belgium
Agreement amending annex B of the mutual defense as-
sistance agreement of January 27, 1950 (TIAS 2010).
Effected by exchange of notes at Brussels October 27
and December 1, 1959. Entered into force December 1,
19.59.
Turkey
Agreement for the establishment of a facility for repair-
ing and rebuilding M-12 range finders in Turkey. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Ankara November 30,
19.59. Entered into force November 30, 1959.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Resident Consuls Assigned
to Lusaka and Blantyre
fresB release 860 dated December 16
The Department of State announced on December 16
that resident consuls will be assigned to Lusaka, North-
ern Rhodesia, and to Blantyre, Nyasaland. In each
case the resident consul will be a member of the staff
of the consulate general at Salisbury. The resident
consuls will be available to perform notarial and other
consular services. The resident consul at Lusaka is ex-
Ijected to arrive there in January 1960; the office of the
resident consul at Blantyre is to be opened in February
1960.
Designations
Richard Il.'illock Davis as Deputy Assistant Secretary
for European Affairs, effective December 11. (For bio-
graphic details, see Department of State press release
803 dated December 16.)
Frank K. Hefner as Deputy Director, Office of Inter-
national Financial and Development Affairs, effective
December 13.
Charles H. Russell as Director, U.S. Operations Mis-
sion, Paraguay, effective December 15. (For biographic
details, see Department of State press release 857 dated
Decenilior 15.)
' Not in force.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, V.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, B.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ot'
tained from the Department of State.
The Republic of China. Pub. 6844. Far Eastern Series
81. 63 pp. 25((.
This pamphlet is a description of the present territorial
base of free China, its history, and its resource.?. It is
an account of the progress made by the Republic of China j
since 1949 and its prospects for the future.
Mutual Security in Action— Viet-Nam. Pub. 6896. Far
Eastern Series 83. 14 pp. 10^.
A fact sheet discussing the country, government, economy,
and the role of U.S. assistance.
Mutual Security in Action — Jordan. Pub. 6897. Near
and Middle Eastern Series 44. 10 pp. 10^.
A fact sheet discussing the country, government, and the
U.S. military and economic assistance programs.
Mutual Security in Action — Turkey. Pub. 6898. Near
and Middle Eastern Series 45. 16 pp. 10(}.
A fact sheet discussing the country, government, economy,
and U.S. military and economic assistance.
Mutual Security in Action — the Philippines.
Far Eastern Series 84. 12 pp. 10(^.
Pub. 6908.
38
A fact sheet discussing the country, government, economy,
and the role of U.S. assistance.
Mutual Security in Action — India. Pub. 6910. Near and
Middle Eastern Series 46. 20 pp. 100.
A fact sheet discussing the country and its people, gov-
ernment, economy, and U.S. assistance.
Mutual Security in Action — Spain. Pub. 6913. European
and British Commonwealth Series 58. 14 pp. 100.
A fact sheet discussing the country, history, government,
economy, and the role of U.S. assistance.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4311. 5 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Brazil, amending agreement of December 31, 19,56, as
corrected and amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Washington September 2. 1959. Entered into force
September 2, 1959.
Surplus Property — Sale of Excess Military Property in
Taiwan. TIAS 4312. 11 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
China. Exchange of notes — Signed at Taipei July 22,
19.59. Entered into fiirce July 22, 19.59.
Atomic Energ>'— Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 4313.
5 pp. 5tf.
Agreement between the United States of America and
France, amending agreement of June 19, 19.56, as
amended — Signed at Washington July 22, 1959. Entered
Into force September 22, 1959.
Department of Slafe Bulletin
January 4, 1960 Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1071
38
38
38
38
Africa. Development Toward Independence in the
Trust 'PeiTitorit's (Zablot'ki)
Congress, The. Congrossionnl Documents Relating
to Foreign Policy
Czechoslovakia. U.S. Protests to Czechoslovakia
on Anti-American Exhibit
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Davis, Hefner, Russell)
Resident Consuls Assigned to Lu.saka and Blantyre
Economic Affairs. Hefner designated deputy di-
rector. Office of International Financial and De-
velopment Afl"airs
Educational Exchange. Importance of Cultural
Ties in Franco-American Alliance (Dillon) . .
Europe. Davis designated deputy assistant secre-
tary for European affairs
France. Importance of Cultural Ties in Franco-
American Alliance (Dillon) 4
Germany. U.S. Replies to Soviet Protest on Ger-
man Draft Radio Legislation (texts of U.S. and
Soviet notes) 7
Health, Education, and Welfare. United Nations
Proclaims Declaration of Rights of Child (Ander-
son, text of resolution) .34
Hungary. U.N. Agrees To Take No Decision on
Hmigarian Cretleutials (Lodge) 17
International Organizations and Conferences.
Calendar of International Conferences and
Meetings 15
Korea. U.N. ReatBrms Principles on Unification of
Korea (Robertson, text of resolution) .... 18
Middle East. U.N. Votes To Continue Assistance to
Palestine Refugees (Rancher, text of resolution) 31
Mutual Security. Russell designated director,
USf>M, Paraguay 38
Non-Self-Governing Territories. Development To-
ward Independence in the Trust Territories
(Zablocki) 25
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. North At-
lantic Council Begins Ministerial Meeting (Her-
ter, text of communique) 3
Paraguay. Russell designated director, USOM . . 38
Passports. New Nonimmigrant Visa Regulations
(I'ryor) 9
Publications. Recent Releases 38
Refugees
The Responsibility of Aiding the World's Refugees
(Fulton) 28
U.N. Votes To Continue Assistance to Palestine
Refugees (Hancher, text of resolution) ... 31
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Federation of. Resident
Consuls Assigned to Lusaka and Blantyre . . 38
Treaty Information. Current Actions 37
r.S.S.R. U.S. Replies to Soviet Prote.st on German
Draft Radio Legislation (texts of U.S. and Soviet
notes) 7
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents
The Responsibility of Aiding the World's Refugees
(Fulton)
U.N. Agrees To Take No Decision on Hungarian
Credentials (Lodge)
United N:itious Proclaims Deelaralion of Rights of
Child (.Vnderson, text of resolution) ....
U.N. Re.itlirms Principles on Unification of Korea
(Robertson, text of resolution)
U.N. Votes To Continue Assistance to Palestine
RelugMs (Hancher, text of resolution) . . .
Name Index
Anderson, Charles W., .Jr
Davis, Richard Hallock
Dillon, Douglas
Fulton, James G
Hancher, Virgil M
Hefner, Frank K
Herter, Secretary
Lotlge, Henry Cabot
Pryor, Hallie Mae
Robertson, Walter S
Russell, Charles H
Zablocki, Clement J
37
28
17
34
18
31
34
38,
4
28
31
38
3
17
9
18
38
25
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 14-20
Press relef
ises may be obtained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C. |
No. Date
Subject
855 12/15
Note on anti-U.S. exhibit at Prague.
t856 12/15
U.S.-Iudia joint communique.
*857 12/15
Russell designated USOM director,
Paraguay (biographic details).
t858 12/15
U.S.-Iran joint communique.
859 12/15
Dillon : Lafayette Gold Medal Award
dinner.
860 12/16
Resident consuls assigned to Northern
Rhodesia and Nyasaland.
8G1 12/16
Note to U.S.S.R. on German draft
radio legislation.
t862 12/16
U.S. -Greece joint communique.
*863 12/16
Davis designated Deputy Assistant
Secretary for European Affairs (bi-
ographic details).
1864 12/17
U.S. -Tunisia joint comnumique.
865 12/18
North Atlantic Council communique.
t8(i7 12/19
Dillon : IBRD announcement of visits
to India and Pakistan.
;d.
♦Not printc
tHeld for
a later issue of the Bulletin.
U.S. COVERNMENT PRINTIN8 OFFICEi tSCO
■A * -i u
i: it -t'
^'^^ vr i"r \T <: y'\^
WM)!
m
'■' .<
the
lepartment
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
How Foreign Policy Is Made
Who makes our foreign policy and how is it made? Who
decides what tlie Nation shall do in its relations with the rest of
the world and how are decisions reached?
These questions are discussed in a new edition of the popular
Department of State publication, How Foreign Policy Is Made,
This short, illustrated pamphlet describes briefly and directly
. . . the role of the President
, . . the role of Congress
. . . the role of the oflScial household
. . . the composition and task of the National Security
Coimcil
. . . the functions and organization of the Department of
State
. . . the effect other nations may have on our policy making
. . . the basic part played by our citizenry in determining
foreign policy decisions
PubUcation 6892
15 cents
Order Form
J
'• Please send me copies of How Foreign Policy la Made.
Siipt. of Oonimeiits
(-'ovl. Printini^' Oflicp !
Mashin^tdii 25, D.C.
Name:
I'.ncloncd tiiuh \
S j Street Address :
{vmhIi. check, or tniiiicy \
order pni/uhle lo j ^. „
Supl.olltocs.) \ City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
I
I
Vol. XLII, No. 1072
January 11, 1960
ITED STATES
REiGN POLICY
WESTERN HEADS OF STATE AND GOVERNMENT
MEET AT PARIS • Texts of Communiques and Let-
ter to Soviet Premier Khrushchev on East-West Summit
Meeting 43
NATO FOREIGN MINISTERS CONCLUDE MEETING
AT PARIS • Text of Communique 44
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER COMPLETES VISITS TO
11 COUNTRIES IN EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST,
SOUTH ASIA, AND AFRICA • Texts of Commu-
niques and Major Addresses 40
OPPORTUNITIES FOR INTERNATIONAL COOPERA-
TION IN SPACE EXPLORATION • by T. Keith
Glennan ^"
U.N. SETS UP NEW COMINIITTEE ON PEACEFUL
USES OF OUTER SPACE; DECIDES TO CON-
VENE INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC CONFER-
ENCE • Statement by Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge
and Text of Resolution "4
For index see inside back cover
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 i I960
Vol. XLII, No. 1072 • Publication 6928
January 11, 1960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government I'rintlng OlBce
Washington 25, D.O.
Prick;
62 Issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 2S cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1958).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Departmknt
o» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tceekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the tcork of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as tvell as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
and tlie functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or may
become a parly and treaties of general
internationitl interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Western Heads of State and Government Meet at Paris
Following are texts of frco communiques issued
at Paris an December 21 at the close of the meet-
ing of the Heads of State and Government of
France, Germany, the United Kingdo^n^ and the
United States, lohich was held at Paris and.
Raurnhvuillet December 19-21, together with the
text of a letter from President Eisenhoioer to
Soviet Premier Nihita S. Khrushchev, proposing
an East-West stimmit meeting.
SPECIAL COMMUNIQUE ON ECONOMIC SITUA-
TION
Press release 866 dated December 21
The Heads of State and Government have dis-
cussed the important changes tliat have taken
place in the international economic situation.
Kecotrnizing the great economic progress of West-
em Europe, they have agreed that virtually all
of the industrialized part of tlie free world is now
in a position to devote its energies in increased
measure to new and iniix>i-tant tasks of coopera-
tive endeavor with the object of: (A) Furthering
the development of the less developed countries,
and (B) pursuing trade policies direct-ed to tlie
sound use of economic resources and the mainte-
nance of harmonious international relations, thus
contributing to growth and stability in the world
economy and to a general improvement in the
standard of living. In their view these coopera-
tive principles should also govern the discussions
on commercial problems arising from the existence
of European economic regional organizations,
which are or will be constituted within the frame-
work of the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, such as the European Economic Com-
munity and the European Free Trade Association.
Their relations both with other countries and with
each other should be discussed in this spirit.
The Heads of State and Government, recog-
ianiiaty 11, I960
nizing that the metliod of furthering the.se prin-
ciples requires intensive study, have agreed to
call an informal meeting to be held in I'aris in
the near future. They suggest that the membei's
and participants of the Executive Committee of
the OEEC [Organization for European Economic
Cooperation] and the governments whose na-
tionals are members of the Steering Board for
Trade of the OEEC should be represented at
this meeting.
It is proposed that an objective of such a gi'oup
should be to consider the need for and methods
of continuing consultations dealing with the
above-mentioned problems.
FINAL COMMUNIQUE
Presa release 869 dated December 21
The President of the United States of America,
the President of the French Republic, the Prime
Minister of the United Kingdom and the Chan-
cellor of the Federal Republic of Germany met in
Paris and at Rambouillet on the 19th, 20th and
21st of December, 1959 and exchanged views on
various subjects of common interest.
In the course of these meetings consideration
was given to the views expressed by the member
governments of the North Atlantic Treaty Organ-
ization at the meeting of the Council held in Paris
from the 15th to the 17th of December.^
Among the subjects discussed were East-West
relations, disarmament and problems relating to
Germany including Berlin. On the last point the
Heads of State and Government reaffirmed the
principles set forth in the Four Power communi-
que of December 1-1, 1958,'- and in the declaration
' For toxt of a NATO communique of Dec. 17, see Bxji/-
i.ETiN of Jan. 4, l!)."i9, p. 3.
' For text, see ibUI., Dec. 29, 1058, p. 1041.
43
I-
of the North Atlantic Council of December 16th,
1958 on Berlin.^
The Heads of State and Government agreed on
the desirability of a Four Power conference with
the Chairman of the Council of Ministers of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. The pur-
pose of this conference would be to consider a
number of questions of mutual concern. Presi-
dent Eisenhower, General de Gaulle and Mr. Mac-
millan have sent letters to Mr. Khrushchev pro-
posing such a meeting beginning on the 27th of
April in Paris. These letters were delivered in
Moscow this morning. The texts are being im-
mediately released. The Heads of State and
Government have agreed on the procedures to be
followed in preparation for the proposed meeting
and have issued the necessary directives to this
end.
The North Atlantic Council will be informed
of the results of the present conversations at the
Ministerial meeting which will take place on the
22nd of December, and the Council will be regu-
larly consulted during the course of the prepara-
tory work.
The Heads of State and Government express the
hope that the proposed conference will contribute
to the strengthening of peace with justice.
LETTER TO MR. KHRUSHCHEV ON EAST-WEST
MEETING
December 21, 1959
Dear Mr. Chairman : As you are aware I have
just met with President de Gaulle and Prime Min-
ister Macmillan. Among the subjects we dis-
cussed was the possibility of our having a meeting
with you to consider international questions of
mutual concern.
We agreed that it would be desirable for the
four Heads of State or Government to meet to-
gether from time to time in each other's countries
to discuss the main problems affecting the attain-
ment of peace and stability in the world. I there-
fore wish now to express my readiness to meet with
you, President de Gaulle and Prime Minister
Macmillan at the earliest feasible time. In view
of the engagements of all of us, as tliey are known
to me, we had thought that the opening date for
the proposed conference could be April 27 and that
Paris would be the most appropriate place for the
first meeting.
I very much hope that this proposal is accept-
able to you.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
NATO Foreign IVIinisters
Conclude Meeting at Paris
Following is the text of a comynunique issued at
Paris on Decemher 22 at the close of the final ses-
sion of the Ministerial Meeting of the North
Atlantic Council.^
Press release 871 dated December 22
The North Atlantic Council completed its
Ministerial Session on December 22.
The Council heard an account by the Minister
for Foreign AiJairs of France, speaking on behalf
of the Governments of the United States, France,
the United Kingdom and the Federal Republic
of Germany, of the conclusions reached by the
Heads of State and of Government during their
discussions in Paris from the 19th to the 21st of
December in regard to East-West relations.
During the detailed discussions which followed,
the Council recognized that the views expressed
by the four Governments fully reflected those
which had been expounded by its members on
December 15th. The Council gives its full support
to the position adopted by the four Governments.
The Council takes note of the arrangements pro- j
posed to the Soviet Government for the opening
of negotiations in Paris in April. It agrees with
the arrangements made to secure full consultation
with all member Governments during the prepara-
tion of these negotiations and undertakes to play
a constructive part in ensuring their success. It
instructed the Permanent Council to ensure that
member Governments are informed and consulted,
and to make the necessary arrangements to that
end.
The Council heard a report from the Minister
for Foreign Affairs of Italy, on behalf of the five
' For text, see ibid., Jan. 5, 1959, p. 4.
44
' For text of a communique issued at the close of the
first part of the Ministerial Meeting, see Bulletin of Jan.
4, 1960, p. 3.
DepattmeM of Sfofe Bulletin
Western members of the Committee of Ton on
Disarmament (Canada, France, Italy, the United
Kingdom aiid tiio United States), regarding
the decisions taiien by them. It agrees with
tlie live Governments that March 15th sliould be
proposed for the meeting of this Committee. It
approves tiio arrangements made in regard to
prior consultations, and instructs the Permanent
Council, calling as it desires upon the NATO mili-
tary authorities, to consider what further assist-
ance it can give to the consideration of plans for
controlled disarmament.
Wliile welcoming the new prospects of negotia-
tions and agreement, the Council thinks it neces-
sary to reaflirm the principles whicli it set out in
its statement on Berlin on the ICth of December,
1958,^ and to emphasize once again that the Alli-
ance must remain vigilant and strong. The Coun-
cil sluires the hope of the Heads of State and of
Government that the forthcoming conference will
contribute to the strengthening of peace with
justice.
R. L. Dennison Appointed Supreme
Allied Commander, Atlantic
Following is the text of an amwuncement hy
the North Atlantic Council ivhich was released
hy the White House on December £3.
The North Atlantic Council appointed Admiral
Robert L. Dennison, United States Navy, as Su-
preme Allied Commander, Atlantic, to succeed
Admiral Jerauld Wright. The Council had been
informed of the contents of a letter ^ from the
President of the United States of America to
the Secretary General of the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization and Chairman of the Perma-
nent Council, in which the President asked the
member governments to agree to release Admiral
Wright, who had requested retirement from the
United States Navy on March 1, 1960.
The Council agreed with great regret to release
Admiral Wright from his assignment as Supreme
Allied Commander, Atlantic, a position which he
had held since being appointed by the Council on
April 12, 1954. They expressed to Admiral
AVright, in the name of the governments repr&-
sented on the Council, lasting gratitude for the
distinguished service rendered by him.
The Council requested the President of the
United States of America to nominate an officer
of the United States Navy for appointment by the
Council as Supreme Allied Commander, Atlantic,
to succeed Admiral Wright. This request Wiis
transmitted to the President of the United States,
who informed the Council of his nomination of
Admiral Dennison for consideration by the Coun-
cil as successor to Admiral Wright.
At its meeting the Council adopted a resolution
appointing Admiral Dennison as Supreme Allied
Commander, Atlantic, as successor to Admiral
"Wright, with the same powers and functions.
The appointment is to become ell'ective February
29, 1960.
Admiral Dennison is currently serving as Com-
mander in Chief, United States Naval Forces,
Eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean, a position
he has held since March 31, 1959. He previously
served as Deputy Chief of Naval Operations
(Plans and Policy) and commanded the United
States First Fleet.
Western Foreign Ministers Propose
Disarmament Meeting in March
Following is the text of a communique issued at
Paris on December 21 by the foreign ministers of
Canada, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and
the United States.
Press release 886 dated December 30
The Foreign Ministers of Canada, France, Italy,
the United Kingdom and the United States met
in Paris on December 21. These five countries are
members of the 10-nation Disarmament Commit-
tee, the formation of which wiis referred to in the
communique issued on September 7, 1959,' by the
Governments of France, the United Kingdom,
the United States of America and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Eepublics.
The five Foreign Ministers agreed that they
would suggest to the other states members of the
' For text, see Hid., Jan. .5, 1959, p. 4.
' Not printed.
' BUI.LETIN Of Sept. 28, 1959, p. 438.
January 11, 1960
45
10-nation Disarmament Committee that the Com-
mittee should begin its work on or about March 15,
1960, at the agreed location, Geneva, subject to the
agreement of the Swiss Government.'' They
agreed to inform the Secretary General of the
United Nations of this proposal.
It was further agreed that the representatives of
their governments should plan to convene at
Washington in January to prepare for the meet-
ing of the 10-nation Disarmament Committee. In
the couree of their deliberations they will take into
account the views of the North Atlantic Council
which will be kept fully informed of the progress
of their work.
President Eisenhower Completes Visits to 11 Countries in Europe,
Middle East, South Asia, and Africa
President Eisenhower retv/rned to Washington
on Deceviber 22 from, a 3 weeks' trif to Eu-rope,
the Middle East, So^ith Asia, and Africa. At
Paris the Presidetit attended a meeting of the
Western Heads of State and Government Decem-
her 19-21}
For texts of communiques released following
President Eisenhower's visits to Italy, Turkey,
Pahistan, and Afghanistan, see Bulletin of Decem-
ber 28, 1959, page 931. Following are texts of
addresses he made in India, Iran, and Greece, to-
gether with joint co7nm,uniques issued at the close
of his visits in each of these countries and in
Tunisia, Spain, and Morocco.
ADDRESS TO INDIAN PARLIAMENT,
NEW DELHI, DECEMBER 10
White House (New Delhi), press release dated December 10 (as
delivered text)
It is with a sense of Iiigh distinction that I
accepted the invitation to address you. I deem
this a great personal honor and a bright symbol
of the genuine friendship between the peoples you
and I represent.
I bring to this nation of 400 million assurance
from my own people that they feel that the welfare
of America is bound up with the welfare of India.
America shares with India the deep desire to live
in freedom, human dignity, and peace with
justice.
A new and great opportunity for tliat sort of
life has been opened up to all men by the startling
"VoT the ni.ixiiiitiiioiit of FrtKirick M. Katon us chair-
man of the U.S. delegation, see ihid.. Dee. 21, l!).">i), p. 902.
' See p. 43.
46
achievements of men of science d.uring recent
decades. The issue placed squarely before us to-
day is the purpose for which we use science.
Before us we see long years of what can be a
new era — mankind in each year reaping a richer
liarvest from the fields of earth, gaining a moi"e
sure mastery of elemental power for human bene-
fit, sharing an expanding commerce in goods and
in knowledge and wisdom, dwelling together in
peace.
But history portrays a world too often tragically
divided by misgi\nng and mistrust and quarrel.
Time and again govenm:ients have abused the
fields of earth by staining them with blood and
scarring them with the weapons of war. They
have used a scientific mastery over nature to win
a dominance over others — even made commerce an
instrument of exploitation.
The most heartening, hopeful phenomenon in
the world today is that people have experienced a
great awakening. They se« the evils of the past
as crimes against the moral law, injuring the of-
fender as well as the victim. They recognize that
only imder the rule of moral law can all of us
realize our deepest and noblest asi)irations.
One blunt question I put to you and to all —
everyone, everywhere — who, like myself, share re-
sponsibility assigned to us by our people: Must
we continue to live with prejudices, practices, and
policias that will condemn our children and our
children's children to live helple.s,sly in the pattern
of the past — awaiting possibly a time of war-
borne obliteration ?
We all fervently pray not. Indeed, there can
be no statesmanship in any person of responsibility
who does not concur in this worldwide prayer.
Department of State Bulletin
()vt>r iiKist of the cartli men and women are de-
termhunl tliat llie conforenco Uble sliall replace the
propajranda mill; international exchange of
knowledge shall succeed the international trade
in threats and accusations; and the fertile works
of peace shall supplant the frenzied race in arma-
ments of war.
Moving Into a Better Era
Our hope is that we are moving into a better
era. For my part, I sliall do all I can, as one
human working with other humans, to push
toward peace, toward fi-eedoni, toward dignity and
a wortliy future for every man and woman and
child in tlie world.
If we — and especially all those occupying posi-
tions of re-sijonsibility — give all that is witliin us
to this cause, the generations that follow us will
call us blessed. Should we sliirk the task or
pursue the ways of war — now become ways to
annihilation and race suicide — there may be no
generations to follow us.
I come here representing a nation that wants not
an acre of anotlier people's land; that seeks no
control of another people's government ; that pur-
sues no program of expansion in commerce or
politics or power of any sort at another people's
expense. It is a nation ready to cooperate toward
achievement of mankind's deep, et-emal aspira-
tions for peace and freedom.
And I come here as a friend of India, speaking
for 180 million friends of India. In fulfilling a
desire of many years I pay, in pei-son, America's
tribute to the Indian people, to their culture, to
their progress, and to their strength among the
independent nations.
All humanity is in debt to this land. But we
Americans have, with you, a special community of
interest. You and we from our first days have
sought, by national policy, the expansion of
democracy. You and we, peopled by many strains
and races speaking many tongues, worshipping in
many ways, have each acliieved national strength
out of diversity. And you and we never boast
that ours is the only way. We are conscious of
our weaknesses and our failings. We both seek
the improvement and betterment of all our citi-
zens by assuring that the state will serve, not mas-
ter, its own people or any other people. Above
all, our basic goals are the same.
Ten years ago your distinguished Prime Min-
ister [Jawaharlal Nehru], when I was his host at
Columbia I'niversity in New York, said:
I'olitlcal subjection, racial luequallty, economic
misery— these are the evils we have to remove If we
would assure peace.
Our Republic, since its founding, has been com-
mitted to a relentless, ceaseless fight agauist those
same three evils: political .subjection, racial in-
equality, economic misery. Not always has
America enjoyed instant success in a particular
attack on them. By no means has victory been
won over them, and indeed complete victory can
never be won so long as human nature is not trans-
formed. But in my country, through almost 200
years, our most revered leaders have been those
who have exhorted us to give of our lives and our
fortunes to the vanquishment of these evils. And
in this effort for the good of all our people we
shall not tire nor cease.
Ten years have passed since Mr. Nehru spoke
his words. The pessimist might say that not
only do the three evils still infest the world —
entrenched and manifold — but that they will
never lose their virulence. And the future, he
might conclude, will be a repetition of the past —
the world stumbling from crisis in one place to
crisis in another, given no respite from anxiety
and tension, forever fearful that inevitably some
aggression will blaze into global war.
Thus might the pessimist speak. And were
we to examine only the record of failure and
frustration, we all would be compelled to agree
with him.
We Americans have known anxiety and suf-
fering and tragedy, even in the decade just past.
Tens of thousands of our families paid a heavy
price that the United Nations and the rule of
law might be sustained in the Republic of Korea.
In millions of our homes there has been, in each,
the vacant chair of absent men, a son who, per-
forming his duty, gave some of the years of his
youth that successful aggression might not come
to pass. The news from near and distant places
that has reached us in America through these 10
yeai-s has been marked by a long series of harsh
alarms.
These alarms invariably had their .source in
the aggressive intentions of an alien philosophy
backed by greiit military strength. Faced with
this fact, we in America have felt it necessary to
make clear our own determination to resi-st ag-
gression through the provision of adequate armed
January 11, 7960
47
forces. These forces serve us and those of our
friends and allies who, like us, have perceived
the danger. But they so serve for defensive pur-
poses only. In producing this strength we be-
lieve we have made a necessary contribution to a
stable peace, for the present and for the future
as well.
Historically and by instinct the United States
has always repudiated and still repudiates the
settlement by force of international issues and
quarrels. Though we will do our best to provide
for free-world security, we continue to urge the
reduction of armaments on the basis of eifective
reciprocal verification.
And contrasting with some of our disappoint-
ments of the past decade and the negative purposes
of security establishments, Americans have par-
ticipated also in triumphant works of world prog-
ress, political, technical, and material. We believe
these works support the concept of the dignity
and freedom of man. These hearten America
that the years ahead will be marked by like and
greater works. And America watches with
friendly concern the valiant efforts of other na-
tions for a better life, particularly those who have
newly achieved their independence.
Tribute to Indian People
Ten years ago India had just achieved independ-
ence, wealthy in courage and determination but
beset with problems of a scale and depth and num-
bers scarcely paralleled in modern liistory. Not
even the most optimistic of onlookers would then
have predicted the success you have enjoyed.
Today India speaks to the other nations of the
world with greatness of conviction and is heard
with greatness of respect. The near conclusion
of her second 5-year program is proof that the
difficulty of a problem is only the measure of its
challenge to men and women of determined will.
India is a triumph that offsets tlie world's failures
of the past decade, a triumph that, as men read our
history a century from now, may offset them all.
India has paced and spurred and inspired men
on other continents. I^et anyone take a map of
the earth and. place on it a flag wherever political
subjection has ended, racial prejudice been re-
duced, economic misery at least paitially relieved
during the pasl 10 years. He will find evidence
in the cluster of these flags that the 10 years past
may well have been the 10 most fruitful years in
the age-old fight against the three evils.
Because of these 10 years, today our feet are
set on the road leading to a better life for all men.
'V\niat blocks us that Ave do not move forward
mstantly into an era of plenty and peace?
The answer is obvious : We have not yet solved
the problem of fear among the nations. The con-
sequence is that not one government can exploit
the resources of its own territory solely for the
good of its people.
Governments are burdened with sterile expendi-
tures, preoccupied with attainment of a defensive
military posture that grows less meaningful
against today's weapons carriers.
Much of the world is trapped in the same vicious
circle. Weakness in arms often invites aggres-
sion or subversion or externally manipulated revo-
lutions. Fear inspired in others by the increasing
militaiy strength of one nation spurs them to con-
centrate still more of their resources on weapons
and warlike measures. The arms race becomes
more universal. Doubt as to the true purpose of
these weapons intensifies tension. Peoples are
robbed of opportunity for their own peaceful de-
velopment. The hunger for a peace of justice
and good will inevitably becomes more intense.
Search for Disarmament
Controlled, universal disarmament is the im-
perative of our time. The demand for it by the
hundreds of millions whose chief concern is the
long future of themselves and their children will,
I hope, become so universal and so insistent that
no man, no government anywhere, can witlistand
it.
My Nation is committed to a ceaseless search
for ways through which genuine disarmament
can be reached. And my Government, even as I
said more than 6 years ago, in April of 1953,^ still
"is ready to ask its people to join with all nations
in devoting a substantial percentage of the savings
achieved by disarmament to a fund for world aid
and reconstruction."
But armaments of themselves do not cause wars;
wars are caused by men.
And men ai-e influenced by a fixation on the past,
the dead past, witli all its abuses of power, its
misuses of responsibility, all its futile convictions
that force can solve any problem.
' Bulletin of Apr. 27, 1953, p. 599.
48
Department of State Bulletin
In the name of Immanity, can wo not join in
a o-year or a 50-year plan against mistrust
and niisgivin<» imcl lixations on the wronjjs of tho
past? Can we not apply ourselves to the re-
moval or reduction of the causes of tension that
exist in the world? All these are the creations
of governments, cherished and nourished by gov-
ernments. The peoples of the world would never
feel them if they were given freedom from propa-
ganda and pressure.
Permit mo to cite two simple examples from my
own experience. As President of the United
States, I welcomed into our Union last year a new
sovereign State — Hawaii — peopled by all the races
of the e^irth, men and women of that new State
having their ancestral homes in Asia and Africa
and Europe, the two Americas, the islands of the
earth. Those peoples are of every creed and color,
yet they live together in neighborly friendliness,
in mutual trust, and each can achieve his own
good by helping achieve the good of all.
Hawaii cries insistently to a divided world that
all our differences of race and origin are less than
the grand and indestructible unity of our common
brotherhood. The world should take time to lis-
ten with attentive ear to Hawaii.
As president of Columbia University, every
year we welcomed to its campus [young people]
from every continent, from almost every nation
that flew a flag — and some tribes and colonies not
yet free. In particular there still lives in my
memory, because of their eagerness and enthusi-
asm for learning, the presence of hundreds of
young people from India and China and Japan
and the other Asian countries that studied among
us, detaclied from any mutual prejudice or any
fixation over past wrongs — indeed, these vices are
not easily discernible among the young of any
people.
These two simple things from my own experi-
ence convince me that much of the world's fear,
suspicion, prejudices, can be obliterated. Men and
women everywhere need only to lift up their eyes
to the heights that can be achieved together and,
ignoring what has been, push together for what
can be.
Xot one wrong of years ago that still rankles,
not one problem that confronts us today, not one
transitoiy profit that might be taken from an-
other's weakness, should distract us from the pur-
suit of a goal that dwarfs every problem and
wrong of the past.
January II, I960
We have the strength and the means and the
knowledge. May God inspire us to strive for the
worldwide will and the wisdom that are now our
first needs.
In this great crusade, from the history of your
own nation, I know India will ever be a leader.
REMARKS AT AGRICULTURE FAIR, NEW DELHI,
DECEMBER 11
White House (New Delhi) press release dated December 11 (as
delivered text)
I am signally honored by the invitation to join
President [Rajendra] Prasad at the opening of
the World Agriculture Fair — the first such fair as
this ever held. And it is entirely right that it be
held here in India. For this nation recognizes in
agriculture the fundamental occupation of man
and the chief assurance of better living for its
citizens.
My own country was quick to accept when in-
vited to participate in this historic event. And
today I am particularly honored that India's Chief
of State will be with me when, in a few minutes,
I officially open the United States exhibit at the
fair. Indeed, the occasion of this fair gave me
the very fuiest reason I could think of to make
this the time of the visit to India that I had long
determined upon.
At this American exhibit all visitors can see
how we Americans have managed the soil of our
land so that our people might live well for them-
selves and have enough food left over to help
others. Our way is not necessarily the best, even
for us, but here we depict in the American exhibit
American agriculture as it is. We do have a
natural pride in what we have accomplished by a
creative imion of human spirit, fertile earth, and
inventive science. But, beyond this, we see in mod-
ern agriculture a most effective instrument for a
better life among all men. "Mela USA" points
up its use for that high purpose.
On the personal side, I visit this fair with keen
interest. As a boy and young man I grew up in
the heart of the American farmland. A long-
held ambition during my professional years — not
always too well concealed — has been to return to
the farm. And I plan to be a farmer — when my
present form of occupation comes to a close. So,
I have a keen interest in spending a bit of time at
this fair, where so many nations present their
achievements in methods and techniques and ways
of agriculture. I shall see here much that is new
to me. Many of these things are probably im-
49
proveraents on what I have seen or done in the
past, and I hope I am still not too old to learn.
For a moment I hope you will indulge me as
I suggest some thoughts on liow f ootl can help all
of us achieve better lives in a world of justice and
peace.
Today we have the scientific capacity to abolish
from the world at least this one evil; we can
eliminate the hunger that emaciates the bodies of
children, that scars the souls of their parents, that
stirs the passions of those who toil endlessly and
earn only scraps.
Men, right now, possess the knowledge and the
resources for a successful worldwide war against
hunger — the sort of war that dignifies and exalts
human beings. The different exhibits in this
whole fair are clear proof of that statement.
Theme of American Exhibit
The call to that genuinely noble war is enun-
ciated in tlie tlieme of the American exhibit:
"Food — Family — Friendship — Freedom."
Into these four words are compressed the daily
needs, the high purposes, the deep feelings, the
ageless aspirations that unite Indians and Ameri-
cans under one banner — the banner of human
dignity.
Here are four words that are mightier than arms
and bombs, miglitier tlian machines and money,
mightier than any empire that ruled the past or
tlireatens the future.
Here are four words that can lift the souls of
men to a high plane of mutual effort, sustained
effort, the most rewarding effort that can be
proposed to mankind.
First — Food — that our bodies may be fit for
every task and duty and service; our minds free
from tlie fear of hunger; our eyes, undimmed by
tlie tragedies of famine, searching out new hori-
zons; our aspirations not frustrated by failure of
crop or catastroplie of weather.
Family — that in our homes there may be decent
living and bright hope, cliildren no longer doomed
to misei-y in peace and sudden death in war, their
elders no longer biokon by want and sorrow
beyond their control to mend or cure.
Friendship — that among all the peoples of
earth tlie darkness of ignorance and fear and
distrust will dissolve in the light of knowledge
and understanding. The time has come wlien we
must all live together for our mutual betterment
or we shall all suffer harsh, possibly the final,
penalty.
Freedom — that on all continents and islands of
the earth every man and woman of good will and
good life may make the proudest of human boasts :
"I am free, slave to no tyranny imposed by other
men, by the accident of birth, by the whims of
circumstance."
Presenting the Role of Agriculture
The American exhibit at this fair presents the
role we feel agriculture can play in furtherance of
a healthy, fruitful, peaceful world where the
families of all nations can live in freedom from
fear of famine and war.
In no wise whatsoever is the American exhibit
an attempt to portray our agricultiu-e as
superior to any other. Through centuries of liv-
ing with the soil and streams, the environment and
climate of their own lands, people have learned
adjustments and adaptations peculiarly suited to
their own circumstances.
What we do present here are ways in which
American farmere multiplied their productivity,
the fertility of their fields, the vigor and the
value of their livestock.
In this exhibit visitors will see the teclmiques,
the changes in old methods, the applications of
new discoveries that have best served America's
particular requirements. Modified to fit your
needs and your circumstances, it is our hope that
they might be of value to you.
Of course, they cannot work miracles overnight,
in any land. But, with each harvest, they may
help to bring every people using them closer to a
dependable self-sufficiency.
Food for Peace
Early this year, I set in motion a new program
"to explore anew with other surplus-producing
nations all pi'acf ical means of utilizing the various
agricultural surpluses of each in the interest of
reinforcing peace and the well-being of friendly
peoples througliovit the world — in short, using
food for peace."' •'
' For text of Prosidont Eisenhower's siwcial message to
Congress on agricuUnre, see II. I)oo. 5'.), 8Cth Cong., 1st
sess. ; for an address on food for ix>ai'e by Don Paarlberg,
SiJecial Assistant to the President, see Bulleti.n of Nov.
!). 1!)59, p. 672.
50
Department of State Bulletin
In keeping with this program my Government
iind the (iovernment of India liave been working
together. Whatever strengt liens India, my people
are convinced, strengt liens us, a sister republic
dedicated to peace. This great nation of 400 mil-
lion people, rich in culture and history, courageous
in the re,soIve to l)e free and strong, is a mighty
influence for an enduring and just peace in the
world. And this is true of every nation so
courageous, so determined, so insjiired as is India.
With them we shall continue to cooperate to
achieve a world free from the pangs of hunger, in
which families live full and prosperous lives,
where friendship among nations replaces fear and
suspicion, and ^\ here men are free in the pursuit
of happiness.
TJKUik you for the great honor you have done
me bv invitinjr me here.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, NEW DELHI,
DECEMBER 14
Press release 856 dated December 15
At the invitation of the Government of India,
the President of the United States of America
paid a visit to India, lasting from December 9 to
14. President Eisenhower received on his arrival
in New Delhi a warm and cordial welcome, marked
by popular enthusiasm and gooti will. Througli-
out his staj' and wherever he went, these friendly
manifestations of good will were repeated by mil-
lions of Delhi citizens and others who had come
to Delhi to join in this welcome.
During his strenuous four-day visit, President
Eisenhower fulfilled a number of public engage-
ments. He addressed members of the Indian
Parliament, received an honorary doctorate of
laws from the University of Delhi, participated in
the inauguration of the World Agriculture Fair,
attended a civic reception on behalf of the city of
Delhi and visited rural areas near Agra. In thus
fulfilling a desire of many years, the President was
deeply touched by the warmth of the welcome ex-
tended to him by the people of India, by the gen-
erous hospitality of the Government and the
excellence of the arrangements made for him.
The President was impressed by the vitality of
India's democratic institutions, of Parliament,
press and university, and by India's strength of
spirit combined with practical idealism. He saw
how India, like the United States, has created na-
tional strength out of diversity, neither country
boasting that tiieirs is the only way. He confinned
the bond of shared ideals i)etween India and the
ITnited States, their identity of objectives, and
their common quest for just and lasting peace.
President Eisenhower met tlie Pre,sident of
India, the Prime Minister and other members of
the Government of India. He and the Prime Min-
ister had intimate talks in wliicli tliey reviewed
the world situation and exchanged views on mat-
ters of mutual interest. Among other things, the
President told the Prime .Minister tliat he was
happy to report to him that all the leaders of the
countries he had visited during liis recent jouniey
had expressed to him the hope tluit [jrobleins in-
volving one form or another of conflict of interest
or views could be solved by peaceful methods of
conciliation. He said that this was true in Italy,
Turkey, Pakistan, and Afghanistan. The Presi-
dent found this heartening and in harmony with
his own thinking. He did not wish in any way
to minimize the importance of or the inherent
difficulties involved in some of the problems. The
spirit he found was good and forward-looking.
The Prime Minister expressed gratification and
pleasure at President Eisenhower's visit to India,
and thanked him for the warmth and generosity
of the sentiments he had expressed. He assured
the President of the wholehearted support of In-
dia in his unremitting efforts in the cause of world
peace. India hereelf is dedicated to a policy of
peace and has been steadfast in her conviction
that differences between nations should be i-e-
solved peacefully by the method of negotiation
and settlement and not by resort to force. She
has consistently pureued this policy in relation
to problems of this nature affecting her and other
countries. The Prime Minister gave President
Eisenhower a review of the major aspects of some
of these problems and of recent developments in re-
gard to them. The Prime Minister also referi-ed
to the great effort that India was making, through
her five-3'ear plans, to develop the country, both
in regard to agriculture and industrj', so as to
raise the living standards of the people as rapidly
as possible. To this great task, involving the fu-
ture of 400 million people. India was devoting
herself with all her strength and will.
The President and Prime Minister expressed
their deep satisfaction at the friendly and cordial
January 11, I960
51
relations existing between their two countries, and
their firm belief that their common ideals and ob-
jectives and their quest for peace will ensure the
maintenance and development of the strong ties
of friendship between the two countries. Presi-
dent Eisenhower's visit to India has afforded the
welcome opportunity of a meeting between the
Presidents of the two countries, and for the re-
newal of the friendship between him and the
Prime Minister of India. He was happy to meet
other members of the Government, as well as
men and women, young and old, in city and vil-
lage. Parliament and university, and to bring to
them, personally, assurance of the genuine friend-
ship of the people of tlie United States for the
people of India and their sincere and continuing
interest in India's welfare. To the people of In-
dia, this visit, which had been long hoped for, has
given the opportunity for the demonstration of
the sincere friendship, good will and sympathy
which they feel for the people of the United
States.
ADDRESS TO IRANIAN PARLIAMENT, TEHRAN,
DECEMBER 14
White House (Tehran) press release dated December 14 (as
delivered text)
The honor you do me with this reception in your
handsome new Senate building is a clear indica-
tion of the high mutual regard which the Iranian
and American peoples have for each other.
Personally, I am deeply touched by your wel-
come.
We know that people, by meeting together, even
if for a limited time, can strengthen their mutual
understanding. To increase this mutual under-
standing has been one of the purposes of my trip
to Iran, as it has been to the other coimtries in
which I have stopped along the way.
My conversation this morning with His Imperial
Majesty, this convocation, my knowledge of the
state of relations between our two countries — and
indeed, the cordial warmth of the reception that I
received upon the streets of your beautiful city —
have all been heartening assurances that our two
countries stand side by side. This visit reinforces
my conviction that we stand together. We see eye
to eye when it comes to the fundamentals which
govern the relations between men and between
nations.
The message I bring you from America is this :
We want to work with you for peace and friend-
ship, in freedom. I emphasize freedom, because
without it there can be neither true peace nor last-
ing friendship among peoples.
Consequently, Americans are dedicated to the
improvement of the international climate in which
we live. Though militarily we in America devote
huge sums to malce certain of the security of our-
selves and to assist our allies, we do not forget
thal^ — in the long term — military strength alone
will not bring about peace with justice. The
spiritual and economic health of the free world
must be likewise strengthened.
Basic Aspirations of Humanity
All of us realize that while we must, at what-
ever cost, make freedom secure from any aggres-
sion, we could still lose freedom should we fail
to cooperate in progress toward achieving the
basic aspirations of humanity. The world strug-
gle in which we are engaged is many sided. In
one aspect it is ideological, political, and military;
in others it is both spiritual and economic.
As I well know, you, and the people of Iran,
are not standing on the sidelines in this struggle.
Without flinching, you have borne the force
of a powerful propaganda assault, at the same
time that you have been working at improving the
living standards in your nation.
The people of Iran continue to demonstrate that
quality of fortitude which has characterized the
long annals of your history as a nation. I know I
speak for the American people when I say we are
proud to count so valiant a nation as our partner.
Your ideals, expressed in the wise and mature
literature of your people, are a source of enrich-
ment to the culture of the world. By true coopera-
tion with your friends — and among these America
considers herself one — we can proceed together
toward success in the struggle for peace and
prosperity.
Through trust in one another, we can have trust
in the fruitful outcome of our efforts together to
build a brighter future.
Tliis future — the world we will hand on to our
children and to our grandchildren — must occupy
our thinking and our planning and our working.
The broad outline of our goal is, I think, clear to
evei-yone — to achieve a just peace in freedom.
52
Department of Stale Bulletin
But peace will bo witliout real meaning — it may
even be unattainable — until the peoples of the
world have linally overcome the natural enemies of
humanity — hunger, privation, ami disease. The
iVmerican people have engaged considerable re-
sources in this work. I am proud of the many
dedicated American men and women who have
gone out into the world with the single hope that
they can ease the pain and want of othei-s.
Some of them are at work in Iran, and I have
heard that the people of Iran have found these
efforts beneHcial.
Of course, their work is effective only because
the Government of Iran has sturdily shouldered
its responsibilities for tlie development of the
country. There are reports of significant accom-
plishments throughout the length and breath of
your land.
Achieving an Agreement on Disarmament
America rejoices with you that this is so. On the
long and difficult climb on the road to true peace,
the whole world must some day agree that suspi-
cion and hate should be laid aside in the common
interest.
Here, I think, is our central problem. I know
that you, too, and all men of good will, are de-
voting thought and energy to the practical and
realistic steps to this great objective.
One such practical step is, of course, an enforce-
able agreement on disarmament, or, to be more
exact, arms reduction. To achieve this, the govern-
ments of the world have chosen a primary instru-
ment, the United Nations.
It could seem that, as the realities of the awful
alternative to peace become clearer to all, signifi-
cant progress in the safeguarded reduction of the
arms burden can be made. To such a realistic be-
ginning, there is no feasible alternative for the
world.
In the meantime, we cannot abandon our mutual
effort to build barriers, such as the peaceful barrier
of our Central Treaty Organization, against the
persistent dangers of aggression and subversion.
Tliis organization, CENTO, has no ulterior or
concealed purpose; it exists only to provide
security.
Such an effort erects a shield of freedom for our
honor and for our lives. With such a shield, we
preserve the cherished values of our societies.
To be sure, the people of Iran need no reminder
of these simple facts. Only yesterday you cele-
brated the anniversary of the day on which justice
triumphed over force in Azerbaijan. The full
weiglit of world public opinion, as represented in
the United Nations, supported you in tliose difficult
times. It will always support the rights of any
people threatened by external aggression.
Impulse Toward Rule of Law
Justice — the rule of law — among nations has not
yet been effectively established. But in almost
every nation in the world there is a great awaken-
ing to the need for such a development. Certainly
this is true among the free nations. Because there
is such an awakening, the act of any government
contrary to the rights of mankind is quickly re-
sented and keenly sensed by people everywhere.
This is the wellspring of our hope. This is why
we are right to believe as we do — despite centuries
of human turmoil and conflict — that true peace
can and will one day be realized.
The impulse toward justice, toward the recogni-
tion of the worth and dignity of each and every
human being, will not be denied. This is the main-
spring of the movement toward freedom and
peace.
Now, may I offer my heartfelt thanks for the
opportunity you have given me to speak to j'ou,
and through you, the representatives of the people
of Iran, to your entire nation.
You have conferred upon me an honor which I
shall always remember.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, TEHRAN, DECEMBER 14
Press release 858 dated December 15
President Eisenhower visited Iran on December
14, 1959. The President and his party were wel-
comed warmly by the Iranian people. The feel-
ings of the Iranian people shown during this
significant visit demonstrated again the strength
of the ties between the Governments and people of
Iran and the United States.
The visit attested to the confidence of both coim-
tries that their cooperation is of benefit both to
themselves and to the world.
During the visit talks were held at the palace of
His Imperial Majesty [Mohammad Eeza Pahlavi]
between the two leaders, assisted by Prime Min-
ister [Manuchehr] Eqbal, Foreign Minister
January II, I960
I
53
[Abbas] Aram, Ambassador [Kobert] Murphy
and Ambassador [Edward T.] AVailes.
The President addressed a joint session of the
Iranian Parliament. His Imperial Majesty and
the President discussed the CENTO [Central
Treaty Organization] alliance and both em-
phasized the importance of CENTO in preserving
stability and security in the area.
They reiterated the determination of their Gov-
ernments to support CENTO and further recog-
nized the usefulness of their bilateral agreement '
while, of course, continuing to participate in the
action of the United Nations for the furtherance
of world peace. Both leaders emphasized tlieir
adherence to the goals of peace and freedom.
In the course of their talks the world situation
was reviewed. Both leaders expressed their belief
in the principles of negotiation as a means of find-
uig just and peaceful solutions to problems which
arise between nations.
It was agreed that disarmament with adequate
controls should be sought in the interest of lasting
peace.
His Imperial Majesty and the President also
exchanged views on various problems, especially
those relating to the Middle East. The Presi-
dent recognized the significant contribution Iran
is making to the stability of this important world
area.
His Imperial Majesty outlined the economic and
social progress achieved in Iran and expressed
appreciation for the help given by the American
people.
The President congratulated His Imperial
Majesty on the service which Iran is rendering the
free world, and for his vigorous effort to sustain
stability and to further economic development.
The President noted that such programs under-
taken by Iran have the objective of creating a more
bountiful life for the Iranian people.
President Eisenhower also expressed interest
in the steps His Imperial Majesty is taking to
promote social progress. The President said that
the United States intends to continue to assist Iran
in the mutual interest of both nations.
The President took the opportmiity to express
the admiration of the people of the United States
for the brave stand of the Iranian people and Gov-
ernment in the face of outside pressure.
* Bulletin of Mar. 23, 1959, p. 416.
54
ADDRESS TO GREEK PARLIAMENT, ATHENS,
DECEMBER 15
White House (Athens) press release dated December 15 (as
delivered text)
I am greatly honored that I have been invited
to speak before this distinguished Parliament.
Greatness and grandeur are all about us — great-
ness and grandeur of ideas and ideals that were
born and fii-st enunciated nearby, of men foi'ever
memorable who walked and lived here, of a peo-
ple whose valor and vitality and wisdom are writ-
ten large on the human record.
Your present Government and its leaders, your
distinguished Prime Minister, are producing a
record of achievement that makes them worthy
successors to their illustrious predecessors.
I represent in this place 180 million men and
women who with you of Greece share the golden
legacy of culture and civilization bequeathed by
your forebears to the Western World. We Ameri-
cans, with you Greeks, are fellow heirs to the glory
of Greece.
In this city of Athens more than a score of cen-
turies ago, democracy — in its principles and in
its practices — first won the hearts and minds of
men. This house of free representative govern-
ment symbolizes the vigor of modem democracy
in its ancient birthplace, demonstrates that tlie
will of men to be free is im]5erishable.
In our common dedication to the ideals of de-
mocracy our two countries — America and
Greece — feel a basic kinship. An ^Vmerican can
feel as much at home here as in Washington
or Abilene, my own village, or Brooklyn, just as
Greeks quickly find themselves at home in those
three places in America.
Salute to Greek People
To this Parliament I come with a message of
admiration and respect from the American people
to the Greek people, and for the light of inspira-
tion that shone out, in our own day, to all the free
world from this land and its islands.
You have jjroved yourselves fearless in defense
of your independence, tireless in your attack on
the evils of hardship and privation, ready for sac-
rifice that your children might enjoy a brighter
day. And, l)eset with hardship and ditllculty at
home, you joined in cooperation witli tlie other
countries of the Atlantic Alliance for mutual de-
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
fense and security. Your cxpoditionnrj' force to
Korea, by its valor and lieroism, Iiciped sustain
tlie rule of law and the United Nations in that
divided nation.
The American people and, I am sure, all the
free peoples of the world salute you, valiant and
worthy heirs to the Greek traditions.
Peace and Friendship in Freedom
And now, briefly, permit me to speak on a cause
close to my heart — close, I hope, to the hearts
of all who believe in the brotherhood, the dignity,
the divine origin and destiny of man as a child
of God, created in His image. The cause is : Peace
and friendship in freedom.
The Greek and American peoples share a com-
mon and deep devotion to peace. We share fur-
ther the conviction that we must sustain the con-
ditions imder which the goal of ^Jeace may be
pui-sued efi'ectively.
We must be strong militarily, economically —
but above all, spiritually. By developing and
jn-eserving such strength — by forever repudiating
the use of aggressive force — we shall win the sort
of peace we want, with friendship in freedom.
I mean peace that is creative, dynamic, fostering
a world climate that will relieve men and their
governments of the intolerable burden of arana-
ments, liberate them from the haunting fear of
global war and imiversal death.
I mean friendship that is spontaneous and warm,
welling up from a deep conviction that all of us
are more concerned with the bettering of our cir-
cumstances, giving our children wider opportunity
and brighter promise, than in destroying each
other.
I mean freedom in which, under the rule of
law, every human will have the right and a fair
chance to live his own life, to choose his own
path, to work out his own destiny, that nations
will be free from misgivings and mistrust, able
to develop their resources for the gootl of their
people.
To this cause of peace and friendship in free-
dom, Greeks are contributing all their hearts and
minds and energies. Joined with the free men
of the world, they can help mankind at long last
to enjoy the fullness of life envisioned by the
sages of ancient Greece.
Honorable Members of Parliament, I want to
assure you again of the very deep sense of distinc-
tion that I feel in the invitation to addre.ss you.
I feel tliat hero I am with men who, like myself
and all other Americans, love pe^ico and fi-eedom
and want to work with you for it.
JOINT COIVIMUNIQUE, ATHENS, DECEMBER 15
Prese release 862 dated December 16
On the occasion of his official visit to Greece
on the 14th and 15th of December, the President
of the United States, Mr. Dwight P:isenhower,
concluded talks with the Prime Minister of Greece,
Mr. Constantine Caramanlis. Present at the talks
were the American Ambassador, Mr. Ellis O.
Briggs, and the Under Secretary of State, Mr.
Robert Murphy, and on the Greek side the Deputy
Prime Minister, Mr. Panayotis Kanellopulos, and
the Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs, Mr.
Constantine Tsatsos.
The President expressed his warm appreciation
of the hospitality extended by Their Majesties,
King Paul and Queen Frederika, and of all the
Greek people.
The talks covered a wide range of general and
specific topics of common interest to both coun-
tries. Both countries affirmed their faith in the
principles of the Charter of the United Nations
and their staunch support of the objectives of
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization which,
based on the solidarity of its members, aim at the
firm establishment of security and peace with
justice. The relaxation of world tensions was
discussed in this spirit.
The Greek Prime Minister expressed his deep
appreciation for the great endeavor for peace
undeitaken by President Eisenhower. Both
agreed that the consolidation of world peace must
be pui-sued in such a way as to guarantee the in-
dependence of all nations and the freedom of the
individual.
Historic instances in which both countries stood
side by side in hard stniggles were recalled. In
this context the importance of Greece in the
common defense effort was recognized.
Oi)inions were exchanged concerning those parts
of the world of particular interest to Greece.
Careful account was taken of her special position
in the Balkans. The general situation in this
area, as well as in the Eastern Mediterranean, was
examined. It was agreed that the two Govern-
January ?J, J 960
55
ments should exchange views on matters of mutual
concern involving these areas.
The Greek Prime Minister expressed the grati-
tude of the Greek people for the enduring interest
and help being extended by the American people.
He also explained to the President the problems
the country faces in seeking to raise the standard
of living of the Greek people, and maintaining the
obligations and responsibilities of its position in
the defense structure of the free world.
President Eisenhower, recognizing the special
economic and social conditions of Greece, ex-
pressed his admiration for the improvement being
accomplished by the country, and reaffirmed the
interest of the American people in the security
and economic development of Greece generally.
It was recognized that improvement in the
standard of living in the economically less-
developed countries constitutes a vital element in
the consolidation of international peace.
The conversations were held in an atmosphere
of deep sincerity and warm cordiality, such as
have traditionally characterized the relations of
the two countries, and which were so happily
confirmed by the visit to Greece of the President
of the United States.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, TUNIS, DECEMBER 17
Press release 884 dated December 17
President Eisenhower and President [Habib]
Bourguiba, accompanied by their advisers, met at
La Marsa on December 17.
The two Presidents reviewed in general terms
the international situation in a spirit of frankness
and cordiality. Their discussions centered on the
necessity to continue the progress which is now
being made towards strengthening of peace and
the reduction of the causes of international tension.
In this connection, they examined the situation
created by the difficulties in Algeria. They agreed
that the fact that a solution has not yet been
achieved is a cause of grave concern.
They agreed tliat the achievement of self-
detennination by African and Asian people is one
of the most important events of our times. Tliey
welcomed the opportunity offered for the evolu-
tion of new relationships and the improvement of
old ones basetl on a common attachment to funda-
mental principles of human rights and dignity.
President Eisenhower and President Bourguiba
expressed their conviction that the efforts by
nations to consolidate the peace necessitate in-
creased support from the more industrialized
nations for countries in the course of developing
their economies.
The conversations between the two Presidents
revealed a wide area of understanding of the
problems raised.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, MADRID, DECEMBER 22
Press release 876 dated December 28
The President of the United States and the Chief
of the Spanisli State [General Francisco Franco]
this morning concluded a series of conversations
in which they were joined by other officials of
both governments.
The President reviewed the purposes which had
led him to undertake his goodwill tour and the
results which he hoped would be achieved. He
gave the Chief of State a review of his trip, in-
cluding the Western Summit Conference. The
talks, which covered a wide variety of other inter-
national matters of interest to both countries,
were conducted in an atmosphere of cordiality and
understanding.
The President and the Cliief of State discussed
the President's planned visit to the Soviet Union
next year and confirmed their views as expressed in
their exchange of letters of last August " that such
consultations to improve the climate of relation-
ships would be beneficial, although a firm defense
posture should be maintained.
Gratifying progress was noted in the implemen-
tation of the Economic and Defense Agreements
signed by the United States and Spain on Septem-
ber 26, 1953. These agreements are based on a
recognition of the necessity for efforts on the part
of both countries to achieve the common goal of
world peace and stability.
During these conversations Spain's admission
to the Organization for European Economic Co-
operation was mentioned with satisfaction, and
the President expressed his good wishes for the
success of the Spanish economic stabilization
program.
Tlie conversations served as another indication
of tlie friendly ties between the Spanish and
' For texts, see ihid., Sept. 21, 1959, p. 404.
56
Deparlment of State Bulletin
American peoples and sti-en<?(lienod tlie bonds of
cooperation that exist between tl>o two countries.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, CASABLANCA,
DECEMBER 22
PrtBs release 878 dated December 28
The meeting between the President and His
Majesty [Mohammed V, King of Morocco] took
place on December 22, 1959, at CasabLanca, and
lasted from 1500 to 1700 and took place in an
atmosphere of cordiality which is characteristic
of the relations which arise from the traditional
friendsliip which has never ceased to exist be-
tween the United States of America since the
proclamation of their independence and their rec-
ognition by the Kingdom of Morocco.
In the course of this interview the two Chiefs of
State first of all examined the world situation and
the problems which arise therefrom.
They rejoice in the relaxation of international
tensions and while reaffirming their faith in the
great values of the freedom of peoples and the
dignity of men, they feel that any initiative of a
nature to lead to the consolidation of peace and
ensure international cooperation, should be en-
couraged.
His Majesty drew President Eisenhower's atten-
tion to the multiple bonds which unite Morocco
and other Arab countries and make it sensitive
to everything which affects them.
His Majesty emphasized the vital importance to
Morocco of the end of the war in Algeria, in view
of the profound repercussions which this has on
the national life of Morocco and its international
relations.
The two Chiefs of State noted with great satis-
faction the positive character of the political evo-
lution of the Algerian problem, and rejoice in the
progress accomplished towards a peaceful solution
of this problem through the acceptance by the in-
terested parties of the principle of self-determina-
tion and recourse to consultation.
His Majesty the King of Morocco and the
President of the United States have welcomed the
opportunity provided by the President's brief
visit to Morocco to renew their warm personal
friendship and, with the time available, review
questions of interest to them. Their exchange of
views strengthened their already deep confidence
in tiie possibilities of fruitful cooperation between
nations such as Morocco and tlie United States,
sharing common goals of peace and justice among
men and guided by (he same basic principles of
national conduct. This was specifically revealed
in their discussions of the withdrawal of United
States forces from Morocco, and they were greatly
encouraged by the progress that has been made
since His Majesty's visit to Washington in 1957.
Preliminary preparations for tlie departure of
United States forces from Morocco will begin in
the immediate future, and it is agi-eed between His
Majesty the King of Morocco and the President
of the United States of America, that United
States forces will be withdrawn by the end of
1963. In this connection, immediate steps will be
taken to release the airfield at Ben Slimane (Boul-
haut). This will be achieved not later than
March 31, 1960.
Netherlands Eases Controls
on U.S. imports
The DepartTnent of Commerce and the Depart-
ment of State {press release 873) released the
following joint statement on December 24.
Import restrictions will be removed from 12
more items by the Netherlands Government on
January 1, according to the Bureau of Foreign
Commerce, U.S. Department of Commerce.
This is the latest in a series of actions which
have abolished discriminatory treatment of U.S.
goods and liberalized an overwhelming majority
of Dutch imports. Although the products to be
decontrolled in January have been subject to im-
port quotas, the quotas appear to have been ad-
ministered in such a way that the flow of U.S.
exports to the Netherlands was not impaired.
The commodities affected include seed rye and
certain types of rice, fats, sugars, acids, soaps,
coopers' wares, and glassware. The commodities
concerned in this action will be reported in detail
in the Foreign Commerce Weekly dated December
28.
January 11, I960
57
Opportunities for International Cooperation in Space Exploration
by T. Keith Glennan
Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space Administration. '■
It is an honor to speak from this platform to-
night. I am particularly grateful for the oppor-
tunity to bring to the members of this distinguished
audience a brief discussion of our national space
program. As citizens, you should be aware of the
problems and promises that challenge the Nation
in the field of space exploration. As members and
friends of the World Affairs Council, you will be
interested, I am sure, in the possibilities for useful
and effective international cooperation that reside
in this new area of scientific activity.
As one of my colleagues has put it, when one
considers the vast distances of the solar sys-
tem—93 million miles to the sun ; 26 million miles
to Venus, the nearest planet; 3,680 million miles
to Pluto — and when one catalogs the problems
to be solved and the new knowledge that is needed
in almost every branch of science and technology
from magnetohydrodynamics to cosmology, from
materials to biology and psychology, the magni-
tude of the task before us becomes apparent. It
is a task that challenges the peoples of the earth
as a whole. There is room for cooperation of men
of many skills and of nations large and small.
In this context of viewing space research as an
instrument for tlie development of meaningful
cooperation between nations, let me first describe
the program of the United States. I will then
tell you what I know of the program of the Soviet
Union. P'inally, I shall discuss the manner in
which international cooperation is beginning to
develop. In doing this I shall borrow liberally
from reports and papers presented at international
'Address made before the World AtTairs Council at
Pasadena, Calif., on Pec. 7. For statements made in the
U.N. General Assembly by Ambassador Henry Cabot
I-odge repiarding the Committee on the I'eaceful Uses of
Outer Si)ace, see p. 64.
58
meetings which have been held in the last several
months.
Interest of Man in Outer Space
The interest of man in outer space began long
ago among uncivilized peoples to whom the face
of the sky was clock and almanac; the celestial
bodies, objects of worship. Exploration was at
first by visual observation, later aided by armillary
spheres and quadrants, and still later by more
precise measuring instruments, telescopes, and
spectroscopes. The information obtained was that
borne by the light that was transmitted from the
distant celestial object through the atmosphere
to the observing instrument on the ground. In
recent years the light waves have been supple-
mented by radio waves as carriers of information
from the stars and planets.
Men of many nations have contributed through
the centuries to the exploration of space by the
methods of astronomy. The history of advances
in astronomical knowledge and technique in-
cludes the records of Chinese, Babylonians,
Greeks, Arabians, and of nearly every nation of
the modern world. International cooperation was
early recognized as essential and beneficial: the
countless number of the stars and the vastness of
space present mankind with a truly global task.
The picture of the universe obtained by the
astronomers early stirred the imagination of men
to speculate about the existence of life elsewhere
in the universe, about means of communication
with distant stars, and, in the last centuries, about
the possibility of the travel of man to the moon
and planets. Some sought to apply the science
and engineering of their day to describe the
Department of Stale Bulletin
vohiclcs to be used. For exiimple, Jules Veme
published in 18«r) in Fram the Karth to the Moon
a dest-ription of a ^in-launolied projectile ciirry-
mg passengers to orbit tiie moon. Today we have
taken the tirst steps to brin<; tliis inspired vision
to reality. The exploration of space by unmanned
vehicles carrying scientific apparatus began on
October 4, 1957; exploration by man will follow
in due course.
Now that date— October 4, 1957— did something
more than nuirk the successful launching of a
satellite into an orbit around the earth by the
Soviet Union. It brought this Nation to its feet
in a sort of bewilderment. How had this come
about i. Our leadership in science and technology,
our genius for applying new knowledge gained
through research to the solution of the problems
of mankind— these were being challenged, and in
a most dramatic way. Initial reactions of skep-
ticism began to give way to a sober realization
that space research was more than a scientific
activity. In the hands of a determined and able
competitor, it was a mighty instrument for propa-
ganda and a symbol of international prestige.
Establishment of NASA
In mid-1958 the National Aeronautics and Space
Act 2 was signed into law and the National Aero-
nautics and Space Administration was established.
The act begins with a declaration of policy and
purpose which reads thusly :
The Congress hereby declares that it is the policy of
the United States that activities in space should be de-
voted to peaceful purposes for the benefit of all mankind.
It also declares that,
The aeronautical and space activities of the United
States shall he conducted so as to contribute materially
to (among other objectives) cooperation by the United
States with other nations and groups of nations in work
done pursuant to this Act and in the peaceful application
of the results thereof.
I think I will not take the time tonight to
describe the growth of NASA to you. We do
have in o{>eration several large research centers,
three of which are located in California. One of
these is well known to this audience— the Jet
Propulsion Laboratory operated by Cal Tech
under contract to NASA. The Congreas being
willing, we will add to our research center roster
'Public Law 85-568.
January 11, 1960
in mid-March the Huntsville, Alabama, group
under the direction of Dr. Wernher von liraun.
By June au, 19(10, wo will employ more than 15.000
people in the Govennnent-operated centers alone.
The Pioi)ulsion LaboratorA- complement of able
people adds another 2,400 to that total. Our
budget last year totaled $;5;J5 million, and this
year the Congress appropriated $501 million for
our use. We are in the middle of budgetary dis-
cussions for the 1961 fiscal year, and I can say
only tliat our resources for the next fiscal year
will be larger by a significant amount.
U.S. Space Activity Objectives
Now as to our program— and here I must conj-
press a 2-hour discussion into a 5-minute sum-
mary—let me say that it includes research in
most of the areas of the physical sciences and in
certain of the areas of the life sciences. One of
the principal objectives of current space activ-ity
is the study of the space environment by the un-
dertaking of scientific experiments using sounding
rockets, manmade earth satellites, manmade
planets, and deep-space probes. In the United
States we have used the term "space science" as
a shorthand expression for experiments in physics,
chemistry, bioscience, astronomy, astrophysics,
and geophysics. All of these space-science experi-
ments will employ instruments transpoited into
the ujjper atmosphere and outer space.
The NASA objectives include the investigation
of the uses of earth satellites to perform more
efficiently and effectively some tasks which are
now carried out by the other means and to perform
other tasks which cannot be done at all with
present means. The applications which seem most
promising at present are those directed toward
weather observation, analysis, and forecasting on
a global scale; the improvement of long-distance
radio communication; the study of tlie size and
.shape of the earth and of the distribution of land
masses and water; and all-weather global naviga-
tion. It is believed that such applications brought
to successful fruition will improve the well-being
of mankind everywhere.
NASA program objectives, presumably like
those of other countries, include, too, the orderly
development of means for the manned exploration
of space. En route to the long-range objective of
manned exploration of the solar system are the
59
temporary ballistic flights of man into space and
return (already accomplished with animals) ;
manned flight for one or a few circuits in the
simplest vehicle in an orbit well below the level of
the Great Radiation Belt; maimed flight in ad-
vanced maneuverable vehicles, in larger satellites
carrying several men, in permanent manned orbit-
ing space laboratories; manned flight to the
vicinity of the moon and return to earth; and
manned landing on the moon and return.
NASA's present project in this field, Project
Mercury, has been repeatedly described in the in-
ternational public and technical press. Its suc-
cessful completion requires the cooperation of
several countries in permitting the installation and
assisting in the operation of portable tracking
radars, communication stations, and telemetry re-
ceiving stations at suitable points along the in-
tended course. Negotiations currently under way
promise that this cooperation will be forthcoming
generously.
Even the first steps in the manned exploration
of space are very expensive, as may be inferred
from the presently estimated cost of Project
Mercury of $250 million or more. The resources
required for the advanced missions I have men-
tioned may well demand a worldwide collabora-
tion. Thus this activity may serve to give a true
measure of man's response to the challenge to dis-
cover and explore the new frontier of our day.
Rocket and Vehicle Development
In order that the programs just discussed can
be carried out at an ever-increasing level of com-
plexity and scientific significance, it has been
obvious that launching vehicles and space propul-
sion systems must be provided. An early task of
NASA, then, was the planning of a program of
rocket and vehicle development in cooperation
with the Department of Defense. Such a program
must provide for the flying of all the desired mis-
sions with a minimum number of new rockets
and new vehicles. As in other countries, our
present launching vehicles are assembled from
rockets developed in the ballistic missile program
and available smaller rockets. For the increased
thrust that we so much require for future missions,
two new developments have been started in the
United States. The first of these is being de-
veloped by Dr. von Braun and his people — the
Saturn vehicle — a cluster of eight existing rocket
engines to give a capability of about 1^ million
pounds of thrust. The second is a single-chamber
rocket engine of li/o million pounds' thrust under
development by the Rocketdyne Division of North
American Aviation. It is expected that this
engine can be clustered to give 6 million pounds'
thrust or more.
In addition to these first-stage booster rockets,
several upper-stage rockets are under development,
including some using high-energy fuels. In addi-
tion nuclear rockets are under development by the
AEC [Atomic Energy Commission] and NASA
along with the general application of nuclear
energy for auxiliary power in space vehicles.
Of particular interest to other countries may be
the launching-vehicle system under development
by NASA and known as the Scout. This is a
four-stage, solid-propellant, satellite-launching
vehicle that will carry 150 to 200 pounds into an
orbit 300 miles above the earth's surface. It will
be more economical than existing vehicles; hope-
fully it will cost no more than $600,000 per firing.
We expect to use this vehicle, if its development is
a success, in early international cooperative pro-
grams.
Now there is no point in launching a satellite
or an experiment toward the moon or the planets
if we have no means of tracking the space experi-
ment and acquiring from it the information col-
lected by the various sensors carried aloft. Thus
we have had to build a network of tracking and
data acquisition stations that today covers most
of the globe. Fortunately we inherited some sta-
tions from the activities carried on under the In-
ternational Geophysical Year program and thus
were able to launch a good many useful experi-
ments during the past year without waiting for
the construction of the stations necessary to com-
plete the network.
The Russian Program
Now, what of the Russian program? I suspect
that most of you know more about it than you
do of our own. From information given us by a
variety of sources — some of tliem Russian — it ap-
pears that they have assigned their top scientists
and engineers to this new field. They possess
rockets that are estimated to be twice as powerful
as our largest— the Atlas intercontinental ballis-
tic missile. They have launched three successful
satellites and three deep-space probes. One of
60
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
these now orbits the sun, another landed on the
moon, and the tliird photograplicd the far side of
the moon as it went into an orbit tliat initially
linked tiie moon and the earth. Xotiiing has been
said by the Russians about their failures, whereas
our failures, as well as our successes, are promi-
nently displayed for all the world to see. But it
does seem that their space-vehicle system is highly
reliable, sugjiestinj; that they have fired it much
more frequently than any of the variety of sys-
tems we have been forced to use thus far.
As to scientific i-esults to date, it is the opinion
of knowledgeable scientists that we liave done as
well or better than the Russians. They have been
able to couple spectacular technological accom-
plishments with useful scientific experiments,
whereas our more modest technological efforts —
because of our lack of i-eliable launching vehicles
of high thrust — have turned up really significant
amounts of new and important scientific informa-
tion.
More important to the Soviet Union than their
scientific achievements, however, has been the fact
that thej' have been successful in making their
spectacular space accomplishments appear to many
nations as a valid measure of their sophistication
in all branches of science and technology. More
recently they have been active and successful in
creating the impression that their achievements
in space research and exploration are a valid meas-
ure of the strength of their Communist system as
compared to our democratic way of life. All in
all, the Soviet Union has made and is making hay
while the sun shines on their satellites and lunar
probes.
International Cooperation
Now let me turn t-o the matter of international
cooperation as we see it today. You will recall
my reading that section of the space act governing
our activities that encourages us to develop pro-
grams of international cooperation. An Office of
International Programs was established by NASA
in November 1958. Exploi-atoi-y talks were con-
ducted with the scientists of other nations, and a
pattei'n for cooperation was established with the
blessing of the scientific community. We are now
quite completely occupied with discussions with a
dozen groups from as many countries interested in
associating themselves with the United States
program.
It might be well for me to describe to you some
of the activities which may form the basis for
international cooperation and which arise from
thi> global nature of rasearch in space. The desir-
able types of activity, it seems to me, are exchanges
of scientific and technical information and data,
exchanges of scientists, coordinated programs of
observation and experimentation, and cooperative
programs of space exploration.
Exchange of information in its usual form con-
sists of the exchange of publications and the hold-
ing of international scientific meetings. In the
space activities initiated during the IGY it was
found desirable to exchange information on the
planning of experiments, to give prompt notice of
launchings, early information on orbits, and such
other data as would permit participation of others
in observations of scientific value. It is the desire
of the United States to progress toward the com-
plete reestablishment of these procedures.
It has been remarked earlier that space science
is not a new scientific discipline but comprises the
use of new tools of experimentation by trained sci-
entists in physics, geophysics, astronomy, and
similar established fields. The exchange of sci-
entists between countries permits a more rapid
transfer of the new techniques than can be accom-
plished by publications or presentation of papei"S.
NASA has established a few fellowships available
to scientists of other countries and has provided
research opportunities to a few guest scientists.
Exchange of scientists in addition to providing
training in new techniques may also be used for
substantive participation of senior scientists in
cooperative programs.
It is obviously desirable that national programs
in the space field be coordinated to avoid unde-
sired duplication and to provide the enhanced in-
crease in knowledge that comes from coordinated
efforts. This coordination was well done under
CSAGI [Comite special de I'annce gcophysique
internationale], the nongovernmental interna-
tional committee for the IGY,^' and we look for-
ward to the early establishment on a more perma-
nent basis of tlie Conunittee on Space Research to
continue coordination of basic scientific research
in the space field. There is need for coordination
in program planning and in tlie execution of cer-
I
January IJ, 7960
' For an article on "The International Geoiili.vsical Yenr
in Rctrospett" by Wallace W. Atwood, Jr., see Uuixetin
of May 11, lOijg, p. 682.
61
tain programs. Activities in the tracking of satel-
lites and in the reception of telemetered data, in
research on the upper atmosphere and ionosphere
by means of sounding rockets launched simul-
taneously in various parts of the world, in investi-
gation of the ionosphere by observation of radio
signals from satellites, and in laboratory and theo-
retical research in areas supporting space activities
are examples of program areas in which interna-
tional coordination would be most productive.
Joint Exploration of Space
The ultimate step in international cooperation is
joint participation in a single program, with parti-
cipation of scientists of two or more countries in
the design of experiments and in the preparation
of payloads for rockets, satellites, and space
probes. As I have said, discussions are under way
between NASA scientists and their colleagues
from other countries with the view of beginning
act ivities of tliis type.
As a matter of fact, the international character
of cooperative space activities in which we are en-
gaged is already broad. Our radio and optical
tracking network is composed of stations located
in, and often operated by scientists and teclinicians
of, Argentina, Australia, Chile, Ecuador, India,
Iran, Peru, Spain, and South Africa. Other co-
operating stations are situated in England, "West
Germany, and Japan. The new Project Mercury
tracking stations will expand this list to include
additional countries to the south and in Africa,
along the planned orbit of the manned capsule.
Beyond this, tentative arrangements for sub-
stantial programs of joint exploration of our
spatial environment have already been made with
the United Kingdom and Canada. Additional
cooperative programs have been proposed by a
number of Pacific and European national space
committees. These are substantive proposals, in
which each nation will make its own scientific and
technical contribution in a truly joint effort to-
ward mutually agreed objectives. The prepara-
tion and execution of these programs will not be
accomplished in a few weeks or even months, but
the acliievenient of tlieir objectives, witli the at-
tendant scientific interchange, will enrich all.
As an evidence of our interest in international
cooperation, we would be most happy to oiler the
services of our tracking network in support of
the scientists of the Soviet Union when and if
that nation undertakes a manned space-flight
program. Data could be acquired and transmitted
in its raw state to the Academy of Sciences in
Moscow. A precedent for this sort of thing has
been established in the IGY operation when the
United States supplied to the Soviet scientists, as
of July 1959, some 46 tape recordings of Sputnik
I, II, and III. Should special recording or data
read-out equipment be required, I am sure that
we would be happy to provide them or to utilize
equipment furnished by the Soviet scientists. In
such a cooperative venture we could help them to
keep in continuous or essentially continuous
contact with their astronaut.
Efforts Toward Common Understanding
Ladies and gentlemen, it has been my lot to be
associated with exciting new ventures through-
out most of my life. As I look back over the
years, it seems that I have been happiest and have
worked most diligently when the activity in which
I was engaged had a vital role to play in the
affairs of men. Thus my association with the
Atomic Energy Commission was important to me
because I was convinced, early in that association,
that our nuclear weapons strength was the one
most powerful deterrent to the initiation of a
shooting war by another great power. Xow I find
myself in this exciting, difficult, and important
field of space research. To me, one of its greatest
appeals is tlie opportunity it offers for the de-
velopment of a soiuid progi-am of internatior.al
cooperation in the science and technology neces-
sary to the exploration of outer space.
After all, science is truly an international
language. And space is an all-pervasive arena
with plenty of challenge for anyone who possesses
the curiosity and energy to attempt the solution
of its mysteries.
To explore space to gain knowledge of tlie physi-
cal univei-se in which man lives; to explore space
as a demonstration of his mastery of advanced
tecluiologj' ; to open space to his own travel to
satisfy his desire to see and experience for himself ;
to explore applications of space teclmology to
improve worldwide comniunications and weatlier
forecasting — all of these aims reflect as in a miri'or
the desires of men everywhere.
Out of the efforts of the dedicated and inspired
men of all nations may yet come that common
62
Department of State Bulletin
understaiulinjr and mutual trust that will break
the hx^kstep of suspicion and distrust that divides
tho world into separate cnnips today. AVhatever
the outcome, we cannot fail to make the ett'ort.
U.S. Welcomes Bankers' Study Trip
to India and Pakistan
under-developed countries are in the best interest
of the United States, but are also necessary for
the prrowth of democratic values in the World.
This assistance cannot be. provided wholly by
the United States, and should be a joint venture by
all industrialized free countries.
We hope this Mission may provide a |)attern
for other countries seeking economic growth.
STATEMENT BY ACTING SECRETARY DILLON
Press release 867 dated December 19
I was delighted to hear the announcement today
[December 19] by Mr. Eugene R. Black, President
of the World Bank, that Mr. Hermann J. Abs
of Germany, Sir Oliver Franks of the United
Kingdom, and Mr. Joseph M. Dodge of the United
States had accepted his suggestion that tliey join
in paying a visit to India and Pakistan early next
year to become acquainted with the economic
conditions and programs there. The United
States Government greatly welcomes this initia-
tive. The idea of employing visits such as this to
achieve broader understanding in the West of the
economic position and problems of India and
Pakistan was contained in a resolution approved
by the United States Senate on September 10, last,
which was sponsored by Senators Jolin F. Ken-
nedy and John Sherman Cooper.^ Similar resolu-
tions were sponsored in the House of Representa-
tives by Chester Bowles, James G. Fulton, and
Chester E. Merrow. I am sure that the viewpoints
Mr. Dodge will hear and the insight he will derive
from his trip will make an important contribution
to discussions in this country regarding the prob-
lems of India and Pakistan.
JOINT STATEMENT BY SENATORS KENNEDY
AND COOPER 3
We are delighted by tiie initiative taken by the
World Bank to carry through the concept of the
Senate Resolution, which calls for a study by
powerful western countries of the economic prob-
lems and needs of India and Pakistan.
Higher living standards and economic growth of
WORLD BANK ANNOUNCEMENT
Eugene R. Black, President of the World Bank,
announced on Decemljer 19 that he had suggested
to Sir Oliver Franks, chairman of Lloyds Bank
Ltd. of London, England, Dr. Hermann Abs,
chairman of the Deutsche Bank of Frankfurt, Ger-
many, and Joseph M. Dodge, chairman of the
Detroit Bank and Tioist Co. of Detroit, Mich.,
that they visit India and Pakistan to study eco-
nomic conditions there and to acquaint themselves
with the current and planned development pro-
grams in the two countries. Mr. Black said that
he was convinced of the need for wider under-
standing in the industrially developed countries
of the problems confronting the less developed
ai'eas of the world and expressed the belief that
visits such as this by prominent members of the
business and financial communities of the indus-
trial countries could make an important contribu-
tion to that end. Sir Oliver Franks, Dr. Abs, and
Mr. Dodge have accepted Mr. Black's suggestion
and are planning to make the trip during next
February and March.
Mr. Black's suggestion was made after consulta-
t ion with the Governments of India and Pakistan,
who have welcomed the idea and will give the
members of the group every opportunity to leani
about the major issues involved in the economic
development of their countries. The Govern-
ments of the United States, tho United Kingdom,
and Germany have also been kept fully informed.
' Senators Kennedy and Cooper coautliored S. Con.
Res. 11, To Invite Friendly and DcmocTatic Nations To
Con.sult With Countries of South .\sia.
'Released simultaneously with World Bank nnuounce-
inent of Dec. 19.
January 11, 1960
63
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.N. Sets Up New Committee on Peaceful Uses of Outer Space;
Decides To Convene International Scientific Conference
Following is a statement made in Committee I
{Political and Security) on December 10 ly
Henry Gahot Lodge, U.S. Representative to the
General Assembly, together with the text of a
resolution adopted in plenary session on December
12.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE
U.S. delegation press release 3345
Two years ago the first manmade eai'th satellite
was placed in orbit. A succession of satellites has
followed. These have advanced man's scientific
knowledge and demonstrated new techniques for
communications and meteorology. Some space
probes have escaped beyond orbits around the
earth. Notably, the Soviet Union has reached the
moon, and some probes have coursed far beyond.
Animals have penetrated outer space as passengers
aboard space vehicles and returned safely; man
will doubtless follow soon.
The events of the past 2 years are starting to
make clear the promise and the problems confront-
ing man as he ventures into outer space. These
beginnings challenge man's political and tech-
nological inventiveness. It is a prime task of
governments and of the United Nations to see to
it that political progress keeps pace with scientific
change. Unless this is done the world runs the
serious risk of relying on political institutions and
arrangements that are outmoded and inadequate.
The Rationale of international Cooperation
In surveying what has happened so far in man's
activities relating to outer space and in planning
for the future we ought to inquire very candidly
into the rciusons for international cooperation in
outer space and into the purposes which the United
64
Nations can serve in this connection. I believe
there are several important reasons and purposes
for cooperation through the United Nations.
First, outer space is not the concern of one na-
tion or of only a few. It is of interest to all.
Fairness demands that there be an equitable shar-
ing of benefits that may be derived from all opera-
tions in this new realm and of the burdens in
carrying them on as well. Outer space cannot be
anyone's private preserve. The idea of partner-
ship in outer space has secured acceptance by mem-
ber states of the United Nations, without regard
to their differing social and political philosophies.
United Nations discussion during the last 2 years
has emphasized the principle of openness and
availability of outer space. International cooper-
ation through the United Nations is surely an ap-
propriate means for putting this principle into
practice.
Secondly, cooperation among countries will in-
evitably be necessary for accomplishing many de-
sirable projects in outer space. For example, if
such projects require worldwide tracking or tele-
metering equipment or launching sites in certain
geographical locations, or if their cost is too high
for any one nation to liear, they will be literally
impossible without international cooperation. For
still other space activities, such as radio and tele-
vision satellites, even though international cooper-
ation may not be absolutely necessary, it will be
required for maximum efficiency and usefulness.
In general, joint enterprises in outer space will
prove more effective than the efforts of any single
nation, since each nation can contribute what it has
in abundance or does best at any given time. Al-
ready other countries have their contributions to
make and will develop greater capabilities in the
future. If the knowledge of the more advanced
nations is diffused, the abilities of all nations can
Department of State Bulletin
be developed more quickly and brought in(o play.
T]u-ou<j;li orgunized international cooperation the
contributions and capabilities of each country can
be made most effective.
There is a very practical reason for interna-
tional cooperation in outer space. Without it, the
manifold activities being progressively undertaken
would begin to conflict and to frustrate each other.
For example, the radio spectrum for space com-
munications could become overcrowded and hope-
lessly confused.
There is still another reason to which we should
pay the most serious attention. The cloud of an
infinitely devastating nuclear war hangs over all
nations. Jlen have learned how to accomplish
worldwide destruction. Will they be able to for-
bear from aggressive use of force, bringing all-out
nuclear war in its train? The United Nations
and its machinery were expressly designed to pre-
vent such a catastrophe. Govermnents continue
to seek means for bringing unlimited competition
in armaments under control and for instituting
effective measures of disarmament. Working to-
gether on the challenges of outer space can provide
governments with experience in regulating space
activities that may prove valuable in the area of
disarmament as well.
In sum, international cooperation in the explo-
ration of outer space offei-s an avenue along which
nations may approach mutual understanding and
peace. Working together on the great challenges
of explorat ions beyond the confines of earth can
create a new perspective in which national bound-
aries and national rivalries recede in importance.
Common efforts in the conquest of space can forge
a community of interest. Where community of
interest is strong enough, there is unity of spirit
and harmony in action. A new opportunity now
presents itself for the operation of these forces.
We should give it generous scope.
Report of the Ad Hoc Committee
The Genera] Assembly now has before it the
report of the Ad Hoc Committee on the Peaceful
Uses of Outer Space,' which was established at the
' U.N. dor. A/4141 ; for a statement by Mr. Lodge on the
draft report of the Ad Hoc Committee, see Bulletin of
July 27, 1959, p. 1.38 : for statements by U.S. representa-
tives to the Ad Hoc Committee, see ibid., June 1."), 1959,
p. 883, and June 29, 1959, p. 972.
January 11, I960
13th session.^ That Committee, under the able
chairmanship of Ambassador [KotoJ Matsuduira,
has done valuable work. The United Slates fully
endorses (he Conunittee's careful and constructive
report contained in document A/4141. I should
like now to outline some suggest ions as to the next
steps to be taken by the United Nations in follow-
ing up the Committee's work.
The Ad Hoc Committee, in the conclusions to
that part of its report written in response to par-
agraph 1(b) of Resolution 1348 (XIII), propos<>d
the establishment of a General Assembly commit-
tee, compased of representatives of member states,
to perform three kinds of functions. These are
the following: (1) study of practical and feasible
measures for facilitating international coopera-
tion, including those indicated by the Ad Hoc
Committee in its report under paragi-aph 1(b) of
last year's resolution; (2) consideration of means,
as appropriate, for studying and resolving legal
problems which may arise in carrying out pro-
grams for the exploration of outer space; (,3) re-
view, as appropriate, of the subject matter en-
trusted by the Assembly to the Ad Hoc Committee
in Resolution 1348 (XIII).
Steps To Be Taken by U.N.: The Draft Resolution
Now, Mr. Chairman, today, along with a group
of other cooperating states, we have submitted a
draft resolution,^ which will soon be on the table,
designed to set up a committee. The members of
that committee would be: Albania. Argentina,
Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria,
Canada, Czechoslovakia, France, Hungary, India,
Iran, Italy, Japan, Lebanon, Mexico. Poland.
Rumania, Sweden, U.S.S.R.. U.A.R., U.K., and
U.S. The purpose of this committee would be
as follows :
(a) to review, as appropriate, the area of in-
ternational cooperation and study practical and
feasible means for giving effect to programs in
the peaceful uses of outer space which could ap-
propriately be undertaken under United Nations
auspices; and
(b) to study the nature of legal problems which
may arise from exploration of outer space.
As indicated by the Ad Hoc Conunittee in the
' For background and text of resolution, .see ibid., Jan.
5, 1909, p. 24.
" U.N. doc. A/C.l/Ii.247.
65
concluding pai-agraph of its report, we think it is
clearly appropriate for the specialized agencies
of the United Nations to continue to pursue lines
of endeavor within their competence in regard to
outer-space activities. We think those agencies
will naturally wish to include in their reports to
the United Nations information on their activi-
ties in connection with outer space. It may be that
the General Assembly, from time to time, will
wish to address requests or recommendations to
one or more of these agencies for specific under-
takings in the outer-space field.
I should like now to comment briefly on the
composition of the proposed United Nations Com-
mittee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space. Last
year, despite earnest efforts, we were not able to
reach unanimous agreement in the General As-
sembly on the membership of the Ad Hoc Com-
mittee. Subseciuently, some members of that
Committee declined to participate in its delibera-
tions. That was regrettable.
We have sought this year to find a composition
which would command agreement on all sides.
Through many weeks of patient negotiations the
United States has sought this objective. Agree-
ment with the Soviet Union has at length been
reached. I hope that the fruits of this agreement
will justify the work and tlie concessions involved
in reaching it. The United States delegation
trusts that the agreement is a favorable augury
for international cooperation through the United
Nations.
Promoting International Scientific Cooperation
Wliat substantive activities should the new
Committee fii-st consider? Without wishing to at-
tempt a definitive listing of activities, the United
States would like to outline its views on steps in
two broad areas which were mentioned by the Ad
Hoc Conmiittee and in which early concentration
of effort should prove constructive. The first of
these areas is tliat of international scientific and
technical cooperation. The second is that of ap-
propriate regulation of man's activities in outer
space.
An hitemaf tonal Conference of Scientists
With r&spect to facilitating international scien-
tific cooperation, no more appropriate initial step
could be taken than to review and exchange e.\-
perience with respect to tlie outer-space activities
66
conducted to date. The Soviet Union's proposal
that an international conference to this end be
held under the auspices of the United Nations
offers a promising starting point. The United
States has welcomed this proposal^ as a sign of
the Soviet Union's willingness to share with the
rest of the world the data resulting from its
achievement in outer space.
An international conference would be in keep-
ing with the emphasis placed by the Ad Hoc Com-
mittee on the desirability of openness in the con-
duct of outer-space activities. The conference
would serve as a valuable meeting ground for
scientists actively engaged in outer-space activi-
ties and others actively interested in the results of
these activities. It would usefully supplement ex-
changes already initiated by the international
scientific community, in particular the activities
of the Committee on Space Research of the Inter-
national Council of Scientific Unions, which has
for some time been planning a space-science sym-
posium to be held in January 1960.
To be meaningful, of course, such a space con-
ference must go beyond mere repetition of the
limited exchanges already had or scheduled within
the scientific community. Thus the United States
believes that the scope of the proposed conference
should include not only space sciences, so well
covered by exchanges in scientific forums, but also
engineering and technological aspects, propulsion,
vehicles, guidance problems, and many other sub-
jects of interest to nations which have not yet be-
gim their own space programs.
The new Committee, then, should, the United
States thinks, give early attention to arrange-
ments for convening an international conference
of members of the United Nations and of the
specialized agencies.
Members of this committee will note that the
draft resolution submitted by the cosponsoring
delegations does not contain an}' provision speci-
fying who will participate in the scientific con-
ference. That matter of participation is covered
in an aniendnient^ which will l)e submitted by the
delegation of Belgium. That amendment would
insert, at the appropriate place, the words: "of
' For a stateiiu'nt by Mr. l.oilgc, see Buuj-.n.N of Nov. 2,
1959, p. 651.
" U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.248. The amendment was approved
in Committee I on Dec. 12.
Department of State BuUetin
interesteii Meinlnji-s of llie United Nations niul of
tlie siK^ciiili/.ed :i<rfiu'ii>s." The auKMuIecl pai-a-
fXriiI)li would read as follows:
Deddes to convene in liKlO or r.itil. uiulcr the auspices
of the fnitod Nations, iin international soientilio con-
ference of interested Members of the United Nations and
of the si)ecialize<l agencies for tlie exchange of exiwrience
in the peaceful uses of outer space.
The United States supports this amendment,
and we trust this Committee will incorporat-e it in
the resolution by a decisive majority, in accoi-dance
with the United Nations precedents on the calling
of international conferences. This is the lan-
guage which is, one might say, standard i^ractice.
There are other possibilities for international
scientific cooperation which can profitably bo ex-
plored by the new United Nations Committee.
World Data Centers
The establishment and oi)eration of world data
centers during the International Geophysical
Year gave organization and unity to the scientific
world in its quest for laiowledge about the uni-
verse. This development constituted an impor-
tant political phenomenon. The world data
centers have continued to process and disseminate
information obtained from space activities since
the conclusion of the International Geophysical
Year. The Ad Hoc Committee's report calls at-
tention to the need for extending the number
and scope of such centers. We think the new
Committee could usefully study this question,
consulting with the appropriate mechanisms of
the scientific community, and provide recommen-
dations on support of an expanded system for
collection and distribution of data. It is to be
hoped that participating countries will agree to
the prompt and automatic transmi.ssion to the
world data centers of all scientific information
obtained liy spacecraft and related data necessary
for scientific understanding.
Laimchings Under International Auspices
The Ad Hoc Committee pointed out that instru-
mentation of a scientific payload as a coo})erative
endeavor would provide a means of bringing more
deeply into spac« research and engineering those
scientists who would not otherwise have the op-
portunity of performing experiments in space.
Several projects of this type are already under
Tway among the world's scientists, and we believe
Ithat it would be fruitful for the new Connnittee
to give thought to the jjolentialities of this
promising and growing form of cooperat ion. The
Uniteil States, for its pari, is always prepared to
discuss the possibility of making available ec|uip-
ment and facilities for launchings of tiiis char-
acter.
Weather and Coinmurdcations Satellites
The United States would like to see inter-
national cooperation in space activities carried
beyond the activities of piu-e research to facilitate
the conduct of international programs calling for
joint elfoit \\\ aresis of practical application of
sptvce science. The value of improved weather
forecasting and of the creation of additional and
more effective chaimels for worldwide comnnmi-
cation is evident. Another beneficial field of ap-
plication is navigational satellites. We should
like to see a ciu-eful international study made of
the best plans for adapting these various possi-
bilities of the new sciences to practical applica-
tion for the benefit of all peoples.
Study of Appropriate International Regulation
The international community should also at
this time, we believe, give attention to the con-
sideration of appropriate steps to regidate man's
activities in outer space. I do not mean by this
to suggest that now is the time to attemp.t any
general codification of space law. As staled in
the Ad Hoc Committee's report, a comprehensive
code is neither practicable nor necessarj- in the
present stage of knowledge and development of
space activities.
The Ad Hoc Committee stated, in paragraph 9
of its report, under part 1(d) of tlie 1958 msolu-
tion, that the law has begim to recognize or de-
velop a rule that outer space is, on conditions of
equality, freely available for exploration and use
by all in accordance with existing or future in-
ternational law or agreements. The United States
supports this view. A concept of freedom of space,
however, does not mean that we can overlook the
many practical problems arising from the opera-
tion of space vehicles which were pointed out by
both the scientific and legal experts of the Ad Hoc
Committee. Therefore it seems clear that the new
Committee should tuni its attention to possible
practical measures for dealing witii practical
problems.
lanuary 11, 1960
67
Identification of Orbital Objects
"We believe that the new United Nations Com-
mittee should study means for providing an ap-
propriate system of identification for all objects
placed in orbit aromid the earth. The new Com-
mittee could also usefully consider means that
might be adopted either for the removal of spent
satellites from orbit or at least the termination
of their radio transmissions when their usefidness
is ended.
Celestial Bodies
Only this autumn an unmanned space probe to
the moon was made. It is not too early to start
thinking now about the i-egime which ought to
be applied to international relations with respect
to celestial bodies. In this regard the United
States believes that man's entry into outer space
is a concerted midertaking of earth as a whole and
that scientific progress should proceed in har-
mony among the nations.
Other Topics
Our mentioning these selected topics is not to
suggest that other legal problems identified in the
Ad Hoc Committee's report should be neglected.
Quite the conti-ary. In some cases, as with the
allocation of radio frequencies, it is our hope and
expectation that tlie work of an existing agency —
in this case the International Telecommunication
Union — will proceed to a satisfactory conclusion.
In other cases, as with the problem of liability for
injury or damage caused by space vehicles or the
pi-oblem of reentry and landing of space vehicles,
the new United Nations Committee may wish to
give early attention to specific procedures or
means for starting to cope with these mattei-s.
Relationship to Disarmament
The United States, along with other countries,
has long recognized the potential use of outer
space for hostile purposes. Nearly 3 years ago we
proposed ' a study of means to assure the use of
outer space for peaceful purposes only. I wish to
repeat that the United States remains ready to
study the outer-space sector separately and does
not insist that it bo treated as part, of a more in-
clusive program for disarmamenl.
We recognize the vital importance of progress
in disarmament negotiations. It is for that reason
that we have undertaken, along with a group of
other countries, to enter into renewed discussions
in the near future.'' Hopeful as we are of reach-
ing significant agreements on disarmament, which
can lead in the end to a safer and happier world,
we realize from experience that the making and
carrying out of effectual agreements to disarm are
painstaking and time-consuming. We do not
wish to see international cooperation on the peace-
ful uses of outer space delayed because of this fact.
Conclusion
Mr. Chairman, let me conclude by saying that
the nations of the world look into the future, and,
as they look into the reaches of space, they con-
front an unprecedented opportunity. The fate of
human activities in space and indeed the fate of
the peoples of the earth lie in the hands of the
community of nations. The occasion is new. The
challenge is unprecedented. Let us rise to the
occasion.^
TEXT OF RESOLUTION
The General Assemtly,
Recognising the common interest of mankind as a whole
in furtliering the peaceful use of outer space,
Believing that the exploration and use of outer space
should be only for the betterment of mankind and to the
benefit of States irrespective of the stage of their economic
or scientific development,
Desiring to avoid the extension of present national
rivalries into this new field.
Recognizing the great importance of international co-
operation in the exploration and exploitation of outer
space for peaceful purposes.
Noting the continuing programmes of scientific co-oper-
ation in the exploration of outer space being undertaken
by the international scientific community.
Believing also tliat the United Nations should promote
international co-operation in the peaceful uses of outer
space,
1. Establishes a Committee on the Peaceful Uses of
Outer Space, consisting of Albania, Argentina, Australia,
Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Czechoslo-
vakia, France, Hungary, India, Iran, Italy, Japan,
Lebanon, Mexico, Poland, Romania, Sweden, the Union of
' Iliid.. Feb. 11, 1957, p. 225.
68
• Scm; p. 4.^.
" For an address on "Opportunities for International
Cooperation in Space Exploration" by T. Keith Glennan,
see p. .W.
•U.N. doc. A/RES/1472(XIV) (A/C.1/L.247, as
amended) ; adopted unanimously in plenary session on
Dec. 12.
Department of State Bulletin
Soviet Socialist Republics, the Uniteil Arab Republic, the
Uulteil Kingiloiu of Great Hritain and Northern Ireland
and Uie United States of America, whose members will
serve for the years liKiO and I'Ml, and requests the
Committee:
(a) To review, as approi)riate, the area of international
co-operation, and to study practical and feasible means for
giving effect to programmes iu the peaceful uses of outer
space which could appropriately be undertaken under
United Nations auspices. Including, inter alia:
(i) Assistance for continuation on a permanent basis
of the research on outer space carried on within
tlie framework of the International Geophysical
Year ;
(ii) Organization of the mutual exchange and dis-
semination of information on outer space research ;
(iii) Encouragement of national research programmes
for the study of outer space, and the rendering
of all possible assistance and help towards their
realization ;
(b) To study the nature of legal problems which may
arise from the exploration of outer space ;
2. Requests the Committee to submit reports on its ac-
tivities to the subsequent sessions of the General Assembly.
The General Assetnblj/,
'Noting icith satisfaction the successes of great signi-
ficance to mankind that have been attained in the explora-
tion of outer si)ace in the form of the recent launching
of artificial earth satellites and space rockets.
Attaching great importance to a broad development of
international co-operation in peaceful uses of outer space
in the interests of the development of science and the im-
provement of the well-being of peoples,
1. Decides to convene in 1960 or 1961, under the aus-
pices of the United Nations, an international scientific
conference of interested Members of the United Nations
and of the specialized agencies for the exchange of ex-
perience in the peaceful uses of outer space ;
2. Requests the Committee on the Peaceful Uses of
Outer Space, established in resolution A above, in consul-
tation with the Secretary-General and in co-operation
with the appropriate specialized agencies, to work out pro-
posals with regard to the convening of such a conference :
3. Requests the Secretary-General, in accordance with
the conclusions of the Committee, to make the necessary
organizational arrangements for holding the conference.
Additional replies from governments — nominican Re-
l>iiblic. A/-12i;(l/Add. 4. Dwember 2, l!)."i!l. :{ pp.
Question of llie I'ronticr Hetwccn llie Trust Territory of
Sonialiland Under Italian Administration and Ethiopia.
Note by the Secretary-tieneral. A/4320. iJecember 3
1!).">!I. 1(1 pp.
Economic Development of Under-developed Countries : Re-
port of the Economic and Social Council (Chapteni
II, III, IV and V). Report of the Second Committee.
A/-1321. Deceml)er 4, I'jr.a. 05 pp.
Budget Kstiniates for the Financial Year 1!KK). Report of
tlie Fifth Committee. A/4336. December 4, 1959. 03
pp.
The Korean Question : Report of the United Nations Com-
mission for the Unification and Rehabilitation of Korea.
Note verliale dated December 5, 1U.')9, from the Soviet
delegation addressed to the Secretary-GeneraL A/4338.
December 5, 1959. 7 pp.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Change in Consular District
for Islands of Zanzibar Protectorate
Department notice dated December 17
The consular district of Nairobi, Kenya, has been
changed to reflect the withdrawal of the island portions
of the Zanzibar Protectorate (Zanzibar and Pemba Islands
and adjacent islets) from the jurisdiction of the consu-
late general at Nairobi and their inclusion in the consular
district of Dar-es-Salaam, Tanganyika, effective Novem-
ber 1, 1959.
Recess Appointments
The President on December 24 appointed John J. Muccio
to be Ambassador to Guatemala, vice Lester D. Mallory,
resigned. (For biographic details, see Department of
State press release 875 dated December 24.)
Designations
Lester D. Alallory as Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Inter- American Affairs, effective December 21. (For an
exchange of letters between President Eisenhower and
Mr. Mallory on his resignation as Ambassador to Guate-
mala, see White House press release dated October 28.)
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
General Assembly
i; onomic Development of Under-developed Countries.
Report by the Secretary-General on measures taken by
the governments of member states to further the eco-
nomic development of underdeveloped countries in ac-
cordance with General Assembly resolution 1316 (XIII) .
January 7 7, 7960
I
Appointments
The President on Decemlier 24 ajipointed Harry R.
Turkel to be U.S. Representative on the Inter-American
Economic and Social Council of the Organization of
American States, with the personal rank of ambassador,
vice Harold M. Randall. (For biographic details, see
Department of State press release 874 dated December
24.)
69
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
J or x'llr I'll th, Sii/,' liiili iidi ill of DiiriniKnl y. U.S. Uov-
rnimrnt l''rinti)i(j Offirr. W'lxhhiaton ~'.i, D.V. Addrr.tn
rciiuiiitx ilirci-t to tlir Siiiii-riiilriiilrvt (if Doriimint.i. iJ--
Cfpt in the nine uf frir iiitblirntUntu, whifh miiij tie
ohldini-d from the Dcpnrlmi-nt of Stittr.
Atomic Energy— Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS4.!H.
Atrreeiiient between the I'nited St.-ites nf Ainerica ami the
Federal Ueimlilic of Germany, aiueiuiiiif; aureeiiient of
July ;?. l!tr>7. Signed at Washington July 22. lU.^n.
Kniered into force September 22, lit.")',*.
Parcel IVst. TIAS 4315. 2.'5 pi>. 15(?.
Agreement and regulations of execution between the
United States of America and the United Arab Keiiublic.
Signed at Cairo Dtn-ember :«>, l!»."s, and at Washington
January 13, lO.'iO. Entered into force October 1, It*".!!.
Mutual Defense Assistance. TIAS 431G, 2 pp. Tx*.
Agreement between the United St;ites of America and
Norway, amending annex C to the agreement of Janu-
ary 27, 1!>.",0. Exchange of notes— Dated at Oslo August
3l"and Sci)tember !), l'J.")0. Entered into force September
•J, ]!l.-.lt.
Atomic Energy- Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 4.;lT.
3 pp. .^«0.
Agreement iM-twecn the United States of America and
I'.elgivnn, amen<ling agreement of June l.'i, lit;"!, as
aniendi'<I. Sigmtl at Washington July 22, lOGl*. Entered
into force Se)ilcmber 2'.t, 11»5'.>.
United States Educational Foundation in India. TIAS
4;',is. 4 pp. rx*.
Agreement belween the United Stales of America and
India, .•imendhig agreement of February 2, VXM. as
amcmie<l. Kxchange of nnti's— Dated .-it .New Delhi J;in-
uary .''.ll and February li, l!l.''.t. Kntercd iiitu I'nrcc I'cbru-
aryC, I'.C,'.).
Passport Visas. TI.\S LilK. ."i i>p. ."«'.
Airrccment liclwecn the I'niled Stales of America and
Nicaragua. U/Xcliange of notes— Dated at Managua July
fi, ScpKMnber 3(», and (iihihcr 22. T.l.Vi. Knlcrcd iiiln
force October 22, 1 '.».".">.
Defense — Maintenance of Ilaines-Fairbanks Pipeline.
TIAS 432(1. 2 iMi. ■',(•.
.\greement between the I'liilcsl St.'ilcs of .\aicrica and
Canad.-i. extiMiding agrceiiiciit of .l.mu.iry l(i and 17. Ill.'i7.
Exchange of notes — Date(l at Ottawa August 17 and 2(i.
1!l.'l>. [entered into force August 20. ll»."iil. Oper.-ilivc
relroactivcly .Inly 1, l!i."iS.
Conservation of Shrimp. T1.\S l.';2l. 10 pl' !•*'•'
Ciinvcniidn bclwccn Ihc Iniled Stales of .\merica and
Cub.-i. Signe<l .al llaliana .Vugii'il l.'i, \'X>s. ICnicred into
fori'c Se|]|endier 4, III.V.*.
Mutual Defense Assistance — .\ssurances. T1.\S l.;22 2
pp. .%-'.
.\i;rc-cii.cnl bctwci'ii Ihc Inilcd Slalcs of .\mcri( ;i and
India i;\ibam;c i.r m.li'^ Siu'nc(l .-il New Delhi .\|iiil Id.
and I mbci- IT. Ili.'is, Ijiicrcd iiitn f.ircc December 17.
i;i.-.s
Foreign Service Personnel — Free-Entry Privileges. TIAS
43Z3. "> pp. int-
Agreement between the United States of America and
Venezuela. Exchange of notes — Dated at Caracas April
7 and 17, 10."',». Entered into force April 17, ltC)t>.
General -Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. TI.\S 4324.
10 pp. 10c.
Seventh protocol of supplementary concessions to agree-
ment of October 30, l'.>47. Done at Bonn February 19,
1!)."7. Schedule for AiL^tria entered into force Septem-
ber 1. li>."i.s;: schedule for the Federal Reimblie of Ger-
many entered iiilo force August 21, 11K")9.
Special Economic Assistance. TIAS 4325. 3 pp. 5i?.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Hunna. Exchange of notes — Signed at Rangoon June
24. 1959. Entered into force June 24, 1959.
Economic Cooperation. Tl.VS 4320. 2 pp. 5?*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Burma, amending agreement of March 21, 1957. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Rangoon September 12, 1959. En-
tered into force Septeiidicr 12, 1951t.
Commission for Exchange of Students and Professors.
TIAS 4327. 11 pp. \0<i.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the United .\rab Republic. Signed at Cairo September
28, 1959. Entered into force Septend)er 2fS. 1959.
Surplus Property — Sale in Korea of Excess Military
Property. TIAS 4.32.S. 1.") pp. lo?.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Republic of Korea. Signed at Seoul October 1. 19.V.I.
With memorandum of iuteriu-etation and understanding.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TI.\S 432tt. 4 pp. ,V
Agreement between the United Stales of America and
I'eru, amending agreement of .Vjiril 9. 195.S, as amendeii.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Lima September 11 .-nid
25, 19.59. Entered into force September 2,5, 1959.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 21-27
Press releases may be obtained from the Office
of New.s, Department of State. Washington 2.5, D.C.
Releases issued jirior li> Dei'eniber 21 which i\\>-
pear in this issue of the Btn.i.F.TiN are Nos. 8.56 and
,S5S of December 15, ,S()2 of December Iti, S(i4 of
DecemlKU- 17, and St.',' cf December 19.
No. Date Snbjcct
Mil) 12 21 Weslcrn beads-of-gciverniiicnt com-
iiiuni(iuc.
*.si;s ll' jl Kdui-alional I'Xch.angc (I.alin .\nier-
iia I.
Si'.O I'J 21 Wi'sleni heads. of-govcriimenl com-
miiliii|ue.
IsTO 12 22 Ollice of l'.>lilical .\dvise:- Id High
t 'ominissioiier of Uyukyu Islands.
s71 12 22 Ncirlh .\llanlic Council cunuauiiicine.
:s72 12 21 r.S. U.S. S.R. lend-lease negoliations.
ST:. 12 24 Nelheilands I'ases imjiorl controls.
S74 12.24 Turliid aiil>oinled U.S. re|iresenlative
i>n liiler-.\merican Economic and
Social Council ( biegr.-ipbic delails).
'■S7.~i I'J -J 4 .Muiiio appointed .•imlia.ssador to
Gualeaial:! ( biograiihic details).
' N ■: p-tiiicil.
Illi'ld for a later issue of the I!iii i.ktix.
70
Dcpo.'f ;;'cri/ o.^ Sfcife BvUetin
January 11, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1072
Africa. Chiiuge in Consular District for Islnmis of
Ziiiizibur I'rotectonite (>!)
Agriculture. I'residont Eisenhower Conii)letes Visits
to 11 Countries in Euroi)e, Middie East. South Asia,
and Afrini (text of address at agriculture fair,
New I>elhi) 40
American Republics
Mailory designate<l deputy assistant secretary, Inter-
Americau Affairs C!)
Turkel apiwinted I'.S. reineseutative, lA-ECOSOC . GO
Congress, The. U.S. Wel<-onies Hankers' Study Trij)
to India and Pakistan (Cooper, Dillon, Kennedy) Qii
Department and Foreign Service
A|)iR>intnienti! (Turkel) tiO
Change in Consular District for Islands of Zanzibar
Protectorate 69
Designations (Mailory) 69
Recess Apiwintments (Muccio) 69
Disarmament
NATO Foreign Ministers Conclude Meeting at Paris
(text of communique) 44
Westei-n Foreign Ministers Propose Disarmament
Meeting in March (text of communique) .... 45
Economic Affairs
Netherlands Eases Controls on U.S. Imports ... 57
Turkel appointed U.S. representjitive, lA-BCOSOC . 69
U.S. Welcomes Bankers' .Study Trip to India and
Pakistan (Cooper, Dillon, Kennedy) 63
Western Heads of State and Government Meet at
Paris (Eisenhower, texts of communiques) ... 43
France. Western Heads of State and Government
Meet at Paris (Eisenhower, texts of conmiu-
uiques) 43
Germany
NATO Foreign Ministers Conclude Meeting at Paris
(text of communique) 44
Western Heads of State and Government Meet at
Paris (Eisenhower, text,s of communiques) ... 43
Greece. President Eisenhower Completes Visits to 11
Oiuntries in Euroi)e, Middle East, South Asia, and
Africa (Eisenhower, texts of joint communiques) 46
Guatemala. Muccio appointed Ambas-sador .... 69
India
Pre.sident Eisenhower Completes Visits to 11 Coun-
tries in Europe, Middle Ea.st, South Asia, and
Africa (Ei.senhower, texts of joint communiques) . 40
U.S. Welcomes Bankers' Study Trip to India and
Pakistan (Cooper, Dillon, Kennedy) 63
International Information. Opportunities for Inter-
national Cooperation In Space Exploration (Glen-
nan) .W
International Organizations and Conferences
Turkel appointed U.S. representative, lA-ECOSOC . 69
U.S. Welcomes Bankers' Study Trip to India anil
Pakistan (Cooper, Dillon, Kennedy) ()3
Iran. I'resident Ei.senlinwer Conipletes Vl.sil.s to 11
Countries in Europe, .Middle East, South .\siu, and
Africa ( Ei.senhower. texts of joint couimuril(|ue.s) 4«l
Military Affairs. K. L. Dennison Aitpoinled Supreme
.\lliiMl Commander, Atlantic 4'>
^lorocco. President Ei.senhower Completes Visits to
11 Countries in Euroiw, Middle East, South Asia,
and Africa (Eisenhower, texts of Joint commu-
niques) 40
Xefherlands. Netherlands Eases Controls on U.S.
Imports 57
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NATO Foreign Ministers Conclude Meeting at Paris
(text of communique) 44
R. L. Dennison Appointetl Supreme Allied Com-
mander, Atlantic 45
Pakistan. U.S. Welcomes Bankers' Study Trii) to
India and Pakistan (Cooper, Dillon, Kennedy) . 63
Presidential Documents. President Eisenhower
Completes Visits to 11 Countries in Europe, Middle
East, South Asia, and Africa 46
Publications. Recent Rclea.ses 70
Science
Opiwrtuuities for International Cooperation in Space
Exploration (Glennan) 58
U.N. Sets Up New Committee on Peaceful Uses of
Outer Space; Decides To Convene International
Scientific Conference (Lodge, text of resolution) . 64
Spain. President Eisenhower Completes Visits to 11
Countrias in Europe, Middle East, South Asia, and
Africa (Eisenhower, texts of joint communiques) . 46
Tunisia. President Eisenhower Completes A'isits to
11 Countries in Europe, Middle East, South Asia,
and Africa (Eisenhower, texts of joint comnni-
niques) . . • 46
U.S.S.R. Western Heads of StJite and Government
Meet at Paris (ELsenhower, texts of commu-
niques) 43
United Kingdom. Western Heads of State and Gov-
ernment Meet at Paris (Eisenhower, texts of com-
muniques) 43
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 69
U.N. Sets Up New (Jommittee on Peaceful Uses of
Outer Space; Decides To Convene International
Scientific Conference (Lodge, text of resolution) . 64
Name Index
Coojjer, John Sherman 63
Dennison, Robert L 45
Dillon, Douglas 63
Eisenhower, I'resident 43, 46
Glennan, T. Keith 58
Kennedy, John F .
Lodge, Henry Cabot
Mailory, Lester D
Muccio, John J . .
Tuikel, Harrj- R . .
63
64
69
69
69
U.S. COVERNMENT PR1NTIN8 OFFICE: 1980
s:si:-
v.
?
^
\v
'' 'h:^
the
lepartment
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
How Foreign Policy Is Made
Who makes our foreign policy and how is it made? "WTio
decides what the Nation shall do in its relations with the rest of
the world and how are decisions reached?
These questions are discussed in a new edition of the popular
Department of State publication, How Foreign Policy Is Made.
This short, illustrated pamplilet describes briefly and directly
. . . the role of the President
. . . the role of Congress
. . . the role of the official household
. . . the composition and task of the National Security
Council
. . . the functions and organization of the Department of
State
. . . the effect other nations may have on our policy making
. . . the basic part played by our citizenry in determining
foreign policy decisions
Publication 6892
15 centa
Order Form
Siiiit. of DoniinfMits
C.ivt. I'riutins! «;(ru<>
W'asirmKUin 2."), I).f'.
I'nclosed lind:
Please send me copies of Iloio Foreign Policy Is Made.
Name:
{^r.asti,t:fn'ck,oi itKirn
order pnyahle to
Slept . (if lines.)
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1073
January 18, 1960
£
nciAL
EKLY RECORD
ED STATES
iEIGN POLICY
FOUR POWERS AGREE ON MAY 16 AS DATE FOR
SUMMIT MEETING • Exchange of Messages Beticeen
President Eisenhotcer and Premier Khrushchev 77
THE SEARCH FOR PEACE WITH FREEDOM • Re-
marks by President Eisenhoiver 7d
THE OUTLOOK FOR 1960 IN FOREIGN AFFAIRS
• Statement by Secretary Herter 78
COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN PEOPLES. THE
CHALLENGE OF CULTURAL DIPLOMACY • 6.v
Robert U. Thayer 81
A REVIEW OF THE STATE OF THE WORLD'S FOOD
AND AGRICULTURE: TENTH SESSION OF THE
CONFERENCE OF THE FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
ORGANIZATION • Report ami Statement by CU,rence L.
Miller and Text of Resolution on Freedoni-From-IIunger
Campaign 88
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 1 1960
Vol. XLII, No. 1073 • Publication 6930
January 18. I960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government PrlntlnR Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 26 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1B68).
Note: Contents ot this publication are not
copyrighted an<l Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State I)i;lletin as the. source will bo
apprcclntod.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government icith information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on tlxe work of the Depart-
ment of State an€l the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and interruitional agrcementa
to which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
\
The Search for Peace With Freedom
Remarks hy President Eisenhower ^
Fellow Americans, at liome and overseas;
friends of America; workers for a just peace,
wherever you may be in the world, whatever your
race or flag or tongue or creed :
Once again I have the privilege of lighting the
Pageant of Peace tree on the eve of the Christmas
season. This is the season when men and women
of all faiths, pausing to listen, gain new heart
from the message that filled the heavens over
Betldehem 2,000 years ago — Peace on earth, good
will to men.
Every Christmas through the long marcli of
centuries since then, the message has been echoed
in the hopes and prayers of humanity.
This Christmas, for me at least, those words
have clearer meaning, sharper significance, more
urgent counsel.
Last night I came home from a trip that carried
me to three continents, Africa and Asia and
Europe.- I visited 1 1 countries, whose populations
total a quarter of all mankind.
I wish that every American — certainly every
American recognized by his fellows as a leader in
any field — and every leader in the countries of the
West could see and hear what I have seen and
what I have heard. The mutual underetanding
thereby created could in itself do much to dissolve
the issues that plague the world.
My trip was not undertaken as a feature of
normal diplomatic procedures. It was not my
purpose either to seek specific agreements or to
urge new treaty relationships. My purpose was
' Made at the ceremonies opening the Christmas Pageant
of Peace at Washington, D.C., on Dec. 23 (White House
press release).
' For bacliground, see Bulletin of Dec. 28, 1959, p. 931,
and Jan. 11, 1960, p. 46.
to improve the climate in whicli diplomacy might
work more successfully — a diplomacy that seeks,
as its basic objective, peace witli justice for all
men.
In tlie crowds that welcomed my party and me
I saw at close hand the faces of millions. Many,
indeed most, were poor, weary, worn by toil ; but
others were yomig, energetic, eager — the children,
as always, bright and excited.
The clothes of a few were as modern as today's
Paris ajid New York ; of others, as ancient as the
garb of Abraham, often soiled and tattered, al-
though sometimes colorful and romantic to the
American eye.
They were Buddhist and Muslim and Hindu
and Christian.
But, seeing them massed along coimtry roads
and city streets from the eastern shore of the At-
lantic to Karachi and Delhi, three tilings, it
seemed to me, united them into one fiunily :
Tlie first, their friendship for America and
Americans ;
The second, their fervent hope — too long frus-
trated— for betterment of tliemselves and of their
children ;
And third, their deep-seated hunger for peace
in freedom.
Key to Betterment of Peoples
Of this last, permit me to speak first. It must
come first. The assurance of peace in freedom
is the key to betterment of peoples everywhere,
and in a just peace friendship between all peoples
will flourish.
I assure you that all the people I saw and visited
want peace. Nothing in human affaira can be
more certain than that
January 18, J 960
75
I talked with kings and presidents, prime min-
isters, and hiunble men and women in cottages
and in mud huts. Their common denominator
was their faith that America will help lead the
way toward a just peace.
They believe that we look and work toward tlie
day when the use of force to achieve political or
commercial objectives will disappear, when each
coimtiy can freely draw on the culture, wisdom,
experience of other countries and adapt to its own
needs and aspirations what it deems is best and
most suitable.
They understand that we look and work toward
the day when tliere can be open and peaceful
partnership — communication — interchange of
goods and ideas l)etween all peoples, toward the
day when each i>eopl6 will make its maximum con-
tribution toward the progress and prosperity of
the world.
Such is the world condition which we and all
the peoples I visited hope — and pray — to see.
Our concept of the good life for humanity does
not require an inevitable conflict between peoples
and sysiems, in which one must triumph over tlie
other. Nor does it offer merely a bare coexistence
as a satisfactory state for mankind. After all, an
uneasy coexistence could be as barren and sterile,
joyless and stale a life for human beings as the co-
existence of cellmates in a penitentiaiy or a labor
camp.
Help and Strength for the Cause of Freedom
We believe that history, the record of human
living, is a great and broad stream into which
should pour the richness and divei-sity of many
cultures, from which emerge ideas and practices,
ideals and purposes, \ii\k\ for all. We believe
each people of the human family, even the least
in numlwr and (lie most primitive, can contribute
something to a developing world embracing all
peoples, enhancing the good of all peoples.
But we recognize — we must recognize — that in
tlie often fierce and even ^-icious battle for sur-
vival— against weather and disease and poverty —
some peoples need hclj). Denied it, they could
well Income so desperate as to create a woi-ld
catastrophe.
Now, in tlio ultimate sense, a nation must
achieve for itself, by its heart and by its will, tlie
76
standard of living and the strength needed to
progress toward peace with justice and freedom.
But, where necessai-y resources and technological
skills are lacking, people must be assisted, or all
the world will suffer.
In the past America has been generous. Our
generosity has been greeted with gi'atitude and
friendship. On my trip many millions cried and
shouted their testimony to that fact.
No count i-y I visited is short on the gi-eatest of
all resources — people of good heart and stout will.
xVnd this is especially true of the yomig. Almost
every coiuitry is, however, short on the teclmical
knowledge, the skills, the machines, the tech-
niques— and the money — needed to enable their
l>eople fully to exploit the natural resources of
tlieir lands.
Of course, money alone camiot bring about this
progress. Yet America's own best interests — our
own hopes for peace — require that we continue
our financial investment and aid and persuade all
other fi-ee nations to join us, to the limit of their
ability, in a long-term program, dependable in its
tenns and in its duration.
But more importantly — in the spirit of the
Christmas season, that there may be peace on earth
and good will among men, we must as indi\'iduals,
as corporations, labor unions, professional soci-
eties, as communities, multiply our interest, our
concern in these peoples. They are now our wann
friends. They will be our stout and strong part-
ners for peace and friendship in freedom — if they
are given the right sort of help in the right sort
of spirit.
The ^Vmerican Government and our allies i>ro-
\'ide the defensive strength against aggi-e.ssion
that permits men of good will to work together
for i^eace. Such strength is an absolute require-
ment until controlled and safeguarded disarma-
ment allows its reduction, step by step.
Protected by our defensive strength against
\iolent disru[)tion of our peaceful efforts, we are
ti-ying to produce a workable, practical program
that will make eacli succeeding Christmas a little
closer in spirit, and reality to the message of the
Ih-st Christmas long ago.
Tliis is not a matter of charity for the poverty-
stricken nor of easing our own consciences through
doles for the distressed. The help we give to our
friends is help and strength for the cause of free-
Deparlment of Sfafe BuUefin
dom — i\jnericAn fi-eedom, us well aa freedom
throufrhout the world.
In -rivinfr it, we must l>e hardheaded but un-
derstanding', enlightened in our own interest but
sympathetic and generous in the interest of our
friends.
Together we should consider all the ways ami
the fonns such help might take. I fervently
hope that in this Christmas season each of you
who is listening will give thought to what you
can do for another liuman, identical with you in
his divine origin and destiny, however distant in
miles or poor in worldly estate.
"With tiiat hoi)e, with that prayer, I wisli you
all happiness and peace in this season as I light
the Xation's Chi-istmas tree for the Pageant of
Peace.
Meriy Christmas !
Four Powers Agree on May 16
as Date for Summit Meeting
On December 21 France, the United Kingdom,
and the United States proposed to the Soviet
Union that an East-West summit meeting begin
at Parifi on April 27} Following is a subsequent
exchange of messages between President Eisen-
hower and NikitaS. Khrushchev, Chairman of the
Council of Ministers of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics.
MESSAGE OF PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO MR.
KHRUSHCHEV
White House {.\iigusta, Ga.) press release dated December 29
December 20, 19.5!)
Dear Mr. Chairman : I note with satisfaction
that you have agreed to participate in a Summit
meeting of the Four Powers in Paris which Prime
Minister Macmillan, President de Gaulle and my-
self proposed to you. I can well understand the
difficulty of arriving at a date commonly accept-
able to tJie four of us.
I have been in touch with Prime Minister Mac-
millan and President de Gaulle in regard to tlie
alternative dates which you suggest. Unfortu-
'For text of a letter from President Eisenhower to
Soviet Premier Khrushchev, see Bulletin of Jan. 11,
1960, p. 44.
nately, due to other engagements, both President
de Gaulle and I would not find it possible to meet
on April -2.1. I further undei-stand that Prime
Minister Macmillan has prior commitments which
run from May ;5 until mid-May.
Provided that this is acceptable to you, the best
arrangement would seem to be for the meeting of
the Four Powers to open in Paris on May 16.
I trust, Mr. Chainnan, that this will notpi-esent
any difficulties to you and that we may agree Xo
meet in Paris on that date.
Sincerely,
DwKiiiT D. Eisenhower
ianvary 18, I960
MESSAGES OF PREMIER KHRUSHCHEV TO
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
Letter of December 25
Unofficial translation
Dear Mr. President: I have received yonr letter in
which yon confirm your readiness to take i>art in a sum-
mit meeting of the Four Powers and communicate the
understanding reached on this question between you.
Prime Minister Macmillan and President de Gaulle. First
of all I wish to express my deep satisfaction that you.
Prime Minister Macmillan and President de Gaulle con-
sider it desirable for the discussion of the main interna-
tional problems from time to time to arrange a meeting
at tlie highest level of the countries taking part in such a
meeting.
The Soviet Government can only welcome such a dec-
laration. We have always considered that it Is exactly
through the personal meetings of statesmen on the highest
level that urgent international problems can be resolved
in the most effective manner.
The Soviet Government exi)resses it.s readiness for con-
ducting the summit meeting in Paris.
Unfortunately the date named for this meeting of April
27, 11K50, is not convenient for tlie Soviet Government. In
connection with this, we would like to suggest as a possi-
ble date for this meeting the 21st of April or the 4th of
-May 1960.
The Soviet Government hoi)es that one of these dates
will be acceptable for the Government of tlie Unite<l
States of -Vmerica as well as for the Governments of
Great Uritain and France and that its propositi will not
make any difficulty in the choice of a definitive date for
the meeting of the Heads of Government.
I hope, Mr. President, that these con.slderatlons will
be aweptnble to you.
With warm regarda
N. Khrushchev.
The Kremlin, Moscow, December Z5, 1959.
77
Letter of December 30
Unofflelal translation
])KAii Mi:. I'KKsrDF.NT : I riMvivi^I your letter of Decem-
ber 2*.) in which you express yourself in favor of a summit
nieetiu'.; of tlie Four Towers in Paris lieffinninK May Hi.
IIXJO.
Tlie Soviet (lovernment considers this date aweptable.
It is now possible to note with sati.sfaetion that as a
result of the joint <'on.sultations among the Governments
of tlie Four Powers liiial agreement has been reachtnl on
(he date and plai'c for convening a summit conference.
N. Khrushchkv
TiiK KuKMi.l.v, .\t(ixritir, lUcrDihrr SO, 19.')f>.
The Outlook for 1960
in Foreign Affairs
Stdtiiiu'tif h)/ S, rrt'/iiri/ Ilrrfc)'
Press ri'lcas(> KST dnteii Di't-r-mlior HI
l!H'i(i will lie .■111 pventfiil year in the Held of
foi-cii^ii all'aiis. President Eisenhower is consid-
erincr mak-ino more, trips to otlier countries \)Yo-
vided liis sclu'.chde ])eniiits.' He plans to return
the visit of Mr. Klinislu'hev to this country by
tnivelinif to the Soviet Union, jiroliably in Jiuie.
'We e.\]iert to he iiosts (o a number of distin-
ojuisiied statesmen during tht^ course of tlie year;
in fad, in the first few months Pi-inie Ministei'
Kislii of .I;i]ian, I'l-esident Llerns of Colombia,
Pi'csident. de (JauUe of Fi-ance, and the Kin<r of
Nepal, aniono; othei-s, will visit us.
Now sclieduleil for some time in May, there will
be an East-A\'est summit meeting.
'I'liroiiiihoiit the year we shall face pi'eat chal-
leiifxes. V\'v and our allies will explor(> with the
Soviet Pnion possibilities for reachiiio- poliiical
settlements. We will eturaii'e in redoubled efForls
to make |)roo:ress on arms control. W(> will keep
U]) our proo-ranis to as,sist dexeloplno; nalioiis to
progress in ficedom.
Fn tlie midst of all this activity it is imporlani
for us all, as .\ iiiericaiis, to beai- two things in
mind :
Fii-st, despit»> a new almosph(M•(^ of hopefulness
foi- I be solution of world problems, there lia.s, in
fact, been no leal change in Commimist inten-
' For texts of a(l(lress<-s, slalcuienls. and joint com
muni.ines from Presjih-nl l';i.s(>nhower"s II -nation |ii|..
Dec :! -J'J, l!i.-,ii, see Ilri.iiiiN ef I )(^-. js. i;i."i'.l. p IKtl.
and .1.111 I 1, I'.ico, |i III.
78
tions. So far, deeds have not followed upon
peaceful words. Thus, though willing and ever
ready to negotiate, we must not let down our
guard. More than ever, in a period of some hope,
it is essential to maintain our defenses. Also, if
we are to arrive at solutions to world problems,
we must realize that these do not come easily —
they may well take generations to accomplish.
Secondly, we must go forward from the experi-
ence of the President's recent trip which has
headlined through the world the concern of the
United States for peace and friendship in free-
dom. This princijile is now recognized by hun-
dreds of millions of people. Our task in lOfiO and
the years ahead is to help convert this principle
from ait expression of tiuxious hope into a state-
ment of actual fact.
In till our foreign relations we will try to carry
out Americtv's role of res]ionsibility to the free
world. We will try to demonstrate America's
deilication to the cause of individual dignity and
freedom.
U.S. states Position on Atom Ban,
Refutes Soviet Statement
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
Wliitf Hnusf {,\iigusta, (Ja.l jircs.s ri-loase dated DeCfmber 2t*
The negotiations with i'i's|)ei-t to tlit> cessation
of nuclear testing lia\e now been in progress for
1 [ inniiihs. A\"liilc now i-ecesscd. they will soon Ik>
resiinifd. \o satisfactory aoiceiiieiit is yet in
sight. The prospects for siti'li an agre^'uient have
been injured by the recent unwillingne.ss on the
])art of the politically guided ."soviet exjierts to
gi\e serious scieiit ilic considerat ion to the efl'ective-
nchs of seismic teclini(]iies for the di>tection of
niideigi'ouiid nuclear explosions. Indeed the at^
ini)S]ilicre of the talks has been clouded by the
iiitemperate and lechnic.ally unsup])ortal)le Soviet
annex to the rc])ort of (he technical experts. The
distinguished .\meiican group of scientists who
composed the United .St att>s delegat ion will make
public from the Ncrbatim rei-ords of I he confer-
ence the facts which will completely rcd'iite this
.'>o\ iel d(H-iiiiieiit .
\\v will resume negotiations in a continuing
si)iril of seeking to i-each a safeguarded agree-
Departmcnf of Slate Bulletin
inent. In the meantime, the voluntary moratorium
on testing will expire on I)ewmbor31.'
Although we consider oui-selves free to resume
nuclear weapons testing, we shall not resume nu-
clear weapons tests without announcing our in-
tention in advance of any i-esumption. During
the period of voluntary suspension of nuclear
weapons tests the United St^vtes will continue its
active program of weapon research, development
and laboratory-type experimentation.
REPLY TO STATEWENT BY SOVIET EXPERTS
Press release 884 dated December 29
Department Announcement
Technical Working (Jroup 2, which examined
problems relating to detection and identification
of seismic events, concluded its work on December
18 and reported to the Geneva Conference on the
Discontinuance of Nuclear "Weapon Tests on
December 19. Annex II of the "Working Group
report ^ is a ''Statement by the Soviet Experts."
This intemperate and teclmically unsupportable
Soviet annex, inunediately after it was read to the
conference, was refuted by Dr. James B. Fisk,
chairman of the U.S. teclmical group. The text
of Dr. Fisks statement of December 19 is
attached.
Excerpt from Verbatim GEN/DNT/PV. 150 (December
19, 1959)
Mr. Fisk (United States of America) : I had hoi)ed that
we would not be called uiMin today to re-arjjue our cases,
particularly sinc-e I understand that the annexes to the
report which we have submitted to you today are to be
published, and particularly also because these questions
have been so thoroughly covered in the verbatim records.
However, since Dr. [B. K.] Federov has read his in-
correct, distorted and misleading statement, I feel that the
record would be lopsided if I did not make a few moderate
comments on behalf of the United .States delegation.
Mr. Fe<lerov lias referred to a large number of very
highly technical and complicated matters. I do not pro-
pose to comment on all of them, for the reasons that I
have cited. There are, however, a few which deserve
comment at this time.
Mr. Federov has returned once again to the argument
which he has used persistently throughout our meetings —
' For background, see BmxETl.v of Sept. 14, 1959, p. 374.
* Doc. GEN/DNT/TWG. 2/9, released at Geneva Dec.
I'J, 1959.
naim-Iy, the arKtiment that the new data based on the
Hardtack e.\i>erlments are Invalid because they In effect
do not represent u test of the system re<'onimeuded by the
Geneva Conference of KxihtIs. I should like to observe
that that as.sertlon is irrelevant. I would, furthermore,
observe that the Instruments which were used In the
Hardtack experiments have been conclusively shown. In
the course of the meetings of the Twhnlcal Working
Group, to be suiwrior to those which we understand were
recommended by the Conference of Experts.' .Mr. Fed-
erov challenges us becau.se not every one of the total
number of seismographs u.sed in the Hardtack exjK-ri-
ment.s was usetl in every exi)erlment. This has no essen-
tial bearing on the results. I would simply observe tiat
sixtiH-n seismographs, well calibrated and well placed,
for any one of the.se underground explosions, are a rather
unusually large number and the data from them are
good, relevant and complete.
Mr. Federov charges us with changing the source dat«
as a matter of whim. I should like to remind him that
the source data are the seismogrums themselves. Many
of them have been available to the Soviet delegation for
a number of months. In the first few meetings of the
Tec'hnieal Working Group, 2,50 were made available to
the Soviet delegation. Those are the source data. If
the Soviet scientists are willing to do their own home-
work, they have available every bit of data that we have
laboured on for so long.
Mr. Federov says that we introduced new data at the
nineteenth meeting of the Working Group. That is an
absurd statement. I should like to observe that it was
only at last, at that nineteenth meeting, that we cotild
even bring Mr. Federov to discuss on a technical basis
the very important question of first motion. Further-
more, what he calls new data were obtained by measur-
ing the very seismograms that had been made available
to the Soviet delegation earlier.
I should now like to make some remarks about the final
report of the United States delegation concerning the
work of the Technical Working Group.
In accordance with the Group's terms of reference, the
United States delegation bases its reiMirt on all scien-
tifically valid conclusions concerning the detection and
identification of nuclear events ba.sed on new studies and
data, whether such conclusions would lead to improve-
ments of the system or would lejid to an assessment which
would make the system api>ear Ic.'ss effe<'tive. It is our
view that mentioning only the potential improvements in
the final conclusions on this subject would mislead the
Conference on the Discontinuance of Nuclear Weapon
Tests concerning the pre.sent technical status of the pos-
sible control system.
One of the imi)ortant conclusions in the swiion of our
report on new data deals with the so-calle<l first motion
problem — that is, the direction in which a seismic needle
would swing as a first resiwnse to a seismic disturbance.
This direction was considered by the Conference of Ex-
perts in 19.>8 to be the primary tool for discriminating
' For background, see Bulleti.v of Sept 22, 1958, p. 452,
and Jan. 26, 1959, p. 118.
January 18, J 960
79
between earthquakes and explosions. The conclusion
drawn by the United States delegation, based on new
data, is that this method of discrimination is much less
effective than had been thought.
A further important conclusion in that section concerns
the possibility of concealment of underground nuclear
explosions by detonating such explosions in a very large
cavity in salt or hard rock. It was shown theoretically
that the seismic signal of a given explosion under these
conditions could be reduced three hundredfold or more as
compared to the signals produced in the Nevada tests.
Consequently, explosions could be made to look smaller
by this factor and thus be much harder to detect and
locate.
Another item of the si^me section deals with a subject
to which Mr. Federov has given such attention — that is,
the estimate of the nimiber of earthquakes which would
be exi)ected to be detected and located by the system.
The conclusion is thiit the estimates of .such a number are
very uncertain but that about 15,000 earthciuakes per
year would be located by the system over the whole world,
corresponding to earth movements produced by nuclear
explosions of more than one kiloton. For larger explo-
sions, such as 20 kilotons, the number of equivalent earth-
quakes is about 2.000 world-wide.
All delegations concurred in the se<-tion on seismic
improvements, and I do not believe that it needs any
further comment. However, much work and research
must be done to make these new methods effective.
We then have a section on criteria based on objective
instrument readings which could be used by the control
organization in determining the eligibility of detected and
located seismic events for insi)ection. Agreement was
not reached on that .section. It is the United States dele-
gation's view that .such criteria must be formulate<l so
that a large number of explosions would not be classified
as natural earthquakes and that the criteria must be based
on well established technical information. Unfortunately,
the resulting criteria classify only a small fraction of the
seismic events as natural earthquakes, leaving a large
number eligible for insj)ectiou. It was the Soviet dele-
gation's view that criteria must be sijecified by the Work-
ing Group which would remove a large fraction of the
seismic events fnmi eligibility for inspection by identify-
ing them as na.tural earthquakes. However, it is the
United States delegation's view that this is impossible
within present te<-hnical knowledge. In fact, the criteria
proposed by the Soviet delegation woiild have classified
such events as the recent United States underground
nuclear test explosions, which ranged up to 19 kilotons in
yield, as natural earthquakes and thus would have made
them ineligible for insi)ection. It is the United States
delegation's view that as scientific knowledge progresses
more useful criteria can be formulated in the future.
We recognize that there is a great deal of additional
seismic information available, as listed in a substantial
section of our report, but that information is not suffi-
ciently complete to be formulated into specific criteria.
The United States delegation feels that such auxiliary
information should be very useful if evaluated in a com-
petent technical manner in connection with a particular
.seismic event.
The problem of the formulation of criteria is a strictly
technical problem. If technical knowledge permits one
to identify a large fraction of seismic events as earth-
quakes, then it is clearly a great advantage to the control
system. If technical knowledge does not permit that,
then seismic events must remain eligible for inspection.
Determination of the means of selecting events to be
insi>ected must be left for further consideration by tbe
main Conference.
Foreign Minister of Spain
To Visit United States
Press release 879 dated December 29
The Foreign Minister of Spain, Fernando
Maria Castiella y Maiz, has accepted the invita-
tion of tlie Secretary of State to make an official
visit to Washington from Marcli 22 through
March 24, 1960. The Secretai-y expressed his in-
terest in having the Foreign Minister visit "Wash-
ington when they met in Ix)ndon on August 31,
1959.^
During the 3 days he will l>e in Washington, the
Foreign Minister will exchange views with the
Secretary of State and other U.S. officials on cur-
rent aspects of Spanish-United States relations
and matters of mutual interest to both countries.
' Bulletin of Sept. 21, l!»r>!t. p. 404.
80
Department of State Bulletin
Communications Between Peoples, the Clialienge of Cultural Diplomacy
by Robert H. Thayer^
We are on this '2!>tli day of December on the
threshold of an exciting new decade, tlie decade
of the sixties. The next 10 years ai-e going to be
years of astonnding and dramatic clianges. The
raj)id progress Iwing made in all fields of science
is bound to affect very deeply the individnal as
well as the national lives of the j^eoples of the
whole world.
We in the United Stat-es have an obligation as
individuals and as a nation to assert leadership
in seeing that these changes take place in a way
that will bring greater fullillment to life in a
world of peace. We must be on the aleit not to
lose the basic principles of our great heritage in
this process of change, and at the same time we
must, take care not to cling to concepts that have
lost their validity.
This is particularly true in the field of inter-
national relations, where, I submit, new concepts
are needed if we are to succeed in establishing
and maintaining with the people of the rest of
the world the mutual imderstanding necessaiy to
prevent a war that coidd destroy civilization.
These new concepts include what I have teniied
"cultural diplomacy," as distuiguished from the
military, political, and economic diplomacy of
the decades behind us; and cidtui'al diplomacy, if
it is to be effective, requires close association l)e-
tween the government and the academic commu-
nity. I have, therefore, a profound sense of
professional comradeship with all of you here to-
day, for we have much in common in our respec-
' Address made before a joint meeting of the American
Educational Theater A.isociatlou and the Speech Associa-
tion of .Vmerica at Washington, D.C., on Dec. 2ft (press
release 880). Mr. Tha.ver is Si>ecial Assistant to the
Secretary of State for the Coordination of International
Educational and Cultural Relations.
tive fields of education and foreign affairs, and
there is an urgent need today for us to draw closer
together.
The key word that links lx)th our worlds is
"communication." As teachers of speech and the
dramatic arts, you are dealing with communica-
tion in its most dynamic form — the form that
throughout history has provided man with one of
the most effective outlets for liis social conscious-
ness. As the head of the State Department's
Bureau of International Cultural Relations, I am
concerned with comiumiication between peoples —
the masses of people who collectively form nations
with distinctive languages, histories, social and
economic developments, and cultural patterns.
Oncei commiuiications are established, whether
across footlights or from the rostriun or across
continents, you and I have the same primary objec-
tive— the achievement of a basic understanding of
the emotions, aspirations, problems, and cultiu"al
heritage of people, whether they be hundre^ls of
millions of Asians seeking social and economic
justice or a group of playwrights or sjieakers
pleading for the same cause.
Broadening of International Horizons
International ciillural relations have come to
tlie forefront during the past decade in the form
of a challenge to our ability to communicate as a
nation. I would like to talk to you about this
rai)idly expanding lield of conununications today
and show you how the Government and the uni-
versities can cooperate to work for the national
interest in the decade to come.
Al)out 30 years ago the governments of the
world, especially ours, })aid little attention to
international cultural relations, an area of hmnan
endeavor properly left to the scholars, artists, and
January 78, 1960
81
peripatetic concert soloists. Since then — espe-
cially since the outbreak of the Second World
^Yar — governments have come to appreciate inter-
national cultural activities as imix>rtant factore in
the overall conduct of foreign affairs. Why have
sovereign states broadened their international
horizons beyond their traditional political, eco-
nomic, and military fields of activity ? There are
three primaiy reasons, all of which are closely
linked.
Firet, the power of the people to influence offi-
cial policy has gi-own in all parts of the world.
Tlie masses, whether at the ballot box or at the bar-
ricades, are making their voices heard and their
desires understood.
Second, the tecluiical means of international
communication have developed in phenomenal
fashion. The airplane, the radio, the cinema, the
low-priced book — all of these have made it possi-
ble for the people of one coiuitry to reach the peo-
ple of other coimtries swiftly and in depth.
Thii-d, world events have made sovereign na-
tions politically, economically, and militarily in-
terdependent. The hiatus between domestic and
foreign policy has almost disappeared. Inde-
pendent countries — the powerful and the weak, the
large and the small, the developed and under-
developed— must adjust themselves to unprece-
dented and complex interrelationships.
Thus, with the masses taking their place in the
sun and with sovereign states finding it impossible
to stand alone, connnimi cat ions l>etweeu peoples —
cultural relations — have come to mean many im-
poilaiit things to many governments.
What do they mean to your Govennnent? For
the United States, the challenge to our ability to
communicate as a nation of 180 million people is
part and parcel of our stniggle to achieve a lasting
peace with social justice and dignity for the indi-
vicbial. Wo ai'o a nation with a message to convey
and iussislaiice to gi\-o to tlie peoples who desire a
gi-eafer sliare of tlie world's economic and social
wealth. Cultural relations, properly focused and
conducted, can help us to convey our message and
give our assistance in a mamier that is clearly
undei-stootl, both as to motivation and objectives.
Cultural relations can also help us to undei-stand
the cultural accomplislimenfs of otliei- peo])les, so
that our world ieadei-sliip may be exercised with
compiussion and respect for foreign values and
aspirations.
Unfortunately cultural relations can be used to
promote international villainy as well as imder-
standing. The radio that canies the voice of
friendship can also carry the voice that hai^ps on
national fears, evokes ancient prejudices, and in-
flames smoldering passions. Cheaply printed
books can carry lies as well as the truth. The
cinema can convey political dogma as well as ar-
tistic achievement.
Therein lies the challenge to this Nation's ability
to communicate witli the other peoples of the
world. The message we have is dynamic, but the
barriers we have to breach are formidable. The
Government is active in the field of international
cultural relations as a partner with the American
people in the fulfillment of a task that is vital to
our national welfare — the development between
peoples of an atmosphere of mutual tiiist and re-
spect, within which sovereigii states may resolve
their differences without resorting to force.
From a long-range point of view I can think of
nothing more important to our national well-being
than cultural diplomacy.
Let me review for you briefly the latest develop-
ments in the field of Govermnent-sponsored in-
ternational cultural activities.
Within the Department of State, the Bureau
of International Cidtural Kelations was estab-
lished last summer to provide higli-level policy
direction to the established cultural exchange pro-
grams. These include the well-known Inter-
national Educational Exchange Program, which
provides for the exchange of approximately 6,500
students, professoi"s, teachers, leaders, and spe-
cialists between the United States and more tlian
100 other countries each year; the President's
Special International Program for Cidtural Pres-
entations, which assists groups of American per-
forming artists and atliletes to appear in other
countries of the world; the special cultural, tech-
nical, and educational exchange program with the
Soviet-bloc countries of Eastern Europe; and the
cari-ying out of the United States share in the im-
portant work of UNESCO [United Nations Edu-
cational, Scientific and Cultural Organization].
The American Educational Theater Abroad
Hero 1 woidd like to inject a note of commen-
dation to those of you who have jiarticipated in our
exchange program as lecturers in the fields of
drama and the theater ai-ts at foreign univei-sities.
82
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Among otliei-s, some of your colleagues who did
outshmdiug jobs abroad last year include Dr.
Frank A. Mc.Mullan of Yale Univei-sity, who
made many friends for the United States among
the intellectual elite of Chile: Dr. Francis C.
Strickland of Stanford University, who was very
well liked in Finland; and Dr. Fanin S. Belcher
of West Virginia State College, who tauglit drama
to enthusiastic Iranian student^s at the Univei-sity
of Tehnin, despite the frustrations of pi-imitive
working conditions.
All of these people proved that coui-ses in the
theater arts involve a great deal more rapport be-
tween the pi-ofessor and both his students and his
host community than courees in other subjects.
This is a veiy important factor in the achieve-
ment of real exchanges of views between our gran-
tees and the people they meet abroad. The pro-
fessor of drama who directs his students in the
production of a play is in an excellent position to
represent his own coimtry and culture in depth.
I would like to see more of you apply for grants
to lecture abroad under the Fulbright and Smith-
Mundt programs.
Just one warning, however. Those of you who
do go abroad are in for a lot of surprises. The
educational theater abroad is not the same as in
the United States. In Santiago, Chile, Dr. Frank
McMullan found that the theaters of the Univer-
sity of Chile and the Catholic T^niversity are af-
filiated with those schools in name only. In effect,
tliey are highly professional repertory theatei-s
comparable to the Comedie Franc;aise in Paris and
the Old Vic in London. Professor McMullan's
productions of Look Homeward, Angel and Th^,
Taming of the Shrew were extremely well re-
ceived. His biweekly lectures on acting and di-
recting were attended by authoi-s, composers,
poets, and painters in addition to the regular con-
tingent of professors and students from the
schools. All of these activities earned him a prize
as the "Best Director of 1958" from the Chilean
National Association of Theater Critics.
At the same time, on the other side of the world
in Iran, Professor Fanin Belcher was directing
his students in a prcxluction of Home of the Brave
without blackboard or chalk, in a utility i-oom
heated by an inadequate pot-bellietl stove, with
continuous interruptions from ping-pong players
and afternoon tea drinkers.
Both of these gentlemen made outstanding con-
January 18, I960
tributious to international understanding in cul-
tural environments far ditrei-ent from the aca-
demic life back home.
The ditl'ei-cnces between the educational theater
in the Unite<l States and those abroad have IxHsn
made even more appaiviit to us in the Pivsident's
Special Inteniatiomil Program for (^dtural Pres-
entations. As you know, we have sent sevcraJ
AETA-affiliated uiuversity theater groups on
foreign tout's under this program. These have in-
cluded the Wayne State Univei-sity Theater Group
that visited India; the Catholic University and
University of Minnesotii Theatei-s that toui-ed
LatiTi America ; and the Florida A. and M. group
that performed in Africa.
These tours were received with genuine wannth
and helped to dispel the myth of America's pre-
occupation with materialistic objectives. Never-
theless, we have found that thei'e is not a clear
understanding abroad of the exact status of the
amateur vei-sus the professional in the United
States. Vei-y often our university theater groups
abroad have been judged by the same critical
standards used for companies like the Old Vic and
the Comedie Fran^aise. Tliis factor, adde<l to the
problems of limited budgets, makes it difficult for
us to plan to use the educational theater abroad on
a large scale. We have found, especially in coun-
tries where little English is laiown or spoken, that
musical and dance presentations have a broader
impact.
Nevertheless I have been particularly struck by
the efforts your own organization is making to ex-
tend the influence and knowledge of ^Vmerican
theater abroad. I understand that univereity-to-
univei-sity relationships exist between a number
of academic institutions in the United States and
abroad. I certainly wish to encourage you to con-
tinue and expand this type of activity. It consti-
tutes not only a welcome addition to the limited
efforts that our Government can make in telling
our cultural story abroad but broadens your com-
nuuiity of interest and contributes to your tech-
niqiies as well.
Despite the financial and other limitations I
have already mentioned, I am certain that in the
future tliere will l)e opportunities for some of your
theater groups to travel al)i-()ad under the Presi-
dent's Program. Meanwhile we woidd welcome
your advice and co>msel concerning the problems
that beset us in the export, of American theater.
83
I-
1 hope that you will continue to increase your
efforts to develop ways and means of your own to
tell the story of America's academic theater to the
world The Bureau of International Cultural
Kelations and I stand ready to help in any way
we can.
Coordinating Overseas Cultural Activities
In addition to the supendsion and direction of
the State Department's cultural exchange pro-
grams, I am responsible for coordinating the over-
seas cultural activities of 15 Government agencies
and for serving as a focal point for cooperation
between the Government and the many private
institutions and organizations active in this field.
Since assuming my present position in the State
Department, I have not ceased to be amazetl at, the
vast munber of organizations and indmduals
directly concernexl with projects that have a pro-
nounced cultural impact abroad.
Within the Goveniment you have the State
Department's programs; the programs of the
United States Information Agency, including the
establishment and maintenance of American li-
braries abroad ; the support of binational centers ;
the translation and distribution of books, and
English-language training courses; the technical
cooperation progi-ams of the International Coop-
oration Administration, under which 8,000 foreign
citizens come to the United States each year for
training and 3,500 American technicians go
abroad to teach skills to the peoples of other
countries; the Defense Department's military
assistance programs, which have brought more
tlian 9,000 high-ranking militaiy officials to the
United States since 1950 ; the exchanges of publi-
cations and other materials between the Libraiy of
Congress, the Smitlisonian Institution, and the
national libraries and institnt ions of other coun-
tries; the exchanges of research materials on tlie
peaceful uses of atomic energy Iwtween our
Atomic Energy Commission and corresponding
agencies abroad ; the International Trade Fairs of
the Department of Commerce; and many others.
In the private sex^tor hundreds, and perhaps
thousands, of separately sponsored international
cultural programs are in existence. All sectore
of our society are iinolved, including univei-sitics,
business firms, foundations, missionaiy groups,
civic organizations, and service clubs. The pro-
grams vary in size and scope from tlie large-scale
84
exchange-of-persons projects of the Ford, Rocke-
feller, and Carnegie Foundations to the scholar-
ship progi-ams of Rotaiy Inteniational, the pen-
pal exchanges sponsored by the Student Forum on
International Relations, and the work-camp activ-
ities of the American Friends Serrice Committee.
All of these progi-ams, both public and private,
are contributing to the creation of an image of
America abroad. My job is to emphasize this
commonly shared factor and to help all of the
policymakei-s and planners focus their programs
toward the objective of creating an innige tliat is
ti-uthful, matui-e, and underetandable.
How are we working to coordinate Government
programs and to achie\e cooi>eration between the
Government and pri\-ate enterprise in this field ?
xVs we see it in the Bureau of International Cul-
tural Relations, there are tliree main goals to be
reached.
First, we must gather all the facts and find out
what everyone is doing in this field in both the
public and private sectors. Once we have our
facts, and can keep tlieiu current, we must distrib-
ute them for the benefit of interested individuals
and organizations. AVithin the bureau we have
taken steps to achieve this objective by establish-
ing a clearinghouse that is gathering information
and is just beginning to issue reports on American-
sponsored international cultural activities on a
countiy -by-country basis.
Second, we liope to set up a single coordinating
mechanism which will make it easy for Govern-
ment agencies and private organizations to ex-
change ideas and information about what they
are doing. Toward this end we are arranging
monthly meetings of policy planners representing
all Government agencies active in cultural rela-
tions in the five main geographic areas of the
worid: Europe, South America, Africa, the
Middle East, and the Far East. Exchanges of
information and ideas take place at these meet-
ings, which are followed by area forums to which
nongovenimental agencies are invited. We have
alreadv gotten our regular meetings on the Far
East and Africa under way, and we plan to
organize our other regional groups in the near
future.
Tliird, we believe tluit we have a responsibility
for initiating activities to solve some of the broad
problems of common concern to all groups active
in this field. East April the Department of State
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Buthtin
sponsored a conforiMK'e on iiittM'imlioiial iHliication
at St. .loliu's (\)lle<>'e in Annapolis. Tiie confer-
ence l>rou<iht lojri'ther representatives of tlie
universities, tlie (lovennnent, and the great fonn-
ilations for 2 ilays of <;eneral discussions aijout
the orientation of our ovei-seas programs and liie
role of the American university in inteiMiational
education.
Need for Basic Appraisal
Tlie delegates to the Annai)olis conference gen-
erally agreed tiiat there is a net'd for a piiilosophy
of international cultural relations; that we must
mohilize ovir national educational resources; and
that long-range planning is required for inter-
national educjitional prognuns.
AVhat about tlie role of the American tuiiversity
in this rapidly changing myriad of world events?
The conferees at Annapolis sensed a less than ade-
quate response to the Nation's worldwide respon-
sibilities on the part of our academic circles.
American institutions of higher learning form
a nucleus around whicli most of our international
cultural and economic efforts tuni at the present
time. The International Cooperation Adminis-
tration has entered into $77 million worth of con-
tracts with American universities to hel}) carry
out a variety of technical assistance projects.
Al>out 47,000 foreign students were eni-olled at
^Vuierican colleges last year. According to a sur-
vey of the Institute of Research on Overseas Pro-
grams at Michigan State Fnivei-sity, 184 Ameri-
can universities were conducting 382 international
progi-ams during the 1957-o8 academic year. It
goes without saying tliat the lifeblood of our In-
ternational Educ<ational Exchange Program is
the wholehearted coopei-ation and participation
of the American academic communitj'.
But yet, despite this tremendous burden I>eing
carried by our schools, there seems to l)e a need
for a basic appraisal of where we are 1 leaded.
There are some important questions tliat still
haven't been answered :
Can universities answer the demand from
Africa, Asia, and Latin America for increased
enrollments of foreign students in view of the
pressures of limited budgets and an expanding
school population?
Is our educational system properly geared to
the development of a citizenry that will i)e able
to fulfill the Nation's international rasponsibili-
January 78, I960
lies with tact and understanding? According to
surveys I have seen, 1 percent of our population
is serving abroad for military, business, academic,
govermnental, .scientific, and religious puriM)ses.
How many of these people are aware of their
cultural missions in addition to their primary
tasks? Not enough, I'm afraid.
Will our entire popidation have the worlil out-
look necessaiy to support a massive effort, to assist
the peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America
in their struggle for higlier economic and social
standards?
These are the questions that should be carefully
pondered by the academic world. I feel they de-
serve consideration with a sense of urgency.
As a result of the excellent rapport establishe<l
at the Annapolis conference last April, I rec-
onnnended that a detailed study be made of the
relationship of the world of higher learning to
our international responsibilities. With the finan-
cial assistance of the Ford Foundation there has
been established an independent Committee on the
Imiversity and World Affairs composed of aca-
demic, governmental, and foundation leadei-s.
The Committee will issue a reix>rt next summer
which we liope will serve as an impetus to fin-ther
cooperative study and action by all interested sec-
tors of our societj-.
These are some of the developments which we
in Government with your help ai-e sponsoring in
the building of cultural dii)lomacy. They are, I
believe, an important contribtilion to the perfec-
tion of communications between the people of the
United States and the people of the rest of the
world.
Three Essential Types of Communication
It seems to me that there are three main types
of communication that are absolutely essential to
us today. First of all, comnuniication through
language — so that people can speak and read and
listen and learn from tlie .sound of human lips
and the sight of tlie wi'itten word. It is absolutely
vit;il today that every American ciiild learn to
s|)eak at least one, if not two, languages other
than his own. I hojje to get this message across
to the teachers of every elementary and secondary
school in this country, and I hope that some day
part of the regular curriculum of speech education
will include the necessity of making speeches in
a foreign language as well as our own. In any
85
event, we must continue an aggressive, dynamic
campaign to encourage teaching and the learning
of foreign hxnguages in this country.
Then tliere is conununication through the com-
mon bond of the arts, the music, the song, and the
drama. You are all making a fine and continuous
contribution in this field.
Finally, there is communication through per-
sonal presence— made easier today through the
wonders of modem transportation— coimnunica-
tion by confrontation, if you will, when seeing is
believing and where pe-oples learn of each other
at first hand by sharing in each other's lives within
each other's environment. We in America must
rid ourselves of the psychological bloc many of
us have about foreignei-s. We must wake up to
the fact that in the sixties our neighbor are not
those who live in the next house or the next town
or the next State ; our neighboi-s are those who live
in Asia and Africa and Europe and Latin Amer-
ica, and we nnist be ready and willing to greet
them and treat them not as foreigners but as close
associates in a free world.
Modem transportation will surely bring the
farthest comers of the earth within the reasonable
reach of evei-y American citizen — and also of every
member of the hierarchy of international com-
mimism. At the same time the forces of freedom
have brought into being new nations and new
movements amongst peoples for independence and
sovereignty which cannot be denied. Interna-
tional communism is avidly wooing these nations
and peoples with every possible fomi of seductive
comnnmication. We of the free world have a very
great responsibility and obligation to conununicate
to these people an underetanding of what it means
to live in freedom. This responsibility is yours
and mine, and carrying it out effectively is a task
that will demand the pioneering spirit which has
always been Ajnerica's and which, God willing,
will always remain so.
U.S.-Soviet Lend-Lease Talks
The Department of State announced on Decem-
ber 2i (press release 872) that the Soviet Govern-
ment has agreed to a United States proposal that
negotiations on the unsettled Soviet lend-lease
account should begin at Washington on Januai-y
11, 19G0.
Charles E. Bohlen, Special Assistant to the
Secretary of State, will represent the United States
in these negotiations. Ambassador ISIikhail A.
Menshikov will represent the Soviet Union.
U.S. Welcomes Additional
French Trade Liberalization
Department Statement
Press release 881 dated December 29
Tlie United States welcomes the December 24
announcement that the French Goverimient on
January 1, 1960, will remove quantitative restric-
tions on imports of a wide range of dollar goods.
This action, which aceords with the GATT objec-
tives of i-emoving discrimination in trade among
GATT countries, follows similar steps taken Sep-
tember 26' and November 5, 1959. It goes far
toward placing U.S. exporters on an equal basis
with exporter from other comitries in competuig
in the French market.
As a result of this most recent liberalization
move, French coi^sumere will be able to buy many
United States goods whose importation has been
curt.ailed by quota restrictions for many yeare.
The products freed of quota limitations include
cotton textiles, work clothing, wool and rayon
clothing, nylon and other synthetic fabrics, acrylic
fibers and thread, tires, photogi-aphic color fihn
and paper, washing nuichines, phonograph rec-
ords, many chemicals, certain macliine tools,
wheeled tractoi-s, bourbon whisky, honey, light
beei-s, dried or smoked fish, fatty acids, and
numerous other goods. In addition, passenger
automobiles and tmcks with cylinder capacity of
3 litei-s and less are f i-eed fi-om import restrictions.
Higher powered \ehicles had been previously
liberalized in September.
The action significantly reduces French discrim-
ination against dollar goods and is an important
step toward the United States goal of complete
elimination of such trade discrimination. The
United States Government hopes that France will
continue to make rapid progress in removing
remaining lestrictions, which include some impor-
tant, agricultural products.
' For a Depnrtment statement of Oct. 1, see Bulletin of
Oct. 10, li)59, p. r>.''.0. j
86
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
Schedule I Nomenclature Changed
in U.S.-Swiss 1936 Trade Pact
BACKGROUND
'1"1r' Swiss (ioveriuneiit lias placod into eflVot a
nuHleni tarill' s^'lioihile, iisiiio; tlie l?russcls nomen-
clature, effective January 1, 1960. In this connec-
tion the Swiss liave adapted tlie lanfi:ua^e of the
scliedule of taritf concessions <x ran ted to the
I'nited States in 1936 to the language of the new
tariff. This adaptation is limited to clianges in
taritf numl)ei-s and de-scrijitions of tariff items but
ckx^s not involve any changes in rates of duty on
tariff concessions given by Switzerland to the
United States.
On December 30, 1959, the United States and
Switzerland exchanged notes governing the entry
into force of tlie new nomenclature of the Swiss
schedule of t^iriff concessions to tlie 1936 U.S.-
Swiss bilateral trade agreement, as supplemented,
still in effect. The new Swiss schedule I to tlie
agreement, authentic in both the English and
French languages, was annexed to the Swiss note
presented to the United States on December 30,
1959. The Swiss note, including the annexed
schedule I, and the United States reply entered
into force on January 1, I960, to coincide with the
entiy into force of tlie new Swiss tariff.
U.S. tariff concessions granted to Switzerland
under the bilateral agreement are not affected by
the exchange of notes, and no new tariff conces-
sions on the part of the United States are
involved.^
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE
December 30, 1959
Excellency : I have the honor to acknowledge
receipt of your note of totlay's date in wliich you
set forth the underetanding of the Government of
the Swiss Confederation of conversations which
have been held between representatives of the
Government of the United States of America and
the Government of the Swiss Confederation with
' Copies of the new Swi.ss schedule may be seen at the
field officea of the Department of Commerce, and individ-
ual copies may be obtained, as long as the supply lasts, by
writing to European Division, Bureau of Foreign Com-
merce, Department of Commerce, Washington 25, D.C.
respect to th(< transposition of Schedule I to the
existing trade agi-eement between the United
States and the Swiss Confederal inn, as supple-
mented, and which reads as follows:
[For text, see Swiss note which follows.]
In reply, I am happy to inform you that the
Government of the United States concurs in the
undei-standing as set forth in your note and
that your note, including the Schedule I annexed
thereto, and this reply shall enter iiit/> force on
Januai-y 1, 1960.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
For the Secretary of State :
W. T. M. Beale
His Excellency
Henry de Torrent,
Ambassador of Switzerland.
TEXT OF SWISS NOTE
Washington, D.C.
December 30, 1959
Sib : I have the honor to refer to conversations which
have been held between representatives of the Govern-
ment of the Swiss Confederation and the Government of
the United States of America with resjiect to Schedule I
to the existing trade agreement between the Swiss Con-
federation and the United States of America, as
supplemented.
It is the understanding of the Government of the Swiss
Confederation that, in order to reflect the nomenclature
of the revised tariff of the Swiss Confederation, a trans-
position to the new nomenclature has been made in
Schedule I, and that it is mutually agreed that the Sched-
ule I, being equally authentic in the English and French
languages, annexed to this note ' shall rei)lace Sche<lule I
annexed to the 1936 trade agreement, as supi)lemented.
I have the honor to propose that the Govenunent of tie
Unite<l States reply in the very near future concurring
in the foregoing, and that the exchange of notes shall
enter into force on January 1, 1960.
Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest
consideration.
H. DB Toerent£
The Honorable
Christian A. Herteb
The Secretary of State
Wanhiiif/toii 25, D.C.
' Not printed here.
ianuary 18, I960
87
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
A Review of the State of the World's Food and Agriculture
TENTH SESSION OF THE CONFERENCE OF THE FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION,
ROME, OCTOBER 31 NOVEMBER 20, 1959
by Clarence L. Miller
REPORT ON TENTH SESSION
The 10th session of the Conference of the Food
and Agriculture Organization of the United Na-
tions (FAO) was held at the Organization's head-
quarters at Rome, Italy, from October 31 to No-
vember 20, 1959. The Conference, which meets
biennially, is the govei-ning body of the Organiza-
tion, and as such it had before it many questions
for decision, includmg approval of the program of
work and budget for 1960-61, election of a number
of officials and committees, election of new and as-
sociate member countries, decisions on several
constitutional and adjninistrative mattei-s, and
consideration of some special topics. In addition,
the Conference provided a forum for reviewing
the state of food and agricidture in the world.
This report contains a brief surmnary of some of
the major actions of the Conference in these sev-
eral categories.
Elections and Appointments
B. II. Sen of India, wlio had served for 3 years as
Director (xeneral, was reelected for a further 4
years. I^ouis Maire of Switzerland was elected
Independent Chairman of the FAO Council for
2 years, r('i)l;icing S. A. Hiisnie of Pakistan, who
had completed two 2-year terms.
• .]//■. Miller is the Assistant Secretary for
Marketing and Foreign Agriculture, Depart-
msnt of Agriculture, and was the U.S. Dele-
gate to thn FAO Conference.
During 1960 the following 25 countries will
occupy seats on tlie FAO Council : Brazil, Canada,
Chile, Colombia, Cuba, France, Germany, Ghana,
India, Indonesia, Iran, Italy, Japan, Lebanon,
Mexico, Morocco, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nor-
way, Pakistan, Portugal, Thailand, United Arab
Republic, United Kingdom, and United States.
In 1961 Australia and Denmark will take up
membei-ship in the Council, while New Zealand
and Norway will drop out.
Max Myers of the United States served as chair-
man of Connnission I (World Food and Agri-
cultural Situation), and Ralph W. Phillips of the
United States Wiis elected rapporteur of Commis-
sion II (ProgTam of Work and Budget).'
New Memberships
The Republic of Guinea was elected to member-
ship, bringing the total membership of FAO to
77 countries. Membership was also gi-antetl to
Cyprus, Nigeria, Somalia, Cameroun, and the Re-
public of Togo, effective when the trusteeship ends
or full independence is reached in each case and
when tlie appropriate instrument of acceptance is
submitted. Until they assume full memberehip
they would be granted the status of associate mem-
bership as specified in article II, paragraphs 3 and
4, of tlie constitution. (Cameroun and the Re-
public of Togo declined this slatus.) Tims, pre-
sumably, by some time in 1960, the membei-ship of
FAO will have risen to 82 comitries. Associate
' For names of other members of the U.S. delegation, see
Bulletin of Nov. 16, 1959, p. 732.
88
Department of State Bulletin
mcmbei-sliip was also granted to the Republic of
Chad, the Republic of (ial)on, the Atalfruche Re-
public, the Fetieration of Rhodesia and Nyasa-
land, the Republic of Senegal, and the Soudanese
Republic.
Program of Work and Budget 1960 61
^\J1 se^ients of the Organization's regular pn)-
grani of work were re\ic\\ed, together with
related activities carried out under the Expanded
Technical Assistance Program (ETAP) and in
projects supported by the Special Fund. The
progrtun of work includes activities in the follow-
ing technical and economic fields: (1) land and
water development, (2) plant production and pro-
tection, (3) animal production and health,
(4) fisheries, (5) forestry, (6) nutrition and
home economics, (7) rural institutions and serv-
ices, (8) statistics, (9) commodities, and (10) eco-
nomic analysis. The proposals for work in these
fields were considered generally sound and were
approved, together with activities relating to the
appliciitions of atomic energy in FAO's fields of
interest and those relating to public information,
publicutions, the library, and rural legislation.
A budget of $21,536,850 was approved for the
bienniura 1960-61. After deducting a payment
of $2,556,800 to cover the contribution of tlie
E.xpanded Technical A.ssistance Progi-am toward
the FAO headquarters costs of this progi-am for
the 2 years and anticipated miscellaneous income
of $529,050, the assessment budget to be contrib-
uted bj' member governments is $18,451,000 for
the biennium, or $9,225,500 annually. The U.S.
percentage contribution remains at 32.51 percent.
The budget includes financial provision for the
final stages of an internal reorganization of FAO
which had been approved earlier by the Council.
Accordingly, the Organization now has four
major segments, a technical department, an eco-
nomias department, a department of public
relations and legal affairs, and a division of
administration and finance. Each of the three
departments is headetl by an Assistant Director
General, who works under the supervision of the
Director General and the Deputy Director
General.
The technical department includes seven divi-
sions, corresponding to the first seven subject-
matter areas mentioned above. In addition there
January 18, 7960
B35897— 60 8
is an atomic energy branch attached to the office
of the Assistant Dii-ector General.
The economics dcparlnienl is composed of tliree
divisions, cormspondiiig to the fields of work
numbered 8, 9, and H) above.
Within the office of tJie Director General there
is a i)r<>grarn and biidgel^ry H-rvicc whicii a.ssists
the Director General, the Deputy Director Gen-
eral, an<I the deparhnents on matters of a pro-
graming and budgetary nature that require
centralized attention.
State of Food and Agriculture
The Conference noted that in 1958 a 4 percent
increase in world agricultural production had
followed the temporary pause in expansion in the
I)revious year. Information aviiilable indicated a
further rise in production in 1959, although prob-
ably not as great as in 1958.
As in previous years, however, little of the in-
crease in production had moved into consumption.
The large cereal crops of 1958, especially in the
United States, had led to a sharp rise in the unsold
stocks of wheat and coarse grains. There iiad also
been a marked increase in stocks of coffee and
sugar. Thus, while the e<5onomically advanced
countries were able to increase production rather
rapidly, the less developed countries found it diffi-
cult to achieve major increases; nor could they
afford to import sufficient food to insure adequate
nutrition for their rapidly growing populations.
Although the world food problem is partly a
problem of distribution, and although the avail-
ability of surplus stocks on concessional terms had
proved of great value in many ciises, the recent
virtual disappe^irance of stocks of dairy products
for use in nutritional programs had demonstrated
that nutritional improvement could not be ba.sed
securely on the assumption that surplus stocks
would always exist. As at its session in 19.57,'
therefore, the Conference again emphasized that,
in spite of tlie continued existence of suri>lu8
stocks, in the long run the le.ss develoi)ed countries
could overcome the twin problems of rural poverty
and inadequate food supplies only by building up
their own agricultures and developing balanced
economies.
' For an article on the ninth session of the FAO Confer-
ence, see md., June 23, 1968, p. 1066.
89
Except in a few countries the increase in food
production seemed to have done little to check the
rise in the cost of food to consumers, and retail
food prices had generally continued their slow
rise during 1958. In most of the more developed
countries this had occurred largely because of the
increasing cost and complexity of marketing serv-
ices. In many of the less developed countries, with
low agricultural productivity, where population
and tlie demand for food were rising quickly, food
prices had tended to increase faster than the cost
of living as a whole.
The average annual increase in world food pro-
duction had recently been only about 0.5 percent-
age points above the average population growth
of 1.6 percent, in contrast to the margin of some
1.5 percent that had been achieved in the earlier
part of tlie postwar period. The Conference ex-
pressed its concern at the slackening in the increase
of production in relation to population that had
taken place in the less developed regions during
the last few years. In the less developed regions
as a whole the average annual margin over popu-
lation growth was estimated to have fallen from
nearly 2 percent in the earlier postwar period to a
little under 1 percent in more recent years. Latin
America was the only one of the less developed
regions where food production was expanding
faster than before.
The rate both of population growth and of pro-
duction increase had naturally varied sharply
from country to country. Examples included
India, where population was increasing by 1.9 per-
cent per year and the expansion of production had
been stepped up from an annual average of 2.8
percent under the first 5-year plan to 3.9 percent
during the first 3 years of the second plan; Chile,
where the rates were estimated as 2.5 percent for
population and 1.7 percent for production; and
Pakistan, where food production had recently
shown little increase in the face of an annual pop-
ulation growth of 1.6 percent. In several Far
Eastern countries and in parts of Latin America
and Africa the increase in j^roduction had recently
fallen beliind or was barely keeping pace with the
accelerating growth of population.
Furthermore, in both the Far East, where the
wartime setback to production had been particu-
larly severe, and in Latin America, where the
population was growing especially rapidly, per
capita food production was still somewhat below
the average prewar level, while in Africa, too, it
appeared recently to have fallen back to approxi-
mately that level. Because of smaller exports or
larger imports, per capita supplies of food avail-
able for consumption in each of the less developed
regions were slightly higher than before the war.
Nevertheless, the widespread poor harvests of 1957
had demonstrated that the immediate situation re-
mained precarious.
The Conference noted with concern the deteri-
oration in the terms of trade for agricultural prod-
ucts on world markets, which had had serious
effects for agricultural exporting countries. For
example, in comparison with the average for the
relatively stable 2-year period of 1952 and 1953,
the terms of trade for agricultural products, as
measured by their purchasing power for manu-
factured goods, had fallen by some 20 percent.
Agricultural exporters in general had therefore
not benefited at all from an increase of about 19
percent in the volume of their shipments from
1952-53 to 1958. For the less developed regions
of the world the volume of agricultural exports
had increased by 15 percent during this period,
but their real value had declined by about 3 per-
cent. Real prices of agricultural products as a
whole, however, were still appreciably higher than
during the period of depression immediately be-
fore the war.
The relatively unfavorable economic position of
fann populations, which had lower levels of liv-
ing, in both goods and services than urban popula-
tions, received considerable attention in the discus-
sions. It was pointed out that a part of this
difSculty was due to the farmer's position as a
primary producer, since fluctuations in the prices
of primary products were wider than they were
in the prices of industrial products. This was
particularly evident in underdeveloped countries
which depended on the production of one or two
agricultural products for sale in the world mar-
ket. However, it was pointed out that even in the
United States farm income, as a proportion of na-
tional income, had been falling rather steadily.
The difficult position of fanners as a group
poses a number of serious problems for those
countries trying to obtain more rapid develop-
ment of their economies. The lack of capital and
the extreme difficulty of creating savings from
jwpulations whose level of existence is extremely
low were stressed. One obvious conclusion was
90
Department of State Bulletin
tlie necessity of obtaining capital from more
liigliiy developed countries if any substiuiliul
measure of economic growth is to be obtained by
the underdeveloped countries. It was also pointed
out, liowever, that capital alone could not bo ex-
pected to overcome the handicaps of malnutrition,
illiteracy, and lack of teclmical skills.
Government policies in rejxard to afrricultural
price stabilization and support also received a
great deal of attention. A set of guiding prin-
cii)les which had been developed by a panel of ex-
perts in accord with a Conference decision in 1957
brought out some decided differences of opinion,
and this matter will be given furtlier attention in
the Council's Conunittee on Commodity Problems
and in future sessions of the Conference. There
was a lengthy discussion of commodity problems,
including the work of the Committee on Commod-
ity Problems and its subsidiary groups, particu-
larly the Washington Subcommittee on Surplus
Disposal. A high degree of interest in and sup-
port for activities in this field was evident. Fu-
ture benefits also would seem to be assured if an
appropriate degree of support and interest can be
maintained in relation to the increasing and better
informed participation of underdeveloped coun-
tries in this work.
Special Topics
Several topics received special consideration in
the Conference. Most of these were related either
to past or proposed activities in the regular pro-
gram of work or to activities that might supple-
ment that program.
The Conference designated 1961 as a World
Seed Year, and during 1959-61 a campaign will
bo conducted to emphasize the advantages of im-
proved seed and to encourage the less developed
countries to undertake more adequate seed im-
provement and distribution programs.
FAO's work to date on the survey and appraisal
of resources was approved. It was agreed that
FAO's role should continue to be that of develop-
ing methodology and advising countries regarding
its use, leaving to countries the task of surveying
and appraising their own resources and planning
for the most efficient use. It was also agreed that
plans for evaluation of the work done thus far
were satisfactory, but it was left to the 11th ses-
sion of the Conference to determine the future of
the project within FAO's program of work.
In a discussion of relations between FAO and
the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICKF),
financial problems received particular attention.
The only basic point of difference that emerged
related to tlio principles upon which the two or-
ganizations had based their policies to date. P'AO
has operated on the principle that the adminis-
trative and operational costs of projects should be
met by the budgets for the programs to which
they were related — in other words, that the full
cost of a pi-ogram should be tlio subject of action
by one legislative body. If dill'erent legislative
bodies allocate funds for different parts of a pro-
gram or project, it is inevitable tiiat at times short-
falls will result on one hand or the other. UNI-
CEF has based its approach on the principles thut
financing and functional responsibility siiould go
hand in hand and that one international organiza-
tion should not transfer funds to another inter-
national organization. Thus, it is argued that,
if FAO has the responsibility for the subject-
matter side of a project, it should cover the cost
of any work on that side of the project. It is
argued also that UNICEF is not in fact a fuTid,
like ETAP and the Special Fund. So long as
these divergent principles govern the policy de-
cisions of the two bodies, a reasonable solution to
the problem is hardly possible.
The Conference expressed appreciation to the
UNICEF Executive Board for its action in mak-
ing available up to $238,000 in 1960 to cover the
costs of project pei-sonnel that could not be met
from ETAP funds and for its willingness to con-
sider extending this interim arrangement through
1961. It also endorsed the plan for the Director
General of FAO and the Executive Director of
UNICEF to hold discussions aimed at finding
possible solutions to the long-term problem. It
was recognized that the questions of principle
could be resolved only by governments and that
the governments which participate in both FAO
and the UNICP^F Executive Board should be
urged to study the problem airefully and to insure
that tlieir respective representatives followed the
same line in each governing body, thus making it
possible for the governing bodies to arrive at
agreed policies based on principles that are ac-
cepted in both organizations.
The Conference considered the Director Gener-
al's proposal for a "Freedom-From-Hunger Cam-
paign." It endorsed a campaign extending from
January 18, 7960
91
1960 to 1965 under the general leadership and
coordination of FAO and with the participation
of member govemments of FAO, the United Na-
tions, the specialized agencies, and IAEA; the
agencies themselves; international nongovernmen-
tal organizations having consultative status with
FAO, the United Nations, or the other specialized
agencies; religious gi-oups; and private organiza-
tions witliin member countries. The Conference
also emphasized that objex^tives of the campaign
can be reached only if the less developed countries
develop effective and useful action projects; au-
thorized establishment of a campaign trust fund
to which voluntary contributions from participat-
ing member governments, international nongov-
ernmental organizations, religious groups, private
foundations, and organizations could be made;
established an advisory campaign committee of
10 member govemments (appointed by the Coun-
cil), a subcommittee on research, and an advisory
committee of nongovernmental organizations; re-
quested the Director General to make appropriate
reports to the Council and proposals to the Con-
ference for possible inclusion of funds in the 1962-
63 budget; and requested the Council to keep the
campaign under review and present proposals and
comments to the next Conference.
The Conference had before it a "Forward Ap-
praisal" covering the period 1959-64, which had
been prepared by the Director General at the in-
vitation of ECOSOC. Similar appraisals have
been prepared by the United Nations and other
specialized agencies as a basis for consideration
by ECOSOC of trends and inteiTelationships in
the economic and social activities of the U.N.
agencies. The Conference noted the great impor-
tance attached to work in the fields falling within
FAO's tenns of reference ; commended the Direc-
tor General for the careful analysis he and his
staff had made; indicated general agreement with
the priorities proposed, noting that they indicated
a trend which I'eflected the need for greater atten-
tion to agricultural and food problems; pointed
out that those priorities could only bo considered
as general guidelines and would need careful re-
view in the light of the budget level which may
bo approved for the years involved; made it very
clear that the Conference in no way endorsed the
proposal for a 70 percent increase over the 3-year
period and that, in fact, it was not prepared at
that stage to indicate any specific level of increase
that member govemments might support for
1962-63 and later bienniums; and authorized the
transmittal of the "Forward Appraisal" docu-
ments to ECOSOC, together with the comments
summarized above.
Three other special topics — social welfare,
Mediterranean development, and agrarian re-
form— were also discussed. The first two of tliese
were projects authorized by the Conference in
1957, and there were no proposals for further ex-
penditures by FAO on these projects. There was
unusually wide interest in the discussion of
agrarian reform.^ The general tenor of the state-
ments, with a few exceptions, was on the practical
technical aspects of "land reform" or "agrarian
reform." The Director General set the tone by
his initial statement reminding the Conference
that policy decisions in the field of agrarian re-
form are the prerogatives of governments, while
FAO's part is to furnish member govemments
with technical analysis and background informa-
tion and to function as a clearinghouse of experi-
ence and information. The Conference recognized
the importance of agrarian reform in many coun-
tries and stressed the need for thorough planning,
adequate land distribution, and proper implemen-
tation of programs. It also noted that measures
of agrarian reform must take into account the
need for maintaining and improving the level of
agricultural production, as well as the provision
of adequate supplementary services, such as credit,
marketing facilities, cooperatives, and extension.
The Conference endorsed expanded assistance to
govemments in Latin America and southeast
Asia.
Constitutional and Administrative Matters
Among the many constitutional and adminis-
trative matters which the Conference acted upon,
the most significant were these:
An amendment to the constitution, proposed by
the United States, was adopted, which provides
that decisions on the level of the budget shall be
taken by a two-thirds nuijority of the votes cast
instead of a simple majority.
Another amendment transfers from the rules to
" For a U.S. statement on agrarian reform made before
the Conference on Nov. 0 by Deputy Assistant Secretary
of State Horace B. Henderson, see ibid., Dec. 14, 1959,
p. 887.
92
Deparfment of State Bulletin
iiii iirticle of the constitution a pmvision requinnp
IJO days' notice to nienilxT fjovcrnnients before a
])r<>pos;il foi' aniondin^ tlio constitution can l>o
considcivd.
A third aniendinent incivnses the nuinhcr of
-cats on tiie FAO Council from 24 to 25.
Ciiaufrcs in the rules include one designed to
-iMi|)lify nuiltiple-election procedures in the Coun-
lil. The (Conference also decided that there should
he only one policy <!:overniii<r both the nuMnbcrship
of nonnienibei-s of F'AO in conunwlily stud,y
<rrou]>s and observers at FAO meetings. In this
connection it decided that nonnienibcrs participat-
ing in study jrroups should contribute to their sup-
[joit. that fonner uiembei-s in arrears could par-
ticijjate only after payiufr those arreai-s or after
the Conference had approved arraufrenients for
the settlement thereof, and that authoi-ity for ap-
l)roval of pai'ticipation by nonmcmbers of FAO
in subsidiaiy bodies of the Committee on Com-
modity Problems should rest with the (\nincil.
An agreement between FAO and the Govern-
ment of Ghana providing for a regional office for
Africa at Accra was approved. An agreement
with the Government of Venezuela was approved
for &stablishing a Latin American Forest ly Re-
search Institute under the provisions of ai-ticle XV
of the constitution. The establishment of re-
gional forestry conunissions in North America
(Canada, United States, and Mexico) and in
Africa was authorized.
The Conference adopted a set of "guiding lines
regarding relationship between FAO and Inter-
Govcnmiental Organizations" and approved, in
the light of these ''guiding lines," an agi-eement
between FAO and the League of Arab States.
Although tliis a^^reement had been the subject of
con.siderable discussion in earlier meetings, it was
adopted by the Conference in an atmosphere of
hannony.
A cooperation agreement between FAO and the
International Atomic Energy Agency was
approved.
The Government of Italy had made financial
provision for consti-uction of a new wing to the
FAO headquarters building, and during the 10th
ses.sion of the Conference the President of Italy
laid the coraei-stone. It is exi^ected that the new
wing will be ready for occupancy by mid-1961.
With i-egard to the liead(iuartei-s co.sts of the
Expanded Technical Assistance Program, the
Conference ajjproved the inlerim arraMgcmciit for
]!»(;() (;i by wiiich FAO will bo reimbui-sed fmni
ETAP funds for licad(|iiurlcrs costs and also rcaf-
lirnied its earlier posil ion, and t luit of the Coiuicil,
that these costs should continue to be a charge
against ETAP funds inslead of being incorpo-
rated in the regular FAO budget.
General Observations on the Conference
Tiie lOlli session of tlic FAO Conference was
the most .substantive, orderly, and businesslike
session held to date. This no doubt resulted from
a iuunl)er of factors, among whii-h were the
following :
(a) The very thorough preparatoi7 work done
by the Council, its Pi-ogram Committee, Finance
Committee, and Connnitfee on Commodity Prol)-
lems, and the FAO/UNK'EF Joint * Policy
Connnittee ; ^
(b) The fact tJiat the level of the budget was
not a major issue;
(c) The lack of major differences on constitu-
t ional or organizational mattei-s, and the fact that
political i.ssues were relatively moderate in scope
and intensity;
(d) The quality of the documentation, which
on the whole, was well prepared; and
(e) The increasing experience of the staff and
many of the delegations.
The overall organization of the Conference,
while it still had some defects, was the l)est that
has been achieved tlms far. Most di.scussions —
other thiin general statements by heads of dele-
gations and final decisions and adoption of sec-
tions of the Conference report — were carried out
in the commissions.
Perhaps the main problem facing FAO in the
ycai-s ahead is that of insuring that the Organiza-
tion remain an instrument of its memlx-r govern-
ments. FAO should be developed further as an
international forum in which countries can ex-
change information and ideas and plan for com-
mon or coordinated action. The United States
does not l)elieve that the Food and Agriculture
Organization should become an operating instru-
ment for carrying out piojects of one couiUry, or
' For a reiwrt by Ralph V>'. Phillips on tlie first meeting
of the .Joint rolicy Committee, see ibid., Mar. !», 1».j9, p.
.3.50.
January 18, 1960
93
of small groups of countries, or of individuals
■with particular interests to promote.
STATEMENT ON FREEDOIVl-FROM-HUNGER
CAMPAIGN >
Many of the delegates to this Conference are
aware that we, in our statements to the 29th and
31st sessions of the FAO Council, generally ac-
cepted the idea of the campaign suggested by the
Director General. My Government has followed
the development of ideas regarding tliis campaign
very closely since the proposal was first brought
forward; also, we had the opportunity of par-
ticipating in the Council's Ad Hoc Coimuittee
which worked with the Director General in pre-
paring suggestions for consideration by the 31st
session of the Council. Even at the risk of some
repetition, I should like to now restate our posi-
tions regarding various important aspects of the
proposal.
We appreciate the importance of the problems
to which the campaign is expected to direct at-
tention. There can be no question of the great
need for finding ways of providing more adequate
nutrition to the large portion of the world's popu-
lation which may now be considered as inade-
quately fed. We recognize, too, that this problem
is apt to become more intense as the population
upsurge contmues. We have supported FAO's
efforts to deal with these problems from the time
the Organization was founded, and we will con-
tinue to do so. Our comments today, which are
directed toward the proposals contained in the
document " before us, are intended to be construc-
tive and in tlie interest of developing and strength-
ening FAO as an organization in the service of
its member countries. With this in mind, I should
like to make the following points :
Proposals for Specific Activities
1. We are pleased to note that progress is being
made toward the development of more specific
suggestions regarding tlie content of the proposed
campaign. Tliose of you who heard our earlier
statements will recall that one of our preoccupa-
tions was that this should be a campaign of sub-
"Miide liy Mr. Miller before a plenary ses.slon of the
Conference on Nov. 10.
• FAf) doc. C/51t/l">.
stance and not one aimed at merely publicizing
the problems involved in achieving better nutri-
tion for all.
2. We are in general agreement with the find-
ings of the Ad Hoc Committee. The Ad Hoc
Committee, however, could only go a limited way
in defining the nature and content of the campaign
and much remains to be done before there is a
clear understanding of the manner in which the
campaign would be carried out and just what
activities would be undertaken by governments,
by FAO, and by other organizations, both inter-
governmental and nongovernmental.
3. The proposals for specific activities or types
of activities as set fortli in the document under
consideration are helpful and provide a basis for
further discussions. However, the suggestions,
and particularly those regarding activities to be
undertaken by member governments, are quite
general in nature. Comitries, as well as organi-
zations that might participate, must do a great
deal of spade work before anything resembling a
constiiictive and cohesive campaign can be ex-
pected to emerge.
4. Perhaps our greatest preoccupation with the
proposals now before us, including those relating
to financing, is that they tend imduly to emphasize
what the FAO stafl' will do rather than what gov-
ernments will do. It has been our feeling from
the beginning that the major tasks of the cam-
paign must fall iipon member governments if
productive work is to be accomplished and if the
campaign is to achieve the success we would all
wish it to have. In this context we visualize
FAO's role as that of stimulator and coordinator
and that the FAO staff would actually undertake
relatively little additional substantive work.
Rather, we hope that the campaign will
strengthen the regular work of FAO and not com-
pete with it. This concept was, I believe, clearly
in the minds of the Ad Hoc Committee and is em-
phasized in paragraph 11 of that conunittee's
report.
5. In view of the responsibility which must
fall on governments if there is to be a successful
campaign, we are not at all clear as to the basis of
the estimates for the cost of the campaign itself.
In (his connection I would recall that the Dii-ec-
lor General in his statement to the Council in Jime
intimated that he felt that perhaps as much as
$2 million would be necessary in a special fund in
94
Deparlment of State Bulletin
order to carry out a successful cumpaipn. In the
interval lH>t\veiMi June ami the issuance, at the be-
<rinnin<; of Auj^ust, of the Conference document
we ai'e now considering, this figure was increased
to something of the order of $10 million to $13
million. At the Siime time we are given no clear
indication in the document as to the purposes for
which the contributions, and particularly the $4
million which might be contributed by govern-
ments over a 6-year period, would be used. Tliis
would represent a substantial increase in the con-
tributions of governments to FAO"s program, and,
since contributions would presumably be on a
vohuitan' basis, it is by no means certain that all
menil)er governments would be prepared to share
in these contributions.
My own Government is not now in a position
to make an additional contribution to the Organi-
zation, and it may be tliat many other govern-
ments will find themselves in the same position.
With regard to the possibilities of finance from
nongovernmental organizations, we should like to
know from those organizations themselves just
how far they might go in meeting the figure of
$1 million to $1.5 million per year over a G-year
period, or a total of $6 million to $9 million.
6. I recognize that FAO could utilize additional
fluids to good advantage for certain asjiects of the
campaign. Also, my Government does not see
any objections to the setting up of a fund to which
nongovernmental organizations and foundations
might contribute. Some governments also might
wish to make special contributions, in line with the
thinking of the Ad Hoc Committee when it sug-
gested that "governments might make an initial
contribution to this fund." However, I believe
that anytliing that resembles a special levy against
governments, either for a single year or over a
period of j'eare, would not be an acceptable ap-
proach. This may be primarily a question of
wording, and we would be happy to assist in arriv-
ing at a suitable wording to describe the financial
and budgetary aspects of the campaign.
Special Activities as Contributions to Campaign
7. Even though we have doubts regarding the
obtaining of special financing at the level sug-
gested by the Director General, we do not believe
that this should be a serious roadblock in the de-
velopment of the campaign. In fact, a large fund
in the hands of FAO might itself be a roadblock
in developing a real worldwide campaign, since it
would teiul to overemphasize what the FAO staff
would bo doing as compared with those essential
parts of the campaign which only governments
and private organizations can and should do.
Therefore I should like to emphasize again the
imi)ortance we attach to the development of an
approach which encourages each government to
undertake one or more activities which that gov-
ernment is prepared to have regarded as its con-
tribution to the overall campaign. In this
connection I should point out that oui- Govern-
ment made available to the Ad Hoc Committee
a series of suggestions regarding the types of ac-
tivities which governments, and in some cases
organizations, might undertake. That list of sug-
gestions was not in any way intended to be a list
of things all of which each counti-y should under-
take. Rather, it wixs merely a series of sugges-
tions which, taken with suggestions from other
sources, might indicate to governments the types
of special projects they could undertake as con-
tributions to the campaign.
Thus, one government might undertake only one
or two special activities; another government
might undertake three or four. In areas where
several governments undertook work in the same
field, FAO could perform a useful function in
keeping each of them informed of the action con-
templated by the otliere and in arranging for
coordination where that was deemed desirable.
By this approach a whole series of activities might
be undertaken around the world which could have
a vei-y large total effect on the improvement of
agriculture and human nutrition. In this respect
we visualize the campaign as something which
might be developed along the same general lines
as those followed in the International Geophysical
Year.
Phasing, Organizing, and Planning
8. The document before us contains some pro-
posals regarding the phasing and the organization
of the campaign. The suggested phasing seems
to us satisfactory, although to some degi'ee it is
necessary to withhold judgment until the full na-
ture and content of the campaign becomes more
apparent. We endorse the proposal for a special
campaign committee, consisting of member gov-
ernments, which would advise the Director Gen-
eral on the development of the campaign. Tliis
January 18, I960
95
coiniiiitt€« might function under the aegis of the
Council. "We are also in general agreement with
the idea of a research advisoiy committee. How-
ever, to avoid confusion and to insure that re-
search projects are properly coordinated witli
other phases of the campaign, we believe that the
research group should be an advisory subcommit-
tee of the main campaign committee. We ai-e also
in favor of the proposal for an advisory commit-
tee of those nongovernmental organizations which
have recognized status with FAO, assuming that
those organizations do expect to participate in
and contribute to the campaign.
9. I should like to mention one other problem
which causes us some concern. A campaign of
the scope of the one proposed will involve a great
(leal of work if it is to be successful. It is hoped
that most of tliat woi-k would be done by member
governments or nongovernmental organizations.
At the same time FAO would be carrying forward
its regular program of work as well as its techni-
cal assistance programs, which, of course, have
the same objectives as does the campaign. Some
additional workload would inevitably be placed
upon the FAO staff. We are eager to insure that
tlie campaign is so planned and so developed that
this extra workload is kept to a minimum and
that the regular program of work will he dis-
rupted as little as possible.
This Conference will approve a regular pro-
gi-am of work for the next 2 years. It is a sub-
stantial program and will provide a full work-
load for the staff. There are in it certain changes
in emphasis whereby it will contribute more effec-
tively to meeting the needs of member govern-
ments. Certain other changes may be made in
subsequent biennial programs also aimed at giving
more effective service to member governments.
This we believe to be a sound appi-o:ich. At the
same time we would consider it very unfortunate
if such largo demands were placed on the staff
members for special activities in connection with
the proposed campaign which are not included in
tlie approved program of work that they would
1)0 unable to implement a substantial portion of
tlie activitie,s agi-oed to by this ConfeiTuce. In
other words, we should not, in our zeal to assist
member governments in one respect, cut off or
diminish the assistance which the Organization is
in position to give under its regular progi-am of
work. Perhaps our apprehension arises fix)m the
lack tiius far of a clearcut, carefully costed pro-
gram of work for the campaign, including a clear
indication of the extent to which the regular .staff
would be called upon to participate.
10. Just a brief word regarding the title. We
believe that the title selected should be one that is
positive, does not create false Iiopes, appeals to
reason rather than emotions, ajid is readily trans-
latable into the three official languages. We be-
lieve that the present proposal, i.e. "Freedom-
From-Hunger Campaign," constitutes a substan-
tial improvement over the initialh' proposed title,
''Free the World from Hunger Year." We would
have prefeiTed a title such as "International Food
Campaign," but on this question we would be pre-
pared to accept "Freedom-From-Hunger Cam-
paign" if a majority of the member countries feel
that tliere is no better alternative.
U.S. Support of Campaign
11. Finally, I would like to indicate that the
United States is prepared to support, the Ciimpaign
in various ways. Some of the possibilities include
distribution of infonnational materials and pub-
lications in our country on as broad a basis as the
supplies permit: stimulation of public discussion,
pai'ticularly on the land-grunt-college and univer-
sity campuses, in farm organization groups, and
in other groups which have definite interests in
food problems; participation in research projects
insofar as these are of direct interest to and can
be fitted into existing i)rograms of our Federal
and State institutions; and continuing to give sup-
jiort to activities in other comitries through U.S.
bilatei'al activities within the framework of con-
tinuing programs. In addition I should say that
we are prepared to participate in the special cam-
paign committee and a subcommittee to advise on
research activities if the Conference agrees to the
establishment of these bodies and requests us to
participate, thus assisting in the further planning
and development of tlie campaign.
I hope, Mr. Chairman, that I have been able to
make it clear that we of tbe United States delega-
tion do believe that the campaign can make sub-
stantial contributions to tlie solution of the world
food problems and tliat we are prepared to par-
ticipate in it. If I have appeared to take a ques-
tioning attitude on some points it is because we in
the United States delegation believe sincerely that
the campaign can be really effective only if it is
96
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
I
developed primarily as an lu-tivity of goveniinents
and that the main i-esponsihility for action must
rest with the meml>er •rovernments. Wo feel that
an attempt, to develop the campaign on any other
basis could only lead to inetrective action and
frustration. I hoixs tiierefore, that we can agi-ee
on a positive approach along the general lines I
have tried to set forth.
Proposals Regarding Resolution
Now, Mr. Chainnan, in the light of the fore-
going comments, I should like to suggest that this
Conference adopt a resolution along the followiu"-
Imes:
Fii-st, the resolution should recognize that FAO
is, accoixling to its constitution, the principal
agency witliin the United Nations family of
agencies for the promotion of international coop-
eration designed to achieve the objectives of the
|)roposed campaign.
Second, the resolution should also recognize the
urgency and importance of increased national
efforts toward these objectives, in view of the
growing needs for food and agi-icultm-al products
as a result of the expansion in world population.
Tliird, the resolution might include decisions
aimed at:
(a) authorizing an international campaign
beginning in 1960 and culminating in a World
P'ood Congress, perliaps in 1963, and in a review
of the final a<?«omplislunents of the campaign in
the FAO Conference in 1965;
(b) establishing a sijecial campaign conunittee
comix)sed of representatives of jjerhaps 10 mem-
ber govenmients, which would serve until the 11th
session of the Conference and would exercise gen-
eral oversight o\er the campaign on tehalf of
the Council and the Conference:
(c) establishing a research subconnnittee, com-
posed also of perliaps 10 countries, on the under-
standing that countries would supply individuals
selected for their competence and experience in
agricultural research (This group would sei-ve as
a siilK'ommitteo, of the special campaign cx>mmittee,
and would likewise .serve until the 11th .session of
the Conference. ) ;
(d) authorizing the Director General to l)egin
preparations of basic studies just as soon as these
proposals had been reviewed by the i-esearch sub-
committee and the sfxicial campaign committee
and the funds were available to cover the costs;
January 18, 1960
(e) authorizing the ewtablisliment of a cam-
l>aign fund to be administered in occoi-d with
FAO's financial regulations and to which nongov-
ernmental organization.s, private foundations, and
individuals, as well as, in some cases, member
governments, might make voluntary contributions
for purposes to U^ agreed uiK)n by the special
campaign committee.
Fourth, the resolution should authorize the
Director General to invite the cooperation of the
United Nations and other agencies in the U.N.
family of agencies in those aspects of the cam-
paign falling within their tenns of reference and
of interest to them.
Finally, the resolution should i-equest the Coun-
cil to keep the campaign under review, to receive
reports from the special campaign committee and
its research subcommittee, and to present to the
11th session of the Conference a detiiiled report on
the then current status of the campaign and on
proposed further ac.ti\-ities and their financial
implications.
I make these, suggestions, Mr. Chairman, not as
a formal i-esolution but rather to provide the
framework for a i-esolution which can be pre-
pared at a later stage, when the precise nature of
this Conference's conclusions are evident.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION '
Freedom-From-Hunoeb Campaign
The Conference
Considering that
(a) a large part of the world's population .still does
not have enough to eat, and an even larger part does not
get enough of the right kinds of food,
(b) the increase in food prcxluction only barely exceeds
[wpulation growth,
(c) the incre-ase in food production i)er capita is least
marked in the less develoixnl parts of the world,
(d) food production in developed countries is being
held back by llmite<l marketing iiossibilitles abroad and
that even so, 8uri)lusos of some coniniixlities have accum-
ulated in some countries, and
(e) under its Constitution F.VO is the principal agency
within the United .Nations family of international agen-
cies resi)onsible for the en<'ouragement of and aid to
countries in raising levels of fixxl prfHluctlon, consump-
tion, and nutrition.
1. Wch'umci and apiirovcH the projwsal for a Freedom-
from-Hunger Campaign along the general lines suggestetl
by the Pirector-General :
' Adopted unanimously in plenary session on Nov. 20.
97
2. Ej^prenses appreciation of the cooperation in tlie
Campaign promised by tlie United Nations and tlie si)e-
cialized agencies;
3. Authorises an international "Freedom-from-Hunger
Campaign" extending from 1060 through 1965, under the
leadership and general coordination of FAO and with
invitations to participate, as appropriate, and approved
by FAO, to (i) member countries of FAO; (ii) member
countries of the U.N. and the U.N. specialized agencies,
and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) , and
to these agencies themselves; (iii) international non-
governmental organizations having established consulta-
tive relationship with FAO, the U.N., or the other spe-
cialized agencies; (iv) religious groups; and (v) in-
dividuals and private organizations within the member
countries specified in sections (1) and (ii) above:
4. Emphasizes that the objectives of the Campaign can
only be reached if the less developed countries develop
effective and useful action projects to this end, and that
the formulation and vigourous prosecution by them of such
projects will increase the support for the Campaign in
the more highly developed countries ;
5. Approves the creation of a Freedom-from-Hunger
Campaign Trust Fund, to be admihisteretl in accordance
with FAO's regulations, and for purposes and activities
involved in the Campaign ;
6. Authorizes the Director-General to appeal for vol-
untary contributions to :
(a) Member countries as specified in paragraph 3 (1)
and (ii),
(b) International non-governmental organizations,
((•) Religious groups,
(d) Private foundations or organizations in such mem-
ber countries ;
7. (a) Authorizes the Director-General, in the case of
countries whose govermuents are not in a position to
contribute directly to the Tru.st Fund, to discuss with
these governments other ways in which they might be
able to support the Campaign ;
(b) Invites each member country to set up or utilize
ai)propriate national bodies to promote and coordinate
the Campaign in that country ;
(c) Authorizes the Director-General to carry on the
Campaign with the funds available, in consulUition with
the Advisory Campaign Committee mentioned in para-
graph 9 below ;
8. A uthnrizes the Director-General to make preparations
for a World Food Congress in l!)i;3 just before the FAO
Conference, on the 20th anniversary of the Hot Springs
Conference, when the Campaign will reach its climax;
9. Establishes an Advisory Campaign Committee com-
posed of the representatives of ten member countries
to he designated by the Council, plus the chairmen of the
Council, the Program Committee and the Finance Com-
mittee, as ex officio members, this Committee to serve
until the Eleventh Session of the Conference with the
following terms of reference:
98
to advise and assist the Director-General in the develop-
ment of a detailed program for the Campaign, taking
into account the suggestions made by the Director-General
to the Tenth Session of the Conference and the observa-
tions thereon by the Conference at that Session, and to
reixirt to the Council, and to establish a sub-committee
of technical and economic experts on research needs and
projects under the Campaign, selected for their compe-
tence and experience in various fields of work of FAO ;
10. Authorizes the Director-General, after consultation
with the Advisory Campaign Committee, to convene such
meetings of representatives of governments or of such
bodies mentioned in 7(b) above as have been established,
as may be considered by the Committee and the Director-
General to be necessary or desirable, in order to review
the progress and financial position of the Campaign ;
11. Authorizes the Director-General to invite the non-
governmental organizations si)ecifie<l in para. 3 sub-head
(iii) to participate in an Advisory Committee of non-
governmental organizations, which shall on request con-
sult with the Director-General and with representatives
of other cooperating international organizations concern-
ing plans for the Campaign and the activities of non-
governmental organizations in assisting in the Campaign,
at the same time providing an opportunity for the organi-
zations represented to consult with one another ;
12. Requests the Director-General (a) to prepare re-
ports to the Council concerning the detailed development
of the Campaign and to present to the Conference in
1961 a detailed report on the current status of the Cam-
paign and on proixtsed activities and their financial im-
plications and (b) to include in his financial proposals to
the Eleventh Session of the Conference, separate provision
for such funds as he may consider necessary to meet that
portion of the FAO expenses for the Campaign for the
1962/63 biennium as cannot be covered out of the Cam-
paign Trust Fimd ;
13. Requests the Council to keep the progress of the
Campaign under review, to review reports from the Ad-
visory Campaign Committee, and from the Program and
Finance Committees on the prt>gress of tlie Campaign
and its relation to the other work of FAO, and to present
to the Conference its comments and suggestions on the
further development of the Campaign.
SEATO Announces 1980-61
Research Fellowship Series
Press release 877 dated December 28
For tlie 4rth consecutive year, the Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization is oifering a number
of postdoctoral rosea rcli fellowships to estab-
lished scholars of the iiieinber states.
The object of the SEATO fellowship j)rogram
is to encourage study and research of such scx^ial,
Deparftnent of State Bulletin
economic, political, cultviral, scientific, and educa-
tional prohlt'ins as <rivo insiplit into the pi-esent
needs and futuro development of the southeast
Asia and southwest Pacific areas.
Grants ai-e normally for a period of 4 to 10
months and include a montiily allowance of $400
and air travel to and from the countries of re-
seaix'h. Candidates are selected on the basis of
special aptitude and experience for carrying out
a major reseai-ch project. Academic qualifica-
tions, professional exiKn-ience beyond graduate
level, and published material are taken into
account.
The competition for the awards for the 1960-
61 academic year is now open. American citizens
may apply to the Conmiittee on International Ex-
change of Persons, Conference Board of Associ-
ated Research Coimcils, 2101 Constitution Ave.,
Washington 25, D.C. American candidates for
the awards are selected by the Department of
State, with SEATO selecting the final award
winners.
A total of 33 awards were made during the
first 3 years of the SEATO fellowship program.
The member states of SEATO are Australia,
France, Xew Zealand, Pakistan, Philippines,
Thailand, the United Kingdom, and the United
States.
Accomplishments of 14th Session
of U.N. General Assembly
Statement hy Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative to the United Nations'^
1. From the standpoint of the tough fiber of the
United Nations — of its ability to function con-
tinuously through fair weather and foul— mi-
doubtedly the most significant accomplishment of
the 14th General Assembly was the decision to
continue to finance the United Nations Emergency
rorce,= which is keeping the peace in the Gaza
Strip and at the entrance to the Gulf of Aqaba.
The vote was actually larger than last year — a
most encouraging sign of steadfastness.
' Release<l to the press following remarks made by Am-
bassador Lodge before the United Nations Corresix)ndents
Association on Dec. l."> (U.S. delegation press release
3349).
' Bulletin of Dec. 21, 1959, p. 919.
This was achieved in spite of the Soviet Union's
continued default on this prime oi)ligulion both of
law anil of honor, in spite of tJie strong human
tendency to lose interest in something which is
no longer dramatic, and in spite of the i-oal diffi-
culty wliich many states have in finding the money.
That all these factoi-s should have In-en overcome
is a tribute to the awarene.ss of the United Nations
that failure to continue UNEF would speedily
create a dramatic — and dangerous — situation.
2. From the standpoint of the abilily of the
Soviet Union and the United States to reach agree-
ment, the resolution creating the new United Na-
tions Committee on Outer Space ^ is, I believe, the
most substantial achievement in the 14 years that
the United Nations has been in existence. Out6r
space, certainly, should be a field in which earth-
bound international difFerences are left behind
and in whicli men work together for the common
good.
It is particularly pertinent that agreement to
create this Committee only came about after pro-
longed and arduous negotiations, showing that an
efficient working arrangement between the TTnited
States and the Soviet Union will not be achieved
merely by waving a wand or by wishful thinking.
Only by long, hard work will such agreements be
hammered out. The differences between the two
nations are real differences — and not merely mis-
understandings. They reflect not only such usual
factors as geography and economics but, in addi-
tion, a different view of the world and of the na-
ture of man. To bring about a relatively efficient
working arrangement under such circumstances is
a prickly business. But in this shrinking world
the effort must lie made.
3. From the standpoint of the less developed
countries — and of human freedom — a very signi-
ficant development was the increased money which
member states have pledged fo the United Nations
Special Fund ' for i(s second year. This is the
fund which, under the direction of Paul Hoffman,
makes preinvestment surveys and promotes tech-
nical education in the newly developing countries.
The future of those countries, inhabited by over a
billion human beings, presents a challenge even
more difficult and more pressing than the Com-
munist menace.
" See ibid., ,Ian. 11, 19«0, p. (H.
' For a statement on progress of the Fund, see tfttd.,
Nov. 9, 19.^9, p. 689.
January 18, 7 960
99
The money for the Fund's second year will be
about 50 percent more than the $26 million which
it had for its first year. Every dollar of preinvest-
ment work by the Special Fund can pave the way
for hundreds of dollars in capital investment.
Thus it can give these peoples new hope that they
can conquer poverty without resorting to the
totalitarian methods of communism.
The increase in the Special Fund is therefore a
sign that United Nations members are aware of
the trend of the future.
4. From the standpoint of the future of the
United Nations were decisions affecting two
United Nations trust territories in Africa.
Somalia will become independent on July 1, 1960.
Also, the people of the British Cameroons will
vote in 1960 or 1961 on which of their two neigh-
bors they will join — Nigeria or Cameroun, both
about to become independent.'* These steps are
part of the movement toward independence which
is sweeping Africa and which, in 1960 alone, will
bring at least four new African nations into the
United Nations — and still others in succeeding
years.
These new nations will not only add to the mem-
bership of the United Nations; they will also
bring new viewpoints to bear on the problems of
the world. For the United States, which has more
people of African Negro descent in it than any
other country in the world except Nigeria, this is
a particularly welcome prospect.
5. Then the 14th General Assembly passed a
resolution protesting the Cliinese Communist
wholesale murder of the people of Tibet.'^
6. The Assembly continued to voice the protest
of civilized mankind against the brutalization of
Hungary — and did so by a large vote.'
7. Communist China was once again kept out
of the United Nations.*
8. The Czech attempt to promote its candidacy
for the 1.5th General A.'sembly by means of an
Assembly resolution was defeated.
9. The Palestine refugee progi-am, with its great
" For background, see ibhl., of \ov. 1(!, 1!)."9. p. 730. .iiid
Jan. 4, 1900, p. 2.1.
" Ibid., Nov. !), 19.-9, p. (!S:!.
' IbUl., Dec. 2S, 19r,9, p. 942.
' Ibitl., Oct. 12. 19.-)!(, p. r,i7.
expense and its many difficult problems, was
extended.'
10. An expert management survey of the United
Nations Secretariat was authorized to help the
Secretary-General get the maximum efficiency at
the least cost. Such a "Hoover Commission" type
of operation — the first complete outside review in
the Secretariat's 14-year history — is a necessity in
view of the growing nieml>ership of the United
Nations and the increased workload of the Sec-
retariat.
11. A imiversal declaration on the rights of
the child was adopted, reflecting concepts of human
rights held by many nations, including the United
States.^"
There were many other worthwhile accomplish-
ments, but the above were outstanding as they
affect the United Nations' future and its ability
to survive and to meet its responsibilities.
General Assembly Fails To Adopt
Resolution on Algeria
Statements hy Heni'y Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative to the General Asseiribly
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 2>
It is evident from wliat has been said in this
committee on the Algerian question that there
exists a spirit of conciliation. Such a spirit is in-
dispensable to any early solution of the problem.
The United States welcomes this spirit.
We favor a just, peaceful, and democratic solu-
tion. "We are anxious to see an end to violence and
bloodshed. We hope tliat effect will be given to
the aspirations of the people of Algeria by
peaceful means.
"\A'e favor the use of every appropriate means
by tliose principally concerned, and early steps
by them, to bring about a peaceful settlement.
Clearly no solution is possible without good faith
and restraint by all concerned.
A prospect for peace has been made evident.
"/6irf., Jan. 4,19«0,p. 31.
" Ibid., p. 34.
'Made in Committee I (Political and Security) (U.S.
delegation press release 3323).
TOO
Department of State Bulletin
But to make tlmt prospect into a reality is not
easj'. The bitterness of conflict, the shaiiow of
fear, and the gnawing worry of uncertainty all
add to the inherent complexities of tlie problem.
On Septemlier 16 the President of tlie P'rencli
Kepubiic, (ieneral Charles de Gaulle, made a far-
reaching and signilicant declaimtion concerning
the problem of Algeria. To be sure, this state-
ment must be read lus a whole, but there are certain
points which the United States believes deserve
si)ecial emphasis and attention during our dis-
cussion here.
First, General de Gaulle made clejir the inten-
tion of France to solve the problem of Algeria
by permitting the Algerian people a free choice as
to their future. The application to Algeria of the
principle of self-determination was thus recog-
nized sijecifically. The United States welcomed
this declaration. In General de Gaulle's words:
"We can now look forward to tlie day when the
men and women of Algeria will be in a position to
decide their ovn\ destiny, once and for all, freely
and in the full knowledge of what is at stake."
Prasident Eisenhower stated in his press con-
ference on September 17:= "It is a far-reaching
declaration, containing explicit promises of self-
determination for the Algerian peoples and as
such, completely in accord \\'ith our hopes to see
proclaimed a just and liberal program for Algeria
which we could supjwrt."
The United States was also encourage<l by the
responses which General de Gaulle's proposals
evoked. They indicate awareness that a significant
new commitment has been made — a commitment
which furnishes a basis for concrete discussions.
It was in the liglit of General de Gaulle's his-
toric declaration, furthermore, that Secretary of
State Herter said on September 22= tliat the
United States "naturally hopes that no action will
be taken here which would prejudice the realiza-
tion of a just and peaceful solution for Algeria
such as is promised by General de Gaulle's far-
reaching declaration with its provision for self-
determination by the Algerian people."
To this end the United States hopes that the
members of this committee will see the wisdom of
avoiding a resolution which could prejudice a
solution of the Algerian problem.
The speeches made here — in and of them-
' Bulletin of Oct. 12, 1959, p. 500.
selves— will have an effect on those principally
concerned. It mu.s-t also be clear that recent
statements by those i)rincipally conceniexl offer
real hope that a just, i>eaceful, and deuux-ratic
solution can soon l)e found. And it mu.st also be
apparent that the sense of this debate is that those
principally concerned should make early use of
even- appropriate means to achieve a solution.
Wo hoi)e, therefore, Mr. Ciuiinnan, that these
considerations will be weighe<l carefully before
l)rf)posals are introduced and pressed to a vote.
Injudicious action here risks bringing in extrane-
ous factoi-s which might endanger the chances for
direct, negot iations. At sucii a moment as this the
utmost caution is not only warranted; it is
essential.
We ciui understand why some delegations seek
to impart, further momentum to what they al-
ready admit are favorable developments. But if
such membei-s look at the present situation care-
fully— as they must— they will surely conclude
that we are at the thresliold of one of tliose historic
occasions in which those principally concerned
should be unhampered and allowed to seek direct
solutions.
The United States continues to believe that in
the interests of all concerned moderation, re-
straint, and patience should be the watchwords.
It is in this spirit that the United States will con-
duct itself during the remainder of this debate.''
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 12 <
In my statement in committee December 2 I
referred to the far-reaching and significant decla-
ration conceniing the problem of Algeria made
on September 16 by General de Gaulle. I s;ud
that there are now real hopes that a just, peace-
ful, and democratic solution of this problem can
soon be found. I then expres.sed the hope that
the General Assembly would see the wisdom of
avoiding a resolution which could i)ivjudice the
solution of the Algerian problem, emphasizing our
'On Dop. 7 Committee I iu1<m>Ip<1 by n vote of .^ to 26
(U.S.), with 17 abstentions, Resolution A/C.1/L.246,
which iirgod "tbo two imrties concerneil to entor into
pourparlers to determine the conditions nece.-isary for the
iiii|ilpiiiont;ition as enrly ns possilile of the rinlit of self-
determination of the Algerian people, including conditions
for a cease-fire."
'Made in plenary (U.S. delegation press release 3:!46).
January 18, 7960
101
belief that moderation, restraint, and patience
should be the watchwords.
Guided by these considerations, we carefully
examined the revised resolution on Algeria on
which the General Assembly has just voted.^ The
United States did not vote in favor of this reso-
lution, since we believe that, notwithstanding the
modifications wliich it contains, it is not likely to
be helpful in promoting an early and just solu-
tion. Moreover, this resolution also fails to take
into account the most significant development on
this question since it has been before the United
Nations, that is, the forward-looking proposals
of General de Gaulle.
This resolution, however, embodies two prin-
ciples which are of fundamental importance in
our history and tradition : the principle of self-
determination and the principle of seeking solu-
tions to difficult problems through peaceful means.
These principles we strongly endorse.
The United States therefore abstained in the
vote on this resolution.
I should like to add in closing that the United
States Government reaffinns its conviction that
the forward-looking declaration of General de
Gaulle offers the best prosjjects for a peaceful, just,
and democratic solution of the Algerian problem.
Freedom of Information
Statement iy Christopher H. Phillips ^
This, as you know, is my fii-st opportunity to
address the Third Committee and, may I say at
the outset, a most welcome opportunity. Though
my duties require me to devote most of my time
to the Second Committee, I am by no means im-
familiar with the work of your conunittee. As
the United States Representative on the Economic
and S(K'ia] Council, I am, of course, equally con-
■'A revised resolution introduced liy Pakistan (A/L.
276) urging "the holding of pourparlers with a view to
arriving at a peaceful solution on the basis of the right
to self-determination, in accordance with the principles
of the Charter of the United Nations" failed on Dec. 12
to obtain the two-thirds majority vote necessary for adop-
tion ; the vote was 31) to 22, with 20 abstentions (U.S.).
'Made in Committee III (Soc-ial, Ilumanitariiin, and
Cultural) of the U..\. General Assembly on Dec. 1 (U.S.
delegation press relea.se 3:{21). Mr. Phillips is U.S. Rep-
resentative on the U.N. Economic and Social Council.
cemed with both the economic and social activities
of the United Natioios.
Quit« frankly, we had not intended to intervene
at this particidar juncture in the debate. We
would have preferred to hear the views of many
more delegations than time has allowed thus far.
We are doing so, however, because many delega-
tions, botli privately and publicly, have asked for
our views and have urged us to express them at
this time.
I think one of the most difficult problems in-
volved in a consideration of freedom of informa-
tion is to amve at a meaning of freedom of
information which is both precise and acceptable
to all. For example, freedom of information to
one may mean state control of the press, to another
license, and yet to another a point somewhere in
between. We have clearly seen this to be tlie case
during the debate this year. Moreover, the course
of the debate so far has revealed serious miscon-
ceptions about the U.S. attitude toward freedom
of information. For this reason, I would like to
devote the next few minutes to a clear exposition
of our position on this complex and highly impor-
tant subject.
The U.S. Position
Freedom of information in the United States is
recognized as a cornerstone of liberty, as it is in
every country which believes in freedom for the
individual. The need to know, to be informed, is
a deep-seated urge in all mankind. It is more
than a need ; it is a hunger for facts and ideas, a
hunger for the means to think and to understand
events and situations. The urge is to listen as well
its to speak, to learn as well as to tesvch, to judge
the fact as well as to plan the action. Only as
men and women are able to satisfy this hunger can
they feel they are valued fully as human beings.
The right to know is a part of hinnan dignity ; the
right to seek the truth is a foundation of liuman
freedom.
It is for this reason that any withholding of
information instantly arouses su.spicion. Censor-
ship breeds only fear and insecurity. Within
nations such limitations imdermine confidence;
between nations tliey jeopardize i)eace. Full ac-
cess to the news is the onlj- basis on whicli we can
hope to build strong democracies and popular
understanding of and .support for a strong United
Nations.
102
Department of State Bulletin
This lias been said beforo, but it ouinot be said
too often. Ijrnoranoe and false report have lon<i
been recognizod a.s tho shackles by wiiich tyrants
luid dictntore control the peoples under their rule.
In a fitv soiMety there is sinyial oiuse to keep up
with the course of events. Whei-ever the ultimate
decisions rest with the i^eople, it is obvious that
intellifrent decisions can bo made only in the lijrht
of ailequate knowledge. As a practical matter,
this means full and rapid access to all possible
news — in the daily pi-e,s.s, through radio and all
other media of information.
On this point Thomas Jefferson, the author of
our Declaration of Independence, felt strongly on
the necessity for information in a government of
the people. He once wrote that if he were forced
to choose between a government without news-
paper, on the one hand, and newspafjere without
government, on the other, he would not hesitate to
l>refer the newspapci-s. Jeffei-son maintained tliis
view even though he was severely criticized in the
press. I need hardly point out that no United
States President since that time has escaped the
shaq7 barb of hostile press criticism and that such
criticism has often been unfair and unfounded.
There can be no question of the importance the
United States attaches to freedom of information.
Our belief in this freedom is implicit in our system
of education, in the tremendous variety of our
newspapers and our broadcasting systems, our
magazines, and all other media of communication.
Our aim is laiowledge for eveiyone with sources
sufficient that each may seek the truth for himself.
I^et me stress this again. Onlj' through sufficient
sources of information can the individual be in po-
sition to decide for himself what is true. In this
we believe that we are at one with all other free
peoples in the United Nations.
Framework for News Media Development
There are also wide areas of agreement we share
with other countries on the means by which free-
dom of information can be achieved. We are in
agreement on the need to develop news media of
all kinds; it is academic to expect adequate infor-
mation in aretis which lack sufficient media and
opportunities for training journalists. With this
in mind, the United States delegation to the last
session of the Human Rights Commission cospon-
sored a verj- important resolution with Ceylon,
India, Iran, Italy, Me.xico, and the Philippines.
This lesolution reciuested a report from the Sec-
rotary-(ieneral which infer alia would review the
problems encountered in providing to underd©-
veloi)ed countries technical assistance in the infor-
mation field. This resolution was adopted by a
large majority both in the Commission and sub-
sequently in the Council.^ But let us not forget
that there would Ije little point to providing media
and training journalists if the free flow of infor-
mation is then hampered by censorship, jamming,
or other artificial barriers.
The United States attitude toward freedom of
speech and press is based on constitutional guar-
antees which prohibit the passage of legi.slation in-
fringing these rights. This is provided in the
first amendment, in the section known as our Bill
of Rights. It says simply that "Congress shall
make no law . . . abridging the freedom of
speech, or of the press ....'' Tliis amendment
has been in force for more than 100 years. It has
kept our media of information free from Govern-
ment control and regulation. This is the frame-
work in which our great newspapers and radio and
television systems have developed: while they re-
spect and conform to laws forbidding libel, ob-
scenity, and other infringements on public order,
they know that these cannot be used to justify cen-
sorship or interference in presenting facts and
opinion.
You may argue that this prohibition indicates
a distnist of authority. I would say quite o]:)enly
that this is the case. Our feeling goes back to tlie
days before we became an independent nation,
when our newspapers often had to be licensed and
were at the mercy of foreign governoi-s. We have
learned to fear any attempt, direct or indirect, to
control freedom of information, lest it lead to sup-
pression and tyranny. We have learned the hard
way, if I may borrow a popular phrase, that no
government, however good or highly motivated,
should be trusted with power over the rights of
evei-y individual to know and to think. We have
learned also the two reasons why this is so: fii-st,
that governments may change, and second, that
' For text of the resolution a<lo|)ted on Apr. 'M in tiie
Economic and Social Council, see U.N. doc. E/UHS/718
(XXVII) ; for a statement made by Mr. Phillips in the
ECOSOC meeting on Apr. 20, see Blli.ktin of July G. 1059,
p. 26.
January 18, 1960
103
men may grow lazy in their own defense against
authority.
It has been suggested that such freedom gives
rise to abuses. Of course freedom of any kind
carries with it the possibility of abuse, but this is
hardly justification of denial of the freedom. We
should be careful, moreover, not to confuse real
abuses with the legitimate reporting of news
wliich, thougli accurate, deeply offends an in-
dividual or a nation.
Admitting to the possibility of abuse under a
genuinely free press, we would do well to get a real
perepective on the subject. INIany of the state-
ments so far made have implied that abuses can
only occur in a tmdy free press. This is far from
the truth. Few members of this committee need
be reminded that some of the most vicious abuses
of information media occur under systems in
which freedom of information is either rigidly
controlled or nonexistent. Tliere, through com-
plete government monopoly of all information
media, news is manipulated and the "big lie'' tech-
nique employed as official government policy.
We could, of couree, with considerable eil'ective-
ness, cite examples of the most extreme abuse of
press media under such circumstances. But
surely such tactics do not contribute to a produc-
tive consideration of the business before us. For
our part, therefore, we will refrain from indulging
in such tiictics.
Madam Chainnan, I have tried to present
something of the philosophy of my Govennnent
on freedom of information. Before concluding.
I wish to make a few brief remarks on the Con-
vention on Freedom of Infonnation now before
us.^ As all of you know, we have not in the past
felt that the proposed convention is an adequate
or effective means of protecting the infornnition
media of our time or of promoting the riglit of
everyone to full and free access to the facts. We
continue in tliis belief, because we have se«n noth-
ing to convince us to the contrary — to con^nnce us
that international legislation of this type is in fact
the way to achieve progress. At the same time
we are fully aware that many other delegations
do not agree with us and, indeed, that they do
*U.N. doc. A/AO.42/7, annex. Only a iwrtion of this
convention was consklprwl in tho 14th General Assembly ;
on 1)<H'. 10 (A/RES/14,'59(XIV)) the Assembly (lec-ide<l
"to give priority to this Itenv at its fifteenth session."
attach the greatest importance to the adoption of
this convention. Out of respect to them, I wish
to assure you that my delegation will not attempt
in any way to imiJede the progress on the conven-
tion. Moreover, because my Government attaches
the greatest importance to freedom of informa-
tion, my delegation will take part in the debate
on each article and will, to the utmost of its abil-
ity, strive to make a constiiictive and valuable
contribution toward reaching agreement on lan-
guage acceptable to the majority.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography*
General Assembly
Question of the Frontier Between the Trust Territory of
Somaliland Under Italian Administration and Ethiopia.
ReiKjrt of the Italian Govennnent on the measures
talien to give effect to General Assembly resolution
1345 (XIII) of 13 December 1958. A/4324. December
3, 10.-.!). .".O pp.
The Future of tlie Trust Territory of the Canieroous
Under Unite<l Kingdom Administration : Report of the
United Nations Plebiscite Commissioner on the Plebi-
scite in the Northern Part of the Territory. State-
ment made by the U.K. representative at the 988th meet-
ing of tlie Fourth Committee. A/C.4/438. December
7, 1959. 12 pp.
The Future of the Trust Territory of the Cameroons
Under United Kingdom Administration : Report of the
United Nations Plebiscite Conunissioner on the Pleb-
iscite in tlie Northern Part of the Territory. State-
ment made by the U.N. Plebiscite Commis-sioner at the
989th meeting of the Fourth Committee. A/C.4/439.
December 7, 1959. 16 pp.
Economic and Social Council
Status of Women in Family Law. Report of the Secre-
tary-General based on replies from governments to part
III of the Questionnaire on the Legal Status and Treat-
ment of Women. Addendum. E/CN.6/185/Add. 17.
November 11, 19.-9. 31 pp.
L^nited Nations Programme of Technical Assistance.
Report of the Secretary-General on programs of
technical assistance financed by the regular budget.
Corrigendum. E/TAC/95/Corr. 1. JS'ovember 20, 1959.
Ip.
Conmiission on Human Rights. National Advisory Com-
mittees on Human Rights. Note by the Secretary-Gen-
eral. E/CN.4/791. November 23, 1959. 4 pp.
Draft (Convention and Draft Recommendation on the Age
of Marriage, Consent to Marriage and Registration
of Marriages. Report by the Secretary-General pre-
pared in accordance with ECOSOC resolution 722
B (XXVIII). E/CN.6/353. November 23, 1909. 9 pp.
' Printed materials ma.v be secured in tlie United States
from the International Documents Service. Columbia
University Press, 2900 Broadway. New York 27, N.Y.
Other materials (miiiiw.grapluMl or processed documents)
may be consulted at certain liliraries in the United States.
104
Deparfment of Stafe Bullefin
Commission on the SUitiis of Women. Property Rlglits of
Women. Supplementary report by tile Se<^'retary-Gen-
eral. E CX.O/liOS/Add. 5. November 30, lOT)'.). 11 pp.
OrKimizutiou nuil Oi)er«tion of the lOt'ononilc and Scx-lal
Council. Letter diittnl November 27. 1909, from the
permanent representative of Mexico to the United Na-
tions addres.sed to the Secretary-General. E/3310.
December 2, l!)j». 1 p.
OrKanlzatiim and Operation of the Economic and SiK-ial
Council. Note by the Secretary-General. E/3311. De-
cember 2. I!>ri0. 3 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
U.S. and Japan Sign Treaty
of Cooperation and Security
I'ress release 8S3 dated December 29
The Department of State announced on Decem-
ber 29 that the new Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security l)etween Japan and tlie United States
will be signed at tiie "\Miite House on January 19.^
Following the signing ceremony, Prime Minister
[Xobusuke] Kislii and Foreign Minister [Aii-
ciiiro] Fujiyama will meet with President Eisen-
liower and Secretary Herter. Prime Minister
Kishi and tlie Japanese delegation for the signing
of the new treaty will also be guests at a "\^1iite
House luncheon on January- 19 in their honor.
During the afternoon of January 19, Prime
Minister Kishi and Foreign Minister Fujiyama
will meet witli Secretary Herter at tiie Depart-
ment of State.
Current Actions
1 rotocol for limiting and riKulntiiiK the cultivation of
the iM.ppy plant, the production of. Inlematlonal and
wholesale trade in, and u.se of oi.lum. Dated at New
York June 2:t, l!»r)3.'
Accession dipogitvd: Nicaragua, December 11, 1050.
Teiecommunicatlon
Telegraph re^'ulations (Geneva revision, WW) annexed
to the International telc<-omniunlcatlon convention of
December 22. l!K-.2 (TIAS .•{2G({), wilb api«.mllxe.s and
flnal protocol. Done at Geneva NovemlK-r 2!t 1058
Entere<l Into force .January 1, 1««<).
Notification of approia/; Au.stralia. Novemlier tl. 1!».W-
Luxembourg (with reservations j , October 20, 1050.
Whaling
Amendments to paragraphs 1(a), 4(1), r,. G(3), 7(a), 1(!
and 17(c) of the sche<lule annexed tf) the International
whaling convention of 104(5 (TIAS 1849). Adopted at
the 11th meeting of the International Whaling Commis-
sion, London. .June 22-.Iuly 1. llt.lO. Entered into force
October 4, l!»r)9, with the exception of amendment to
paragraph 4(1).
Wheat
International wheat agreement 1050, with annex
Oiiene<l for signature at Washington April 6 through
24, 19.->9. Entere<i into force JiUy 10, 1959, for imrt I
and parts III to VIII, and Augu^st 1, 1959, for part II
TIAS 4302.
Accession deposited: El Salvador, December 15, 1959.
Xutificiition rrccireil Dccrmhir i>'l. l<).',<t, from Vnitcd
Kingdom of application to: Isle of Man and the
Bailiwick of Guernsey.
BILATERAL
Korea
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of .June 30, 1950 (TIAS 42.56). Effec-ted by ex-
change of notes at Seoul October 12 and December 11,
1959. Entered into force December 11, 1959.
Philippines
Agreement relating to the relinquishment of Olongapo
and adjacent areas, with annex. Effected by exchange
of notes at Manila December 7, 1950. Entered into
force December 7, 1050.
Uruguay
Agreement supplementing the agricultural commodities
agreement of February 20, 1959, as supplemented
(TIAS 4179, 42;i8, and 4356), with exchange of notes.
Signed at Montevideo December 1. 1050. Entered into
force December 1, 1050.
MULTILATERAL
Narcotics
I'rolocol bringing mider international control drugs out-
side the scope of the convention limiting tlie tii;iniifac-
ture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs
conclude<l at Geneva .July 13, 1931 (4S Stat. 1.543), as
amende<l (61 Stat. 22.30: 62 Stat. 1796). Done at Paris
November 10, 1948. Enteretl into force December 1,
1949. TIAS 2308.
Acceptance deposited: Brazil, December 0, 1059.
' For a statement of Dec. 2 by President Eisenhower
regarding the negotiations with .Japan, .see Buli.cti.n of
Dec. 21, 1059, p. 'Ml.
Designations
Charles N. Spinks as Director, Office of Research and
Analysis for Asia, effective December 22.
' Not in force.
January 18, 1960
105
Appointment of Political Adviser
to High Commissioner of Ryukyus
Press release 870 dated December 22
The Departments of State and Defense on De-
cember 22 announced tlie establishment of the
office of Political Adviser to the High Commis-
sioner of the Ryukyu Islands, Lt. Gen. Donald P.
Booth.
Byron E. Blankinship, a career Foreign Serv-
ice officer and heretofore the American consul
general at Naha in the Ryukyus, has been ap-
pointed to the new position. Mr. Blankinship
will assume his new duties on January 1, 1960.
The new office has been established as the out-
gro^vth of lengthy discussions between the Depart-
ments of State and Defense.. The consul general
at Naha has hitherto acted concurrently as foreign
relations consultant to the High Commissioner.
The new arrangement divorces the senior repre-
sentative of the Secretary of State in the Ryukyus
from consular duties and permits him to devote
full time to the responsibilities of this new office.
The American consular unit at Naha will continue
to perform the normal functions of a U.S. consular
post.
The assigmnent of a political adviser to top-
level Defense Department officials elsewhere in
the world has proved effective in insuring the
closest possible working relationship between the
Departments of State and Defense in areas where
activities of the latter Department directly affect
the conduct of U.S. foreign relations.
The Ryukyu Islands constitute one of the most
important strategic outposts in the interlocking
system of the free world's defenses. The treaty
of peace with Japan ' gave to the United States
the right to exercise all and any powers of admin-
istration, legislation, and jurisdiction over these
islands.
In his Executive order of June 5, 1957,^ the
President delegated this authority to the Secretary
of Defense, on whose behalf the High Commis-
sioner directs and heads the civil administration of
the area. In the same Executive order the Presi-
dent also charged the Secretary of State with the
responsibility for the conduct of relations with
foreign countries and international organizations
with respect to the Ryukyus. The political ad-
viser will serve as the field representative of the
Secretary of State in the discharge of this respon-
sibility and will provide ready access for the High
Commissioner to the worldwide facilities of the
diplomatic and consular services of the Depart-
ment of State.
PUBLICATIONS
' For text, see Bulletin of Aug. 27, 1951, p. 349.
' For text, see ibid., July 8, 1957, p. 55.
Recent Releases
Foj- sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-/
tained from the Department of State.
Air Traffic Control Services — Birkenfeld High Altitude
Facility. TIAS 4330. 6 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Federal Republic of Germany. Signed at Bonn Oc-
tober 1, 1959. Entered into force October 1, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4331. 2 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Pakistan, amending agreement of November 26, 1958, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Karachi Oc-
tober 7 and 8, 1959. Entered into force October 8, 1959.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes — Filing Classified Patent Applica-
tions. TIAS 4332. 7 pp. 10(*.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Netherlands. Exchange of notes — Signed at The Hague
October 8, 1959. Entered into force October 8, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4333. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
United Arab Republic, amending agreement of Decem-
ber 24, 1958, as supplemented and amended. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Cairo October 14, 1959. Entered into
force October 14, 1959.
106
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
I
January 18, 1960 I n
Agriculture. A Review of the State of the Worhis
Food and Agriculture (Miller, text of resolution) . 88
Algeria. Genenil Assembly Fails To .\dopt Resolu-
tion on .\lgeria (Unige) 100
American Principles. The Outlook for I960 in For-
eign Affairs (Horter) 78
Asia. Spinks designated director, Office of Research
and Analysis for Asia 105
Atomic Energy. U.S. States Position on Atom Han ;
Refutes Soviet Statement (Eisenhower, Fisk) . . 78
Claims. U.S.-Soviet Lend-Lease Talks 86
Cultural Exchange. Communications Between Peo-
ples the Challenge of Cultural Diplomacy
(Thayer) 81
Department and Foreign Service
Appointment of Political Adviser to High Commis-
sioner of Ryukyus 106
Designations (Spinks) IO5
Economic Affairs
S<-hedule I Nomenclature Changed in U.S.-Swiss 1936
Trade Pact (texts of notes) 87
U.S. Welcomes Additional French Trade Liberaliza-
t'oa 86
Educational Exchange. SEATO Announces 1960-61
Research Fellowship Series 98
France
General Assembly Fails To Adopt Resolution on Al-
geria (IxKlge) 100
U.S. Welcomes Additional French Trade Liberaliza-
^"'" 86
International Information
Communications Between Peoples, the Challenge of
Cultural Diplomacy (Thayer) 81
Freedom of Information (Phillips) IO2
International Organizations and Conferences
A Review of the State of the World's Food and Agri-
culture (Miller, text of resolution) 88
U.S. States Position on Atom Ban; Refutes Soviet
Statement ( Ei.senhower, Fisk) 78
Japan. U.S. and Japan Sign Treaty of Cooperation
and Security j^g
Non-Self-Governing Territories. Appointment of Po-
litical Adviser to High Commissioner of RyukyiLs . 106
Presidential Documents
Four Powers Agree on May 16 as Date for Summit
Meeting __
The Search for Peace With Freedom .75
Publications. Recent Relea.ses 106
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization. SEATO An-
nounces 1960-61 Research Fellowship Series . . 98
Spain. Foreign Minister of Spain To Visit United
'^fat'^ 80
Switzerland. Schedule I Nomenclature Changed in
U.S.-Swiss 1936 Trade Pact (texts of notes) . . 87
^^^ Vol. X MI. No. 1(173
Treaty Information
Current Actions ^^^
SchiHlule I .N'oiiiciiclature Changed in U.S.-Swiss 193«i
Trade Pact (texts of notes) .... 87
U.S. and Jaimn Si«n Treaty of Co<iperatlon and
^'"■"^'fy 105
U.S.S.R.
Four Powers Agree 01. May 16 as Date for Summit
Meeting (Eisenhower, Khnishchev) ... 77
U.S.-Soviet Lend-I>ease Talk.9 . . . . ! 86
U.S. States Position on Atou) Ban; Itefutea Soviet
statement (Ei.senhower, Fisk) 73
I'nited Nations
A(yon,pIislimeuts of 141 h Session of U.N. General
Assembly (Lodge) .... m
Current U.N. Documents .....'. 1^
FretHlom of Infonnation (Phillips) 102
General Assembly Fails To Adopt Resolution on Al-
geria (Lodge) j(j^
Name Index
Blankin.ship, Byron E ^qq
Castiella y Maiz, Fernando Maria 80
Eisenhower, President . . ' " ' 7r. 77 70
Fisk, James B '. ' ' ' ' ' ' Ik
Herter, Secretary ■ ■ ■ . 78
Khrushchev, Nikita S . 77
IxKlge, Henry Cabot ....■."; ." / ; / ; 99, 100
Miller, Clarence L 88
Phillips, Christopher H .....,]' ' 102
Spinks, Charles N . . ,„-
Thayer, Robert tl ...'.'.'.'.'.'.'..[[ i^
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 28-January 3
Pres.? releases may be obtained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 2.5, DC
Release Lssued prior to December 28 which ap-
pears in this Lssue of the Bulletin is No. 870 of
December 22.
Subject
U.S.-Spain joint communique (print-
ed in Bulletin of Jan. 11)
SEATO fellowships.
U.S.-Morocco joint communique
(printed In Bulletin of Jan. 11).
Visit of Spanish Foreign Minister.
Thayer: AETA and Speech Associa-
tion of America.
Additional trade liberalization by
France.
Delegates to Cameroun Independence
ceremonies and inauguration of
President Tubman of Liberia.
Announcement of treaty signing witJi
Japan.
Reply to Soviet experts In Geneva
technical group.
IJC report on Columbia River Basin.
Five-power communique on disarma-
ment committee (printed in Bui,
LETIN of Jan. 11).
Herter: "The Outlook for 1960 in
Foreign Affairs."
•Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
876
12/28
877
878
12/28
12/28
879
880
12/29
12/29
881
12/29
♦882
12/29
883
12/29
884
12/29
t8a5
886
12/30
12/30
887 12/31
u.s covEaxMiHT HiiiriM oFricii iita
th
lepartment
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, *300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new Background pamphlets on important areas . . .
THE SUBCONTINENT OF SOUTH ASIA
Afghanistan • Ceylon • India • Nepal • Pakistan
Lvin<i- on the edge of the free world, toiiclied by the power of
Coininunist Central Asia, the subcontinent of South Asia today has
a cnicial role in world affairs. The characteristics and problems of
tlie subcontinent generally and tlie five sovereign nations in it are
the subjects of a new Background pamphlet.
Publication 6839
40 cents
SOUTHEAST ASIA
Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
From the isolation imposed by geography and a colonial pattern
of control, most of the lands and peoples of Southeast Asia have re-
cently been thrust into the midst of international politics mainly as
a result of national movements which led them to independence. This
15-page illustrated pamphlet discusses the problems of this sudden
transformation, and contains background information on tlie geogra-
phy, peoples, and economic situation of the area. Brief descriptions
are included of the individual countries of Southeast Asia — Bunna,
Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaya, the Philippines, Thailand, and
Viet-Nam.
Publication 6861
15 cents
Ordvr Fiinn
Siipt. of I'iorunu'iils
Oovt. Printing {XTiCf
WashinRlon 2."., !).<'.
Eru-loHCcl Unci:
( i: (1 s /i , c /i <:r k.or in it ii fi/
order paynblc to
Supt. of Itocs.)
Please send me
copies of
U The Subcontinent of South Asia — Afghanistan, Ceylon, India, Nepal, and
Pakistan.
n Southeast Asia — Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
Name :
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
HE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Ri
lAL
UaLY RECORD
Vol. XLII, No. 1074
January 25, 1960
THE STATE OF THE UNION e Ad<lrr.s of the President
to the Congress HI
PRESIDENT EXPRESSES VIEWS ON WORLD COURT
AND DISARMAMENT • Exchange of Letters Between
President Eisenhower and Senator Hubert H. Humphrey . . 128
CANADIAN-UNITED STATES COOPERATION FOR
PEACE • by Ambassador Richard B. Wigglesworth .... 121
THE TASK OF PEACEFUL COOPERATION • Remarks
by George N. Shusler 131
0 STATES
IREIGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 1 1960
Vol. XLIl, No. 1074 • Pcbucation 6934
January 25, 1960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Pupcrlntcnrtenl of Docuinciits
U.S. Governnicm )'rlrUnp Ofllce
Washington 24, D.C.
rniCE:
82 Usucs, domestic $8.M, foreign $12.26
Single copy, a cents
The print Inp of thl? publication hns been
approved by the Dlrcrtor of the Bureau of
the Euilpel (January 20, 1958).
I>lote: Contents ol this publication arc not
copyrlchtoil nn<l Items conlnlncd herein niny
be reprlnte<l. Citation of llie Department
Of STATE DULLETIN (IS the sourcc Will be
appreclatc<l.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the tcork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by tlte President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as icell as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and llu- func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of tlie Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in tlie field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The State of the Union
ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS'
Mr. Pkf.sidext, Mr. Si'eaker, ilEMHEUs of the
86th Congress, My Fellow Citizens :
Seven j-e^ii-s ago I entered my pi-esent office with
one long-held resolve overi'iding all others. I
was then, and remain now, determined that the
United States shall become an ever more potent
resource for tlie cause of peace — realizing that
peace cannot be for oui-selves alone, but for peo-
ples eveiTwhere. This detennmation is, I know,
shared by the entire Congress — indeed, by all
Americans.
My purpose today is to discuss some features of
Amei-ica's position, both at home and in lier rela-
tions to othei-s.
First, I pomt out that for us, annual self-exam-
ination is mude a definite necessity by the fact
that we now live in a divided world of uneasy
equilibrium, with our side committed to its own
protection and against, aggi-ession by the other.
With both sections of this divided world in pos-
session of unbelievably destiiictive weapons,
mankind approaches a state where mutual
annihilation becomes a possibility. Xo other fact
of today's world equals this in importance — it
colors everj'thing we say, plan, and do.
There is demanded of us vigilance, determina-
tion, and the dedication of whatever portion of
our resources that will provide adequate security,
especially provide a real deterrent to aggression.
These things we are doing.
All these facts emphasize the importance of
striving incessantly for a just peace.
Only through the strengthening of the spiritual.
•H. Dw. 241, SGth Cong., 2d sess. President Eisen-
hower read a sliglitly condensed version of the message
before a joint session of the Congress on Jan. 7.
intellectual, economic, and defensive resources oi
the free world can we, in confidence, make prog-
ress toward this goal.
Second, we note that recent Soviet depoilment
and pronouncements suggest the possible opening
of a somewhat less strained period in the relation-
ships between the Soviet Union and the rest of the
world. If these pronouncements be genuine, there
is brighter hope of diminishing the intensity of
past rivalry and eventually of substituting persua-
sion for coercion. Whether this is to become an
era of lasting promise remains to be tested by
actions.
Third, we now stand in the vestibule of a vast
new technological age — one that, despite its capac-
ity for hiunan destruction, has an equal capacity
to make poverty and human misery <)I)sol('lo. If
our efforts are wisely directed — and if our unre-
mitting efforts for dependable peace begin to
attain some success — we can surely become partic-
ipants in creating an age characterized by justice
and rising levels of human well-being.
Over the past year the Soviet Union has
expressed an interest in measures to reduce the
common peril of war.
While neither we nor any other free world
nation can permit ourselves to be misleil by
pleasant promises imtil fhey are tested by per-
formance, yet we approach this apparently new
opportunity witli the utmost seriousness. We
must strive to break the calamitous cycle of frus-
trations and crises which, if uncliecked, could
spiral into nuclear disaster; the ultimate insanity.
Tliough the need for dejiendable agreements to
assure against resort to force in settling disputes
is apparent to both sides yet as in other issues
dividing men and nations, we cannot expect
January 25, J 960
111
sudden and revolutionary results. But we must
find some place to begin.
One obvious road on which to make a useful
start is in the widening of communication between
our two peoples. In this field there are, both
sides willing, countless opportunities — most of
them well known to us all — for developing mutual
understanding, tlie true foundation of peace.
Another avenue may be through tlie reopening,
on January 12, of negotiations looking to a con-
trolled ban on the testing of nuclear weapons.
Unfortunately, tlie closing statement from the
Soviet scientists who met with our scientists at
Geneva gives the clear impression that their con-
clusions have been politically guided.- Those of
the British and American scientific representa-
tives are their own freely formed, individual and
collective opinions. I am hopeful that, as new
negotiations begin, trutli — not political opportun-
ism— will guide the deliberations.
Still another field may be found in the field
of disarmament, in which the Soviets have pro-
fessed a readiness to negotiate seriously.^ They
have not, however, made clear the plans they may
have, if any, for mutual inspection and verifica-
tion— the essential condition for any extensive
measure of disarmament.
There is one instance where our initiative for
peace has recently been successful. A multi-
lateral treaty ^ signed last month provides for the
exclusively peaceful use of Antarctica, assured
by a system of inspection. It provides for free
and cooperative scientific research in that con-
tinent, and prohibits nuclear explosions there
pending general international agreement on the
subject. I shall transmit its text to the Senate for
consideration and approval in the near future.
The treaty is a significant contribution toward
peace, international cooperation, and the advance-
ment of science.
Tlie United States is always ready to partici-
pate witli tlic Soviet Union in serious discussion
of these or any other subje^-ts that may lead to
peace with justice.
Certainly it is not necessaiy to repeat tlnit tlie
'For a U.S. rcjily to a statoinent of the Soviet delega-
tion, .see Bulletin of .Tan. 18, 1960, p. 78.
' For text of a couiinunique issued by the Foreign Min-
isters of Canada, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and
the United States at I'aris on Dec. 21, .see ihitl., Jan. 11
19C0, p. 45.
♦For text, see ibid., Dec. 21, 1959, p. 012.
112
United States has no intention of interfering in
the internal atfairs of any nation; by the same
token we reject any attempt to impose its system
on us or on other peoples by force or subversion.
This concern for the freedom of other peoples
is the intellectual and spiritual cement which has
allied us with more than 40 other nations in a
common defense effort. Not for a moment do
we forget that our own fate is firmly fastened
to that of these countries; we will not act in any
way which would jeopardize our solemn commit-
ments to them.
We and our friends are, of course, concerned
with self-defense. Growing out of this concern
is the realization that all people of the free woi'ld
have a great stake in the progress, in freedom,
of the uncommitted and newly emerging nations.
These peoples, desperately hoping to lift them-
selves to decent levels of living must not, by our
neglect, be forced to seek help from, and finally
become virtual satellites of, those who proclaim
their hostility to freedom.
Tlieir natural desire for a better life must not
be frustrated by withholding from them neces-
sary technical and investment assistance. Tliis is
a problem to be solved not by America alone, but
also by eveiy nation cherishing the same ideals
and in position to provide help.
In recent years America's partners and friends
in Western Europe and Japan have made great
economic progi-ess. Their newly found economic
strength is eloquent testimony to the striking suc-
cess of the policies of economic cooperation which
we and they have pursued.
The international economy of 1960 is markedly
different from that of the early postwar yeare.
No longer is the United States the only major
industrial country capable of providing substan-
tial amounts of the resources so urgently needed
h\ the newly developing countries.
To remain secure and prosperous themselves,
wealthy nations must extend the kind of coopera-
tion to the less fortunate members that will in-
spire hope, confidence, antl jirogi-ess. A rich
nation can for a time, without noticeable damage
to itself, pursue a course of self-indulgence, ma]i-
ing its single goal llic material ease and comfort
of its own citizens — thus repudiating its own spir-
itual and material stake in a. peaceful and pros-
perous society of nations. But the enmities it will
incur, the isolation into which it will descend, and
Department of Sfafe Bullefin
tliP internal moral, spiritual, economic, and politi-
cal softness that will be enffcmlered, will, in the
Ii>nj^ term, hrinj; it to disaster.
America did not become great through softness
and self-indulgence. Her miraculous progres.s
and aciiievements (low from otlier (pialities far
more worlliy and substantial —
Adherence to princi[)les and motluMls consonani
with our i-eligious pliilosophy;
A satisfaction in iiard work;
Tlie readiness to sacriiice for worthwliile causes;
The courage to meet every challenge;
The intellectual honesty and capacity to recog-
nize tiie true patji of her own best interests.
To us and to every nation of the free world, rich
or poor, the,se qualities ai-e necessary today as
never before if we are to march together to irreater
security, prosperity, and peace.
I believe the industrial countries are ready to
participate actively in supplementing the elforts
of the developing nations to achieve progi-ess.
The inunediate need for this kind of cooperation
is underscored by tlie strain in our international
balance of payments. (3ur surplus from foreign
business ti-ansactions hius in recent yeai-s fallen
substantially short of the expenditures we make
abroad to maintain our militaiy establishment.s
overseas, to finance private investment, and to
]irovide assistance to tlie less developed nations.
In 10.")9 our deficit in balance of payments ap-
proached !^-l; billion.
(Continuing deficits of anything like this magni-
tude would, over time, impair our own economic
growtli and check the forward progress of the
fi'ee world.
We must meet this situation by promoting a ris-
ing volume of ex))orts and woi-ld trade. Fuither,
wo mu.st induce all industrialized nations of the
free world to work together to help lift the
scourge of poverty from less fortunate nations.
This will provide for better sharing of this burden
and for still further prolital>le trade.
Xew nations, and others struggling with tlie
problems of development, will progress only, re-
gardless of any out.side help, if they demonstrate
faith in their own destiny and pos.sess the will and
use their own resources to fulfill it. ^Moreover,
progress in a national transformation can be only
gradually earned ; there is no easy and quick way
to follow from the ox cart to the jet plane. But,
just as we drew on Europe for assistance in our
c-arlier yeai-s, so now do those new and emerging
nations that have this faith and determination de-
serve help.
Over the last 15 yeiu-s, 20 nations have gained
political independence. (~)lhei-s are doing so each
year. Most of them are woefully lacking in tech-
nical capacity and in investment capital; without
free-world support in thes(^ matters they cannot
ellectively progress in freedom.
Respecting their need, one of the major focal
points of our concern is the south Asian region.
Here, in two nations alone, arc almost 500 million
people, all working, and working hard, to raise
their standards, and, in doing so, to make of them-
selves a strong bulwark against the spread of an
ideology that would destroy liberty.
I cannot exi>re,ss to you the dej)th of my con-
viction that, in our own and free- world interests,
we must cooperate with others to help these people
achieve their legitimate ambitions, as expressed
in their different multiycar plans. Through the
World Bank and other instrumentalities, as well
as through individual action by eveiy nation in
position to help, we must squarely face this
titanic challenge.
All of us must realize, of course, that develop-
ment in freedom by the newly emerging nations,
is no mere matter of obtaining outside financial
assistance. An indispensable element in this proc-
ess is a strong and continuing determination on
the part of these nations to exercise the national
discipline necessaiy for any sustained develop-
ment period. These qualities of detei-mination are
particularly essential because of the fact that the
process of improvement will necessarily be grad-
ual and laborious rather than revolutionary.
Moreover, eveiyone should be aware that the de-
velopment process is no short-term phenomenon.
Many yeai-s are required for even the most favor-
ably situated countries.
I shall contiinie to urge t!ie American people,
in the interests of their own security, prosperity,
and peace, to make sure that their own part of
tiiis great project be amply and cheerfully sup-
ported. Free-world decisions in this matter may
spell the difference between world disaster and
world progress in freedom.
Otlier countries, some of whidi I visited last
month," have similar needs.
'Blu.ktin of Dec. 28, 1959, v- "•••'^l. aiul .Tan. 11, 19C0,
p. -40.
January 25, J 960
113
A common meeting groimd is desirable for those
nations which are prepared to assist in the devel-
opment effort. During the past year I have dis-
cussed this matter with the leaders of several
western nations.
Because of its wealth of experience, the Organi-
zation for European Economic Cooperation could
help with initial studies needed.'^ The goal is to
enlist all available economic resources in the indus-
trialized free world — especially private investment
capital. But I repeat that this help, no matter
how great, can be lastingly effective only if it is
used as a supplement to the strength of spirit and
will of the people of the newly developing nations.
By extending this help Me hope to make pos-
sible the enthusiastic enrollment of these nations
under freedom's banner. No more startling con-
trast to a system of sullen satellites could be imag-
ined. If we grasp this opportunity to build an
age of productive partnership between the less
fortunate nations and those that have already
achieved a higli state of economic advancement,
we will make brighter the outlook for a world
order based upon security, freedom, and peace.
Othei-wise, the outlook could be dark indeed. We
face what may be a turning point in history, and
we must act decisively.
As a nation Ave can successfully pursue these
objectives only from a position of broadly based
strength.
No matter how earnest is our quest for guaran-
teed peace, we must maintain a high degree of
military effectiveness at the same time we are
engaged in negotiating the issue of arms reduc-
tion. Until tangible and mutually enforceable
arms reduction measures are worked out, we will
not weaken the means of defending our institu-
tions.
America possesses an enormous defense power.
It is my studied conviction that no nation will
ever risk general war against us unless we should
be so foolish as to neglect the defense forces we
now so powerfully support. It is worldwide
knowledge tliat any nation wliicli might be
tempted today to attack the United States, even
though our country might sustain great losses,
would itself promptly suffer a terrible destruction.
But T oiu-c. again assure all peoples and nil nations
' Vor text (if a <-oiiiiiinnl(iue issuod by the Western heads
of (,'iiveniiiieiit iit I'aiLs on Dee. 21, see ihid., Jan. 11,
T.mo, I). 43.
that the United States, except in defense, will
never turn loose this destructive power.
During the past year our long-range striking
jDower, unmatched today in manned bombers, has
taken on new strength as the Atlas interconti-
nental ballistic missile has entered the operational
inventoi-y. In 14 recent test laimchings, at ranges
of over 5,000 miles. Atlas has been striking on an
average within 2 miles of the target. This is less
than the length of a jet runway — well within the
circle of total destruction. Incidentally, there
was an Atlas firing last night. From all repoiis
so far received, its performance conformed to the
high standards I have described. Such perform-
ance is a great tribute to American scientists and
engineers, who in the past 5 years have had to
telescope time and technology to develop these
long-range ballistic missiles, where America had
none before.
This year, moreover, growing numbers of nu-
clear-powered submarines will enter our active
forces, some to be armed with Polaris missiles.
These remarkable ships and Aveapons, ranging the
oceans, will be capable of accurate fire on targets
virtually anywhere on earth. Impossible to
destroy by surprise attack, they will become one
of our most effective sentinels for peace.
To meet situations of less than general nuclear
war, we continue to maintain our carrier forces,
our many service units abroad, our always ready
Army strategic forces and Marine Corps divi-
sions, and the civilian components. The continu-
ing modernization of these forces is a costly but
necessary j^rocess, and is scheduled to go forward
at a rate which will steadily add to our strength.
The deployment of a portion of these forces
beyond our shores, on land and sea, is persuasive
demonstration of our determination to stand
shoulder-to-shoulder with our allies for collective
security. Moreover, I have directed that steps be
taken to program our military assistance to these
allies on a longer I'ange basis. This is necessaiy
for a sounder collective defense system.
Next I refer to our program in space exploration,
which is often mistakenly supposed to be an in-
tegral part of defense research and development.
We note that, first, America has made great
contributions in the jiast 2 years to the world's
fund of knowledge of astrophysics and space
science. These discoveries are of present interest
cliiefly to the scientific community; but they are
114
Department of Stale Bulletin
important foundation stones for more extensive
exploration of outer space for (lie iildnialf hiMipfit
of all mankind.
Second, our military missile pro{,naiii, ^'oinjr
forward so successfully, docs not suller from our
present lack of very large rocket engines, which
are so nec^ssaiy in distant space exploration. I
am assured by experts that the thrust of our pres-
ent missiles is fully adequate for defense require-
ments.
Third, the United States is pressing forward
in the development of large rocket engines to
place vehicles of many tons into space for ex-
ploration purposes.
Fourth, in the pieantime, it is necessary to re-
member that we have only begun to probe the
environment immediately surrounding the earth.
Using launch systems presently available, we are
developing satellites to scout the world's weather;
satellite relay stations to facilitate and extend
communications over the globe; for navigation
aids to give accurate bearings to ships and air-
craft; and for perfecting instruments to collect
and transmit the data we seek. This is the area
holding the most promise for early and useful
applications of space technology.
Fifth, we have just completed a year's experi-
ence with our new space law. I believe it deficient
in certain particidars and suggested improve-
ments will be submitted to the Congress shortly.
The accomplishment of the many tasks I have
alluded to requires the continuous strengtliening
of the spiritual, intellectual, and economic sinews
of American life. The steady purpose of our so-
ciety is to assure justice, before God, for every
individual. We must be ever alert that freedom
does not wither through the careless amassing of
restrictive controls or the lack of courage to deal
boldly with the giant issues of the day.
A year ago, when I met with you, the Nation
was emerging from an economic downturn, even
though the signs of resurgent prosperity were not
then sufficiently convincing to the doubtful. To-
day our surging strength is apparent to everyone;
1960 promises to be the most prosperous year in
our history.
Yet we continue to be afflicted by nacgino-
disorders.
Among cun-ent problems that require solution
participated in by citizens as well as Government
are —
January 25, I960
The need to protect the public interest in situa-
ti()Ms of prolonged lalwr-management stalemate;
The persistent refusal to come to grips with a
critical problem in one sector of American
agi-iculture;
The continuing threat of inflation, together
witli the persisting tendency toward fiscal
irresponsibility;
In certain instances the denial to some of our
citizens of equal [)rotection of the law.
Every American was disturbed bv tlie pro-
longed disimte in the steel industry and the pro-
tracted delay in reaching a settlement.
We are all relieved that a settlement has at last
been achieved in that industry. Percentagewise,
by this settlement the increase to the steel com-
panies in employment costs is lower than in any
prior wage settlement since World War II. It fs
also gratifying to note that despite the increase
in wages and benefits several of the major steel
producers have announced that there will be no
increase in steel prices at this time. The national
interest demands that in the period of industrial
peace which has been assured by the new contract,
both management and labor make every possible
effort to increase efficiency and productivity in
the manufacture of steel so that price increases
can be avoided.
One of the lessons of this story is that tJie po-
tential danger to the entire Nation of longer and
greater strikes must be met. To insure against
such possibilities we must of course depend pri-
marily upon the good commonsense of the re-
sponsible individuals. It is my intention to
encourage regular discussions between manage-
ment and labor outside the bargaining table, to
consider the interest of the public as well as their
mutual interest in the maintenance of industrial
peace, price stability, incentive for continuous in-
vestment, and economic growth. Both the Exec-
utive and the Congress will, I know, be watching
developments with keenest interest.
To me, it seems almost absurd that the United
States should recognize the need, and so earnestly
to .seek, for cooperation among the nations unless
wo can achieve voluntary, dependable, abiding co-
operation among the important segments of our
own free society. Without such cooperation we
cannot prosper.
Failure to face up to basic issues in areas other
tlian those of labor-management can cause serious
115
strains on the firm freedom snjj ports of our
society.
Agriculture is one of these areas.
Our basic fann laws were written 27 years ago,
ill an emergency effort to redress hardsliip caused
by a worldwide depression. They were con-
tinued— and their economic distortions intensi-
fied— during World War II in order to provide
incentives for production of food needed to sus-
tain a war-torn world.
Today our farm problem is totally different.
It is that of effectively adjusting to the changes
caused by a scientific revolution. When the orig-
inal fami laws were written, an hour's farm labor
produced only one-fourth as much wheat as at
present. Farm legislation is woefully out of
date, ineffective, and expensive.
For years we have gone on with an outmoded
system which not only has failed to protect farm
income, but also has produced soaring, threaten-
ing surpluses. Our farms have been left ijroduc-
ing for war while America has long been at peace.
Once again I urge Congress to enact legislation
that will gear production more closely to markets,
make costly surpluses more manageable, provide
greater freedom in farm operations, and steadily
axjhieve increased net farm incomes.
Another issue that we must meet squarely is
that of living within our means. This requires
restraint in expenditure, constant reassessment of
priorities, and the maintenance of stable prices.
To do so we must prevent inflation. Here is
an opponent of so many guises that it is sometimes
difficult to recognize. But our clear need is to
stop continuous and general price rises — a need
that all of us can see and feel.
To prevent steadily rising costs and prices calls
for stern self -discipline by every citizen. No
person, city. State, or organized group can afford
to evade the obligation to resist inflation, for
every single American pays its criiDpling tax.
Inflation's ravages do not end at the water's
edge. Increases in prices of the goods we sell
abroad threaten to drive us out of markets that
once were securely ours. Whetlier domestic
prices, so high as to be noncompetitive, result
from demands for too-high profit margins or
from increased labor costs that outrun growth in
productivity, tlio final result is seriously damag-
ing to the Nation.
We must light inflation as wo would a fire that
imperils our home. Only bj' so doing can we pre-
vent it from destroying our salaries, savings, pen-
sions, and insurance, and fi'om gnawing away the
very roots of a free, healthy economy and the
Nation's security.
One major method by which the Federal Gov-
ernment can counter inflation and rising prices is
to insure that its expenditures are below its
revenues. The debt with which Me are now con-
fronted is about $290 billion. With interest
charges alone now costing taxpayers about $9%
billion, it is clear that this debt growth must
stop. You will be glad to laiow that despite the
unsettling influences of the recent steel strike, we
estimate that our ac<'ounts will show, on June 30,
this year, a favorable balance of approxhnately
$200 million.
I shall present to the Congress for 1961 a bal-
anced budget. In the area, of defense, expendi-
tures continue at the record peacetime levels of
the last several years. With a single exception,
expenditures in eveiy major category of health,
education, and welfare will be equal or greater
than last year. In space expenditures the
amounts are practically doubled. But the over-
all guiding goal of this budget is national need —
not response to specific group, local or political
insistence.
Expenditure increases, other than those I have
indicated, are largely accounted for by the in-
creased cost of legislation previously enacted. I
repeat, this budget will l)e a balancetl one. Ex-
penditures will be $79,800 million. The amount
of income over outgo described in the budget as
a surplus to be applied against our national debt
is $4,200 million.
Personally, I do not feel that any amount can
be properly called a surplus as long as the Nation
is in debt ; I prefer to think of such an item
as a reduction of our children's inherited mort-
gage. And once we have established such pay-
ments as normal practices we can profitably make
improvements in our tax structure and thereby
truly reduce the hca^'j' burdens of taxation. In
any event this one reduction will save taxpayers
each year ai:)proximately $200 million in interest
costs.
This favorable balance will help case pressures
ill our credit and cajiital markets. It will en-
hance the confidence of people all over the world
in the strength of our economy and our currency
116
Department of State Bulletin
and in our individual and collective ability to be
fiscally ix'sponsible.
In the manajieinent of tlie luige public debt the
Treasury is unfortunately not free of artificial
barriei"s. Its ability to deal with the tlifficult
problems in tiiis field has l>een weakened "greatly
by the unwillingness of the Congress to remove
archaic i-estrictions. The need for a freer Iiand
in debt, management is even more urgent today
because the costs of the undesirable financing
practices which the Ti-easury has been forced into
are mounting. Komoval of this roadblock has
high priority in my legishitive reconunendations.
Still another issue relates to civil rights
measui'es.
In all our hopes and plans for a better world
we all recognize that provincial and racial preju-
dices must be combatted. In I lie long perspective
of history, the right to vote has been one of the
strongest pillare of a free society. Our firet
duty is to protect this right against all encroacli-
ment. In spite of constitutional guarantees, and
notwithstanding much progress of recent years,
bias still deprives some persons in this counti-y
of equal protection of the laws.
Early in your last session I recommended legis-
lation which would help eliminate several prac-
tices discriminating against the basic rights of
Americans. The Civil Rights Commission has
developed additional constructive recommenda-
tions. I hope that these will be among the mat-
ters to be seriously considered in the current
session. I trust that Congress will thus signal to
the world that our Government is striving for
equality under law for all our people.
Each year and in many ways our Nation con-
tinues to undergo profound change and growth.
In the past 18 months we have iiailed the entry
of two more States of the Union — Alaska and
Hawaii. We salute these two western stai"s.
Our vigorous expansion, which we all welcome
as a sign of health and vitality, is many-sided.
We are, for example, witnessing explosive growth
in metropolitan areas.
By 1975 the metropolitan areas of the United
States will occupy twice the territory they do
today. The roster of urban problems with which
they must cope is staggering. They involve water
supply, cleaning the air, adjusting local tax sys-
tems, providing for essential educational, cultural,
and social services, and destroying those condi-
tions which breed delinquency and crime.
In meeting tliese, we must, if wo value our
iiistoric freedoms, keep williin the tratlitional
framework of our Federal system with powers
divided between tiie National and State CJovern-
ments. Tiie uniqueness of this system may con-
found the casual observer, l)u( it has worked efTec-
lively for ne^irly l'OO yeai-s.
I do not doubt that our urban and other i>or-
plexing problems can be solved in the traditional
American method. In doing so we must realize
that nothing is really solved, indeed ruinous tend-
encies are set in motion by yielding to tlie decep-
tive bait of the "easy" Federal tax dollar.
Our educational system provides a ready
example. All recognize the vital necessity of
having modern school plants, well-qualified and
adequately compensated teachers, and of using the
best possible teaching techniques and curriculums.
We cannot be complacent about educating our
youth. But the route to better trained minds is
not through the swift administration of a Federal
hypodermic or sustained financial transfusion.
The educational process, essentially a local and
personal responsibility, cannot be made to leap
ahead by crash, centralized governmental action.
The administration has proposed a carefully
reasoned program for helping eliminate current
deficiencies. It is designed to stimulate classroom
construction, not by substitution of Federal dol-
lars for State and local funds, but by incentives to
extend and encourage State and local efforts.
This approach rejects the notion of Federal domi-
nation or control. It is workable, and should
appeal to every American interested in advance-
ment of our educational system in the traditional
American way. I urge the Congi-ess to take
action upon it.
There is one other subject concerning which I
renew a i-ecommendation I made in my state of
the Union message last January.' I then advised
the Congress of m}' purpose to intensify our
efforts to replace force with a rule of law among
nations. From many discussions abroad, I am
convinced that purpose is widely and deeply
shared by other peoples and nations of the world.
In the same message I stated that our efforts
would include a reexamination of our own relation
to the International Court of Justice. The Court
was established by the United Nations to decide
' Ibid., Jan. 26. 1959, p. 115.
January 25, I960
117
international legal disputes between nations. In
1946 we accepted the Court's jurisdiction, but sub-
ject to a reservation of the right to determine
unilaterally whether a matter lies essentially
within domestic jurisdiction. There is pending
before the Senate a resolution which would repeal
our present self-judging reservation.^ I support
that resolution and urge its prompt passage. If
this is done, I intend to urge similar acceptance of
the Court's jurisdiction by every member of the
United Nations.
Here perhaps it is not amiss for me to say a per-
sonal word to the Members of the Congress, in tliis
my final year of office, a word about the institu-
tions we respectively represent and the meaning
which the relationships between our two branches
has for the days ahead.
I am not unique as a President in having
worked with a Congress controlled by the opposi-
tion party — except that no other President ever
did it for quite so long. Yet in both personal and
official relationships we have weathered the stomis
of the past 5 yeai-s. For this I am deeply
grateful.
My deep concern in the next 12 months, before
my successor takes office, is with our joint con-
gressional-executive duty to our own and to other
nations. Acting upon the beliefs I have expressed
here today, I shall devote my full energies to the
tasks at hand, whether these involve travel for
promoting greater world understanding, negotia-
tions to reduce international discord, or constant
discussions and communications with the Con-
gress and the American people on issues both
domestic and foreign.
In pursuit of these objectives, I look forward
to, and shall dedicate myself to, a close and con-
structive association with the Congress.
Every minute spent in irrelevant interbranch
wrangling is precious time taken from the intelli-
gent iniliatioii and adoption of coherent policies
for our national survival and progress.
"We seek a common goal — brighter opportunity
for our own citizens and a world peace with
justice for all.
Before us and our friends is the challenge of
an ideology which, for more than four decades,
has trumpeted abroad its purpose of gaining ulti-
mate victory over all forms of government at
variance with its own.
I'lir liMckgrouiul, see p. 128.
We realize that however much we repudiate
the tenets of imperialistic commimism, it repre-
sents a gigantic enterprise. Its leadere compel its
subjects to subordinate their freedom of action
and spirit and personal desires for some hoped-
for advantage in the future.
The Communists can present an array of ma-
terial accomplisliments over the past 15 years that
lends a false persuasiveness to many of their glit-
tering promises to the micommitted peoples.
The competition they provide is formidable.
We so recognize it.
But in our scale of values we place freedom
first. Our whole national existence and develop-
ment have been geared to that basic concept and
is responsible for the position of free-world lead-
ei-ship to which we have succeeded. It is the
highest prize that any nation can possess ; it is one
that communism can never offer. And America's
record of material accomplislunent in freedom is
written not only in the unparalleled prosperity of
our own Nation, but in the many billions we have
devoted to the reconstruction of free-world econ-
omies wrecked by World War II and in the effec-
tive help of many more billions we have given in
saving the independence of many others threat-
ened by outside domination. Assui-edlj' we have
the capacity for handling the problems in the
new era of the world's history we are now
entering.
But we must use that capacity intelligently and
tirelessly, regardless of personal sacrifice.
The fissure that divides our political planet is
deep and wide.
We live, moreover, in a storm of semantic dis-
order in which old labels no longer faithfully
describe.
Police states are called "people's democracies."
Armed conquest of free people is called "libera-
tion."
Such slippery slogans make difficult the prob-
lem of communicating true faith, facts, and be-
liefs.
We nuist make clear our jieaceful intentions,
our aspirations for a better world. To do so, we
nmst use language to enligliten the mind, not as
tlie instrument of tlie studied imiuendo and dis-
torter of truth.
And we must live by what we say.
On my recent visit to distant lands I found
one statesman aft-er another eager to tell me of
118
Department of State Bulletin
tlie elements of their government tJiat had been
borrowed from our American Constitution, and
from tlie indestructible ideals set forth in our
Declaration of Indejiendence.
As a nation we take pride tliat our own consti-
tutional system, and the ideals which sustain it
have been long viewed as a fountainhead of
freedom.
B}' our every word and action we must strive
to make ourselves worthy of this trust, ever mind-
ful tiiat an accumulation of seemingly minor
encroaclmients upon freedom gradually could
break down the entire fabric of a free society.
So persuaded, we shall get on with the task
before us.
So dedicated, and with faith in tlie Almighty,
humanity shall one day achieve the unity in free-
dom to whicli all men have aspired from the dawn
of time.
DwiGUT D. Eisenhower.
The White House, January 7, 1960.
President Eisenhower To Visit
Soutli America
White Nome Statement
White House press release dated January 6
The President, accompanied by j\Irs. Eisen-
hower, plans to visit Brazil, February 23-26;
Argentina, February 26-29; Chile, February 29-
March 2: and Uruguay, March 2-3; with brief
stops in Puerto Eico.
The President, in visiting the four southern-
most countries of our neighboring continent, is
partially fulfilling his long-held desire personally
to travel in South America, to meet the people,
and to renew friendships with the leaders of the
nations so closely allied with the United States
in the Organization of American States. The
President hopes that his visit will serve two
purposes :
Publicly reflect his deep interest in all the coun-
tries of the Xew World, and
Encourage further development of the inter-
American system, not only as a means of meeting
the aspirations of the peoples of tiie Americas
but also as a further example of the way all
peoples may live in peaceful cooperation.
United States and Soviet Union
Exchange New Year Greetings
White House (Augusta, Oa.) press release dated JuDuary 4
77(e White House on Janua'ry ^ made public
the foJloioing exchange of messages between the
President and Nikita 8. Khrushchev, Cliairman
of the Council of Ministers, and Kliment Efremo-
vich Voroshilov, Chairman of the Presidium of
the Supreme Soviet of the Union of Soviet Social-
ist Repuhlics.
The President to Mr. Khrushchev and Mr. Voroshilov
January 2, 1960
On behalf of the American people, I thank you
for your kind New Year's message. I share the
hope which you have expressed for a further im-
provement in the relations between our two coun-
tries. The United States seeks tlie achievement
of a just and lasting peac« in a world where all
questions are settled by peaceful means alone. I
can assure you that my Government will con-
tinue its best efforts to reach that goal. Please
accept my good wishes for you and j'our families
and the people of the Soviet Union for the coming
year.
Dwight D. Eisenho^ver
Mr. Khrushchev and Mr. Voroshilov to the President
December 31, 1959
On the eve of the New Year we send to you, Mr. Presi-
dent, and to the people of the United States of America
sincere greetings and best wishes from the peoples of the
Soviet Union and from ourselves personally. It is pos-
sible to note with deep satisfaction that in the past year
there were undertaken joint efforts in the search of ways
for closer relations of our States, for ensurance of such
a situation in which the unresolved international ques-
tions would be decided by peaceful means onl.v. Entering
the New Year, we would like to hojie sincerely that these
joint efforts will guarantee a new triumph of reason, and
that a start will be made to solve the most important
problem of our times — the general and complete disarma-
ment and the liberation of mankind from the burden of
armament.
Let this Xew Year be the year of a further improve-
ment in the relations between our countries. The realiza-
tion of this hope which is so dear to the hearts of both
the Soviet and American peoples would undoubtedly bring
nearer the time when, thanks to the efforts of both coun-
tries, the relations between fheni conld be built on the
foundation of enduring friendship and mutually advan-
tageous cooperation for the good of our nations, for the
January 25, 1960
119
good of peace in the entire world. It is exactly in this
way that we evaluate the meaning of exchange visits by
the leading statesmen of both countries. These meetings
make it possible to ensure that historical turning point
in the relations between our countrie.s, as well as in the
international situation as a whole, which leads to the
deliverance of all people from the dread of a new war.
With best wishes for happiness and health to you per-
sonally and to your entire family.
N. Kheushchev
K. VOROSHILOV
United States and Netherlands Hold
Civil Aviation Consultation
Press release 3 dated January 6
The following state7n€nt vyas issued jointly by
the Department of State and the NetherJand><
Embassy at Washhigton 011 January 6.
A civil aviation consultation between i-epresent-
atives of the Governments of the United States
and the Netherlands will begin in Washington
on Januai-y 7 to consider the request of the Neth-
erlands Government for a route authorizmg air
services between the Netherlands and Los Ange-
les. Tlie request for the consultation was made
several montlis ago by the Netherlands Gov-
ernment.
Under tiie existing Air Transport Services
Agreement of April 1957,' KLM Royal Dutch
Airlines operates on separate routes to New York
and Houston from the Netherlands and to Miami
and New York from the Netherlands Antilles.
United States airlines are authorized to operate
to Amsterdam, Surinam, the Netherlands Antilles
and beyond to points in tliird countries.
The Netherlands Delegation is headed by Mr.
E. G. Stijkel, State Secretary for Transpoit and
Waterways. Other members of the Delegation
are: Mr. H. J. Spanjaard, Director of Civil Avia-
tion, Ministry of Transport and Waterways; Dr.
J. C Kruishecr, Economic Minister, Netlierlands
Embassy; Mi-. J. C. Nieuwenhuysen, Deputy
Transportation Adviser, Minis! ly of Foreign Af-
fairs; Mr. F. J. II. Barend, Ivopresciitalive of (he
Government of Surinam; Mr. E. D. Baiz, Repre-
' For text, see Bulletin of Jlay 6, 1957, p. 747.
sentative of the Government of the Netherlands
Antilles; Dr. L. H. Slotemaker, Executive Vice
President, ICLM Royal Dutch Airlines; Mr. M.
Mourik, Second Commercial Secretary, Nether-
lands Embassy.
The United States Delegation is headed by
Mr. Laurence C. Vass, Director, OfRce of Trans-
port and Communications, Department of State.
Otlier members of the Delegation are : Mr. G. Jo-
seph Minetti, Member, Civil Aeronautics Board;
Mr. Bradley D. Nash, Deputy Under Secretary
for Transportation, Department of Commerce;
Mr. Theodore Hardeen, Jr., Administrator, De-
fense Air Transportation Administration, De-
partment of Commerce (Alternate) ; Mr. Joseph
C. Watson, Associate Director, Bureau of Air
Operations, Ci^^l Aeronautics Board; Mr. James
C. Haahr, Chief, Air Transport. Relations, Avia-
tion Division, Department of State; Mr. Robert
M. Beaudry, Economic Officer, Swiss-Benelux
Affairs, Office of Western European xVffairs,
Department of State; Mr. William Klima, Inter-
national Division, Civil Aeronautics Board; Mr.
Paul Reiber, Air Transport Association (Ob-
server) .
President de Gaulle To Visit U.S.
White House press release dated January 6
The Wliite House announced on January 6 that
the President of the Republic of France, General
Charles de (Jaulle, M-ill pay a state visit to the
United States during the spring. It is planned
that President de Gaulle will arrive at Washing-
ton from Canada on April 22 and remain there
until April 25. Thereafter, he will spend a day
in New York City and will complete his visit by
spending approximately 3 days in other cities in
the United States. The exact itinerary has not
yet been developed.
President Eisenhower is particularly pleaseti
tli:it he will have tlie opportunity of receiving
President de Gaulle in Washington not only to
renew his friendship with his comrade-in-arms
and friend but also to have the occasion officially
of receiving tlie Chief of State of (lie nation
wliicli is tlie oldest ally and fritMid of our country.
120
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
Canadian-United States Cooperation for Peace
hy Richard B. Wiggle^worth
Ambassador to Canada ^
II me fait un grand plaisir d^etre ici aujourd^hui^
et je vous remercie de voire aiTnahle invitation.
Je suis tres heureux d''etre a Montreal et d^avoir
le privilege de rencontrer les memhres de votre
Club et leurs amis.
J^ai eu Voccasion pendant les dei'niers m,ois de
voyager quelques 2ofi00 milles en tcrre canadienne
d'un ocean a V autre, de reticent rer un grand nom-
bre de vos concitoyens et de me familiariser avec
V08 traditions, vos aspirations, et vos convictions.
T^Hiat I have learned from my travels in Canada
has impelled me inevitably to reflect on the close-
ness between Canadian aims and the aims of my
own country.
Our relationship prompts me to discuss today
some aspects of Canadian-United States coopera-
tion for peace. I do so because the nature of this
cooperation is, I think, often obscured. It is ob-
scured on the one hand by platitudes and on the
other by the very complexities of security in the
modern world. The result is a lack of apprecia-
t ion of its unique character and the circumstances
tiiat brought it about.
Were I an historian I probably would start
with the Rush-Bagot agreement of 1818, which
freed our Great Lakes of warships. And I would
give considerable attention to World War I and
the contribution our two countries made to turn-
ing back that onslaught against our security.
I shall limit myself, however, to the last quar-
ter of a century. I shall do so because it seems
to me that our joint response to the dangei-s of
these years has been different both in ilegree and
in kind from the alliances and pacts that we find
' Address made before the Montreal Canadian Club,
.Montreal, Canada, on Dec. 14.
as a general rule in the history of international
relations.
The old saying that "the enemy of my enemy is
my friend"' is of course totally inadequate to de-
scribe the depth and strength that characterize our
cooperation. I am not concerned with the super-
ficial similarities or difTerences that one may find
between us and between our countries. I speak of
something more profoimd. I would like to outline
the cooperation between our countries during the
past 25 years and to emphasize its significance to
the security of the free world.
Response to Fascism
Fascism, the first of the two great challenges of
the past 25 years, took the form of military
aggression.
Though the Fascists used the tools of propa-
ganda and the "big lie" with a thoroughness never
before witnessed, our danger was a familiar one.
We were faced, for the most part, with a classic
war of men, maneuver, and materiel. No matter
how hard or how costly the effort required of us,
we understood immediately the kind of response
the threat dictated. Only by war could fascism
take our freedom.
We shared an enemy, and we shared a continent.
That akme was enough to insure unit}- of action.
We also shared the raw materials and the indus-
trial capacity with which to build the comple.x
machinery of modem war. And we sensed that
if we did not put these resources together to a
degree never before known in international af-
fairs, our efForts might be not only inefficient but
not enough.
Our joint action was possible only because we
January 25, J 960
121
had shared many years of mutual respect and good
faith as -well. Anyone who looked for pillboxes
along our common border would have known that.
The conviction that North America is more than
a geographic concept did not grow overnight.
Throughout the thirties, as foreign places many
of our people had never heard of — MaJichuria,
Ethiopia, the Sudetenland, Danzig — took over tlie
front pages of our newspapers, the idea slowly
and spontaneously spread.
I think particularly of President Roosevelt's
address at Chautauqua, New York, on August 14,
1936:
Our closest neighbors are good neighbors. If there are
remoter nations that wish us not good but ill, they know
that we are strong ; they Isnow that we can and will de-
fend ourselves and defend our neighborhood.
Or the President's words at Kingston, Ontario,
on August 18, 1938 :
I give to you assurance that the people of the United
States will not stand idly by if domination of Canadian
soil is threatened by any other empire.
I also think of an address by Prime Minister
Mackenzie King at Woodbridge, Ontario, on
August 20, 1938 :
We too have our obligations as a good friendly neighbor,
and one of these is to see that, at our own instance, our
country is made as immune from attack or possible in-
vasion as we can reasonably be expected to make it, and
that, should the occasion ever arise, enemy forces should
not be able to pursue their way either by land, sea or air,
to the United States across Canadian territory.
This growing awareness of our common danger
and our common responsibilities led to our first
great joint decision. I quote from the Ogdens-
burg agreement of August 18, 1940 : ^
The Prime Minister and the President have discussed
the mutual problems of defense in relation to the safety
of Canada and the United States.
It has been agreed th^it a Permanent Joint Board on
1 >cf ense sliall be set up at once by the two countries.
Tliis Permanent .Joint Board on Defense shall commence
immediate studies relating to sea, land, and air problems
including personnel and materiel.
It will consider in the broad sense the defense of the
north half of the Western Hemisphere.
This Permanent Joint Board was from the be-
ginning an uiiqiuililied success. As you know, it
still contributes greatly to the cooperation between
our two countries in respect to the defense of the
North American Continent.
The second great step in this period of our com-
mon efforts, the Hyde Park declaration of April
20, 1941," was in a sense even more far reaching
than the decision at Ogdensburg. I quote from it
liere because it illustrates the degree of cooperation
whicli we were to attain :
Among other important matters, the President and the
Prime Minister discussed measures by which the most
prompt and effective utilization might be made of the
productive facilities of North America for the purposes
both of local and hemisphere defense and of the assistance
which in addition to their own programs both Canada and
the United States are rendering to Great Britain and the
other democracies.
It was agreed as a general principle that in mobilizing
the resources of this continent each country should pro-
vide the other with the defense articles which it is best
able to produce, and, above all, produce quickly, and that
production programs should be coordinated to this end.
It would serve no useful purpose to discuss
"World War II in any detail today. Many of you
were in that war and remember well the first des-
perate years, then the great sweeps of the Allied
armies, the ever-increasing flow of men and mate-
riel, the billions in aid to our Allies from our two
countries, and the victories that followed.
It is possible that some of you were among those
Canadians who received parachute training at
Fort Benning, Georgia. Or perhaps you were in
Manitoba teaching United States soldiers the
techniques of fighting in cold weather. Perhaps
you flew fighter cover for our Flying Fortresses, or
it may be that as you moved north in Italy you had
close air support from United States airmen.
And I would remind you that when Pearl Har-
bor was attacked there were more than 16,000
United States citizens in Canadian uniform. And,
strange as it may seem, by the time the United
States had declared war on Japan, Canada liad
already done so.
Tlie Ogdensburg agreement acknowledged our
responsibilities to each other. As we disbanded
our armies after the war and reconverted our fac-
tories to peacetime production we recognized new
responsibilities. Our world grew smaller; our
obligations grew greater. Our vigorous adher-
ence to the charter of the United Nations is proof
of our acceptance of these new responsibilities and
of our allegiance to free men everywhere.
' For text, see Bulletin of Aug. 24, 1940, p. l'>4.
122
' For text, see ihid., Apr. 2(i, 1941, p. 494.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Military Response to Communist Imperialism
The second j::reat ilanjrer of our time — interna-
tional communism — became a reality in the years
after the war. One aspect only of tliis new threat
to the free Morld was militai-y, but that aspect had
to be faced lirst. We could not build for a world
of free men without insuring that men would be
free.
Our two Governments decided that it would be
unwise to destroy the coordination we had so care-
fully built, but they recognized that this coordina-
tion had a wider frame of reference. I quote from
a joint statement of February 12, IQiT,-* released
simultaneously in Ottawa and Washington :
In the interest of efficienc.v and economy, each Govern-
ment has decided that its national defense estal)lishment
shall, to the extent authorized by law, continue to collab-
orate for peacetime joint security purposes. . . .
It has been the task of the Governments to assure that
the close security relationship between Canada and the
United States in North America will in no way impair but
on the contrary will strengthen the cooperation of each
country within the broader framework of the United Na-
tions.
I do not recall that this statement received very
much attention at the time. After all, the dead-
liast war in history was barely over. The world
had surely learned, at least for a time, the disas-
trous consequences of aggression.
But it was an uneasy time. For example, why
would an ally, presumably grateful for Canadian
assistance, operate a spy ring in Canada ? Was the
Communist coup in Czechoslovakia really a domes-
tic issue of no consequence to the rest of the world?
Were the outlaws who sought to overrun the main-
land of China really only peaceful agrarian
reformers ?
Then came the Berlin blockade.
Even the most wishful thinkers were forced to
concede that the free world was faced again with
possible disaster. The new threat demanded a
whole series of new responses. In the military
sphere they followed one another in quick se-
quence.
To counter the threat of armed aggression in
Europe, tlie North Atlantic Treaty Organization
was born. To counter the Communist invasion of
south Korea a United Nations military force was
formed for the first time in history, to protect a
nation from aggression.
It is unne^-essary to dwell upon the Korean war.
Our wounils are too fresh and our memories too
full. But when we remember the cost in blood
and trea.suro of that action, wo must also remem-
ber its purpose and the result. More than 9 years
after the invasion began, the Kepublic of Korea
is still free.
Tlie war also reinforeed a lesson we had leanied
the hard way. The troops which invaded Man-
churia fought on to Nanking, Singapore, and the
Aleutians. The troops that marched into the
Rhineland marched on to Paris, Athens, and
Stalingrad. But the Conmiunists who invaded
south Korea have not fought their way to Aus-
tralia or Japan, or to British Columbia or
California.
We stood together, and under the flag of the
United Nations we fought together. We were de-
termuied and united.
Surely others, too, learned a lesson from Korea.
It is not likely that our determination to defend
the free world will again be taken lightly.
But before this bitter war was over. North
America itself faced the threat of aggression. The
possibility of bombers from across the Arctic was
no longer merely a classroom exercise in military
theory.
Our joint response was the Pinetree Line, the
Mid-Canada Line, the Distant Early Warning
Line, and finally, on August 1, 1957, the announce-
ment, already commimicated to NATO, that Can-
ada and the United States plaiuied to operate their
systems of air defense under an integrated joint
command responsible to the Chiefs of Staff of both
countries.^
We now know this command as NORAD — the
North American Air Defense Command — and I
regret that it is impossible for all the citizens of
both our countries to visit its headquarters at Col-
orado Springs and its ever-ready fighting units
across this continent and at sea. It is a splendid
example of our cooperation at the service level.
To speak of NORAD today is to speak of a
force of over 200,000 men, not to mention their
equipment and augmentation forces. It is a com-
pliment to the quiet eiBciency of NORAD under
the leadership of our General [Laurence S.] Kutor
and your Air Marshal [Charles R.] Slemon that
so many of us take it for granted.
* For text, see ibid., Feb. 23, 1947, p. 361.
January 25, J 960
' For text of joint statement, see ibid., Aug. 19, 1957,
p. 306.
123
Wliat ail- defense did we have 10 years ago?
One radar squadron and two giin battalions, ac-
cording to General Kuter. A far cry from the
radar, supersonic interceptors, the surface-to-air
missiles, and the electronic computers that guard
us today.
We hope the effectiveness of NOKAD is never
tested in battle. We shall never know to what
degree its strength has already deterred the ambi-
tions of those who might otherwise have been
tempted to try to destroy us.
But jet aircraft and the BOMAKC are no match
for intercoiitinental ballistic missiles. Nor are
they supposed to be. Will NORAD, then, as some
say, soon outlive its usefulness ?
I am not a military expert ; so I will let an ex-
pert speak for me. General Kuter addressed the
NATO Parliamentarians Conference in W^ashing-
ton a few weeks ago. I quote :
Let me say here that we believe that the manned
bomber will be a serious threat for a long time to come.
We are told that the missile will ultimately become the
primary threat, but even so it will be a mixed threat, and
the bomber will still be used against pinpoint or hardened
targets, for mopup operations, or for a variety of situa-
tions which demand human intelligence and judgment on
the spot.
We are also convinced that the subsonic attaclv — on the
deck — at very low altitude — will remain a threat
indefinitely.
But when the day does come that interconti-
nental missiles are the primary threat, will
NORAD be helpless to deal with them? Wliat
is being done to insure that we can defend our-
selves and strike back? I quote once more from
General Kuter's address :
Another major area in which we are now working is
that of defense against missiles.
We are installing now in the far north a missile warn-
ing system entitled the "Ballistic Missile Early Warning
System"— short title, ISMIOWS.
These are enormous fan-beam radars which will give us
not only warnings l)Ut an approximate idea of a missile
impact area.
We are working vigorously in perfecting an antimissile
missile. . . . And we have every confidence that free-
world scientific and military capability is more than a
match for anything communism may throw at us.
That is why we believe tliat when the missile becomes
an operational tlireat in significant numbers we will
have a system to counteract it. Tlie stakes are too high
to fail now.
Speaking also at the same NATO Parliamen-
tarians Conference Admiral [Jerauld] Wright,
the NATO Atlantic coimnander,^ emphasized the
vital importance of the military task which con-
fronts us today as partners and allies. He
stressed the fact that there are three basic defense
tasks which must be accomplished by NATO :
1. the defense of Europe ;
2. the defense of North America ;
3. the defense of the Atlantic.
No one of these, he said, can be defended in
isolation :
Europe could not be defended without the retaliatory
capability and the logistic and military reinforcement
capacity of North America.
The defense of North America would be made im-
measurably more difficult if Europe should fall.
And neither could be defended if we lost control of our
trans-Atlantic lines of sea communication between the
two.
"Our basic and fundamental military task," he
added, "is the prevention of war by our strength:
strength to retaliate and strengtli to defend."
Before I end my discussion of our responses to
the military threat posed by international com-
munism, I should like to say a few words about
one of the means of our defense that weighs
heavily on us all — nuclear weapons. I think
it might be useful to begin with an examination
of the circumstances that require our possession of
these weapons.
Shortly after their meeting in Paris in Decem-
ber 1957, the NATO Heads of Government issued
a communique, from which I quote: '
The Soviet leaders, wliile preventing a general disarma-
ment agreement, have made it clear that the most modern
and destructive weapons, including missiles of all kinds,
are being introduced in the Soviet armed forces. In the
Soviet view, all European nations except the U.S.S.R.
should, without waiting for general disarmament, re-
nounce nuclear weapons and missiles and rely on arms
of the pre-atomic age.
As long as the Soviet Union persists in this attitude, we
have no alternative but to remain vigilant and to look to
our defences. We are therefore resolved to achieve the
most effective pattern of NATO military defensive
strength, taking into account the most recent develop-
ments in weapons and tochni(iucs.
At that meeting the Heads of Government
° For an announcement of the designation of Adm.
Robert L. Dennison to succeed Admiral Wright as
Supreme Allied Connnandcr, .Vtlantic, see ibid., Jan. 11,
1".)(!0, i>. 45.
' Yor text, see ihkl., .Jan. G, l',).")S, p. 12.
124
Departmenf of State Bulletin
agreed tliat the overwlielining numerical superior-
ity of tlie Soviet armed forces— better than 80
Russian divisions directly facing Western
Europe— required tliat tlie NATO shiekl forces
have a nuclear capability.
Accordingly a series of agreements was con-
cluded under the terms of which weapons capable
of carrying nuclear warheads were made avail-
able to certain NATO countries. The warheads,
which would be used only to meet aggression, re-
mained in the custody of the United States.
When the North Atlantic Council announced the
conclusion of these agreements on May 7, 1959,"
it specifically quoted from the North Atlantic
Council's communique of May 3 two years before.'
I quote:
Pending an acceptable agreement on disarmament, no
power can claim the right to deny to the Alliance the pos-
session of the modern arms needed for its defence. If,
however, the fears professed by the Soviet Union are
sincere, they could be readily dissipated. All that is
needed is for the Soviet Union to accept a general dis-
armament agreement embodying effective measures of
control and inspection within the framework of the pro-
posals made on numerous occasi(ms by the Western Pow-
ers, which remain an essential basis of their policy.
The Communists have tried to convince us that
should we disarm unilaterally there would be no
tension between them and the free world. They
are right: there would be no free world.
It is clear, I think, no matter how profound our
regret, that we must maintain a nuclear delerrent
until a nuclear deterrent is no longer required.
We have no choice. Thus, to give NATO's de-
fense posture both breadth and flexibility, it was
necessary to arm our shield forces with nudeai'-
capable weapons.
Nevertheless, in so arming our forces, it was also
necessary to observe our obligation to reason and
to humanity, to inhibit any increase in the number
of holders of the warheads themselves. This obli-
gation is embodied in an act of the United States
Congress.'" I do not think any reasonable man
underestimates the danger this law sought to
minimize.
How much greater the danger under which we
live would become if 10 or 50 nations had nuclear
weapons for u.se as they chose. To have them
1
' Ibid., May 2.5, 19.59, p. 7.39.
• For text, see ibid., May 27, 19.57, p. 840.
" Atomic Energy Act of 19.54, as amended.
January 25, J 960
ready for defensive use and to insure that tlieir use
will be for defense only presents a dilemma we can
Ignore only at our peril. I submit (hat the solu-
tion we have found for our dilenmia is a wise one.
The free world has the necessary military strength
today.
Speaking in this connection about a year ago
President Eisenhower stated," "As of today [we
have the necessary power to] present to any poten-
tial attacker who would unleash war upon the
world the prospect of virtual annihilation of his
country." And he added, "Every informed gov-
ernment knows this. It is no secret." This mili-
tary strength has preserved the peace of the world
in recent years.
It is of course our deepest wish that all nations
may disarm, but disarmament is not a one-way
•street. It is po.ssible only in the event of effective
international inspection and control. Wliile there
is a mailed fist anywhere, the free world must con-
tinue to bear the necessary armor. If we have it,
we may not need it. If we need it and do not have
it, we shall never need it again.
Economic Cooperation for Peace
I have emphasized the vital importance of Ca-
nadian-United States cooperation to the defense
of the free world. I believe, however, I would
leave an unbalanced picture if I did not at least
briefly touch on a no less vital element in maintain-
ing peace. That element is free-world economic
cooperation.
Militaiy strength alone will not sichieve our
objectives. Much more is i-equired to end the cold
war and to build the international understanding
and confidence essential to world peace.
Millions of people in Asia and Africa are today
struggling to throw ofi" the yoke of poverty and
miseiy under which they have existed .so long.
Some of thom are determined to attain a better
standard of living, cost what it may — even, if nec-
essary, at the expense of freedom.
If freedom, security, and world peace are to be
i-ealized, the reasonable aspirations of these people
must be furthered. Tlie offensive must be main-
tained against hunger, disea.se, and privation.
The United States, Canada, and the free world
took the initiative in this field long before the
Conuniiiiists had ever thought of a foreign aid
" BtTLLETiN of Jan. 27, 1958, p. ll."?.
125
program. AVe are fighting these ancient miseries
which offer such fertile ground for communism's
favorite technique of political subversion and eco-
nomic penetration.
Aid alone will not bring the victory over pov-
erty and hunger. People must have within their
own hands the means of self-support in dignity
and freedom. This can be assured only if the
world's trade is founded on principles which pro-
mote expansion and provide opportunity. Canada
and the United States have led the world toward
these principles ever since the end of "World
War II.
The freedom preserved through defensive
strength must not be lost to ignorance and hun-
ger. Yes, we have guns for the defense of the free
world, but we also have engineers, technicians, and
surgeons, and food, and the certainty that all men
wish to be free. And we are determined through
understanding and cooperation to build lasting
confidence and friendship which are so vital in
this troubled world.
The Future
We have come a long way since the agreement
at Ogdensburg. The world has changed and with
it our responsibilities have changed — our responsi-
bilities to ourselves and to all those who respect the
charter of the United Nations.
But some things have not changed. When I
mentioned a few minutes ago some of the things
we share, my list was incomplete. I left out per-
haps the most important things of all: the belief
that peace and freedom are possible for all men
and the hope that the door to peace and freedom
may bo opened as a result of our strength in
cooperation.
My travels and observations during the past
year have served to underline for me the great
contribution which the cooperation between our
two nations has made to the peace and security of
the free world. They have also served to under-
line the vital importance of our continued cooper-
ation for peace in the period which lies ahead.
May I add that what we have done for ourselves
we have done for all free men. And what we have
done for the security of the free world we have
done for ourselves.
There is si ill much to do. Perhaps there always
will be. But I am sure we will do it together. If
we do not, it will not be done at all.
126
To paraphrase the words of your distinguished
Prime Minister [John George Diefenbaker] at
ceremonies in Prince Albert which I was privi-
leged to attend : The price of peace is cooperation
and the prize of cooperation is peace.
IJC Reports on Development
of Columbia River Basin
Press release 885 dated December 30
The Department of State annomiced on Decem-
ber 30 that the International Joint Commission
has submitted to the Govermnents of the United
States and Canada its report on "principles for
detei-mining and apportioning benefits from coop-
erative use of storage of waters and electrical
interconnection within the Colmnbia River sys-
tem." The report was made public on December
30 at Washington and Ottawa.
In January 1959 the two Govermnents requested
the Commission to make a special report on the
determination and allocation of benefits which
might result from the cooperative development of
the Columbia River system with particular regard
to electrical generation and flood control.^
In receiving the report the Department of State
expressed appreciation for the constructive efforts
of the members of the International Joint Com-
mission and the fact that the Commission was able
to reach agreement on its recommendations. The
Acting Chairman of the U.S. Section is Eugene
W. Weber, and the Chainnan of the Canadian
Section is Gen. A.G.L. McNaughton. The other
Canadian Commissionei-s are Donald L. Stephens
of Winnipeg and Lucien Dansereau of Montreal.
The other U.S. Commissioner is Francis Adams.
The Department of State recalled the contribution
which the late Gov. Doughis McKay made to the
Commission's work as Chainnan of the U.S.
Section.
The Commission's report is now under study by
appropriate officials in tlie U.S. and Canadian
Governments with a view to its usefulness as
guidelines in negotiation of an agreement covering
specific projects and cooperative arrangements
in the Columbia River Basin. After consultation
with the appropriate congressional committees
the Department of State will consult further
' Bulletin of Feb.l6, 1959, p. 243.
Department of State Bulletin
witli the Canadian Department of External
Allaii-s concerning the commencement of treaty
negotiations,
A similar announcement was made simultane-
ously at Ottawa.
U.S. and Mexican Officials Discuss
Control of Illegal Drug Traffic
Following is the text of a joint communique
released at Washington on January 5 at the eon-
elusion of a 2-day meeting of delegations from
Mexico and the United States.
Pres8 release 2 dated January 5 (revised)
In view of the fact that illicit production,
traffic and use of narcotic drugs constitutes a
world problem as well as a problem wliich affects
Mexico and the United States alike and upon the
invitations of the United States, delegations of
tlie Governments of the United States and Mexico
met in Washington, D.C., on January 4 and 5,
1960, to explore, informally, ways and means of
intensifying the campaign against illicit traffic
in narcotics in accordance with existing inter-
national treaties and the domestic legislation of
tlie two countries. It was agreed tliat this cam-
paign oii'ei-s a most fruitful opportunity for
int«mational cooperation as is explicit in interna-
tional treaties on narcotics to whicli both coun-
tries are parties and in their membei-ship in the
Unit«d Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs.
It was also agreed that, in the spirit of mutual
understanding and respect which characterizes
the friendly relations of the two countries, the
two Governments would continue to make their
best efforts to fuul appropriate measures to com-
bat more effectively the traffic in illegal drugs, in
addition to the implementation of provisions of
international treaties on tlie subject tliat eacli
Government is observmg to tlie best of its ability.
In this connection the Chief of the American
Delegation stated that his Government is pre-
pared to offer its facilities in the training of per-
sonnel and the use of scientific and technical
equipment, if the Mexican Government should so
desire.
On this basis each delegation stated their con-
viction that their Governments would continue
to encourage closer cooperation between Federal,
State and municipal officials of tlie two comune.s
who are engaged in the figlit against the nefar-
ious activities of narcotic, criminals in tlie two
countries. It was noted that tiie general public
is fi-equently unaware of tiie operations of com-
petent authorities in the narcotics (iold liecaiise
of the necessarily confidential nature of enforce-
ment methods.
There was complete recognition that the drug
traffic between the two countries involves tiie
illicit production, distribution or transit of nar-
cotic dnigs in Mexico and the illegal sale and use
of or addiction to those drugs in tlie United
States. In this connection the Chief of tiie Mexi-
can Delegation called attention to the fact that
since 1947 a national campaign has been carried
out in Mexico with the cooperation of all levels
of goverimient to combat the illicit cultivation,
traffic or transportation of narcotic drugs. The
Chief of the American Delegation commented
that the United States has increased the number
of customs and narcotics agents in the areas near
the border and is prepared to enter into a coopera-
tive training program for the enforcement
agents of both countries.
Tlie members of both Delegations stressed the
need for continuous public eidightenment regard-
ing the seriousness of the drug problem, especially
in areas of widespread addiction, and the impor-
tance of wholehearted support of the people in
supporting such measures as have a reasonable
likelihood of eliminating the violatoi-sof narcotics
laws — the perpetrators of the most abominable
crime against the health and welfare of our
communities.
Mexican Delegatiati:
Lie. Oscar Rabasa, Chief of Delegation, Director in Chief
for American Affairs and the Foreign Service, Ministry
for Foreign Relations, and Permanent Representative
of Mexico to the United Nations Commission on
Narcotics
Lie. Juan Barona Lobato, Assistant to the Attoraey Gen-
eral of Mexico
Lie. Santiago Ibaiioz Llamas, Chief Inspector of Immigra-
tion, Ministry of the Inferior
Lie. Francisco .-ilfaro S., Chief of Legal Department, Min-
istry of Health and Assistance
Lie. Jo.s^ Luis Larls, Secretary to Delegation, First Secre-
tary of Embassy, Mexican Embas.sy, Washington, D.C.
United States Delegation:
Myles Ambrose, Chief of Delegation, Assistant to the Sec-
retary for Law Enforcement, Department of the
Treasury
January 25, I960
127
Chester A. Emerlck, Deputy Commissioner of Customs, In-
vestigations, Department of the Treasury
Henry L. Giordano, Deputy Commissioner of Narcotics,
Department of the Treasury
John S. Hogbland, 2(i, Deputy Assistant Secretary of
State for Congressional Relations, Department of State
Robert F. Hale, Consul General, American Consulate Gen-
eral, Tijuana, Mexico
Melville E. Osborne, Officer in Charge, Mexican Affairs,
Department of State
Elwyn F. Chase, Jr., OlEce of International Economic and
Social Affairs, Dejjartment of State
U.S. Congressmen James Koosevelt and Joe
Holt from the State of California attended
and participated in the discussions held in
Washinjrton.
THE CONGRESS
President Expresses Views
on WorSd Court and Disarmament
Following is an exchange of letters between
Pi'esulent Eisenhotuer and Senator Hubert U.
Humphrey which was made public by Senator
Humphrey on November 27.
PRESIDENT ESSENHOWER TO SENATOR
HUMPHREY
Augusta, Georgia
November 17, 1959
Dear Senator Humphrey : I write now in
further reply to your letter of October 21, 1959.
One of the great purposes of this Administra-
tion has been to advance the rule of law in the
woi'ld, through actions directly by the United
States Government and in concert with the gov-
ernments of other countries. It is open to us to
further this great purpose both through optimum
use of existing international institutions and
through the adoption of clianges and improve-
ments in those institutions.
Timely consideration by the United Nations
of threatening situations, in Egypt in 195G, in
I^ebanon in 1958, and in Laos in 1959, has made
an important contribution to the preservation of
128
international peace and security. The continued
development of mutual defense and security ar-
rangements among the United States and a large
nmnber of fre«-world countries lias i^rovided a
powerful deterrent against international law-
breaking. One cannot, however, be satisfied with
the way events liave developed in some areas —
for example, Hungary, and Tibet. The interna-
tional community needs to find more effective
means to cope with and to prevent such brutal
uses of force.
One of the principal efforts of the United
States in the last lialf dozen years has been to
devise effective means for controlling and re-
ducing armaments. Success in this quest will
bring greater security to all countries and lift
the threat of devastating nuclear conflict. In
order to make progress toward the goal of com-
plete and general disarmament expressed in the
United Nations resolution ^ recently sponsored by
the United States and the other members of the
General Assembly, this Government has followed
the policy of seeking reliable international agi-ce-
ments on manageable segments of the whole arms
problem. I am hopeful that the current Geneva
negotiations on discontinuance of nuclear weap-
ons tests will produce agreement." A resulting
treaty would, of course, be submitted to the
Senate.
Next 3'ear tlie United States will be partici-
pating in further disarmament efforts to be under-
taken by a group of ten nations which will, as
appropriate, report on its progress to the United
Nations Disannament Commission and General
Assembly.^ The best and most carefuU}' elabo-
rated disarmament agreements are likely to carry
witli them some risks, at least theoretically, of
evasion. But one must ponder, in reaching deci-
sions on the very complex and difficult subject of
arms control, the enormous risks entailed if rea-
sonable steps are not taken to curb tlie inter-
natioinil competition in armaments and to move
effectively in the direction of disarmament.
As you know from my message to the Congress
on the State of the Union in January 1959,* and
'- For text, sec BfixETlN of Nov. li;5, r.)."!>, p. 706.
2 For a stTtement by the chairman of the U.S. delega-
tion, see ihiil., Jan. 18, lOtiO, p. 79.
' For background, see ibid., Jan. 11, 1900, p. 45.
' 76irf., Jan. 20, 1959, p. 115. I
Departmeni of State Bulletin
from expi-essions by tlie Vice President," the Sec-
retao' of State," aiul tlio Attonioy Cu'iieral/ tlie
Adiuinistration is anxious to contributo to the
jrreater effectiveni-ss of tlie International Court
of Justice. The Administration supports elinii-
inition of tiic automatic ivsorvation to the Court's
jurisdiction by wliich the United States has re-
served to itself the rif,'li( to determine unilater-
ally whether a subject of litigation lies essentially
within domestic jurisdiction. I intend, therefore,
on an appropriate occasion, to re-state to the Con-
1,'i-ess my ."support for the elimination of this reser-
vation. Eliminat ion of this automatic reservation
from our own declaration accepting compulsory
jurisdiction would place the United States in a
better position to urge other countries to agree to
wider jurisdiction of the International Court of
Justice.
I appreciate having your views on this vitally
important subject.
Sincei-ely,
DwiOHT D. Eisenhower
The Honorable Hubert H. Humphrey
United States Senate
Wajihinffton, D.C.
SENATOR HUMPHREY TO PRESIDENT
EISENHOWER
OCTOBEB 21, 1959
'ITie President
The White House
Washington, D.C.
Vr.AK Mr. Phesident : In your State of the Union Mes-
sage on January 9, 1959, you declared it to be your pur-
pose to Intensify our eflforts to the end tliat the rule of
law may replace the obsolete rule of force in the affairs
of nations. In particular, you advised the Congress to
expect a more specific proposal from you, dealing with
the problem of our relation.ship to the International Court
of Justice. Subsequently, the Vice President and the
Attorney General have delivered important addresses
citing your concern with this problem.
Along with many other members of Congress in both
parties, I was delighted to note this emphasis on a pro-
gram of strengthening the Court. An American initiative
'Ibid., May 4, 1959, p. 622.
' Ibid., Feb. 2.3, 1959, p. 255.
'Ibid., Sept. 14, 1959, p. 379.
a....g this line would, I Un.,w, he welcon.e throughout the
In seIe<tlnK for first attention the problem of the Amerl-
can relationship to the Court Itself, you have I believe
mule a wise Judgn.ent. In parth^ular, the reservation
lies':';:: r "V" ■■"'"" '" '"•"•"'"- -'-'"- ■• <-"
es uithin our domestic jurisdiction, should be eliminated
as .-soon as possible. Since reservations of any parly
au,o.,„uica..y accrue to its adversary, this r JrvSn
probably will be used against our interest, more
frciuontly than it is used in our behalf
voulr'"/',"" '° '"•'• '"■• '''■"•''""'"^' ''•"^ '•'« initiatives
. u have taken toward the establishn.ent of an inter-
national rule of law are n.ost welcome. Thev have my
Wholehearted support, and, I am confident, the-suH ort^
most members of the Congress.
Senate Kesolution W supports your position in this
matter. Tlie State Department has advised the Foreign
Rela lons Committee that it is in agreement with this
Kesolution. There is considerable support among mem-
bers of the Foreign Relations Committee for this step
toward greater participation in the Court, but there is a
general feeling, which I share, that since vou have
indicated a desire to speak further on this subject, final
action should he held in abeyance rK>nding your message
I regret very much that the first session of the present
Congress has adjourned without receiving your message
on this important subject.
I respectfully urge you to give this further considera-
tion I hope that you will, either in your ne.xt State
of the Union message or in a special communication
advise us of the broad policies which guide the United
States Government in its efforts to establish a rule of
law in the world, and also describe the specific measures
which Congress .should pass to aid in accomplishing this
general purpose. Since Senate Resolution 94 is now
widely understood and has been fully discussed in the
press, and since the withdrawal of the self-judgement
a.spect of the domestic jurisdiction reservation is an
obvious first step, I hope your mes.sage will contain a
plea for the early passage of Senate Resolution 94.
The enunciation of general principles of long range
foreign policy are most useful. The public acceptance of
these broad principles will be bolstered by concrete pro-
posals. It is with this in mind that I have Introduced
Senate Resolution 94, which Is admittedly only a very
small step toward the greater common goal which we
share. With your support I am confident that the Senate
will accept this measure, and we will then be able to look
toward the further establishment of what our late Sec-
retary of State, John Foster Dulles, called "institutions of
peace."
Advocacy of measures looking toward the establishment
of a just and lasting peace has always been urgent. It is
January 25, 1960
'S. Res. 04 calls for U.S. renunciations of the right to
declare an International legal dispute as "essentially
domestic" and for acceptance of World Court jurisdiction
In such disputes regarding intcn.retation of treaties, any
que,stlons of international law, breaches of international
obligation, and reparations.
129
particularly urgent now, after the recent visit of the
Soviet Chairman, to make it doubly clear to the entire
world that, while we shall strive mightily for a peaceful
resolution of Soviet-U.S. differences, our goal has not
shifted toward a two-power world ; rather we continue to
look resolutely toward an international system in which
the rights of all nations will be respected, regardless of
size or military power.
An American expression of confidence in the Court at
this time, would be of tremendous value and I hope you
will find an early occasion to express your personal sup-
port of legislation to make our American membership in
the Court what it should be.
Respectfully yours,
Hubert H. Humphrey
Secretary Sends Report to Congress
on East-West Center in Hawaii
Folloioing is the text of a letter jrom Secretary
Herter transmitting to the Congress a repor't on
"^1 Plan for the Establishment in Hawaii of a
Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange
Bettveen East and West,'''' ^ together toith the text
of chapter 6, "Summary of Proposals and
Estimatesy
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
December 31, 1959
Dear Mr. Vice President : ^ I transmit liere-
witli, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter VI
of the Mutual Security Act of 1959, a Eeport de-
scribing a Plan and Program for tlie Establisli-
ment and Operation in Hawaii of a Center for
Cultural and Teclinical Interchange Between East
and West.
Tlie report presents botli the role which such a
Center coukl liave in relations between the United
States and the nations of Asia and the Pacific and
the problems and needs involved in its establish-
ment. Attention is called esiaecially to the prob-
lem of Federal assistance, as described on Pages
11 and 18.
It is not considered that funds available under
the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, may
' A limited number of copies of the report are available
u|)on request from the Office of Public Services, Depart-
ment of State, Washington 25, D.C.
* An Identical letter, with a copy of the report, was sent
to the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
130
be used for construction and operating costs of the
Center.
With warmest personal regards.
Most sincerely,
Christian A. Herter
Enclosures : Report entitled "A Plan for the Establishment In
Hawaii of a Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Be-
tween East and West", dated December 30, 1959.
The Vice President
United States Senate.
SUMMARY OF PROPOSALS AND ESTIMATES
An International Center, as proposed, concen-
trating on Asian and Pacific affairs and estab-
lished in connection with the University of
Hawaii could make a valuable contribution to the
programs of the United States for the promotion
of international educational, cultural, and related
activities.
1. In keeping with the views of the Hawaiian
Community Advisoi-y Coimnittee, it should con-
sist of two principal units, to be maintained,
staffed, and operated by the Univereity. Tltese
imits would consist of (1) an International Col-
lege offering academic progi-ams and related
sei-vices and (2) an International Training Cen-
ter providing facilities for on-the-job, in-sei'vice,
or field training. The principal officers of the
Center would be the Director, the Dean of the
International College, and the Director of the
Traming Center. The Director of the Interna-
tional Center would report directly to the Presi-
dent of the University.
2. To initiate a program for such a Center
would require the provision as soon as possible
of adequate housing and related facilities; its
expansion would have to be commensurate with
the growth of such facilities.
3. During the first three yeare, scholarships for
students from Asian and Pacific areas as well as
for tliose of the United States should be pro-
vided, and also grants for outstanding scholars,
scientists, and other specialists and men of leader-
ship in order to strengthen the program of the
Center and demonstrate its potentialities.
4. The facilities, services, and resources of the
Center should be made available at reasonable
cost to all ([ualilied students, scholai-s, agencies,
and institutions interested in participating in its
I)rograms.
Department of State Bulletin
5. Appropriate advisoiy coniniittees should be
establislied to assure adequate liaison and policy
and ])ro<rrani jjuidance fn)ni tlio viewpoint of
tlie participating or sponsoring agencies and
institutions.
6. To earn- out such a Plan would require spe-
cial financial support, tliat is, supjiort. from
sources other than and in addition to the Govern-
ment and XTniversity of Hawaii.
7. Such spwial iinancial support, it is esti-
mated, would amotuit to $8,300,000. This would
be distributed as follows: («) a contribution to
initial building costs; and during the first three
years: (b) contributions toward operational
expenses, (c) scholai-ships for 225 Asian and
Pacific students and 75 American students, (d)
grants to outstanding Asian, Pacific, and Ameri-
can scholars and other leaders, and (e) advisory
sernces. (For detailed figures, see Appendix 7.) '
8. Regarding the possibility of special fuiancial
support from the Federal Government, no spe-
cific provision has been made for these needs in
the budget for 1961. Tlie Plan for the Center
as it materializes can be called to the attention
of agencies of the Government planning programs
which might make use of available facilities.
Some support for the Center might be possible
also to the extent that it could be derived from
grants available imder progi-ams authorized by
general legislation. Thus, the University might
further explore the possibilities of obtaining
assistance for the necessai-y building under the
loan program of the Housing and Home Finance
Agency or under programs of assistance to educa-
tional institutions, like those currently proposed
in H.R. 4267 or S. 1017, 86th Congress, First
Session, 1959. For scholarships, fellowships, and
other similar payments to or for students and
other individuals, gi'ants could be sovtglit mider
the regular progi-ams for whicli the Congress
appropriates funds as authorized by the U.S.
Information and Educational Exchange Act of
19-18, as amended ; Title III of Chapter II of the
Mutual Security Act of 1954; the National
Defense Education Act; and other Acts cited spe-
cifically or in general terms in the legislation
which has authorized this Report.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
The Task of Peaceful Cooperation
Remarks by George N. iShuster '
Mr. Chairman, having listened with great in-
terest to the resolution ^ presented by the distin-
guished delegate from the Soviet Union fN. M.
Sissakian] and also to lus remarks, I feel it
incumbent upon me to make a statement somewhat
more lengthy than would otherwise be the case. ' I
should like to begin by recalling UNESCO's first
meeting in this city, when a truly great man, whose
life has been given to the cause of peace and upon
whose body then lay a weariness bom of duress
in concentration camps, rose to express the hopes
which were in all our hearts at that time, namely,
that our joint victory would usher in freedom and
a decent measure of human understanding. That
man was Leon Blum, and I should like to dedicate
to the memory of this son of France what I shall
now say. My comment will be, of necessity, in a
measure a response to my colleague of the Soviet
Union but will also be, I fondly ti-ust, something
more than that.
Certainly no men desired more ardently peace-
ful and fruitful relations with the people of Rus-
sia than did Americans of my generation. "We
had been reared and we lived in the spirit of
Tolstoy and Dostoevski, the two greatest masters
of the human mind of their age and still among
the oracles of our own. They seem to me far
more important than sputniks and fleets of jet
planes. How could anyone doubt that a people
from which such men arose is a miglity i)eoiile fed
by the springs of both East and West? Why
' Not printwl here.
' Made on Dec. 2 before the ."iSth meeting of the Execu-
tive Board of the United Nations Kducational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization, which met at Paris Nov. 24-
Dec. 4. Dr. Shuster, who is president of Hunter Col-
lege, was chairman of the U.S. delegation.
"UNESCO doc. 55 EX/DR.l/Rev. The Soviet resolu-
tion called for ( 1 ) a study of the needs of underdeveloped
countries in the fields of e<lucation, .science, and culture
and (2) "a radical improvement of UNESCO's activities
for consolidating peace and implementing the principles
of peaceful ct>-existence."
January 25, I960
131
should we not ulways have himented the b:irriei-s
which, during a long and evil time, made the
Volga and Neva alien streams for us? It is, in
retrospect, unfortunate that the Soviet Union was
not present at the e^irlier conference of UNESCO,
despite earnest and repeated requests from the
Government of the United States. I note with
very great satisfaction that there has been a
change of climate, and I wish to take full cogni-
zance of this before proceeding to be rather critical
of the resolution wliich Professor Sissakian has
introduced.
Problem of Illiteracy and Poverty
Tliere are in this resolution, in the main, three
considerations. The first is this: We are asked
to assume that, as a result of disarmament, pro-
fusely large sums of money will be made available
to relieve illiteracy and poverty tlirougliout the
world. God knows that no one could be more in
favor of that possibility than we are, but I would
say in all candor that we already know what
these needs are. One of my colleagues, Professor
Paulo Carneii-o, for example, has informed us
that not less than $100 million a year for 10 years
would be i-equired to solve the problem of illit-
eracy in Latin America. There exist, at the
United Nations and at all our own American
agencies, documents galore which reflect the
need — the dire, desi>erate need — of millions of
people, to whom Chesterton refers, "thronging
like the thousands up from under the sea."
Our problem is not now to ask UNESCO what
are the dimensions of illiteracy and poverty in the
world. Our problem is first of all to say, "What
can we now do in order to alleviate these difficul-
ties?" And I can only tell you that (and I think
here again I will revert to what Professor Car-
neiro said) there are not merely people in my
country but in all the countries of the world who
are giving of their substance daily to relieve this
distress. He referi-ed to the action taken by tlie
bishops of the West German Federal Kepublic.
We know of .so many more — I will not take up
your time enumei-ating them — but I merely want
to make one illustration. Heaven knows that the
people of Greece are poor enough, but not long
ago we recx^ivcd from two villages in that coimtry
a donation which wa,s sent to an American organi-
zation in the hope of improving the lot of school-
children in India.
I want now, if I may, to say this about
UNESCO and its work. Sometimes we think
that there is nothing very glamorous about
UNESCO. Tlus may be true. It does not con-
cern itself with traumatic and dramatic experi-
ences but with the daily, nourishing, creative work
of the human mind. Therefore I would say that
we should be grateful for the fact that we have
come so far.
The other evening, after a long series of meet-
ings, I sat for a while reading the excellent study
which our colleague, Mr. Gardner Davies, has
devoted to the French poet Mallanne, and my eye
lighted on that poet's line: Toute notre native
amitie monotone. This amicableness, this ainitie,
that we feel is native to the human spirit. It may
be a bit monotonous at times. I. for my part, am
not at all satisfied with what UNESCO now is.
I want to see it have, in the major lines of its
effort, much more imagination, much more power,
much more money, and I am grateful for the fact
that the men who are guiding its destiny share
these views with me. I see no occasion at the
present time for turning aside from the efforts to
which we are devoted in order to prepare a totally
different outlook for the Organization.
Principle of Peaceful Cooperation
Now I shall come to the other two proposals in
Professor Sissakian's resolution, about which I
shall be even more critical, regretfidly enough.
The first has to do with what he calls peaceful
coexistence. Now "peacefid coexistence" is one
term. We have pi-eferred another term, which is
"peaceful cooperation." The difhculty is that
"peaceful coexistence" ha,s a history. It has a
history which from our point of view is not too
glamorous, and I want, for mj- part., to be certain
that there has been a close in one section of the
book of the past and that from tliis time forw aid
the words "peaceful coexistence" will moan some-
thing else. T shall be explicit. There is a pro-
posal in this resolution that we establish a
conference to bo held on the basis of parity be-
tween East and West. Now what in essence does
this resolution seem to us to mean? It appears
to us, and my country, to mean what we have
often confronted in the United Nations, namely,
a proposition that there bo set up a kind of parity
between the United States and Eussia as a basis
for a sort of summit mooting in wliich wo can
132
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
I
formulate a doctrine we might be able to sell to
or, if necessary, to impose upon the Organization.
Our concept, nuMuboi-s of (ho I?oard, of peaceful
cooperation is a totally dill'erent one. AVe ilon"t
want any UNESCO sununit conference. We ai-e
deeply connnitted to the principle of the family
of nations. We know that this family looks upon
us often as the eldest child, who has inherited all
the money and who is a little stingy about giving
it away. We also know that members of the fam-
ily sometimes are a bit exigent and expect of us
things tliat we cannot supply. Nevertheless I
wish, this afternoon, to reaflirm our faith in the
family of nations and to tell you that what we
mean by cooperation is this: that never will we
consent to any kind of international intellectual
organization in which the smallest one amongst
us d(x>s not have equal rights to share in the dis-
cussion and to arrive at the conclusions. It is for
this reason, primarily, that we do not favor any
kind of meeting under the auspices of UNESCO
which is based on a principle of parity.
There is another reason. From our point of
view the United States is not a capitalistic coim-
tr}'. We liave in our opinion long ceased to be one,
and for my part, if I may say so, I tliink that Karl
Marx would have great difficulty m recognizing
the Soviet Union as a socialist country of the sort
he had in mind. If I speak now of a parity of
socialist and capitalist countries, I am not merely
l)eing semantic but I am pointing out tliat just as
there has been an inevitable trend in the whole
field of disannament there has been an equally
inevitable trend in the field of sociological and
economic develoi^ment. Therefoi-e, I say, why not
accept our principle of peaceful cooperation, which
means in essence, that we will redcdicate ourselves
to the problems of f ree<lom, of literacy, of emanci-
pation from poverty insofar as education can make
this possible and exjiend additional effort in de-
veloping brilliantly the ways in which we can at-
tack these situations.
Sources of War Propaganda and Preparations
And now, finally, I want to revert to the last
part of the proposal about which Professor Sis-
.sakian will pardon me if I say that I have some
very serious i-escrvations. This is the jiassage in
his document which refere to the fact that we have
to fight against preparations for and propaganda
for another war. This also has a long and serious
history.
January 25, I960
For the past 10 yeare my country has been cast,
and not by itself, in tiie role of the originator of
this kind of pro[)iiganda. There have been dozens
of international conferences which wo have not
attended in which every resolution that w^as pas.sed
called attention to the fact that from somewliero
between AViishington and New York there ema-
nated a constant stream of declarations hostile to
the cause of peace. Now I want to be sure, Ix'fore
I dedicate UNESCO to anything like this, that it,
in turn, is not to participate in a conference of
this character, tliat when wo talk seriously, man
to man, about propaganda for warfare and prepa-
ration for war, we will look present international
situations squarely in the eye. "WHiere is propa-
ganda for war being made ? Wliere is activity for
the promotion of military effort taking place? If
the proposal is to look honestly at the current
sources of propaganda and of military prepara-
tion, I can assure Professor Sissakian that I will
be present for that conference.
This then, I think, more or less summarizes my
point of view. I have, however, a rex:ommendat ion
to make. This I am going to introduce with a
quotation from Abraham Lincoln. Tliis is the
greatest testament of my country: "With malice
toward none, with charity for all, with firmness
in the right as God gives us to see the right, let us
strive on to finish the work we are in." I agree
that this work is the building of a peace for which
all the peoples of the world ardently long and of
which they constantly dream, and I am going to
suggest that between now and the next General
Conference the distinguished delegate from the
Soviet Union and I, severally in our ways, draw
up for consideration at the next General Confer-
ence a bill of particulars of what he would liave
UNESCO do in terms of the principle of peaceful
coexistence and what I would have UNESCO do
in tei-ms of peacef lU cooperation.
We will go home to our several countries. He
can consult his great leader, and I will consult
mine. We will not compare notes and perhaps no
one could hope this more deeply than do I. And
I repeat what I said at the outset: As I talk this
afternoon I think of I>eon Blum, and as I talk this
afternoon I think of what I owe pei-sonally, and
will owe eve 17 day of my life, to tlie inspiration of
the great masters of Russian literature. I pro-
foundly hope that, when we come back with the
two lists of proposals which I have suggested this
133
afternoon, there will bo so much agi-eement be-
tween us that UNESCO can then proceed to say,
"At last we have opened an era in wliich a genuine
mejisure of cooperation and friendship is possible."
I shall even confess to Professor Sissakian that,
being the kind of man I am, I shall go back to my
homeland and pray daily that liis list may be in-
spired with even greater wisdom than my own. It
is in this spirit that I would like to conclude the
remarks I wish to make on his resolution.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Finance
Agreement establishing the luter-Ameriean Development
Bank, with annexes. Done at Washington April 8,
Signed and acceptances deposited: Colombia, December
21, 1950; Ecuador, December 22, 10.59; El Salvador,
Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama, December 20,
1959; Bolivia, Brazil, Costa Rica, Mexico, and Peru,
December 30, 1059.
Entered into force: Dec-ember 30, 1959.
Sugar
Internati(mal sugar agreement of 1958. Done at London
December 1, 1958. Entered into force provisionally
January 1, 1959 ; definitively for the United States Octo-
ber 9, 1959.
Proclaimed Ijy the President: December 31, 10.59.
Ratifications and acceptances deposited: Costa Rica,
June 23, 1059; Cuba (with reservation), June 15,
19.59; Dominican Republic, June 3, 1959; Indonesia,
November fi, 19.50 : Irel.ind, June 5, 19.50.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) annexed
to the international telecommunication convention of
December 22, 10.52 (TIAS 3266), with appendixes and
final |)rotocol. D(me at Geneva November 29, 19.58.
Proclaimed hy the President: December 30, 1059.
Entered into force: January 1, 1960.
Trade and Commerce
Seventli iircitdcol of rcctificalions and nioditications to
texts of tlic schedules to the (General .\greement <m
Tariffs and Trade. Done at Genevii November 30, 1957.'
Signature: Peru, I)ecend)er4, 19.59.
Declaration on relations lietween contracting parties to
the (Jeneral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the
Government of the Federal People's Keimblic of Yugo-
slavia. Done at (Jeneva May 25, 10.59. Entered into
force November 16, 1950 ; for the United States, No-
vember 19, 19.59.
Signatures: Yugoslavia, May 25, 1959; France, May 30,
1959; Finland, June 18, 19.59; Italy, July 7. 1959;
Greece, July 9, 1950 ; Norway, July 14, 1959 ; Turkey,
July 21, 1950 ; New Zealand, August 4, 1959 ; Belgium
(subject to ratification), August 20, 1959; India and
Indonesia, September 1, 1950 ; Ghana, September 9,
1059 ; Austria, September 22, 1950 ; Luxembourg, Oc-
tober 12, 1959; Netherlands and United Kingdom
(but not in respect of the Protected State of Brunei)^
October 10, 1959 ; Denmark, October 26, 1959 ; Czecho-
slovakia, Israel, and Sweden, October 29, 1959; Cey-
lon, October 31, 1959 ; Canada and Chile, November 6,
1959 ; Uruguay, November 9, 1959 ; Burma, November
11, 1950 ; Peru, November 16, 1050 : Federation of
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, November 17, 1950 ; United
States, November 10, 1050.
Ratification deposited: Belgium, September 16, 1059.
Declaration on the provisional accession of Israel to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva May 29, 1959. Entered into force October 9,
1959 ; for the United States December 19, 19.59.
Signatures: Israel (subject to ratification). May 29,
1959; Greece, July 9, 19.59; Norway, July 14, 10.59;
Turkey, August 6, 1950; Ghana, September 9, 1950;
Austria (subject to ratification) and New Zealand,
September 22, 10.50; Belgium (subject to ratification)
and Finland, October 6, 1950 ; France, October 0, 1959 ;
Netherlands and United Kingdom ( but not in respect
of the Protected States of Abu Dhabi, Ajiuan, Bahrain,
Brunei,^ Dubai, Fujairah, Kuwait, Qatar, Ras al
Khaimah, Sharjah, and Ummal Quaiwan), October 19,
1050 : Svveilen, October 20, 1959 ; Nicaragua, October
30, 1059 ; Ceylon, October 31, 1959 ; Canada and Den-
mark, November 6, 19.59: Uruguay, November 0, 1059;
Burma, November 11, 1959 ; Peru, November 16, 1959 ;
Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, and Union
of South Africa, November 17, 1950 ; United States,
November 19, 10.50; It^ily, December 7, 1959.
Ratification deposited: Israel, September 9, 1959.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1059, with annex.
Opened for signature at Washington April 6 through
24, 1950. Eutere<l into force July 16, 10.59, for part I
and parts III to VIII, and August 1, 1959, for part II.
TIAS 4.302.
Acceptance deposited: Mexico, December 30, 1959.
BILATERAL
Netherlands
Agreement further extending the agreement of Augu.st 6
and 16. 1956, as extended (TIAS 36.50 and 3896), relating
to the establishment and oiieration of rawiusonde obser-
vation stations in Curaqao and St. Martin. Effected by
exchange of notes at The Hague July 21 and October
10, 105S. Entered into force Oetol)er 10, 105W.
Switzerland
Agreement replacing schedule I (Swiss) annexed to the
reciprocal trade agreement of 1036 (49 Stat. 3917). Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at A\'asliington December
.".0, 1950. Entered into force January 1, 1960.
Turkey
Agreement further amending the agreement of November
15, 19.54, as supplemented and amended (TI.VS 3179,
3204, 3205, and .3414), for the exchange of connnodities
and s;ile of grain, with annex. Efliected by exchange of
notes at .Vnkara December 10, 1959. Entered into force
December 10, 1050.
'Not in force.
134
^Notification d;ited November 27, 10.50, accepts declara-
tion in respect of I'rotected State of Brunei.
Department of State Bulletin
January 25, 1960
Index
Vol. XI.II, No. 1074
Agriculture. Thp State of the Union { Kiseu-
howcr) Ill
American Republics. President Eisenhower To
Visit South America 119
Aviation. United States and Netherlands Hold
Civil A%lati<)n Consultation (text of joint state-
ment) 120
Canada
Canadian-United States Co<ilX'ration for Peace
(Wigglesworth) 121
IJC Reports on Development of Columbia River
Basin 12C
Communism. The State of the Union (Elsen-
hower) Ill
Congress, The
President Expresses Views on World Court and Dis-
armament (Eisenhower, Humphrey) 128
Secretary Sends Report to Congress on East-West
Center in Hawaii (Herter) 130
The State of the Union (Eisenhower) Ill
Cultural Exchange. Secretary Sends Report to
Congress on East-West Center in Hawaii
(Herter) 130
Disarmament. President Expresses Views on
World Court and Disarmament (Elsenhower,
Humphrey) 128
Economic Affairs
Canadian-United States Cooperation for Peace
(Wigglesworth) 121
IJC Reports on Development of Columbia River
Basin 126
The State of the Union (Eisenhower) Ill
France. President de Gaulle To Visit U.S ... 120
International Law
President Kxpres.ses Views on World Court and Dis-
armament (Eisenhower, Humphrey) 128
The State of the Union (Eisenhower) Ill
U.S. and Mexican Officials Discuss Control of Ille-
gal Drug Traffic (text of cnmnuniique) .... 127
International Organizations and Conferences. The
Task of Peaceful Cooperation (Shuster) . . . 131
Mexico. U.S. and Mexican Officials Discuss Con-
trol of Illegal Drug Traffic (test of commu-
nique) 127
Military Affairs
Canadian-United States Cooperation for Peace
(Wigglesworth) 121
The State of the Union (Eisenhower) Ill
Netherlands. United States and Netherlands Hold
Civil Aviation Consultatlcm (text of joint state-
ii'ent) 120
Presidential Documents
President Expresses Views on World Court and
Disarmament 128
The State of the Union ill
United States and Soviet Union Exchange New
Year Greetings lit)
Treaty Information
Current Actions 134
United States and Netherlands Hold Civil .\viati(m
Con.sultati<)n (text of joint statement) .... 120
U.S.S.R. United States and Soviet Union Exchange
New Tear Greetings (Eisenhower, Khrushchev,
Voroshilov) nfl
Name Index
De Gaulle, Charles 120
Eisenhower, President Ill, 119, 128
Herter, Secretary 130
Humphrey, Hubert H 129
Khrushchev, Nikita S 119
Shuster, George N 131
Voroshilov, Klimeut E 119
Wigglesworth, Richard B 121
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 4-10
Press releases may be ol)tained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Release issued prior to Januai-y 4, which appears
in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 885 of December
30.
No. Date Subject
tl 1/5 Consulate general at Canieroun elevated
to embassy (rewrite).
2 1/5 U.S.-Mexico communique on narcotics
control.
3 1/6 U.S.-Netherlands civil aviation talks.
t4 1/8 Delegate to ECE Steel Committee
(rewrite).
t5 1/9 Dillon: departure for Paris economic
talks.
t Held for a later issue of the Bulletin.
the
epartment
United states
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $30O
(CPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new Background pamphlets on important areas . . .
THE SUBCONTINENT OF SOUTH ASIA
Afghanistan • Ceylon • India • Nepal • Pakistan
Lying on the edge of the free world, touched by the power of
Communist Central Asia, the subcontinent of South Asia today has
a cnicial role in world affairs. The characteristics and problems of
the subcontinent generally and the five sovereign nations in it are
the subjects of a new Background pamphlet.
Publication 6839
40 cents
Of
state
SOUTHEAST ASIA
Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
From the isolation imposed by geography and a colonial pattern
of control, most of the lands and peoples of Southeast Asia have re-
cently been thrust into the midst of international politics mainly as
a result of national movements which led them to independence. Tliis
15-page illustrated pamphlet discusses the problems of this sudden
transformation, and contains background information on the geogra-
phy, people-s, and economic situation of the area. Brief descriptions
are included of the individual countries of Southeast Asia — Burma,
Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaya, the Philippines, Thailand, and
Viet-Nam.
Publication 6861
15 cents
Order Form
Supt. of nocumcnls
(aovt. Prinling Office
Washington 2r., D.C.
finclOHiil Unci:
orili I ixnjahli: to
Supl. 1)1' Ooca.)
Please send me copies of —
n The Subcontinent of South Asia — Afghanistan, Ceylon, India, Nepal, and
Pakistan.
n Southeast Asia — Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
d fe
Vol. XLII, No. 1075 February 1, I960
UNITED STATES PARTICIPATES IN ECONOMIC
TALKS AT PARIS • Statements 6v Under Secretary
Dillon and Texts of Resolutions 139
PRESIDENT'S VISIT TO SOVIET UNION SET FOR
JUNE 10-19 147
OPERATION OF THE MUTUAL SECURITY PRO-
GRAM, JANUARY 1-JUNE 30, 1959 • Excerpts
From 16th Semiannual Report to Congress 159
GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS OF ASIA: SOUTH AND
EAST • Article licith maps) by G. Etzel Pearcy .... 148
ITED STATEJ
IGN POLICY
i
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTIVIENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 1 1960
DEPOSITORY
Vol. XLII, No. 1075 • Pdblication 6935
February 1, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 28 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1968).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained hereto may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Buhetin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Got^ernment tcith information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the work of the Depart-
men t of State and the Foreign Service,
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
United States Participates in Economic Talks at Paris
Under Secretary Douglas Dillon left Washing-
ton for Paris on January 10 to represent the
United States at a meeting of a Special Economic
Committee on January 12 and 13^ a meeting of the
20 governments which are members or associates
of the Organization for European Economic
Cooperation on January IJt^ and a ministerial
meeting of the OEEC Council., also on Janu-
ary 14.. Following is a series of statements made
by Mr. Dillon, together with the texts of three
resolutions adopted by tlie Special Economic Com-
mittee on January 13 and subsequently by the 20
member countries and associates of the OEEC on
January H.
DEPARTURE STATEMENT, WASHINGTON, JAN-
UARY 10
Press release 5 dated January 9
My trip to Paris has two purposes :
On Jaiiuai-y 12 and 13 I will attend a meeting
of representatives of a number of governments
and the European Economic Commiasion. This
meeting was called in accordance with an under-
standing reached by President Eisenhower, Presi-
dent de Gaulle, Prime Minister Macmillan, and
Chancellor Adenauer at their conference in Paris
on December 21.^
On Januai-y 14 I will represent the United
States at the ministerial meeting of the Council
of the OEEC.
It will be our purpose on January 12 and 13
to consider the need for and possible methods of
continuing consultation on the important prob-
lems of expanding liberal multilateral world
trade and stimulating aid to the less developed
countries of the free world. These are complex
and difficult problems. We do not expect to solve
them during the course of the next week, nor do
we plan to make decisions aflfecting other coun-
tries without full consultation with them. But
it is my hope that we will be able to decide upon
practical steps which might be taken to devise
tlie means most suitable for close consultation on
these subjects.
The OEEC Coimcil and the Executive Secre-
tary of the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade will be fully informed of the discussions
held on January 12 and 13.
Since the end of the Second World War the
free nations of the world have made tremendous
progress in devising entirely new concepts and
new means of cooperation with each other. I
am confident that the spirit of cooperation wliich
has made possible the accomplishments of the past
will serve us equally well in dealing with the
challenges of the future.
' The governments and organizations represented at the
meeting on Jan. 12 and 13 were :
Belgium Netherlands
Canada Portugal
Denmark Sweden
France Switzerland
Germany United Kingdom
Greece United States
Italy EEC Commission
^The member countries of the OEEC and associates
represented at the meeting on Jan. 14 were :
Austria
Netherlands
Belgium
Norway
Denmark
Portugal
France
Spain
Germany
Sweden
Greece
Switzerland
Iceland
Turkey
Ireland
United Kingdom
Italy
Canada (associate)
Luxembourg
United States (associate)
' For text of a
communique, see Bulletin of Jan. 11,
lOCO, p. 43.
February I, 7960
139
ARRIVAL STATEMENT, PARIS, JANUARY 11
During my last visit to Europe in early Decem-
ber,* I had a most welcome opportimity to dis-
cuss infoi-mally with a number of my European
friends and colleagues matters relating to certain
trade problenas and the challenge facing the in-
dustrialized nations of the free world to assist
the less developed countries.
Since then, President Eisenliower, President de
Gaulle, Prime Minister Macmillan, and Chancel-
lor Adenauer have proposed an infonnal meeting
to consider the need and possible methods for con-
tinumg close consultation on these problems. I
look forward to representing the United States at
that meeting, which has been called for January
12 and 13.
Immediately thereafter, on Januaiy 14, I will
also represent the United States at the ministerial
meeting of the OEEC Council. This will provide
an opportunity for the participants in the Jan-
uary 12-13 meeting to inform the entire OEEC of
their discussions.
It seems to me that we now face two tasks. The
first is to consider immediate steps to have early
informal consultations on the trade pi"oblems I
have spoken of and also on development assist-
ance. Our second task is to consider a long-range
plan for continuing international consultations
in the future.
We now seek constructive solutions to new
challenges facing us today. As we do so, I am
confident that the same spirit of cooperation
which has made possible the extraordinary eco-
nomic progress of the 1950's will serve us equally
in the decade ahead.
SPECIAL ECONOMIC COMMITTEE, PARIS, JAN-
UARY 12
Press release 13 dated January 14
I wish to thank you, ]\Ir. Chairman, and the
members of the Special Economic Committee for
this opportunity to present the views of the United
States regarding the major tasks to which my
Government hopes this Committee will address
itself in the limited time at its disposal today
and tomorrow.
I will begin by discussing the background of the
conuuunique which was issued on December 21
following the close of the recent Western summit
meeting and from which we draw our terms of
reference. Then I would like to lay before the
Committee for its consideration certain proce-
dural suggestions for future work.
There is no need for me to repeat the text of
the commimique of December 21. The essence of
it is that we are invited to consider procedures
designed to insure that three important economic
questions will be given prompt and serious inter-
national attention.
The first of these questions relates to the com-
mercial policies of the members of the European
Economic Community [EEC] and of the proposed
European Free Trade Association [EFTA] ^
with respect to trade with other countries, includ-
ing their trade with each other.
The second is that of enlarging the flow of
development capital from the industrialized free
world to the less developed areas.
The third is the problem of finding the best
mechanism for continuing international consulta-
tions on major economic problems, including the
problem of development assistance.
You are all of course aware that the conununique
of December 21 was based upon a proposal put for-
ward by the United States. This proposal of ours
was fonnulated in the light of discussions in recent
weeks between the Government of the United
States and several European governments. Presi-
dent Eisenhower had occasion to discuss certain of
these matters during his recent trip, first in Rome
and later in Paris. I also discussed them with the
representatives of several governments and with
the Commission of the European Economic Com-
munity in the course of my recent visit to London,
Brussels, Bonn, and Paris, as did Assistant Secre-
tary of the Treasury [T. Graydon] ITpton on an
earlier trip.
As a result of these talks my Government came
to the following conclusions.
' Mr. Dillon w.is In Kviropo Dec. 7-14 ; for an announce-
ment of his itinerary, see Bulletin of Dec. 14, 1959,
p. 862.
' The KEC. sometimes calletl the "Inner Six," is com-
posed of Helgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg,
and the Netherlands. The EFTA, sometimes called the
"Outer Seven," is composed of Austria, Denmark, Norway,
PortuRal, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.
140
Deparlmeni of State Bulletin
Question of European Trade
Firet, we coiicUulcd tliat the trade problems now
omorfiinji: in Western Europe presented certain
il;iM<j:ei-s. On tile one liand was tiie danger (liat
tliese trade problems could lead to political and
economic frictions within Europe which might
weaiaMi the coiiesion of the free world. On the
other was the danger that, in an effort to solve the
regional Euro])oan trade problem, mcasiu'es might
l)e taken wliich could seriously impair the world-
wide trading principles established in the General
Agi-eemcnt on Tariffs and Trade.
These dangei-s, political and economic, are not
ones which the United States can safely ignore.
To mention only the economic aspect, it is clear
that the development of United States conuner-
cial policy cannot be divorced from developments
in such an important area of world trade as West-
ern Europe. All would agree, I think, that the
pursuit of a liberal commercial policy by the
United States is essential to the functioning of
an effective world trading system. United States
commercial policy, however, is not fonned in a
vacuum. It can be kept liberal only insofar as
other major trading countries also pui-sue liberal
policies. Viewing the matter in both its political
and economic aspects, we believe that the Euro-
pean trade question is an urgent one and requires
the earliest possible attention. The history of
this problem makes clear that there is no esisy
solution readily at hand. It is likely therefore
that this subject will require continuing consulta-
tions.
Question of Enlarged Development Assistance
The second conclusion to which we came as a
result of our talks was that there is great aware-
ness in Western Europe of the increasing role
which Europe is bound to play in the provision of
development assistance to the newly developing
areas of the free world and that tliere exists a
desire for cooperation with the United States and
other capital-exporting nations in this common
endeavor which is so vital to the preservation of
freedom.
At the same time, many questions have been
raised as to the best methods of mobilizing na-
tional resources for development assistance and
of bringing about a more effective exchange of
1. views and experience among the capital-exporting
February 1, 1960
nations which iiave the capacity to provide these
resources.
Tlie problem of development assistance — like
that of the trade proljlem to which 1 have re-
fen-ed — is also one in which the United States
lias a deep interest because of its substantial activi-
ties in this field. We wish to work closely with
Western Europe and Canada in an endeavor to
jn-ovide tiie external development capital which
tlie developing areas of tiie free world must have
if their own efforts to achieve economic progress
under conditions of freedom are to succeed.
Question of Successor to OEEC
The third conclusion to which I came as a result
of our discussions was that there was need fiar
improving the machineiy of international eco-
nomic cooperation so as to create a better mecha-
nism for dealing with major economic issues with
a strengthened relationship between the United
States and the other countries concerned. With
this in view we felt that study sliould be given to
revitalizing and broadening the work of the Or-
ganization for European Economic Cooperation
through the establislunent of a successor organiza-
tion in which the United States could become a
full member.
The OEEC has succeeded outstandingly in its
major tasks of furthering the recovery of West-
ern Europe. Even though many of the tasks for
which it was originally created have now been
largely accomplished, the OEEC is continuing to
do valuable work. The habits of cooperation
which have been developed tlirough its efforts
should be maintained and strengthened. For the
new challenges which have emerged require the
closest cooperation I\y all of us. For its part the
United States is prepared to play a full and active
part in such an effort.
Looking to the years ahead we see two main
economic objectives which will require continuing
attention. Thase are (1) the objective of promot-
ing the economic development of the less developed
areas, through bilateral methods as well as
through the multilateral institutions already exist-
ing or about to be created; and (2) the objective
of assuring stability and growth in the world
economy.
Ivct me make one thing clear. If, as a result of
this week's meetings, a study is imdertaken of the
methods of improving cooperation in the economic
141
field, we feel that such a study should not affect the
good work presently under way in the OEEC.
This should continue as at present. If, as a result
of the proposed studies, it should later be deter-
mined by the member countries of the OEEC that
a successor organization would be desirable, then
and only then would it be time to transform the
operations of the OEEC so as to adapt them to
the requirements of the successor organization.
These, then, were the substantive conclusions
which emerged from our consideration of current
economic problems following our discussions with
several European governments.
Need for International Action on Economic Problems
Tlie three economic questions which I have men-
tioned— the question of European trade, the ques-
tion of enlarged development assistance, and the
question of a successor organization to the
OEEC — are in many resjiects separate questions.
Yet these three questions have one thing in com-
mon, which is that there is no existing interna-
tional institution through which they may be
successfully attacked.
The urgent question of European trade is not
being discussed in the OEEC, partly for historical
reasons with which all of the members of this
Committee are familiar. Nor, because of aspects
which go beyond the realm of commercial policy,
can it be discussed effectively in the large forum
of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
In our judgment this question can only be ad-
dressed with any prospect of progress in a limited
but representative group such as this Committee.
The question of coordination of broad national
policies relating to worldwide development assist-
ance would appear to require the full participation
of all countries actively engaged in this effort.
The OEEC as presently constituted is seriously
handicapped in this effort since the United States
is not a full member. And, while the World Banlc
can be helpful in providing many kinds of infor-
mation and in bringing countries together on spe-
cific projects in which the Bank has an interest,
it is itself a lending institution which is not organ-
ized in such a way as to make possible the intei--
national discussion of broad policies, including
national lending policies and the programs of
those members which provide, or desire to provide,
external capital for development on a bilateral
basis over and above their contribution to inter-
national organizations.
Finally, the question of whether there should
be a successor organization to the OEEC, which
would continue existing functions of the OEEC,
which would add important new fimctions, and
which would allow the United States and, we
hope, Canada to assume the role of full members,
can, in our view, only be discussed directly by all
the governments concerned outside the framework
of the institutional structure of the OEEC.
It was against this background, Mr. Chairman,
that we proposed, at the time of the Western sum-
mit meeting, the creation of this Committee to
formulate appropriate procedures to further inter-
national consideration of the three major eco-
nomic problems to which I have referred.
U.S. Offers Procedural Suggestions
Since the publication of the communique of
December 21 and the issuance by the French Gov-
ernment of the invitation to participate in the
Special Economic Committee, my Government has
been in continuing consultation both with the
governments repi-esented here and with other gov-
ernments regarding the work of this Committee.
In the light of these consultations I would like to
place before the Committee the following pro-
cedural suggestions : first, for studying the desir-
ability of a successor organization to the OEEC;
second, for discussing, pending the establishment
of such a successor organization, the problems of
development assistance to the less developed areas ;
and, third, for giving early attention to the Euro-
pean trade questions.
Committee To Study OEEC Reorganization
In considering the desirability of a successor
organization to the OEEC I think you will all
agree that any such decision can only be taken by
the 20 governments who are members of or asso-
ciated with the OEEC. Furthermore all these
governments must have adequate opportunity to
thoroughly consider the matt«r so that we may
all be certain that we are obtaining the best pos-
sible mechanism for handling the important eco"
nomic problems which will face us in the futui^e.
Accordingly we would suggest that this matter be
142
Department of State Bulletin
thoroughly considered tvnd discussed at a meeting
of senior officials representing the 20 governments.
The etforts of such a group would be greatly
facilitated by the pi-eparation of adequate work-
ing paj^ers. The^e could best be prepared by a
very small group. It is our view that this pre-
paratoiy working gi'oup should consist of not
more than three pei-sons: one of whom might be
chosen from the EFTA coimtries, the second from
the EEC countries, and the third from the other
countries who are members of or associated with
the OEEC. Once chosen, this Committee of Three
would be expected to obtain the views of each
of the 20 governments and to prepare a report for
submission to the 20 governments. This report
might outline the general problems to be faced
and miglit include a draft charter. These docu-
ments could then servo as the initial working
dociunents for the conference of officials to which
I have referred.
If, as a result of the conference of officials, gen-
eral agreement emerged on the desirability of a
successor organization, a ministerial meeting
could be convened to decide any remaining points
at issue and to approve a new charter, which would
then be submitted to governments for ratification.
It would be our thought that, if the Special
Economic Committee agrees on a procedure such
as I have outlined relating to the establishment
of a successor organization to the OEEC, the Com-
mittee should recommend it to all of the 20 gov-
ernments of the OEEC, whose representatives will
be assembled on the occasion of the meeting of the
OEEC Council on January 14.
The procedure I have outlined is designed to
give every member country of the OEEC full op-
portunity to participate in this work from the be-
ginning. "We have been aware during the weeks
following the communique of December 21 that
many countries were uncertain as to what the
United States had in mind in proposing consider-
ation of a new mechanism of consultation to fol-
low the OEEC. We have heard, on the one hand,
that our objective was to weaken the EFTA, on
the other, to weaken the EEC, and, finally, that we
might be desirous of establishing some soi-t of
directorate to make decisions for others.
Let me state clearly what our motivation
actually was. It was very simple. We felt that
the time had come when the new problems facing
the world, particularly the necessity of marshaling
the total economic resources of the free world in
the most effective manner to meet the challenge
posed by the newly developing countries, recjuired
a close and fully equal collaboration between the
United States and tlie now completely recovered
countries of Western Europe. The creation of a
new organization seemed unthinkable. It was
only natural to explore the possibilities of com-
bining everything that is best in the OEEC with
a changed framework that would permit full and
equal United States participation. We recognize
that the OEEC performs and should continue to
perform certain functions that are purely Euro-
pean in character and in which our participation
would not be appropriate. We would hope that
all such activities as are found to be of continuing
usefulness by the members would continue on a
purely European basis unaffected by our assump-
tion of full membership in a new parent body.
Development Assistance Group
Now as to the problem of development assist-
ance and its better coordination. If the study of
the successor organization to the OEEC results in
general agreement that such an organization
should be established, we assume that it may be
as long as 18 months before the new organization
could come into being. We therefore propose that
in the meantime a limited group be constituted
consisting of those countries in a position to make
an effective long-term bilateral contribution to the
flow of funds to the less developed countries. We
believe that this group on development assistance
should operate in an informal manner and that it
should consult, whenever desirable, with the
World Bank, the OEEC, and other appropriate
national or mtemational institutions. A major
task of the development assistance group would be
to discuss the most effective methods of mobilizing
national resources for development assistance as
well as of providing such assistance to recipient
countries in the most useful manner. There is not
only a real need for an increased flow of long-term
private and public funds from the industrial
countries whose reserves have increased in recent
years but also a real need to provide investments,
loans, and assistance to the less developed coun-
tries in ways which will make the maximum con-
structive contribution to their economies. The
United States would be prepared to make avail-
able to this group information on its own lending,
Februory 7, J 960
143
assistance, and investment guaranty operations
with the thought that our experience might be use-
ful to others in considering their own programs.
We do not envisage that the development as-
sistance group should attempt to engage in a
"burden sharing" exercise or seek to reach deci-
sions on amounts of assistance to be provided to
specific countries or areas. If, during its delibera-
tions, it appears that two or more countries desire
to cooperate in assistance to particular countries,
then it would be desirable to consult promptly with
the recipient country or perhaps enlist the good
offices of the World Bank. This, as you know, has
been the procedure followed successfully by a num-
ber of capital-exporting nations and the World
Bank in coordinating assistance to India.
We believe that the development assistance
group would not require any special international
staff. It could, however, make efl'ective use of
certain studies which might be carried out by the
staff of the OEEC. Useful studies wliich the
OEEC might appropriately undertake at this time
would be :
(a) The development of up-to-date statistics
on the actual amoimt of financing which various
countries have undertaken in their transactions
with the less developed countries, as well as the
various types of financing, the relative maturities,
and the countries to which assistance has gone.
(b) A factual survey of existing national or-
ganizations in the investment, lending, and assist-
ance field through which funds are made available
to the less developed countries, the policies of
these organizations, the funds currently available
to them, and the source of the funds.
(c) An analysis of the various types of incen-
tives to foreign investment in the less developed
countries which may exist or be under considera-
tion in the industrial countries.
These studies, as you will have observed, cor-
respond in general with certain of the recom-
mendations of the OEEC staff, which are to be
considered at the meeting of the OEEC Council
on January 14. Certain other recommendations
of the OEEC staff in the field of development
assistance would, in our judgment, be premature,
and we will speak to that point at the January 14
meeting.
We propose that the development assistance
group consist of those of us who, in addition to
their contributions in multilateral organizations,
now make, or might be prepared to make, signifi-
cant bilateral contributions to development. Such
a gi'oup might include, for example, Canada,
France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, the
United States, and the Commission of the Euro-
pean Economic Community.
Continuation of Speciai Economic Convmittee
The tliird and last procedural proposal which
we wish to put forward is that there be agree-
ment on the forum in which the European trade
questions referred to in the communique of Decem-
ber 21 could be discussed from time to time, pend-
ing the decision on a successor organization to
OEEC.
We suggest that this Special Economic Com-
mittee should be continued for this purpose.
Although we have heard various alternative sug-
gestions regarding the composition of an appro-
priate group, we are inclined to doubt that a better
formula can be found. In any case, the problems
to be considered are of such potential seriousness
and urgency that they should not be put aside
pending the possible creation of a new organiza-
tion, which probably could not take place for some
18 months. If agreement can be reached that this
body is appropriate for this purpose, we would
hope that the date and place, for its first meeting
could be agreed upon at this time. We believe
that this first meeting should be held soon and
should be attended by senior officials, with minis-
terial meetings to be called thereafter as necessary.
The group to deal with these trade questions
would not, of coui-se, affect the continuing work
of the Contracting Parties to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade or the Steering Board
for Trade of the OEEC.
This completes the presentation of our views,
Mr. Cliairman. In order to facilitate consid-
eration by (lie Committee of the procedural
suggestions we have made, we ]ia\e prepared
drafts of the formal actions which the Committee
might take on each of the three procedural ar-
rangements— the study of the reorganization of
the OEEC, the establishment of the development
assistance group and its tei-ms of reference, and
the continuation of the Special Committee to dis-
cuss the trade problem. These drafts are being
144
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
circulated for tlie consideration of the members of
the Committee.
MEETING OF 20 GOVERNMENTS, PARIS, JAN-
UARY 14
Press roleasp 19 dated January 15
Thank you, Mr. Ciiuirman, for giving me this
opportunity to comment on tlie excellent report
by the distinguished cliairman of tlie Sj^ecial Eco-
nomic Committee, Mr. [Joseph M. A. 11.] Luns.
He has most ably summarized the outcome of our
meeting yesterday. I am glad tiiat he stressed —
and I myself wish to underline — the fact that all
of us who pai-ticipated in the informal meetings
fully recognized tlie interest of all member coun-
tries of the OEEC, as well as the two associate
members, in this matter. I trust the full report
which has just been made will reassiu'e all the gov-
erimients represented here today that there was
no intention on the part of any of us — and this
has certainly been the case so far as my own Gov-
ernment is concemed — to proceed further without
full consultation with all OEEC governments.
Arrangements were made, I know, for all of you
to receive copies of my remarks Tuesday evening
at the opening meeting of the Special Economic
Committee. Therefore I believe it is unnecessary
for me to comment at any length on the reasons
which prompted the proposals my Government
has put forward. The essence of the United
States position is that there are new challenges
and new opportimities facing the free woi-ld. A
greater degree of effective collaboration is needed
to insure that we will be successful in meeting the
new situation.
The objective of my Government in these dis-
cussions has been to reach agreement on an orderly
method of beginning an exploration of three dis-
tinct problems: first, the question of trade which
has arisen here in Europe but whose ramifications
are truly worldwide in scope; second, tlie question
of how to mobilize economic resources more effec-
tively to promote the economic development of
less developed areas; and, third, the need for new
methods of economic cooperation which will pro-
mote stability and growth in the world economy.
All 20 governments represented here today
must obviously participate from the very begin-
ning in work relating to the question of organiza-
tional arrangements. 1 am sure that you will find
that tills is fully provided for in the resolution
recomnii'iuliMl by the Sfjecial Coinniitfeo.
In concluding my remarks, Mr. Chairman, I
should like to emphasize one point to which
my Government attaches particular iniportance.
That is the necessity that the good work of the
OEEC continue imchanged during this period
when we will be considering the possibilities for
improved cooperation. We favor the formation
of a reconstituted organization adapted to the
needs of today. Subject to the approval of our
Congress, the United States would be prepared to
assume full and active membei-ship in an appropri-
ately reconstituted organization. In the mea.n-
tinie we are confident that the OEEC will proceed
vigorously and creatively with the significant
work before it.
ARRIVAL STATEMENT, WASHINGTON, JAN-
UARY 16
Press release 22 dated January 16
I have just returned from Paris, where I repre-
sented the United States at the regular ministerial
meeting of the Organization for European Eco-
nomic Cooperation and also at special meetings of
the 20 governments which are members or asso-
ciates of the OEEC.
At these special meetings the 20 governments
reached decisions which are of great potential
importance for the future of economic cooperation
in the free world. Agreement was reached to work
together for the establishment of a successor or-
ganization to the OEEC in which the United
States could participate as a full member and
which would facilitate cooperation between the
industrialized nations of the free world in meeting
the major economic problems which will face the
world during the coming decade.
As a result of the Paris decisions we also have
reason to expect that a serious and successful effort
will now be made to solve the problems of Euro-
pean trade connecte<l with tlie European Economic
Community and the European! Free Trade Asso-
ciation—the Six and the Seven. We have obtained
assurances that any solution will tjike full account
of the interests of the United States and other
countries in accordance with the principles of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
February 1, I960
145
Also during the Paris meetings the governments
of a number of capital-exporting nations agreed to
consult together on their efforts to provide devel-
opment assistance to the less developed areas.
This group vrill probably hold its first meeting in
Washinsrton in the near future.
TEXTS OF RESOLUTIONS
Press release 20 dated January 15
Resolution on Study of O.E.E.C. Reorganization
Representatives of the Governments of Belgium, Can-
ada, France, Denmark, the Federal Republic of Germany,
Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Sweden,
Portugal, the United Kingdom, and the United States and
the Representative of the Commission of the European
Economic Community,
a) Fully appreciating the cooperative work accom-
plished by the O.E.E.C. ;
b) Wishing to ensure the continuity of cooperation in
the fields where no change is called for ;
c) Determined to pursue economic policies which will
contribute to stability and growth in the world economy,
including trade policies directed to the sound use of
economic resources and the maintenance of harmonious
international relations;
d) Conscious of the need to devote increased efforts
towards furthering the development of less-developed
countries ;
e) Recognizing the importance of continued cooperation
to ensure the achievement of these objectives ;
f ) Noting the desirability of arrangements which would
enable full participation not only by the present 18 Mem-
bers of the Organization for European Economic Coopera-
tion but also by the two associate members, the United
States and Canada ;
g) Desiring to proceed with an examination of im-
proved organizational arrangements which could best
accomplish these purposes ;
h) Recognizing the equal interest of all member and
associate member governments of the Organization for
European Economic Cooperation in this matter ;
Propose
1) That a meeting of senior oflScials of the twenty
Governments, members or associate members of the
O.E.E.C. and to which the European Communities should
also be invited, be convened in Paris on April 19, 1960
to consider the question of appropriate arrangements to
achieve the objectives stated above ;
2) That, in order to facilitate the work of such meet-
ing, a group of four persons consisting of
and " should be appointed to prepare a
report which would
a) examine the most effective methods for achieving
° Although tentatively selected, the names of members
of the group of four will be officially announced later.
the objectives referred to above and make appropriate
recommendations with respect thereto ;
b) submit a draft of articles of agreement, should
their examination of this question indicate the desira-
bility of bringing about an appropriately improved organ-
ization for economic cooperation ;
c) identify tho.se functions at present performed by
the O.E.E.C. which should continue to be the subject
of international economic cooperation under the aegis
of the proposed organizational arrangements with respect
thereto ;
3) That the group named above should consult with
all twenty governments and the European Communities
and appropriate international organizations during the
preparation of their report without, however, commit-
ting any government as to the content of the report
which would be submitted by them in their personal
capacities and which would be open for discussion and
negotiation at the meeting envisaged in Paragraph 1
above.
Resolution on Development Assistance
The Special Econotnic Committee
Hai'ing been informed of the desire of the Governments
of Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Portugal,
the United Kingdom, and the United States, and the
Commission of the European Economic Community, who,
in addition to their contribution to international organiza-
tions, are making available or may be in a position to
make available a significant flow of long term funds to
underdeveloped areas, to discuss among themselves the
question of techniques to facilitate such flow of funds,
taking into consideration other means of assistance to
developing countries ;
Notes that these eight Governments and the Commis-
sion of the European Economic Community intend to
meet together to discuss various aspects of cooperation
in their efforts, and to invite other additional capital
exporting countries to participate in their work or to
meet with them as may from time to time appear desir-
able, and to consult with such multilateral organizations
as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Devel-
opment and the European Investment Bank.
Resolution on Certain Trade Problems
The Special Economic Committee
Recognizing that there are problems of commercial pol-
icy of particular concern to the twenty governments who
are members of, or associated with, the O.E.E.C. ;
Tdkiiig note of the existence of ihe E.E.C. and of the
convention for an E.F.T.A. :
Rearing in mind the relationship between the provisions
of these agreements and general international commercial
policy.
Considering the need to oxaiiiino. ns a matter of pri-
ority, the relationship between the E.E.C. and the E.F.T.A.
with due regard to the commercial interests of third coun-
tries and the principles and obligations of the G.A.T.T. ;
Decides
to propose to the twenty governments that they consti-
146
Department of State Bulletin
tute themselves, together with the E.E.C., a committee
with power to
1 ) establish one or more informal working groups for
the ci>nsi(ipratiou of these problems without iufriuKing
the c'omiH'tence of the existing international institutions
such as the G.A.T.T. »r the (I.K.E.C. : tliese groui)s should
report hack to the Committee;
2) transmit an invitation to the Executive Secretary
of the G.A.T.T. to participate in these discussions.
President's Visit to Soviet Union
Set for June 10-19
White House press release dated January 17
As already announced earlier,^ the Chairman
of the Coimcil of Ministers of the U.S.S.R., N. S.
Khruslichev, invited the President of the United
States to pay an official vdsit to the Soviet Union at
a time suitable for liim. President Eisenliower
accepted with pleasure the in\'itation of N. S.
Khrushchev.
As a result of subsequent personal exchanges be-
tween the Chairman of the Coimcil of Ministers,
X. S. Khruslichev, and President Eisenhower, it
was agreed that the President would make his visit
in the Soviet Union from the 10th until the 19th
of June 1960.
U.S. Comments on Soviet Proposal
To Reduce Armed Forces
Statement by Lincoln White
Director, Office of Nexos ^
We note with interest the Soviet Union's an-
nouncement of an approximate 1.2-million-men
proposed reduction in its conventional armed
forces and a readjustment in its conventional
armaments. "We also note that these reductions
are to be carried out within the next 1 to 2 years.
This proposed action to reduce present massive
Soviet armed forces could lessen one of the causes
of existing world tensions. The announcement
■was not unexpected, since the Soviet Union, along
with other modem nations, is now in a position to
place greater reliance on new weapons.
In this connection Chairman Khrushchev has
emphasized that tiie proposed reductions would in
no way affect the actual power of tlie Soviet
Union's arms. The Soviet Union, with its
acknowledged— I might say parcnthoficuily for
the first time — its acknowledged armed force level
of 3.6 million, and its neighbor, Communist China,
maintain tlie largest standing armies in the world.
This fact has been a constant source of concern to
those nations earnestly seeking a solution to the
dangers inherent in the annaments race.
For its part the United States, not in 1960 but
immediately following World War II, demo-
bilized the great bulk of its armed forces from a
peak level of 12.3 million. In view of Conununist
aggression the level was later raised and stands
today at approximately 2.5 million. In addition
the United States has carried out corresponding
reductions in its conventional armaments.
As in the case of previous unilateral Soviet an-
nouncements, the proposed reductions can be taken
only as an intention since there will be no verifiable
means of checking any actual reductions. An
opportunity to achieve controlled international
measures of disarmament will be offered at the
general disarmament negotiations scheduled for
the early part of this year.^ At these negotiations
the United States will be prejjared to go as far
toward safeguarded disarmament as any other
country. It is hoped that this announcement by
the Soviet Union is an indication of its willingness
to participate in the forthcoming negotiations in
the same spirit so that world accord can be estab-
lished through concrete and verifiable measures of
disarmament, thereby removing suspicions and
building real security.
Letters of Credence
Bulgaria
The newly appointed Minister of the People's
Kepublic of Bulgaria, Peter G. Voutov, presented
his credentials to President Eisenhower on Jan-
uary 1.5. For texts of the Minister's remarks and
the President's replj', see Department of State
press release 17 dated January 15.
' BtJi-LETiN of Oct. 12, 19.59, p. 499.
' Made to news correspondents on Jan. 14.
' For a coiiuiiunique issued by the Foreign Ministers of
Canada, France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the
United States at Paris on r>ec. 21, see Buu,etin of Jan. 11,
1960, p. 45.
februaty I, I960
147
Geographic Regions of Asia : South and East
iy G. Etzel Pearcy
A zone arcing around the southern and eastern
peripheries of the Asian Continent from the
Makran coast of West Pakistan to Peter the Great
Bay in Maritime Siberia coincides with the axes
of the world's greatest population concentration.
Some 1.4 billion people, more than half of the
■world total, live in this part of Asia, including its
fringing islands and archipelagoes. India and
China together can claim more than a billion in-
habitants; Japan, Indonesia, and Pakistan each
are fast approaching 100 million. These enormous
census counts exist despite the fact that settlement
is broken in places by momitainous terrain,
stretches of desert, or other areas inhospitable to
man and his efforts to wrest a living from the soil.
This populous crescent of Asia has a heritage
accrued through tens of centuries — a much longer
background than has Europe, which is better
known to most Americans. Since World War II
virtually every sector within the area has experi-
enced political upheaval, adding confusion and,
at times, chaos to an already complex pattern of
civilization. Crisis has followed crisis imtil names
such as Laos, Singapore, Kashmir, Tibet, Quemoy,
and Panmunjom have been set in heavy type with
weary regularity by our news services. Certainly
today all parts of this arcuate region are written
about at lengtli and discussed bv the delegate in
• Mr. Pearcy is the Geographer of the
Department of State. This is the third in
a series of articles which he is v^rlting for the
Bulletin on the notnervclature of geographic
regions. For his articles on the Middle East
ami Latin America, see Bulletin of March 23,
1959, p. ^07, and September U, 1959, p. 38^.
the assembly halls of the United Nations and the
man on the street.
Oddly enough, no generally accepted regional
term is available for identifying the southern and
eastern periphery of Asia as a unit. Joseph E.
Spencer, professor of geogi-aphy at the University
of California, Los Angeles, concentrated on this
area in his textbook, Asia, South iy East, from
which the title of this article is adapted. One
must depend upon rather clumsy expressions such
as "southern and eastern Asia" or "the southern
and eastern parts of Asia" as terms for the entire
region in question. Fortunately, however, a myr-
iad of regional names designate many politico-
geographic areas within the confines of the south-
ern and eastern segments of the great continent.
Each one normally comprises a combination of
political entities, even though any two may over-
lap to some degree. These regional names serve
a useful purpose in discussing world affairs.
A strictly geographic expression, "Monsoon
Asia," can be used correctly to indicate that part
of southern and eastern Asia which is associated
with circulatory winds and heavy seasonal rain-
fall. This area supports a ]iopulation running
into hundreds of millions. But the word "mon-
soon" has no politicogeographic significance, and
as a result it has not gained wide acceptance ex-
cept among geogi-aphers.
The extensive land mass of Asia is frequently
broken down into geograj^hic "realms," .some of
which may be likened to subcontinents. George
B. Cressey, professor of geography at Syracuse
University, recognizes three such realms^(l)
Subcontinent of India and Pakistan, (2) South-
east Asia, and (3) China-Japan — which taken
together generally connote southern and eastern
Asia. This division, despite its lack of precision,
lias gained favor witli other geograpliic writers;
148
Department of Stale Bulletin
nevertheless, some autliorities frown at puttinfjj
the innermost pints of China in the same unit as
the coastal part of the country and Japan. They
do not find that Tokyo and Urumchi have much
in common. The solution suggested is further
subdivision tiiat would create another regional
bloc encompassing the vast expanses of dry terri-
tory remote from the coast.
In current parlance the broad geographic zone
sweeping around the southern and eastern edges
of Asia might be said to comprise: (1) South
Asia, (2) Southeast Asia, and (3) the Far East.
South Asia appeai-s to be a comparatively new
term supplanting the outmoded term of "subcon-
tinent" to denote India and Pakistan together.
Southeast Asia is properly chosen in relation to
the orientation of the area it names. Far East in
its more limited sense supersedes the use of the
country names China and Japan to designate this
huge area. But when examined in more detail,
this apparently innocuous 3-way division is en-
cumbered with problems in nomenclature and with
inconsistencies. Each division in turn demands
further clarification in order that one may better
imderstand the interplay of regional terminology
in this densely populated area.
South Asia
The politicogeographic region of South Asia
encompasses India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Nepal, and
Bhutan. The first three are members of the Brit-
ish Commonwealth, India and Pakistan as inde-
pendent republics and Ceylon as a dominion.
Nepal ranks as a fully independent kingdom, but
Bhutan continues to be guided by India in its
external relations. Sikkim, situated along the
northern boundary of India between Nepal and
Bhutan, is b_v treaty a protectorate of India.
However, one also sees it listed along with Bhutan
as a semi-independent state. The Kashmir area,
which unquestionably falls within the confines of
South Asia, is known as the State of Jammu and
Kashmir and is now considered by India for all
intents and purposes as being a part of India. It
is, however, the subject of a dispute between India
and Pakistan. To continue itemizing the political
entities that make up South Asia one must include
the small Portuguese e.xclaves of Goa, Damao, and
Diu, collectively known as Portuguese India.
"Within recent years Pondichery and four other
MAJOR AXES
OF POPULATION
IN SOUTHERN
AND EASTERN ASIA
French exclaves have become integral parts of
India, although some few legal measures must still
be taken to complete the process.
The place of Afghanistan in a regional group-
ing is less clear cut. Though the boundary line
of South Asia is usually extended to include Af-
ghanistan, that coimtry may at times be identified
as a part of the Middle East. Physically it is re-
lated to the northern reaches of West Pakistan on
the east, the barren plateau lands of Iran on the
west, and the Central Asia Republics of the Soviet
Union on the north. Border problems between
Afghanistan and Pakistan hark back to tribal
difficulties in the British-controlled North-West
Frontier States before partition. Continuing
problems in this area strengthen the relation-
ship— or at least the association — of Afghanistan
with South Asia. At present the Pathan (or
Pushtim) question continues to focus attention on
the Pakistan-Afghanistan boundary area. For
example, one not infrequently sees references to
"Pushtoonistan" (or "Paklitoonistan"), the name
theoretically applied to the area inhabited by
Pushtu-speaking tribes on both sides of the
boundary.
South Asia is not a timewom term. It should
be distinguished from "southern Asia," a strictly
direction-location term which could conceivably
include as much as one-half of the entire continent
and be geographically accurate. In the past the
area now classed so conveniently as South Asia
was held by some to be a part of the Middle East.
February 1, J 960
149
In fact, and not without some logic, this concej^t
still persists to a limited extent. In direct con-
t rast tlie same area has at times been placed within
the domain of tlie Far East, especially among
historians. By virtue of its central position on the
soutliern side of tlie continent, one might face-
tiously define South Asia as the zone where the
Middle East and Far East overlap.
Before partition in 1947 India was widely and
even officially referred to as the Subcontinent.
Tliis terminology automatically set it apart as a
region of significant proportions. A more recently
evolved term, "Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent,"
thougii far from unknown today, a})i)areiitly fails
to replace the concept of an Indian subcontinent.
With little doubt, the term "South Asia," concise
and without strong competition, is a welcome addi-
tion to the traditional list of comprehensive terms
for this politicogeographic region.
Lou'landi of South Asia
AVithin South Asia one finds well-established
subregions, most of them related to the broad geo-
graphic features of either India or Pakistan or
both. Some are of sufficient size and importance
to exert a strong or even dominating influence on
the politicogeographic balance of the much larger
region.
Across India and Pakistan from the Arabian
Sea to the Bay of Bengal is a boomerang-shaped
lowland extending for a distance of more than
2,000 miles. Through a series of interrelated
vallej's flow the waters of the Ganges, Indus, and
Brahmaputra Kivers and their tributaries. Many
of the legendary characters in Kipling's stories of
British India have trod over the lowland, passmg
through Delhi, Lahore, and Rawalpindi. The
region lias tliree names: (1) Indo-Gangetic Plain,
(2) Plain of Hindustan, and (;>) Plain of Xorth-
REGIONAL AREAS
COMMONLY ACCEPTED IN
SOUTHERN^'^o EASTERN ASIA
-^^^^^
lAPAN:
.' n r
OKINAWA -
PACIFIC
\ChYLl)N
\<^ ,..'-L..JVlHT-NAM=:
SOUThi^AST ASIA -^
OCEAN ■
I'Hn IITINKS:
INDIAN OCEAN
150
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
ern India. Tlio latter name, it is significant to
note, continues to be used, though nuich of the
area involved lies in Pakistan. In order to limit
the lowland area to Indian territory one may
speak of the Ciangetic Tlain, or the trans-Gaiigetic
Plain if one includes the low, fertile Punjab coiui-
try in northwestern India. Even with this limi-
tation the lowland is not entirely within a single
country because the delta of the Ganges lies more
in Pakistan than in India.
The Mountain Wall
North of the lowlands rises the mountain wall
forming the southern reaches of the Himalayas.
Except for Kashmir only fragments of India and
Pakistan lie in the high mountainous region.
Nevertheless, the dominating aspect of the Huna-
layan sj'stem gives definite regional characteris-
tics to the northern portions of the two countries.
Terms that are used to designate this northern
fringe include "Mountain "Wall" and the "Hima-
layan Region." In the same vein Nepal, Bhutan,
and Sikkim may be gi-ouped as the Himalayan
states.
Webster would hardly define the southern part
of India as a peninsula. Its shape is actually that
of a gigantic cape, though only Cape Comorin at
the southern extremity of the comitry is so desig-
nated generically. Nevertheless, the term "Indian
Peninsula" finds common acceptance notwith-
standing the fact that it carries two distinct mean-
ings. First, "peninsula" may be used as an ad-
jective applying to all of India as a peninsular
country. Second, it may apply only to that part
south of the Tropic of Cancer, which protrudes
into the waters of the Indian Ocean (or, more
precisely, into the waters of the Arabian Sea and
the Bay of Bengal).
The Deccan Plateau
The huge Deccan Plateau, a distinctive physio-
graphic region, roughly coincides with triangular-
shaped peninsular India. Consequently "Deccan"
has become a regional term, usually implying the
high parts of the country south of the Narbada
River. India and Pakistan have many "regions,"
some of them with populations reaching into the
tens of millions, that are held together by cohesive
traditions. The names of such regions may well
have provided the basis for those of administra-
tive divisions. Probably the two best known re-
gions in this category are the Punjab and Bengal,
homo of tlie Punjabi and the Bengali. Partition
divided both regions, and now India has East
Punjab and We^t Bengal, whereas Pakistan has
West Punjab and East Bengal. As.sociated with
the Punjab in AVest Pakistan, but extending into
India, is the area of the Five Rivers, tributaries
of the Indus: Beas, Chenab, .Jlielum, Ravi, and
Sutlej. Here a physical region cut by an inter-
national boundary assumes tremendous political
significance because of the problem of equitable
distribution of lifegiving water. Other regions
also derive their names from physical features;
for example, the Thar Desert, the Malabar Coast,
and the Western Ghats.
A imique example of logical regional thinldng
lies in the use of the term "Hooghlyside" by
Indians to denote the right bank of the Hooghly
River, opposite Calcutta, which includes the great
industrial city of Howrah. Origin of the terra
must, of course, be credited to the British, who
have their own Merseyside and Tyneside for simi-
lar situations.
Southeast Asia
We can credit university circles for the in-
creased use of the term "Southeast Asia." Since
World War II several academic institutions, in-
cluding Cornell University, have established area
program studies concentrated on this part of the
world. A rising tide of nationalism in lands im-
mediately south of restless Commimist forces gives
a certain stark unity to the southeastern segment
of the Asian Continent. Recognition of its iden-
tity as a regional bloc is further justified by virtue
of its being pi-essed against the teeming millions
of both the Indo-Pakistan community and China.
Some of the countries of Southeast Asia are badly
overcrowded, but for the most part the area has a
population density somewhat less than critical.
The pattern of political sovereignty in South-
east Asia resembles a patchwork design. In his
recent book. The DiTplomacy of Southeast Asia:
191^5-1958, Russell II. Fifield of the University
of Michigan counts eight independent states as
comprising the region — Burma, Thailand, Viet-
Nam, Cambodia, Laos, Malaya, Philippines, and
Indonesia — but several fragmentary dependen-
cies— Singapore, Sarawak, Brunei, North Borneo,
and Portuguese Timor — are likewise included.
Of the latter group all but Portuguese Timor are
ftihruaty T, J 960
151
British. "Western New Guinea, under Dutch ad-
ministration, constitutes a special case and nor-
mally is not considered to be a part of the region.
As might be expected, some authorities take ex-
ception to Dr. Fifield's delineation of Southeast
Asia. Some authors include Taiwan in this re-
gion, despite the close relationship of that island's
histoiy to China and Japan. On the other hand,
one seldom, if ever, finds Hong Kong and Macao
included in any discussion of Southeast Asia.
Even though it is far to the west, some foreign
authors include Ceylon in the region. Other au-
thorities would reduce the extent of Southeast
Asia as defined by Dr. Fifield. British usage, for
example, tends to omit the Philippines. Again,
according to some scholars the term "Southeast
Asia" should actually apply only to the mainland
of tlie Asian Continent ; thus Indonesia as well as
the Philippines would be excluded. Pakistan, by
virtue of its membership in the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization, has a vital interest in
Southeast Asian affairs, but only East Pakistan is
geographically contiguous to the area.
Before Southeast Asia became a popular term,
several names prevailed for identifying regional
blocs in this general sector of the continent. Some
of these names remain in good standing and are
readily recognizable; but for the most part they
are gathering cobwebs or retain only historical
value. As one example, "Farther India," a term
seldom lieard now, refers to peninsular Southeast
Asia. It may or may not encompass the Malay
Peninsula. Complementing Farther India is the
fading concept of Malaysia, wluch refers to an in-
sular Southeast Asia, comprising all the islands —
including the Philippines — that lie off the coast
of Asia between the Indian and Pacific Oceans.
It is the largest island group in the world. But
these islands would also be included in the con-
cept of Australasia.' Almost synonymous Avith
Malaysia is "Malay Archipelago." However, the
Malay Peninsula has at times been regarded as be-
longing to the former, whereas it is seldom in-
cluded in the latter.
Th£, East I Tidies
Although designating an area somewhat more
restricted tlian Malaysia, "P]ast Indies" — more
' Australasia is rarely associated with the area under
discussion, thouRh according to most interpretations the
two would overlap.
specifically, "Netherlands East Indies" or "Dutch
East Indies" — long served as a term to mark off
the chain of islands extending from Sumatra to
New Guinea. The familiar-sounding "Dutch
East Indies" as a political term fell into disuse
after Indonesia gained its independence in 1949.
But geograpliically the term "East Indies" con-
tinues to designate all of the Indonesian islands,
together with British Borneo, Portuguese Timor,
and the island of New Guinea and its offshore
islands. "East Indies" may also apply to a more
widespread area, in some cases including the
Philippines. The term has even been used col-
lectively to denote India, Farther India, and all
the Malaysian area — tliis broad usage probably
dating back to the old concept of the mystic lands
of the East, from whence came the spices. Fi-
nally, vague though it is, the term "the Indies"
when used alone also means East Indies.
Indochina
Indochina (previously hyphenated as Indo-
China) defies rational definition. Geographic
and political versions of the name depart mark-
edly one from the other, the latter now retaining
only a historical meaning. In a purely physical
sense Indochina is usually identified as being co-
extensive with peninsular Southeast Asia, prob-
ably excluding the Malay Peninsula by intent if
not by actual definition.
Conflicting with this geographic connotation,
the term "Indochina" in a political sense formerly
was used only in relation to the Frencli colonies
of the peninsula. "French Indochina" was limited
territorially to the eastern part of peninsular
Southeast Asia comprising Annam, Cambodia,
Cochinchina, Laos, and Tonkin, all major admin-
istrative divisions within French Indochina. The
creation in the early 1950's of the independent
states of Viet-Nam (encompassing Annam, Co-
chinchina, and Tonkin), Cambodia, and Laos
vacated the name "French Indochina" as a valid
political entity. The area including Viet-Nam,
Cambodia, and Laos continues to be called Indo-
china, but without muoli justification. If used at
all, the term should also include Thailand,
Burma, and possibly Malaya.
It is interesting to see how some other countries
apply regional names to Southeast Asia. The
Chinese call it Nanyang, translated as "South
Ocean." Similarly, the Japanese say Nanyo,
which inonns "Soutlieast Seas Area." The Aus-
152
Department of State Bulletin
tralians, on the other hand, bemg faced with an-
other set of directions in viewinj^ this part of tlie
world have quite recently originated the rather
startling term of "Near North." If we wished to
apply the same i-easoning in our part of the world,
we could perhaps call tiie Caribbean Islands and
the northern coastal section of continental South
America as the "Near South."
The Word ''Malay''
Within Southeast Asia the word "Malay" is tiie
key to a variety of regional concepts, botii geo-
graphic and political. Malaysia and Malay Archi-
febroary I, J 960
537159—60 3
pelago have already been discussed, but, in a
mucii more restricted sense, Malay, when used
alone, refers only to the peninsula of that name.
The Malay Peninsula includes the Federation of
Malaya, or simply Malaya, and small sections of
Burma and Tliaiiand. hnmediateiy to the south
and connected by a causeway lies the island of
Singapore, recently elevated in status from a
crown colony to a state within the British Com-
monwealth. Traditionally any reference to the
Afalay Peninsula in a political sense included
Singapore. But the independence of Malaya in
1957 severed the intricate administrative relation-
153
VIENTIANE. ."^ V t^V^S^
S THAILAND ) \%X^^
^\ BANGKOK .^—■^..y"\
\ ^ / CAMBODIA .
i \ 1=) PHNOM /
PENH .
® rvocHis
/SAIGON
SOUTH --
CHINA :
sea:
BORNEO,
SINGAPORE
-Up
ship between the two political entities. Note that
tlie addition of an "a" to Malay, as in Malaya or
in former British Malaya, refers to a political
ratlier than geographic ai'ea. Three other terms
no longer need to be considered except in a his-
torical sense: "Malay States," "Federated IMalay
States," and "Unfederated IMalay States"— all
recoi'ds of water imder the bridge in tlie sequence
of events brought about by resurgent nationalism
in Southeast Asia.
"Philippines," "Eepublic of the Pliilippines,"
and "Pliilippine Islands" are not synonyms.
"Philippines" is the short form of "Eepublic of
the Philippines" and is used more and more in
referring to the relatively new island rei)ub!ic
except on official documents. "The Philippine
Islands" is strictly a geographic term, not erii-
ployed by the Filipinos to designate their national
domain. As an example, one could say that Ma-
nila is located in the Philippine Islands and that
it is the present seat of government of the (Re-
public of the) Philippines.''
Far East
Passing counterclockwise from Southeast Asia
along the periphery of the continent one reaches
the vast region made up of China, Japan, and
Korea. Maritime Siberia as well as scattered off-
shore islands may at times be considered as part
of the same region, though usually by inference
rather than by definition. "Far East" appears to
be the most acceptable term for the area in ques-
tion. It has the asset of long tradition in apply-
ing to the eastern part of Asia. On the other
hand, "Far East" denotes no sharp delineation.
Tlie broadest definition normally given would con-
sist of the enormous land mass of Asia eastward
from the Khyber Pass and Lake Baikal. Even
South Asia and Southeast Asia would be incor-
porated into this broad interpretation of the term.
Conversely, the narrowest interpretation would
confine the area to Japan, Korea, and a China
shorn of its innermost reaches. It is readily ap-
parent that South Asia and Southeast Asia are
terms far more precise than Far East.
Another term not without some specific regional
connotations is "East Asia." Less widely recog-
nized than Far East, it may be applied to about
the same area. In the new geogi'aphy textbook
7'he Pattern of Asia, edited by Norton Ginsburg
of the Universit}' of Chicago, "East Asia" is given
preference over "the Far East." The point is
made that ". . . the term 'Far East' came to be
applied to East Asia." As a further example,
the Japanese prior to World War II coined the
expression "Greater East Asia Coprosperity
Sphere." Here a regional term lent itself to
political and military action.
More vague than either "the Far East" or "East
Asia" is the term "Orient." Though strong in
cultural implications, it is becoming obsolete in
a regional sense. Plowever, there are those who
continue to look upon China and Japan as the
Oirient. Othei-s would also sweep Korea and
Soutlicast Asia into the category because of com-
mon cultural patterns and religious traditions as
■' Quezon City has been decreed the capital of the
I'hilippines, but as yet most government offices remain in
Manila pending actual transfer.
154
Department of State Bulletin
well as a somewhat similar physio <i;iiomy of (lie
people tlii-oujihout Miis laijjer rejjioii. Indeed,
some exti-emists deem aiiytiiing ''east of Suez" as
"oriental." It can be noted, however, that tlie
word "Orient'' as an antonym of "Occident" does
not necessarily carry a rejjjional meaning and tlms
may well apply in a cultural sense to all of Asia.
Northeast Asia
Tlie area normally included in tlie Far East
breaks down into two clear-cut divisions: (1)
Xortlieast Asia and (2) China. The Japanese
islands and Korea together make up "Noilheast
Asia," a term rapidly gaining favor politically if
not geogi'upiiically. Manchuria and the eastern
part of tlie Soviet Union fit into any logical loca-
tional concept of this region, since they also lie
north and east in Asia. But any term delineating
such a heterogeneous combination of political en-
tities and parts of political entities seizes no well-
defined purpose other than for consideration of
the phy.sical landscape. Henc«, for most effective
applications of the term, "Northeast Asia" is lim-
ited to Japan and Korea. One would tlierefore
hardly envision it — encompassmg only two coun-
tries— to be complementary to a more spacious
Southeast Asia in any worldwide pattern of re-
gional blocs. China itself makes up tlie second
of the Far East subdivisions, and its politico-
geographic complexity entitles it to special
consideration.
Greater China
The vast area of Greater China in its traditional
sense holds within it five politicogeographic re-
gions tliat ha\e survived for centuries in one form
or another and are still known today : Manchuria,
Mongolia, Sinkiang, Tibet, and China Proper.
In size each one would compare favorably with a
group of "Western European countries. Their
geographic limits, never sharp in themselves, have
seldom coincided with the ever-changing limits of
political control. Even in the face of ill-defined
borders, these major subdivisions are widely ac-
cepted to designate segments of the eastern Asia
mainland.
Mfinrhuria. Wedged between Soviet territory
and the Korean peninsula, the Manchurian region
is sometimes called Northeastern China. In the
1930's the Japanese incursion into Manchuria
changed the name on maps to Manchukuo (or
TRADITIONAL CONCEPTS OF
GREATER CHINA
f ^.
L.S.s.R.
r
^^^ /•■/■ -^
-' '^•■>...-^"pMANCHURIA j
OUTER MONGOIIA ^ '' X. C
Z^
-.MONGOLIA'
/.""sinkiang y V" ^ -^^o^^r"
Manchoukuo) but without widespread or lasting
effects.
Mongolia. Mongolia is an area of internal
drainage suited only to nomadism, occupied by
Mongols, lying north of the Great Wall. The wide
expanse of Mongolia further subdivides geo-
graphically into Outer and Inner Mongolia, the
latter less arid and lying nearer China Proper
than the former.
Sinkiang. Sinkiang is made up of a series of
large basins and broad tablelands loosely stretch-
ing from the Kirgiz Steppe to tlie Kuiduu ilouii-
tains. The western and central parts correspond
to Chinese Turkestan (or Turkistan).
Tibet. Known as the "roof of the world," Tibet
is formed by a high plateau rimmed by still higher
mountains that have over the centuries fostered
the development of an isolated politicoreligious
regime. The name "Tibet" has both physical and
political meaning, though in the East the two do
not necessarily coincide.
China Proper. The name "China" itself long
had two meanings. It could be construed as en-
compassing the four outlying areas of Manchuria,
Mongolia, Sinkiang, and Tibet — often called
Greater China. Or it migiit exclude them and be
coextensive witli tlie 18 old provinces south of the
Great Wall. ' Tiiis area, known to geographers
as China Proper, closely corresponds to the popu-
lar conception of China as a land of teeming mil-
'Anhwei, Choki.-iiig, Fukicn, Iloiiun, Hopph, Hunan,
Hupeh, Knnsu, Kiangsi, Kiangsu, Kwang.>;i, Kwangtung,
Kweichow, Shansi, Shantung, Shensl, Szechwan, and
Yunnan.
febwaiy J, I960
155
lions. Even here there is a well-established
breakdown into North China and South China,
with cultural o\ertones based on regional
differences.
In contrast to the broad dimensions of China,
the narrow limits of Japan furnish few regional
concepts of any appreciable dimensions. "North-
east Japan" and "Soutlieast Japan" are well recog-
nized, each based on segments of the populous
Pacific margin of the islands. Several other areas,
some of them quite small, have likewise become
associated with well-known names. Of primary
importance are the names of the four major islands
that comprise the country and also serve as re-
gional names: Honshu, Hokkaido, Kyushu, and
Shikoku. Honshu has nearly 60 percent of the
area and apjn-oximately 75 percent of the popula-
tion of Japan and, because of its relative impor-
tance, frequently assumes the role of the
archipelago's "mainland." The situation is some-
what comparable to that of Great Britain in its
relation to the British Isles.
The geogi-aphic term "Inland Sea" {Seto Nai-
kai) identifies the busy body of water separating
Honshu from Shikoku and Kyushu. In the cen-
ter of Honshu a zone of rugged volcanic momi-
tains has assumed recognition as the Japanese
Alps. Finally, almost on a miniature scale, are
the Kanto, Nobi, and Kinki Plains along the
southern Honshu coast, which are fertile pockets
supporting the largest cities and densest popu-
lation.
Department of State Regional Bureaus
The crescent-shaped southern and eastern por-
tion of Asia under discussion falls within the
jurisdiction of two regional bureaus in the De-
partment of State. In the Bureau of Near East-
eni and South Asian Affairs (NEA) the Office
of South Asian Affaii's (SOA)carries responsi-
bility for an area closely corresponding to tlie
concept of South Asia presented in this article.
In tlie Bureau of Far Eastern Affaii-s (FE) tlic
relationships l)etween regional responsil)ilities and
tlie politicogeographic area known as the Far
East are apparent but somewhat more intricate
than in SOA. The Office of Soutlieast Asian Af-
fairs (SEA) covere peninsular Southeast Asia
except Malaya, Singapore, and British Borneo.
These latter plus Indonesia and tlie Pliilippines,
normally considered as part of the same region
geographically, make up part of the extensive
coverage of the Office of Southwest Pacific Affairs
(SPA), which also includes almost all of Oceania.
The Far East as we have visualized it in this
article is divided between the Office of Chinese
Affaii's (CA), which is responsible for affaire on
the Commimist-controlled mainland, in free
China, and in Hong Kong, and tlie Office of North-
east Asian Affairs (NA), the latter encompassmg
only Japan, the Ryukyus, and Korea. Thus,
with but one noteworthy modification — that of
msular southeast Asia — the Departmental bi-eak-
down of regional offices within the regional bu-
reaus does not deviate from accepted geograi>hic
concepts.
East Versus West
Somewhere seaward from the outer eastern pe-
ripheiy of the Asian Continent lies a shadowy line
which in the American miiid divides East from
"West. Inheriting much of our directional out-
look from Europe, we nonnally regard any point
in Asia as being East. To us, the Far East is
the same as it is for, say, a Belgian or a Greek.
Such a concept is not always plausible fi-om the
standpoint of the distance involved. For exam-
ple, from San Francisco to Tokyo the distance is
nearly 20,000 miles if one measures in an easterly
direction, but only .5,100 miles in a westerly
direction.
Even though we think of Japan, the Philip-
pines, and other parts of Asia as Ijeing in the East,
a westbound crossing of the Pacific to Asia gives
us a western outlook in relation to the ocean itself
and its western borderlands. Pamdoxically. then,
we may think of the Pacific's western margin as
either West or East. Americans have come to
associate certain areas with a western direction.
For example, during World War II our experi-
ences in the southwest Pacific turned our minds
westward. Pearl Harbor and, later on, Tarawa,
Guadalcanal, and Leyte loomed as trouble spots
in the west. Likewise, we presently look into the
setting sun toward our ba.stions of defense in the
western Pacific, notwithstanding the fact that
(hey lie along the margin of the Asian Continent
itself. On the other liand, all conceptions of a
"West" disappear with any fundamental analy-
sis of the continent itself. The Koreans, the
Japanese, the Filipinos, and others native to
156
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
Asian soil ni-e unquestionably of the East, As
Americans we liave an antipoilcjin way of fliink-
mg which is very sjiecial indeed.
Changing of Names
In any pari of the world ideographic place
i names inevitably undergo cliange witli tiie pass-
ing of time. A new discoveiy, a new hero, an
alteivd political outlook, or perliaps boredom witli
an existing order may stimulate innovations in
geographic terminology. In some parts of south-
ern and eastern Asia since World War II impres-
sive lists of names have been switched, usually
from a P^uropean to an Asiatic tongue. The Indo-
nesians, for example, elected to substitute place
names of their own language for those conceived
by the Dutch during colonial days. With the
introduction of Djakarta we no longer think of
Katavia, former name of the great metropolis on
the Island of Java. Some changes in Indonesia
have Ijeen less revolutionary, as Surabaja for Soer-
baja. Nor have island names escaped the Indo-
nesian drive for its own tenninologv'. One
frequently sees Djaioa for Java, Sunmteiu for
Sumutra, Kalimantan for Borneo, Svlawesi for
Celebes, and so on.
In India, too, place name clumges evidence the
surge of a new national spirit. Indians have
vacated Englisli names of provinces and cities in
favor of their own. Zhiited Pravinces became
Vttar Pradesh (fortunately without changing the
standard abbreviation). In some cases the
changes have been rather obvious, as Kdnpur for
Caionpore and Bnndras for Benares. In otlier
cases, city names that were already complex sound-
ing in English l>ecame even more complex
sounding in an Indian language. Two examples
are TlniehirdppaUi for TnchinopoTy and Yiz-
akhnpatnam for Vizagapatam',
Summary
Increasing politicogeograpliic importance is be-
ing attached to the peripheral crescent of south
and east Asia which must support more people
than all of the rest of the world put together.
The continued centrifugal expansion of world
power from established centers in the Western
World more and more embroils Asiatic regions
in international politics. Since the close of World
AVar II, Karachi,* New IX'lhi, Colombo, Hungoon,
T>jakar(a, Kuala Linnpur, I'hnom Penli, Saigon,
Vientiane, anti Manila liave all been adiled to the
constellation of world capitals. On television it
is not at all unconunon to hear on-the-spot com-
mentators speaking from these cities as well as
from Ix)ndon, Paris, Kome, Pretoria, .\nkara, and
Buenos Aires. It is es,sential to i-ecognize South
Asia, Southeast Asia, and the Far East as the
critical world regional blocs that they are and
to laiow them well in terms of geographic nomen-
clature. Should more precise meanings be re-
quired for these and other i-egional terms, one nuiy
always specifically say what is included. To do so
by no means invalidates the usefulness of the terms
themselves.
Americans Reminded To Reregister
Mining Concessions in Cuba
Press release 18 dated January 15
In connection with Cuban Law 617 issued by
the Cuban Council of Ministere on October 27,
1959, and published in the Offlcial Gazette of the
Republic of Cuba October 30, 1959, American citi-
zens are reminded of the deadline of February 27,
1960, for the required reregistration of title of
ownership of mining concessions in Cuba. Solici-
tors and nominal beneficiaries of exploitations of
minerals classified under the second and third sec-
tions in the Decree Law of Bases of December 29,
1868, in Cuba must also reregister their requests.
These registrations are to be made with the Mine
and Petroleum Department of the Cuban Ministry
of Agriculture in Habana, Cuba. The Cuban law
provides that, if registration is not made in accord-
ance with the provisions of law, ownership and
concession rights revert to the state.
In effecting the reregistration, the law states
grantees are obligated to declare, if appropriate,
the name and otlier personal data of persons to
whom the mines are leased.
The Department understands that the reregis-
tration taxes are as follows:
Tending the constructii)n of the new capital city on
the Potwar Plateau, Rawalpindi is serrinR as the admin-
istrative center of Pakistan. Meanwhile, Karachi re-
mains the legal capital.
f&bruarf 7, I960
157
(a) Payment of $100 for reregistration request
for each mine.
(b) Payment of an amiual tribute of $20 per
hectare for mines which are not under adequate
exploitation in the judgment of the Mine and Pe-
trolemn Department of the Ministry of Agri-
culture.
(c) Payment of a $10 annual tribute per hec-
tare for mines which are being adequately
exploited in the judgment of the Mine and Petro-
leum Department.
The law also provides that, aside from the an-
nual tribute on the surface level, grantees are
obligated to pay the state as a sliare 5 percent in
cash or in its equal value as determined by tlie
state on the calculated vahie of the minerals ex-
tracted in tlieir concessions in accordance with
the higliest average yearly quotation registered
in the world market. If exported, the participa-
tion of the state in tlie minerals or concentrates
of minerals will be 25 percent of the value thereof.
United States Protests
Cuban Property Seizures
Department Statement
Press release 7 dated January 11
Ambassador Philip AY. Bonsai, who retm-ned
to Habana on Sunday [January 10], delivered
today [Januaiy 11] to the Ministry of Foreign
Relations a note,^ prepared in the Department of
State during the Ambassador's period of con-
sultation in Washington, protesting to the Gov-
ernment of Cuba tlie numerous actions taken by
officials of that Government which are coiisidered
by the United States Government to be in denial
of the basic rights of ownership of United States
citizens in Cuba — rights pro\'ided under both
Cuban law and generally a<^cepted international
law.
The actions in question involve principally the
seizui'e and occupation of land and buildings of
United States citizens without court orders and
frequently without any written authorization
whatever, the confiscation and removal of equip-
ment, the seizure of cattle, the cutting and re-
moval of timber, the plowing under of pastures,
all without the consent of the American owners.
In many cases no inventories were taken nor were
any receipts proffered nor any indication afforded
that payment was intended to be made. These
acts have been carried out in the name of the
National Agrarian Reform Institute.
(A case was cited in which a marine dredge
and a tugboat under United States registry valued
at approximately half a million dollars were
seized without any writt«n authorization, inven-
tory, or receipt.)
Several of these cases have been previously
brought to the attention of the Government of
Cuba by the Embassy of the United States but
without result. Nor have the direct protests of
the interested parties been fi'uitfvd.
The United States Goverimient in its notes of
June 11 - and October 12, 1959,^ to the Govern-
ment of Cuba expressed its full support of
soundly conceived programs for rural betterment,
including land reform. This support has been
demonstrated by United States assistance given
such progi'ams in many countries. However, the
United States Government at the same time ex-
pressed its firm belief that their attainment is not
furtliered by the failure of the Government of
Cuba to recognize the legal rights of United
States citizens who have made in\estments in
Cuba in reliance upon the adherence of the Gov-
ernment of Cuba to principles of equity and
justice.
'Not printed; for a Department statement concerning
Ambassador Bonsai's meeting with Cuban President
Osvaldo Dorticos at Habana on Oct. 27, 1959, see
Bulletin of Nov. 16, 1959, p. 715.
^ For the substance of the note of June 11,
June 29. 19."i9, p. 058.
' Not printed.
see ibid..
158
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Operation of the Mutual Security Program, January 1-June 30, 1959
EXCERPTS FROM 16TH SEMIANNUAL REPORT TO CONGRESS
PRESIDENT'S LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To the Congress of the United States:
Transmitted herewith is the Sixteenth Semi-
annual Report on the operation of the Mutual Se-
curity Program for the period ending Jmie 30,
1959. The report was prepared under the direc-
tion of the Coordinator for the Mutual Security
Program by the Department of State, including
the International Cooperation Administration, the
Department of Defense, and the Development
Loan Fund.
The information set forth in the report demon-
strates once again that today our national security
is directly involved with nations and happenings
throughout the world.
The Mutual Security Program is flexibly de-
signed to meet military threats where they occur
and to make an effective contribution toward the
cooperative effort of the nations of the free world
to promote economic development.
The economic problems of the newly developing
nations of the world pose a challenge to our wis-
dom and energy, and to our steadfastness of pur-
pose, that is as demanding in its own way as the
blunt threat of an armed attack. Our economic
development and economic aid programs are de-
signed to meet this challenge and its ever-chang-
ing problems by selective and prudent use of the
talents and resources available under the Mutual
Security Program.
' H. Doc. 299, 86th Cong., 2(J 8e.ss. : reprinted here are
chapters I through IV. Copies of the report may be ob-
tained upon reque.st from the Office of Public Services,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
The military, economic and technical assistance
provided by the Mutual Security Program is essen-
tial to the achievement of our foreign i)olicy ob-
jectives. A strong Program, vigorously and
intelligently implemented, will see the challenge
tliat confronts us surmounted. But a weakening
of the Program can only invite the destruction of
our free-world society.
This report affords the Congress a means of
measuring what has been done by the United
States and its friends to preserve a world where
men and nations can live in freedom, without
fear.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House
January H, 1960
I. CHALLENGE AND RESPONSE
In the 14 years since the end of "World AVar II it
has become entirely clear that the social, political,
and economic structure of the world is undergoing
a profound and sometimes violent change. Old
empires have disappeared and new countries have
risen in their place. Nearly all of them live with
intense desires for rapid internal developments.
Taking advantage of the hopes of the new coun-
tries, as well as of the dislocations and exhaustion
of the war, the Soviet Union extended its control
in the immediate postwar years over formerly in-
dependent countries, and continues its efforts to
extend and increase its control everywhere else.
The Mutual Security Program (MSP) is one of
February I, I960
159
the most important tools designed to cope with the
external dangers to the security of the United
States. In the broadest sense, it protects our se-
curity by shielding the free world from external
attack. At the same time behind the shield, it is
helping to strengthen its political and economic
stability. The danger we face externally is com-
plex and continuing. At one end of the scale it
begins with the skillfully manipulated military
threat of the Soviet Union to the physical safety
of the United States, its allies, and other nations
of the free world. At the other end of the scale it
ends with a more diffuse but no less real threat.
This is the explosion that may result if people in
the emergent countries are frustrated in their de-
teimination to end the squalor and hunger and
sickness in which they live. As these are totally
different kinds of danger to our security, so must
the methods employed in dealing with them be
different.
With the end of World War II, the nature of
the threat to the United States and the West
altered abruptly. From the clear cut test of war
with the Axis Powers, the threat shifted to the
shadowy area where the economic exhaustion of
our Western allies might make them powerless
victims of the Soviet Union, whose leaders were
flushed with victory and intent on extending their
power westward until stopped. This threat was
countered by the "Marshall Plan" which was de-
signed to restore vigor to the exliausted economies
of Western Europe and thus encourage in the
peoples and governments of Western Europe the
will to protect their independence. The associated
military threat posed by the existence of huge
Soviet forces garrisoned in the Baltic States,
Poland, East Germany, Austria, and Hungary
was countered by the creation of the North Atlan-
tic Treaty Organization (NATO). The United
States provided much of the motive force in de-
veloping the military forces of the NATO coun-
tries, and in the earlier days of NATO provided
the lion's share of the modern equipment used by
NATO forces. The United States also furnished
much of the military leadership in (he higher
eclielons of NATO.
The economic viability of Western Europe wiis
restored, in part by the assistance furnished
through the Marshall Plan, in part by the vigorous
efforts of the western Europeans themselves, and
in part by the cumulative effect of these and other
factors on the revival of world trade. ^Mien it
had accomplished its purpose (ahead of schedule),
the Marshall Plan was terminated in 1951. The
introduction of limited currency convertibility in
late 1958 — which meant in fact that all western
European currencies were "hard"— symbolized the
return to full vigor of the European economy.
While the favorable nature of the economic,
political, and military developments in Europe
permitted the termination of the Marshall Plan
and the substantial scaling down of military aid
in that area, the Soviet threat to Western Europe
and the overall threat to the security of the United
States continues; checked in Europe, it has broad-
ened its scope and assumed less easily identifiable
forms.
The Mutual Security Program is designed in
part to cope with the military threat to the free
world. The continuation of this threat will in
all likelihood require the continued existence of
its military arm, the Military Assistance Program.
But even if the military threat were to disappear
tomorrow, other problems of almost equal severity
would continue to call on our ingenuity and our
resources. These problems, often hard to identifj'
at fii-st glance as threats to the United States, are
in general centered around the aspirations of the
new and underdeveloped countries of Africa, Asia,
and Latin America. The drive to achieve these
aspirations, sometimes called the revolution of
rising expectations, has its internal political ex-
pression in every country concerned. Here mil-
lions on millions of people have seen that it is not
ordained that they must live in perpetual squalor
and illness, on the ragged edge of starvation, and
their political leaders press the point home. In a
variety of ways this revolution is moving forward
by fits and starts, often uncertain of its direction,
sometimes involved in the free world struggle
against communism, sometimes not. The Ameri-
can people sympathize with these aspirations, and
wish the new and underdeveloped countries well
in their .struggle to improve their lot. But sym-
pathy aside, it is clearly in the interest of the
Ignited States that we assist this movement so that
the underdeveloped countries may take tiieir place
as free, independent and prosperous members of
the conununity of nations as quickly as possible
and witli the least possible stress and turmoil. It
160
Department of State Bulletin
is equally apaiiist our interests that this forward
moveineut be stifled or hindered. To lianiper tliis
movement would bi-eeti only frustration and more
explosive threats to political and economic
stability.
One of the sparks that set off the revolution of
nsinnr expectations early in the postwar period
was the dramatic effect of the worldwide applica-
tion of public health measures. Malaria was al-
most wiped out in large areas of the world, thus
reducing the death rate drastically. Other health
measures applied for tlie first time on a large scale
had equally startling effects, and stemming from
them, at least in part, what constitutes a significant
rise in the population figures is now under M-ay.
Tlie explosion is taking place in the least devel-
oped countries, those most possessed by the revo-
lutionary urge to improve the physical lot of their
people, and those least able to cope with the deluge
of new mouths to feed. Thus, where creating^
viable modern society would have been a difficult
job at best, it now becomes immensely more com-
plicated and more urgent. Tlie rapid gi-owth of
population may well prove to be one of the great-
est obstacles to economic and social progress and
the maintenance of political stability in many of
the less developed areas of the world.
These are some of the great problems affecting
the security of the United States at both short and
long range, with which the ilutual Security Pro-
gram is designed to deal. The nature of the
threats to the security of the United States and the
stability of the free world have shifted during the
10 years of life of the MSP. We must also expect
that the nature of the problems we face in 1959
will change in the years to come, and our response
to the new face these problems present must also
change accordingly. To meet these shiftmg prob-
lems, the introduction of new tools and techniques
—the International Development Association for
example — is well underway.
The United States can neglect or ignore only at
its own ultimate peril the grave problems sketched
in the precedmg paragraphs. It has been clearly
recognized that they constitute a threat to our
security; they have been and are being dealt with.
"Wliat has been the price for coping with these
problems through the Mutual Security Program?
For fiscal year 1959 the Congress appropriated
$3.4 billion for all MSP activities, of which $1.5
I'llhon was for militaiy assistance. This figure of
$3.1 billion w,is .74 percent of our Gross National
Product, 4.;5 percent of the Federal budget, and
equal to 8.4 percent of the military appropriations
for the year. To help put this sum in belter per-
spective, during fiscal year 1959 the Amei-Jcan peo-
ple spent $17 billion on recreation, includijig $:{
bdlion on radio and television, $30.4 billion on the
purchase and operation of automobiles, and $4.5
billion on household furniture.
The following pages contain the record of the
problems with which the Mutual Security Pro-
gram contended during fiscal year 1959 and the
steps taken to solve these problems. Sometimes
the response failed of its purpose; far more often,
however, the hard work, ingenuity, and skill of
the military and civilian authore and executors of
MSP, using the tools with which they were
equipped, achieved the results sought for.
II.
THE DRAPER COMMITTEE REPORT
In November 1958 the President appointed a
committee composed of distinguished private cit-
izens to make an "independent, objective and non-
partisan analysis of the militaiy assistance aspects
of our Mutual Security Program . . ." The
President indicated he was "particularly inter-
ested in your committee's critical appraisal .
of the relative emphasis which should be given to
military and economic programs . . ." =
The report prepared in response to the Presi-
dent's insti-uctions is thoughtful, detailed, and
comprehensive. It goes deeply into why the
ilutual Security Program exists, how it operates,
and the relationship between the two major i)ai-ts
of the program, military aid, and economic aid.
A close study of the report will be well repaid
with a clear understanding of the major forces
' For names of members of the Committee, see Bt'lletin
of Dec. 15, 19,-»8, p. O'A. For text of the Conimittee-s re-
port of Mar. 17, 1959, and the President's letter of trans-
mittal to Conpress, see ibitl., ,Iune 1, 1959, p. 79<;; for text
of the Committee's letters of transmittal of their reports
of June 3, July 1.3, and Aug. 17, 19.^.9, to the President, to-
gether with the President's letters of transmittal to Con-
gress, see ibid., July 13, 1959, p. 40, Aug. 10, 1959, p. 208.
and Sept. 14, 1959, p. 390.
February 1, 1960
161
at work in the world today, and how they affect
American security.
The report makes constructive criticisms of
some aspects of MSP and offere recommendations
for changes designed to cure the flaws it dis-
cerned, in both military and economic aspects of
the program. These recommendations are now
under intensive study in the executive brancli of
the Government, and certain of them have already
been adopted.
The following paragraphs briefly sketch out
and summarize some of the major conclusions and
recommendations of tlie Committee.
In response to the President's request for a crit-
ical appraisal of the relative emphasis which
should be given to militai-y and economic pro-
grams, the committee observed that it knew of no
continuing fonnula that could satisfactorily de-
tei-mine the relative emphasis, whether overall or
in respect to any particular country.
The Committee stated that from tlie standpoint
of U.S. interests it saw no competitive relation-
ship between military and economic assistance,
and did not consider that the Military Assistance
Program (MAP) is too great in relation to the
economic aid and development program.
In another recommendation of a general nature,
the Committee urged a major, sustained effort to
make available to tlie public all the facts about
the program. In order to do so it recommended
that:
. . . Presidential instructions be issued to the appropri-
ate agencies to institute vigorous measures to inform tlie
American public adequately concerning MSP ; and . . .
that unjustified attaclis upon the program be answered
publicly, promptly and forcefully. . . .
Military Assistance — Past Performance
1. The Mutual Security Program has played a
significant role in deterring a third world war, in
keeping many nations free, in supporting our
strategic system of alliances and overseas bases,
and in providing hope for economic progress
among the peoples of the less developed countries.
2. The Military Assistance Program has pro-
vided coliesion, strength, and credibility to our
collective security arrangements. It . . . has been
one of the principal instruments abroad support-
ing our foreign policy objectives over this decade
of clash with communism.
3. It provided a large part of the weapons,
material, and other support which made possible
the rearmament of Europe. For the past decade,
further Communist encroachment in this vital
area has thereby been denied, and the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization continues as an
essential security bulwark of the free world.
4. It achieved the strengthening of the nations
around the periphery of the Sino-Soviet bloc.
5. The Military Assistance Progi'am influenced
a shift in current Communist tactics from direct
military aggression to subversion, propaganda,
and economic offensives.
Military Assistance — Recommendations for the
Future
1. The Committee concluded that the necessary
average level of expenditures that should be
marked for military assistance over the next few
years is not likely to be less, in general, than that
required in the recent past. Continued appropria-
tions at the present $1.5 or $1.6 billion level would
result in a reduction in the program by one-third
of the present ratio of deliveries. ^ The Committee
pointed out that such a reduction would in fact
amount to a fundamental change in U.S. national
policy, implying a strategic retreat in the face of
the Communist threat.
2. $400 million should be made available, pri-
marily for the NATO area, in addition to the $1.6
billion requested for fiscal year 1960. ^
3. Military assistance should be planned and
proposed on a long term basis — 3 and later 5 years.
4. There should be a continuing authorization
for the military assistance appropriation, in order
to provide a sound legislative framework for
multiyear planning and programing.
5. The military assistance appropriation should
be placed in the Department of Defense budget.
(It has been carried heretofore as a major separate
item in the budget of the Mutual Security Pro-
gram, with Technical Cooperation, the Develop-
ment Loan Fund, and so fortli.)
' This portion of the Committee Report was written in
early 1959, during fiscal year 1959, when appropriations
were $1.5 billion. Appropriations for MAT for fiscal year
196() were reduced by the Congress to $1.3 billion. [Foot-
note in original.]
162
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Economic Aid — Past Performance
1. The substantiiil expenditures niado in recent
yeai-s for economic assistance are justilied on
grounds both of enlightened self-interest and of
our moral resiwnsibility to oui"seIves to do what
we can to help other people realize their legitimate
aspirations.
2. Economic aid programs assist less developed
nations in achieving economic progress and there-
by promote an international climate which facili-
tates the realization of our own national objectives
and those of the free world. At the same time,
these programs decrease the opportunities for
Communist political and economic domination.
3. Irrespective of the Communist threat, the
economic development of these nations is a desir-
able end in itself. The United States cannot
prosper in isolation. The strength of our economy
and the survival of our free institutions are de-
pendent upon our being a part of a community of
nations which is making acceptable economic and
political progress.
4. There is no implication (by the Committee)
that we must continue all of our economic assist-
ance programs indefinitely.
5. The economic development of a country is
primarily its own responsibility. Aid . . . should
not ordinarily be furnished and cannot achieve
real results unless the recipient nation has the
desire and determination to help itself.
6. Many forms of U.S. economic assistance must
continue for as long as the Communist threat
exists, and certainly until greater economic prog-
ress has been made in underdeveloped nations.
7. Management of our aid activities has become
an extraordinarily difficult administrative under-
taking. "While administration and coordination
of these programs has improved in recent years,
there is no question that some of the criticisms
made in connection with economic aid programs
are justified. However, the programs must be
continued and better administered not emasculated
or abandoned.
Recommendations for Future Economic Aid
1. Starting in fiscal year 1961 funds for devel-
opment lending under the Mutual Security Pro-
gram should be made available at the rate of $1
billion a year.
2. Continuing authorization and longer range
funding should be provided for the Development
Ix)an Fund (l)LF). (At i)resent authorization,
i.e., the contiimed life of DLF, has been provided
by the Congress on a 2-year basis. Appropriations
for the lending capital of tlio Fund have Ixmn
made annually. These procedures make forward
plamiing by the United States and the borrowing
country extremely difficult.)
3. Contiiuiing authorization should be provided
for technical assistance. (Congressional authori-
zation, i.e., continued life, is given to the Tecluiical
Cooperation Program on a year-to-year basis.
The nature of tecluiical cooperation (described
briefly in chapter 2) is such that projects can
rarely be plamied and brought to completion in 1
year. Sensible and prudent planning of effective
projects thus becomes very difficult.)
4. Available surplus agricultural commodities
should be utilized more effectively, extensively,
and flexibly than at present in support of mutual
security objectives.
5. A single agency should be responsible for
administering the major related economic assist-
ance programs and activities.
III. OPERATIONS OF THE PROGRAM
Fiscal Aspects
For fiscal year 1959 the Congress appropriated
$3,448 billion for the Mutual Security Program.
This figure included a supplemental appropriation
of $150 million for the Development Loan Fund.
The chart on p. 164 illustrates how ]\ISP funds
were divided among major elements of the pro-
gram. Table 1 illastrates tlie allocation of funds
by region and type of assistance for fiscal year
1959.
The sum appropriated by the Congress, in legis-
lation finally approved on August 28, 1958, was 16
percent less than that requested by the President.
It amounted to % of 1 percent of our Gross Na-
tional Product in 1958, and was slightly more
than was spent by the American people for radio
and television sets in 1958.
With Mutual Security Program funds, aid was
given to 60 countries during fiscal year 1959. The
great variety of purposes it was designed to
achieve are described in detail later in this report.
$1,551 billion in military assistance was provided
to 38 countries, and $807 million in defense sup-
February 1, 1960
163
MUTUAL SECURITY APPROPRIATIONS
($ Millions)
FY 1959
FY I960
Sopplementol $150
Other Programs
Contingency
$155
iSpeciol Ass
|$200
Technical Cooperoti
Total.. .$3,448'
Million
Other Programs
Confingency
Total... $3, 226
Million
'Includes DLf supplemental appropriation ot $150 million.
port was obligated under programs in 12 coun-
tries, all of which (witli one exception — Spain)
are on the periphery of the Sino-Soviet bloc.
$282 million was obligated for special assistance,
and $166 million for the Technical Cooperation
Programs, carried out in 49 countries and 9 terri-
tories. The Congress appropriated $550 million
for DLF operations during the year. Against
available loan capital formal loan offers of $596
million were made, and $522 million was obligated.
In general it should be noted that a substantial
proportion of the goods and services purchased or
ordered with funds appropriated by the Congress
are not actually delivered during the same year
for which the funds are appropriated. This is
due to time necessarily consumed in planning, and
in ordering, manufacturing, and final delivery of
the goods or services in question. Most, although
not all, of the goods and services which were
ordered — that is, for which funds were obli-
gated— m fiscal year 1958 wei'e actually delivered
in fiscal year 1959. Similarly those for which
funds were obligated in fiscal year 1959 will be de-
livered during fiscal year 1960. In general pay-
ment for goods and services is made at the time of
delivery . Therefore, most funds appropriated by
the Congress for fiscal j'ear 1959 and obligated by
the MSP during fiscal year 1959, are actually paid
out as expenditures during fiscal year 1960, and in
subsequent years.
Operations
The operations of the MSP during fiscal year
1959 were affected bj' a series of crises during the
first half of the fiscal year, and relatively normal
operating conditions during the second half. Be-
tween July and December 1958 the Lebanon crisis
occurred, the Iraq Government was o\er(hrown
by revolution, a grave crisis developed in Jordan,
a coup d'etat took place in Pakistan, and the Gov-
ernment of Sudan fell. In addition the Berlin
crisis was precipitated by the U.S.S.R. On the
other side of the world, the Taiwan Strait crisis
was precipitated by the Chinese Comnnniists.
This list by no means exhausts the catalog of coun-
tries in crisis and ferment during (he year; some,
like Tibet, had no direct imjmct on ojionUions of
164
Depar/menf of State Bulletin
the MSP. Other countries, like Iran, while not
inflamed by internal crisis, were subjected to the
stresses and tensions created by revolutions in ad-
joining countries.
The second half of the year was relatively free
of crises. MSP operations, after adjusting to the
problems created in the first half of the year, went
forward in as normal a fashion as is jiossible in
such an immensely complicated operation.
Administratively, strenuous efforts were made
to increase efficiency, both by the Washington
agencies involved and their representatives in the
field. The Draper Committee report, described in
more detail elsewhere in this report, pointed out
that "there is no more difficult administrative
undertaking in the United States Government
than . . . the management of the various eco-
nomic assistance programs . . ." Measurable
progress was made in recruiting personnel well
adapted to overseas life, and in training them
after recruitment. Various internal steps de-
signed to speed up operations were taken. For ex-
ample, by November 30, 1958, ICA had approved
programs representing 89 percent of its fiscal year
1959 funds, compared with 26 percent a year
earlier. By the end of December 1958, 38 percent
of the fimds available to ICA for fiscal year 1959
had been obligated, compared with 25 percent a
year earlier.
Similar efforts to improve the administrative
aspects of the Military Aid Program were also
being taken.
Military Assistance Program (MAP)
The Military Assistance Program, for wliich
$1,515 billion was appropriatexl in fiscal year
1959, is designed U) lielj) support tlie collective
security effort of the fi-ee woild and strengthen
the cxjminon defense. The MAP coofMsrates with
47 countries in a great variety of ways. The ac-
tual form which militai-y assistance takes varies
from region to region and country to country,
taking into account different capabilitias, degree
of threat and strategic importance, political cli-
mate, and economic strength. In general the cri-
teria used in deciding whether to provide military
assistance are the following: (1) the importance of
the force being aided to the defense of the Unite<l
States, or the protection against internal subver-
sion of an area important to the security of the
United States; the degree of inability of the re-
cipient country (political, economic, or teclmical)
to supply its needs from its own resources; and
(2) the importance of an area be.cause of its stra-
tegic position, and/or its strategic resources; its
political support for U.S. objectives, or similar
objectives not necessarily directly related to the
comitries' militaiy strength, but vitally important
to accomplishing broad U.S. security objectives.
Tlie lion's share of the fiscal year 1959 MAP
program went to the Far East ($695 million),
and the Near East and South Asia ($415 million).
Aid to Europe amounted to $345 million, to Latin
America $55 million, and to Africa $12 million.
These sums provided gims, aircraft, naval vessels.
TABLE 1
Distribution of Programs by Region and Category
of Assi-stance, Fiscal Year 1959 '
(In millions of dollars)
Region
Total
program
Military
assistance
Defense
support
Tecliniral
cooperation
Special
assistance
other
programs
DLF
Europe
^ear Ka*?t and South Asia
$461. 6
1,066.4
171.8
1, 395. 8
159. 2
421. 6
- 240. 4
$345. 2
415.7
12.3
695.3
55.3
268. 1
-240.4
$49. 9
217.9
"539." 5'
...
$3. 0
40. 4
15.5
32. 6
35. 5
40.6
$33.0
83.0
102.6
9. 1
24.3
30.2
"j$23."6'
""''•7
""si'V
$30.5
286. 4
Africa
41.4
Far East
11&6
44 1
Undistributed and nonregional
Less prior year availability
1. 2
Total fiscal year 1959 program ....
3, 436. 0
1,551.5
807.7
167.6
282.2
104.8
522.2
' Preliminary figures. Military assistance data are program figures; other data are fiscal year 1959 obligations.
' Palestine refugees.
' Asian Economic Development Fund.
February 1, 1960
165
and the training of many men (and thus the up-
grading of many forces). A detailed report of
the operation of MAP will be found in each of
the regional sections of this report.^
Defense Support CDS)
Defense support (administered by the ICA) is
that economic assistance required, in addition to
military assistance, in oi-der to permit a specific
contribution to the common defense by another
comitry where U.S. militaiy aid is helping to sup-
port significant military forces. Defense support
country programs are described in detail in the
regional sections of this report.
Defense support stems from specific military
requirements, but its content is economic. The
need for defense support is determined by (1) an
analysis of the economic and financial capability
of the country to meet the cost of the required
military effort without incurring economic insta-
bility, and (2) the country's willingness to take
all reasonable measures needed to develop its own
defense capacities, consistent with its political,
economic, and manpower capacity to do so.
During fiscal year 1959, $808 million was obli-
gated for defense support — ^$540 million to the
Far East, $218 million to the Near East and South
Asia, and $50 million to one European country
(Spain).
Development Loan Fund (DLF>
The DLF, described in detail in a separate chap-
ter of this report,* is a new and powerful tool
designed to support and encourage long range eco-
nomic development in the less developed coun-
tries of the world. DLF's role is to provide
capital to accelerate economic growth through
direct loans and other fonns of credit. For fiscal
year 1959, its first full year of operation, the Con-
gress appropriated $550 million in capital. The
DLF undertakes financing only when presented
with specific development proposals, and only
when financing is imavailable on reasonable terms
from private investments, the International Bank
for Reconsti-uction and Development (IBRD),
the Export-Import Bank, or other free world
sources. It can accept repayment in local cur-
rencies, when warranted.
' Not printed here.
166
Technical Cooperation CTC>
Technical cooperation, which is administered
by the ICA, is notliing less than an effort to con-
vey the skills and techniques and accumulated
experience of our society to those of the less devel-
oped countries which need them and want them.
For the first time in history, through the U.S.
Teclinical Cooperation programs, the U.N, Tech-
nical Assistance Program (UNTA), the Colombo
Plan, the Organization of American States
(OAS), and some others, the proven skills and
techniques of the more advanced nations are being
directed — deliberately and effectively — to attack
on a broad scale the economic and social problems
of the less developed coimtries. $166 million was
obligated for TC in 1959, of which $21.6 million
was directed to the U.S. share in UNTA, and $1.2
million to OAS. The balance was employed for
bilateral technical cooperation.
Teclmical cooperation activities are generally
organized in the form of jointly agreed projects,
and the foreign government usually bears the
greater share of the cost of the project. The TC
program complements special assistance: defense
support, and loans from the World Bank and
DLF. For example, DLF and World Bank loans
frequently have resulted from preliminary eco-
nomic and technical feasibility studies, undertaken
under the Teclmical Cooperation Program. One
of the best examples of such complementary ef-
fort is the Lebanon Litani Basin development
program. This development program is now
being carried out with an IBRD loan, after its
feasibility had been demonstrated by an American
survey group provided under the Technical Co-
operation Program. Teclmical cooperation proj-
ects have assisted in the establisliment of
productivity centers, the drafting of investment
laws, and so forth. The need for different types
of projects and the feasibility of completing them
varies greatly from country to countiy.
Special Assistance
The Special Assistance Program, for which $282
million was obligated in fiscal year 1959 is eco-
nomic aiei necessary to achieve political, economic,
himianitarian or other objectives of the United
States in any counti-y where the United States is
not providing military assistance in support of
significant military forces, and where needs for
Department of State Bulletin
such assistance cannot appi-opriately or fully
be jn-ovided under technical cooperation or from
the DLF. Special assistance, wliich is adminis-
tered by the ICA, is also the source of funds for
certain other programs (such as malaiua eradica-
tion) which serve important U.S. interests and
which are not appropriate for financing under
other categories of assistance.
A common characteristic of most countries re-
ceiving special assistance is their strategic loca-
tion; many of them are accessible and vulnerable
to bloc penetration. During fiscal year 1959, $102
million was provided for special assistance in the
Near East-South Asia area, $83 million in Africa,
$21: million in Latin America, $25 million in Eu-
rope, and $9 million in the Far East. In addition
$25.6 million was provided for malaria eradica-
tion, and $4.3 million for support to American
scliools abroad. The special assistance progi'am is
described in detail in a separate chapter later in
this report^
Section 517 of the Mutual Security Act
The Mutual Security Act of 1958 added Section
517 to the Act of 1954, as amended. That section
became operative during fiscal year 1959. It sets
up certain specific planning requirements as pre-
requisites to agreements or grants, constituting
obligations of the U.S. in excess of $100,000, for
defense support, special assistance, and certain
other fonns of economic assistance. The principal
purpose of this section of the Act is to insure that
necessary engineering, financial and other plan-
ning has been completed in advance of the obliga-
tion of U.S. funds for the final design or
construction of a project. The procedures
whereby this requirement is met, along with other
related procedures followed in the administration
of economic aid programs, are directed at avoid-
ing the premature obligation of U.S. funds before
there has been sufficient advance planning to as-
sure that the assistance provided will effectively
accomplish the purpose for wliich it is intended.
IV. DEFENSE EFFORT— MILITARY ASSISTANCE
Military assistance, like the several forms of
economic aid which make up the balance of the
Mutual Security Program, is an instrument of
• Not printed here.
February I, J 960
U-S. foreign policy. All types of assistance pro-
vided to our allies complement each other in pro-
moting the security and progress of the free world.
This dual objective is directly reflected in the
categories of aid which contribute to allied mili-
tary strength and those whose primary purpose is
to foster economic stability and development of
the non-Communist world. Although neither
category can be considered more important than
the other, it is clear that security is a prerequisite
to progress. Only behind the shield of common
defense can the nations of the free world pursue
their goals of continued independence, economic
growth, and a better life for all their peoples in a
world at peace.
That shield, the combined military strength of
the United States and its free world partners, is
in large measure the creation of the Military As-
sistance Program. In less than a decade, this
pioneer venture in peacetime multinational mili-
tary cooperation, starting almost from scratch and
with no precedents to guide its development, has
been instrumental in the creation of a common
defense. All around the perimeter of tlie Iron and
Bamboo Curtains allied forces which the Military
Assistance Program has helped to train and equip
stand ready to repel Communist probes designed
to test free world ability and will to resist. These
allied troops around the globe are our first line to
deter, and to contain, local engagements which
could all too easily explode into the ultimate disas-
ter of total war.
Tlius there emerges clear proof of the vital con-
tribution of the Military Assistance Program to
the security and defense of the United States. The
relationship between military assistance, and the
availability of ovei"seas bases essential to effective
deployment of our own advanced forces and mis-
siles makes it even more strikingly apparent that
national security is reinforced by collective secu-
rity. Tlie degree to which we benefit from our
participation in the common defense of the free
world, is sharply revealed in the following state-
ment by the Secretary of Defense :
We intend through our Military Assistance Program to
continue to build up the forces of our allies. These are
the forces which in nian.y parts of the world would have to
take the initial brunt of an aggressor's attack. Dollars
spent wisely on them will increase our limited war, as
well as our unlimited war capabilities, and save us nian.v
dollars in our own defen.se expenditures. Our Joint Chiefs
of Staff recently statetl, with complete unanimity, that
they would not want one dollar added to our own defense
167
exiH'iuiiture if that dnllar had lo come out of our Military
Assistance Program.
The effective response of the Cliinese \iitionalist
forces to the attempted aggression in tlie Taiwan
Strait during tlie late summer of 1958 was possiljle
only because tlie will to resist was backed up l)y
military might brought into being by equipment
and training provided through the Military As-
sistance Program. Had not such defensive
strength been in existence at the time of attack, the
outcome in the Taiwan Strait might have been
\erv diiferent. The United States might well, in
fulfilling its international obligations, have had
no alternative to direct intervention, with the
inevitable risk of spreading conllict. Those who
(piestion the need for our support of such large
forces on Taiwan and in other areas of the Far
East shoidd find adequate answer in the lesson of
the Quemoy crisis. That the crisis was success-
fully weathered is largely attributable to the
superior jierformance and high morale of allied
forces in being — trained and equijijied ])y the
Militaiy Assistance Program.
The existence of NATO's integrated fighting
forces is attriljutable in large part to the Milit^irv
Assistance Program, and is one of its most sub-
stantial accomplishments. It is also perha])s the
single strcmgest bulwark against Conummist
aggression because, the NATO forces constitute the
shield which protects Western Europe — an area of
more than 1 million square miles, 270 million peo-
l)le, great i-esources, and a reservoir of some of the
liighest technical, managerial, and cidtural skills
of (he Morld. The strength of that .shield is very
direcdy i-elated to tlie security of the TTnitecl States
itself, and it iiiustbe maintained at all costs.
'i'lic total e.xiiense of su|i|iorting the common
defense efl'orts of oui' fi'ee woi'ld allies through the
■Military .\ssistance Program is neither exorbitant
iioi- an unduly onerous burilen on the nation.al
economy. In the lii'st ])lace, in recent years niili
t:irv assistance cxpenditui'i'S have .acciiinitcd Inr
only sliglit ly over f> ])ercent of total I '.S. cxpeiidi-
tnrc^ for major national secui-ily |ir()granis. Sec-
ondly, tlie total spent foi' both military and
econoiiiic .'lid ill the .Mutual Security I'rogram has
accounted for less 1 1 la II Ti )>ei'i-ent of our total l'\'d-
I'ral Budget in recent years, and annually has j-e])-
resented less than 1 percent of our ( iross Nat ional
I'l'odiicl. Heciinse our ]iarliiers in tlie coiiiiiion
defense elfort have shared subslani iail v in its
financing, our own national security has been aug-
mented at a cost far less than that of an equivalent
overall incre^vse in the strength of our own forces.
Since the beginning of the collective security
undertaking our allies jointly have expended from
their own defense budgets almost seven times the
total amount of our niilitaiy assistance.
The tangible results of these exj^enditures, are
reassuring although not a cause for complacency.
Since 1950 active army forces of our allies have
increased from ;i,Go6,000 to 4,900,000 better
trained and better equipped men, ready in the
event of war. Comljat ships assigned to the navies
of the free world have more than doubled — from
1,200 to 2,500; and aircraft availidjle for the com-
mon defense have iiicreased from 17,000 to over
30,000. Impressive as is this numerical index of
allied accomplishments, equally important —
though less easily measurable — are the intangible
byproducts. Chief is the strengthened self-confi-
dence which has sprung from a more adequate de-
fense posture. Our paitners' determination to re-
sist has become steadily firmer as they have
acquired the ability to protect themselves against
the threats and probing of potential aggressors.
Knowing that they do not stand alone, but that
the United States will collaborate with them, they
have not faltered nor fallen back in times of crisis.
Their stanchness warrants confidence in the fu-
ture of the whole free world.
To support the Military Assistance Program
ade(iuately is therefore undeniably in the best in-
terests of the United States; and to neglect it
seriously jeopardizes those interests and our own
national security. 'J1ie following aiudysis of the
status of militai'y assistance funds c'learly reveals
the inevitable outcome if neglect occurs. It is an
outcome we can far less easily afford than we can
afford the funds necessaiT to insure that the Mili-
tary Assistance Prog|-ani will coiilin\ie in full
foi'ce as an essential instrument (d' I'.S. foreign
policy.
Status of Military Assistance Funds
.\ltliougli the Military Assistance Program was
initialed in fiscal year 1050. it was not until liscal
years 1951 and 1952, tlie time of the Koivan crisis,
that the United Slates i)egan lai-ge-scale su])jior(
of friendly foi-eign militaiT forces (o su])plement
ilie niiliiai-y cap.abilities of the United Stales.
The military assistance a|)propriat ion for fiscal
168
Department of Stale Bulletin
year 1951 was $5,223 billion and for fiscal year
1052 was $5.2()7 billion. Since tliosi' years the ap-
propriations have been grailnally reclueed. How-
ever, because of the long lead-time required in
military procurement, the level of military assist-
ance deliveries has remained relatively stable.
For fiscal year 1959 the Congress appropriated
$1,515 billion for military assistance. During (he
course of the year an additional $15 million was
provided for militaiy assistance purposes from
the President's contingency fund. Receipts from
the military sales program during tiscal year 1951)
totaled $28 million. Thus additional or new
funds in the amount of $1,558 billion were made
available during fiscal year 1959. That sum, plus
a total of $3,373 billion conmiitted but not ex-
pended fi'om prior year appropriations, provided
a total of $4,931 billion available for expenditure
during fiscal year 1959. Expenditures during the
year totaled $2,368 billion whicli left an unex-
pended balance as of Juno 30, 1959, of $2.5153
billion.
For fiscal year 1960 the Congress appropriated
$1.3 billion for military assistance. This smaller
appropriation will result in a major reduction in
the value of deliveries of goods and services that
can bo made in fiscal year 1900 and subsequent
years. The reduced value of materiels and serv-
ices that will be provided to recipient forces in
fiscal year 1960 will result h\ a slackening in the
rate of improvement of the overall capability of
the allied forces through postponement of
planned modernization, curtailment of essential
training schedules, limitation of forward plan-
ning, and in general lowering of morale. Mili-
tarily, a reduced military assistance program in-
creases the responsibility that must be carried by
U. S. forces.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings^
Adjourned During January 1960
ICEM Executive Committee: 14th Special Session Geneva Jan.
Geneva Jan.
Geneva Jan
New York Fan.
New York fan.
U.N. EC'E Steel Committee and Working Parties: 23d Session .
G.\TT Group of Experts on Temporary Admission of Professional
Equipment.
U.N. Scientific Committee on Effects of Atomic Radiation: 7th
Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Human Rights Commission: 12th Se.ssion of Sub-
commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Protection of
Minorities.
I.\E.\ Board of Governors Vienna Ian.
G.\TT Panel on .Antidumping Duties Geneva fan.
U.N. ECE Working Group on Industrial Statistics Geneva fan.
Asian National C^ommissions for UNESCO: Regional Meeting . . Manila Ian.
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Trade: 3d Session Bangkok Jan.
UNESCO Meeting on Development of Information Media in South- Bangkok Jan.
east .\sia.
U.N. ECE ^rf //oc Working Party on Gas Problems Geneva Jan.
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee: 18th Session Geneva Jan.
CENTO Scientific Council Tehran Jan.
.5-14
11-13
11-15
11-25
11-29
12-22
18-22
18-22
18-23
18-25
18-30
20-22
27-29
30-31
'Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Jan. 13, 15)60. Following is a list of abbreviations: CCITT.
Comity consultatif international teh'Kraphirjue et tiMi'-phoni.iue; CENTO. Central Treat.v Organization: ECAFE.
Economic Commission for A.sia and the Far En.st : ECE, Economic C()mniis.sion for Eur()i)e : ECOSOC, Economic and
Social Council; B''AO, Food and Agriculture Organization; GATT, (Jeneral Agreement on TarilTs and Trade: IAEA,
Intem-Ttional Atomic Energy Agency: IBE. International Bureau of Eduration; IC.\0. Intern.ational Civil Aviation
Organization: ICEM, Intergovernmental Conimittfe for Eurojiean .Migration; ILO, International Labor <)rg;inization ;
IMCO, IntergovernmentJd Maritime ConsultJitive Organizaticm ; ITU, International Telecommunication Cnion; N.\TO,
North Atlantic Treaty Organization: SE.\TO, Southeast A.sia Treaty Organization; U.N., Unite<l Nations: UNESCO,
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization ; U.NICEF, United Nations Children's Fund ; WHO,
World Health Organization.
:
February 1, 1960
169
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings — Continued
In Session as of January 31, 1960
Political Discussions on Suspension of Nuclear Tests Geneva Oct. 31, 1958-
U.N. ECAFE Industry and Natural Resources Committee: Semi- Bangkok Jan. 4r-
nar on Aerial Survey Methods and Equipment.
WHO Executive Board: 25th Session Geneva Jan. 12-
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Natural Resources: 12th Bangkok Jan. 23-
Session.
GATT Committee II on Expansion of International Trade . . . Geneva Jan. 25-
North Pacific Fur Seal Commission: 3d Meeting Moscow Jan. 25-
SEATO Preparatory Conference for Heads of Universities Seminar . Bangkok Jan. 25-
International Lead and Zinc Study Group: 1st Meeting Geneva Jan. 25-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 25th Session New York Jan. 25-
U.N. Economic Commission for Africa: 2d Session Tangier Jan. 25-
3d ICAO African-Indian Ocean Regional Air Navigation Meeting. Rome Jan. 26-
Scheduled February 1 Through April 30, 1960
FAO Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 5th Session New Delhi Feb. 8-
Commission for Technical Cooperation in Africa South of the Tananarive, Madagascar . . . Feb. 15-
Sahara.
IBE Executive Board Geneva Feb. 15-
GATT Panel on Subsidies and State Trading Geneva Feb. 15-
U.N. Commission on Permanent Sovereignty Over Natural Re- New York Feb. 16-
sources: 2d Session.
ILO Governing Body: 144th Session Geneva Feb. 17-
U.N. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East: 16th Ses- Karachi Feb. 17-
sion.
FAO Group of Experts on Rice Grading and Standardization: 6th Saigon Feb. 18-
Session.
FAO Consultative Subcommittee on the Economic Aspects of Rice: Saigon Feb. 22-
4th Session.
ICAO Special Communications Meeting on European- Mediterra- Paris Feb. 23-
nean Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control.
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission: Annual Meeting . . . San Jos6 Feb. 23-
U.N. Committee on Information From Non-Self-Governing Terri- New York Feb. 23-
tories: 11th Session.
European National Commissions for UNESCO: Regional Meet- Taormina, Sicily Feb. 23-
ing.
IMCO yld Woe Committee on Rules of Procedure London Feb. 26-
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Human Rights: 16th Session. . . Geneva Feb. 29-
FAO Meeting of Government Experts on Use of Designations, Defi- Rome February
nitions, and Standards for Milk and Milk Products.
IMCO Council: 3d Session London Mar. 2-
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences: 5th Meeting of Lima Mar. 7-
the Technical Advisory Council.
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York Mar. 7-
U.N. ECAFE Conference of Asian Statisticians: 3d Session . . . . Bangkok Mar. 8-
GATT Committee III on Expansion of International Trade .... Geneva Mar. 14-
Ten- Nation Disarmament Committee Geneva Mar. 15-
5th ICAO North Atlantic Ocean Stations Conference The Hague Mar. 17-
2d U.N. Conference on Law of the Sea Geneva Mar. 17-
ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Aerial Collision . . . Paris Mar. 21-
ICAO Subcommittee on Hire, Charter, and Interchange Paris Mar. 21-
ITU CCITT Working Party 43 (Data Transmission) Geneva Mar. 21-
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Small-Scale Industries and Handi- Singapore Mar. 21-
craft Marketing/Canning and Bottling of Fruit and Food in Co-
operation with FAO.
GATT Committee II on Expansion of International Trade .... Geneva Mar. 28-
GATT Interscssional Committee Geneva Mar. 28-
UNESCO Executive Board: 56th Session Paris Mar. 28-
UNESCO Meeting of Administrators on Technical and Vocational Accra Mar. 28-
Education in Africa.
U.N. F:C0S0C Commission on Status of Women: 14th Session . . Buenos Aires Mar. 28-
UNESCO Intergovernmental Advisory Committee on Extension of Mexico, D.F March
Primary Education in Latin America.
ICAO Informal Caribbean Regional Meeting on Meteorology . . . Curasao Apr. 1-
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 29th Session New York Apr. 5-
International Wheat Council: Special Session London Apr. 5-
U.N. ECOSOC Statistical Commission: 1 1th Session New York Apr. 18-
Meeting of Experts on the Inter-American Telecommunications Mexico, D.F Apr. 19-
Network.
U.N. Economic Commission for Europe: 15th Session Geneva Apr. 20-
ICAO Teletypewriter Panel Montreal Apr. 25-
170 Department of State Bulletin
ILO Petroleum Committee: 6th Session Geneva Apr. 25-
U.N. ECOSOC Narcotic Drugs Commission: 15th Session .... Geneva .......... Apr' 25-
NATO Ministerial Council Istanbul Apr. 28-
Executive Committee of the Program of the U.N. High Commis- Geneva April
sioner for Refugees: 3d Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Narcotic Drugs Commission: Illicit TrafBc Com- Geneva April
mitte«.
Tenth Anniversary of Colombo Plan
Statement hy Secretary Herter
Press release 11 dated January 13
On behalf of the U.S. Government I wish to
pay tribute to the imaginative genius of those
Conmionwealth ministers who, on January 14,
1950, conceived of tlie idea of a friendly inter-
national association which was destined to de-
velop into the widely esteemed institution now
known as the Colombo Plan.
The Colombo Plan is esteemed because its es-
sence is a noble objective. It stimulates through
friendly consultation more rapid economic de-
velopment of the countries of south and south-
east Asia, countries which are strviggling to free
themselves from the ageless burden of poverty.
The United States, having undertaken numerous
programs of economic cooperation tlirough bilat-
eral arrangements with countries of this area, was
pleased to join this association of free countries
shortly after its inception. Although the mem-
bers extend or receive aid through bilateral ar-
rangements, the intimate multilateral discussions
among friends within the Colombo Plan system
are undoubtedly of great value to all concerned.
They have constituted a stimulating force and
have made possible more efficient and effective
fulfillment of objectives on the part of both aid-
giving and aid-receiving nations.
If there is a key to the success of the Colombo
Plan, I believe it may lie in the informal friendly
consultative nature of its procedures. The Co-
lombo Plan is not rigid; it does not bind mem-
bers to any particular course; it is not an oper-
ating agency. It does bring friends closer in
their cooperative efforts. It is an association of
friendly countries and is most useful toward
meeting the economic needs and national desires
of the members. It has in fact become a symbol
of the economic aspirations of hundreds of mil-
lions of people. My Government is proud to be a
member of the Colombo Plan Consultative Com-
mittee. It is gratified that through unanimous
consent the life of this organization has recently
been extended. It wishes for the Colombo Plan
continued success in its great mission.
United States Delegations
to International Conferences
ECE Steel Committee
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 8 (press release 4) the designation of Howard
J. Mullin, a vice president of the U.S. Steel Corp.,
as the U.S. Delegate to the 23d session of the Steel
Committee of the United Nations Economic Com-
mission for Europe (ECE), convening at Geneva,
Switzerland, on January 11, 1960.
Assisting Mr. Mullin as Alternate U.S. Dele-
gate will be Robert D. Woodward, an economist
with the Bethlehem Steel Co.
The Steel Committee is one of the principal
committees of the U.N. Economic Commission for
Europe and provides a forum where steel experts
meet periodical!}' to consider and discuss matters
of common interest. The forthcoming meeting
will discuss principally the long-term trends and
problems in the steel industry and a program of
future work and will review the 1959 steel market.
UNESCO Conference on Mass Communications in
Southeast Asia
An eight-man U.S. delegation headed by Wil-
bur Schramm of Stanford University will par-
ticipate in an international conference on the
development of mass communications in south-
east Asia, beginning January 18 at Bangkok,
Thailand, tlie Department of State announced on
January 11 (press release 6).
The 2-week meeting is the first step in a world-
february 7, I960
171
wide survey of existing problems in the mass com-
munications field being carried out by the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization (UNESCO).
Dr. Schramm, director of Stanford's Institute
of Communication Research and an authority on
mass communications, was in Washington on Jan-
uary 11 for talks with Department of State and
other Govei"nment officials and a meeting with
officials of the radio, tele\nsion, and motion pic-
ture industries. Pi-ior to leaving New York for
Bangkok, he met with wire-service and other
media representatives who have special interest in
southeast Asia.
The remainder of the U.S. delegation will be
made up of U.S. officials assigned to the southeast
Asian area.
UNESCO plans similar surveys for Latin
America in 1961 and for Africa in 1962.
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 15 (press release 21) the designation of Hall
M. Henry, president. New England Gas and Elec-
tric Association Service Corporation, Cambridge,
Mass., as United States Delegate to the meeting of
the "Working Party on Gas Problems of the United
Nations Economic Commission for Europe, wliich
is scheduled to be held at Geneva, January 20-22,
1960.
The main purpose of the meeting is to discuss
European fuel gas problems. Mr. Henry will be
assisted by a member of the United States resident
delegation at Geneva.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
Security Council
I.ettor Hated 22 December 1059 From the Permanent
Representative of India Addressed to the President of
the Security Council Coneerninf; a Pakistani Letter
(S/4242). S/4249. December 28, li)59. 3 w.
' I'rinted materials may be secured In the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia
University Press, 29(i() Broadway, New York, N.Y. Other
materiul.s (niinieoKrapbed or processed documents) may
bo consulted at certain libraries in the Unite<l States.
172
General Assembly
Establishment and Maintenance of a United Nations
Memorial Cemetery in Korea. Report of the Secretary-
General on the conclusion of the agreement between the
United Nations and the Republic of Korea. A/4330.
December 4, 1959. 10 pp.
Question of South West Africa. Letter dated December
12, 1959, from the permanent representative of the Union
of South Africa addressed to the President of the Gen-
eral Assembly. A/4352. December 12, 1959. 2 pp.
Budget Estimates for the Financial Tear 1960. Report of
the Fifth Committee. Corrigendum. A/4336/Corr. 1.
December 12, 1959. 1 p.
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Europe Working Party on Gas
Problems. Report on Economic Problems of Under-
ground Storage of Gas. E/ECE/362. August 26, 1959.
47 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Note on Measures Re-
quired for the Control of the Infectious Diseases of
Livestock, Particularly Rinderijest in the North-East
Region of Africa. E/CN.14/31. November 10, 1959.
4 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. International Economic
Assistance to Africa : A Review of Current Contribu-
tions. Memorandum by the Executive Secretary.
E/CN.14/23. November 12, 1959. 31 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Measures Needed To
Ensure More Effective Control of Locusts in Africa.
Executive Secretary's report on his inquiries.
E/CN.14/32 and Corr. 1. November 16, 1959. 11 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Information Paper on
Technical Assistance Activities of the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Prepared by
the IBRD. E/CN.14/26. November 17. 19.-9. 4 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Annotated Provisional
Agenda. E/CN.14/22. November IS, 1959. 5 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Reiwrt by the Execu-
tive Secretary on His Exploration of Means of Aiding
Governments in North Africa To Develop Their Esparto
Grass Reserves. E/CN.14/33. November IS, 1959.
5 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Report by the Execu-
tive Secretary on His Exploration of Means of Aiding
Governments in North Africa To Develop Their Sea
Fisheries. E/CN.14/34. November IS, 1959. 7 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. The Impact of the
Eurojjean Economic Community on African Trade.
E/CN.14/29. November 20. 1959. 31 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Information Paper on
Technical Assistance Provided to Countries and Terri-
tories of the ECA Region Under the Expanded and
Regular Programmes. Prepared bv the TAB secre-
tariat. E/CN.14/27. December 1. 1959. 31 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Programme of Work
and Priorities I960 and 1961. Memorandum by the
Executive Secretary. E/CN.14/36. December 1, 1959.
21 pp.
Economic Commission for .\frica. Information Paijer on
UNICEF Aid to Child Health and Welfare Projects in
Africa. Prepared by the United Nati(ms Children's
Fund. E/CN.14/41. December 4. 1959. 12 pp.
Economic Commis.sion for Africa. Report on the Facili-
ties Available for the Training of .\fricans in Econom-
ics, Statistics and Related Fields of Study. Prepared
by UNESCO. E/CN.14/.35 and Add. 1. December 7,
1959. 95 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Women in I'ublic
Services and Functions. Report by the Secretary-
General. E/CN.6/354. De<t-mber 8, 1959. 75 pp.
Technical Assistance. Report of the Technical -Vssistance
Committee. E/3312. December 9, 1959. 22 pp.
Departmeni of Sfa/e Bulletin
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Sugar
International sugar agreement of 1958. Done at London
December 1, ItKiS. Entered into force provisionally
January 1, lt>5t); definitively for the United States
Octot)er 9, 19u9.
liatificaliiDis deposited: Guatemala, December 11, 1959;
Ghana, March 4, 1959; Panama, March 18, 1959.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) annexed
to the international telecommunication convention of
December 22, 1952 (TIAS 3266), with appendixes and
final protocol. Done at Geneva November 29, 1958.
Entered into force January 1, 1960.
yutification of approval: Sweden, November 18, 1959.'
Trade and Commerce
Protocol relating to negotiations for the establishment of
new schedule III — Brazil — to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva December 31,
1958.'
Signatures: Ceylon, October 31, 1959 ; the United King-
dom, November 6, 1959 ; Federation of Malaya and
Peru, November 16, 1959.
Effected by exchange of notes at Port-au-Prince Janu-
ary 4 and C. l!Ki(). EiiloriHl Into force January 0, IWK).
India
Agreement further suppleinentlng the agricultural com-
nuKiities agreement of Novemlxr 13, 1!»59, as sui)ple-
mented (TIAS 43.';4). Kff.^rtcd hy exchange of notes
at Wa.shiugton January 8, I960. Entered Into force
January 8, 1960.
Israel
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and As,si.stance Act
of 19.j4, a.s amended (68 Stat. 4.''>5 ; 7 U.S.C. 1701-
1709), with agreed minute. Signe<l at Wa.shingKm
January 7, 1960. Entered into force January 7, 1960.
Italy
Agreement amending and extending the agreement of
June 2.8. 1954 (TIAS 31.50), with Italv for a technical
cooperation program for the Trust Territory of Somali-
land. Effected by exchange of letters at Rome Decem-
ber 24, 1959. Entered into force December 24, 1959.
Turkey
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
of 19.54, as amended (08 Stat. 4.55; 7 U.S.C. 1701-
1709), with exchanges of notes. Signed at Ankara
December 22, 1959. Entered into force December 22,
1959.
Venezuela
Arrangement for exchange of communications between
amateur stations on behalf of third parties. Effected
by exchange of notes at Caracas November 12, 1959.
Entered into force November 12, 1959; operative Decem-
ber 12, 1959.
BILATERAL
Argentina
Agreement relating to investment guaranties under sec-
tion 413(b) (4) of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as
amended (68 Stat. 847; 22 U.S.C. 1933). Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1959. Entered into force
provisionally December 22, 1959 ; enters into force de-
finitively on the date of receipt of a note by the United
States stating the agreement has been approved by Ar-
gentina in accordance with its constitutional procedures.
Belgium
Agreement concerning American military cemeteries,
with annex. Signed at Bru.s,sels November 27, 1959.
Entered into force November 27, 1959.
Agreement regarding the erection of certain memorials in
Belgium by the American Battle Monuments Commis-
sion. Signed at Paris October 4, 1929 (4G Stat. 2732).
Terminated: November 27, 19.59, by agreement concern-
ing American military cemeteries (supra).
Agreement relating to the interment of American na-
tionals in Belgium, as amended. Effectp<l by exchange
of notes at Brus.sels June 6 and July 23, 1947 (TIAS
1672, 1969, and 3239).
Terminated : November 27, 19.59. by agreement concern-
ing American military cemeteries (supra).
Haiti
Agreement for the exchange of third-party messages be-
tween radio amateurs of the United States and Haiti.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
' With a reservation.
• Not in force.
ICA Institute Opens Fourth Session
The Department of State announced on January 11
(press release 8) that the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration on that day had opened the fourth in its
series of institutes in program planning for selected ICA
employees. The 5-month cour.se is conducted for ICA
at Washington by the Johns Hopkins University School
of Advanced International Studies. Nineteen ICA staff
members are attending the institute.
The training is designed to improve the participants'
effectiveness in dealing with complex technical and eco-
nomic problems in countries to which they will be
assigned. The principles of economic development, in-
cluding the role of the Mutual Security Program as well
as the relationship of political and cultural factors, are
included in the curriculum. Lecture courses are given
by the Johns Hopkins faculty and by guest lecturers
from other universities, international institutions, and
U.S. Government agencies.
February ?, I960
173
Post at Yaounde, Cameroun,
Raised to Embassy
The Department of State announced on January 5
(press release 1) that the American consulate general at
Yaounde, Canieroun, was elevated to an Embassy on Jan-
uary 1, 1960, upon formal attainment of independence by
the former United Nations trust territory under French
administration. Cameroun obtained its independence as
a result of a resolution of the United Nations resumed
13th General Assembly passed on March 13, 1959,^ declar-
ing that the trusteeship agreement would cease to be in
force on January 1.
The United States first opened a consulate at Yaounde
in June 1957. This was raised to a consulate general on
April 10, 1959.
Bolard More has been named Charge d' Affaires.
Recess Appointments
The President on January 4 appointed Dennis A. Fltz-
Gerald to be Deputy Director for Operations of the Inter-
national Cooperation Administration in the Department
of State.
Designations
Edwin McCammon Martin as Deputy Assistant Secre-
tary for Economic Affairs, effective January 7. (For
biographic details, see Department of State press release
14 dated January 14.)
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale hy the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
e.Tccpt in the case of free publications, wliich may he
obtained from the Department of State.
You and Your Passport.
Foreign Service Series 88.
Department and
Pub. 6828.
10 pp. 5^.
A leaflet containing information of interest to any person
who plans to go abroad.
The Biographic Register, 1959.
and Foreign Service Series 89.
Pub. 6838. Department
804 pp. .$4.50.
'U.N. doc. A/RES/1349(XIII) ; for text, see Bulletin
of Apr. 13, 1959, p. 534.
A publication containing biographies for certain employees
of the Department of State, the United States Mission to
the United Nations, the International Cooperation Admin-
istration, and the United States Information Agency.
Biographies are included also for the Foreign Agricul-
tural Service of the Department of Agriculture.
Southeast Asia: Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress.
Pub. 6S61. Far Eastern Series 82. 15 pp. 15<(.
Another issue in the popular Background series, this pam-
phlet discusses the importance, land, peoples, economic
situation, and individual countries of the area.
Your Department of State. Pub. 6877. Department and
Foreign Service Series 91. 14 pp. 15^.
An illustrated pamphlet describing the origin, functions,
organization, and principal officers of the Department ;
a revision of the original pamphlet.
Cultural Diplomacy. Pub. 68S7. International Informa-
tion and Cultural Series 70. 50 pp. 25^.
An illustrated publication which helps to describe the im-
portant role cultural diplomacy is playing in our relations
with other countries. It reviews the many kinds of ex-
change activities carried out under the International Edu-
cational Exchange Program during fiscal year 1958.
How Foreign Policy Is Made. Pub. 6892. General For-
eign Policy Series 143. 20 pp. 10«(.
A revised pamphlet containing a series of questions and
answers on the formulation of our foreign policy.
International Educational Exchange Program — July 1-
December 31, 1958. JPub. 6893. International Informa-
tion and Cultural Series 71. 14 pp. Limited distribution.
The 22d semiannual report to Congress describing the
many kinds of exchange activities carried out during the
first half of fiscal year 1959.
Technical Cooperation — Joint Fund Program. TIAS
4334. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Israel, amending agreement of May 9, 1952, as amended.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Tel Aviv June 26, 1959,
and at Jerusalem September 24, 1959. Entered into force
September 24, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4335. 4 pp.
5^.
Agreements between the United States of America and
Indonesia, amending agreement of May 29, 1959. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Djakarta October 1, 1959.
Entered into force October 1, 1959.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 4336. 8 pp. 10(f. Agree-
ment between the United States of America and France,
extending and amending agreement of March 27, 1946,
as amended and extended. Exchange of notes — Dated
at Paris August 27, 1959. Entered into force August 27,
1959. And extension agreement. Exchange of notes —
Dated at Paris July 23, 1959. Entered into force July 23,
1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4337. 13 pp.
XO<t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Colombia. Exchange of notes — Signed at Bogoti'i October
6, 1959. Entered into force October 6, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4338. 3 pp.
Agreement between the United States of America and
India, amending agreements of August 29, 1956, as
amended, June 23. 19.58, and September 26, 1958. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington October 1 and 28,
1959. Entered into force October 28, 1959.
174
Department of State Bulletin
February 1, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1075
Asia
Geographic Regions of Asia: South and East
(IVarcy)
Tenth Anniversary of Colombo Pian (Herter) . .
UNESCO Conference on Mass Communications in
Southeast Asia (delegation)
Bulgaria. Letters of Credence (Voutov) . . .
Cameroun. Post at Yaounde, Cameroun, Raised to
Embassy
Congress, The. Operation of the Mutual Security
Program, January 1-June 30, 1959 (excerpts
from report)
Cuba
Americans Reminded To Reregister Mining Conces-
sions in Cuba
United States Protests Cuban Property Seizures .
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Martin)
ICA Institute Opens Fourth Session
Post at Yaounde, Cameroun, Raised to Embassy .
Recess Appointments (FitzGerald)
Disarmament. U.S. Comments on Soviet Proposal
To Reduce Armed Forces (White)
Economic Affairs
Americans Reminded To Reregister Mining Con-
cessions in Cuba
ECE Steel Committee (delegation)
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems (delega-
tion)
Martin designated Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Economic Affairs
United States Participates in Economic Talks at
Paris (Dillon, texts of resolutions)
Europe
ECE Steel Committee (delegation)
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems (delega-
tion)
United States Participates in Economic Talks at
Paris (Dillon, texts of resolutions)
Geography. Geographic Regions of Asia : South
and East (Pearcy)
International Information. UNESCO Conference
on Mass Communications in Southeast Asia (dele-
gation)
International Law. United States Protests Cuban
Property Seizures
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of International Conferences and Meet-
ings
ECE Steel Committee (delegation)
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems (delega-
tion)
Tenth Anniversary of Colombo Plan (Herter) . .
UNESCO Conference on Mass Communications in
Southeast Asia (delegation)
United States Participates in Economic Talks at
Paris (Dillon, texts of resolutions)
Military Affairs. U.S. Comments on Soviet Pro-
posal To Reduce Armed Forces (White) . . .
Mutual Security
FitzGerald appointed deputy director for opera-
tions, ICA
ICA Institute Opens Fourth Session
Operation of the Mutual Security Program, Janu-
ary 1-Jime 30, 1959 (excerpts from report) . .
148
171
171
147
174
159
157
158
174
173
174
174
147
157
171
172
174
139
171
172
139
148
171
158
169
171
172
171
171
139
147
174
173
159
Presidential Documents. O|)eratlon of the Mutual
Security Program, January 1-June 30, 1959 . .
Protection of Nationals and Property
Americans Reminded To Reregister Mining Con-
cessions in Cuba
United States Protests Cuban Property Seizures .
Publications. Recent Releases
Treaty Information. Current Actions
U.S.S.R.
President's Visit to Soviet Union Set for June
10-19
U.S. Comments on Soviet Proposal To Reduce
Armed Forces (White)
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents . . .
Name Index
Dillon, Douglas
Eisenhower, President
FitzGerald, Dennis A
Henry, Hall M
Herter, Secretary
Pearcy, G. Etzel
Martin, Edwin McCammon
Voutov, Peter G
White, Lincoln
159
157
158
174
173
147
147
172
139
159
174
172
171
148
174
147
147
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 11-17
Press releases may be obtained from the OflSce of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Releases issued prior to January 11 which appear
in this issue of the Buixetin are Nos. 1 of Janu-
ary 5, 4 of January 8, and 5 of January 9.
No. Date Subject
6 1/11 Delegation to conference on mass com-
munications (rewrite).
7 1/11 Cuban property seizures.
8 1/11 ICA institute.
*9 1/11 Death of George Perkins.
*10 1/12 Itinerary for visit of Premier Kishi.
11 1/13 Herter : Colombo Plan 10th anniversary.
*12 1/12 Kith semiannual .MSI' report.
13 1/14 Dillon : Special Economic Committee,
Paris.
♦14 1/14 Martin designated Deputy Assistant
Secretary for Economic Affairs (bio-
graphic details).
*15 1/14 Thompson nominated ambassador to
Iceland (biographic details).
*16 1/14 Reinhardt nominated ambassador to
Yemen (biographic details).
17 1/15 Bulgaria credentials (rewrite).
18 1/15 Reregistration of title and mining
concession rights in Cuba.
19 1/15 Dillon : OEEC, Paris.
20 1/15 Economic resolutions, Paris.
21 1/15 Delegate to ECE working party on gas
problems (rewrite).
22 1/16 Dillon: arrival at Washington from
Paris meetings.
t23 1/17 Nixon : welcome to Premier Kishi.
•Not printed.
t Held for a later Issue of the Bulletin.
U.S. aOVERNHENT PRINTiHQ OFFICEilBfO
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $3O0
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
the
Your Department of State
jpartment
Stat
The Department of State — the oldest executive department
of the U.S. Government — is tlie official channel through which the
American people conduct their relations with the other govern-
ments and peoples of the world.
The responsibilities and functions of the Department are out-
lined in this recent revision of Tour Depart?nent of State, a 14-
page illustrated pamphlet. Brief discussions of the Department's
liistory and its present organization are included, together with a
list of the principal officers of the Department. A final section
lists basic foreign policy goals.
Publication 6877
15 cents
Order Form
iipt. t){ Documents
ovl. Printing Office
asihington 25, D.C.
ncloi^cil lirifl:
■ash . check, or r>i<iiu:i/
rih'v iintjuhlif to
apt. of Dttrti.)
Please send me copies of Your Department of State.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
HE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
"^
vs
A
^
CIAL
KLY RECORD
Vol. XLII, No. 1076 February 8, 1960
PRLVIE MINISTER KISHI VISITS WASHINGTON
FOR SIGNING OF TREATY OF MUTUAL CO-
OPERATION AND SECURITY BETWEEN THE
U.S. AND JAPAN • Texts of Joint Communique,
Rem,arks, and Treaty and Related Documents 179
BUDGET MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT
(Excerpts) 202
EMPORTANCE OF THE SPACE PROGRAM IN INTER-
NATIONAL RELATIONS • Statement by Under
Secretary Merchant • ^13
PROGRESS AND PROSPECTS FOR EUROPEAN
MIGRATION, 1959-60 • Article by George L. Warren . 218
TED STATES
IJREIGN POLICY
for index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
MAR 3 1 1960
Vol. XLII, No. 1076 • Publication 6938
February 8, 1960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Oovernment Printing Ortlce
Washington 25, D.O.
Price:
52 Issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 26 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1968).
Note: Contents ol this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contaUicd herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
07 State Bulletin as the source wUI bo
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the work of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various phases of international nffiiirs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Prime Minister Kishi Visits Washington for Signing of Treaty
of Mutual Cooperation and Security Between the U.S. and Japan
Prime Minister Nohusuke Kishi of Japan,
accompanied by Foreign Minister Aiichiro Fuji-
yama and a delegation of 36 Japanese officials,
made an informal visit at Washington, D.C., Jan-
uary 17-21 to participate in the signing on Janu-
ary 19 of a Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and
Security Between the United States of America
and Japan. Following are texts of a joint com-
munique, the treaty and related documents, and
remarks made on various occasions during tlie
visit.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE, JANUARY 19
White House preeB release dated January 19
The President of the United States and the
Prime Minister of Japan conferred at the "Wliite
House today prior to the formal signing of the
Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security
between Japan and the United States. Their
discussions were devoted chiefly to a broad and
compreliensive review of current international
developments, and to an examination of Japanese-
American relations. Japanese Minister of For-
eign Affairs Fujiyama and American Secretary
of State Herter also took part in the Wliite House
talks. Ijater the Prime Minister and his party
conferred with the Secretary of State on matters
of mutual concern to the two countries.
I.
The President and the Prime Minister first dis-
cussed the international situation. The President
told the Prime Minister of the profound impres-
sion made upon him during his recent trip to
South Asia, the Near East, Africa and Europe '
by the overwhelming desire throughout these
areas for early realization of the goals of the
United Nations, international peace, respect for
human rights, and a better life. In discussing the
international situation, the President stated his
determination to exert every effort at the impend-
ing Summit meeting^ to achieve meaningful
progress toward these goals. The Prime Minister
expressed full agreement and support for the
President's detennination.
In this connection, the President and the Prime
Minister agreed that disarmament, with the essen-
tial guarantees of inspection and verification, is a
problem of urgent and central importance to all
nations, whose resolution would contribute greatly
to reducing the burden of armaments and the risk
of war. They expressed the further hope that
early agreement can be reached on an adequately
safeguarded program for the discontinuance of
nuclear weapons tests. They concluded that the
world is entering a period affording important op-
portunities which they have every intention of ex-
ploring most seriously, but only on the basis of
tested performance not merely promises. Both
leaders recogiiized that all of man's intellect, Avis-
dom and imagination must be brought into full
play to achieve a world at peace imder justice and
freedom. They expressed the conviction that, dur-
ing this period and particularly until all nations
abide faithfully by the purposes and principles of
the U.N. and forego the resort to force, it is essen-
tial for free nations to maintain by every means
their resolution, their unity and their strength.
II.
The President and the Prime Minister consid-
ered the security relationship between the United
States and Japan in the light of their evaluation
' For backKrotind, see Bulletin of Dec. 28, 1959, p. 931,
and Jan. 11, liMiO, p. 4C.
fibruaTY 8, 7960
' For background, see ihii., Jan. 18, 1960, p. 77.
179
of the current international situation and declared
that this close relationship is essential to the
achievement of peace m justice and freedom.
They are convinced that the partnership and co-
operation between their two nations is strength-
ened by the new treaty which has been drawn up
on the basis of the principles of equal sovereignty
and mutual cooperation that characterize the pres-
ent relationship between the two coimtries. Both
leaders look forward to the ratification of the
treaty and to the celebration of this j^ear of the
centennial of Japan's first diplomatic mission to
the United States as further demonstrations of the
strength and continuity of Japanese-American
friendship.
In reviewing relations between Japan and the
United States since their last meeting in June of
1957, " the President and the Prime Mmister ex-
pressed particular gratification at the success of
efforts since that time to develop the new era in re-
lations between the two coimtries, based on com-
mon interest, mutual trust, and the principles of
cooperation.
Both the President and the Prime Minister
looked ahead to continued close cooperation be-
tween the two countries within the framework of
the new Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Se-
curity. They are convinced that the treaty will
materially strengthen peace and security in the
Far East and advance the cause of peace and free-
dom throughout the world. They are convinced
also that the treaty will foster an atmosphere of
mutual confidence. In this connection, the Prime
Minister discussed with the President the question
of prior consultation under the new treaty. The
President assured him that the United States Gov-
ernment has no intention of acting in a manner
contrary to the wishes of the Japanese Govern-
ment with respect to the matters involving prior
consultation mider the treaty.
The President and the Prime Minister also dis-
cussed the situation in Asia. They reaffirmed
their belief that they should maintain close con-
tact and consultation with relation fo future de-
velopments in tliis area. They agreed that Japan's
increasing jiarticipation in international discus-
sion of the problems of Asia will be in the interest
of the free world.
a Ibid., July 8, 1957, p. .'51.
III.
The President and the Prime Minister agreed
that the expansion of trade among free nations,
the economic progress and elevation of living
standards in less developed countries are of para-
mount importance, and will contribute to stability
and progress so essential to the achievement of
peace in the world.
The President and the Prime Minister ex-
changed views on the European economic and
trade commimities and on the role that can be
played by the industrialized Free World countries
in the economic development of the less devel-
oped areas. Both leaders called particular at-
tention to the urgent desire of peoples in the less
developed areas of the world for the economic
advancement without which they cannot preserve
their freedom. They stressed the role which in-
creasingly must be played by the industrialized
nations of the free world in assisting the progress
of the less developed areas. The President par-
ticularly referred to the increasing role the
Japanese people are playing in the economic
development of free Asia.
In considering economic relations between the
United States and Japan, the President and the
Prime Minister recognized that trade between
their two nations is of great benefit to both coun-
tries, noting that the United States is the largest
purchaser of Japanese exports, and Japan is the
second largest buyer of American goods. Tliey
exjDressed gratification at the growth of mutually
profitable trade between the two countries. They
reaffirmed tlieir conviction that the continued and
orderly expansion of world trade, through the
avoidance of arbitrary and new unnecessary trade
restrictions, and through active measures to re-
move existing obstacles, is essential to the well-
being and progress of both comitries.
The Prime Minister stressed the importance of
the United States and Japan consulting on a con-
tinuing basis with regard to economic matters of
mutual interest. The President expressed full
agreement to this view.
lY.
The President expressed his particular gratifi-
cation that the Prime Minister could come to
Washington on this occasion so important in
United States-Japanese relations. The Prime
180
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Minister expressed his appreciation for the op-
portunity to meet again with the President.
The President and the Prime ^finister iifivccd
that their talks will contribute to the continued
strengthening of the United States-Japanese
partnership.
WELCOMING REMARKS BY VICE PRESIDENT
NIXON «
Mr. Prime Minister, it is my honor and privi-
lege to welcome you again to our Nation's capital
on the occasion of this visit.
I do not need to tell you that you are always
welcome in our country as the representative of a
great people and as a true and loyal friend of the
United States. But I believe that this occasion is
a particularly historic and significant one. At a
time in histoiy when the relations between nations
are very complex and sometimes difficult, we are
reminded by this visit, and the reason for it, of the
really exciting record of achievement in good re-
lations between the United States and your
country'.
On Tuesday you and Secretary Herter will sign
a new treaty of mutual cooperation and security be-
tween the United States and Japan. This treaty
will mark the culmination of great progress in
relations between our countries in the 2 years
since you last visited this capital. And we know,
too, that it will mark the opening of a new era of
even greater cooperation and mutual progress to-
gether. I think it is only appropriate at this time
to pay tribute to the leadership in your country
and in ours which has made this record of prog-
ress possible. The leaders of our two countries
have recognized that we have true identity of in-
terests in a divided world. And I can say that
millions of Americans respect and honor you for
the courageous leadership that you have given for
the cause of peace and freedom for your people
and for all the world.
May I say that I am sure that, in your much too
brief time here in our Nation's capital, the meet-
ings you will have witli our President, with the
Secretary of State, will bring even closer ties of
cooperation and friendship for the years to come.
President Eisenhower Accepts
Invitation To Visit Japan
WliUe House press release dated January 20
Prime Minister Kislil, on lii'lialf of tiie Govern-
ment of Jniuin, extended an invitation to the Presi-
dent to visit Japan on tlie oceasion of tlie Ja|ia-
uese-American Centenniai. The President act-epted
the invitation with the greatest of pleasure and pro-
posed that he visit Japan al)ont June 20, following
his forthcoming trip to the Soviet Union.
President Eisenhower toolv this opportunity to
express his hope that Their Imperial Iliithnesses
the Crown Prince and Princess will pay a visit to
the United States on the oc<'asion of the Centen-
nial, and the Prime Minister stated that he will en-
deavor to bring about the desired visit.
* Made at Washington, D.C., on Jan. 17 uiwn the arrival
of Prime Minister Kishi (press release 23).
TOASTS AT WHITE HOUSE LUNCHEON, JAN-
UARY 19
White House press release dated January 19
President Eisenhower
Mr. Prime Minister, ^Slr. Foreign Minister, and
distinguished guests: It is a very great personal
honor to welcome here in Washington the Prime
Minister of Japan and his associates in govern-
ment. They are here to sign, with us, a treaty of
mutual cooperation and security.
This year is the centennial of an occasion very
similar to this one. A predecessor of mine, 100
years ago, welcomed to this city the first Japanese
diplomatic mission to the United States — indeed,
the first diplomatic mission that in modern times
the Japanese had sent abroad.
During those hundred years tremendous
changes have taken place. In our teclmology, in
science, the changes have been such as to be revolu-
tionary. And in the thinking of our two peoples
there has been likewise a great cliange. We have
come to the realization that we were not, each of
us, truly independent of ourselves and of others
but that there is among the nations — certainly the
nations of the free world— a great and growing
interdependence.
In 18(j0 Japan was just emerging from an isola-
tion centuries old and almost complete in its char-
acter. The United States was living in an isola-
tion of a different kind. We were so protected by
February 8, I960
181
two vast ocean areas that we had no real interest
in the rest of the world and certainly felt our-
selves to be immune from the quarrels and strug-
gles and problems and even the privations that
others experienced.
We have come a long way from that time. In
1960 our two countries represented here today are
leadere in an effort to bring the free nations of the
world into a closer cooperation tlirough which
they may achieve a better security for themselves
and for realizing for all people the peace in free-
dom that they seek. The signing of this treaty this
afternoon will, all of us hope, mark one significant
step in progress toward that goal.
I am liopeful that all of you present, after we
have had our coffee in the Blue Eoom, will be
guests at that signing, which will take place in
the East Eoom iinmediately after we leave the
Blue Room.
It has been a particular delight for me to have
Mr. Kishi, an old friend of mine, here represent-
ing his country this morning. We had a chance,
because of this visit, to remark upon the tremen-
dous changes, the tremendous progress that has
been made in the last 2 years in the relations be-
tween our two countries. We agreed that there
is ground for great confidence that these relations
will be sound and will grow ever stronger.
Now, of couree, for both of us it would liave been
a little bit more enjoyable and possibly even more
profitable to have had these conversations on the
golf course. But in spite of the uncooperative
character of the season, we did have these talks,
and both of us agreed that they have been not only
interesting but fruitful.
And it is in that belief and conviction that I
propose a toast to the monarch whose able Prime
Minister is our honored guest today.
Gentlemen and Madam, will you please join me
in raising our glasses to His Majesty, the Emperor
of Japan.
Prime Minister Kishi
tJnofDclal translation
Mr. President, Mr. Speaker, and other honorable
guests : Today I and my associates have the privi-
lege of discussing ])olitical nfTairs with the Presi-
dent, for which I offer thanks from the bottom of
my heart. Further, the President's generous toast
has touched me deeply, for which I am also
thankful.
In the 2I-/2 yeai-s which have passed since I first
met with the President to discuss matters of
mutual concern and mutual cooperation we have
seen gi-eat progress toward achieving a position of
equality and mutual trust. That we liave done so
is a blessing for the peoples of both our countries.
Moreover it also contributes in a great degree to-
ward the achievement of that jieace in the world
which all peoples wish for.
We all know that the President works con-
stantly, with all of his energies, toward achieving
peace in the world, with justice and freedom. Not
only we in Japan but the peoples of the entire
world are well aware of this, and we all praise
you for your activities, Mr. President. We pray
for your success in your purposes.
As the President has already explained, my
purpose in coming to the United States at this
time is to sign the new treaty of mutual coopera-
tion and security between Japan and the United
States. But this year, as the President has also
indicated, marks the first — the end of the first
centui-y since the first amicable diplomatic contact
between our two countries.
Tliroughout that hundred years, never, with the
exception of a brief few, do I believe that we have
had relations of anything less than a mutually
profitable nature. I hope that in the coming
hinidred years we will achieve even more progress
toward a new relationship based on ti'ust and
cooperation.
I think that what we are doing today is signifi-
cant for both tlie peace of the world and for the
prosperity of the peoples of the world. I hope
that our friendship continues in this way through
tlie next century, without even a few years such
as those wliich blotted our relations in the past.
I hope that tlie work we do liere today will gain
for us more than the hundred years of peaceful
and cooperative relations that my prcdecessore
gained. I know that wo will continue to work
hard to achieve this.
In reply to the remai-ks of the President I would
like to tliank him from the bottom of my heart.
I would like to toast the healtli of tlie President
and pray that he may continue to work so ener-
getically for tlie peace of the world and for the
prosperity of all of the American people.
Thank you.
182
Department of State Bulletin
REMARKS AT SIGNING CEREMONY, JANUARY 19 Prime Minister KishI
President Eisenhower
White House prcsB release dated January 19
The siixninjx toilay of the treaty of nmtual coop-
oration and security between Japan and the
United States is truly a liistorical occasion at
which I am lionored to be piTsent. Tliis treaty
re]M-esents the fullilhnent of tlie poal set by Prime
Minister Kislii and myself in June of 1957 to
establish an indestructible partnership between
our two countries in which our relations would be
based on complete equality and mutual under-
standinc:. The treaty likewise reflects the close-
ness and breadth of our relations in the political
and economic as well as security fields.
It is equally fitting that the treaty of mutual
cooperation and security should be signed in the
hundredth year after the first treaty between our
two countries came into eilect. On May 22, 1860,
the first Jajianese delegation to the United States
exchanged ratifications of the treaty of amity and
commerce between our two countries. The subse-
quent hundred yeai-s have brought unMievable
progress and increasing prosperity to both our
countries. It is my fervent hope that the new
treaty signed today will usher in a second hundred
years of prosperity and the peace in freedom
which the peoples of our countries and of all coun-
tries so earnestlv desire.
Secretary Herter
Press release 24 dated January 19
It is a great honor and privilege for me to repre-
sent the ITnited States as the principal signatory
of this new treaty of mutual cooperation and
security with Japan. The significance of this
occasion for both our countries is demonstrated
by the i)resence of the highest officials of both
Govei-imients, the President of the United States
and the Prime Minister of Japan, as well as
delegations from the Legislatures of both nations.
I am confident that the treaty we are signing
today will establish, in the political, economic,
and security fields, the basis for close cooperation
to our mutual benefit for many years to come. It
will also serve as notice of our solidarity to those
who would attack or subvert the freedom which
is our most precious possession.
UnoOlclal tranglatloa
For Japan and the United States tiiis is a
truly significant and historic occasion. The now
treaty of mutual cooperation and security which
we are about to sign constitutes the basic struc-
ture of partnership between our countries and a
basis for elTective cooperation, not only in tlie field
of security but also in the broader political and
economic fields. The consummation of this treaty
in the centennial year of our diplomatic and com-
mercial relations is indeed a happy augui-y for
the future.
Ilencefortli our common efforts should bo de-
voted to making our partnership a living and
dynamic instrument for peace under justice and
freedom and for human progress throughout the
world. I am sure that we are making a most aus-
picious start into the second century of Japanese-
American relations.
Foreign Minister Fujiyama
Unofficial translation
This is truly an auspicious event. It will go
down in history, I am sure, as a great and im-
portant milestone in the full century of relations
between Japan and the United States. The
treaty we have signed brings us together in closer
association than any pact ever concluded between
our two countries.
I am glad and proud of the part I have per-
sonally had in the making of this treaty. As the
chief negotiator for Japan, I know what this
treaty is and what it is for. It is an open com-
pact for all the world to see as a treaty pledging
our coimtries to serve as partners in the cause of
a secure peace under justice and freedom. It
reflects the sentiments and the iispirations of both
our peoples.
On this occasion I should express my highest
respects and appreciation to the representatives
of the United States for the great undei-standing
and zeal shown by them in working closely with
us to make a treaty of which lx>th our countries
may bo truly proud. I address these sentiments
particularly to the late Secretary Dulles, with
whose understanding the negotiations were initi-
ated, to Secretary llerter, who took a pereonal
hand in leading the negotiations for his Govern-
ment to this happy consummation, and to Ambas-
February 8, 7960
183
sador [Douglas] MacArthur [II], who showed a
deep appreciation of Japan's hopes and aspira-
tions throughout the negotiations.
This is a day of fulfillment. But, at the same
time, this is only the beginning of our real task —
to breathe life into this treaty. Dedicated as we
both are to the spirit of partnership, peace, and
progress, I am confident that we shall succeed in
our endeavor.
FAREWELL REMARKS BY UNDER SECRETARY
MERCHANT <>
Mr. Prime INIinister, we have come to the end
of a friendly and fruitful visit. We have had an
opportunity to renew old friendships and to dis-
cuss many matters of common concern. You are
leavuig us to visit our mutual friend and our good
and close neighbor, Canada, where I know a warm
reception awaits you.
Your visit to Washington and the treaty of
mutual cooperation and security we have signed
during this visit are an auspicious start to the cele-
bration this year of the 100th anniversary of the
first visit to Washington by plenipotentiaries
representing Japan. We will work closely with
you to symbolize by this anniversary celebration
our common dedication to the ideals that miite
free peoples everywhere.
I hope you leave us, as we leave you, with the
conviction that we are in closer agreement than
ever in our aspirations for peace and security and
in the ways and means that must be employed by
the community of free nations to achieve these
aspirations. You should also know that you are
always welcome to our shores.
Goodby and Godspeed.
TREATY AND RELATED DOCUMENTS
Press release 25 dated January 19
Text of Treaty
Tbeatt op Mutual Cooperation and Secueitt Between
THE United States of America and Japan
The United States of America and Japan,
Desiring to strengthen the bonds of peace and friend-
ship traditionally existing between them, and to uphold
the principles of democracy, individual liberty, and the
rule of law,
" Made at Washington, D.C., on Jan. 21 upon the depar-
ture of Mr. Kisbi (press release 28 datcHl Jan. 20).
Desiring further to encourage closer economic coopera-
tion between them and to promote conditions of economic
stability and well-being in their countries.
Reaffirming their faith in the purposes and principles
of the Charter of the United Nations, and their desire to
live in peace with all peoples and all governments.
Recognizing that they have the inherent right of indi-
vidual or collective self-defense as affirmed in the Charter
of the United Nations,
Considering that they have a common concern in the
maintenance of international peace and security in the
Far East,
Having resolved to conclude a treaty of mutual coop-
eration and security,
Therefore agree as follows :
Akticle I
The Parties undertake, as set forth in the Charter of
the United Nations, to settle any international disputes in
which they may be involved by peaceful means in such a
manner that international peace and security and justice
are not endangered and to refrain in their international
relations from the threat or use of force against the ter-
ritorial integrity or political independence of any state,
or in any other manner inconsistent with the iiurposes of
the United Nations.
The Parties will endeavor in concert with other peace-
loving countries to strengthen the United Nations so that
its mission of maintaining international peace and secu-
rity may be discharged more effectively.
Article II
The Parties will contribute toward the further develop-
ment of peaceful and friendly international relations by
strengthening their free institutions, by bringing about
a better understanding of the principles upon which these
institutions are founded, and by promoting conditions of
stability and well-being. They will seek to eliminate con-
flict in their international economic policies and will en-
courage economic collaboration between them.
Article III
The Parties, individually and in cooperation with each
other, by means of continuous and effective self-help and
mutual aid will maintain and develop, subject to their
constitutional provisions, their capacities to resist armed
attack.
Article IV
The Parties will consult together from time to time re-
garding the implementation of this Treaty, and, at the
request of either Party, whenever the security of Japan
or international peace and security in the Far East is
threatened.
Article V
Each Party recognizes that an armed attack again.st
either Party in the territories under the administration
of Japan would be dangerous to its own i)eace and safety
and declares that it would act to meet the common danger
in accordance with its constitutional provisions and
processes.
184
Department of State Bulletin
Any sm-h iinued attack and all measures taken at) a
result thereof sliall be immetliately reported to the Se-
curity Council of the United Nations in accordance with
the provisions of Article 51 of the Charter. Such meas-
ures sliall be terminated when the Security Council has
taken the measures necessary to restore and maintain
international iH?ace and security.
Abticle VI
For the purpose of contrlbutinf,' to the security of
Japan and tlie maintenance of international peace and
security in the Far East, the United States of America
is sninte<l the use by its land, air ami naval forces of
facilities and areas in Japan.
The use of these facilities and areas as well as the
status of United States armed forces in Japan shall be
governed by a separate agreement, replacing the Adminis-
trative Agreement under Article III of the Security
Treaty between the United States of America and Japan,
signed at Tokyo on February 28, 1952, as amended," and
by such other arrangements as may be agreed upon.
Abticle VII
This Treaty does not affect and shall not be interpreted
as affecting in any way the rights and obligations of the
Parties under the Charter of the United Nations or the
responsibility of the United Nations for the maintenance
of international peace and security.
Aeticle VIII
This Treaty shall be ratified by the United States of
America and Japan in accordance with their respective
constitutional processes and will enter into force on the
date on which the instruments of ratification thereof
have been exchanged by them in Tokyo.
Abticle IX
The Security Treaty between the United States of
America and Japan ' signed at the city of San Francisco
on September 8, 1951 shall expire upon the entering into
force of this Treaty.
Abticle X
This Treaty shall remain in force until in the opinion
of the Governments of the United States of America and
Japan there shall have come into force such United Na-
tions arrangements as wiU satisfactorily provide for the
maintenance of international peace and security in the
Japan area.
However, after the Treaty has been in force for ten
years, either Party may give notice to the other Party of
its intention to terminate the Treaty, In which case the
Treaty shall terminate one year after such notice has
been given.
• Treaties and Other International Acts Series 2492 and
2848; for text of treaty and protocol, see Bulletin of
Mar. 10, 1952, p. 382, and Nov. 2, 1953, p. 595.
' TIAS 2491 ; for text, see Bulletin of Sept. 17, 1951,
p. 4(H.
February 8, 1960
In witness wriRKEOF the undersigned Plenli>oteDtlarles
have signed this Treaty.
Done in diipli<'ate at Wa.shiiigton in the KngliHli and
Japanese languages, both equally authentic, this 19Ui day
of January, lOCO.
For the United States of America :
Christian A. Meiiteb
Douglas M.vcArthub 2nb
J'Obaham Pabsonb
For Japan :
Nobusuke Kisni
AlICHIRO Fu.iiyama
MiTSUJIUO IsHU
Tadashi Adachi
koicbibo asakai
Agreed Minute to the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security
Japanese Plenipotentiary :
While the question of the status of the Islands admin-
istered by the United States under Article 3 of the Treaty
of Peace with Japan' has not been made a subject of
discussion in the course of treaty negotiations, I would
like to emphasize the strong concern of the Government
and people of Japan for the safety of the people of these
islands since Japan possesses residual sovereignty over
these islands. If an armed attack occurs or is threatened
against these islands, the two countries will of course con-
sult together closely under Article IV of the Treaty of
Mutual Cooperation and Security. In the event of an
armed attack, it is the intention of the Government of
Japan to explore with the United States measures which
it might be able to take for the welfare of the islanders.
United States Plenipotentiary :
In the event of an armed attack against these islands,
the United States Government will consult at once with
the Government of Japan and intends to take the neces-
sary measures for the defense of Uiese islands, and to do
its utmost to secure the welfare of the islanders.
Washington, January 19, 1960.
C. A. H.
N. K
Agreement Under Article VI of the Treaty
Agbeesient Undeb Abticle VI of the Tbeaty of Mctuai,
Coopekation and Secueity Between the United
States op Amebica and Japan, Regahdino Facilities
and Areas and the Status of United States Abmed
Forces in Japan
The United States of America and Japan, pursuant to
Article VI of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Se-
curity between the United States of America and Japan
signed at Washington on January 19, 1960, have entered
into this Agreement in terms as set forth below :
' TIAS 2490 ; for text, see Bulletin of Aug. 27, 1951,
p. 349.
185
Article I
In this Agreement the expression —
(a) "members of the United States armed forces"
means the personnel on active duty belonging to the land,
sea or air armed services of the United States of America
when in the territory of Japan.
(b) "civilian component" means the civilian persons of
United States nationality who are in the employ of, serv-
ing with, or accompanying the United States armed forces
in Japan, but excludes persons who are ordinarily resi-
dent in Japan or who are mentioned in paragraph 1 of
Article XIV. For the purposes of this Agreement only,
dual nationals. United States and Japanese, who are
brought to Japan by the United States shall be considered
as United States nationals.
(c) "dependents" means
(1) Spouse, and children under 21 ;
(2) Parents, and children over 21, if dependent for
over half their support upon a member of the
United States armed forces or civilian com-
ponent
Article II
1. (a) The United States is granted, under Article VI
of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security, the use
of facilities and areas in Japan. Agreements as to .specific
facilities and areas shall be concluded by the two Govern-
ments through the Joint Committee provided for in Article
XXV of this Agreement. "Facilities and areas" Include
existing furnishings, equipment and fixtures necessary to
the operation of such facilities and areas.
(b) The facilities and areas of which the United States
has the use at the time of expiration of the Administrative
Agreement under Article III of the Security Treaty be-
tween the United States of America and Japan, shall be
considered as facilities and areas agreed upon between the
two Governments in accordance with subparagraph (a)
above.
2. At the request of either Government, the Governments
of the United States and Japan shall review such arrange-
ments and may agree that such facilities and areas shall
be returned to Japan or that additional facilities and areas
may be provided.
3. The facilities and areas used by the United States
armed forces shall be returned to Japan whenever they
are no longer needed for purposes of this Agreement, and
the United States agrees to keep the needs for facilities
and areas under continual observation with a view toward
such return.
4. (a) When facilities and areas are temporarily not
being used by the United States armed forces, the Govern-
ment of Japan may make, or permit Japanese nationals to
make, interim use of such facilities and areas provided
that it is agreed between the two Governments through
the Joint Committee that such use would not be harmful
to the purposes for which the facilities and areas are
normally used by the United States armed forces.
(b) With resjiect to facilities and areas which are to be
used by United States armed forces for limited periods
of time, the Joint Committee shall specify in the agree-
ments covering such facilities and areas the extent to
which the provisions of this Agreement shall api)ly.
Article III
1. Within the facilities and areas, the United States
may take all the measures neces.sary for their establish-
ment, operation, safeguarding and control. In order to
provide access for the United States armed forces to the
facilities and areas for their supiwrt, safeguarding and
control, the Government of Japan shall, at the request of
the United States armed forces and upon consultation
between the two Governments through the Joint Commit-
tee, take necessary measures within the scope of applicable
laws and regrulations over land, territorial waters and
airspace adjacent to, or in the vicinities of the facilities
and areas. The United States may also take necessary
measures for such purposes upon consultation between
the two Governments through the Joint Committee.
2. The United States agrees not to take the measures
referred to in paragraph 1 in such a manner as to inter-
fere unneces.sarily with navigation, aviation, communi-
cation, or land travel to or from or within the territories
(if Japan. All questions relating to frefjuencies, power
and like matters used by apparatus employed by the
United States designed to emit electric radiation shall
be .settled by arrangement between the appropriate au-
thorities of the two Governments. The Government of
Japan shall, within the scope of applicable laws and
regulations, take all reasonable measures to avoid or
eliminate interference with telecommunications elec-
tronics required by the United States armed forces.
3. Operations in the facilities and areas in use by the
United States armed forces shall be carried on with
due regard for the public safety.
Article IV
1. The United States is not obliged, when it returns
facilities and areas to Japan on the expiration of this
Agreement or at an earlier date, to restore the facilities
and areas to the condition in which they were at the
time they became available to the United States armed
forces, or to compensate Japan in lieu of such restoration.
2. Japan is not obliged to make any compensation to
the United States for any improvements made in the
facilities and areas or for the buildings or structures left
thereon on the expiration of this Agreement or the earlier
return of the facilities and areas.
3. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any con-
struction wliich the Government of the United States
may imdertake under special arrangements with the
Government of Japan.
Article V
1. United States and foreign vessels and aircraft oper-
ated by, for, or under the control of the Unite<l States
for official purposes shall be accorded access to any port
or airport of Japan free from toll or landing charges.
When cargo or passengers not accorded the exemptions
of this Agreement are carried on such vessels and air-
craft, notification shall be given to tlio ajipropriate Japa-
nese autlioritics, and their entry into and departure from
Japan shall be according to the laws and regulations of
Japan.
2. The vessels and aircraft mentioned in paragraph 1,
United States Government-owned vehicles including
186
Department of State Bulletin
nniior, and members of the XTnlted Stntes nrme<l foroes,
the civilian compoiu'iit, ami their dependents shall be
aoconleil access to and movement between facilities and
areas in use by the l'nite<l States arnie<l forces and be-
tween such facilities and areas and the ports or airiiorts
of Japan. Such access to and movement between facil-
ities and areas by United States military vehicles shall
he free from toll and other charRes.
;>. When the vessels mentioned in paragraph 1 enter
Japanese i>orts, appropriate notification shall, under nor-
mal conditions, be made to the proper Japanese author-
ities. Such ves.sels shall have free<lom from compulsory
pilotage, but if a pilot is taken pilotage shall be paid for
at appropriate rates.
Article VI
1. All civil and military air traffic control and com-
munications systems shall be developed in close coordina-
ti(m and shall be integrated to the extent necessary for
fulfillment of collective security interests. Procedures,
and any subsefjuent changes thereto, necessary to effect
this coordination and integration will be established by
arrangement between the appropriate authorities of the
two Governments.
2. Lights and other aids to navigation of vessels and
aircraft placed or established in the facilities and areas
in use by United States armed forces and in territorial
waters adjacent thereto or in the vicinity thereof shall
conform to the system in use in Japan. The United
States and Jaimnese authorities which have established
such navigation aids shall notify each other of their
po.sitions and characteristics and shall give advance noti-
fication before making any changes in them or establish-
ing additional navigation aids.
Article VII
The United States armed forces shall have the use of
all public utilities and services belonging to, or controlled
or regulated by the Government of Japan, and shall
enjoy priorities in such use, under conditions no less
favorable than those that may be applicable from time
to time to the ministries and agencies of the Government
of Japan.
Article VIII
The Government of Japan undertakes to furnish the
United States armed forces with the following meteoro-
logical services in accordance with arrangements be-
tween the appropriate authorities of the two
Governments :
(a) Meteorological observations from land and ocean
areas including observations from weather ships.
(b) Climatological information including periodic sum-
maries and the historical data of the Meteorological
Agency.
(c) Telecommunications service to disseminate meteor-
ological information required for the safe and regular
operation of aircraft.
(d) Seismographlc data including forecasts of the esti-
mated size of tidal waves resulting from earthquakes and
areas that might be aflfected thereby.
February 8, I960
ARTirij: IX
1. The United States may bring Into Japan jK'rsonH
who are members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian comiMuient, and their dependents, Kubject to the
provisions of this Article.
2. Members of the United States armed forces shall be
exempt from Japanese passport and visa laws and regu-
lations. Members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, and their dei)endents shall be exempt
from Japanese laws and regulations on the registration
and ccmtrol of aliens, but shall not be considered as ac-
quiring any right to permanent residence or domicile in
the territories of Japan.
3. Upon entry into or departure from Japan members
of the United States armed forces shall be In possession
of the following documents :
(a) personal identity card showing name, date of birth,
rank and number, service, and photograph ; and
(b) individual or collective travel order certifying to
tlie status of the individual or group as a member or
members of the United States armed forces and to the
travel ordered.
For purposes of their identification while in Japan, mem-
bers of the United States armed forces shall be in pos-
session of the foregoing personal identity card which
must be presented on request to the appropriate Japanese
authorities.
4. Members of the civilian component, their dependents,
and the dependents of members of the United States
armed forces shall be in pos.ses.sion of appropriate docu-
mentation issued by the United States authorities so that
tlieir status may be verified by Japanese authorities upon
their entry into or departure from Japan, or while In
Japan.
5. If the status of any person brought into Japan under
paragraph 1 of this Article is altered so that he would
no longer be entitled to such admission, the Unite<l States
authorities shall notify the Japanese authorities and
shall, if such person be require<l by the Japanese authori-
ties to leave Japan, assure that transportation from Japan
will be provided within a reasonable time at no cost to
the Government of Japan.
6. If the Government of Japan has requested the re-
moval from its territory of a member of the United States
armed forces or civilian component or has made an ex-
pulsion order against an ex-member of the United States
armed forces or the civilian component or against a de-
pendent of a member or ex-member, the authorities of the
United States shall be responsible for receiving the per-
son concerned within its own territory or otherwise dis-
posing of him outside Japan. This paragraph shall ap-
ply only to persons who are not nationals of Japan and
have entered Japan as members of the United States
armed forces or civilian component or for the purpose of
becoming such members, and to the dependents of such
persons.
Article X
1. Japan shall accept as valid, without a driving test or
fee, the driving permit or license or military driving per-
mit issued by the United States to a member of the
187
United States armed forces, the clviUan component, and
their dependents.
2. Official vehicles of the United States armed forces
and the civilian comiionent shall carry distinctive num-
bered plates or individual markings which will readily
identify them.
3. Privately owned vehicles of members of the United
States armed forces, the civilian component, and their
dependents shall carry Japanese number plates to be ac-
quired under the same conditions as those applicable to
Japanese nationals.
Article XI
1. Save as provided in this Agreement, members of the
United States armed forces, the civilian component, and
their dependents shall be subject to the laws and regula-
tions administered by the customs authorities of Japan.
2. All materials, supplies and equipment imported by
the United States armed forces, the authorized procure-
ment agencies of the United States armed forces, or by
the organizations provided for in Article XV, for the
official use of the United States amied forces or for
the use of the members of the United States armed forces,
the civilian component, and their dependents, and ma-
terials, supplies and equipment which are to be used
exclusively by the United States armed forces or are
ultimately to be incorporated into articles or facilities
used by such forces, shall be permitted entry into Japan ;
such entry shall be free from customs duties and other
such charges. Appropriate certification shall be made
that such materials, supplies and equipment are being
imported by the United States armed forces, the author-
ized procurement agencies of the United States armed
forces, or by the organizations provided for in Article
XV, or, in the case of materials, supplies and equipment
to be used exclusively by the United States armed forces
or ultimately to be incorporated into articles or facilities
used by such forces, that delivery thereof is to be taken
by the United States armed forces for the purposes speci-
fied above.
3. Property consigned to and for the personal use of
members of the United States armed forces, the civilian
component, and their dependents, shall be subject to cus-
toms duties and other such charges, except that no duties
or charges shall be paid with respect to :
(a) Furniture and household goods for their private
use imported by the members of the United States armed
forces or civilian component when they first an-ive to
serve in Japan or by their dependents when they first
arrive for reunion with members of such forces or civil-
ian component, and personal effects for private use
brought by the said persons upon entrance.
(b) Vehicles and parts imported by members of the
United States armed forces or civilian component for
the private use of themselves or their dependents.
(c) Reasonable quantities of clothing and household
goods of a type which would ordinarily be purchased in
the United States for everyday use for the private use
of members of the United States armed forces, civilian
component, and their dependents, which are mailed into
Japan through United States military post offices.
188
4. The exemptions granted in paragraphs 2 and 3
shall apply only to cases of importation of goods and
shall not be Interpreted as refunding customs duties and
domestic excises collected by the customs authorities at
the time of entry in cases of purchases of goods on which
such duties and excises have already been collected.
5. Customs examination shall not be made in the fol-
lowing cases :
(a) Units of the United States armed forces under
orders entering or leaving Japan ;
(b) Official documents under official seal and official
mail in United States military postal channels ;
(c) Military cargo shipped on a United States Gov-
ernment bill of lading.
6. Except as such disposal may be authorized by the
United States and Japanese authorities in accordance
with mutually agreed conditions, goods imported into
J'apan free of duty shall not be disposed of in Japan to
persons not entitled to import such goods free of duty.
7. Goods imported into Japan free from customs duties
and other such charges pursuant to paragraphs 2 and 3,
may be re-exported free from customs duties and other
such charges.
8. The United States armed forces, in cooperation witi
Japanese authorities, shall take such steps as are neces-
sary to prevent abuse of privileges granted to the United
States armed forces, members of such forces, the civilian
component, and their dependents in accordance with this
Article.
9. (a) In order to prevent offenses against laws and
regulations administered by the customs authorities of
the Govermnent of Japan, the Japanese authorities and
the United States armed forces shall assist each other in
the conduct of inquiries and the collection of evidence.
(b) The United States armed forces shall render all
assistance within their power to ensure that articles
liable to seizure by, or on behalf of, the customs author-
ities of the Government of Japan are handed to those
authorities.
(c) The United States armed forces shall render all
assistance within their power to ensure the payment of
duties, taxes, and penalties payable by members of such
forces or of the civilian comijonent, or their dependents.
(d) Vehicles and articles belonging to the United
States armed forces seized by the customs authorities of
the Government of Japan in comiection with an offense
against its customs or fiscal laws or regulations shall be
handed over to the appropriate authorities of the force
concerned.
Article XII
1. The United States may contract for any supplies or
construction work to be furnished or luulertaken in Japan
for puri)Oses of, or authorized by, tliis Agreeniont, without
restriction as to choice of supplier or person who docs the
construction work. Such supplies or construction work
may, upon agreement between the appropriate authorities
of the two Governments, also be procured through the Gov-
ernment of Japan.
2. Materials, supplies, equipment and services which are
required from Ux-al sources for the maintenanco of the
Department of State Bulletin
UniteJ States armed forces and the procurement of which
may have an adverse effect on the economy of Jaimu shall
be procured In coordination with, and, when desirable,
through or with the assistance of, the competent author-
ities of Japan.
3. Materials, supplies, equipment and services procure*]
for oSiciul purposes In Japan by the United States armed
forces, or by authorized procurement agencies of the
United States armed forces upon appropriate certification
shall be exempt from the following Japanese taxes :
(a) Commodity tax
(b) Travelling tax
(c) Gasoline tax
(d) Electricity and gas tax.
Materials, supplies, equipment and services procured for
ultimate use by the United States armed forces shall be
exempt from commodity and gasoline taxes upon appro-
priate certification by the United States armed forces.
■With respect to any present or future Japanese taxes not
specifically referred to in this Article which might be
found to constitute a significant and readily identifiable
part of the gross purchase price of materials, supplies,
e<]uipment and services procured by the United States
armed forces, or for ultimate use by such forces, the t^vo
Governments will agree upon a procedure for granting
such exemption or relief therefrom as is consistent with
the purposes of this Article.
4. Local labor requirements of United States armed
forces and of the organizations provided for in Article XV
shall be satisfied with the assistance of the Japanese
authorities.
5. The obUgations for the withholding and payment of
income tax, local inhabitant tax and social security con-
tributions, and, except as may otherwise be mutually
agreed, the conditions of employment and work, such as
those relating to wages and supplementary payments, tlie
conditions for the protection of workers, and the rights
of workers concerning labor relations shall be those laid
down by the legislation of Japan.
6. Should the United States armed forces or as appro-
priate an organization provided for in Article XV dismiss
a worker and a decision of a court or a Labor Relations
Commission of Japan to the effect that the contract of
employment has not terminated become final, the follow-
ing procedures shall apply :
(a) The United States armed forces or the said
organization shall be informed by the Government of
Japan of the decision of the court or Commission ;
(b) Should the United States armed forces or the said
organization not desire to return tlie worker to duty, they
shall so notify the Government of Japan within seven days
after being informed by the latter of the de<.'ision of the
court or Commission, and may temporarily withhold the
worker from duty ;
(c) Upon such notification, the Government of Japan
and the United States armed forces or the said organiza-
tion shall consult together without delay with a view to
finding a practical solution of the case ;
(d) Should such a solution not be reached within a
period of thirty days from the date of commencement of
the consultations under (c) above, the worker will not
be entltle<l to return to duly. In such case, the Govern-
ment of the UiiiltMl States shall imy to the Government of
Japan an amount eiiual to the cost of employment of the
worker for a period of time to be agreeil betwit-n the two
Governments.
7. Members of the civilian component shall not be sub-
ject to Japanese laws or regulations with respect to terms
and conditions of employment.
8. Neither members of the United States armed forces,
• civilian component, nor their deiM>n(lent.s shall by rea.son
of this Article enjoy any exemption from taxes or similar
charges relating to personal purchases of gowls and serv-
ices in Japan chargeable under Japanese legislation.
9. Except as such disposal may be authorized by the
United States and Japanese authorities in accordance
with mutually agreed conditions, goods purchased in
Japan exempt from the taxes referred to in ixiragraph .3,
shall not be disposed of in Japan to persons not entitled
to purchase such goods exempt from such tax.
Article XIII
1. The United States armed forces shall not be subject
to taxes or similar charges on property held, used or
transferred by such forces in Japan.
2. Members of the United Sbites armed forces, the
civilian component, and their dependents shall not be
liable to pay any Japanese taxes to the Government of
Japan or to any other taxing agency in Japan on income
received as a result of their service with or employment
by the United States armed forces, or by the organiza-
tions provided for in Article XV. The provisions of this
Article do not exempt such persons from payment of
Japanese taxes on income derived from Japanese sources,
nor do they exempt United States citizens who for
United States income tax punioses claim Japanese resi-
dence from payment of Japanese taxes on income.
Periods during which such per.sons are in Japan solely
by reason of being members of the United States armed
forces, the civilian comiJonent, or their dependents shall
not be considered as periods of residence or domicile In
Japan for the purpose of Japanese taxation.
.3. Members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, and their dependents shall be exempt
fronj taxation in Japan on the holding, use, transfer
inter se, or tramsfer by death of movable property, tangi-
ble or intangible, the presence of which in Japan is due
solely to the temporary presence of these persons In
Japan, provided that such exemption shall not apply to
property held for the purpose of investment or tlie con-
duct of business in Japan or to any intangible property
registered in Japan. There is no obligation under this
Article to grant exemption from taxes payable in respect
of the use of roads by private vehicles.
Article XIV
1. Persons, including corporations organize<l under the
laws of the United States, and their employees who are
ordinarily resident in the United States and whose pres-
ence in Japan Is solely for the purjiose of executing
contracts with the United States for the benefit of the
February 8, 1960
189
United States armed forces, and who are designated by
the Government of the United States in accordance with
the provisions of paragraph 2 below, shall, except as
provided in this Article, be subject to the laws and regu-
lations of Japan.
2. The designation referred to in paragraph 1 above
shall be made upon consultation with the Government of
Japan and shall be restricted to cases where open com-
petitive bidding is not practicable due to security con-
siderations, to the technical qualifications of the
contractors involved, or to the unavailability of materials
or services required by United States standards, or to
limitations of United States law.
The designation shall be withdrawn by the Government
of the United States :
(a ) upon completion of contracts with the United States
for the United States armed forces ;
(b) upon proof that such persons are engaged in busi-
ness activities in Japan other than those pertaining to
the United States armed forces; or
(c) when such persons are engaged in practices Illegal
in Japan.
3. Upon certification by appropriate United States au-
thorities as to their identity, such persons and their em-
ployees shall be accorded the following benefits of this
Agreement :
(a) Rights of accession and movement, as provided for
in Article V, paragraph 2 ;
(b) Entry into Japan in accordance with the provisions
of Article IX ;
(c) The exemption from customs duties, and other such
charges provided for in Article XI, paragraph 3, for mem-
bers of the United States armed forces, the civilian com-
ponent, and their dependents ;
(d) If authorized by the Government of the United
States the right to use the services of the organizations
provided for in Article XV ;
(e) Those provided for in Article XIX, paragraph 2,
for members of the armed forces of the United States,
the civilian component, and their dependents;
(f) If authorized by the Government of the United
States, the right to use military payment certificates, as
provided for in Article XX ;
(g) The use of postal facilities provided for in Article
XXI;
(h) Exemption from the laws and regulations of Japan
with respect to terms and conditions of employment.
4. Such persons and their employees shall be so de-
scribed in their passports and their arrival, departure
and their residence while in Japan shall from time to
time be notified by the United States armed forces to the
Japanese authorities.
5. Upon certification by an authorized officer of the
United States armed forces, depreciable assets except
houses, held, used, or transferred, by such persons and
their employees exclusively for the execution of contracts
referred to in paragraph 1 shall not be subject to taxes
or similar charges of Japan.
6. Upon certification by an authorized officer of the
United States armed forces, such persons and their em-
ployees shall be exempt from taxation in Japan on the
holding, use, transfer by death, or transfer to persons
or agencies entitled to tax exemption under this Agree-
ment, of movable property, tangible or intangible, the
presence of which in Japan is due solely to the temporary
presence of these persons in Japan, provided that such
exemption shall not apply to property held for the purpose
of investment or the conduct of other business in Japan
or to any intangible property registered in Japan. There
is no obligation under this Article to grant exemption
from taxes payable in respect of the use of roads by
private vehicles.
7. The persons and their employees referred to in para-
graph 1 shall not be liable to pay income or corporation
taxes to the Government of Japan or to any other taxing
agency in Japan on any income derived under a contract
made in the United States with the Government of the
United States in connection with the construction, main-
tenance or operation of any of the facilities or areas
covered by this Agreement. The provisions of this para-
graph do not exempt such persons from payment of income
or corporation taxes on income derived from Japanese
sources, nor do they exempt such persons and their
employees who, for United States income tax purposes,
claim Japanese residence, from payment of Japanese
taxes ou income. Periods during which such persons are
in Japan solely in connection with the execution of a con-
tract with the Government of the United States shall not
be considered periods of residence or domicile in Japan
for the purposes of such taxation.
8. Japanese authorities shall have the primary right
to exercise jurisdiction over the persons and their em-
ployees referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article in rela-
tion to offen.ses committed in Japan and punishable by
the law of Japan. In those cases in which tlie Japanese
authorities decide not to exercise such jurisdiction they
shall notify the military authorities of the United States
as soon as possible. Upon such notification the military
authorities of the United States shall have the right
to exercise such jurisdiction over the persons referred to
as is conferred on them by the law of the United States.
Akticle XV
1. (a) Navy exchanges, post exchanges, messes, social
clubs, theaters, newspapers and other non-appropriated
fund organizations authorized and regulated by the
United States military authorities may be established in
the facilities and areas in use by the United States armed
forces for the use of members of such forces, the civilian
component, and their dependents. Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, such organizations shall not
be subject to Japanese regulations, license, fees, taxes or
similar controls.
(b) When a newspaper authorized and regulated by
the United States military authorities is sold to the gen-
eral public, it shall be subject to Japanese regulations,
license, fees, taxes or similar controls so far as such
circulation is concerned.
2. No Japanese tax shall be Imposed on sales of mer-
chandise and services by such organizations, except as
provided in paragraph 1(b), but purchases within Japan
190
Department of State Bulletin
ot uiorchiindise and supplios by such organizations shall
be sulijoct to Jupnuese taxes.
3. Except as such disposal may be authorized by the
United States and Japanese authorities in accordance
with mutually asreeU conditions, goods which are sold by
such organizations shall not be disposed of in Japan to
persons not authorized to make purchases from such
organizations.
4. The organizations referred to in this Article shall
provide such information to the Japanese authorities as
Is re<iuired by Japanese tax legislation.
Article XVI
It is the duty of members of the United States armed
forces, the civilian component, and their dependents to
respect the law of Japan and to abstain from any activity
Inconsistent with the spirit of this Agreement, and, in
particular, from any political activity in Japan.
Article XVII
1. Subject to the provisions of this Article,
(a) the military authorities of the United States shall
have the right to exercise within Japan all criminal and
disciplinary jurisdiction conferred on them by the law
of the United States over all persons subject to the
military law of the United States ;
(b) the authorities of Japan shall have jurisdiction
over the members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, and their dependents with respect to
offenses committed within the territory of Japan and
punishable by the law of Japan.
2. (a) The military authorities of the United States
shall have the right to exercise exclusive jurisdiction over
persons subject to the military law of the United States
with respect to offenses, including offenses relating to
its security, punishable by the law of the United States,
but not by the law of Japan.
(b) The authorities of Japan shall have the right to
exercise exclusive jurisdiction over members of the
United States armed forces, the civilian component, and
their dependents with respect to oilenses, including
offenses relating to the -security of Japan, punishable by
its law but not by the law of the United States.
(c) For the purposes of this paragraph and of para-
graph .3 of this Article a security offense against a State
shall include
(1) treason against the State ;
(ji) sabotage, espionage or violation of any law
relating to official secrets of that State, or
secrets relating to the national defense of that
State.
3. In cases where the right to exerci.se jurisdiction is
concurrent the following rules shall apply :
(a) The military authorities of the United States shall
have the primary right to exercise jurisdiction over mem-
bers of the United States armed forces or the civilian
component in relation to
(i) offenses solely against the property or security
of the United States, or offenses solely against
the person or property of another menibpr of the
UnltiHl States armed forces or the civilian com-
ponent or of a dc|>endent ;
(11) offenses arising out of any act or omission done
In the ix^rformancc of otilclal duty.
(b) In the case of any other offense the authorities of
Japan shall have the primary right to exercise
Jurisdiction.
(c) If the State having the primary right decides not
to exercise jurisdiction, it shall notify the authorities
of the other State as soon as practicable. The authorities
of the State having the i)rimary right shall give sym-
pathetic consideration to a request from the authorities
of the other State for a waiver of its right in ca.ses where
that other State considers such waiver to be of particular
importance.
4. The foregoing provisions of this Article shall nut
imply any right for the military authorities of the
United States to exercise jurisdiction over persons who
are nationals of or ordinarily resident in Japan, unless
they are members of the United States armed forces.
5. (a) The military authorities of the United States
and the authorities of Japan shall assist each other in the
arrest of members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, or their dependents in the territory of
Japan and in handing them over to the authority which
is to exercise jurisdiction in accordance with the above
provisions.
(b) The authorities of Japan shall notify promptly the
military authorities of the United States of the arrest of
any member of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, or a dependent.
(c) The custody of an accused member of the United
States armed forces or the civilian component over whom
Japan is to exercise jurisdiction shall, if he is in the
hands of the United States, remain with the United
States until he is charged by Japan.
G. (a) The military authorities of the United States
and the authorities of Japan shall assist each other in
the carrying out of all necessary investigations into
offenses, and in the collection and production of evidence,
including the seizure and, in proper cases, the handing
over of objects connected with an offense. The handing
over of such objects may, however, be made subject to
their return within the time specified by the authority
delivering them.
(b) The military authorities of the United States and
the authorities of Japan shall notify each other of the
disposition of all cases in which there are concurrent
rights to exercise jurisdiction.
7. (a) A death sentence shall not be carried out In
Japan by the military authorities of the United States if
the legislation of Japan does not provide for such punish-
ment in a similar case.
lb) The authorities of Japan shall give sympathetic
consideration to a recjuest from the military authorities of
the United States for assistance in carrying out a sen-
tence of imprisonment pronounced by the military au-
thorities of the United States under the provisions of this
Article within the territory of Jaiian.
8. Where an accused has been tried in accordance with
the provisions of this Article either by the military au-
thorities of the United States or the authorities of Japan
February 8, 1960
191
and has been acquitted, or has been convicted and is serv-
ing, or has served, his sentence or has been pardoned, he
may not be tried again for the same offense within the
territory of Japan by the authorities of the other State.
However, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the mili-
tary authorities of the United States from trying a mem-
ber of its armed forces for any violation of rules of dis-
cipline arising from an act or omission which constituted
an offense for which he was tried by the authorities of
Japan.
9. Whenever a member of the United States armed
forces, the civilian component or a dependent is prosecuted
under the jurisdiction of Japan he shall be entitled :
(a) to a prompt and speedy trial ;
(b) to be informed, in advance of trial, of the specific
charge or charges made against him ;
(c) to be confronted with the witnesses against him;
(d) to have compuLsory process for obtaining witnesses
in his favor, if they are witliin the jurisdiction of Japan ;
(e) to have legal representation of his own choice for
his defense or to have free or assisted legal representation
under the conditions prevailing for the time being in
Japan ;
(f) if he considers it necessary, to have the services of
a competent interpreter ; and
(g) to communicate with a representative of the Gov-
ernment of the United States and to have such a repre-
sentative present at his trial.
10. (a) Regularly constituted military units or forma-
tions of the United States armed forces shall have the
right to police any facilities or areas which they use under
Article II of this Agreement. The military police of such
forces may take all appropriate measures to ensure the
maintenance of order and security within such facilities
and areas.
(b) Outside these facilities and areas, such military
police shall be employed only subject to arrangements
with the authorities of Japan and in liaison with those
authorities and in so far as such employment is necessary
to maintain discipline and order among the members of
the United States armed forces.
11. In the event of hostilities to which the provisions
of Article V of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and
Security apply, either the Government of the United States
or the Government of Japan shall have the right, by giving
sixty days' notice to the other, to suspend the application
of any of the provisions of this Article. If this right is
exercised, the Governments of the United States and
Japan shall immediately consult with a view to agreeing
on suitable provisions to replace the provisions suspended.
12. The provisions of this Article shall not apply to any
offenses committed before the entry into force of this
Agreement. Such cases shall be governed by the provi-
sions of Article XVII of the Administrative Agreement
under Article III of the Security Treaty between the
United States of America and Japan, as it existed at the
relevant time.
Artiolb XVIII
1. Each Party waives all its claims against the other
Party for damage to any property owned by it and used
by its land, sea or air defense services, if such damage —
(a) was caused by a member or an employee of the
defense services of the other Party in the performance
of his official duties ; or
(b) arose from the use of any vehicle, vessel or air-
craft owned by the other Party and used by its defense
services, provided either that the vehicle, vessel or air-
craft causing the damage was being used for oflScial
purposes, or that the damage was caused to property
being so used.
Claims for maritime salvage by one Party against the
other Party shall be waived, provided that the vessel
or cargo salved was owned by a Party and being used
by its defense services for official purposes.
2. (a) In the case of damage caused or arising as
stated in paragraph 1 to other property owned by either
Party and located in Japan, the issue of the liability of
the other Party shall be determined and the amount of
damage shall be assessed, unless the two Governments
agree otherwise, by a sole arbitrator selected in accord-
ance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. The
arbitrator shall also decide any counter-claims arising
out of the same incident.
(b) The arbitrator referred to in subparagraph (a)
above shall be selected by agreement between the two
Governments from amongst the nationals of Japan who
hold or have held high judicial office.
(c) Any decision taken by the arbitrator shall be
binding and conclusive upon the Parties.
(d) The amount of any compensation awarded by the
arbitrator shall be distributed in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 5(e)(l),(ii) and (iii) of this
Article.
(e) The compensation of the arbitrator shall be fixed
by agreement between the two Governments and shall,
together with the necessary expenses incidental to the per-
formance of his duties, be defrayed in equal proportions
by them.
(f) Nevertheless, each Party waives its claim in any
such case up to the amount of 1,400 United States dollars
or 504,000 yen. In the case of considerable variation in
the rate of exchange between these currencies the two
Governments shall agree on the appropriate adjustments
of these amounts.
3. For the purposes of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article
the expression "owned by a Party'' in the case of a vessel
includes a vessel on bare boat charter to that Party or
requisitioned by it on bare boat terms or .seized by it
in prize (except to the extent that the risk of loss or
liability is borne by some person other than such Party).
4. Each Party waives all its claims against the other
Party for injury or death suffered by any member of its
defense services while such member was engaged in the
performance of his official duties.
5. Claims (other than contractual claims and those to
which paragrnplis 6 or 7 of this Article apply) arising
out of acts or omissions of members or employees of the
United States armed forces done in the performance of
official duty, or out of any other act, omission or occurrence
for which the United States armed forces are legally
responsible, and causing damage in Japan to third parlies.
192
Department of Stale Bulletin
other than the Government of Jiipau, shall lie dealt with
l)y Jaiian lu accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Claims shall he filed, considered and settled or
adjudicated in accordance with the laws and regulations
of Japan with respei-t to claims arising from the activi-
ties of its Self-Defense Forces.
(b) Japan may settle any such claims, and payment
of the amount aprced upon or determined by adjudication
shall be made by Japan in yen.
(c) Siu'h payment, whether made pui-suant to a settle-
ment or to adjiidicatiiui of the case by a competent tribu-
nal of Japan, or the linal adjudi(Mtioii by such a tribunal
denyinj; payment, shall be binding and conclusive upon
the Parties.
(d) Every claim paid by Japan shall be communicated
to the appropriate Uniteil States authorities together with
full particulars and a proposed distribution In conformity
with subparagraphs (e) (i) and (ii) below. In default
of a reply within two months, the proposed distribution
shall be regarded as accepted.
(e) The cost incurred in satisfying claims pursuant to
the preceding subparagraphs and paragraph 2 of this
Article shall be distributed between the Parties as follows :
(1) Where the United States alone is responsible,
the amount awarded or adjudged shall be distributed in
the proportion of 25 percent chargeable to Japan and
75 percent chargeable to the United States.
(ii) Where the United States and Japan are respon-
sible for the damage, the amount awarded or adjudged
shall be distributed equally between them. Where the
damage was caused by the defense services of the
United States or Japan and it is not possible to attrib-
ute it specitically to one or both of those defense serv-
ices, the amount awarded or adjudged shall be dis-
tributed equally between the United States and Japan.
(iii) Every half-year, a statement of the sums paid
by Japan in the course of the half-yearly period in re-
spect of every case regarding which the proposed dis-
tribution on a percentage basis has been accepted, shall
be sent to the appropriate United States authorities,
together with a request for reimbursement. Such reim-
bursement shall be made, in yen, within the shortest
possible time.
(f ) Members or employees of the United States armed
forces, excluding those employees who have only Japa-
nese nationality, shall not be subject to any proceedings
for the enforcement of any judgment given against them
in Japan in a matter arising from the performance of
their official duties.
(g) Except in so far as subparagraph (e) of this para-
graph applies to claims covered by paragraph 2 of this
Article, the provisions of this i)aragraph shall not apply
to any claim arising out of or in connection with the
navigation or operation of a ship or the loading, carriage,
or discharge of a cargo, other than claims for death or
personal injury to which paragraph 4 of this Article does
not apply.
6. Claims against members or employees of the United
States armed forces (except employees who are nationals
of or ordinarily resident in Japan) arising out of tortious
acts or omissions in Japan not done in the i)erformance of
February 8, I960
537983 — 60 3
official duty shall be dealt with In the following manner:
(a) The authorities of Japan shall consider the claim
and a.ssess comiK'n.sation to the claimant in a fair and
just manner, talilng into account all the circumNtances of
the case, including the conduct of the lnjure<l iktsou, and
shall prepare a report <ui the matter.
(b) The report shall be delivered to the appropriate
United States authorities, who shall then decide without
delay whether they will offer an ex gratia payment, and
if so, of what amoinit.
(c) If an offer of ex gratia payment Is made, and
accepted by the claimant In full satisfaction of his clolm,
the United States authorities shall make the payment
themselves and inform the authorities of Japan of their
decision and of the sum paid.
(d) Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the Juris-
diction of the courts of Japan to entertain an action
against a member or an employee of the United States
armed forces unless and until there has been payment
in full satisfaction of the claim.
7. Claims arising out of the unauthorized use of any
vehicle of the United States armed forces shall be dealt
with in accordance with paragraph 6 of this Article,
except in so far as the United States armed forces are
legally responsible.
8. If a dispute arises as to whether a tortious act or
omission of a member or an employee of the United
States armed forces was done in the performance of
official duty or as to whether the uise of any vehicle of
the United States armed forces was unauthorized, the
question shall be submitted to an arbitrator appointed
in accordance with paragraph 2(b) of this Article, whose
decision on this point shall be final and conclusive.
9. (a) The United States .shall not claim immunity
from the jurisdiction of the courts of Japan for members
or employees of the United States armed forces in respect
of the civil jurisdiction of the courts of Japan except to
the extent provided in paragraph 5(f) of this Article.
(b) In ease any private movable property, excluding
that in use by the United States armed forces, which is
subject to compulsory execution under Japanese law. Is
within the facilities and areas in use by the United
States armed forces, the United States authorities shall,
upon the request of Japanese courts, possess and turn
over such property to the Japanese authorities.
(c) The authorities of the United States and Japan
shall cooperate in the procurement of evidence for a fair
hearing and disposal of claims under this Article.
10. Disputes arising out of contracts concerning the
procurement of materials, supplies, equipment, services
and labor by or for the United States armed forces, which
are not resolved by the parties to the contract concerned,
may be .submitted to the Joint Committee for concilia-
tion, provided that the provisions of this paragraph shall
not prejudice any right which the parties to the contract
may have to file a civil suit.
11. The term "defense services" u.sed in this Article
is understood to mean for Japan its Self-Defcn.se Forces
and for the United States its armed forces.
12. Paragraphs 2 and 5 of this Article shall apply
only to claims arising incident to non-combat activities.
193
13. The provisions of this Article shall not apply to
any claims which arose before the entry into force of
this Agreement. Such claims .shall be dealt with liy the
provisions of Article XVIH of the Administrative Agree-
ment under Article III of the Security Treaty between
the I'nited States of America and Japan.
Abticle XIX
1. Members of the United States armed forces, tne
civilian component, and their dependents, shall be subject
to the foreign exchange controls of the Government of
Japan.
2. The preceding paragraph shall not be construed to
preclude the transmission into or outside of Japan of
United States dollars or dollar Instruments representing
the official funds of the United States or realized as a
result of service or employment in connection with this
Agreement by members of the United States armed forces
and the civilian component, or realized by such persons
and their dependents from sources outside of Japan.
3. The United States authorities shall take suitable
measures to preclude the abuse of the privileges stipulated
in the preceding paragraph or circumvention of the
Japanese foreign exchange controls.
Article XX
1. (a) United States military payment certificates de-
nominated in dollars may be used by persons authorized
by the United States for Internal transactions within the
facilities and areas in use by the United States armed
forces. The Government of the United States will take
appropriate action to insure that authorized personnel are
prohibited from engaging in transactions involving mili-
tary payment certificates except as authorized liy United
States regulations. The Goverument of Japan will take
necessary action to prohibit unauthorized persons from
engaging in transactions involving military payment
certificates and with the aid of United States authorities
will undertake to apprehend and punish any person or
I)ersons under its jurisdiction involved in the counterfeit-
ing or uttering of counterfeit military payment
certificates.
(b) It is agreed that the United States authorities
will apprehend and punish members of the United States
armed forces, the civilian component, or their dependents,
who tender military payment certificates to luianthorized
persons and that no obligation will be due to such unau-
thorized persons or to the Government of Japan or its
agencies from the United States or any of its agencies as
a result of any unauthorized use of military payment cer-
tificates within Japan.
2. In order to exorcise control of military payment cer-
tificates the United States may designate certain Amer-
ican financial institutions to maintain and operate, under
United States sui)ervision, facilities for the use of per-
sons authorized by the United States to use military pay-
ment certificates. Institutions authorized to maintain
military banking facilities will establish and maintain
such facilities physically .separated from their Japanese
commercial banking business, with personnel whose sole
duty is to maintain and operate such facilities. Such
facilities shall be permitted to maintain United States
currency bank accounts and to perform all financial trans-
actions in connection therewith including receipt and
remission of funds to the extent provided by Article
XIX, paragraph 2, of this Agreement.
Article XXI
The United States may establish and operate, within
the facilities and areas in use by the United States armed
forces, United States military post offices for the use of
members of the United States armed forces, the civilian
component, and their dependents, for the transmission of
mail between United States military post offices in Japan
and between such military post offices and other United
States post offices.
Abticle XXII
The United States may enroll and train eligible United
States citizens residing in Japan, who apply for such en-
rollment, in the reserve organizations of the armed
forces of the United States.
Abticle XXIII
The United States and Japan will cooperate in taking
such steps as may from time to time be necessary to en-
sure the security of the United States armed forces, the
members thereof, the civilian component, their depend-
ents, and their property. The Government of Japan
agrees to seek such legislation and to take such other
action as may be necessary to ensure the adequate securi-
ty and protection within its territory of installations,
equipment, property, records and official information of
the United States, and for the punishment of offenders
under the applicable laws of Japan.
Article XXIV
1. It is agreed that the United States will bear for the
duration of this Agreement without cost to Japan all ex-
penditures incident to the maintenance of the United
States armed forces in Japan except those to be borne by
Japan as provide<l in paragraph 2.
2. It is agreed that Japan will furnish for the duration
of this Agreement without cost to the United States and
make compensation where appropriate to the owners and
suppliers thereof all facilities and areas and rights of
way, including facilities and areas jointly used such as
those at airfields and ports, as provided in Articles II and
III.
3. It is agreed that arrangements will be effected be-
tween the Governments of the United States and Japan
for aecoimting applicable to financial transactions ari.sing
out of this Agreement.
Article XXV
1. A Joint Committee shall be established as the
means for consultation between the Government of the
United States and the Government of Japan on all matters
reiiuiring mutual consultation regarding the implementa-
tion of this Agreement. In particular, the Joint Com-
mittee .shall serve as the means for consultation in de-
termining the facilities and areas in Japan which are re-
<|uirod for the use of the United States in carrying out
194
Department of Stale Bulletin
the purposes of the Treaty of Mm mil Cooperullou uml
Security.
2. The Joint Committee shiill be eom|K)seil of a repre-
sentative of the (.lovernmeut of the I'niteU States and a
representative of the Government of Ja])au, each of whom
sUall have one or more deputies and a staff. Tlie Joint
Committee shall determine its own procetlures, and
arrange for such auxiliary organs and administrative
services as may be required. The Joint Committee shall
be so organized that it may meet imme<liately at any
time at the re(iuest of the representative of either the
Government of the United States or the Government of
Japan.
3. If the Joint Committee is unable to resolve any mat-
ter, it shall refer that matter to the respective Govern-
ments for further consideration through appropriate
channels.
Article XXVI
1. Tills Agreement shall be approved by the United
Stjites and Japan in accordance with their legal proce-
dures, and notes indicating such approval shall be
exchanged.
2. After the procedure set forth in the preceding para-
graph has been followed, this Agreement will enter into
force on the date of coming into force of the Treaty of
Mutual Cooperation and Security, at which time the
Administrative Agreement under Article III of the Secu-
rity Treaty lietween the United States of America and
Japan, signed at Tokyo on February 28, 1952, as amende<l,
shiiU expire.
3. The Government of each Party to this Agreement
undertakes to seek from its legislature necessary budget-
ary and legislative action with respect to provisions of
this Agreement which require such action for their
execution.
Article XXVII
Either Government may at any time request the revi-
sion of any Article of this Agreement, in which case the
two Governments shall enter into negotiation through
appropriate channels.
Article XXVIII
This Agreement, and agreed revisions thereof, shall
remain in force while the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security remains in force unless earlier terminated
by agreement between the two Governments.
In witness whereof the undersigned Plenipotentiaries
have signed this Agreement.
Done at Washington, in duplicate, in the English and
Japane.se languages, both texts equally authentic, this
19th day of January, 1960.
For the United States of America :
Christian A. Herter
Douglas MacArthur 2nd
J Graham Parsons
For Japan :
NOBUStTKE KiSHI
AiicniRo Fujiyama
Mrrsc.iiKo Ishii
Tadashi Adachi
koichiro asakai
Agreed Minutes to Agreement Under Article VI
AgKEKI) .MlNl'lKS to TIIK AcillKK.MKNT U.NUF.Il AliTK IE VI OK
THE Treaty ok Mutual Cooi-eration and Security
Hktwken the United States of Amkiuca and Japan,
liEUAKDiNO Facilities and Areas and the Status of
United States Armed Forces in Japan
Tlie I'lenipotentiariea of the United States of America
and Japan wish to re<-ord the following understanding
which they have reached during the negotiations for the
Agreement under Article VI of the Treaty of Mutual
Cooperation and Security iM'tween the United States of
America and Japan, Uegarding Facilities and Areas and
the Status of United States Armed Forces In Japan,
signed today :
Article III
The measures that may be taken by the United States
under paragraph 1 .shall, to the extent necessary to accom-
plish the purposes of this Agreement, include, inter alia,
the following :
1. To construct (Including dredging and filling), oper-
ate, maintain, utilize, occupy, garrison and control the
facilities and areas ;
2. To remove buildings or structures, make alterations,
attach fixtures, or erect additions thereto and to construct
any additional buildings or structures together with
auxiliary facilities ;
3. To improve and deepen the harbors, channels, en-
trances and anchorages, and to construct or maintain
necessary roads and bridges affording access to such
facilities and areas ;
4. To control (including measures to prohibit) in so far
as may be required by military necessity for the eflicient
operation and safety of the facilities and areas, anchor-
ages, moorings, landings, takeoffs and operation of ships
and waterborne craft, aircraft and other vehicles on wa-
ter, in the air or on land comprising, or in the vicinity of,
the facilities and areas ;
5. To con.struct on riglits of way utilized by the United
States such wire and radio communications facilities,
including submarine and subterranean cables, pipe lines
and spur tracks from railroads, as may be recjuired for
military purposes; and
6. To construct, install, maintain and employ in any
facility or area any tyi)e of installation, weai)on, sub-
stance, device, vessel or vehicle on or imder the ground,
in the air or on or under the water that may be requisite
or appropriate, including meteorological systems, aerial
and water navigation lights, radio and radar apparatus
and electronic devices.
Article V
1. "Unite<l States and foreign ves.sels — operated by, for,
or under the control of the United States for official pur-
poses" mean I'nited States public ves.sels and chartered
vessels (bare boat charter, voyage charter and time char-
ter). Space charter is not includetl. Commercial cargo
and private passengers are carried by them only in ex-
ceptional cases.
2. The Japanese ports mentioned herein will ordinarily
mean "oi>en ports".
February 8, I960
195
3. The exemption from making "appropriate notifica-
tion" will be applicable only to exceptional cases wliere
such is required for security of the United States anned
forces or similar reasons.
4. The laws and regulations of Japan will be applicable
except as specifically provided otherwise in this Article.
Article VII
The problem of telecommunications rates applicable to
the United States armed forces will continue to be studied
in the light of, inter alia, the statements concerning Arti-
cle VII recorded in the official minutes of the Tenth Joint
Meeting for the Negotiation of the Administrative Agree-
ment signed on February 28, 1952, which are hereby in-
corporated by reference.
Article IX
The Government of Japan will be notified at regular
Intervals, in accordance with procedures to be agreed be-
tween the two Governments, of numbers and categories of
persons entering and departing .
Article XI
1. The quantity of goods imported under paragraph 2
by the organizations provided for in Article XV for the use
of the members of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component, and their dependents shall be limited
to the extent reasonably required for such use.
2. Paragraph 3(a) does not require concurrent ship-
ment of goods with travel of owner nor does it require
single loading or shipment.
3. The term "military cargo" as used in paragraph 5(c)
is not confined to arms and equipment but refers to all
cargo shipped to the United States armed forces on a
United States Government bill of lading, the term "mili-
tary cargo" being used to distinguish cargo shipped to
the United States armed forces from cargo shipped to
other agencies of the United States Government.
4. The United States armed forces will take every prac-
ticable measure to ensure that goods will not be imported
into Japan by or for the members of the United States
armed forces, the civilian component, or their dependents,
the entry of which would be in violation of Japanese cus-
toms laws and regulations. The United States armed
forces will promptly notify the Japanese customs au-
thorities whenever the entry of such goods is discovered.
5. The Japanese customs authorities may, if they con-
sider that there has been an abuse or Infringement in
connection with the entry of goods under Article XI,
take up the matter with the appropriate authorities of
the United States armed forces.
6. The words "The United States armed forces shall
render all assistance within their i)ower etc." in para-
graph !) (1>) and (c) refer to reasonable and practicable
measures by the United States armed forces.
Article XII
1. Tlie United States armed forces will furnish the
Japanese authorities with appropriate information as far
In advance as practicable on anticipated major changes
In their procurement program in .Japan.
2. The problem of a satisfactory settlement of difficul-
ties with respect to procurement contracts arising out of
differences between United States and Japanese economic
laws and business practices will be studied by the Joint
Committee or other appropriate persons.
3. The procedures for securing exemptions from taxa-
tion on purchases of goods for ultimate use by the United
States armed forces will be as follows :
a. Upon appropriate certification by the United States
armed forces that materials, supplies and equipment con-
signed to or destined for such forces, are to be used, or
wholly or partially used up, under the supervision of
such forces, exclusively in the execution of contracts for
the construction, maintenance or operation of the facili-
ties and areas referred to in Article II or for the support
of the forces therein, or are ultimately to be Incorporated
into articles or facilities used by such forces, an authorized
representative of such forces shall take delivery of such
materials, supplies and equipment directly from manu-
facturers thereof. In such circumstances the collection
of commodity and gasoline taxes shall be held in abeyance.
b. The receipt of such materials, supplies and equip-
ment in the facilities and areas shall be confirmed by an
authorized officer of the United States armed forces to
the Japanese authorities.
c. Collection of commodity and gasoline taxes shall be
held in abeyance until
(1) The United States armed forces confirm and
certify the quantity or degree of consumption of the above
referred to materials, supplies and equipment, or
(2) The United States armed forces confirm and
certify the amount of the above referred to materials,
supplies, and equipment which have been incorporated
into articles or facilities used by United States armed
forces.
d. materials, supplies, and equipment certified under
c(l) or (2) shall be exempt from commodity and gaso-
line taxes in so far as the price thereof is paid out of
United States Government appropriations or out of funds
contributed by the Japanese Government for disburse-
ment by the United States.
4. The Government of the United States shall ensure
that the Government of Japan is reimbursed for costs in-
curred under relevant contracts between appropriate
authorities of the Government of Japan and the organi-
zations provided for in Article XV in connection with
the employment of workers to be provided for such
organizations.
5. It is understo(xJ that the term "the legislation of
Japan" mentioned in paragraph 5, Article XII includes
decisions of the courts and the Labor Relations Com-
missions of Japan, subject to the provisions of paragraph
G, Article XII.
6. It is understood that the provisions of Article XII,
paragraph G shall apply only to discharges for security
reasons including disturbing the maintenance of military
discipline within the facilities and areas used by the
United States armed forces.
7. It is understood that the organizations referred to
in Article XV will be subject to the procedures of para-
196
Department of State Bulletin
graph G on the basis of mutual agreement between tlie
appropriate authorities.
ArtirJc XIII
With respect to Article XIII, paragraph 2 and Article
XIV, paiagniph 7, Income payable in .lapan as a result
of service with or employment by the Uniteil States armed
forces or by the organizations provl(lt>d for in Article XV,
or under contract made in the United States with the
United States Government, shall not be treate<l or consid-
ered as income derived from Japanese sources.
Article XV
The facilities referred to in paragraph 1 may be used
by other officers and personnel of the United States Gov-
ernment ordinarily accorded such privileges abroad.
Article XVII
Re paragraph 1(a) aud paragraph 2(a):
The scoiie of persons subject to the military laws of
the United States shall be communicated, through the
Joint Committee, to the Government of Japan by the
Government of the United States.
Re paragraph 2(c) :
Both Governments shall inform each other of the
details of all the security offenses mentioned in this
subparagraph and the provisions governing such of-
fenses in the existing laws of their respective countries.
Re paragraph 3(a) (ii) :
Where a member of the United States armed forces
or the civilian component is charged with an offense,
a certificate issued by or on behalf of his command-
ing officer stating that the alleged offense, if committed
by him, arose out of an act or omission done in the
performance of official duty, shall, in any judicial pro-
ceedings, be sufficient evidence of the fact unless the
contrary is proved.
The above statement shall not be interpreted to prej-
udice in any way Article 318 of the Japanese Code of
Criminal Procedure.
Re paragraph 3(c) :
1. Mutual procedures relating to waivers of the pri-
mary right to exercise jurisdiction shall be determined
by the Joint Committee.
2. Trials of cases in which the Japanese authorities
have waived the primary right to exercise jurisdiction,
and trials of cases involving offenses described in para-
graph 3(a) (ii) committed against the State or na-
tionals of Japan shall be held promptly in Japan within
a reasonable distance from the places where the offenses
are alleged to have taken place unless other arrange-
ments are mutually agreed upon. Representatives of
the Japanese authorities may be present at such trials.
Re paragraph 4 :
Dual nationals, United States and Japanese, who are
subje<'t to the nulitary law of the United States and are
brought to Japan by the United States shall not be con-
sidered as nationals of Japan, but shall be considered
February 8, 7960
as ITnited States nationals for the purposes of this
paragraph.
Ke i>aragraph ."> :
1. In case the Japanese authorities have arrested an
offender who is a member of the United States armed
forces, the civilian component, or a dependent subject
to the military law of the United States with resfHH't to
a case over which Japan has the primary right to
exerci.se jurisdiction, the Japanese authorities will,
unless they deem that there is adequate cause and
necessity to retain such offender, release him to the
custody of the United States military authorities pro-
vided that he shall, on request, be made available to
the Japanese authorities, if such be the condition of
his release. The United States authorities shall, on
request, transfer his custody to the Japanese authorities
at the time he is indicted by the latter.
2. The United States military authorities shall
promptly notify the Japanese authorities of the arrest
of any member of the United States armed forces, the
civilian component or a dependent in any case in which
Japan has the primary right to exercise jurisdiction.
Re paragraph 9 :
1. The rights enumerated in items (a) through (e)
of this paragraph are guaranteed to all persons on trial
in Japanese courts by the provisions of the Japanese
Constitution. In addition to the.se rights, a member of
the United States armed forces, the civilian component
or a dependent who is prosecuted under the jurisdiction
of Japan shall have such other rights as are guaran-
teed under the laws of Japan to all persons on trial in
Japanese courts. Such additional rights include the
following which are guaranteed under the Japanese
Constitution :
(a) He shall not be arrested or detained without be-
ing at once informed of the charge against him or with-
out the immediate privilege of counsel ; nor shall he be
detained without adequate cause; and upon demand of
any person such cause must be immediately shown in
open court in his presence and the presence of his
counsel ;
(b) He shall enjoy the right to a public trial by an
impartial tribunal ;
(c) He shall not be compelled to testify against
himself ;
(d) He shall be permitted full opportunity to exam-
ine all witnesses ;
(e) No cruel punishments shall be imposed uix)n him.
2. The United States authorities shall have the right
upon request to have access at any time to members of
the United States armed forces, the civilian component,
or their dependents who are confined or detained under
Japanese authority.
3. Nothing in the provisions of paragraph 9(g) con-
cerning the presence of a representative of the United
States Government at the trial of a member of the
United States armed forces, the civilian component or
a dependent prosecuted under the juris<liction of
Japan, shall be so construed as to prejudice the provi-
197
sions of the Japanese Constitution with respect to public
trials.
He paragraphs 10(a) and 10(b) :
1. The United States military aiithorities will normal-
ly make all arrests within facilities and areas in use by
and guarded under the authority of the United States
armed forces. This shall not preclude the Japanese
authorities from making arrests within facilities and
areas in cases where the competent authorities of the
United States armed forces have given consent, or in
cases of pursuit of a flagrant offender who has com-
mitted a serious crime.
Where persons whose arrest is desired by the
Japanese authorities and who are not subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States armed forces are
within facilities and areas in use by the United States
armed forces, the United States military authorities
will undertake, upon request, to arrest such persons.
All persons arrested by the United States military au-
thorities, who are not subject to the jurisdiction of the
United States armed forces, shall immediately be
turned over to the Japanese authorities.
The United States military authorities may, under
due process of law, arrest in Uie vicinity of a facilit.v or
area any person in the commission or attempted com-
mission of an offense against the security of that facili-
ty or area. Any such person not subject to the jurisdic-
tion of the United States armed forces shall immediate-
ly be turned over to the Japanese authorities.
2. The Japanese authorities will normally not exer-
cise the right of search, seizure, or inspection with re-
spect to any persons or property within facilities and
areas in use by and guarded under the authority of the
United States armed forces or with respect to property
of the United States armed forces wherever situated,
except in cases where the competent authorities of the
United States armed forces consent to such search, seiz-
ure, or inspection by the Japanese authorities of such
I>ersons or property.
Where search, .seizure, or insiiection with respect to
Ijersons or property within facilities and areas in use
by the United States armed forces or with resi)ect to
property of the United States armed forces in Japan is
de.sired by the Japanese authorities, the United States
military authorities will undertake, ui)on request, to
make such search, seizure, or insjiection. In the event
of a judgment concerning such property, except [irop-
erty owned or utilized by the United States Government
or its instrumentalities, the United States will turn over
such property to the Japanese authorities for disposi-
tion in accordance with the judgment.
Article XIX
Payment in Japan by the TInitod States armed forces
and by those organizations provided in Article XV^ to
persons other than members of the Unite<l States armed
forces, civilian component, their dependents and those
persons referred to in Article XIV shall be effected in
accordance with the Japanese Foreign Exchange Control
Law and regulations. In these transactions the basic
rate of exchange shall be usetl.
Article XXI
United States military post offices may be used by
other officers and personnel of the United States Govern-
ment ordinarily accorded such privileges abroad.
Article XXIV
It is understood that nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent the United States from utilizing, for the defray-
ment of expenses which are to be borne by the United
States under this Agreement, dollar or yen funds law-
fully acquired by the United States.
Washington, January 19, 1960.
C.A.H.
N.K
Exchange of Notes Incorporating Agreed Consulta-
tion Formula
JAPANESE NOTE
Washington, January 19, 1960.
Excellency : I have the honour to refer to the Treaty of
Mutual Cooijeration and Security between Japan and the
United States of America signed today, and to inform
Tour Excellency that the following is the understanding
of the Government of Japan concerning the implementa-
tion of Article VI thereof :
Major changes in the deployment into Japan of
United States armed forces, major changes in their
equipment, and the use of facilities and areas in Japan
as bases for military combat operations to be under-
taken from Japan other than those conducted under
Article V of the .said Treaty, shall be the subjects of
prior consultation with the Government of Japan.
I should be appreciative if Your Excellency would con-
firm on behalf of your Government that this is also the
understanding of the Government of the United States of
America.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your
Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration.
NOBUSUKE KiSHI
His Excellency
Christian A. Herter,
Secretary of State
of the United States of America.
UNITED STATES REPLY
January 19, 1960
Excellency: I have the honor to acknowledge the re-
ceipt of Your Excellency's Note of today's date, which
reads as follows :
[text of Jiipanosc notp]
I have (he honor to confirm on behalf of my Govern-
ment that the foregoing is also the understanding of the
Government of the United States of America.
198
Department of State Bulletin
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
liiRhest consideration.
Christian A. Hf.ktkr
Secretari/ of i<tatc of the
United States of America
His Excellency
Nonusi'KE Kisiii,
Prime Minister of Japan-.
Exchange of Notes Providing for Continuance in
Effect of Acheson-Yoshida Exchange of Notes
JAPANESE REPLY
Washinchon, January 10, 19(10.
UNITED STATES NOTE
January 19, 1960
Excelij:ncy: I have the honor to refer to the Security
Treaty hetween the United States of America and Japan
signed at the city of San Francisco on September 8, 1951,
the exchange of notes effected on the same date ° between
Mr. Shigeru Yoshida, Prime Minister of Japan, and Mr.
Dean Acheson, Secretary of State of the United States
of America, and the Agreement Regarding the Status of
the United Nations Forces in Japan signed at Tokyo on
February 19, 1954,"' as well as the Treaty of Mutual Co-
operation and Security between the United States of
America and Japan signed today. It is the understanding
of my Government that :
1. The above-mentionwl exchange of notes will continue
to he in force so long as the Agreement Regarding the
Status of the United Nations Forces in Japan remains
in force.
2. The expression "those facilities and areas the use
of which is provided to the United States of America
under the Security Treaty between Japan and the United
States of America" in Article V, paragraph 2 of the above-
mentioned Agreement is understood to mean the facilities
and areas tJie use of which is granted to the United
States of America under the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security.
3. The use of the facilities and areas by the United
States armed forces under the Unified Command of the
Unite<l Nations established pursuant to the Security Coun-
cil Resolution of July 7, 1950, and their status in Japan
are governed by arrangements made pursuant to the
Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security.
I should be grateful if Your Excellency could confirm
on behalf of your Government that the understanding of
my Government stated in the foregoing numbered para-
graphs is also the understanding of your Government and
that this understanding shall enter into operation on the
(late of the entry into force of the Treaty of Mutual
Coojieration and Security .signed at Washington January
19, 19(30.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
Christian A. Herter
Secretary of State of the
United States of America
His Excellency
NOUUSI-KE KlSHI,
I'rime ^tinilltcr of Japan.
February 8, 1960
Excellency: I have the honour to acknowledge the
receipt of Your Excellency's Note of today's date, which
reads as follows :
[text of United Stiitet) note]
I have the honour to confirm on behalf of my Govern-
ment that the foregoing is also the understanding of the
Goveriiuient of Japan.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your
Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration.
NOBUSUKE KiSIII
His Excellency
Christian A. Herter,
Secretary of State
of the United States of Ameri4^a.
Exchange of Notes Providing for the Settlement of
Certain Claims Against the United States Forces by
Former Employees
UNITED STATES NOTE
January 19, 1960
Exchxlency : I have the honor to refer to para-
graph 6(d) of Article XII of the Agreement under Article
VI of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security
between the United States of America and Japan, Re-
garding Facilities and Areas and the Status of United
States Armed Forces in Japan, signed today. The second
sentence of the said paragraph provides that "in such
case the Government of the United States shall pay to
the Government of Japan an amount equal to the cost
of employment of the worker for a period of time to be
agreed between the two Governments."
I wish to propo.se ou behalf of the Government of the
United States that the i)eriod of time mentioned above
shall not exceed one year after the notification provided
for in paragraph 6(b) of Article XII of the above-cited
Agreement, and may be determined in the consultations
under paragraph 0(c) of Article XII above on the basis
of mutually agreeable criteria.
If the proposal made herein is acceptable to the Govern-
ment of Japan, this Note and Your Excellency's reply to
that effect shall be considered as constituting an agree-
ment between the two Governments.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
Christian A. Herter
Secretary of State of the
United States of America
His Excellency
Nobusuke Kisiii,
I'rime Minixtcr of Japan.
' For texts of notes, see i6W., Sept 17, 19.W, p. 465.
"TIAS 2995.
199
JAPANESE REPLY
Washington, January 19, 1960.
Excellency: I have the honour to acknowledge the
receipt of Tour Excellency's Note of today's date, which
reads as follows :
ftext of United States note]
I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that the
Government of Japan accepts the above proposal of the
Government of the United States, and to confirm that
your Note and this reply are considered as constituting
an agreement between the two Governments.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Tour
Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration.
NOBUSUKE KiSHI
His Excellency
Christian A. Heetek,
Secretary of State
of the United States of America.
Exchange of Notes Revising References to the Secu-
rity Treaty in the Mutual Defense Assistance Agree-
ment
UNITED STATES NOTE
January 19, 1960
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to the Treaty
of Mutual Cooperation and Security between the United
States of America and Japan signed today. It is the
understanding of the Government of the United States
of America that references to the Security Treaty between
the United States of America and Japan, signed at San
Francisco on September 8, 1951, and to the Administrative
Agreement under Article III of the Security Treaty
between the United States of America and Japan, appear-
ing in the Mutual Defense Assistance Agreement between
the United States of America and Japan," signed at Tokyo
on March 8, 1954, shall be considered to be references to
the corresponding provisions, if any, of the Treaty of
Mutual Cooperation and Security and of the Agreement
under Article VI of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security between the United States of America and
Japan, Regarding Facilities and Areas and the Status of
United States Armed Forces in Japan.
I should be appreciative if Your Excellency would con-
firm on behalf of your Government that this is also the
understanding of the Government of Japan and that this
understanding shall enter into operation on the date of
the entry into force of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my high-
est consideration.
Christian A. Hkrter
Secretary of State of the
United States of America
His Elxcellency
NODUSUKE KiSHI,
Prime Minister of Japan.
520.
200
'TIAS 2957; for text, see Bulletin of Apr. 5, 19.54, p.
JAPANESE REPLY
Washington, January 19, 1960.
Excellency : I have the honour to acknowledge the
receipt of Your Excellency's Note of today's date, which
reads as follows :
[text of United States note]
I have further the honour to confirm on behalf of my
Government that the foregoing is also the understanding
of the Government of Japan.
I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your
Excellency the assurance of my highest consideration.
NOBUSUKE KiSHI
His Excellency
Christian A. Herter,
Secretary of State
of the United States of America.
Exchange of Notes Re Establishment of the Security
Consultative Committee
JAPANESE NOTE
Washington, January 19, 1960.
Dear Secretary Herter: I wish to refer to the Treaty
of Mutual Cooperation and Security between Japan and
the United States of America signed today. Under
Article IV of the Treaty, the two Governments will con-
sult together from time to time regarding the implementa-
tion of tlie Treaty, and, at the request of either Govern-
ment, whenever the security of Japan or international
peace and security in the Far East is threatened. The
exchange of notes under Article VI of the Treaty specifies
certain matters as the subjects of prior consultation with
the Government of Japan.
Such consultations will be carried on between the two
Governments through appropriate channels. At the same
time, however, I feel that the establishment of a special
committee which could as appropriate be used for these
consultations between the Governments would prove very
useful. This committee, which would meet whenever
requested by either side, could also consider any matters
underlying and related to security affairs which would
serve to promote understanding between the two Govern-
ments and contribute to the strengthening of cooperative
relations between the two countries in the field of security.
Under this proposal the present "Japanese-American
Committee on Security" established by the Governments
of the United States and Japan on August 6, 1957, '= would
be replaced by this new committee which might be called
"The Security Consultative Committee". I would also
recommend that the membership of this new committee be
the same as the membership of the "Japanese-American
Committee on Security", namely on the Japanese side, the
Minister for Foreign Affairs, who will preside on the
Japanese side, and the Director General of the Defense
Agency, and on the United States side, the United States
1- For background, see ibid., Aug. 20, 19.57, p. .350.
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Ambassador to Jbiniii, who will serve as Chairman on the
United States side, and the Commander-in-Chief, racilio,
who will be the Ambassador's principal advisor on mili-
tary and defense matters. The Commander, United States
Forces, Japan, will serve as alternate for the Commander-
in-Chief, I'aoiflc.
I would appreciate very much your views on this matter.
Most sincerely,
NOBUSUKE KiSHI
His Excellency
Christian A. IIerter,
Secretary of State
of the United Stales of America.
united states reply
January 19, 1960
Dear Mr. Prime Minister : The receipt is acknowledged
of your Note of today's date suggesting the establishment
of "The Security Consultative Committee". I fully agree
to your proix)sal and share your view that such a com-
mittee can contribute to strengthening the cooperative re-
lations between the two countries in the field of security.
I also agree to your proposal regarding the membership
of this committee.
Most sincerely,
Christian A. Herter
His Excellency
Nobusuke Kisni,
Prime Minister of Japan.
U.S. Denies Change in Policy
Toward Iran
Department Statement
Press release 30 dated January 22
The Department of State has categorically
denied that there is any substance whatsoever to
the report contained in an article appearing in
the Christian Science Monitor on January 15.
Specifically it is denied, as alleged in the article,
that the United States is considering a change in
policy toward Iran, which would supposedlj' en-
tail encouraging opposition elements as a result
of allegedly growing internal dissatisfaction with
the present Government and its policies.
The United States has the closest and most
cordial relations with the present Government of
Iran, which, imder the able leadership of the
Shah, is striving effectively to maintain Iran's
independence and to improve conditions within
the country.
Law Day, 1960
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas one of the greatest heritages of American
citizenship is a government of law before which all men
stand as eiiuals, and the dedication of our [icople to free-
dom under law has made po.ssible the remarkable growth
and development of our society in all its asi>octs ; and
Whereas respect for Justice under law Is vital and
abiding only when Its roots are grounded in our many
traditions of religion, ethics, and philo.sophy with their
common teaching concerning law as the foundation of
our social order; and
Whereas the widest possible understanding of these
basic truths will contribute to the Nation's moral and
spiritual strength, and a reaffirmation of faith in the rule
of law in the daily lives of all Americans will serve to
demonstrate to the i)eoples of the world that this Nation
seeks only fairness and justice in its relations with other
nations ; and
Whereas the observance of Law Day is designed to
foster this deeper respect for law and an awareness of
its essential place in American life, as well as to
encourage the efforts now being made to bring about an
extension of law as an instrument of world peace and
orderly progress in all international relationships for
the future benefit of mankind :
Now, therefore, I, DwiGHT D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States of America, do hereby designate Sun-
day, May 1, 1960, as Law Day in the United States of
America.
I urge the people of the United States to observe Law
Day with appropriate ceremonies as a public demonstra-
tion of their devotion to the rule of law as the keystone
of peace and order in our national and international life.
I also urge the members of the legal profession to bring
the objectives of Law Day to public attention in all
appropriate ways, through religious and educational insti-
tutions, by private organizations and public bodies, and
through the media of public information.
In WITNESS WHEREOF, I liavc hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 31st day of Decem-
ber in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty-nine, and of the Independence of the United
States of America the one hundred and eighty-
fourth.
By the President:
Douglas Dillon,
Acting Secretary of State.
' No. 3330 ; 25 Fed. Reg. 139.
February 8, I960
201
Budget Message of the President (Excerpts)'
To the Congress of the United States :
With this message, transmitting the Budget of
tlie Unit«d States for the fiscal year 1961, 1 invite
the Congress to join with me in a determined
effort to achieve a substantial surplus. This will
make possible a reduction in the national debt.
The proposals in tliis budget demonstrate that
this objective can be attained while at the same
time maintaining required military strength and
enliancing the national welfare.
This budget attests to the strength of America's
economy. At the sajne time, the budget is a t«st
of our resolve, as a nation, to allocate our re-
sources prudently, to maintain the Nation's se-
curity, and to extend economic growth into the
future without inflation.
In highlight, this budget proposes:
1. Revenues of $84 billion and expenditures of
$79.8 billion, leaving a surplus of $4.2 billion.
This surplus should be applied to debt reduction,
which I believe to be a prime element in somid
fiscal policy for the Nation at this time.
2. New appropriations for the militaiy func-
tions of the Depart.ment of Defense amounting
to $40.6 billion, and expenditures of $41 billion.
These expenditures, which will be slightly higher
than the 1960 level, will provide the strong and
versatile defense which we require under prevail-
ing world conditions.
3. Increased appropriations (including sub-
stantial restoration of congressional reductions
in the 1960 budget), and a virtual doubling of
expenditures, for noiunilitary space projects
under the National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. This furtlici-s our plans to keep
'H. Doc. 2.').%, 8Gth OonR., 2d se.ss., tran.'^mittwl on Jan.
18. The message, with suiiinvary budget statements, is
for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 2.'), D.C. (.^L.TO).
moving ahead vigorously and systematically with
our intensive program of scientific exploration
and with the development of the large boosters
essential to tlie conquest of outer space.
4. Nearly $4.2 billion in new appropriations
for mutual security programs, an increase of
about $950 million above appropriations for the
current year, with an increase of $100 million in
expenditures. This increase in program is
needed to accelerate economic and technical as-
sistance, chiefly through the Development Loan
Fund, and to strengthen free world forces, in
particular the forces of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization, with advanced weapons and equip-
ment.
5. A record total of expenditures, $1.2 billion,
for water resources projects under the Corps of
Engineers and the Bureau of Reclamation. In
addition to funds for going work, this amount
provides for the initiation of 42 new high-
priority projects, which will require $-'5S million
in new appropriations for 1961, and will cost a
total of $496 million over a period of years.
6. Sulistantiallj' higher expenditures in a num-
ber of categories which under present laws are
relatively uncontrollable, particularly $9.6 bil-
lion for interest; $3.9 billion to help support farm
prices and income; $3.8 billion for veterans com-
pensation and pensions; and $2.4 billion in aid
to State and local governments for public assist-
ance and em])loyment security activities. Tlie
aggregate increase in the.se relatively uncontrol-
lable expenditures is more than $1 billion over
1960.
7. Research ami development expenditures of
$8.4 billion — well over one-half of the entire Na-
tion's expenditures, public and ])rivn(e. for these
purposes — in order to assure a continuing strong
and modern defense and to stimulate basic re-
search and teclmolngical jirogress.
202
Department of State Bulletin
8. Rcooinmendntions for prompt lejiislative
action to increase taxes on highway and aviation
fuels, and to raise postal rates. These measures
are needed to place on the users a proper share of
the risinjj; costs of the Federal airways and jiostal
service, and to support the hif^hway program at
an incrensed level.
9. Reconunendutions to extend for another year
present coi'poration income and excise tax rates.
10. A constructive legislative program to
achieve iinjirovements in existing laws relating to
govermnental tictivities and to initiate needed ac-
tions to improve and safeguard the interests of
our people.
In short, this budget and the proposals it makes
for legislative action provide for significant ad-
vances in many aspects of national security and
welfare. The budget presents a balanced pro-
gi-am wliich recognizes the priorities appropriate
witliin an aggregate of Federal expenditures that
we can soundly support.
I believe that the American people have made
their wislies cle<ar: The Federal Government
should conduct its financial atl'airs with a high
sense of responsibility, Angorously meeting the
Nation's needs and opportunities within its proper
sphere while at the same time exercising a pru-
dent discipline in matters of borrowing and
spending, and in incurring liabilities for the
future.
Budget Totals
During tlie present fiscal year we have made
encouraging progress in achieving sound fiscal
policy objectives. The deficit of $12.4 billion in
fiscal 1959, which was largely caused by the reces-
sion, is expected to be followed by a surplus of
$217 million in the current year. To safeguard
this small surplus, I am directing all Government
departments and agencies to exercise strict con-
trols over the expenditure of Federal funds.
Even so, the slender margin of surplus can be
atttained only if economic growth is not inter-
rupted.
For the fiscal year 1961, I am proposing: a
budget surplus of $4.2 billion to be applied to
debt retirement. In my judgment this is the only
sound course. Unless some amounts are applied
to the reduction of debt in prosperous periods, we
can expect an ever larger public debt if future
emergencies or recessions again produce deficits.
In times of prosperity, such as we anticipate
in the coming year, sound fiscal and economic
policy requires a budget surplus to help counter-
act inflationary pressures, to ease conditions in
capital and credit markets, and to increase the
supply of savings available for the productive
investment so essential to continued economic
growth.
The budget recommendations for 19G1 lay the
groundwork for a sound and flexible fiscal policy
in the years ahead. A continuance of economic
prosperity in 19<;2 and latei- years can be expected
to bring with it further increases in Federal
revenues. If expenditures are hold to the levels
I am proposing for 19G1 and reasonable restraint
is exercised in the future, higher revenues in lat^r
BUDGET EXPENDITURES
[Fiscal years. In millions]
loss
actual
19fi0
estimate
1961
Function
Estimate
Percent
of total
Major national security-
International affairs and
finance
$46, 426
3,780
3, 421
6, 529
1, 669
4, 421
5, 174
7, 671
1,606
$45, 650
2,066
3,002
5, 113
1, 785
4, 44i
5, 157
9, 385
1,711
75
$45, 568
2,242
2,709
5,623
1, 938
4, 569
5,471
9,585
1,911
200
57. 1
2 8
Commerce and housing..
Agriculture and agricul-
tural resources
Natural resources
Labor and welfare
Veterans services and
benefits.- - _-
3.4
7. 0
2. 4
5. 7
6. 9
Interest __
12.0
General government
Allowance for contingen-
2.4
. 3
Total
80, 697
78, 383
79,816
100.0
years will give the next administration and the
next Congi-ess the choice they should riglitly have
in deciding between reductions in the public debt
and lightening of the tax burden, or both.
Soundly conceived tax revision can then bo ap-
proached on a comprehensive and orderly basis,
rather than by hajjhazard piecemeal changes, and
can be accomplished within a setting of economic
and fiscal stability.
Budget expenditures in 1961 are estimated at
$70.8 billion, which is $1.4 billion more than the
1960 level. The total increase is attributable to
(1) an inci-caseof more than $1 billion in relatively
uncontrollable expenditures for farm price sup-
ports fixed by law, interest on the public debt,
veterans compensation and pensions, and public
assistance grant.s, and (2) an increase of about
February 8, 7960
203
$500 million in expenditures because of commit-
ments made in prior years for Federal housing
programs, for civil public works projects and other
construction, for loans under the mutual security
program, and for other programs.
New activities and expansion of certain other
programs liave been included on a selective basis
of need. These increases are offset by reductions
in other existing programs, including the proposed
elimination of the postal deficit.
New obligational authority recommended for
the fiscal year 1961 totals $79.4 billion. This is
$306 million less tlian the amounts already enacted
and recommended for 1960, and $-101 million less
than estimated expenditures in 1961.
Budget receipts under existing and proposed
legislation are expected to rise substantially to
$84 billion in 1961. This compares with the re-
vised estimate of $78.6 billion for 1960 and actual
receipts of $68.3 billion in 1959.
REVIEW OF MAJOR FUNCTIONS
The following sections of this message discuss
the legislative and budget recommendations for
1961 in terms of the major purposes which they
fulfill. The following table compares the esti-
mated expenditures for each of the nine major
functional categories with the actual figures for
1959 and the latest estimate for 1960.
Tlie expenditure totals for 1960 and 1961 include
expenditures under both existing and proposed
legislation. The allowance for contingencies is
intended to provide for unforeseen increases in
existing programs, and for proposed new
programs not separately itemized.
The figures for 1961 allocate to the separate
programs for the first time the dollar equivalent
of expenditures for U.S. Government programs of
foreign currencies received from the sale abroad
of surplus U.S. agricultural conmiodities under
Public Law 480.
Major National Security
Our national objective remains as before — peace
with justice for all peoples. Our hope is that the
heavy burden of armaments on the world may be
lightened.
But we should not delude ourselves. In this
era of nuclear weapons and intercontinental mis-
siles, disarmament must be safeguarded and veri-
fiable. The problems involved in achieving reduc-
tions of armaments with safety and justice to all
nations are tremendous. Yet we must face up to
these problems, for the only alternative is a world
living on the edge of disaster.
While seeking the time road to peace and dis-
armament we must remain strong. Our aim at
this tune is a level of military strength which, to-
gether with that of our allies, is sufficient to deter
wars, large or small, while we strive to find a way
to reduce the threat of war. This budget, in my
judgment, does that.
Expenditures of the Department of Defense in
1961 will contmue to emphasize the modernization
of our Armed Forces. Military assistance for our
allies imder the mutual security program will also
reflect the growing importance of modem weapons
and missiles in the continued strengthening of the
free world defense forces. The Atomic Energy
Commission is continuing its weapons program on
a high level and will move forward with research
and development on the peaceful applications of
atomic energy. Expenditures for stockpiling and
for expansion of defense production will decline
further, since most of the stockpile objectives have
been met.
Department of Defense — Military. — New ap-
propriations of $40,577 million are recommended
for the military fmictions of the Department of
Defense for 1961. Expenditures in 1901 are esti-
mated at $40,995 million. These amounts exclude
funds for the development of the Saturn space
project which I have proposed be transferred to
the National Aeronautics and Space Administra-
tion.
Strategy and tactics of the U.S. military forces
are now undergoing one of the greatest transitions
in history. The change of emphasis from con-
ventional-tyqje to missile-type warfare must be
made with care, mindful that the one type of war-
fare cannot be safely neglected in favor of the
other. Our militaiy forces must be capable of
contending successfully with any contingency
which may be forced upon us, from limited emer-
gencies to all-out nuclear general war.
Forces and miUfary personnel strength. — This
budget will provide in the fiscal year 1961 for the
continued support of our forces at approximately
the i)resent level — a year-end strength of 2,489,000
men and women in the active forces. The forces
204
Department of State Bulletin
MAJOR NATIONAL SECURITY
[Fiscnl years. In millions]
Budget eipencllturos
Recora-
momlod
Proftram or agenc;
1959
actual
IfWO
estimate
1061
estimate
new ohll-
Fiitloiuil
authority
for 1«01
Department of De-
fense— Military:
Military functions:
Military personnel:
Present pro-
grams
Proposed legis-
lation, retire-
ment pay - .
$11, 801
$11,959
$12, 124
22
10,321
13, 002
3,917
1,359
-350
'$11,813
24
Operation and
maintenance
Procurement
Research, develop-
ment, test, and
evaluation
Construction
Revolving funds
10, 384
14, 410
2,850
1,948
-169
10, 137
13, 943
3, 680
1,670
-444
10, 527
13, 085
3,910
1, 188
30
Subtotal
Military assistance-..
Atomic energy
Stockpiling and expan-
sion of defense pro-
duction
41, 233
2,340
2,541
312
40, 945
1,800
2,675
230
40, 995
1,750
2, 689
134
40, 577
2,000
2,666
39
Total. ..
46, 426
45, 650
45, 568
2 45, 282
' Additional obligational authority available bv trans-
fer: $350 million.
2 Compares with new obligational authority of $45,517
million enacted for 1959 and $44,749 million (including
$25 million in anticipated supplemental appropriations)
estimated for 1960.
to be supported include an Army of 14 divisions
and 870,000 men ; a Na\-j' of 817 active ships and
619,000 men; a Marine Corps of 3 divisions and
3 air wings with 175,000 men; and an Air Force
of 91 combat wings and 825,000 men.
If the reserve components are to serve effectively
in time of war, tlieir basic organization and ob-
jectives must conform to the changing character
and missions of the active forces. Quality and
combat readiness must take precedence over mere
numljers. Under modem conditions, this is especi-
ally true of the ready reserve. I have requested
the Secretary of Defense to reexamine the roles
aJid missions of the reserve components in relation
to those of the active forces and in the light of
the changing requirements of modem warfare.
Last year the Congress discontinued its previ-
ously impose<l minimum personnel strength limi-
tations on the Army Reserve. Similar restrictions
on the strength of the Army National Guard con-
tained in the 1960 Department of Defense Appro-
priation Act should likewise be droppeil. I
strongly rpcomincnd f o the Congiexs the avoidance
of mandatory floors on tlie size of the reserve com-
ponents so that we may have the flexibility to
make adjustments in keeping with military neces-
sity.
I again propo.se a reduction in the Army Na-
tional Guard and Army Reserve — from their pres-
ent strengtlis of 400,000 and ;500,000, respectively,
to 360,000 and 270,000 by the end of the fiscal year
1961. These strengtlis are considered adequate to
meet the essential roles and missions of the re-
serves in support of our national security objec-
tives.
Strategic forces. — The deterrent power of our
Armed Forces comes from both their nuclear re-
taliatory capability and their capability to conduct
other essential operations in any form of war. The
first capability is represented by a combination
of manned bombers, carrier-based aircraft, and
intercontinental and intermediate range missiles.
The second capability is represented by our de-
ployed ground, naval, and air forces in essential
forward areas, together with ready reserves ca-
pable of effecting early emergency reinforcement.
The Strategic Air Command is the principal
element of our long-range nuclear capability. One
of the important and difficult decisions which had
to be made in this budget concerned the role of
the B-70, a long-range supersonic bomber. This
aircraft, wliich was planned for initial operational
use about 1965, would be complementary to but
likewise competitive with the four strategic ballis-
tic missile systems, all of which are scheduled to
become available earlier. The first Atlas ICBM's
are now operational, the first two Polaris sub-
marines are expected to be operational this calen-
dar year, and the first Titan ICBM's next year.
The Minuteman solid-fueled ICBM is planned to
be operational about mid-1903. By 1965, several
or all of these systems will have been fully tested
and their reliability established.
Thus, the need for the B-70 as a strategic
weapon system is doubtful. However, I am rec-
ommending that development work on the B-70
airframe and engines be continued. It is expected
that in 1903 two prototype aircraft will be avail-
able for flight testing. By that time we should be
in a much better position to determine the value
of that aircraft as a weapon system.
february 8, I960
205
I am rexjommending additional acquisitions of
the improved version of tlie B-52 (tlie B-52H
witli the new turbofan engine) and procurement
of the B-58 supersonic medium bomber, together
■\vitli the supporting refueling tankers in each case.
These additional modem bombers will replace
some of the older B-47 medium bombers; one B-
52 can do the work of several B^T's which it will
replace. Funds are also included in this budget
to continue the equipping of the B-52 wings with
the Hound Dog air-to-surface missile.
In the coming fiscal year additional quantities
of Atlas, Titan, and Polaris missiles also will be
procured. I am recommending funds for 3 addi-
tional Polaris submarines to be started in the com-
ing fiscal year and for the advance procurement
of long leadtime components on 3 more — making
a total of 15 Polaris submarines and the appro-
priate number of missiles. Funds to continue the
development and to initiate production of the
first operational quantities of the Minuteman are
also included in this budget.
Thus, four strategic ballistic missile systems
will be in development and production during the
coming fiscal year. These, together with the
manned bomber force, the carrier-based aircraft,
the intermediate range ballistic missiles, and the
tactical aircraft deployed abroad, ensure our con-
tinued capability to retaliate effectively in the
event of an attack upon ourselves or our allies.
In order to ensure, insofar as practicable, the
safety and readiness of these forces, we have sub-
stantially completed the dispersal of Strategic Air
Command aircraft and the construction of alert
facilities. These measures will permit a large
portion of all our manned bombers and supporting
tankers to get off the ground within 15 minutes
after receiving warning of an attack.
I have also authorized the Department of De-
fense to begin to acquire a standby airborne alert
capability for the hetu^y bombers. This will entail
the procurement of extra engines and spare parts,
and the training of the heavy bomber wings with
the ability to conduct an airborne alert. It is
neither necessary nor practical to fly a continuous
airborne alert at this time. Such a procedure
would, over a i-elatively short period of tune, ser-
iously degrade our overall capability to respond
to attack. AVliat I am recommending is a capabil-
ity to fly such an alert if the need should arise
and to maintain that alert for a reasoiuible period
of time until the situation which necessitated it
becomes clarified.
Attention is also being given to the safety and
readiness of our land-based strategic missile
forces. Except for the first several squadrons,
strategic missiles will be dispersed in hardened
imderground sites. Measures are also being taken
to shorten the reaction time of liquid-fueled mis-
siles. The Minuteman, because it will be solid
fueled, will have a quick reaction time and will
lend itself to mobile use. The solid-fueled Polaris
to be carried in submarines at sea is by its very
nature highly invulnerable.
Air defense forces. — Much progress has been
made in increasing the effectiveness of the North
American Air Defense Command organized in
1957 as an integrated command of the United
States and Canadian forces. The U.S. military
elements — consisting of parts of all of our armed
services — are integrated with Canada's Air De-
fence Command for maintaining an air defense
capability for the entire North American
Continent.
"While we pay increasing attention to the grow-
ing threat of a potential enemy's ballistic missiles
we should not lose sight of the fact that for tlie
time being the manned bomber is the major threat.
Although some $17 billion has already been in-
vested in defense systems against manned bom-
bers, excluding the cost of personnel and operation
and maintenance, certain segments have yet to
be completed. These were described in the De-
partment of Defense air defense plan presented
to the Congress last year. The funds recom-
mended in this budget will substantially complete
the programs outlined in that plan. Specifically,
the last major elements of the Nike-Hercules sur-
face-to-air missile program will be financed in
1961 and the Bomarc interceptor missile program
will approach completion. The related radar
warning, electronic control, and communication
systems will also be further equipped and
modernized.
In response to the increiising missile threat, we
are pressing to completion a new system for the
detection of ballistic missile attack — the ballistic
missile early warning system. Construction has
been mider way for the last two yeare and the
first segment is expected to bo in ojjeration in
about a year.
To ))rovide for an active defense against bal-
listic missile attack, I am recommending the con-
206
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
tinned (levelopinont of the Xike-Zous system, but
it will not Ixi placed in prcxluelion during the com-
ing fiscal ycixr during whicli further testing will
be carried out.
The Nike-Zeus system is one of the most dillicult
undertakings ever attempted by tliis country. The
technical problems involved in detecting, tr;icking,
and computing the coui-se of the incoming ballistic
missile and in guiding the intercepting Zeus mis-
sile to its target — all within a few minutes — are
indeed enormous.
Much thought and study have been given to all
of these factors and it is the consensus of my tech-
nical and military advisere that the system should
be carefully tested before production is begun and
facilities are constructed for its deployment. Ac-
cordingly, I am recommending suiiicicnt funds in
this budget to provide for the essential phases of
such testing. Pending the results of such testing,
the $137 million appropriated last year by the
Congress for initial production steps for the Nike-
Zeus system will not be used.
Sea control forces. — Control of sea and ocean
areas and sea lanes of communication is an inte-
gral clement in the maintenance of our national
security. The naval forces which carry the pri-
mary responsibility for this mission will consist
of 817 combatant and support ships, 16 attack
carrier air groups, 11 antisubmarine air groups,
and -11 patrol and warning air squadrons.
From new construction and conversion pro-
grams started in prior yeare, the Navy will re-
ceive during fiscal year 1961 an unusually large
niunber of modem ships. These will include the
fifth and sixth Forrf-s/aZ-class attack carriers, the
first nuclear- powered cruiser, nine guided missile
destroyers, seven guided missile frigates, and six
nuclear-powered submarines. Three more Polaris
ballistic missile submarines and a converted
guided missile cruiser will also be commissioned.
For the coming fiscal year I am recommending
the construction of 20 new ships and convereions
or modernizations of 15 others. Included among
the new ships is an attack carrier. It is planned to
construct this carrier with a conventional rather
than a nuclear powerplant.
"While it is generally agreed that a nuclear-
powered attack carrier has certain military advan-
tages, such as extended range and endurance at
high sustained speeds, these advantages are not
overriding as in the case of a submarine. In a
submarine, nuclear power provides the critical
advantiige of almost uidimite<l operation, sub-
merged at high speeds. This enables nuclear-
powered submarines to carry out missions which
no conventionally jiowered submarine, no matter
how modern, could accomplish.
The advantages of nuclear power with respect
to the carrier, however, are not comparable. The
primary requirement in a carrier is up-to-date
facilities to operate, safely and effectively, the
most modern naval aircraft. Use of a conven-
tional powerplant will in no way prevent a carrier
from functioning as a completely modern and
mobile base for Meet aircraft for its foreseeable
life. The additional $1,10 million which a nuclear-
powered carrier would cost can be used to much
greater advantage for other purposes. I there-
fore strongly urge the Congress to support this
request for a conventionally powered aircraft
carrier.
Tactical forces. — Elements of the ground, naval,
and air forces comprise the tactical forces which
are available to deal with cold war emergencies
and limited war situations, in addition to per-
forming essential tasks in the event of general
war. Eecommendations made in this budget pro-
vide funds for modernization and improvement
in the effectiveness of our tactical forces.
Increased emphasis has been given in this budget
to improving the mobility and firepower of the
14 Army divisions and other active combat ele-
ments of the Army and the 3 Marine Corps divi-
sions. Additional quantities of new rifles and
machineguns employing the standard NATO
ammunition will be procured, as will combat and
tactical vehicles of all kinds, including the new
M60 tank, the Mll'3 armored personnel carrier,
self-propelled howitzers, trucks and jeeps. In
recognition of the value of artillery in both nuclear
and nonnuclear warfare, an entire new family of
self-propelled artillery is introduced with this
budget. This new artillei-y is lighter, more mobile,
and, utilizing new ammunition, will have greater
range than that of types currently available.
The Army and Marine Corps will also buy a
wide variety of guided missiles and rockets such
as: Sergeant, Honest John, Little John, and
Lacrosse for medium and close range ground fire
support; Davy Crockett for an integral infantry-
unit close-range atomic support weapon; and
Hawk and Redeye for defense of field forces
against air attack. Army aircraft procurement
Februory 8, 7960
207
proposed for 1961 is more than 35 percent higher
than for the current year, and includes funds for
surveillance aircraft and for utility and medium
cargo helicopters.
The tactical forces of the Anny are supported
by the tactical air wings of the Air Force which
will also be provided with an increased capability
under these budget recommendations. Funds are
provided for increased procurement of F-105
supersonic all-weather fighter bombers. These
aircraft, with their low-altitude handling char-
acteristics and large carrying capacities for both
iniclear and nonnuclear weapons, will strengthen
significantly the air support available to the Army
ground units.
The three Marine divisions are tactically sup-
ported by three Marine aircraft wings, which will
also receive quantities of new aircraft.
Military assistance. — The ability of the free
world to deter aggression depends on the combined
strength and determination of many countries.
The total forces of the countries receiving aid
under the military assistance program include
about 5 million Army troops, 2,200 combatant
ships, and over 25,000 aircraft, about half of
which are jet. These forces make a vital contri-
bution to the security of the free world, including
the United States.
A committee of distinguished private citizens,
the President's Committee to Study the United
States Militai-y Assistance Program, conducted
an extensive and comprehensive analysis of the
mutual security program during the last year.
I have previously transmitted the reports of the
Committee to the Congress.^ Many of the sig-
nificant findings and recommendations of this
group have been put into effect by the executive
agencies ; others are in the process of implementa-
tion. The military assistance program has been
budgeted in 1961 with other activities and pro-
grams of the Department of Defense, and major
changes are being made in the management, organ-
ization, and programing of military assistance.
Last spring I mentioned the possibility of
requesting a supplemental appropriation as sug-
°The Composite Report of the President's Committee
To Study the United States Military Assistance Pro-
gram Is for sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 2.5, D.C.
The price for vol. I is t>0 cents, for vol. II (Annexes)
$1.
gested by the Committee largely to expedite
modernization of NATO forces. However, in
view of the time factor involved in securing
a separate authorization and appropriation for
1960, a supplemental request this year is not
practical.
The new obligational authority of $2 billion
recommended for fiscal year 1961 for the military
assistance program will provide the training and
quantities of materiel required to support the
forces in the countries receiving aid. Because
of the long leadtime required for many items,
procurement must be started in 1961 in order to
provide the necessary deliveries in future years.
During recent years, deliveries have been main-
tained only by drawing down the backlog of im-
delivered items by an amount ranging from $500
to $800 million per year. The backlog has now
been reduced to the point where adequate deliver-
ies in the future must depend on new appropria-
tions.
The defense of Western Europe in this era of
modern weapons is costly and must be accom-
plished through the combined efforts of all NATO
countries. Many of these countries have now as-
sumed the financial responsibility for producing
or purchasing conventional arms and equipment
which the United States previously supplied.
At the same time, the 1961 military assistance
program squarely faces the pressing need for
new and costly weapons for which the free world
still looks for help from the United States. In
addition, it provides for an intensified training
effort to assure effective use and maintenance of
the new equipment by allied forces.
This budget also provides for military assist-
ance to countries which are building defenses
against aggression and subversion in other parts
of the world. These coimtries border on aggressive
regimes, or are confronted with strong internal
subversive elements. Many of them have joined
in mutual defense organizations such as the South-
east Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO) and
the Central Treaty Organization (CENTO), or
with the United States in bilateral defense agree-
ments. Assistance to these countries, most of
which are in the Near East and the Far East,
emphasizes primarily the strengthening of con-
ventional forces in keeping with the nature of the
threat in each area.
208
Department of State Bulletin
Atomic energy activities, — In 1961 the expend-
itures for the Atomic Ener^ry Conuiiission are ex-
pected to remain at the 1960 level of about $2.7
billion. Substantial increases for research and
development activities will be oil'set by reductions
in procurement of uranium ore concentrates from
United States and Canadian producers. These re-
ductions will bring ore supplies into better balance
with production requirements.
Development and production of nuclear weap-
ons in 1961 will remain at the high levels of previ-
ous years. The vigorous de\"elopraent of military
reactors for a variety of propulsion and power
uses will continue. "\^nien the land-based proto-
type reactor for a destroyer is placed into opera-
tion in 1961 along with four other naval prototype
reactors now operating, nuclear powerplants will
be available for major types of naval combatant
ships. Emphasis in naval reactor development in
1961 will be placed primarily on development of
improved and longer lived reactor fuel. The de-
velopment of nuclear ramjet engines for missiles,
of nuclear aircraft engines, and of nuclear electric
powerplants for use at remote military bases will
be carried forward.
Peaceful uses of atomic energy/.- — Expenditures
in 1961 for development of civilian electric power
from atomic energy are estimated at $250 million.
Of this amount, $185 million is for research and
development and $65 million is for construction of
civilian power reactors and related development
facilities. The estimated expenditures include
amounts from proposed new appropriations of
$40 million for assistance to private and public
power groups in developing and building demon-
stration nuclear powerplants, and alternatively for
such direct Government construction as may be
considered necessary. The number, type, and size
of reactors built and the nature of the assistance
provided will be determined by the Commission
after considering tlie state of technology and the
cooperation proposed by industry.
Expenditures by the Commission for research
in the physical and life sciences in 1961 will again
increase substantially to over $210 million. This
level of research will help the United States to
continue its leadership in the study of the be-
havior of the basic matter of the universe and the
effects of radiation on man and his environment.
The largest part of the increase will be used to
place in operation in the next 18 months three new
particle accelcratoi-s in the muitibiilion electron-
volt energy range, including tiie alternating gra-
dient synchrotron at Brookiiaven National Lab-
oratory.
In support of the civilian space program, tiie
Atomic Energy Commission will continue de-
velopment of nuclear-powered rockets and small,
long-lived nuclear power sources for space ve-
hicles. Development work on thermonuclear
power and on applications of nuclear explosives
to a variety of civilian uses will contiime in 1961.
Stockpiling and defense production expan-
sion.— Most of the objectives for the stockpile of
strategic and critical materials have been met.
Receipts of materials under contracts to promote
expansion of defense production are continuing at
a reduced rate, as the number of such contracts
still in effect declines. Hence, expenditures for
stockpiling and expansion of defense production
are estimated to decline from $230 million in 1960
to $134 million in 1961.
Amendments to outstanding contracts are now
being negotiated where practicable, so as to mini-
mize the delivery of materials no longer required
for stockpiling. Arrangements are also under
way to dispose of materials excess to stockpile ob-
jectives whenever disposal will not seriously dis-
rupt markets or adversely affect our international
relations.
International Affairs and Finance
The United States is continuing to support
programs to maintain world peace and to improve
economic conditions throughout the free world.
In helping to improve economic conditions, we are
being joined in larger measure by our friends in
the free world who have now reached a high level
of prosperity after recovering from the ravages of
war. Accordingly, multilateral programs are be-
ing expanded. At the same time, the pressing need
for economic development requires the continua-
tion of substantial economic assistance under the
mutual security program.
Expenditures for international affairs and fi-
nance are estimated to be $2.2 billion in the fiscal
year 1961. This amount is $177 million liigher
than estimated expenditures for 1960, mainly be-
cause of larger disbursements by the Development
Loan Fund under prior commitments.
February 8, I960
209
INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS AND FINANCE
[Fiscal years. In millions]
Budget expenditures
Reoom-
inen'led
rrogram or agency
new obii-
1959
19H0
1961
gatlonal
aclual
estimate
estimate
auttldrity
for 19t.l
Economic ami technical
development :
Mutual security —
economic:
Development Loan
Fund
SG6
$175
S300
$700
Tcclinical coopera-
tion
1(50
170
175
200
Defense support
SSI
740
730
724
Special assistance- _
257
250
255
208
Other
120
105
UO
101
Contingencies
30
110
130
175
Subtotal, mutual
security — eco-
nomic
1,521
1 , 550
1, 700
2, 175
International Mone-
tary F'und sub-
scription
1, 375
Inter-American De-
velopment Bani\
SO
__.„__
Export-Import Bank_
'"'31)0'
-5l>
EmerKcncy relief
abroad and other,.
113
140
131
llti
Conduct of foreign af-
fairs:
Administration of
foreign affairs
211
205
197
205
Philippine claims:
Present program
Proposed legisla-
24
tion
49
3
49
Other
2
5"
2
Foreign information
and exchange ac-
tivities:
United States Infor-
mation Agency
109
110
124
124
DeiJartnient of State,
exchange of per-
sons
22
24
3(;
30
President's special in-
ternational i^ro-
gram
8
7
s
9
Total
3, 7S0
2, or,G
2 242
'2, 715
' Compares wilh new oliligational authority of $G,9S2
million enacted for 1959 and $2,097 million (including $49
million of antieiiiali'il supplemental appropriations) esti-
mated for 1900. The 1959 authorization iticluded $3,175
million for the International Hank for Peconslruction and
Development and $1,375 million for the International
.\I()iiel:iry I'und.
Mutual sccuriti/ program. Tluou^'h tho iiiii-
t lial srciiril y ])i(n:raiii a.^ a wIidIc 1 lie I 'hi led S(;il('S
llflps |)i-<iiii()((' .st;il)irny iind I'cuMniiiic ^rowlli in
]esH-(levi'Io])i'(l coiiiif rii'S iiiul liclps slr('iiiL!:llien llie
(leff'iiscs of |1h> fiTP wofld. For tlicsc piirpo.^os
7unv oliliiijal ioiial :iiillioi'it y of $ i.i 7."i mi II ion is itc-
oiiiiiieridtMl ill i\<c:\\ ycur I'.H'il, an incri'aso (>!' SIMH
million over the amount enacted for 19G0 (of
which $700 million is for ntilitary assistance).
Expenditures are estimated to be $3,450 million,
an increa,se of $100 million over 1960.
Tho military assistance portion of this program
is carried in the Department of Defense chapter
and has been di.scussed in the major national se-
curity section of this message. Economic assist-
ance is discussed in the follo^ving paragraplis in
this section.
Developmrnt Loan Fund. — The Development
I^oan Fund w;xs established in 1957 in order to
provide capital to less-developed countries, ^vhen
capital is not available from other sources. The
capital is provided on favorable terms, often in-
cluding the option to repay in the borrower's own
currency. By the end of the iiscal year 1900, the
Fund will have made commitments for an esti-
mated 118 loans totaling some $1,400 million.
More than three-fourths of the projects it is fi-
nancing are for ro;uls, railroads, electric power
generation, and industry, including industrial
development banks. Because many of these proj-
ects require several years for construction, ex-
jtenditures have thus far iH'en rehitively small.
However, in the iiscal year 1901 they are esti-
mated to be $.300 million, ait increase of $125 mil-
lion over 1900. New ol)lig:itional authority of
$7i)(l million is requested for 19()1, an increase of
$150 million o\er the amount enacted for 1900.
This will provide the loan funds essential to our
foreign jiolicy objective of assisting in the eco-
nomic growth of the less-develoj^ed comitries of
the free woi'ld.
Tcclniiedl cooperation. — Technical and admin-
istrati\e skills are no less important for the newly
developing countries tli;in ca]>i(al. Through the
terliiiic:i] coo])i'rai i(ui program, Amcric;in experts
are sent, abroatl to li':insiiiit the skills iv(|uired in
a modern economy ;ind foreign (echnicians are
lii-ought to (he I'liited St;iles for training.
Vov the ll.^cal year 1901, new obligational au-
thority of $'-!0(> million is requested, which is $'J5
million over the ;unount eiKicted for 190i>, in (U'der
lo permit an increase in (he bila(eral jirograms.
It. will also iiermit a higher contribution (o the
1 niled X:i(ions (echnic;il assis(aiH'e program and
I lie rela(ed special fund: as o(her governmen(s in-
cie:ise (heir contributions for the (*ni(ed Nations
luograins, th(> TTnited States contribution, M'hich
is 1 wo fifths of (he total, also increases.
210
Department of State Bulletin
Defense support. — Many of the lc-'<s-dovcloped
countries ptirticipatinp in tlie common defense
maintain large military forces whose cost imposes
a severe strain upon their limited economic re-
sources. In order to help maintain political and
economic stability and to prevent tlio cost of
necessaiy defensive forces from imduly hinder-
ing economic development, the United States
provides economic aid principally by supplying
commodities for consumption and raw materials
and machinery for industrial production. For
the fiscal year 1061, new obligational autliority
of $72-1 million is requested, an increase of $2!)
million over the amount enacted for IPGO.
Special assistance.— 'Sew obligational authority
of $268 million is requested for economic assist-
ance to promote economic and political stability
in various countries of the free world wliere the
United States is not supporting military forces,
and for certain other special programs. In
several instances, this assistance indirectly relates
to military bases maintained by the United
States.
The appropriation reconnnended for special as-
sistance in 1961 is $23 million above the amount
enacted for 1960. Additional programs are pro-
posed to help improve conditions in Africa,
largely for education, public health, and ad-
ministration.
Increased funds will also be devoted to certain
■worldwide health programs in conjunction with
the Woi-ld Health Organization of the United
Nations. The largest of these is the malaria
eradication program, now in its fourth year. In
addition numerous public health projects are sup-
ported through technical cooperation.
Other mutual security programs. — Other pro-
grams include assistance to refugees and escapees;
grants of atomic research equipment, including
reactors, to tlie less-developed countries for train-
ing and research in nuclear physics; support of
the NATO science program ; and the United
States contribution to the United Nations Chil-
dren's Fund. For the fiscal year 1961, new obliga-
tional authority of $101 million is requested, an
increase of $1 million above the amounts enacted
for 1960.
Contingencies. — Experience has shown that eco-
nomic and military assistance is also required in
some international situations which cannot be
foreseen or for which it is not possible to estimate
MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAM
(Fiscal years. In millions]
Budget expenditures
Kecotn-
I'roKTom
1959
uctuul
l9no
cstlinate
estimate
new obll-
l^atlonal
ttiithorlty
for 1801
Military assistance . .
Economic (including
technical) assistance .
$2, 340
1,524
$1,800
1,550
$1, 750
1,700
$2, 000
2, 175
Total, mutual
security ....
3,864
3,350
3,450
'4, 175
' Compares with new obligational authority of $3,448
million enacted for 1959 ($1,515 million military, $1,9.33
million economic) and $3,226 million enacted "for 1960
($1,300 million military, $1,926 million economic).
in advance the specific amount needed. To cover
situations of this type, new obligational authority
of $175 million is i-equested.
Other economic and technical development. —
More resources from countries of tlie free world
are being chaimeled into economic development
by increasing the capital funds of international
organizations. In the past year the capital of
the International Bank for lieconstruction and
Development was doubled and that of the Inter-
national Monetary Fund increased by half.
The Inter-^Vmerican Development Bank, with
planned total resources of $1 billion, including
$450 million from the United States, is expected
to begin oi:)erations before the close of this fiscal
year. Expenditures of $80 million are estimated
in the fiscal year 1960 as the first installment of
the U.S. cash investment in the Bank. In addi-
tion, guarantee authority of $200 million will be
made available, on the basis of which the Bank
can sell its bonds to private investors.
Last October the Governors of the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development unani-
mously approved in principle a U.S. proposal
for an International Development Association,
which will be closely affiliated with the Bank.
Under this proposal, th.e Association will make
loans on more flexible terms than the Bank is able
to offer under its charter, such as loans repayable
in the currency of the borrowing country. In
addition, it is expected that the charter of the
Association will contain provisions imder which
a member could provide to the Association, for
use in lending operations, other member country
currencies which it holds. The draft charter of
February 8, 7960
211
the Association is being prepared and will prob-
ably be submitted to the member governments
early this year. Legislation authorizing U.S.
participation and making financial provision for
membership will be transmitted to the Congress
at the appropriate time.
Private investment.— -^he, United States is
trying to encourage more reliance on private enter-
prise in foreign economic development. During
the past year, the Department of State and the
Business Advisory Comicil of the Department of
Commerce have both completed special studies on
ways to increase the role of private investment
and management abroad. Tax treaties, with in-
vestment incentive clauses, are now being negoti-
ated with many countries. More trade missions
are being sent abroad. Several of the less-
developed comitries are opening business informa-
tion offices in this country. As a result of these
various activities, more private investment in the
less-developed areas should be forthcoming. To
provide an additional incentive, U.S. taxation of
income earned in the less-developed areas only
should be deferred mitil repatriated.
Export-Import Bank. — The oldest Federal
agency specializing in foreign lending and the
largest in terms of foreign loan volume is the
Export-Import Bank. In the fiscal year 1961
the Bank plans to devote an increasing share of
its program to transactions which support eco-
nomic development abroad. At the same time
the Bank plans to finance its operations without
requiring net budgetary expenditures by encour-
aging more jiarticipation by private lenders in its
loan program and by using funds obtained from
repayments on its large outstanding portfolio.
Eligibility for assistance. — Amendments to the
Battle Act to revise the eligibility requirements
for assistance to certain countries are pending
before the Congress. It is highly desirable that
they be enacted.
Conduct of foreign affairs. — The Department
of State is making plans to strengthen further the
administration of foreign affairs in the fiscal year
1961. The disarmament staff is being expanded
in preparation for discussions on disarmament
soon to begin in Geneva and for the continuation
of the negotiations on the suspension of nuclear
tests. Language training progi'ams will also be
expanded. New diplomatic and consular posts
will be opened in Africa, Latin America, South
Asia, and Eastern Europe. For these and other
activities, new obligational authority of $205 mil-
lion is requested for the fiscal year 1961.
Legislation is recommended to remove certain
reservations on acceptance by the United States
of jurisdiction of the International Court of Jus-
tice (the World Coiu-t).
Legislation will be requested for payment in the
fiscal year 1961 of certain war damage claims of
the Pliilippine Government against the United
States in the amoimt of $73 million. These claims
will be partially offset by an amount, now esti-
mated at approximately $24 million, owed to the
United States by the Philippme Government.
Pending legislation should be enacted in fiscal year J
1960 to authorize compensation of $6 million to
displaced residents of the Bonin Islands.
Foreign information and exchange activi-
ties.— New obligational authority totaling $168
million is requested for foreign information and
exchange activities in the fiscal year 1961. The
United States Information Agency plans to ex-
pand its programs in Africa and Latin America,
including construction of a new Voice of America
transmitter in Africa. The Agency will make
gi'eater use of the growing number of television
facilities overseas. The expansion of domestic
radio transmitting facilities, begun last year in
order to improve oversea reception, will continue.
Exchanges of key persons with about 80 other
countries will be increased, with special emphasis
on leaders and teachers.
The plans presented in this budget meet the
Nation's iimnediate needs and will support con-
tinuing soimd economic growth in the future. The
achievement of these plans, however, will in the
last analysis depend on the people themselves.
I believe our people have the determination to
hold expenditures in check, to pay their own way
without borrowing from their children, to choose
wisely among priorities, and to match sound pub-
lic policy with private initiative. It is that de-
termination which is the key to continued progress
and sound growth with security. It is that de-
termination which reinforces the recommendations
I have made.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.
January 18, 1960.
212
Deparfment of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Importance of the Space Program in International Relations
Statement by Under Secretary Merchant ^
I am appearing before your committee tliis
morning in place of tlie Secretary of State, who
regrets as much as I do that it was impossible for
him to be with the committee today. I will be
followed by a distinguished group of witnesses
including Mr. Allen Dulles, Mr. George Allen, Dr.
Keith Glennan, and Secretaiy of Defense
[Thomas S.] Gates [Jr.]. Most of the questions
which I imagine this committee is most interested
in will, I am sure, be answered by the testimony
of those who follow me. I am equally sure that
the committee understands that the Department
of State, interested as it is in the exploration and
use of outer space, has no technical competence or
operational responsibility in this field. The De-
partment's interest is substantially concerned with
how our position in this field bears on our rela-
tions with other countries.
The exploration and use of outer space have
introduced a new element into the complex of
factors governing relations among nations. "Wliat
we do in this new field and the manner in which
we do it have both actual and symbolic signifi-
cance.
Although the practical potentialities of outer-
space activities cannot now be fully foreseen, outer
space clearly represents a field from which man
may derive substantial benefits, into which man
may strive to extend his power and influence, and
about which conflicts may arise. All nations have
an interest in the opportunities and problems thus
presented.
Besides this fact, the achievements of a nation
in outer space may be construed by other nations
as dramatically symbolizing national capabilities
* Made before the House Committee on Science and
Astronautics on .Tan. 20 (press release 27).
and effectiveness. The challenge to the imagina-
tion has been great. Equally great have been the
skills and resources needed to respond to this
challenge. Consequently achievements in outer
space have been both startling and impressive.
The connotations of those achievements are in-
escapable. The sending of a manmade object into
orbit around the earth or beyond the claim of the
earth's gravity requires a very high order of scien-
tific knowledge and skill supported by extensive
technological and industrial capabilities. Fur-
thermore, a flight into outer space which itself has
no direct military importance may have military
implications since the performance of space ve-
liicles is indicative of missile capabilities in thrust
and, to an extent, guidance.
Achievements of Soviet Union
By being first to achieve success in space flight,
the Soviet Union has reaped great prestige. Con-
tinuing achievements have made this gain an en-
during one. It has become apparent to all that the
Soviet Union is capable, where it chooses to con-
centrate its efforts, of pioneering work in advanced
and difficult fields of science and teclmology. It
has been demonstrated that the Soviet Union is
not limited to following and imitating the achieve-
ments of Western science and teeluiology.
Although this new and justified view of Soviet
capabilities is greatly to the credit of the Soviet
Union, Soviet spokesmen would like the world to
di-aw even more far-reaching conclusions. The
Soviet Union would clearly like the world to con-
clude from its successful satellites and lunar probes
that the Soviet Union has drawn abreast and even
ahejul of the United States in all of the broadly
related fields which contribute to or derive ad-
Februory 8, I960
213
vantage from such accomplishments. Further, the
Soviet argument runs that these successes portray
overall capabilities, including military strength,
and therefore that the Soviets ride the wave of the
future.
The spectacular character of Soviet achieve-
ments has undeniably ovei-shadowed the accom-
plishments of the United States, and it would be
dangerous to regard as insignificant the effects of
Soviet claims based on its achievements.
Broad Basis of U.S. Space Program
It is not within the competence of the State
Department to attempt to compare the United
States and the Soviet space programs. I believe,
however, that later witnesses appearing befoi'e
your committee will show that, while tlie Unit«d
States is behind the Soviet Union in total outer-
space achievements, a balanced appraisal indicates
substantial and significant achievements on our
own part. I also believe that these witnesses will
testify that our program of space science and its
practical applications appears to be sounder and
broader than that of the Soviet Union.
Furthermore, what we have done and are con-
tinually doing in the many fields of modern
science and technology, in addition to outer space,
makes absurd any contention that scientific and
technological leadership on any broad front has
passed to the Soviet Union.
Finally, insofar as military aspects are con-
cerned, I think I should properly leave this aspect
to bo dealt with by later witnesses.
My purpose is to place in perspective the fact
that, in response both to Soviet outer-space
achievements and to relentless Soviet propaganda
exploitation of them, the world image of the gen-
eral standing of the Soviet Union has been
enhanced. This is not to say that we have lost
the confidence of our friends in our strength or
our scientific and teclmological capabilitj'. There
is no doubt, however, that our friends are watch-
ing our own future progress and achievements in
this field.
Working Through the United Nations
I have dealt extensively with the symbolic sig-
nificance of outer-space achievements because I
believe we must all recognize these facts of life
in the early space age. It is equally important,
however, to examine the actual opportunities and
problenxs arising from outer-space activities, and
I wish now to turn to certain objectives and char-
acteristics of the United States outer-space pro-
gram which I believe have been recognized abroad
and which we ourselves should fully appreciate.
These matters relate in particular to the manner
in which the United States as a free society and
a willing member of the international commimity
has gone about its outer-space effort, and to the
relationship between our approach and the sub-
stance of our program.
In contrast with the Soviet Union, tlie United J
States lias talcen an active lead in seeking interna- '
tional cooperation and consultation regarding the
new opportunities and problems which are arising.
Our approach has recognized two aspects of these
matters. The first is that of consulting and coop-
erating in an eft'ort to find means of assuring the
use of outer space for peaceful purposes only.
The second is that of consulting and cooperating
in the conduct of outer-space activities and in
the establishment internationally of an orderly
basis for their accomplishment.
With respect to the first of these matters our
approach has l3een consistent. Even before the
launching of the first earth satellite, the Presi-
dent invited the Soviet Government to join in
an effort to find ways to assure that outer space
be used for peaceful purposes only.^ Ambassador
Lodge has reiterated this proposal on appropriate
occasions in the United Nations. The United
States has thus made clear its desire, either as a
part of or separately from the more inclusive
efforts to establish control of armaments, to study
and explore together with tlie Soviet Union and
other nations what might be done to accomplish
this objective.
Meanwhile we have sought to proceed with more
immediately attainable consultative and coopera-
tive activities related to peaceful uses themselves.
In doing so, we have recognized that outer space,
by its very nature, is Jiot the concern of one na-
tion or of only a few. It is of interest to all.
Accordingly, as one indispensable measure to
foster international consultation and cooperation,
we have taken the lead in United Nations activities
related to outer space. In the Thirteenth General
Assembly, with the support of a number of other
countries, we succeeded in having established a
■ lUi.i.ETiN of Sept. Ifi, lOr.T, p. 455.
214
Department of State Bulletin
Unitod Nations Ad Hoc Committee on the Peace-
ful Uses of Outer Space.^ This committee was
requested by the General Assembly to study and
report on approiniate areas of cooperation, (lie
nature of emerging legal problems, and future
organizational arnuigements to facilitate co-
operation.
The Soviet T^nion and certain other countries
refused to participate in the pioneering work of
tliis committee. Nevertheless, a constructive study
was carried out and reported to the Fourteenth
General Assembly in the fall of 1959.' This study
has provided an informed basis on which the Gen-
eral Assembly can better approach the new matters
with which it will have to deal. The Department
wishes to express its thanks to the membere of the
Congress who served as advisere to the United
States delegation to the Ad Hoc Committee of the
United Nations. We regard the Ad Hoc Com-
mittee's meetings as highly productive.
Following submission of this initial study to the
General Assembly, we again actively sought the
continuance of United Nations efl'orts and suc-
ceeded in reaching mianimous agreement among
members of the General Assembly on establish-
ment of a committee to examine practical measures
to follow up the initial study and, in particular, to
work out proposals for convening an international
scientific conference for the exchange of experience
in the peaceful uses of outer space.* The Soviet
Union agreed to take part in the work of this new
committee and, indeed, proposed the international
conference to which the committee will first turn
its attention. I believe the ability of the United
States and the Soviet Union to reach agreement
on these matters is of the utmost importance.
We are now engaged in working out specific
proposals and plans for the international confer-
ence and for other promising activities of the new
committee. We believe strongly that the proposed
conference will serve as a valuable meeting ground
for people engaged in outer-space activities or in-
terested in the results of these activities. It would
usefully supplement exchanges thus far carried
out in the international scientific community and
should, we believe, be broader in its scope than
the nonnal exchanges through purely scientific
channels. We have welcomed as a hopeful sign
'/bid., .Ian. 5, 1959, p. 24.
* U.N. floe. A/4141.
' Bulletin of Jan. 11, 19C0, p. 64.
the Soviet Union's willingness now to share its
experience and to participate in future activities.
In addition to these ellorts to insure that the
United Nations is appropriately organized to con-
sider the problems and opportunities of the space
age and is fully informed aliout them, one olhcr
aspect of our work within the framework of the
United Nations is particularly significant. The
allocation of radio fre(iuencies represents the first
practical problem of a regulatory character which
confronts us in the outer-space field and consti-
tutes an important component in providing inter-
nationally a basis for the orderly accomplishment
of outer-space activities. Meeting during the fall
of 1959 with over 80 other countries in the Inter-
national Administrative Radio Conference of thei
International Telecommunication Union, the
United States called attention to the need for re-
serving radio frequencies for space communica-
tions and radio astronomical research. Although
the Conference accorded some recognition to this
problem and made minimal provision for frequen-
cies for these services, the results of the Confer-
ence can be regarded as only a first step toward
resolution of a problem which will become increas-
ingly pi"essing in the future and toward the gen-
eral goal of adopting useful regulatory measures.
Three Operational Characteristics of U.S. Program
In the conduct of our own space program, more-
over, we have also carried out in practice the prin-
ciples of consultation and cooperation which we
have supported in tlie United Nations. In doing
so, we have been assisted by three "operational"
characteristics of the United States program.
First, the United States program, by its nature
and by virtue of our geographic position, requires
a worldwide system of ground support facilities.
A worldwide tracking and coinnuinications net-
work plainly depends upon the participation of
other nations and opens the way to direct co-
operation. The number of countries involved in
such cooperation, in various degi-ees, is now ap-
proaching perhaps 20.
Second, our national tradition of ''openness"
has provided the basis for free and prompt dis-
semination of the re.'^ults of our scientific activi-
ties— a matter in which wo have been more con-
sistent and conscientious than the Soviet Union —
and also for bringing scientists of other countries
actively into the planning and conduct of scientific
February 8, 1960
215
experiments. We have, for example, explored pos-
sible cooperative progi-ams with the British and
look forward tx) completing an agreement to this
end. We are undertaking similar discussions with
Japan and with certain other countries. In recog-
nition of the fact that the interests of NATO
[North Atlantic Treaty Organization] go beyond
defense matters, we have offered through the
NATO Science Committee to incoi-porate in fu-
ture satellites scientific experiments which may
be proposed by scientists of NATO countries.
Of particular impoi-tance is the support which
we have given to nongovernmental scientific or-
ganizations which are active in the field of outer
space and which, indeed, represent the traditional
channel for scientific cooperation. The Commit-
tee on Space Kesearch of the International Coun-
cil of Scientific Unions is prominent in this re-
gard. We have offered to place in orbit individual
experiments or a complete scientific payload rec-
ommended by COSPAR.
The openness of our outer-space program thus
enables us to make possible mutally beneficial par-
ticipation in outer-space activities and to benefit
from results achieved by scientists of countries
which are not themselves actively launching earth
satellites and space probes. It has the further ad-
vantage of widely informing the international
scientific community of our own jjrogress and
achievements in the field of outer space. Although
security considerations may affect some aspects of
outer-space programs, I believe that openness
should continue to be a keynote of the United
States effort.
A third characteristic of our effort has been our
natural interest in the development of what may
be called service or utilitarian applications of
space vehicles. I refer to such information gath-
ering and transmitting satellites as those for
communications, meteorology, and navigation.
The benefits of such satellites, when they become
practical, will be widespread and should be wide-
ly shared. Such activities may, of course, add to
the strength of our military position as well as
contribute usefully to civilian activities. Fur-
thermore, we should not overlook the possible use-
fulness of service satellites in contributing to the
stability of international relationships and to
maintaining the peace by providing infoiTnation
which will, for example, serve to discourage at-
tempts at surprise attack. Closely related is the
potential use of service satellites in enforcing in-
ternational arms-control agreements.
Fundamental Differences in Approach
I mention these characteristics of our outer-
space effort because they promise to be of growing
significance in facilitatmg the role of the United
States m those international consultative and co-
operative activities which give substance and
meaning to outer space insofar as other countries
are concerned and which, in turn, form a valuable
support of our own effort. I have mentioned
them also because they represent fimdamental dif-
ferences in the approach of the United States and
the Soviet Union. These differences have not
gone unrecognized by other countries, and our co-
operative and consultative efforts have gained in-
creasing recognition abroad. We feel that these
efforts have strengthened our own position in an
area where, by virtue of our free society, we enjoy
greater flexibility than the Soviet Union.
The perfonnance of the United States and the
Soviet Union in outer space will inevitably be
compared by the rest of the world, and I wisli
to leave no doubt in the conunittee's mind that the
Department of State fully supports a strong ajid
vigorous outer-space effort. As much as develop-
ments in any other area, the events in outer space
of the past 2 years have made it clear to all that
the Soviet threat is neither purely political nor
short-term. The Soviet accomplislunents in this
field are witness to strong scientific, teclinical, and
industrial capabilities, organizational effective-
ness in concentrated effort, and they reflect grow-
ing military strength. These are sobering facts.
But the danger to ourselves would come not from
recognition of these facts but from refusal to
recognize them.
The international power position of the United
States by no means rests on activities in the field
of outer si^ace alone. These have, however, be-
cause of their dramatic impact, assiuned a special
significance. We are i-esponding in the traditions
of a free society. I am sure that by maintaLning
a broadly based, imaginative scientific and tech-
nological effort in the exploration and use of
outer space we shall find proof of the capabilities
and effectiveness of our free society.
If I may at this point summarize my testimony,
I woidd first note that all nations on this globe
have an interest in the opportunities and prob-
216
Department of State Bulletin
leins with which outer space and its ultimate ex-
ploration so dnvniatically confront us. The
Soviet Union, first to achieve a spectacular suc-
cess m space fliglit, has gained tlicreby givat
prestige. The prospect is that this lead will not
be easily overcome. As one would expect, Soviet
propaganda has with some success capitalized on
the technological achievements of the Soviet
Union by attempting to present an image of
preeminent achievement not merely in science and
tex^lmology but across the board, including mili-
taiT power.
It would be wrong and dangerous to discount
either the achievement or the impact of that
achievement on the minds of peoples all over tliis
world.
What I have also said, however, is that tes-
tinionj- will be given to show the strength and
breadth of our o^vn space program. Our own
achievements negate any contention that scientific
and tex-hnical leadership on any broad front has
passed to the Soviet Union. Tlie military aspect
of all this I will leave to the witnesses who follow
me.
I have also noted — and I think tlds of great
importance — that the basic approach of our coim-
try differs froni that of the Soviet Union. We
have emphasized from the outset consultation and
cooperation with others. Even more important,
we have taken the lead in the effort to establish
a finn foundation for the devotion of outer space
to peaceful puq^oses. Our leadership in the
United Nations and elsewhere in this effort is
imdeniable, and we will continue to tread this
path.
We will continue to work with other nations
on the basis of our national tradition of "open-
ness," and we will pursue our efforts to develop
space vehicles for purposes of genuine service and
utility to ourselves and those who are cooperating
with us.
The Department of State throws its full sup-
port to a vigorous and continuing national effort
in the challenging field of outer space. Soviet
accomplisliments in this field testify to the capaci-
ties of the Soviet Union. As responsible mem-
bers of a free society, we recognize this fact. We
have, however, full confidence that through our
national efforts the United States on the broad
scientific front can and will demonstrate in the
field of outer space the leadership wliich is liis-
torically associated with free men.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 1st Session
Fallout From Nuclear Weapons Tcst.s. Ileiirlugs before
the Special Subcommittee on liiKllation of the Joint
Atomic Energy Committee. Volume 1. May 0-H, 1!).")!).
•MH pp.
To Autliorize a Payment to the Government of Japan.
Henrinu's before the Subcomuiittec on the Far East and
the I'acllic of the House Committee on l-'oreiKu .VffairH
on S. 21:{0. August 27 and 28, ltt.-|!l. 2:5 \i\>.
Tensions in Communist China. .\n analysis of Internal
pressures generated since 194!) prepared at tlie riniuest
of Senator Alexander Wiley by the Legislative Ueference
Service of the Library of Congress. S. Doc. 66.
September 11, lt).o!). 73 pp.
Communist Threat to the United States Through the Car-
ibbean. Ilearings before the Subcommittee To In-
vestigate the Administration of tlie Internal Security
Act and Other Internal Security Laws of the Senate
Committee on the Judiciary. Part III, November 5,
1959. 38 pp.
Comparisons of the United States and Soviet E)conomies.
Hearings before the Joint Economic Committee pursuant
to Sec. 5(a) of Public Law 304 (79th 0)ngress).
November 13-20, 1959. 292 pp.
United States-Latin American Relations: Commodity
Problems in Latin America. A study prepared at the
request of the Subcommittee on American Republic
Affairs of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee by
International Economic Consultants, Inc. No. 2. De-
cember 12, 1959. 96 pp. [Committee print].
Soviet Intelligence in Asia. Hearing before the Subcom-
mittee To Investigate the Administration of the In-
ternal Security Act and Other Internal Security Laws
of the Senate Judiciary Committee. Testimony of A. Y.
Kasnakheyev. December 14, 19.59. 25 pp.
United States-Latin American Relations: The Organi-
zation of American States. A study prepared at the
request of the Subcommittee on American Republic
Affairs of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee by
Northwestern University. No. 3. December 24, 1959.
87 pp. [Committee print].
86th Congress, 2d Session
The State of the Union. Address of the President before
a joint session of the Senate and tlie House of Repre-
sentatives. H. Doc. 241. January 7. I960. 12 pp.
Special Study Mission to Europe. Report by memliers
of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. January
11, 1960. 34 pp. [Committee print].
A Study of European Economic Regionalism— A New Era
in Free World Economic Politics. RoiK)rt of a sfiecial
study mission of the Subcommittee on Eumpe of the
House Foreign Affairs Committee. January 11, 1960.
136 pp. [Committee print].
United States Foreign Policy : The Formulation and Ad-
ministration of United States Foreign Policy. Study
prepared at the request of the Senate Foreign Rela-
tions Committee by the Brookings Institution. No. 9.
January 13, 1900. 191 pp. [Committee print).
Ninth Annual Report of the Activities of the Joint Com-
mittee on Defense Production, With JIaterial on
Mobilization From Departments and Agencies. H.
Rept. 1193. January 13, 1960. 340 pp.
Agreement With the Republic of .\ustria Regarding the
Return of Austrian Proi>erty, Rights, and Interests.
Message from the President transmitting an agreement
signed at Washington on January ;i(), 19.59. S. Ex.
A. January 14, 1960. 15 pp.
February 8, 1960
217
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Progress and Prospects for European SVSigration, 1959-60
THIRTEENTH SESSION OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AMD ELEVENT83 SESSION OF COUNCIL
OF THE INTERGOVERNMENTAL COMMITTEE FOR EUROPEAN MIGRATION
l>y George L. Warren
The Intergovernmental Committee for Euro-
pean Migration (ICEM) is composed of 29 mem-
ber governments. Its purpose is to facilitate the
movement from overpopulated areas in Europe
of migrants and refugees who would not other-
wise be moved. The Council, consisting of all
29 member governments, and the Executive Com-
mittee of 9 governments meet twic« annually at
tlie headquarters in Geneva.
The Council met in its 11th session at Geneva
November 12-20, 1959. The Executive Commit-
tee convened on November 4 and adjourned on
November 20, 1959.^ Phillippe Monet (France)
presided as chairman at the meetings of tlie
Council and Eric O. Baron von Boetzelaer (Neth-
erlands) as chairman of the Executive Committee.
All members of the Council were represented
except Paraguay. The Dominican Republic,
Peru, San Marino, tlie Holy See, and the United
Kingdom were represented as observers. Tlie
United Nations and tlie United Nations specialized
agencies, the Higli Commissioner for Refugees,
the Council of Europe, the Organization for Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation, and nongovern-
mental organizations intei'ested in migi'ation
were also rejiresented as accredited observers.
• Mr. Warren is Adviser on Refugees and
Displaced Persons, Department of State.
He served as alternate U.S. representative
to the 13th session of the J GEM Executive
Committee and as prhicipal adviser to the
U.S. delegation to tlie 11th session of the
ICEM Council.
John W. Hanes, Jr., Administrator of the
Bureau of Security and Consular Affaii-s of the
Department of State, was the U.S. representative
at the session of the Comicil. Robert S. McCol-
lum, Deputy Administrator, Bureau of Security
and Consular Affairs, as alternate, also repre-
sented the United States at meetings of the Execu-
tive Committee. Representative Francis E.
Walter also attended as alternate U.S. represent-
ative. Senator Kenneth B. Keating, Represent-
atives Jolm E. Henderson and H. Allen Smith,
Robert K. Gray, Secretary to tlie Cabinet, and
Walter Sillers, Speaker of the House of Repre-
sentatives of Mississippi, were other members of
the U.S. delegation.
Financial Report for 1953
The financial report submitted by the Director
for the year 1958, with the accompanying report
of the external auditors, showed total income for
administration of $3,266,719, expenditures of
$3,195,695, and a carryover of $71,024. Income
for operations totaled $24,291,575, expenditures
were $23,315,244, and the carryover into 1959 was
$976,331. The auditors' report made no recom-
mendations i-equiring action by the Council.
However, the Canadian representative questioned
the adequacy of procedures of the auditors in spot
checking sources outside the administration on
items of accounts receivable listed in tiie balance
sheet. The auditors replied directly that most
' For an article by Mr. Warren on the 10th session of
the Council and the 12th session of the Executive Com-
mittee, see Bulletin of July 13, 10.'59, p. r)8.
218
Department of State Bulletin
of tlie accounts i-eceivable involved payments by
governments for operations in 1058 and tliat tlio
accuracy of the items listed was atle(iuiiteiy
checked by a review of ICEM's correspondence
witli <ro\ernnio!its with respect to the amounts
rem;\inin<:; unpaid on December ;>1, 1958. Of the
total of $2,524,825 of accounts receivable from
•governments on that date, $2,000,334 liad been
received as of May l-l, 1959. Tlie Council adopted
the report after these e.xplanations.
Director's Report of Progress During 1959
The Director reported that of a total estimated
movement of 112,070 from Europe in 1959, 84,993
had been moved by October 15. The movement
of European refugees from mainland China
through Hong Kong — 1,375 by October 31, 1959 —
luid been disappointing and reflected increased
I'estrictions placed on the issuance of exit permits
by the authorities on the mainland. In contrast,
some 30,000 refugees had been moved overseas
from Europe by the end of October, of whom
28,000 were under the mandate of the U.N. High
Commissioner for Refugees. It was expected that
over 38,800 would be moved by the end of the
year. Many movements of physically and socially
handicapped refugees had been made possible
through the response of governments to the ap-
peals for the World Refugee Year.
The Australian Government had agreed for the
first time to experiment with loans to migrants
for their transj>ort. Arrangements were already
in progress to initiate the loan scheme with re-
spect to 1,500 selected Italian migrants who were
about to depart for Australia. It was planned
that repayments on the loans would be collected
by Australian banks for ICEM's account.
The representatives of Argentina and Brazil
in commenting on the Director's report urged the
administration to concentrate its attention on se-
curing more skilled and semiskilled migrants for
their countries. These are badly needed immedi-
ately in their respective economies and sliould
i-eceive priority in the selection of migrants, as
compared with relatives of former migrants who
are predominantly consumers rather than pro-
ducei"s.
In the course of the discussion two informa-
tion papers, one on "Social Security for Mi-
gi-ants," presented by the Italian representative,
and anoflier on "ICE.M's Relations with A^olun-
tary Agencies," presented by tlio administration,
were considered and noted by the Council along
witli the Director's report for 1959.
Agreement on Financing Movements of Refugees
The budgets and plans of operation for 1959
and 1900 were considered together by (lie Council,
as each budget presented essentially tlie same con-
tinuing problem — the raising of suflicient income
to maintain the current level of movements out of
Europe at approximately the level of 112,000 in
each year. During the preceding 3-year period
ICEM had received svdjstantial repayments on
loans for transport from refugees moved in ear-
lier years to the United States under the Refugee
Relief Act of 1953. Tliese payments were in
large part concluded in 1959, and additional con-
tributions from govermnents to replace this
income would be needed to maintain the current
level of movements. The requirements for addi-
tional income in 1959 were estimated at $450,000
and at $2 million for 1900.
The Executive Committee, in dealing with this
problem, first explored the possibility of secur-
ing additional contributions toward the funds
required to complete movements in 1959. Assisted
by pledges of additional contributions of $100,000
from Australia and $50,000 from the Netherlands
and by smaller pledges totaling approximately
$50,000 from other governments made during the
session, the Executive Committee envisaged the
possibility that the funds required for 1959 would
be forthcoming before the end of the year after
all the members of the Coimcil had been apprised
of the situation. As added assurance, however,
the Executive Committee recommended, and the
Council approved, the application of such funds
as might be required from the contingency
reserve of $500,000 established in 1950 aiul 1957
to meet unusual requirements in transport income
in any given year of operation.
In view of the fact that one-third of the short-
fall of per capita income in meeting transport
costs in 1959— approximately $700,000— resulted
from movements of refugees which had not in
many instances generated compensatory per capita
contributions, the Executive Committee recom-
mended, and the Council agreed, that expenditures
for the movement of normal migrants and for
the movement of refugees be presented .separately
in the budget for 1960. The i)urpose of this
February 8, 1960
219
action was to encourage all governments to con-
tribute to the movement of refugees in 1960,
whereas emigration and immigration countries
would be expected to bear tlie responsibility for
providing adequate funds for the movement of
normal migrants. In previous years Western
European governments, not particularly inter-
ested in emigration from their particular coim-
tries, had refrained on grounds of principle from
participating financially in ICEM's operations.
The ready acceptance by all member govern-
ments of responsibility to contribute to the move-
ment of refugees was one of the main achieve-
ments of the session. The Council was pleased to
have the assurance of the U.N. High Commis-
sioner for Refugees that he would assist in every
way possible to bring ICEM's needs for funds for
the movement of refugees to the attention of
governments during the World Refugee Year.
As one of its final actions the Council adopted
a resolution appealing especially to all govern-
ments to contribute to the movement of refugees
in 1960. The total cost of moving 37,000 refugees
in 1960 was estimated at $7,478,770.
The 1960 and 1961 Budgets
Governments were not prepared at the session
of the Council to make firm pledges of contribu-
tions for 1960, particularly in view of the need
for increased contributions. On the other hand,
the Director stated that in the absence of firm
pledges at the session he would be obliged to delay
arrangements for movements in 1960 that were
already in process in November 1959. Many gov-
ernments were in turn concerned that the level of
movements might thereby be reduced and were
inclined to be more optimistic that adequate fimds
would be forthcoming to maintain the current
level of movements.
This problem was finally resolved by adoption
by the Council of recommendations by tlie Execu-
tive Committee that (1) the cun-ent level of move-
ments be maintained by the Director during the
first quarter of 1960; (2) the Executive Commit-
tee bo convened in emergency session early in
January 1960 to review pledges of contributions
received and to adjust the plan of operations
for the balance of the year as requirexi by the in-
come available or in sight at the time; and (3) tlie
budget for 1960 be approved as presented by the
Director with the knowledge that amendments
thereto might be required at the 12th session of
the Council in April 1960 as a result of the Execu-
tive Committee review in January. The budget
for 1960 adopted by tlie Council provided for the
expenditure of $3,089,500 for administration and
$32,261,582 for operations.
During the course of the discussion on the 1960
budget in tlie Council, a number of important
statements bearing upon the working relations
existing between the administration and their gov-
ernments were made by the representatives of
Argentina, Australia, Brazil, and the Netherlands.
Argentina and Brazil desired that more emphasis
be placed on the selection of skilled and semi-
skilled migrants for their countries than on the
movement of relatives joining earlier migrants.
Australia and the Netlierlands were concerned
about maintaining the flow of migrants to or from
their respective countries. The Coimcil invited
the Executive Committee to review these state-
ments at its January meeting to determine what
improvements in operations could be made in re-
spojise to the respective government interventions.
The Council noted without detailed study the
Director's forecast of 117,250 movements from
Europe and 3,250 movements of European refu-
gees from Hong Kong in 1961. The financial re-
quirements for the 1961 program were estimated
at $3,100,000 for administration and $33,273,830
for operations.
Pilot Projects
The Director reported that the training course
for 10 specially selected migration officials ap-
proved by the Council at the ninth session had
been successfully completed in Canada and that
the officials attending the course were already back
at work at their respective posts in different gov-
ernment administrations. He expressed the liope
that a similar course could be organized witliin
the next 2 years.
The Italian representative reported that the
preparatory work for the opening of the voca-
tional training center for migrants in Italy, also
approved at the ninth session, liad been completed
and that over 300 migrants would soon begin ac-
tual training in preparation for emigration to
Latin American countries.
Further progress was reported in the planning
of the proposed farm training school for immi-
grants in Argentina, but action by the Council on
the project was deferred at the suggestion of the
220
Department of State Bulletin
U.S. representative to provide fiirtlicr opportu-
nity for the Argentine and U.S. representatives to
discuss the details and possible methods of linanc-
ing the project.
Ecuador Elected Member of ICEM
On recommendation of the Executive Commit-
tee, the Council unanimously elected the Govern-
ment of Ecuador as a member of ICEM.
Ecuador had previously agreed to accept the con-
stitution of ICEM and to contribute 0.12 percent
of ICEM's budget for administration.
Executive Committee for 1960
Following the voluntarj' withdrawal of Ger-
many as a candidate for i-eelection to the Execu-
tive Committee in 19G0 to make possible the
election of Spain, the Council elected the follow-
ing governments as members of the Executive
Committee in 1960: Argentina, Australia, Can-
ada, Italy, Xetherlands, Spain, Switzerland,
United States, and Venezuela. Germany stated
her confident expectation that she would be re-
elected in 1961 as the result of the voluntary with-
drawal of some other member of the Executive
Committee in that year.
The Organization of American States was
added to the list of recognized observers at Coun-
cil sessions by foiinal action of the Council.
Twelfth Session
The Council adjourned its 11th session on
November 20, 1959, and accepted the invitation of
the Government of Italy to convene its 12th ses-
sion at Xaples on or about May 5, 1960. Appro-
priate ceremonies commemorating the movement
of the one millionth migrant from Europe under
ICEM's auspices will take place during the 12th
session of the Council.
United States Delegations
to International Conferences
ECE Committee on Electric Power
The Department of State amiounced on Janu-
ary 22 (press release 29) that Jarvis D. Daven-
port, president, Sturgis Water Works Co., Stur-
gis, S. Dak., has been designated as the U.S.
Delegate to the 18th session of the Committee on
Electric Power of the U.N. Economic Commission
for Europe (E('E), whicli will convene at Geneva
January 27, 1960.
The Electric Power Connnittee was established
in 1947 and is one of tiie principal subsidiary
bodies of the ECE. Its studies include economic
questions concerning transmission of electric
power and rural electrification. This session will
review technical studies of the production and
distribution of electric power in Europe, elect a
secretariat chairman, and consider a work pro-
gram for the coming year.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Africa. Survey of Resources :
Review of Geology and Mineral Investigation in Africa.
Prepared by UNESCO. E/CN.14/30 and Corr. 1.
December 10, 1959. 108 pp.
Commission on Human Rights. Sub-Commission on Pre-
vention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities.
Measures Talien by the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization for the Prepara-
tion of Internatiomil Instruments Relating to Discrimi-
nation in Education. E/CN.4/Sub. 2/201 and Add. 1.
December 16, 1959. 28 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Information Con-
cerning the Status of Women in Non-Self-Governing
Territories. Report by the Secretary-GeneraL
E/CN.6/355. December 17, 1959. 35 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Consent to Mar-
riage, Age of Marriage and Registration of Marriages.
Report by the Secretary-General. E/CN.6/35C. De-
cember 21, 1959. 67 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Meeting of Experts
on Techniques of Development Programming in Africa
30 November to 5 December 1959 in Addis Ababa. Re-
port by Executive Secretary. E/CN.14/42. December
23, 1959. 18 pp.
Comiiiission on the Status of A\'omen. liifoniiation Con-
cerning the Status of Women in Trust Territories.
E/CN.6/352/Add. 1. December 29, 1959. 9 pp.
Commission on Human Rights. Declaration on the Right
of Asylum : Comments of Governments. Note by the
Secretary-General. E/CN.4/793. January 4, 1960.
7 pp.
Commission on Human Rights. Declaration of the Right
of Asylum : Comments of Non-governmental Organiza-
tions. Note by the Secretary-General. E/CN.4/794.
January C, 1960. 11 pp.
Stati-stical Commission. The Standard International
Trade Classification and the 19.55 Brussels Tariff
Nomenclature : Proposal for Combining the Two Sys-
tems. Memorandum by the Secretary-General.
E/CN..3/261. January 7, 19C0. 110 pp.
' Printed materials may be secured In the United States
from the International Documents Service, Coluuil)ia
University Press, 2900 Broadway, New York 27, N.Y.
Other materials (mimeographed or processed documents)
may be consulted at certain libraries in the United States.
February 8, J 960
221
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Aviation
Convention on international civil aviation. Done at
Chicago December 7, 1944. Entered into force April 4,
1947. TIAS 1591.
Adherence deposited (tcith a statement): Panama,
January 18, 1960.
Property
Convention for the protection of Industrial property.
Signed at London June 2, 1934. Entered into force
August 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 1748.
Notification by Australia of extension on February 5,
1960 to: Papua, Norfolli Islands, Trust Territory of
New Guinea.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) annexed
to the international telecommunication convention of
December 22, 1958 (TIAS 3266), with appendixes and
final protocol. Done at Geneva November 29, 1958.
Entered into force January 1, 1960. TIAS 4390.
Notifications of approval: Japan, November 24, 1959;
Thailand, December 3, 1959 ; Finland, December 4,
1959.
Whaling
Amendments to paragraphs 1(a), 4(1), 5, 6(3), 7(a), 16,
and 17(c) of the schedule annexed to the international
whaling convention of 1946 (TIAS 1849). Adopted at
the 11th meeting of the International Whaling Commis-
sion, London, June 22-July 1, 1959. Entered into force
October 4, 19.59, with exception of amendment to para-
graph 4(1).
Entered into force: Amendment to paragraph 4(1), ex-
cept for Iceland, January 3, 1960.
BILATERAL
Chile
Agreement extending agreement for a cooperative pro-
gram of general geological and mineralogical investiga-
tions of the uranium resources of Chile (TIAS 3912).
Effected by exchange of notes at Santiago November 18
and December 18, 1959. Entered into force December 18,
1959.
Greece
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 455; 7 U.S.C. 1701-1709),
with related notes. Signed at Athens January 7, 19C0.
Entered into force January 7, 1960.
Japan
Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security, with agreed
minute and exchange of notes. Signed at Washington
January 19. 19(iO. Enters into force on the date of
exchange of ratifications.
Agreement under article VI of the Treaty of Mutual
Cooperation and Security regarding facilities and areas
and the status of United States armed forces in Japan,
with agreed minutes and exchange of notes providing
for the settlement of certain claims against the United
States forces by former employees. Signed at Washing-
ton January 19, 19(50. Enters into force upon exchange
of notes indicating approval by the two Governments in
accordance with their legal procedures and entry into
force of Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security.
Understanding revising references to the Security Treaty
of September 8, 1951 (TIAS 2491), in the mutual defense
assistance agreement of March 8, 1954 (TIAS 2957).
Effected by exchange of notes at Washington January 19,
1900. Enters into force on the date of entry into force
of the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
except in the case of free publications, which may be
obtained from the Department of State.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 4339.
4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Netherlands, amending agreement of June 22, 1956, as
amended. Signed at Washington July 22, 1959. Entered
into force October 30, 1959.
Defense — Loan of Vessels to China. TIAS 4340. 7 pp.
10^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
China, amending agreement of January 13, IQ'A. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Taipei September 22, 1959.
Entered into force September 22, 1959.
Economic Cooperation — Informational Media Guaranty
Program. TIAS 4341. 3 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Republic of Korea. Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul
April 4, 1958, and September 25, 1959. Entered into force
September 25, 1959.
Cultural Relations. TIAS 4342. 5 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Guinea. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington
October 28, 1959. Entered into force October 28, 1959.
Grant for Procurement of Nuclear Research and Train-
ing Equipment and Materials. TIAS 4;{4;i. 5 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Lebanon. Exchange of notes — Signed at Beirut Septem-
ber 16, 1959. Entered into force September 16, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4344. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and Ice-
land, supplementing agreement of March 3, 1959. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington November 3, 1959.
Entered into force November 3, 1959.
Special Economic Assistance — Transportation of Wheat
in Yemen. TIAS 434(5. 4 pp. 5(f.
Agreement lietween the United States of America and
Yemen, sup|)lpinenting agreement of June 29 and 30, 19.59.
Kxcbaiigp of notes — Signed at Taiz October 3 and 4, 1959.
Entered into force Octol)er 4, 1959.
222
Department of Stale Bulletin
Fehruarv 8. I960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1076
Atomic Energy. Budget Message of the President
(ext-erpts) 202
Congress, The
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . . 202
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 217
Importance of the Space Program In International
Relations (Merchant) 213
Economic Affairs
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . . 202
ECE Committee on Electric Power (delegation) . . 221
Europe. ECE Committee on Electric Power (dele-
gation) 221
International Law. Law Day, 1960 (text of proc-
lamation) 201
International Organizations
ECE Committee on Electric Power (delegation) . 221
Progress and Prospects for European Migration,
1950-CO (Warren) 218
Iran. U.S. Denies Change in Policy Toward Iran . 201
Japan
President Eisenhower Accepts Invitation To Visit
Japan 181
Prime Mini.ster Kishi Visits Washington for Sign-
ing of Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security
Between the U.S. and Japan (Eisenhower,
Fujiyama, Herter, Kishi, Merchant, Nixon; texts
of joint communique, treaty, and related docu-
ments) 179
Military Affairs. Budget Message of the President
(excerpts) 202
Mutual Security. Budget Message of the President
(excerpts) 202
Presidential Documents
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . . 202
Law Day, 1960 201
Prime Minister Kishi Vi.sits Washington for Sign-
ing of Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security
Between the U.S. and Japan 179
Publications. Recent Releases 222
Refugees. I'rogress and Prospects for European
Migration, 19.")9-60 (Warren) 218
Science. Importance of the Space Program in In-
ternational Relations (Merchant) 213
Treaty Information
Current Actions 222
Prime Mlnl.ster Kl.shl Visits Washington for Sign-
ing of Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Secu-
rity Between the U.S. and Japan (Elsenhower,
Fujiyama, Herter, Kishi, Merchant, Nixon; texts
of joint communique, treaty, and related docu-
ments) 179
U.S.S.R. Importance of the Space Program in In-
ternational Relations (Merchant) 213
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents . . . 221
Name Index
Davenix)rt, Jarvis D £21
Eisenhower, President 179,181,183,201,202
Fujiyama, Aiichiro jgg
Herter, Secretary jga
Kiskl, Nobusuke 179, 182, 183
Merchant, Livingston T 184, 213
Nixon, Richard M igl
Warren, George L 2IS
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 18-24
Press releases may be obtained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Release issued prior to January IS which appears
in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 23 of January 17.
No. Date Subject
24 1/19 Herter: Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security with Japan.
25 1/19 Text of Treaty of Mutual Cooperation
and Security with Japan.
t26 1/20 Dean : statement on law of sea conven-
tions.
27 1/20 Merchant : "Importance of the Space
Program in International Relations."
28 1/20 Merchant : departure of Premier Kishi
of Japan.
29 1/22 Delegate to ECE Electric Power Com-
mittee (rewrite).
30 1/22 U.S. policy toward Iran.
t31 1/22 1964 World's Fair.
fHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U.S. COVERNMCNT PRIHTINC OFFICEtlfSO
I
^ /^ClA /?
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
th
Department
of
Stat
Tour Department of State
The Department of State — the oldest executive department
of the U.S. Government — is the official channel tlu'ough wliich the
American people conduct their relations with the other govern-
ments and peoples of the world.
The responsibilities and functions of the Department are out-
lined in this recent revision of Tour De-partinent of State, a 14-
page illustrated pamphlet. Brief discussions of the Department's
history and its present organization are included, together with a
list of the principal officers of the Department. A final section
lists basic foreign policy goals.
Publication 6877
15 cents
Order Form.
n: Sn()(. of Dorumeuts
(iovt. Printing Ofli. .■
WasViingion 23, I).( .
Encioactl find:
{rasth.cftcck.or money
order pai/ubU.' to
Sitp( . of Docs.)
Please send me copies of Your Department of State.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
I
lAL
LY RECORD ;
Vol. XLII, No. 1077 February 15, 1960
THE SELF-JUDGING ASPECT OF THE U.S. RESER-
VATION ON JURISDICTION OF THE INTERNA-
TIONAL COURT • Statements by Secretary Ilerter and
Attorney General William P, Rogers 227
PEACE WITH JUSTICE IN FREEDOM • by Assistant
Secretary Berding ^""*
THE RURAL COMMUNITY IN A WORLDWIDE SET-
TING • by Robert H. TJiayer 240
VIEWS INVITED ON GATT RELATIONS WITH
TUNISIA AND POLAND 245
DEPARTMENT SUPPORTS AGREEIVIENT ON IMPORT
OF CULTURAL MATERIALS • Statement by W. T. A/;
Beale 261
DEPARTMENT SEEKS SENATE APPROVAL OF CON-
VENTIONS ON LAW OF SEA • Statement by Arthur
H. Dean 251
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTrVIENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1077 • Pubucation 6941
February 15, 1960
Boston Public Library
superintendent of Documents
WIAR 3 1 1960
depositorV.
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government rrUitlDB Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Trice:
62 Issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.26
Single copy, 28 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1958).
iVofe: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
bo reprinted. Cllatlon of the Depaktment
OF State Bulletin as the source will he
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and interruitional agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Self- Judging Aspect of the U.S. Reservation
on Jurisdiction of the International Court
Following are statements made hy Secretary
Herter and Attorney General William P. Rogers
before the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations
on January 27 during hearings on Senate Resolu-
tion 94.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY HERTER
Press release 41 dated January 27
I am privileged to appear this morning before
the conmiittee in connection with Senate Resolu-
tion 9-i. This resolution, if adopted, would elimi-
nate the self -judging aspect of the domestic-
jurisdiction reservation to the United States
acceptance of the compulsory jurisdiction of the
International Court of Justice. Through the self-
judging aspect of this reservation, the United
States reserved to itself the right to determine
unilaterally whether a subject matter of litigation
lies essentially within its domestic jurisdiction.
The Rule of Law
I should like to begin by speaking for a moment
about tlie general subject of tlie rule of law.
Stated in its most simple manner, the rule of law
in international affairs refers essentially to a set
of arrangements within which states can settle
their unresolved differences by peaceful means
and without resort to force. This conception of
the rule of law was stated by the late Secretary
Dulles as follows : ^
We in the United States have from the very beginning
of our history insisted that there is a rule of law which
is above the rule of man. That concept we derived from
our English forebears. But we, as well as they, played
a part in its acceptance. . . .
' Btn-LETIN of Feb. 23, 1959, p. 255.
February 15, I960
Thus our Nation since its inception has been dedicated
to the principle that man in his relationship with other
men should be governed by moral, or natural, law. . . .
Now we carry these concepts into the international
field. We believe that the results thus obtainabfe,
though not perfect, are nevertheless generally fair and
that they are preferable to any other human order that
can be devised.
A most significant development of our time is the
fact that for the first time, under the charter of the
United Nations, there has been a determined effort to
establish law and justice as the decisive and essential
substitutes for force.
Let me at this point underscore the obvious
proposition that the availability of impartial ad-
judication and resort to it cannot provide a cure
for all of the problems which beset us in the realm
of international affairs. One cannot eradicate
poverty or disease merely by application to an
international tribunal. Moreover, even with re-
gard to those problems which, by their nature, are
justiciable, it is clear that increased resort to ad-
judication is merely one of a number of steps
necessary to promote an international atmosphere
in which the exercise of force by any state is
unthinkable.
The President, writing to Senator Humphrey
on November 17, 1959,^ stated :
One of the great purposes of this Administration has
been to advance the rule of law in the world, through
actions directly by the United States Government and
in concert with the governments of other countries. It
is open to us to further this great purpose both through
optimum use of existing international institutions and
through the adoption of changes and improvements In
those institutions.
Our continued participation in the United Nations
and otlier international organizations is one way
' For an exchange of letters between President Eisen-
hower and Senator Hubert H. Humphrey, see ibid., Jan.
25, 19C0, p. 128.
227
in which we are trying to further the rule of law.
As you know, we have also been actively engaged
in discussions at Geneva concerning the discon-
tinuance of nuclear weapons tests.^ We are
anticipating and preparing for the broader delib-
erations of the 10-nation Disarmament Committee
which is to convene in March.*
International Arbitration and Adjudication
Let me turn now to the subject of international
arbitration and adjudication and begin with a
little of the historical background underlying the
creation of the International Court of Justice as
the principal judicial organ of the United Nations.
The late 18th and 19th centuries saw the devel-
opment of a pattern of ad hoc arbitration in cases
in which a dispute between states could not be
settled through usual diplomatic channels by ne-
gotiation, conciliation, good offices, or other
means. Examples of successful arbitral settle-
ments are furnished by the resohition of disputes
arising from our treaty of peace with Great Brit-
ain of 1782-1783, the United States-Canadian
boundary dispute, and the Alabama claims.
The Hague conventions on pacific settlement of
disputes, signed in 1899 and 1907, constituted the
initial attempt to regidarize the arbitration sys-
tem. These conventions, ratified by over 50 states
including the United States, created a Permanent
Court of Arbitration. This Court was actually a
permanent panel of arbitrators to whom states
could turn when they wished to resort to arbitra-
tion. The Court possessed no defined jurisdiction,
and states which were parties to the conventions
did not undertake any binding obligation to con-
sent to the arbitration of international disputes.
As in the case of ad hoc arbitration, it was still
necessary to have an arbitral agi'eement in each
case.
The United States also entered into a number
of bilateral treaty relationships providing for the
arbitration of differences. Again, under these
arrangements, a special agreement was required
in each case for submission of a dispute to the
tribunal provided for in the treaty.
The League of Nations, created after the con-
clusion of World War I, envisaged the creation
' For a statement by the chairman of the U.S. delegation,
see UM., Jan. 18, 1960, p. 79.
* For background, see ibid., Jan. 11, 1960, p. 4,5.
228
of the Permanent Court of International Justice,
the immediate predecessor of the present Inter-
national Court of Justice. The Permanent Court
was quite similar to the present Court in its
structure and jurisdiction. It did not possess a
defined jurisdiction binding in all cases upon
states which were parties to the Court's statute.
Instead, article 36 of the statute contained a so-
called optional clause, imder which states could
make declarations accepting generally the Court's
jurisdiction. This arrangement constituted a sig-
nificant expansion m the scope of impartial adju-
dication by international tribmials. The United
States, however, did not become a party to the
statute of the Permanent Court.
The International Court of Justice
The San Francisco conference, held in 1945
shortly before the conclusion of the Second World
War, created the United Nations Organization
and constituted a new court, called the Interna-
tional Court of Justice, as the principal judicial
organ of the United Nations. The records of the
San Francisco conference reflect an intensive and
extensive debate on the question whether the new
International Court should have compulsory
jurisdiction over all legal disputes arising
between states members of the United Nations.
Although a large number of the states present at
the conference asserted that the Court should
have such compulsory jurisdiction, it was decided
to make the jurisdiction of the Court optional.
After the charter of the United Nations came
into force, it was proposed in the Senate that the
United States deposit a declaration accepting the
compulsory jurisdiction of the new Court. Sen-
ate Resolution 196 of the 79th Congress proposed
to recognize
... as compulsory ipso facto and without special
agreement, in relation to any other state accepting the
same obligation, the jurisdiction of the International
Court of Justice in all legal disputes hereafter arising
concerning —
a. the interpretation of a treaty ;
b. any question of international law ;
c. the existence of any fact which, if established, would
constitute a breach of an international obligation;
d. the nature or extent of the reparation to be made
for the breach of an international obligation.
As reported by the Foreign Relations Committee,'
' S. Rept. 1835, 79th Cong., 2d sess.
Department of State Bulletin
Resolution 1!»6 further provided that the declara-
tion sliould not apply to :
a. disputes the solution of which the parties shall en-
trust to other tribunals by virtue of agreements already
in existence or which may be concluded in the future ; or
b. disputes with regard to matters which are essen-
tially within the domestic jurisdiction of the Dnited
States; or
c. disputes arising under a multilateral treaty, unless
(1) all parties to the treaty affected by the decision are
also parties to the case before the Court, or (2) the
United States specially agrees to jurisdiction.
The resolution further provided that the decla-
ration should remain in force for a period of 5
j'ears and thereafter until the expiration of 6
months after notice of its termination.
The Self-Judging Reservation
Durinsr consideration of the resolution in the
Foreign Eelations Conmiittee, Senator [Warren
R.] Austin suggested that the provision withhold-
ing jurisdiction over domestic disputes be amended
so as to include a self-judging reservation similar
to the subsequent proposal made by Senator [Tom]
Connally on the floor of the Senate. However,
Senator Austin's proposal was rejected by the
committee, and Resolution 196 was luianimously
reported by the committee for favorable Senate
action without any self-judging reservation.
The Senate began its consideration of S. Res.
196 on July 31, 1946. Shortly thereafter Sena-
tor Connally introduced his amendment, which
added the words "as determined by the United
States" at the end of proviso "b" of S. Res. 196,
so that it would read :
disputes with regard to matters which are essentially
within the domestic jurisdiction of the United States as
determined by the United States.
He st<ated his view that such a self-judging do-
mestic-jurisdiction reservation was necessary be-
cause the International Court might take a
dangerously broad view of what was an inter-
national question and thus interfere with U.S. pol-
icy on immigration, tariffs, and matters relating
to the Panama Canal. Senator Connally 's
amendment was adopted, and the United States,
within these limits, declared itself bound by the
compulsory jurisdiction of the Court.*
Experience With the Reservation
Criticism of tlie unicndment was soon voiced in
the United States. And it became ap[)arcnt with
the passage of time and the gaining of experience
that the self-judging aspect of our domestic- juris-
diction reservation was disadvantageous to the
United States.
In 1946 and 1947 the American Bar Association
adopted resolutions urging elimination of the pro-
viso reserving to the United States the unilateral
right of determination as to what constitutes a
matter essentially within its domestic jurisdiction.
The assertion by the United States that, in
every case arising within the compulsory jurisdic-
tion of the Court, it reserved the unilateral right
to determine whether the subject fell within the
domestic jurisdiction of the Unitetl States — and
thus lay beyond the jurisdiction of the Court — set
an example of supercaution which was sub-
sequently copied by several other countries.
Mexico, France, Liberia, the Unicm of South
Africa, India, Pakistan, and the Sudan proceeded
to condition their acceptances of compulsory
jurisdiction with self-judging domestic reserva-
tions. A similar action was taken by the United
Kingdom in excluding from the Court's jurisdic-
tion disputes which the United Kingdom deter-
mined to relate to questions affecting its national
security or that of its dependent territories.
This pattern, fortunately, did not become very
widespread. Indeed, the trend has more recently
been reversed, with India, the United Kingdom,
and France reconsidering and dropping their self-
judging reservations.
Next, I should like to call attention to another
unfortunate effect of the self-judging reservation.
It is now apparent that a nation which has such a
self-judging reservation may have seriously
limited its own ability to take other nations into
the Court. This is illustrated by the Norwegian
Loans case,' which was decided by the Interna-
tional Court of Justice in 1957.
Norway had floated public loans in France at
the turn of the century. The bonds contained a
promise to repay in gold or its equivalent. Aft«r
devaluation of the Norwegian currency, a dispute
arose as to whether Norway had to comply with
the gold clause. The parties could not agree, and
since Norway had accepted the compulsory juris-
' For text of the declaration, see Bulletin of Sept. 8,
1946, p. 452.
' I.C.J. Kept. 9 (1957)
February 15, I960
229
diction of the Court in 1946 and France in 1949,
the French Government instituted proceeding-s
against Norway by application in 1955.
The French acceptance of the Court's jurisdic-
tion contained a self-judging reservation vei'y
similar to our own. The French declaration ex-
cluded "differences relating to matters which are
essentially within the national jurisdiction as un-
derstood by the Government of the French Re-
public." The Norwegian declaration contained no
such reservation. Norway filed objections to the
jurisdiction of the Court. One of these was based
on the self-judging reservation of France, which
Norway contended she was entitled to invoke on
the basis of reciprocity. Norway claimed that the
manner of repayment of the bonds was a matter
essentially -within the national jurisdiction of Nor-
way, as understood by Norway. The Court uj)-
held Norway's right to invoke her adversary's
self-judging reservation and accordingly deter-
mined that it lacked jurisdiction.
It is clear that this type of reservation is in-
consistent with the deeply rooted notion that no
one should be a judge in his own cause. More-
over, a self-judging reservation is incompatible
with the sixth paragraph of article 36 of the
statute of the Court, which provides that
In the event of a dispute as to whether the Court has
jurisdiction, the matter shall be settled by the decision
of the Court.
Perhaps a reason for our insistence in 1946 upon
a self-judging reservation may have lain in lack
of experience with the new Court in operation and
a fear that it might construe its jurisdiction ex-
pansively. Now we are able to see, in looking
back over the 14 years which have elapsed since
1946, that the Court has acted conservatively in
the matter of jurisdiction.
Deletion of our self-judging reservation will not
operate to give the International Court jurisdic-
tion of domestic matters. There should be no
misappreliension on this score. With the removal
of the self-judging proviso, our declaration would
continue to be subject to the reservation that it is
not applicable to :
. . . disputes with regard to matters which are essentl-
all.T within the domestic jurisdiction of the United States
of America.
Secondly, article 36, paragraph 2, of the statute
of the Court specifically provides for compulsory
jurisdiction only in legal disputes concerning:
a. the Interpretation of a treaty ;
b. any question of international law ;
c. the existence of any fact which, if established, would
constitute a breach of an international obligation ;
d. the nature or extent of the reparation to be made
for the breach of an international obligation.
Domestic issues are clearly beyond this jurisdic-
tion.
Matters relating to immigration, tariffs, and
the Panama Canal — mentioned in the Senate de-
bates concerning the self -judging reservation —
would not be held by the Court to be subjects of
international concern, except insofar as the United
States had entered into international agreements
concerning them. Furthermore, even where
matters relating to these subjects have been in-
corporated in treaties and other international
agreements, the record of United States policy
and action is such that we need not fear the avail-
ability of recourse to impartial international
adjudication.
Thirdly, article 2(7) of the charter of the
United Nations, upon which the Court's statute
is predicated, provides the limitation that:
Nothing contained in the present Charter shall author-
ize the United Nations to intervene in matters which
are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any
state or shall require the Members to submit such matters
to settlement under the present Charter. . . .
Conclusions
If the Senate adopts Senate Resolution 94, the
administration intends to urge other states having
self-judging reservations to eliminate them. As
the President said in his message on the state of
the Union * earlier this month.
There is pending before the Senate a resolution which
would repeal our present self-judging reservation. I sup-
port that resolution and urge its prompt passage. If this
is done, I intend to urge similar acceptance of the Court's
jurisdiction by every member of the United Nations.
Indeed, it should be noted that the removal of
our self-judging reservation would be consistent
with the constructive steps recently taken by three
leading free-world countries. On November 26,
1958, the United Kingdom deleted its self-judging
reservation, which related to security matters.
' Bulletin of Jan. 25, 1900, p. 11.
230
Department of State Bulletin
More recently on July 10, 11)59, France filed a
new declaration omitting its previous self-judging
reservation. On Soptoniber 14, 1959, India do-
posited a new declaration accepting compulsory
jurisdiction which, similai'ly, did not repeat a
self-judging reservation. Once we have acted to
strike our own self-judging clause, wo will be in
a vastly stronger i)osition to seek the goal recently
stated by the President .
As I said at the beginning of my testimony,
development of a working rule of law in the
world, displacing resort to force, is a supremo
goal for tlio community of nations. Wo believe
that increased availability of international ad-
judication, and the use of this means of pacific
settlement, can make a meaningful contribution to
the total ert'ort of United iStates foreign policy.
The Department of State and the administra-
tion as a whole strongly support Senate Resolu-
tion 94. We hope for its early adoption.
STATEMENT BY ATTORNEY GENERAL ROGERS
I appreciate the opportunity to appear today
to testify in support of S. Res. 94. That resolu-
tion would revise our 1946 acceptance of the juris-
diction of the International Court of Justice to
eliminate the self -judging aspect only of our
reservation of domestic matters from the Court's
jurisdiction.
On June 8, 1959, the Department reported on
this resolution and recommended its adoption.
In his state of the Union message of Januai-y 7,
1960, the President stated his support of the reso-
lution and urged its prompt passage. This morn-
ing, I understand, the Department of State has
reviewed comprehensively the backgroimd of the
resolution, its relation to the fimdamental objec-
tives of our foreign policy, and the necessity for
its early passage to etTectuate that policy. The
Department of Justice is in full accord with the
Department of State, and I shall not retrace this
ground.
In 1946 the United States accepted the juris-
diction of the Court, as defined and limited in the
Court's statute, but upon several conditions.
One of those conditions specifically reserved from
the Court's jurisdiction
disputes with regard to matters which are essentially
within the domestic" jurisdiction of the United States of
America as deteriiiinod bv the United States of America.
The pending resolution would accord tiie advice
and consent of tho Senate to the elimination of
the self-judging aspect of that reservation, em-
bodied in the phrase "as determined by the United
States of America."
It would not — and I underline this, as I believe
there has been some misunderstanding concerning
it — in any way alter our specific reservation from
tho Court's jurisdiction of disputes with regard to
domestic matters. It would only clearly and
plaiidy make the Court the judge of its own juris-
diction. This is fully in accord with the provi-
sion of article 36(6) of the Court's statute, to
which we are a party. That section provides,
In tlio event of a dispute as to whether the Court
has jvirisdiction, the matter shall be settled by the deci-
sion of the Court.
Soundness of Committee's Recommendation
You will recall that in 1946 this conmiittee
unanimously I'ocommended against the inclusion
of the self- judging reservation. This was done
advisedly and deliberately.
The committee rested its recommendation
principally on the grounds that: (1) The ultimate
purpose of the resolution was to lead to general
worldwide acceptance of the jurisdiction of the
Court in legal cases and that "a reservation of the
right of decision as to what are matters essentially
within domestic jurisdiction would tend to defeat
the purposes which it is hoped to achieve by means
of the proposed declaration"; (2) that the juris-
diction of the Court by definition was strictly
limited to international matters and necessarily
excluded domestic matters; (3) that if the ques-
tion whether a matter was inteniational or domes-
tic "were left to the decision of each individual
state, it would be jiossible to withhold any case
from adjudication on the plea that it is a matter
of domestic jurisdiction"; and (4) that "it is
plainly the intention of the statute that such ques-
tions should be decided by the Court."
Adverse Effects of Self-Judging Reservation
Although the unanimous committee recommen-
dation was rejected, the soundness of its view h:is
been confirmed by experience.
First, the self-judging aspect of our reservation
has tended to create doubt in the international
community of the good faith of our declared in-
February 15, J 960
231
tention to accept the jurisdiction of the Court.
So long as we insist on its retention it will be diffi-
cult to dissipate that doubt.
Second, the action of the United States in
adopting a self-judgmg resei-vation set an un-
fortunate example which was followed by several
other nations. Three of these, however, have
recently dropped this type of reservation.
Third, it is, nevertheless, worth noting that
more than 30 free nations have accepted the
Court's statutory jurisdiction without similar
reservation.
Fourth, on the basis of reciprocity, a nation,
even one without a similar i-eservation, may be
able to invoke our reservation so as to defeat the
Court's jurisdiction. In the Norwegian Loans
case, on a complaint brought against Norway by
France, Norway successfully invoked France's
self-judging reservation to defeat the Court's
jurisdiction at the threshold. In the ever-broad-
ening context of our worldwide interests such a
result is patently inimical to those interests.
Fifth, the reservation is at war with several of
our basic concepts for which we seek universal
acceptance. Those concepts are that no nation
shall act as judge in its own case and that a court,
and not a litigant, should have the right to deter-
mine at the threshold of a case whether or not
the court has jurisdiction to decide the case.
The adverse effects which were foreseen by the
committee have materialized since the adoption
of the reservation. The basic argument advanced,
both when the reservation was initially under con-
sideration and now, is that the reservation is nec-
essary in order to preclude the Court from
exercising a domestic jurisdiction over matters,
such as immigration, tariffs, and the Panama
Canal, not granted io it. It was urged, too, that
this danger was enhanced because of the uncer-
tain quality of the judges and the absence of a
well-defined body of international law to be
applied by the Court.
Reservation Unwarranted by Experience With Court
When the Court, was new, no evidence was
available to test the validity of these assumptions.
Now, after 14 years of experience with the Court,
these grounds do not withstand objective
examination.
Although the operation of the Court has been
under close international and national scrutiny,*
it has not been suggested that the Court has
sought to extend its jurisdiction in any case
beyond the limits of its statutory grant in order
to deal with matters of domestic jurisdiction.
No evidence has been adduced that any of the
judges do not meet the higli qualifications pre-
scribed for the office by the Court's statute, nor
has there been any evidence that the relevant prin-
ciples of international law have been ascertained
or applied by the Court, in any different way than
our own courts perform the same functions.
In short, there has been no supported challenge
to either the fairness of the procedures of the
Court or the integrity of its decisions. It seems
fair to say that courts, like other human institu-
tions, should be judged by their performance. On
the basis of performance, fears of usurpation of
domestic jurisdiction seem unfounded.
The self -judging aspect of our reservation has
proved inconsistent with, and harmful to, our
fundamental purpose : to encourage the rule of law
through the judicial settlement of legal disputes
between nations. Our reservation in this respect
is unwarranted by our 14 years of experience with
the Court in operation. The Department of Jus-
tice therefore renews the recommendation that
this part, of the reservation be eliminated at the
earliest possible date.
King and Queen of Nepal To Visit
United States in April
White House press release dated January 2S
The "Wliite House announced on January 28
that Tlieir Majesties King Mahendra and Queen
Ratna of Nepal, who recently accepted the Presi-
dent's invitation to visit the United States, are
scheduled to arrive at Washington on April 27.
Their Majesties will remain in Washington
until the morning of April 30, when they will
depart on an extensive tour of the United States.
"See Report on the Sclf-,}ud!jing Aspect of the United
States' Domestic Jurisdiction Reservation With Respect
to the International Court vf Justice, American Bar
Association, Section of International and Comparative
Law (August 1959) and bibliography therein.
232
Department of State Bulletin
Peace With Justice in Freedom
Jy Andrew H. Berding
Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs '
The American people and Government sincerely
desire peace. They are eager to woi"k for peace.
They are honestly determined to carry out any
agreements that might be reached for peace.
This peace of wliich we speak must, liowever,
be peace with honor. This, to me, has three re-
quirements, all of them interrelated:
that we preserve our national security;
that we help preserve the security of the free
world ;
that we support the right of all peoples to choose
for themselves the form of political, economic, and
social system under which they wish to live.
Peace with honor will not be achieved if we
sacrifice or blur any one of these three
requirements.
This new year, the first of a new decade, will
be historic in testing whether peace with justice
in freedom is possible in the foreseeable future.
President Eisenhower will go in May to Paris
for the summit meeting with Chairman Khru-
shchev. He will go in June to Moscow for further
talks with Mr. Khrushchev.
The forthcoming summit conference may not
produce final decisions on the great problems
which divide the world. We do not believe these
can be settled at a blow by any conference.
Kather, we should expect these problems will be
the subject of a series of conferences, such as the
leaders of Britain, France, and the United States
have proposed to Mr. Khrushchev, and of efforts
below the summit level, such as the nuclear-test-
' Address made before the Women's Forum on National
Security at Washington, D.C., on Jan. 29 (press release
46).
ing conference and the 10-nation disarmament
conference.
Although realistically we shall not go to this
initial summit meeting with great expectations,
nevertheless it should be valuable in probing So-
viet intentions and attitudes.
In recent months, and particularly after Mr.
Khrushchev's return from his visit to the United
States, we have noted a partial change in Soviet
tactics. The Soviets have seemed somewhat more
amenable, less aggressive, more relaxed, less
provocative.
It has therefore seemed logical to us and our
allies that an attempt should be made at a summit
conference to see whether this different approach
offers a prospect for beginning, at least, to settle
some of the major issues outstanding with the
Soviet Union. These include disarmament, Ger-
many including Berlin, and a number of items
under the overall heading of East-West relations.
The Western Powers have begun intensive work
in preparation for the summit meeting. No effort
will be spared to arrive at Western positions which
will offer fair and honest bases for agreement.
But, while Soviet tactics seem to have changed,
we have been able thus far to detect no change
whatever in Soviet ultimate ambitions — the cre-
ation of a Communist world. Chairman Khru-
shchev, in a number of statements even after he
returned from the United States, has helped us
to keep this in mind. He has missed no occasion
to insist upon the inevitability of the triumph of
communism over the free world and upon his
determination to bring this about.
True, he has recently emphasized that this will
not be done through war. The Soviet Union's
progress in nuclear weapons and missiles may
February J 5, I960
233
have had one good result. It may have impressed
upon the Soviet rulers the horrible destructiveness
of modern weapons. They know that in a major
war the Soviet Union would suffer devastation
many, many times greater than the terrible losses
they experienced in the last war. Therefore the
thesis of Lenin that war is necessary to overcome
capitalism has evidently been modified.
But the conflict will be waged just the same
and with the same intensity as if it were military.
The battlefields will be political, economic, psy-
chological. There is every reason to believe that
the Soviets will employ all means possible to tri-
umph in all these fields.
Meaning of "Peaceful Coexistence"
This is Avhat is meant by the Soviets when they
speak of "peaceful coexistence" — a phrase used
very often by Chairman Khrushchev during his
visit to the United States. It is peaceful only in
the sense that it implies no shooting war. All its
other connotations are of conflict — conflict be-
tween two opposing camps, constant battle for vic-
tory of one over the other, ultimate total triumph
and ultimate total defeat.
In a speech at Novosibirsk on October 10, 1959,
Chairman Khrushchev said: "Coexistence is the
extension of the struggle of two social sys-
tems. . . . We believe this is an economic, polit-
ical and ideological struggle but not a military
struggle." If this is the meaning of peaceful co-
existence, can we take seriously Mr. Khrushchev's
call for an end to the "cold war" ? Certainly the
American people and Government would welcome
a genuine Soviet move to end the cold-war policy
which lies at the root of the present disagreement
between East and West and to replace it with a
policy of peaceful cooperation with the rest of the
world. But if the emphasis from Moscow is con-
tinually on struggle, struggle, struggle, can we be-
lieve that Mr. Khrushchev is sincere when he
proclaims the end of the cold war ?
The Communist reasoning goes something like
this :
First, the capitalist and Connnunist systems (by
capitalism the Soviets mean the definition given
it by Marx, thus ignoring the developments of
the last century) are inherently antagonistic.
Their mutual struggle represents the working of
an historical pi'ocess.
Second, the Communist camp is not powerful
enough at present to overwhelm the capitalist
camp by frontal assault. At the same time the
Communist camp has become so powerful that the
capitalist camp can no longer overthrow it
through war. Therefore the two systems will
peacefully coexist until there is a decisive weak-
ening of the capitalist camp or a decisive strength-
ening of the Communist camp.
Third, since the Communist system represents
the wave of the future, its components cannot
secede. In other words, condemnation for Yugo-
slavia and no independence for the satellites.
Fourth, the free flow of non-Communist ideas
within the bloc is forbidden because they are
poisonous; but the free world should give full
access to Communist ideas because they are
progressive.
Fifth, competition between the Communist sys-
tem and the capitalist system can take place only
outside the Communist camp, especially in less
developed countries. Those countries wliere the
capitalist system lias not developed spontaneously
should be helped by the bloc to bj^pass the capital-
ist stage and proceed directly to communism.
Sixth, the promotion of communism on a world-
wide scale is a sacred responsibility of the pre-
eminent Soviet Communist Party, as well as all
Communist parties. This, however, does not rep-
resent interference in the internal affairs of other
countries by the Soviet state.
This is the meaning of peaceful coexistence in
the Soviet lexicon, and we need to keep it con-
stantly in mind.
Peaceful coexistence seems to be the only con-
cept available to the Soviets for explaining the
prolonged existence of the capitalist system.
More than a century ago Karl Marx predicted
the collapse of capitalism. But now, lo and be-
hold, in the second half of the 20th centuiy, what
Marx called capitalism has disappeared. In its
place a great variety of systems, combining in
various degrees democratic political forms and
mixed economic forms, flourish around the world.
In other countries new combinations are evolving,
often 25ainfully. Marx's theory, meanwhile, has
nowhere proven itself in practice and has every-
where been discarded by life itself. Despite his
prediction that tlie few would become weaKliier
and the many poorer, the opposite has proven
true in countries which liave maintained their
democratic ways of life.
234
Department of State Bulletin
The United States and the free world j^enerally
would warmly welcome an improvement of their
relations with the Soviet Union. Wo sliall leave
not the smallest pebble unturned to see if this is
possible. We are at all times willing to meet the
Soviet Government halfway, and then a little
more, to achieve true peace.
Friendship Between Russian and American Peoples
There has been traditional friendship between
the Russian and the American peoples. We have
long cherislied Russian music and literature, we
admired Russian bravery and i-esistance in the
last war, we appreciate Russian achievements in
science. It is tragic that real peace does not exist
between our two peoples.
Certainly there is no quarrel between the Amer-
ican people and the peoples of the Soviet Union.
Don't we all want the same thing: self-improve-
ment, a better life for our children, justice, an
honest reward for honest laljor, and the right to
enjoy the fruits of what we have helped create?
The best hope for true peace lies in the prospect
that modifications in Soviet behavior ultimately
will develop.
"Wliat are the true bases for a just and lasting
peace, for the free development of each people
wliich is the essential condition for the free devel-
opment of all? They are tolerance and good-
neighborliness, honest and voluntary cooperation
by all nations for the good of all, equal justice
imder law for all nations, respect for the funda-
mental human rights and for the dignity and
worth of man and the equality of all nations, large
and small.
Implicit in these principles is abandonment by
the Soviet Union of the concept of two hostile
camps and acceptance of the concept of one
world. In that one world there would continue
to be, as alwaj-s, divei'se national cultural and
political and social systems, but these would not
exist in a perpetual state of nonshooting warfare.
Tlie United States is prepared to do its full
part to put these principles into practice. For
example, if the Soviet Union were prepared to
agree to real independence for the countries of
Eastern Europe, President Eisenhower has made
it clear that the Unite<l States would not seek
military alliances with them, would not try in
any way to turn them against the Soviet Union,
and indeed wouUl want them to have friendly re-
lations with the Soviet Union.
President Eisenhower pointed out the right
way in his address to the American people on
Decemljer 2t\ last.= In contrast to the overtones
of implacable si niggle contained in peaceful co-
existence, i)leaso listen to these ringing words of
the President :
Our concept of the good life for liuinunity does not re-
quiro an inevitable conUiot t)etwe<'n peoples nnd systeniH,
in wliich one must triumph over the other. Nor does It
offer merely a bare coexistence as a satisfactory state for
mankind. . . .
We believe that history, the record of human living, is
a great and broad stream into which should i)our the
richness and diversity of many oiltures, from wliich
emerge ideas and practices, ideals and purposes, valiil for
all. We believe each people of the human family, even
the least in number and the most primitive, can contribute
something to a developing world embracing all peoples,
enhancing the good of all peoples.
Madam Chairman, that is the true American
concept of the brotherhood of nations and peoples.
Forthcoming Negotiations
We are now in the course of what may prove
long negotiations with the Soviet Union. The
negotiations of the United Kingdom and the
United States with the Soviet Union on the sus-
pension of nuclear testing have been going on for
well over a year. The disarmament negotiations
which begin on March 15 may conceivably last for
several years. The series of summit conferences
proposed by Presidents Eisenhow^er and de Gaulle
and Prime Minister Macmillan, and accepted by
Chairman Khrushchev, may likewise continue for
years.
There is nothing easy and nothing rapid in ne-
gotiations with the Soviet Union.
Three points, therefore, should constantly bo
kept in mind :
One is the need for patience and realism. We
must not demand that our leaders rush quickly
into agreements with Mr. Khrushchev simply for
the sake of having agreements. We must not ex-
pect too much from each stage of negotiation.
The issues that divide the two sides are hard and
deep, the philosophies are wide apart.
The second is the need to preserve the unity of
the free world. In these months of preparation
• BtTLLETiN of Jan. 18, 1960, p. 75.
February 15, I960
235
for the East- West summit meeting, I venture to
predict that we will be reading all sorts of reports
about all sorts of conflicts among the Western
allies — cleavages, differences, dissensions, splits,
divisions, clashes, oppositions, breaches, ruptures,
breakdowns, brealcups, breakaparts, breakoffs,
breakaways, and what have you. There are some
more words I might think of, but I won't bore you
with them; you will see them in the news re-
ports. Conflict, or the mere suspicion of it, makes
news more easily than agreement.
In the preparation of various important posi-
tions it is inevitable that different points of view
will be expressed and urged. It is one of the
strengths of the free world that its members can
advance varying points of view in the process of
reaching accord. At this time last year we were
preparing for the East- West foreign ministers
conference at Geneva, and there were iimumerable
stories concentrating on cleavages among the
allies. But when the Western foreign ministers
met in Paris 10 days before the opening of the
Geneva conference, these differing points of view
had been ironed out, or were ironed out by the
ministers themselves, and the Western ministers
went to Geneva with an agreed-upon forward-
looking position, worked out in great detail. I
predict the same thing will happen again.
A third point to keep in mind is that as we
search for equitable solutions that will conduce to
true peace we must maintain strong defenses.
Weakness on our part will not serve the cause of
peace or of freedom and justice. It will under-
mine our negotiating position and make agree-
ment more difficult. Almost as bad would be an
appearance of weakness leading to the Soviets'
assumption that we were neglecting our military
defenses. Until enforceable and properly safe-
guarded agreements are reached, the military
capability of the United States and our allies must
be kept at a manifestly adequate level.
Soviet "Disarmanient" Announcement
At present the Soviet Union propaganda ap-
paratus is engaged in a campaign to put across
Chairman Khrushchev's announcement on Janu-
ary 14 tliat the Soviet Government intended to re-
duce its armed forces over the next 1 or 2 yeare
by 1.2 million men. It should be remembered
that in the same announcement Mr. Khrushcliev
declared that total Soviet armed might would not
only not be diminished but, because of the develop-
ment and production of rockets, would in fact
increase.
The Soviet so-called "disannament" equation
therefore rims something like this : From 3.6 mil-
lion men, which they have now, deduct 1.2 million
while adding the equivalent in missile firepower
of, say, 1.5 million. The Soviet Government tells
the rest of the world this is disarmament. It re-
assures its own people, and particularly the mili-
tary bureaucracy, that this is increased firepower.
Evei-ybody should be happy.
And then Soviet propaganda calls on other
states to reduce their armed forces in emulation
of the Soviet example. But it does not say to
them, at the same time increase your overall mill- J
tary might. And it blandly ignores the root of *
the whole problem, that it was Soviet actions over
the past 15 years which impelled the West to build
up its armed forces after it had disbanded the
great forces with which World War II was fought.
Role of Chinese Communists
Here I should like to add another word of cau-
tion. I very much fear that, in our concentration
of attention on the forthcoming sununit confer-
ence with Chairman Khrushchev, we shall forget
another part of the world where the issues likewise
are hard and deep, where the dangers ai'e con-
stant. I refer to the Far East.
Though there has been some lessening of ten-
sion as between Western nations and the Soviet
Union, there has been no lessening of tension
which the Chinese Communists are continuing to
maintain in Asia. The Chinese Communist rulers
still breathe fire and fury, still keep Americans
imprisoned, still refuse to renounce force as an
instrument of policy, still reject the reunification
of Korea, still exert their evil influence against
their neighbors, still portray the United States
as their Enemy Number One — as they did even
before they came to power in 1949. The 95th meet-
ing between our Ambassador in Warsaw and the
Chinese Communist Ambassador there took place
last week, and we are just as far apart as ever.
We gain the vivid impression that the Chinese
Communist rulers are reluctant to see Chairman
Khrushchev engage in conversations with the
Western leaders. Tliey appear to fear he is weak-
ening in what they think should be a merciless
fight against the free world. They seem to feel,
236
Department of State Bulletin
and resent, that they are being left out of the
councils of the great. But at the same time they
insist that the rest of the world accept their
standards rather than the revei-se.
Elsewhere in the Far East the situation has
distinctly improved. The last decade has seen
real progress achieved in the Far East. There
has been an awakening of Asian awareness to the
real daiigei-s of the Commvuiist threat. Commu-
nist China's own actions in Tibet and against
India have vividly illustrated these dangers.
The independence and freedom of our Asian
friends has been maintained through our individ-
ual and collective security efforts. Our economic
aid programs are helping their peoples toward a
better material life. The new decade we have
just entered should see further progi-ess in eco-
nomic, social, and political endeavors to meet the
basic aspirations of Asian nationalism.
Last week there occurred an event of profound
significance to the Pacific area, Asia, and the
world — the signing of the treaty of mutual co-
operation and security between Japan and the
United States.^ This treaty set the seal of friend-
ship upon the partnership for peace of the two
nations. With the cooperation of the virile, in-
genious, foi-ward-looking Japanese people, we can
look with gi-eater confidence toward increased
stability and economic betterment in the area.
Madam Chairman, this is the first month of a
new decade whicli shoidd prove decisive for the
future of the world. This initial year of the
decade promises to be an extraordinarily busy one,
probably an augury of the whole decade. This
year should give us further evidences of the
astounding benefits science can bring to mankind
if only good sense, restraint, tolerance, and con-
sideration for others is manifest thi-oughout the
world.
My own hunch is that we shall have peace.
This can be the uncertain, unreal peace we have
now, or it can be true peace with justice. We
shall never cease to assert that the former is not
good enough for the men, women, and children
who inliabit tliis globe. We shall continue un-
ceasingly to work honorably for the latter. For
it is the only basis on which mankind can prosper
and be truly happy.
"Wliat wo want and what the peoples of all the
world want are much the same things. Wo want
to construct a better world for our children, one
in which they can live in security against war,
privation, ignorance, and injustice. We want a
world in wiiich each nation can freely contribute
its ideas and the benefit of its experience to others
and can as freely draw upon the ideas and experi-
ences of other nations. We want to cooperate
with other peoples in building an international
order in which each can realize its national am-
bitions without exploiting or threatening the well-
being of others. Nations with different economic,
political, and social systems, we believe, can work
together fruitfully for common goals if they ac-
cept the principles of the U.N. Charter : tolerance
for other nations' ways of life and voluntary
cooperation for the good of all.
U.S. Restates Policy Toward Cuba
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White Douse press release dated January 26
Secretary Herter and I have been giving careful
consideration to the problem of relations between
the GoveiTiments of the United States and Cuba.
Ambassador [Philip W.] Bonsai, who is currently
in Washington, shared in our discussions. We
have been, for many months, deeply concerned and
perplexed at the steady deterioration of those rela-
tions,^ reflected especially by recent public state-
ments by Prime Minister Castro of Cuba as well
as by statements in official publicity organs of the
Cuban Government. These statements contain
imwarranted attacks on our Government and on
our leading officials. These attacks involve serious
charges, none of which, however, has been the sub-
ject of formal representations by the Government
of Cuba to our Government. We believe these
charges to be totally imfounded.
We have prepared a restatement of our policy
toward Cuba, a country with whose people the
people of the United States have enjoyed and ex-
pect to continue to enjoy a firm and mutually bene-
ficial friendship.
The United States Government adheres strictly
' For text of the treaty, together with a communique
and other related documents, see ibid., Feb. 8, 1960, p. 179.
' For Department statements concerning U.S.-Cnba re-
lations, see Bulletin of Nov. 16, 1959, p. 715, and Feb. 1,
1960, p. 158.
February 15, 7960
237
to the policy of nonintervention in tlie domestic
affairs of other countries, including Cuba. This
policy is incorporated in our treaty coniniitnicnts
as a member of the Oi-ganization of American
States.
Second, the United States Government has con-
sistently endeavored to prevent illegal acts in terri-
tory under its jurisdiction directed against other
governments. United States law enforcement
agencies have been increasingly successfid in the
j)revenlion of such acts. The United States rec-
ord in this respect compares very favorably with
that of Culja, from whose territorj- a number of
invasions directed against other countries have
departed during the past year, in several cases
attended with serious loss of life and property
damage in tlie territory of those other countries.
The United States authorities will continue to
enforce United States laws, including those wliich
reflect commitments under inter- American trea-
ties, and liope that other governments will act
similarly. ( )nr Government has repeatedly indi-
cated that it v.ill welcome any information from
the ('nl)an Government or from other govern-
ments regai-ding incidents occurring witliin their
jurisdiction or notice which wotild he of assist-
ance to our law enforcement agencies in this
respect.
Third, the T'nited States Government views
with increasing concern tlie tendency of spokes-
men of the Cuban Government, including Prime
Minister Castro, to create the illusion of aggres-
sive acts and conspiratorial activities aimed at the
Cuban Government and attributed to Ignited
States officials or agencies. The pi-omotion of un-
founded illusions of lliis kind can hardly facili-
tate the development, in the real interest of the
two peoples, of relations of uiulerstanding and
conlidence between their Go\ernments. The
United Stales Government regrets that its ear-
nest efforts over the past year to establish a basis
for sucli miderstanding and confidence have not
been reciju'fM'ated.
Fourth, tlie United Stales Governnieiil, of
course, recognizes the right ()f the Culian Govern-
ment and people in tlie e.xercise of fjieir national
sovereignly to underlakc ihose social, ecoiutmic,
and polilic'd reforms wjiich, with due i-egai'd for
Iheii- obligations under inlernal ional law, thev
may lliink desiralile. 'J'his jxjsilion has fre-
(|uenl1y been staled, and it reflects a real mider-
standing of and symi)athy with the ideals and
aspirations of the Cuban people. Similarly, the
United States Government and people will con-
tinue to assert and to defend, in the exercise of
their own .sovereignty, their legitimate interests.
Fifth, the United States Government believes
that its citizens have made constructive contribu-
tions to the economies of other countries by means
of their investments and their work in those coun-
tries and that such contributions, taking into
account changing conditions, can continue on a
mutually satisfactory basis. The United States
Government will continue to bring to the atten-
tion of the Ctiban Government any instances in
wliich the rights of its citizens under Cuban law
and under international law have been disre-
garded and in which redress under Cuban law is
apparently unavailable or denied. In this con-
nection it is the liojie of the T'nited States Gov-
ernment that dill'erences of opinion between the
two Governments in matters recognized under
international law as subject to diplomatic nego-
tiations will be resolved through such negotia-
tions. In the event that disagreements between
the two Governments concerning this matter
should persist, it would be the intention of
the United States Government to seek solu-
tions through other appropriate international
procedures.
The above points seem to me to furnish reason-
able bases for a workable and satisfactory rela-
tionship between our two sovereign countries. I
should like only to add that the United States
Government has confidence in llie ability of the
Cul)an pco])le to recognize and defeal the
intrigues of international communism which are
aimed at destroying democratic institutions in
Cuba and the traditional and mulually benelicial
fi-ii'nd-hi|) between the ('uban and .Vnierican
peoples.
STATEIVJENT BY AMBASSADOR BONSAL'
I am proi-eeding to Washington for consulta-
tions with the Si'cretary of .'"^tate and officers of
the Depart nu'iit on our relaliniis with the Gov-
efiimenl of Cuba. I do not know how long I will
be in 'Washington. As you know, I was here
earlier this month for the same ])urpose. My
secMuid li'ip in a \ery few weeks is due to the
'Made at lillcuild Airporl, New York, \.Y.. on .laii. 23
(l)ro.«;s rcl(\isc;!i; dalod ,Jaii. 2.')).
238
Departmenf of Slafe Bulletin
highly regi-et table deterioration of the relations
between our Government :iiul I lie Government of
Cuba. Recent public statements by the Prime
Minister of Cuba, Dr. Fidel Castro, and state-
ments in official publicity organs of the Cuban
Government have contained unwarranted attacks
on our Government and on our leading ollicials,
including the Vice President ami the Secretary
of State. The situation created by those attacks
will be the topic of my consultations in
Washington.
However, in these consultations I will bear con-
stantly in mind the traditional and very lively
friendship and affection which exist between the
Cuban and American i>eoples. During my year
in Cuba I have had, in my capacity as a reiire-
sentative of the United States Government,
many heartening evidences of that friendship and
of its indestructibility.
I will also, in these consultations, be mindful of
and sympathetic with the legitimate ideals and
aspirations of the Cuban people and of their
desire for improved living conditions. I believe
that those aspirations and ideals are similar to
our own and that the people of Cuba, like our
own, have faith in the methods of democracy for
their achievement.
I believe furthermore that steady social and
economic progi'ess in Cuba is not mconsistent
■with a due regard for the rights of private Ameri-
can interests there, since those interests have,
generally speaking, made highly constructive con-
tributions to the island's economy.
United States-Soviet Lend-Lease
Talks Discontinued
DEPARTMENT STATEMENT
Press release 42 dated January 27
A profound difference of opinion has become
apparent between the Soviet and U.S. Govern-
ments concerning the terms of reference of the ne-
gotiations which began January 11, 1960, on the
unsettled Soviet lend-lease account. Following
the conversations at Camp David,' it had been the
imderstanding of the U.S. Government that these
' For text of a joint communique released at the con-
clusion of talks between Premier Khrushchev and Presi-
dent Eisenhower at Camp David, Md., see Bulletin of
Oct. 12, 1959, p. 499.
negotiations were to deal with tlie lend-lease set-
tlement as a separate and independent problem.
In conformity with this understanding the rnited
States Ambassador to the Soviet Union [Llew-
ellyn E. Thompson] sent a note to the Soviet Min-
ister of Foreign Alfaii-s on December 7, I'J.'/J, in
which, after referring to "the September meetings
between President Eisenhower and Chairman of
the Council of Ministers of the U.S.S.K., N. S.
Klirushchev, at which time the Chairman agreed
to a resumption of negotiations for a settlement of
lend-lease," it was proposed that such negotiations
begin in AVashington on January 11, I'M).
In his reply of December 22, 1959, Mr. [Andrei
A.] Gromyko ai)peared to confirm this understand-
ing by stating that the Soviet Government "is pre-
pared to begin negotiations in Washington 9n
Januai-y 11, 1960 for settling the question of Lend-
I^ease" and by making no reference to any other
subject of negotiation in this connection. How-
ever, when the negotiations actually began on
January 11, 1960, it was the position of the Soviet
Government that a lend-lease settlement could not
be considered as a separate and independent prob-
lem but that any settlement of this question would
have to be accompanied by the simultaneous con-
clusion of a trade agreement giving most- favored-
nation treatment to the Soviet Union and the ex-
tension of long-term credits on acceptable terms
to the Soviet Union. Charles E. Bohlen, Special
Assistant to the Secretary of State, who has repre-
sented the U.S. in these negotiations, explained
during their course why the U.S. Government is
not in a position at this time to negotiate on either
of these subjects.
In explaining the U.S. position and in conform-
ity with the discussions at Camp David, Mr.
Bohlen made it plain that a satisfactory lend-lease
settlement was an essential prerequisite before the
executive branch could take up with Congress the
possibility of removing some of the existing legis-
lative restrictions which have an effect upon
So\net-U.S. trade.
The current Soviet position that a lend-lease
settlement must be accompanied by simultaneous
conclusion of a trade agreement and the extension
of long-term credits, nevertheless, has remained
unchanged.
In addition this position was further reaffirmed
in most definite form by Mr. Gromyko, the Soviet
Minister of Foreign Affairs, in a conversation on
January 19 with Ambassador Thompson in Mos-
February 75, I960
239
cow. In view of the absence of agreement be-
tween the two Governments concerning the terms
of reference of these negotiations, there would ap-
pear to be no common groimd for their continu-
ance at this time.
The U.S. Government, however, is prepared to
resume negotiations for a lend-lease settlement at
any time that the Soviet Govermnent is prepared
to negotiate on this as a separate and independent
question.
NOTES SETTING UP NEGOTIATIONS
U.S. Note of December 7
Amebican Embassy, Moscow, December 7, 1959
Excellency : I have the honor to refer to the Septem-
ber meetings between President Eisenhower and Chair-
man of the Council of Ministers of the U.S.S.R., N. S.
Khrushchev, at which time the Chairman agreed to a
resumption of negotiations for a settlement of lend-lease.
I am instructed to state that the Government of the
United States is prepared to undertake such negotiations,
and proposes that they begin in Washington on January
11, 19G0. Ambassador Charles E. Bohlen will conduct the
negotiations for the United States.
A reply at the early convenience of the Government of
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics as to whether it
is agreeable to this proposal, and as to whom it will desig-
nate to conduct the negotiations for its side, would be
appreciated.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of my
highest consideration.
Llewellyn E. Thompson
His Excellency
Andrei A. Gkomyko
Minister of Foreign Affairs
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Soviet Reply of December 22
Dnofflcial translation
Moscow, 22 December 1959
Mr. Ambassador: In acknowledging receipt of your note
of December 7, 1959, I have the honor to state that the
Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics is
prepared to begin negotiations in Washington on January
11, 1960 for settling the question of Lend-Lease. The
representative of the Soviet Union at these negotiations
will be M. a. Menshikov, Soviet Ambassador Extraor-
dinary and Plenipotentiary in the United States.
I beg you to accept, Mr. Ambassador, the assurances of
my high esteem.
A. Gromyko
His Excellency
Mb. Llewellyn E. Thompson,
Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the
United States of America
The Rural Community
in a Worldwide Setting
by Robert H. Thayer ^
I am going to ask you to concentrate your
special strength, your initiative, your enthusiasm,
and your energy to the job that I believe is the
most important job in the world today — impor-
tant for you and for me and for our cliildren and
grandchildren and all who come after them.
It is the job of establishing international
mutual imderstanding between the people of
America and the peoples of the new, sensitive areas
of the world. If that job can be done and done
well, there can be lasting peace in the world and
peace with justice, freedom, and dignity for the
individual. Since I spent 2i/^ years in the Com-
munist-dictated country of Rumania,^ I know
only too well that peace without justice, freedom,
and dignity for the individual is not peace at all
and that a life under such a peace is not worth
living.
Wliat does international mutual miderstanding
mean ? It isn't complicated ; it is very simple. It
means getting to know jjeople from foreign lands,
the way they live, the way they dress, what they
eat, what they do, the things they produce and
how they produce them, and the way they tliiiik
and how they express their thoughts in words
or song or story. It means finding out what
makes them tick and helping them to learn what
makes you tick. It means recognizing that people
from foreign lands ha%^e different ways of doing
things and because their ways ai-e different from
yours doesn't mean that they are wrong. What
may be wrong for you may be right for them and
v\(X) versa. Their customs, their reactions, their
likes and dislikes won't be the same as yours;
but blood runs in their veins, they are happy or
sad, they laugh or they cry, they are bold or
afraid, exactly as you and I are. And since they
are human beings like you and me, they are per-
fectly understandable to 3'ou and me and perfectly
capable of understanding you or me. And let me
emphasize tliis point. Mutual understanding does
' Address made before Ruritan National at Louisville,
Ky., on Jan. 25 (press release 33). Mr. Thayer is Special
Assistant to the Secretary of State for the Coordination
of International Educational and Cultural Relations.
'Mr. Thayer was American Minister to Rumania from
August 1055 to December 1957.
240
Department of State Bulletin
not have to be mutual liking or mutual admira-
tion. You need not like or admire someone to
understand him. If you mukMstand someone you
dislike, you can adjust yourself to him, but dis-
like coupled with lack of understanding leads to
situations that bring on the danger of clashes and
incidents which lead to war.
I wish we could do away with the word "for-
eigner" or even the word "foreign" when we
speak of people from other lands. There are
many meanings of the word "foreign" if you look
it up in the dictionary, many of them perfectly
appropriate, but I am afraid we tend to think of
the harsher meanings of the word, such as alien
in character, not appropriate, outlandish, re-
mote— like having a foreign body in your eye.
It is curious how perfectly harmless words can
gradually take on a connotation that was never
intended. A foi-eigner is simi)ly someone who
comes from a land other than one's own; a for-
eigner is not someone who is strange or undesir-
able or even so terribly different once mutual
undei-standing is established. But unfortimately
■we Americans, after years of isolation, tend to ap-
proach foreigners with a chip on our shoulders.
There is a psychological bloc that we must and
can overcome which handicaps us in our relations
with other people.
Crusade for Mutual Understanding
Why am I asking for your help particularly in
this situation ? Did you know that two-thirds of
the world's population live in small towns, vil-
lages, and rural communities ? And the percent-
age is even higher in those sensitive areas of the
world where new nations are springing into being
and groping with the problems which freedom
and sovereignty bring. The principal objective
of all these people is exactly the same as the objec-
tive of Euritan — to make their small towns, vil-
lages, and i-ural communities better places in
•which to live.
You here have an unusual cultural affinity with
similar peoples in these sensitive areas, and as a
rasult you have an unusual opportunity and, as
citizens of the United States, an unusual respon-
sibility. You are better equipped by background,
experience, and temperament bom of your en-
vii-onment to establish mutual understanding be-
tween the peoples of America and the peoples of
these nations than anyone else in this country.
februory J 5, J 960
538840—60 3
This means that you can make a veiy powerful
contribution to the maintenance in the world of
peace with justice, freedom, and individual dig-
nity if you have the inclination and the will to do
so. You can do so by enlisting in this crusade
that I, on behalf of tlie Government of the United
States, am urging all American citizens to join —
a crusade not to jam the American way of life
down the throats of the peoples of these new
countries, but a crusade to make it possible for
these peoples to understand the peoples of Amer-
ica and from that understanding to reap the bene-
fits of our experience as pioneers in solving some
of the very same problems with which they are
faced as new nations.
It wasn't so very long ago that we began in
America to suffer the pangs of the birth of a new
nation, to learn how to conquer the wilderness
and arid lands to feed our growing population,
and to build our small towns and villages. From
this experience, which, I think, no one can deny
has been pretty successful, can we not help others
who are on the threshold of this same experience ?
Of course we can. But we can only do it if we
first establish mutual understanding so that we
shall know these people well enough to be able
to help them in a way which they won't misin-
terpret as being patronizing, or as imposing our
will upon them, or as attempting to take them
over, and so that they will know us for what we,
as Americans, really are and not as the interna-
tional Communists would Iiave them believe
we are.
I remember not so long ago standing outside
my hotel in the city of Cluj in Rumania, a city
which used to have a fine university — it still is a
university town — and I was surrounded by a
gi-eat mass of yoimg people from the university,
who always crowded aromid the cur witli the
American flag on it and plied us with questions
about America. After one of tliem had cross-
examined me about miiversity life in tliis coun-
try, I said to him, "Come on over and see what
America is really like." He replied quickly, "Oh,
I couldn't. I don't want to join the millions of
starving unemployed in America." It was Hit-
ler's man Goebbels who first found that if you
use the lie often and long enough it begins to be
believed. International communism is still fol-
lowing this procedure.
Fifty-eight years ago, shortly after the turn of
241
the century, an American Protestant minister
named Jolm House was serving as a missionary
in Greece in a rural area near the city of Salonika.
Like most missionaries, the Keverend House was
a teacher as well as a clergyman. What im-
pressed Jolm House most about his students was
their extreme poverty and the gi-eat difficulty
their fax-m families were having in trying to con-
quer an almost barren soil.
John House borrowed money, purchased 50
acres of land in Greece, and started a school for
the purpose of helping his students in their farm-
ing problems. His students learned and re-
turned to their villages to teach others. Thus
was established the American Farm School of
Salonika, a permanent link between rural Amer-
ica and rural Greece.
Each year 500 youngsters from villages
throughout Greece come to the American Farm
School for training in the operations of a rural
community. These yoimg fai-mers are as much
pioneers as were the American frontiersmen who
battled their way west during the 19t.li century,
and they are learning some of the lessons learned
by American pioneers. At tlie Amei'ican Farm
School the future leaders of rural Greece are as
much the inheritors of the democratic ideals and
rugged individualism of the American jiioneers
as are all of us here tonight.
This is the type of activity that can serve as
a basis for building solid ties of international
understanding which no Communist ideology or
totalitarian demagog will be able to sever. I
know that niral America, represented by you liere
toniglit, can lead the way in identifying the
United States with the aspirations and needs of
the people in rural areas throughout the world,
and that is why I need your help.
Opportunities for Cultural Diplomacy
What have I, in my position as head of the
Bureau of International Cultural Relations, to do
with all of this, and where does the Government
come in ? The United States takes a leading part
in tlie opening of communications between the
people of this countiy and the peoples of otlier
countries, so that they can get to know each other
and respect each other's accomplishments and
problems in every aspect of their lives and con-
tribute from each other's knowledge and experi-
ence to the building of a better community.
The peoples of Africa, Asia, and Latin America
would like to profit from our experience in their
forward march. But they are not going to fol-
low blindly the example provided by rural
America, even though that example during the
development of our comitry during the past 200
years is a magnificent one. Our experience was
the result of the combination of traditional ideas
of democracy, individual dignity, and basic faith
in religion, mixed in proper proportions with a
genius for imiovation and an inexhaustible capac-
ity for modernization. But we should recognize
the fact that mutual miderstanding must be
established first, before anyone is going to be
willing to profit by our experience.
My job is to open up opportimities for tliis
understanding through what I Iiave been calling
"cultural diplomacy." What is cultural diplo-
macy? It is the process of communicating the
culture of one people to another people so as to
bring about complete mutual understanding. It
is the concentrated use of our cultural and edu-
cational resources in the field of foreign affairs
for tlie development of that social environment
whieli will make for enduring peace and the politi-
cal common good of mankind. It is a job that
cannot be accomplished by the State Department
or any other agency alone. It is a job that de-
mands the wholehearted and active participation
of Americans in every area and walk of life.
Government Activities and Private Initiative
Let me show j'ou how your Goveriiment is
taking action in the development of understand-
ing between Americans and the peoples of other
countries and how you can take the initiative in
this field.
In the State Department's Bureau of Interna-
tional Cultural Eelations, wliich I head, we spend
well over $30 million a year in carrying out a
variety of exchange programs. The biggest one
is the International Educational Exchange Pro-
gram, which many Americans know in terms of
the Fulbright and Smith-Mundt scholarehips that
are awarded to students, teachers, and college pro-
fessors. More than 65,000 alumni of tliis program
in the United States and abroad are helping to en-
lighten their fellow citizens about foreign
cultures.
During the past 2 years we have made special
ari'angements to extend our cultural aiul educa-
tional exchange progi-ams t o the Soviet-bloc coun-
242
Department of State Bulletin
tries of Eastern Europe. Last November the
Soviet Union and the United States agreed to ex-
tend this prograni for another 2 years and to
expand cooperative efforts in a variety of cultural
and scientific fields.'
Under the President's Special International
Program for Cultural Presentations we assist the
foreign apijearances of American oi'chestras,
dance groups, theater societies, athletic organiza-
tions, and otlier cultural attractions. In coopera-
tion with the United States National Commission
for UNESCO we help carry out the cultural pro-
grams of the United Nations Educational, Sci-
entific and Cultural Organization.
In all of these activities Americans, whether
they be students, teachers, college professors,
musicians, actors, ballet dancers, or whatever else,
come face to face with the people of other lands —
either here or abroad — and through personal con-
tact are able to establish the kind of relationship
l>et ween human beings that alone can lay the bond
of real mutual understanding.
"What specifically can you do to help in this
work? You are already doing a great deal. I
congratulate Ruritan on its planned hospitality
program for foreign visitors dvu'ing 1960. I con-
gratulate rural America for such successful
programs as the International Farm Youth
Exchange, the overseas programs of the Future
Farmers of America, the "Farmer-to-Farmer
Program" of Farmers and World AfTairs, and the
rural de^•elopment programs of 24 American land-
gi-ant colleges. I think it significant that the
counteii:)art of 4-H Club work in the United
States has been established in 3.3 countries with
20,000 clubs for 625,000 boys and girls.
The basic ideals behind agricultural extension
work, vocational schools, and land-grant colleges
have peraieated and taken root in rural areas from
Viet-Nam to Turkey. I attribute these develop-
ments in a large measure to the excellent way in
which rural America has taken to its heart the
tens of thousands of foreign citizens who have
come to the United States to be trained in the
leadership of rural communities and to the
enthusiasm with which our experts in r>iral organ-
ization have gone abroad to demonstrate the
' For text of a joint communique Issued at tlie conclu-
sion of negotiations, see Bulletin of Dec. 7, 19.59, p. 848;
for text of cultural agreement, see ibid., Dec. 28, 1959, p.
951.
tecluiiques and communicate the ideals that have
made America so strong at the "grass roots."
Developing a Universal Consciousness
I have something very simple to ask you to do.
I want you to make up your minds tonight that
you will bring up your children to speak at least
one, if not tM'o, languages other than our own ; that
you will bring them up to think it just as impor-
tant to know intimately and to imderstand people
from lands as far away as Asia as it is to know
the family that lives next door. For with the jet
age your next-door neighbor is not going to be a
Kentuckian ; your next-door neighlx)r is going to
be from Asia and Africa and the Middle East.
Our children must learn to speak foreign
languages in their schools, and we need more peo-
ple who are able to speak the nonwestern lan-
guages like Hindi, Swahili, and Arabic. We need
to develop a universal consciousness of other cul-
tures that will bring Djakarta and Algeria as
close to us as Wakefield, Virginia, and Washing-
ton, D.C. We need a large corps of trained stu-
dents, businessmen, government workers, labor
leaders, agricultural experts, and professional peo-
ple who will be as much at home in Kabul, Af-
ghanistan, and Santiago, Chile, as they are in
Boonsboro, Maryland, or Ames, Iowa.
In short, we must place our communities in the
context of a worldwide setting and modify our
institutions accordingly.
I would like to see our elementary and high
school children giving oral presentations in for-
eign languages as fluently as they do in English.
I would like to see subjects like pan-Africanism
and the European Common Market become as
much a part of our lives as recreation centers
and comity fairs. I would like to see our local
newspapers carry more news and feature stories
about life in Latin America and southeast Asia.
I think all of us should strive to add world citi-
zenship to our basic responsibilities of citizenship
in our Nation, States, and local communities.
I know that the broadening of our horizons
from our immediate environments to areas thou-
sands of miles away will not be easy to accomplish.
I know some people who would not be very com-
fortable in going from New Jersey to Nebraska or
from Tennessee to Oregon, much less in trj-ing to
comprehend the social customs, religions, and
ways of life of people in Morocco or Mozambique.
February 15, I960
243
But this is both a jet age and an age of world
leadership for the United States. We need to
exercise tliat leadersliip with skill, boldness, and
compassion. Our greatest asset for that task is
our people — people who have the basic traditions
and pioneer sjjirit to conquer new frontiers.
The job of perfecting communications between
peoples is our big frontier as we enter the excit-
ing decade of the lOGO's. It is a frontier not only
for rural America but for urban America and
exurban America as well.
I urge you to discuss ways and means of estab-
lishing more extensive contacts with foreign com-
munities. As connnunity leaders you should ex-
amine your scliools to see if they are training your
children for \vorld leadership and citizenship.
Add world all'airs to the discussions at your
monthly Kuritan meetings. Bring your connnu-
nities into tlie international picture.
If you will join this crusade of cultural diplo-
macy we will succeed in breaking down the purely
psychological and artilicial Ijarriei's that keep
Americans and peoples of other lands apart, and
we will create a climate wliere it is going to be
possi])le for the wealth of our experience and suc-
cess in the building of our new nation to contribute
to the building of the nndtitude of new nations
springing to life in the less developed areas of the
world. And the most, valualile part of this con-
tribution will 1)0 the knowledge of how to build
a nation with jusiice. freedom, and dignity for the
individual.
Nations Invited To Participate
In 1964 New York World's Fair
Press release ;u dated Jamiary 22
Department Announcement
'l"he DciiardiKMil of Slate, on January 21, liXiO,
sent to the diploniatic corps in Washington, D.C,
a iliplonialic iiolc from the Secrelary of Slate cii-
flosing an in\iialion fi-oni IJobrrl F. Wagner,
Mayor c)f l he ( 'iiy of New Voi-k, to lake an ad ive
part in llie I'.lCil \\"orl(rs l-'aii- li> be held at New
"^'ork City in lliat year in I'cli'liral ion of llit> t^'V-
cenlenary anniversary of llic City of New ^'oi'k.
Tlie lite, I Worhl's Fair a( New York has
a(lo|iliMl as its llicine "reai'c I'll rough 1 'n(|('r^lan(l-
ing'" and is spon^oriMl as an r\vt\\ of primary
international signihcauce. Although held under
private auspices, it enjoys tlie sujiport and coop-
eration of the Governments of the State of New
York and the City of New York, as well as prom-
inent business, civic, industrial, trade, and labor
organizations having national and international
ties of great importance.
The .selection of the City of New York as the
location for the 1064 World's Fair was recom-
mended by a Presidential conmiission in a report
approved l>y the President on October 20, 1050.
For these reasons, and also because 1064 will
mark the Ifith anniversary of New York as the
l)ermanent home of the Ignited Nations, the De-
partment of State favoi-s the holding of such an
important international exposition and hopes that
as many nations as possible will be rejn'e.^euted at
the 1064 World's Fair at New York.
Tlie general i-egnlations of the New York
W(.irld"s Fair will be made available at the earliest
opportunity. (Correspondence and inquiries con-
cerning the New York World's Fair should be
addressed to the New York World's Fair 1064
Corporation, Enquire State Building, New York
1, N.Y.
Text of Invitation
1>KAR Hit. Ambassador: I have the honor to extend to
your fjovenmient a fnniial iuvitatinu to particiiiate in a
World's Fair to lie hehl in the City ni Xew York to cele-
brate its Tercentenary Anniversary in the year 1064.
The holdins; of this Fair has been aiiproved by the
President of the I'nited States on the recommendation of
a ti^iiecial Presidential Cenunissinn ajipointed by him
which, under date of 0<tober -!>. I'.CiO. rwummended to
the President "f the United States that the holding of
an internaticnal eximsilicM of (he lirst category in the
City nf New York in rati I should be sni-iiorted by the Fed-
(•r.ai ( ;ov<'rninenl and wliicli ('(•niiuission rnillier recom-
mended that "New York City, of all .Vineric'an cities, is
best (inalilicd to accoiii|)lish the luonnniental effort
reiiuircd."
Tlic Picsiilcnt of Ilie I'niled St.ates .also .MiijiroviHl the
recoinaiciKlal ions (d" llic I'lcsidenl i.il Coianiission to assi.st
in oblainiiig inaxiannn participation liy foreign nations
in the New York City I'.KM World's Fair.
I wonld like to cN]iress oar sinceri' wisli th.al the coni-
m<'rcial. industrial .-ind t r.-ide organiz.-it ions in your coun-
try might also cxhibii at the •■llict .New Voik World'.s
Fair" ;ind that your goveriniicnl will assist ibciu in
arranging for their p.ail ici]iation.
This "I'.m; 1 \(.\v York W. aid's l'"air" has lak.'U for its
theme, the sigiulicant words. "Peace Throngli Cnder-
st.anding" and i( is (Uir luipe that the exhibitors, bolli
govcrinneutal ami pri\'.ate, will deuiousl r.-ite to the mil-
244
Department of State Bulletin
lions of visitors to tlie Fiiir, tlio iutei-iloin'iuU'iue of all
nations anil people to tlie end that tlirouuli this "liHU
New York World's Fair", all who visit it will carry away
with them a deeper understanding of eaih of the nations
of the world— an understanding that will help to promote
that peace sought by all peoples everywhere.
The occasion for this Fair, our Tercentenary Anniver-
sary, enables me to call to your attention the close ties
between New York City and the nations of the world. In
these 3()0 years, through our City have come millions of
immigrants, who have brought to this nation the culture
and national backgrounds of every nation ou earth.
These immigrants, by their later citizenship in the United
States have created ties with all nations that have and
will ever be a major influence in the mutual good-will
between our great country and yours. Our great city
has been the host to the leaders of other nations, and time
and time again has, we hope, supplied living proof that
peoples of many national origins, race, color and creed
can live together in peace and harmony.
I believe that the "1964 New York World's Fair" to be
held in honor of this Anniversary will truly be an event
of international importance. In I'JtU, it will have been
25 years since last the nations of the world met in our
city to exchange cultural, commercial and industrial
ideas. Then we called that World Fair, "The World of
Tomorrow". When one considers the strides that have
been made since that time, the new discoveries and in-
dustries that were then undreamed of — atomic power,
television, cybernetics — it is not difficult to picture the
wonders that this "1064 New York World's Fair" will
reveal.
The City of New York is, I believe, a most desirable
place for the holding of this World's Fair. The site of
the previous Fair held in the United States in the year
1939 is admirably adapted and has been made available
for the "1964 New York World's Fair". This location,
at Flushing Meadow, was originally prepared at a cost
in excess of $26,000,000.00 — and has been preserved as a
Park during the years since 1939. In addition since the
establishment of the United Nations Headquarters in
New York City, our city has become increasingly impor-
tant in international affairs ; and is, we hope you will
agree, the leading center of trade and commerce in the
world toflay. It is the largest city on this Continent and
possesses more facilities for housing, transporting, feed-
ing and entertaining visitors than any other city in the
United States.
This Fair has the full support of all segments of busi-
ness, industry and culture of the City and State and the
Governor of the State of New York, the Honorable Nelson
A. Rockefeller, has pledged the full support of the State
of New York to this exposition and has joined in our re-
quest that the Federal Government transmit this invita-
tion to your Government.
Detailed information about the "1964 New York World's
Pair" will be communicated to you by the Fair's
management.
Most respectfully,
Robert F. Wagner
Mayor
Views Invited on GATT Relations
With Tunisia and Poland
Press release Ql dated January 29
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
As a result of public notices issued on January
29 by the Trade Agreements Committee and the
Committee for Keciprocity Information, public
views are requested regarding the provisional ac-
cession of Tunisia to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade (GATT) and regarding a rela-
tionship between Poland and the Contracting
Parties to the GATT closer than that afforded by
the observer status which that country now has.
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade is
a multilateral trade agreement containing sched-
ides of tariff concessions and general provisions
designed to facilitate the expansion of trade on a
multilateral nondiscriminatory basis. Thirty-
seven countries, including the United States, are
contracting parties to the GATT and several
others participate in its work on a limited basis.
The Government of Tunisia has expressed its
readiness to enter into tariff negotiations with a
view to acceding to the GATT. Under the ar-
rangements which have been proposed for Tu-
nisia's provisional accession to the GATT, these
negotiations would take place during the GATT
tariff conference which will convene at Geneva in
September of 1960. Pending the conclusion of
these negotiations, it is proposed that Tunisia
accede provisionally to the GATT, applying the
provisions of the GATT to contracting parties to
that agreement which formally accept these ar-
rangements, but Tmtisia woidd not undertake
obligations with respect to tariff concessions. In
return such contracting parties would apply to
Tunisia the provisions of the agreement other than
those which accord direct rights to their schedules
of tariff concessions. Tunisia ivill also partici-
pate on a limited basis in tlie work of the Con-
tracting Parties to the GATT.
The arrangements for the provisional accession
of Tunisia would not involve the modification of
any United States tariff rates or the addition of
any new articles to any existing schedule of United
States duty concessions. The United States has
no bilateral trade agreement with Tunisia.
februaty J 5, I960
245
At the invitation of the Contracting Parties,
Poland has been represented by an observer at
meetings of the Contracting Parties since their
12th session (October-November 1957) . Eecently
Poland and the Contracting Parties have had un-
der consideration the means of achieving a closer
relationship. The arrangements which have been
developed would record the desire of Poland and
contracting parties which formally accept these
arrangements to expand their trade with each
other. They provide that Poland would under-
take promptly to make public certain information
such as laws, regulations, and statistics relating to
trade. Provision would be made for the bilateral
adjustment of questions arising out of the ar-
rangements and for an annual review by the Con-
tracting Parties to the General Agreement of the
implementation of the arrangements. Poland
would participate, without a vote, in the work of
the Contracting Parties.
The United States has no bilateral trade agree-
ment with Poland. The proposed arrangements
would not require the granting of most-favored-
nation treatment to trade with Poland and would
not involve the granting of new concessions in any
United States tariif rates or the extension to
Poland of any rights to any existing United States
tariff concessions.
Interested persons may express views regarding
any aspect of the participation of the United
States in these arrangements with respect to Tu-
nisia and Poland. Such views will be carefully
considered before a final decision is reached as to
the United States position with regard to these
arrangements.
Written views should be submitted to the Com-
mittee for Eeciprocity Information, the interde-
partmental committee which receives views con-
cerning trade agreement matters, by February 29,
1960, and public hearings by the Committee will
open on March 15, 1960. Requests for appear-
ances at the hearings, which may be made only
by persons filing written briefs, may be sent to
the Chairman, Committee for Reciprocity Infor-
mation, Tarifi' Commission Building, Washington
25, D.C.
Copies of the notices by the Trade Agreements
Committee and the Committee for Reciprocity In-
formation and of the arrangements under consid-
eration for Tunisia and Poland are attaclied.
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARINGS
COMMITTEE FOR RECIPROCITY INFORMATION
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade : Provisional
Accession op Tunisia ; Relations With Poland
Submission of Information to tlie Committee for Reci-
procity Information
Closing date for Applications to Appear at Hearing Feb-
ruary 29, 1960
Closing date for Submission of Briefs February 29, 1960
Public Hearings Open March 15, 1960
The Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agree-
ments has issued on this day a notice of intention to con-
sider participating in arrangements, not involving the con-
duct of tariff negotiations, for the provisional accession
of Tunisia to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade and for accomplishing relations with Poland under
the General Agreement closer than the observer status
now applicable to that country.
Pursuant to paragraph 5 of Executive Order 10082 of
October 5, 1949, as amended (3 CFR, 1949-1953 Comp.,
pp. 281, 355), the Committee for Reciprocity Information
hereby gives notice that all applications for oral presen-
tation of views in regard to any aspect of the foregoing
proposals shall be submitted to the Committee for Reci-
procity Information not later than February 29, 1960.
The application must indicate an estimate of the time
required for oral presentation. Written statements shall
be submitted not later than February 29, 1960. Such com-
munications shall be addressed to "Committee for
Reciprocity Information, Tariff Commission Building,
Washington 25, D.C." Fifteen copies of written state-
ments, either typed, printed, or duplicated, .shall be sub-
mitted, of which one cojiy shall be sworn to.
Written statements submitted to the Committee, except
information and business data proffered in confidence,
shall be open to inspection by interested persons. Infor-
mation and business data proffered in confidence shall be
submitted on separate pages clearly marked "For Official
Use Only of the Committee for Reciprocity Information".
Public hearings will be held before the Committee for
Reciprocity Information, at which oral statements will
be heard, beginning at 10 :00 a.m. on March 15, 1960 in
the Hearing Room in the Tariff Commission Building,
Eighth and E Streets, N.W., Washington, D.C. Wit-
nesses who make application to be heard will be advised
regarding the time and place of their individual appear-
ances. Appearances at hearings before the Committee
may be made only by or on behalf of those persons who
have filed written statements and who have within the
time prescribed made written application for oral pre-
sentation of views. Statements made at the public hear-
ings shall be under oath.
Copies of the notice issued today by the Interdepart-
mental Committee on Trade Agreements may be obtained
from the Committee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff
Commission Building, Washington 25, D.C, and may be
inspected at the Field Offices of the Department of
Commerce.
246
Department of State Bulletin
By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity Infor-
uiatioii this 29th day of January, 1960.
Edward Yardley
Secretary
Committee for Reciprocity
Information
NOTICE OF INTENTION TO PARTICIPATE IN
PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS
proposals announced by this notice may be submitted to
the Committee for Reciprocity Information in accord-
ance with the announcement of thLs date Issued by that
Committee.
By direction of the Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agreements, this 29th day of January, 19C0.
John A. Bibch
Chairman
Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agreements
INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMITTEE
ON TRADE AGREEMENTS
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade : Provisional
Accession of Tunisia ; Relations with Poland
Pursuant to section 4 of the Trade Agreements Act
approved June 12, 1934, as amended (43 Stat. 945, ch.
474 ; 65 Stat. 73, ch. 141), and to paragraph 4 of Executive
Order 10082 of October 5, 1949, as amended (3 CFR, 1949-
1953 Comp., pp. 281, 355), notice is hereby given by the
Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agreements of
intention to consider arrangements, not involving the
conduct of tariff negotiations, for the provisional acces-
sion of Tunisia to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, and for accomplishing a relationship with Poland
under the General Agreement closer than the observer
status now applicable to that country.
1. Tunisia. Under the arrangements for the pro-
visional accession of Tunisia that country would apply
the provisions of the General Agreement to contracting
parties to that Agreement which formally accept these
arrangements. Tunisia would not undertake obligations
with respect to tariff concessions. In return such con-
tracting parties would apply to Tunisia the provisions of
the Agreement other than those which accord direct
rights to their schedules containing tariff concessions.
The United States has no bilateral trade agreement with
Tunisia.
2. Poland. The arrangements with respect to Poland
would record the desire of Poland and of contracting
parties to the General Agreement which formally accept
these arrangements to expand their trade with each
other. They provide that Poland would undertake
promptly to make public certain information such as
laws, regulations, and statistics relating to trade. Pro-
vision would be made for the bilateral adjustment of
questions arising out of these arrangements and for an
annual review by the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement of the Implementation of the arrangements.
Poland would participate, without a vote, in the work of
the Contracting Parties.
The proposals with respect to neither of these two
countries would involve the modification of any United
States tariff rates or the addition of any new articles
imported into the United States to any existing schedule
of United States tariff concessions.
Pursuant to section 4 of the Trade Agreements Act, as
amended, and paragraph 5 of Executive Order 10082, as
amended, information and views as to any aspect of the
TEXTS OF DECLARATIONS
Tunisia
DECLARATION ON THE PROVISIONAL ACCESSION
OP TUNISIA TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON
TARIFFS AND TRADE
The Government of Tunisia and the other governments
on behalf of which this Declaration has been accepted (the
latter governments hereinafter referred to as the "par-
ticipating governments") ;
Considering that the Government of Tunisia on 4
November 1959 made a formal request to accede to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (hereinafter
referred to as the "General Agreement") in accordance
with the provisions of Article XXXIII of the General
Agreement ; and
Having regard to the desire of many contracting parties
to the General Agreement to conduct the tariff negotia-
tions with Tunisia, which it is considered should precede
accession under Article XXXIII, during the tariff con-
ference to be held in 1960 and 1961, arrangements for
which are being made by the Contbactinq Parties to the
General Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the
"Contracting Parties") :
1. Declare that, pending the accession of Tunisia under
the provisions of Article XXXIII, following the conclu-
sion of tariff negotiations with contracting parties to the
General Agreement, the commercial relations between the
participating governments and Tunisia shall be based
upon the General Agreement as if the provisions of the
model protocol of accession approved by the Contracting
Parties on 23 October 1951, were embodied in this Dec-
laration, except that Tunisia shall not have any direct
rights with respect to the concessions contained in the
schedules annexed to the General Agreement either under
the provisions of Article II or under the provisions of any
other Article of the General Agreement.
2. Request the Contracting Parties to perform such
functions as are necessary for the operation of this
Declaration.
3. This Declaration, which has been approved by the
Contracting Parties by a two-thirds majority, shall be
opened for acceptance, by signature or otherwise, by
Tunisia, by contracting parties to the General Agreement,
and by any governments which accede provisionally to
the General Agreement.
February 15, J 960
247
4. This Declaration shall be deposited with the Execu-
tive Secretary of the Contbactijntg Pabties to the General
Agreement.
5. The Executive Secretary of the Coxtractixg Parties
to the General Agreement shall promptly furnish a cer-
tified copy of this Declaration, and a notification of each
acceptance thereof, to each government to which this
declaration is open for acceptance.
6. This Declaration shall become effective between
Tunisia and any participating government on the thir-
tieth day following the day upon which it shall have
been accepted on behalf of Tunisia and of that govern-
ment ; it shall remain in force until the Government of
Tunisia accedes to the General Agreement under the
provisions of Article XXXIII thereof or until 31 Decem-
ber 1961, whichever date is earlier, unless it has been
agreed by Tunisia and the participating governments to
extend its validity to a later date.
Done at Tokyo this twelfth day of November one thour
sand nine hundred and fifty-nine, in a single copy in
the English and French languages, both texts authentic.
Poland
DECLARATION ON RELATIONS BETWEEN CON-
TRACTING PARTIES TO THE GENERAL AGREE-
MENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE POLISH PEOPLE'S RE-
PUBLIC
— A—
The Government of Poland hereby declares :
1. That, being guided by the objectives set out in the
Preamble to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(hereinafter referred to as the "General Agreement"),
it desires to expand its trade with the other countries
which are parties to this Declaration on the basis of
mutual advantage in trading conditions and opportunities.
2. That it will give sympathetic consideration to any
representations which may be addressed to it by any
other party to this Declaration concerning the implemen-
tation of paragraph 1 above and will be prepared to enter
into consultations with such party concerning its
representations.
3. That, in line with the corresponding commitments
accepted by the contracting parties in the General Agree-
ment, it will make public promptly, in a manner as to
enable governments and traders to become acquainted
with them, laws, regulations, judicial decisions, adminis-
trative rulings and agreements of general application as
well as statistics pertaining to trade. This provision
shall not require the disclosure of confidential informa-
tion which would impede law enforcement or otherwise
be contrary to the public interest or prejudice the legiti-
mate commercial interests of public or private enterprises.
4. That it will annually review with the Contracting
Parties to the General Agreement (hereinafter referred
to as the "Contracting Parties") the implementation of
the above paragraphs.
— B—
The pasties to this declaration, other than Poland,
hereby declare :
1. That, being guided by the objectives set out in the
Preamble to the General Agreement, they desire to ex-
pand their trade with Poland on the basis of mutual ad-
vantage in trading conditions and opportunities.
2. That they will give sympathetic consideration to any
representations which may be addressed to them by
Poland concerning the implementation of paragraph 1
above and will be prepared to enter into consultations
with Poland concerning such representations.
3. That they will annually review with Poland and the
CoxTBACTiNG PARTIES the Implementation of the above
paragraphs.
4. That they will request the Contracting Parties :
(a) To take note of this Declaration;
(b) To invite the Government of Poland to take part
in the work of the Contracting Parties ;
(c) To undertake the functions set out in paragraph
4 of Part A and paragraph 8 above.
— C—
1. This Declaration shall be open for acceptance, by
signature or otherwise by Poland, by contracting parties
to the General Agreement and by any governments which
have acceded or may accede provisionally to the General
Agreement.
2. This Declaration shall enter into force when it has
been accepted by Poland and by two thirds of the con-
tracting parties to the General Agreement.
— D—
The Government of Poland or any other party to this
Declaration shall be free to withdraw from this arrange-
ment upon written notice being given to the Executive
Secretary of the Contr.\cting Parties :
(a) If Poland should withdraw from this arrangement,
the Declaration shall lapse and any arrangements made
by the Contracting Parties shall cease to be valid ;
(b) If a party to this Declaration other than Poland
should withdraw from this arrangement the sole effect of
such withdrawal shall be to terminate the application of
this Declaration as between Poland and the party con-
cerned, as long as a majority of the contracting parties
remain parties to this arrangement.
— E—
1. This Declaration shall be deposited with the Execu-
tive Secretary of the Contracting P.vrties.
2. The Executive Secretary of the Contracting Parties
shall promptly furnish a certified copy of this Declara-
tion, and a notification of each acceptance thereof, to
each government to which this Declaration is open for
acceptance.
Done at Tokyo, this ninth day of November, one thou-
sand nine hundred and fift.v-nine, in a single copy, in the
English and French languages, both texts authentic.
248
Department of State Bulletin
Italy, Portugal, and U.K. Relax
Controls on Dollar-Area Imports
ITALY
Department Statevient
Press release 37 dated January 25
The United States Government welcomes the
announcement of the Italian Government that,
elective Januai-y 15, some 200 additional com-
modities may be imported freely from the dollar
area. This action represents a further step by
Italy in the direction of the elimination of dis-
cinminatoiy and other quantitative import re-
strictions and thus toward the objectives and
policies endorsed by the International Monetary
Fund and the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
As a result of this recent move, Italian con-
sumei's will be able to buy United States goods
whose importation has been curtailed for many
years. Products freed from quota restrictions
include: fresh or frozen fish and crustaceans,
dried primes, malt, alcoholic beverages (except
wine and vennouth), sulphur products, tires, ply-
wood, small agricultural tractors (larger tractors
were liberalized earlier), cotton yams, yarns of
manmade fibers, tin products, razor blades, and
X-ray equipment.
The action of the Italian Government is a
significant move in the direction of placing
United States exporters of an extensive list of
products on an equal competitive basis in the
Italian market with exporters of other coimtries.
However, Italy will maintain discriminatory re-
strictions on a whole range of agricultural com-
modities. The United States Government hopes
that Italy will make rapid progress in the elimi-
nation of the remaining quantitative import
restrictions.
PORTUGAL
Department Statement
Press release 38 dated January 25
The United States Goverimient welcomes the
announcement of the Government of Portugal
that, effective January 10, discrimination against
imports from the dollar area has been removed
on about 900 customs tarill' items, covering a wide
range of commodities. Althougii all imports into
Portugal require prior authorization, imports of
these commodities will now be licensed auto-
matically.
As a result of this move, Portuguese consumers
will be able to buy a number of United States
products whose importation has been curtailed
for many years. Products which can now be li-
censed freely from the United States include:
motor vehicles, fertilizer, synthetic fiber yams,
plastic molding products, many textiles, many
types of industrial machinery, radio and televi-
sion receivers, and household equipment, such as
sewing machines, refrigerators, and washing
machines.
This action represents a significant step by -the
Government of Portugal toward the elimination
of discriminatory and other quantitative import
restrictions. "With the exception of some agricul-
tural commodities and a few industrial products,
Portugal will now extend imports from the dollar
area the same degi'ee of automatic licensing as
granted imports from members of the Organiza-
tion for European Economic Cooperation. The
United States Government hopes that Portugal
will make rapid progress in removing remaining
restrictions, which include some important agri-
cultural products.
UNITED KINGDOM
Department Statement
Press release 47 dated January 29
The United States welcomes the announcement
by the United Kingdom that, effective February 1,
1960, quantitative controls will be removed on im-
ports from the dollar area of tobacco and tobacco
manufactures (except cigars), and fresh and
frozen fish, synthetic rubber, and transistors. The
United Kingdom also plans to remove restrictions
on remittances of American film earnings, which
were previously limited to $17 million a year. In
the announcement the United Kingdom also in-
dicated its intention to make further progress in
eliminating restrictions as soon as possible.
This announcement follows a similar announce-
ment made November 4, 1959,^ and is one of a
' Bulletin of Nov. 30, 1959, p. 805.
?&htKiQt^ 15, I960
249
series of trade liberalization measures taken by the
United Kingdom over the past year which have
given U.S. exporters substantially improved ac-
cess to the British market. It further narrows the
scope of sjDecial import controls applied to dollar
products.
The United Kingdom will still apply discrimi-
natory restrictions on a number of dollar com-
modities, including some important agricultural
products. The United States hopes that further
progress in eliminating tliese remaining restric-
tions will be rapid.
U.S.-Canadian Economic Committee
To Meet at Wasliington
Press release 35 dated January 25
The Department of State annoimced on Janu-
ary 25 that the fifth meeting of the Joint United
States-Canadian Committee on Ti-ade and Eco-
nomic Affairs will be held at Washington on
February 16 and 17.
The Secretaries of State, tlie Treasury, Inte-
rior, Agriculture, and Commerce will represent
the United States. The Canadian delegates will
be the Secretary of State for External Affairs,
the Minister of Finance, the Minister of Trade
and Commerce, and the Minister of Agriculture.
The meeting will provide an opportunity for
Cabinet-level officers of both Governments to re-
view the general field of trade and economic rela-
tions between Canada and the United States.
The last meeting of the Joint Committee on Trade
and Economic Affairs was held at Ottawa on
January 5-6, 1959.i
U.S. and Canada To Discuss
Columbia River Development
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 25 (press release 32) the appointment of the
U.S. delegation which will conduct negotiations
for an agreement with Canada le^iding to the co-
operative development of the Columbia River
Basin. The U.S. delegation will hold its first
meeting with the Canadian delegation at Ottawa
February 11-12, 1960.
The chairman of the U.S. delegation is Elmer
F. Bennett, Under Secretary, Department of the
Interior. Other members are : Lt. Gen. Emerson
C. Itschner, Chief of Engineers, United States
Army ; and Ivan B. "Wliite, Deputy Assistant Sec-
retary of State.
The Canadian delegation is composed of the fol-
lowing: Minister of Justice E. D. Fulton (chair-
man) ; Deputy Minister of Northern Affairs and
National Resources Gordon Robertson; Assistant
Under Secretary for External Affairs A. E.
Ritchie; and Deputy Minister of Lands and For-
ests, British Columbia, E. W. Bassett.
The Department announced on December 30,
1959,^ that the International Joint Commission
had submitted to the Governments of the United
States and Canada its report recommending prin-
ciples for determining and apportioning benefits
to be derived from cooperative development of the
Columbia River. The opening of the meeting at
Ottawa on Februaiy 11 signifies the beginning of
the negotiations envisaged in the Department's
statement of December 30, 1959.
Special $3 Million Loan
Made to Iceland
Press release 44 dated January 29
A special assistance loan of $3 million was
made to the Government of Iceland on Janu-
ary 29 by the International Cooperation
Administration.
Purpose of the loan is to finance procurement
of essential industrial commodities, including
chemicals, textiles, lubricants, iron and steel
products, engines and turbines, agiucultural
machinery parts, and motor vehicles. The loan
is repayable in U.S. dollars over a period of 18
years at Zyo percent interest.
Ambassador Thor Thors of Iceland signed the
loan agreement on behalf of his Government.
' For text of a joint communique issued at the close of
the meeting, see Bulletin of Jan. 26, 1959, p. 128.
' Bulletin of Jan. 25, 1960, p. 126.
250
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Department Seeks Senate Approval of Conventions on Law of Sea
Statement by Ar'tkur H. Dean ^
jVIy name is Arthur H. Dean. I am a member
of the New York, the District of Columbia, and
the Supreme Court Bai-s. At the request of the
President, I served as chairman of the American
delegation to the United Nations Conference on
the Lavr of the Sea, which was convened in Geneva
from February 24 to April 28, 1958.= And there-
fore I appear before you this morning as a repre-
sentative of the Secretary of State.
The large measure of achievement at the confer-
ence would not have been possible without the un-
tiring efforts of a niunber of members of our dele-
gation.^ I should like to mention the following
who are here this morning, and I should like to
introduce them to you:
Admiral Oswald S. Colclough, Department of the Navy,
Acting President of George Washington University
Mr. Arnie .1. Suoniela, Cuiuniissiouer of Fish and Wild-
life, Department of the Interior
Mr. William C. Herrington, Special Assistant to the Under
Secretary of State
Mr. Raymund T. Tingling, Assistant Legal Adviser of the
Department of State
Miss Marjorie -M. Whiteman, A.ssistant Legal Adviser of
the Department of State
Mr. William M. Terry, Fish and Wildlife Service, Depart-
ment of the Interior
I should also like to introduce Admiral Chester
A. Ward, Judge Advocate General of the Depart-
' Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Jan. 20 (press release 2C).
' For a statement made by Mr. Dean on Mar. 11, see
Bulletin of Apr. 7, 1!».58, p. 574; for Mr. Dean's closing
statement on Apr. 28, together with texts of the conven-
tions, protocol, and resolutions adopted by the conference,
see ibid., June 30, 19.58, p. 1110.
'For the names of members of the U.S. delegation, see
ibid., Mar. 10, 19,-)8, p. 4M.
ment of the Navy, who gave us excellent support
and advice, as did Admiral Burke, Chief of Niival
Operations, and Lof tus Becker, former Legal Ad-
viser of the Department of State.
After much debate, negotiation, and careful
study, there emerged from the Geneva conference
four conventions on the law of the .sea, plus an op-
tional protocol. These have been signed by the
United States and are now before the Senate for
its advice and consent to ratification.'' They are :
Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous
Zone (U.N. doc. A/CONF. 13/L.52)
Convention on the High Seas (U.N. doc. A/CONF. 13/L.53
[and Corr. 1])
Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the Living
Resources of the High Seas (U.N. doc. A/CONF.
13/L..54 [and Add. 1])
Convention on the Continental Shelf (U.N. doc. A/CONF.
13/L.55)
In addition, there is the Optional Protocol of Sig-
nature Concerning Compulsory Settlement of Dis-
putes (U.N. doc. A/CONF. 13/L.57), such as
may arise in the future about the interpretation of
these conventions.
Definition of Terms
Most of you are probably already familiar with
the terms and words which are employed in these
conventions, but I should like to review some of
the more important ones to make sure that you
will be familiar with them when I use them.
The "territorial sea," to which I have referred,
is that marginal belt of waters ruiming along the
coast over wiiich the coastal state e.xercises
' S. Ex. J to N, inclusive, Sept. 9, 1959, 8Gth Cong.,
1st sess.
February 15, 1960
251
sovereignty, subject to certain limitations imposed
by international law.^
The "high seas" are all of the waters of the
ocean beyond the territorial seas of the coastal
states, and these high seas are open and free to all
nations.
Any valid extension in the width of a nation's
territorial sea with the same extension of the
width of territorial seas suiTomiding islands
under the coastal state's jurisdiction naturally
cuts down tlie freedom of all other nations to sail
on, or fly over, or lay cables in, or to fish in what
was formerly the high seas. Any extension of a
nation's territorial sea can be fraught with very
serious consequences for its neiglibors and may
interfere with mobility and the unrestricted right
of movement on the high seas and the overlying
airspace. For example, there is no right for air-
craft to overfly another nation's territorial seas
without its consent in the absence of a treaty such
as the Chicago Civil Aviation Convention of 1944.
To accommodate certain justifiable desires of
coastal states to prevent infringement of their
internal laws, there has been established adjacent
to the territorial sea the concept of a "contiguous
zone" which extends beyond the territorial sea
into the high seas for the limited purposes such
as protecting customs, fiscal, immigration, and
sanitary regulations. It has been proposed that
a similar limited zone for coastal fisheries be
established.
All of these terms are embodied in the legal
principles adopted at the Geneva conference.
Conferences on Law of Sea
This was one of the largest conferences in the
history of international law, with 86 nations at-
tending. In attendance also were specialized
agencies of the United Nations and other inter-
governmental organizations.
With one exception with respect to the breadth
of the territorial sea, which I shall mention later,
these conventions represent a surprisingly large
area of agreement among the nations of the world
on basic legal concepts. They constitute real
progress in the codification and development of
international law.
The achievements of the Law of the Sea Con-
ference illustrate the growing interdependence of
nations and the usefulness of an international
organization such as the United Nations to con-
sider carefully, and to attempt to reconcile, the
conflicting interests of peoples dwelling at the
farthest reaches of the oceans and dependent upon
it for their food and livelihood and for their
communication and trade with one another.
The sea aromid us is the great res commv/nis,
or conmion resource, of all peoples. The topics
and problems dealt with m the four conventions
affect all countries and were quite properly dealt
with in a conference prepared and convened by the
United Nations.
The need for such a conference can be seen from
the history of attempts to reach agreements on
the law of the sea, as well as from specific fishing
and navigation disputes which involve evei-y ocean
or sea and every continent.
The Hague Conference of 1930 had ended in
failure to agree either upon the territorial sea or
the contiguous customs zone.
Efforts within the Organization of American
States at Santiago in 1955 ^ and in Ciudad Tru-
jillo in 1956 ' to reconcile disputes on territorial
seas, or exploitation of fisheries and the continen-
tal shelf, had failed to reach a common "Ameri-
can" position, although there was general agree-
ment on the need for conservation of the sea's
resources.
Every effort was made by the United Nations
to secure wider agreement. The views of a nimi-
ber of countries, including the United States, were
considered by the International Law Commission
of the United Nations. Moreover, the United
Nations convened an International Technical
Conference on Conservation at Rome in 1955. For
3 weeks experts from 51 countries, including the
United States, considered methods of assuring the
"optimum sustainable yield" of the living
resources of the sea. Their conclusions were also
considered by the International Law Commission,
which devoted 6 years to the study and prepara-
tion of its final report * in 1956.
Following the report and recommendations of
the International Law Commission, the General
° For an article by G. Etzel Pearcy, Geographer of the
Department of State, on "Measurement of the U.S. Terri-
torial Sea," see Bulletin of June 29, 1959, p. 963.
" lUd., Dec. 19, 1955, p. 1025.
' Ihid., May 28, 195G, p. 894.
' U.N. doc. A/3159.
252
Department of State Bulletin
Assembly decided in 1957 " to convene a world-
wide conference at Geneva the following year to
consider not only the legal but also the biologic,
economic, and political aspects of the problem.
Throughout the conference the Commission's
draft report served as the principal working
paper, and the numerous background studies were
invaluable in reachuig agreement on the conven-
tions which were adopted.
Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Con-
tiguous Zone
Let me take up first the Convention on the Terri-
torial Sea and the Contiguous Zone. This con-
vention is divided into three parts. Part I deals
with the territoi'ial sea; part II deals with the
contiguous zone ; part III deals with the technical
procedural matters, such as ratifications, acces-
sions, date of coming into force, publication, etc.
All of the four conventions contain such proce-
dural final articles.
I plan to discuss only the more important pro-
visions and what they mean to the United States
and the free world, but I shall be glad to answer
any further questions or to go into any detail you
may wish.
Articles 1 to 3 provide that the sovereignty of
a state extends from the low-water line along its
coast to the adjacent belt of marginal or territorial
sea and that such sovereignty extends to the air-
space over, as well as to the seabed and subsoil of,
these territorial waters. The importance of the
airspace over the territorial sea across which the
aircraft of other nations may not fly without con-
sent cannot be overemphasized.
Article 4 provides that straight baselines may be
used for measuring the territorial sea in areas
where the coastlme is deeply indented and cut
into, or if there is a fringe of islands along the
coast in its immediate vicinity.^" It is to be ob-
served tliat while the use of straight baselines may
not be invoked for pui'ely economic reasons alone,
nevertheless, where the geograpliic conditions
justify their use, economic interests of long stand-
ing may also be taken into account.
• For text of resolution, see Bulletin of Jan. 14, 1957,
p. 61.
" For a detailed and illustrated explanation of base-
lines, see also Pearcy, "Measurement of the U.S. Terri-
torial Sea," ibid., June 29, 1959, p. 963.
Article 5 assures the right of innocent passage
(which 1 shall define in a moment) in case the use
of straight baselines results in enclosing bodies of
water as internal waters whicli formerly consti-
tuted parts of the territorial sea or the high seas.
This is particularly important in relation to claims
by the Philippines and Indonesia that the waters
between the islands of their archipelagoes are
internal waters — no matter what the distance —
and subject to their sovereignty. This article thus
protects imiocent passage along established trade
routes on the high seas, including those around
southeast Asia. Otherwise commercial voyages
could be greatly lengthened.
Articles 4 and 5 are among the most important
in the convention because they clarify the use of
straight baselines. While the straight baseline
method for delimitmg the territorial sea off cer-
tain Norwegian fjords was approved by the Inter-
national Court of Justice in the Anglo-Norwegian
Fisheries case, [1951] I.C.J. Rep. 116, it is be-
lieved that the straight baseline method embodied
in the convention represents a more precise
limitation.
Article 7 relates to bays and, we believe, repre-
sents a significant advance in international law in
providing for a 24-mile closing line between the
headlands of bays. Article 7 will dispel any doubt
that bays of over 24 miles measured at the mouth
remain part of the high seas. This is important
in view of the increasing claims over bays,
such as the Soviet Union's purported claim to
Peter the Great Bay and Panama's claim to the
Gulf of Panama. However, truly "historic" bays,
such as the Chesapeake Bay and Long Island
Sound, are protected as exceptions.
Articles 8 througli 13 provide for means of de-
limiting territorial seas around islands or where
two adjacent territorial seas face and touch each
other. Specific methods for use in situations such
as the mouth of a river or a harbor are set forth.
Articles 14 through 20 govern the right of "in-
nocent passage" through the territorial sea. Pas-
sage is defined in article 14 as "innocent" so long
as it is "not prejudicial to the peace, good order or
security" of the coastal state. Fishing vessels,
however, must comply with the laws and regula-
tions of the coastal state to protect fisheries, and
submarines must navigate on the surface.
Under article 16 coastal states may temporarily
suspend the right of innocent passage in specified
February ?5, I960
253
areas of the territorial sea for security reasons.
However, thei-e can be no suspension of the right
of innocent passage through straits which are
used for international navigation between areas
of tlie high seas or between the high seas and the
territorial sea of a foreign state.
The rule adopted in this convention affords a
clear, simple, and precise definition of innocent
passage, something which heretofore had not ex-
isted in international law. It also permits greater
freedom of movement in navigation consistent
with the needs of the coastal state to protect itself.
Articles 19 and 20 adopt the traditional rule of
international law which provides that the coastal
state should not exercise criminal or civil jurisdic-
tion over foreign ships passing through the tei-ri-
torial sea or persons on board except in certain
limited situations. Jurisdiction may be exercised
for protection against crimes wliich "disturb the
peace" of the coastal state or its teiTitorial sea and
for the suppression of the traffic in narcotics.
Articles 21 and 22 provide that govermnent
ships operated for commercial purposes shall be
governed by tlie same rules as merchant vessels
and tlierefore be liable for tortious acts. There
was opposition to these two articles from the So-
viet Union and other state-trading countries which
desired "sovereign immmiity" for such vessels.
Article 23 pertains to the passage through the
territorial sea of M'arships in compliance with the
regulations of the coastal state. The Interna-
tional Law Commission draft, contaitied an arti-
cle providing for special treatment of warships
whereby the coastal state could make the passage
of warships through its territorial sea subject to
prior authorization or notification, although nor-
mally it would grant innocent passage. In the
interest of greater mobility we supported this pro-
posal, but neither this proposal nor substitute pro-
posals making the right of innocent passage of
warsliips subject only to previous notification
could obtain the necessary two-thirds vote re-
quired for their adoption by the conference; so no
change in existing international law in tliis re-
spect is proposed.
There remains article 24 relating to the con-
tiguous zone, which is of special importance. It
provides that in a zone of the high seas contiguous
to the state's territorial sea, which may not exceed
12 miles from the coastal baseline, the coastal
state may exercise certain necessaiy controls.
These measures provide that it may prevent and
punisli infringement of the customs, fiscal, immi-
gration, or sanitai-y regulations within its terri-
tory or territorial sea. Although it had become
fairly common practice to establisli a customs zone
such as the United States has liad since 1790, no
established international law had hitherto been
agi'eed upon either at the 1930 Hague Conference
or thereafter.
As I stated earlier, the Geneva Conference on
the Law of the Sea failed to reach agi'eement on
the breadth of the territorial sea, and the conven-
tion does not contain an article on the precise
breadth of the territorial sea. This subject and the
closely related one of the extent to which the
coastal state should have exclusive fishing rights
in the sea off its coast as a contiguous zone remain-
ing a part of the high seas were topics of long
and detailed debate at the conference without any
conclusion being reached.
The only proposal to receive an absolute major-
ity of the votes of the conference was tlie compro-
mise proposal of the United States for a 6-mil6
territorial sea, plus exclusive fishing rights for the
coastal state in an additional contiguous 6-mile
zone remaining a part of the high seas, subject to
certain "historic" fishing rights of other states es-
tablished through fishing over a 5-year base peri-
od. Although this proposal received 45 votes in
favor and 33 opposed (and 7 abstentions) , it failed
to receive the requisite two-thirds majority of 52.
The newly emerging states in Asia and in Africa
do not fully subscribe to some of the great and his-
toric doctrines of international law, such as "free-
dom of the seas" and a narrow territorial sea over
which the coastal state exercises its sovereignty,
and are inclined to be suspicious of our noble
statements of aims in this regard.
They are sometimes inclined to believe that our
interests in commercial fishing up to the outer
limit of their territorial seas or the riglit of our
warships to approach to within 3 miles of their
coastline without infringing in any way upon
their sovereignty or the impact of our great com-
mercial trawlers fishing in the high seas upon
the lives and fortunes of their coastal fislicrmen
with primitive equipment are more trid}' doctrines
the great powers conceived and put into being
when they were in a colonial or at least weaker
status. Tliey now wish to negotiate on a basis of
equality. Closer study often reveals that these
254
Deparfment of State Bulletin
doctrines are essential to their own well-being
and that a unilateral extension of tlie nations of
the world of their territorial seas to 12 miles or
even "greater would be f raujrht with disaster.
Some objected to our arbitration provisions as
an infrinjrenient upon their sovereignty, and
others liad constitutional or statutory provisions
for a wider territorial sea than G miles.
After this result at the conference, I made
the following statement of the United States
position : "
Our offer to agree on a 6-mile breadth of territorial
sea, provided agreement could be reached on such a
breadth under certain conditions, was simply an offer
and nothing more. Its nonacceptance leaves the pre-
existing situation intact. . . .
We have made it clear that in our view there is no
obligation on the part of states adhering to the 3-mile
rule to recognize claims on the part of other states to a
greater breadth of the territorial sea. And on that
we stand.
The defeat of the American proposal, I believe,
should not be taken as any indication of decrease
in respect or influence. The proposal received the
support not only of all the British Common-
wealth except Canada, and all of the nations of
NATO except Canada and Iceland, but also of
such newer nations as Pakistan, south Viet-Nam,
and Lebanon. Our proposal was sup^jorted by
Iran, though subsequently Iran, together with
Libya, the Sudan, and Panama, has gone
unilaterally to 12 miles. Tlte Holy See approved
our proposal as moral and creative, and many a
delegate from other coimtries praised the United
States for its sincere effort to reach a fair
compromise.
Convention on the High Seas
Let me tuni now to the Convention on the High
Seas. The Convention on the High Seas defines
"high seas" in article 1 as encompassing "all parts
of the sea that are not included in the territorial
sea or in the internal waters of a State." The
remainder of the 37 articles in this convention set
forth a general regime of freedom of the seas for
all nations subject only to a "reasonable regard to
the interests of other States."
Freedom of the high seas is declared in article 2
to include the freedom of navigation, freedom of
" Ibid., June 30, 1958, p. 1110.
fisliing, freedom to lay submarine cables and pipe-
lines, and ireetlom to fly over tlie seas, as well as
all other freedoms "wliich are recognized by tlie
general principles of international law."
In the name of freedom of the seas tlie Soviet
Union proposed a inle banning nuclear tests on
tlie high seas. In this attempt they were
defeated. In the result a separate resolution was
passed referring nuclear tests on the high seas to
the United Nations General Assembly for appro-
priate action and is transmitted for tlie informa-
tion of the Senate. It may be noted tliat the
Soviets claim their scheduled missile tests in the
Pacific will not involve nuclear energy.
To accommodate the urgent desire of land-
locked states, of which there are a dozen, for
access to the sea, article 3 provides that common
agi-eements shall be negotiated on the basis of free
transit and equal treatment in the use of ports.
The Soviet bloc was defeated in its attempt to
force coastal states to accord an absolute right of
transit to landlocked states, w'hich include
Czechoslovakia, Hungary, and Byelorussian
S.S.R.
Every state — which includes landlocked states —
is declared in article 5 to have the unconditional
right to sail merchant ships under its own flag on
the high seas. Likewise, each state shall fix the
conditions under which ships may fly its flag. It is
also provided that there "must exist a genuine
link" between the state and the ship, and the
"State must effectively exercise its jiu-isdiction
and control" over the ship. How this jurisdic-
tion and control is exercised is a matter for each
state to decide, since in accordance with the first
sentence of article 5 each state shall fix the condi-
tions for the grant of its nationality to ships.
Ships which meet these conditions, as determined
by the state of registry, acquire through that reg-
istry the nationality of that state and tlie right to
fly its flag, and this right must be recognized by
these nations.
The use of more than one flag or switching
flags during voyage is prohibited by article 6.
Warships on the high seas are, according to
article 8, given complete immunity from the juris-
diction of all states other than the flag state.
Article 9 provides that ships which are state-
owned or state-operated must be used only on gov-
ernment noncommercial service before they may
claim immunity on the high seas from the exercise
February 75, I960
255
of jurisdiction by states other than the flag state.
Jurisdiction on the liigh seas may be exercised by
states other than the flag state in the case of ves-
sels suspected of slave trade or piracy, or for veri-
fication of the flag, as is set out in article 22. I
point out in passing that many Soviet vessels,
though state-owned and -operated, are used for
commercial purposes and would thus be excluded
from the immunities granted by this section.
Article 10 requires every state to conform to
"international standards" for the labor conditions
of crews and the construction, equipment, and sea-
worthiness of ships. It i-equires every state to
issue regulations pertaining to safety at sea in
such aspects as the use of signals and the manning
of ships. Masters of ships must render assist-
ance to persons and ships in distress on the high
seas, as is already required by our domestic
legislation.
Article 11 deals with disciplinary or penal mat-
ters arising on the high seas. It limits penal or
disciplinary proceedings to the flag state or the
state of which the individual is a national. This
reverses the decision of the PCIJ [Permanent
Court of International Justice] in tlie case of
the SS Lotus. In the case of revocation of the
master's certificate or certificate of competence,
only the issuing state is competent. No arrest of
the ship is permitted by any authorities other than
those of the flag state. By bringing order and
certainty into an area previously characterized by
uncertainty and dispute, this article will promote
freedom of navigation and commerce.
Time-honored principles are contained in arti-
cles 13 through 22, which provide for the suppres-
sion of slavery and piracy on the high seas as
international crimes.
Article 23 recognizes the right of competent au-
thorities of the coastal or pursuing state to under-
take "hot pursuit" of a foreign ship when they
have "good reason to believe that the ship has vio-
lated the laws and regulations of that State."
As the United States contended during prohibi-
tion, pursuit of a suspected ship or one of its
boats may start in the territorial sea or the con-
tiguous zone of the coastal state if there has been
a violation of customs, sanitary, or other hiws for
the protection of wliich that zone was established.
This represents a codification of the practice ac-
cepted in the case of the bootleg sloop, the Pm
Alone (Canadian-American Claims Commission,
1935).
256
Articles 24 and 25 deal with the increasingly
significant problem of pollution of the seas.
Every state is required to promulgate regulations
preventing pollution by the discharge of oil from
ships or pipelines or from the exploitation of the
seabed and its subsoil. Similarly, every state is
required to take measures to prevent the pollution
of the seas and overlying airspace from the dump-
ing of radioactive waste and to cooperate with
competent international organizations to this end.
A separate resolution proposed by our delegation
with the cosponsorship of the United Kingdom
referred the matter of radioactive waste pollution
to the study of the International Atomic Energy
Agency and is transmitted for the information of
the Senate.
The right to lay submarine cables and pipelines
on the bed of the high seas and the rights of the
parties in case of damage to such cables or pipe-
lines are firmly established by articles 26 through
30.
Incidents such as the breaking of the transat-
lantic cable in 1959 " by Soviet trawlers off New-
foundland would give rise to the payment of
damages if the trawlers are proven to be culpably
negligent.
Convention on Fishing and Conservation of the
Living Resources of the High Seas
Now let me turn to the Convention on Fishing
and Conservation of the Living Resources of the
High Seas. It is in the area of fishing and con-
servation that the agreements reached at Geneva
in many ways seem to me the most significant.
The Convention on Fishing and Conservation of
the Living Resources of the High Seas begins with
the candid and straightforward proposition in
article 1 that:
AH states have the right for their nationals to engage
in fishing on the high seas, subject (a) to their treaty
obligatious, (b) to the interests and rights of coastal
States as provided for in this convention, and (c) to the
provisions contained in the following articles concerning
conservation of the living resources of the high seas.
The article immediately continues by imposing a
corresponding duty :
All states have the duty to adopt, or to co-operate with
other Statos in adopting, such measures for their respec-
tive nationals as may be necessary for the conservation
of the living resources of the high seas.
^ Ihid.. Apr. 20, 1959, p. 555.
Department of State Bulletin
The remaining articles of the convention imple-
ment these twin goals, these corresponding rights
and duties.
According to article 2, "conservation" means
those measures which, taken together, will result
in the "optimum sustainable yield" of the living
resources of the sea so as to secure a maximum of
food supply. It may be noted that a ''conserva-
tion" program designed to secure a greater food
supply for an individual state at the cost of a
diminishing total yield for all fishing states would
not comply with the duty imposed by article 1.
Any state wliose nationals fish an area of the
sea where nationals of other states do not fish is
required to adopt miilateral conservation measures
under article 3.
If nat ionals of two or more states are engaged in
fishing the same stock or stocks of fish in any area
or areas, such states, at the request of any of them,
shall negotiate a conservation program for the
living resources affected to be observed by all
under article 4.
If nationals of another state have not fished in
such areas prior to the adoption of such consei'va-
tion program but begin to fish there after its adop-
tion, they shall either accept the conservation
program in force or negotiate a new program with
other interested parties under article 5.
The interests of coastal states are guarded.
Article 6 of the convention provides that such
states have a special interest in the maintenance of
the productivity of the living resources in the
waters adjacent to their coasts and may take part
in any conservation program instituted with re-
spect to such waters, even though their own
nationals do not fish there.
Article 7 grants to a coastal state the power
unilaterally to adopt conservation measures as to
areas of the high seas adjacent to its territorial sea,
provided that negotiations with other interested
parties have not led to agreement within 6 months.
Wliile these measures can only be adopted imilat-
erally in the case of an emergency and while they
must be nondiscriminatory, this provision is testi-
mony to the concern of the conference with the
interest of the coastal states.
One of the most striking and the most encour-
aging aspects of the convention on fishing and
conservation is the provisions of article 9 on the
"settlement" of disputes. Article 9 provides that
impartial settlement procedures are to be insti-
tuted before a special commi.ssion, if negotiations
as to conservation programs should fail.
Not only is this convention the only one of the
four conventions wliich provides its own mecha-
nism for tlie settlement of disputes, but it is one of
the very few multilateral treaties in recent times
to make such i^rovision. Furthermore, its unique
nature is empliasized by the deletion of the word
"arbitration" to overcome the possible impression
that legal rather tban scientific considerations
would govern decisions. It was adopted over the
protests of the Soviet bloc and other states anxious
to prevent controls upon their "sovereign" right
to act unilaterally.
The special commissions, before whom settle-
ment procedures are to be instituted, may be ap-
pointed by agreement between the parties, pi'o-
vided that none of the appointees are nationals of
any of the states involved in the dispute. If the
parties fail to agree within 3 months, the commis-
sion shall be appointed by the Secretary-General
of the United Nations within a further 3 months
upon the request of any party.
To avoid the possibility that such procedures
might drag on for years, the commission must, in
any event, render a decision within 8 months after
its appointment. The power of the commission is
demonstrated by its ability to stay enforcement of
questioned conservation measures pending the out-
come of its proceedings.
Detailed criteria to be applied by such a com-
mission in determining the necessity for or ade-
quacy of consei-vation measures are set forth in
article 10. These criteria include the requirements
that scientific findings demonstrate the necessity
of conservation measures, tliat the specific meas-
ures in question are based on scientific findings and
are "practicable," and that they do not discrimi-
nate against fishermen of other states.
In passing, I would like to note that the United
States would have preferred the convention to
establish the conservation doctrine known as "ab-
stention" as a rule of international law.
Essentially, the abstention procedure provides
that, in situations where a state or states are mak-
ing reasonably full use of a fishery resource and
the maintenance of tlie current yield or, when pos-
sible, the further development of the yield is de-
pendent upon the conservation program carried
out by the states fishing such resource, then states
wliose nationals are not fishing such resource regu-
February ?5, 7960
257
larly or who have no historic interest in it shall
alistain from fishing it.
However, tlie abstention concept on the high seas
is difliciilt to grasp for nations whose economies
are only now beginning to mature. Detailed dis-
cussion of tliis doctrine at tlie Geneva conference
we believe has liad significant educational value.
It was and is our position tliat tliis country should
continue to pursue the objective of securing gen-
eral acceptance of this sound conservation measure
through agreements with interested states.
The Soviet Govermnent lias seen as clearly as
anyone that the nations of the M'orld ai'e involved
in tlie great issue of wlio shall control the resources
of the sea, which in earlier times were regarded as
boundless.
Today we are becoming more and more aware
in more and more cases of the limitations of tins
great wealtli and also of its possiliilities of great
chemical wealtli, tlie conversion of salt waier to
fresh, etc. However, now tliat it has lieen agreed
tliat coiiser\-alion and coiiti'ol of sea resources are
a necessKy, tlie question arises of who shall divide
and regulate these resources Avhen there is scarcity
or I'oiillict.
Convention on the Contirsenta! SheSf
Tvct nic turn now to tlie Convention on the Gon-
(inental Shelf. The Goin'ention on the C^mtiiien-
tal Shelf gives intei'national recognition to a legal
concept lirst promulgated by the United States.
President Tiaiman's proclamation of 1945 '•■ and
the Outer (Vmtinental Shelf Lands Act ]iassed
by Cong)-ess in 1953 ((;7 Stat. ICi: Title 43
TJ.S.C.A. §§ 1?,;51. <'f firi/.) were molivafed by the
need (o ])roler( ( h(> jicl rolcuni depo:-its beneath
di;'. Iiigli seas beyond the territorial sea around
oni- coasts, which ne\\ly invented t(>clini(|ues
opciied I'oi- extract ion Tor llie (irst time. A iinni-
bcr of other nations have since put foi'ward sim-
ilar claims to their continental shelves.
The lerni 'N'on! ineiit ;d shel I'"" is (Idincd in art iclc
1 (n ) to include :
". . . I lie scnliiMl and siilisiiil nf tlio snliiii.-iriiio nrens nd-
.I'acciil (II Ihc niasl hut milsiilr llii' area i.f Die Icrrilcirial
sea. In a ilciilli nf L'ui I iiiclrcs ICi.'i."! I'cct | (ir, licyuiul Dial
liiiiil. In u lure ilic ilcplli III" Ihc superjacent waters adaiils
of tlie expliiilal inn <>[' ||ii. iialiiral rcsniirees of llie saiil
areas; . . ,"
" I'"iir liackui-iiiinil anil le\l ef proclariKilidii, see ihiil.,
Sepl. :;n, iDj.-,. p. ISI.
Article 1(b) makes clear that the concept of the
continental shelf applies to ''the seabed and sub-
soil of similar submarine areas adjacent to the
coasts of islands."
Thus the continental shelf is presumed to be ex-
ploitable at a depth of ■200 meters beneath the sur-
face of the sea and may be exploited l)eyond that
depth where teclmological developments can be
shown to make such exploitation possible.
The clause which protects the right to utilize
advances in technology at greater depths beneath
the oceans was supported by the United States
and was in keeping with the inter-American con-
clusions at Ciudad Trujillo in r.»5('). It was in-
cluded ill the ILC 1956 draft.
xVrticle 2 of the convention grants exclusive
"sovereign rights" for ''exploring"' and "exploit-
ing" the shelf, but this is expressly limited by
article 3, which insures that the freedom of the
overlying waters of the high seas shall not be im-
paii'ed. AVliile the United States had claimed
that the resources of the continental shelf were
''subject (o its jurisdici ion and control."" it did not
claim "sovereignty"' over the shelf.
Moreover, the airsjtace above the continental
shelf remains free and open to the aircraft of all
states.
This convention is an agreement betw(>en sov-
ereign states and in no way all'ects the domestic
Federal-State controversy over the application of
the Submerged Lands Act of 1953 ( dT Stat. 29;
Title 43 TT.S.G.A. SS 13(il. rf s- ,/.). which granted
to the States llii' lands beneath tlie territorial S(\i.
This convention protects the rights of the
American iieople to control and use flie resources
of the continental shelf adjacent to its coast out-
side Ihc territorial sea.
'l"he i|iieslion of gi-eatest iniiiortani'e is which
resources of tliis shelf come within the exclusive
control of the coastal stale, .\i1icle 2 I'epresents
the ell'ort of our delegation to maximize coastal
state conti'ol o\(U' mineral resources but (o limit
control o\'er animal resources. Thus the coastal
state is gi\-eii control o\er all '■mineral and other
non-livini:' resources of the sea bed and subsoil"'
lint iml o\-er li\ ing oreani-nis which, at the'iiar-
N'cstalile stage."" can iiio\-e wilhoiil being "in con-
slant ]ihysii'al contact wiih the sea-b(>d or the
subsoil."" Shrimp would not lie within the exclu-
si\'e colli Mil of ihe coastal state, while o\sler beds
258
Department of State Bulletin
and pearl fisheries would bo within such control.
Existiuij; rights and investments in submarine
cables and pipelines are protected by article 4,
which pi-ohibits the coastal state from unreason-
ably im[)eding tlioir laying or maintenance. Fu-
ture investments by the coastal state are protected
by article 7, which permits ex])loitation of the sub-
soil by means of tunneling, wliatever the depth of
water above the tunnel, and by article 5, wliich
provides for the construction and operation of
shelf installations and devices for the same
purpose.
Optional Protocol and Other Matters
Let mo turn now to the optional protocol and
other matters.
These, then, are the four conventions adopted
at the Geneva conference. Each constitutes a pro-
posed general code of law applicable to the con-
duct of states and their nationals. In addition,
there is an Optional Pi-otocol of Signature Con-
cerning the Compulsory Settlement of Disputes,
which, like the four conventions, has been sent to
the Senate with a request that its advice and con-
sent be given to ratification.
Article I of the optional protocol provides that
"Disputes arising out of tlie interpretation or ap-
plication of any Convention on the Law of the
Sea shall lie within the compulsory jurisdiction of
the International Court of Justice," except for
disputes covered by the special settlement proce-
dure in the convention on fishing and conserva-
tion, which I have outlined. This protocol is only
meant to apply to these Geneva conventions.
Articles II and IV of the protocol provide for
alternative solutions of disputes by arbitration
and conciliation, respectively. It is our hope that
the great majority of participants in the confer-
ence will become parties to this pi'otocol.
Prior to the closing date for signatures on Octo-
ber 31, 1958, the Convention on the Territorial Sea
and Contiguous Zone was signed by 44 states, the
Convention on the High Seas by 49 states, the
Convention on Fisheries and Conservation by ?>7
states, the Convention on the Continental Shelf by
46 states, and the Optional Protocol by 30 states.
Only one of the conventions has been ratified to
date. Afghanistan — a landlocked state — ratified
the Convention on the High Seas on April 28,
1959, presumably because of the provision of ar-
ticle 3, subdivision 2, of the Convention on the
High Seas with respect to freedom of transit.
Second Law of Sea Conference
In conclusion let me turn briefly to the prepara-
tions for the second Law of the Sea Conference,
Geneva, March 17, 1960.
Two important questions which were exten-
sively debated at the conference, i.e. the breadth
of the territorial sea and fishery limits, were un-
resolved because no proposal received the required
two-thirds majority. These matters were re-
ferred back to the United Nations General Assem-
bly, which has called a second conference to meet
in Geneva on March 17, I960," to consider them
further.
The United States is making extensive prepara-
tions for that conference with the hope that agree-
ment on some formula for the breadth of the
territorial sea and fisheries rights in a contiguous
zone, acceptable to Uie United States, will result.
Our Navy would like to see as narrow a terri-
torial sea as possible in order to preserve the
maximum possibility of deployment, transit, and
maneuverability on and over the high seas, free
from the jurisdictional control of individual
states. Admiral Arleigh Burke links seapower,
mobility, and freedom in this manner :
Naval forces are more important in the missile age
than ever before. Mohllity is a primary capability of
navies. Support of our free world allies depends upon
the ability of the Navy to move, unhampered, to wherever
it is needed to support Ameriean foreign poUey. This is
the great contribution of United States seapower toward
the progress of free civilization.
U.S. security interests would therefore be
ideally served by retention of the 3-mile limit for
territorial seas. There is fairly general agree-
ment here and abroad, however, that international
agreement on a 3-mile limit may not be obtained
and that such agreement by a two-thirds vote is
probable only on a 6-mile territorial sea and a
6-mile contiguous fishing zone.
Tliere is opinion also to the effect that, if agree-
ment is not acliieved at the next conference on
the width of the territorial sea and the contiguous
fisliing zone and the rights of nationals of other
states therein, the individual practice of states
" rhi'l.. .Tan. 12, 1959, p. 64.
February J 5, J 960
259
may, in time, tend to establish a territorial sea of
12 miles.
U.S. defensive capabilities would be so pro-
foundly jeopardized by our acceptance of a greater
than 6-mile territorial sea that those responsible
for plannmg for our defense have concluded that
we must take a position against such a course in
any event. Each extension of the territorial sea
also reduces tlie fishing rights of foreign nationals
in such territorial sea.
The choice had to be made ultimately upon the
basis of wliether U.S. defensive capability could
be reasonably maintained if a 6-mile limit were
accepted.
The primary danger to the continuance of the
ability of our warships and supporting aircraft
to move, unhampered, to wherever they may be
needed to support American foreign policy pre-
sents itself in the great international straits of
the world — the narrows wluch lie athwart the sea
routes which connect us with our widely scattered
friends and allies and admit us to the strategic
materials we do not ourselves possess.
It is in those narrows that an undue expansion
of coastal states' territorial seas could entirely
wipe out existing passageways over free high seas
and, by creating national sovereignty over one
segment of a vital route, subject to the coastal
states' interference the transit of our warships or
terminate transit of our aircraft in the overlying
airspace.
There are approximately 116 important inter-
national straits in the world which could be
affected by the choice of a limit for territorial
seas. All would become subject to national sov-
ereignties if a 12-mile rule were established.
Fifty-two would become subject to national sov-
ereignties if a 6-mile rule were adopted.
Initially, therefore, the choice lies between sub-
jecting our arteries of conrununication to individ-
ual national severance or harassment at 52 points
or at 116. Closer analysis reveals an even more
critical distinction. Of the 52 straits which
would become subject to national sovereignties
under a 6-mile rule, only 11 would come under
the sovereignty of states which would appear
likely to claim the right to terminate or inter-
fere with the transit of our warships or aircraft.
Wliile denial of passage through these 11 straits
would present a defense capability impairment,
that impairment is believed to be within tolerable
operating limits.
On the other hand, under the 12-mile territorial
sea rule, 18 straits would come imder the sover-
eignty of states which possibly would claim the
right to terminate or interfere with the transit of
our warships or aircraft, and, of conclusive impor-
tance for defense purposes, the denial of passage
through these additional straits would present for
us a completely unacceptable impairment of our
defensive mobility and capability.
In addition, while extension of the breadth of the
territorial sea has the effect of exposing the mobil-
ity of our warships and aircraft to crippling juris-
dictional restrictions, it actually adds to the
mobility of a primary Soviet weapon — the subma-
rine. The territorial sea of a neutral state is a
neutral area in time of war, and belligerents are
obliged by international law to avoid such areas
for hostile operations. Though required to oper-
ate on the surface, a submarine, however, could
transit such areas submerged, even though ille-
gally, and imlikely to be detected by neutral states.
In the event of belligerent action enemy subma-
rines could use such so-called neutral areas of
territorial seas for transit, relatively safe from our
attack, to reach the scene of their attack — the
routes of our surface supply convoys. Such terri-
torial-sea areas, especially if wider than 6 miles,
would also certainly be used after their attack by
the present large fleet of modern, long-range sub-
marines possessed by the Soviets, including units
currently being added which have missile launch-
ing capability, as a relatively safe haven from
counterattack.
It is believed that the rapid evolution of new and
changing weapons systems is not reducing, and
will not in the foreseeable future reduce, our
dependence upon our seapower capabilities.
Indeed, the development of surface missile ships
and nuclear powered submarines capable of
launching missiles from under water, such as the
Polaris, makes this a power of greatly increased
and growing effectiveness.
This power to defend ourselves nuist not be
liamstrung by an undue extension of the breadth
of the territorial sea.
A complete analysis and comparison of the
effect of a 6-mile vei-sus a 12-mile territorial sea
has led to the conclusion, concurred in by the Joint
260
Department of State Bulletin
Chipfs of Staff, that the U.S. should strive to
achieve agreement on as narrow a territorial-sea
breadth as possible, but in any event not to exceed
G miles. We must endeavor to accomplish this
with a minimum of damage or detriment to our
commercial fishing interests. Throughout the
negotiations at Geneva the iishiiig industry ad-
visers at all times cooperated fully and unselfishly
and always recognized that security interests were
paramount.
Department Supports Agreement
on Import of Cultural Materials
Statement hy W. T. M. Beale '
On August 25, 1959, the President forwarded
to the Senate for its advice and consent to ratifica-
tion the Agreement on the Importation of Educa-
tional, Scientific, and Cultural Materials.^ This
is an international agreement of the United Na-
tions Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organi-
zation designed to facilitate the free flow of
educational, scientific, and cultural materials
between the nations of the world by the removal
of manmade barriers to such international trade.
The United States participated in the confer-
ences beginning in 1948 which led to the formula-
tion of the agreement. The United States also
participated indirectly in the formulation of the
agreement when it was submitted for tecluiical
review to the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. This agreement
was opened for signature at Laie Success, New
York, on November 22, 1950, and entered into
force on May 21, 1952. The agreement was signed
in behalf of the United States on June 24, 1959,
by Ambassador [Henry Cabot] Ix)dge. Many
nations, including most of the industrialized na-
tions of the world, have already adhered to this
agreement. The reasons for the delay in signing
the agreement insofar as the United States is con-
' Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Jan. 26 (press release 39). Mr. Beale was Acting
Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs when he made
this statement; he became Minister-Counselor for Eco-
nomic Affairs at London on Feb. 15.
' S. Ex. I, 8Cth Cong., 1st sess. ; for text, see Bitli.etin
of Sept. 21, 19.59, p. 422.
cerned, relaling to United States adherence to the
Universal Copyright Convention, were outlined
in Acting Secretary Murphy's report dated July
(), 1959, which was transmitted to the Senate by
the President.'
Need for Agreement
With respect to the need for having such an
agreement, members of this conunittee will recall
that immediately following World War II many
countries found it necessary or desirable to pro-
hibit or to restrict imports, including in many
cases imports of educational, scientific, or cultural
materials.
In view of the number of countries involved and
the variety of materials covered by the agreement,
the types of post- World War II restrictions varied
considerably. They varied from country to coun-
try and from year to year. In general the restric-
tions to increased imports of these materials fell
into the following basic categories: (1) high im-
port duties, (2) foreign exchange controls, (3)
excessive or discriminatoi-y sales taxes, fees, or
other charges applied to imports, (4) restrictive
import licenses, and (5) burdensome or discrim-
inatory import customs clearance procedures.
The agreement under consideration has as its
major objective increasing the international flow
of educational, scientific, and cultural materials
by eliminating or reducing these tariff" and trade
obstacles. The agreement concerns itself basically
with the following six categories of materials out-
lined in the five annexes and article III: (1)
books, publications, and documents, (2) works of
art and collectors' items, (3) visual and auditory
materials, (4) scientific instruments and appa-
ratus, (5) articles for the blind, and (6) public-
exhibition materials. The agreement is designed
to eliminate or to reduce various types of import
restrictions on these materials. The central fea-
ture of the agreement, however, is the exemption
from customs duties of the materials covered by
the agreement.
Insofar as the United States is concerned, cur-
rent tariff rates are the most important deterrents
to increased imports of these materials. It should
be pointed out, however, that some of the ma-
terials covered by the agreement are already on
'Ibid.
February 15, I960
261
the free list and duties on others are rehxtively
low. It should also be noted that during the
last session of Congress bills were introduced or
passed to facilitate imports for international ex-
hibitions and fairs, travel and tourist information,
and works of art.
Reasons for U.S. Adherence
After a careful interdepartmental review of the
agreement, United States adherence was recom-
mended for the following reasons:
1. Eatification would be consistent with United
States foreign policy. The United States lias ad-
vocated and supported the basic objective of the
agreement, which is to improve international tm-
derstanding by reducing trade barriers to Imowl-
edge through facilitating international movement
of educational, scientific, and cultural materials.
The United States has consistently supported the
objective of strengthening the United Nations and
the specialized agencies which carry out the
United Nations programs.
2. Ratification of the agreement at this time
will demonstrate to the world United States sup-
port for international collaboration and for the
principle of free flow of information and ideas.
Ratification will constitute evidence that this
country is willing and able to take practical, effec-
tive measures to accomplish tlie removal of inter-
national tensions by increasing the exchange of
ideas and educational materials.
3. Althougli many of the free-world nations are
already parties to the Florence agreement,^ it
may very well be tlie case that otlier free-world
countries, especially those in the Western Hemi-
sphere, will follow the lead of the United States
in ratification of the convention. Continuing de-
lay can i"esnlt in the loss of this opportunity for
leadership.
4. The agreement proposes to increase inter-
national trade in the materials covered by this
convention by the use of international trade prac-
tices which the United States advocates, i.e. multi-
lateral agreements, reduced tariff rates, and the
removal of exchange controls and other I'estrictive
devices.
* The AKreement on the Imiiortation of Educational,
Scientific, and Cultural Materials was adopted hy the
General Conference of UNESCO at its fifth session at
Florence, Italy, on June 14, 1950.
5. Acceptance of the agreement by additional
countries will tend to increase international trade
in the items which are covered by this convention.
Since the United States is the world's most im-
portant producer of many of these items, it ap-
pears that U.S. industries concerned, in the
long run, may benefit as a result of such increased
trade. However, although U.S. producers may
gain by sharing in a larger world market, some of
them may also be faced with increased competi-
tion from foreign suppliers.
The agreement, however, provides safeguards
with respect to increased imports. While U.S.
imports of these items may increase as a result
of our ratification of the agreement, it does not
appear likely that imports will increase to such
an extent as to threaten serious injury to the
U.S. industries and require the invocation of the
"escape clause" annexed to the agreement at the
insistence of the United States as an additional
insurance factor to protect U.S. industries. This
protocol, which was annexed to the agreement
to facilitate U.S. participation in the agreement,
provides that a party to this agreement may sus-
pend, in whole or in part, any of its obligation
under this agreement if any of the materials cov-
ered by tliis agreement are being imported in
such relatively increased quantities and under
such conditions as to cause or threaten serious
injury to domestic producers of like or compet-
ing products. While the protocol provides that
the suspension of such obligations shall take place
after consultations witli the other contracting
parties, it is recognized that under sjjecial cir-
cmnstances emergency action may be taken prior
to consultations.
It is also provided in the agi-eement that the
contracting parties shall have the right to take
measures to prohibit or limit imports or internal
distribution of these materials on grounds relat-
ing to national security, public order, or public
morals.
Imports into the United States of scientific ap-
paratus and instruments will be limited by the
following factors: (1) duty-free import privi-
leges are accorded only to approved institutions
and for specific purposes, (2) duty-free status
does not apply to instruments or apparatus of
equivalcTit scientific value produced in the United
States, (3) U.S. industries produce the great ma-
jority of the items which are covered by the agree-
262
Department of State Bulletin
ment and the prices and quality of many of tlie
U.S. products are competitive with such items
produced elsewliere.
Tlie a<rreemcnt contains cei-tain other restric-
tions which will tend to govern the volume of
imports. For example, duty-free entry will not
be accorded to such items as (1) stationery, ('2)
newspapers and periodicals in which the adver-
tising matter is in excess of 70 percent by space,
(3) books, publications, and documents published
by or for a private commercial enterprise, and
(4) other items in which the advertising matter
exceeds 25 percent of the available space.
0. By reducing the cost for imported materials
and simplifying import procedures the agreement
sliould tend to increase and improve the activi-
ties of such institutions as schools and uni-
versities, scientific laboratories and research
foundations, libraries, galleries, museums, and in-
stitutions and organizations concerned with the
welfare of the blind. The limited funds available
to teachers, educational institutions, and research
organizations has hindered the improvement or
expansion of their activities.
7. In conclusion may I point out that any meas-
ures to increase the circulation abroad of Ameri-
can educational, scientific, and cultural materials
should assist American international information
programs, both governmental and private.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 2d Session
Reoeption of Foreign Dignitaries. Report to accompany
S. Res. 24.0. S. Rept. 1024. .Tanuary 14, 19(50. 3 pp.
United States Foreisxn Policy : Icleolofry and Foreign Af-
fairs. (The Principal Ideological Conflicts. Variations
Thereon, Their XIanifestatious, and Their Present and
Potential Impact on the Foreign Policy of the United
States.) Study prepared at the request of the Senate
Committee on Foreign Relations by the Center for
International Affairs, Harvard University (pursuant
to S. Res. 336. 85th Cong., and S. Res. 31, 86th Cong.).
No. 10. .lanuary 17, 1060. 82 pp. [Committee print.]
Organizing for National Security. Interim report of the
Senate Committee on Government Operations made by
its Subcommittee on National Policy Machinery (pur-
suant to S. Res. 115, 86th Cong.). S. Rept. 1026.
January IS, 1960. 20 pp.
Study of Foreign Policy. Report to accompany S. Res.
250. S. Rept. 1027. January 18, 1960. 7 pp.
Authorizing the Exten.sion of a Loan of a Naval Vessel to
the Government of the Republic of China. Report to
accompany H.R. 9465. H. Rept. 1207. January 19, 1960.
7 pp.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
Governors of inter- American Bank
Meet at San Salvador
The Organization of American States an-
nounced on January 11 that the Board of Gov-
ernors of the Inter-American Development
Bank ' will hold its first meeting at San Salvador
February 3-10.
The Board of Governors will decide the open-
ing date for operations of the Bank and will elect
the Bank President and six of the seven Executive
Directors. The seventh will be appointed by the
United States,- the country with the largest num-
ber of shares in the Bank.
At the meeting it is expected that policy matters
leading to the establishment of the Bank will be
resolved. Documents to be considered by the
Board of Governors at its first meeting are being
drafted by a Preparatoi-y Committee made up of
Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Kica, El Salvador,
Mexico, and the United States.
The Board of Governors is composed of one
representative and one alternate from each mem-
ber country of the Bank.= It plans to meet at
least once a year. Governors will serve ."S-year
terms. However, they may be replaced at any
time by their governments. Governors attend-
ing the Salvador meeting are expected to be
finance or treasury ministers or presidents of cen-
tral banks.
The agreement establishing the Inter- American
Bank vests all of its powers in the Board of Gov-
ernors. With the exception of specific respon-
sibilities, the Governors are permitted to delegate
powers to a Board of Executive Directors charged
with determining the basic organization of the
Bank and conducting its operations. The seven
Executive Directors will be salaried and will serve
3-year terms; their oflices will be located at the
Bank's headquarters at Washington, D.C.
Purpose of the Inter-American Bank is "to
contribute to the acceleration of the process of
economic development of the member countries,
' For background, see Bulletin of May 4, 19.59, p. 646 ;
June 8, 19.59, p. 849 ; and June 22, 19.59, p. 928.
' See p. 264.
February ?5, T960
263
both individually and collectively." Eighteen of
the 21 OAS member nations are now participants
in the Bank. Ratifications are still pending from
Cuba, Uruguay, and Venezuela.
Resoui-ces of the Bank after all ratifications are
completed will total $1 billion. Of this amount,
$850 million constitutes authorized capital of the
Bank and $150 million is assigned to a Fund for
Special Operations. The Latin American nations
will subscribe $500 million of the authorized cap-
ital of the Bank and the United States $350 mil-
lion. Contributions to the Fund for Special
Operations, which may provide loans repayable
wholly or in part in the local currency of the bor-
rower country when circumstances make an ordi-
nary loan inappropriate, total $100 million for the
United States and $50 million for the countries of
Latin America. Operations of the Fund will be
kept completely separate from those of tlie au-
thorized capital of the Bank.
Senate Confirms U.S. Officials
to Inter-American Bank
The Senate on January 20 confinned the follow-
ing nominations : Robert Bernerd Anderson to be
a Governor of the Inter-American Development
Bank for a term of 5 years and until his successor
has been appointed ; Douglas Dillon to be an Al-
ternate Governor of the Inter- American Develop-
ment Bank for a term of 5 years and until his
successor has been appointed.
The Senate on January 27 confirmed Robert
Cutler to be an Executive Director of the Inter-
American Development Bank for a term of 3
years and until his successor has been appointed.
Mr. Burgess Named U.S. Member
off OEEC Reorganization Study Group
The Department of State announced on Jan-
uary 26 (press release 40) that Ambassador W.
Randolph Burgess, U.S. Permanent Representa-
tive to the North Atlantic Council and European
Regional Organizations, will serve as the U.S.
member of the preparatory group for the reor-
ganization or reconslitution of the Organization
for European Economic Cooperation.
The preparatory group of four persons has been
appointed ]Mirsnnnt to a resolution on tlie study of
the reorganization of the OEEC adopted by the
Special Economic Committee, which met at Paris
on Januaiy 12 and 13, and subsequently approved
on January 14 by representatives of the 20 govern-
ments which are also members and associate mem-
bers of the OEEC and the Commission of the
European Economic Conununity.' Following
adoption of this resolution. Under Secretary of
State Dillon stated on behalf, of the United
States :
We favor the formation of a reconstituted organization
adapted to the needs of today. Subject to the approval of
our Congress, the United States would be prepared to as-
sume full and active membership in an appropriately
reconstituted organization.
During the course of their work the group of
four will consult with the 20 governments, the
European Commimities, and appropriate inter-
national organizations. The report of the group
will be submitted to a meeting of senior officials of
the 20 governments, to be held at Paris on April
19, 1960, to which the European Communities will
also be invited.
Mr. Sproul Replaces Mr. Dodge
on Bankers' Study Trip
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development aimounced on January 19 that Allan
Sproul has accepted the suggestion of the Presi-
dent of the Bank, Eugene R. Black, that he go to
India and Pakistan in place of Joseph M. Dodge,
who is ill, as a member of a group of bankers
visiting those comitries next month. Mr. Sproul
is a former President of the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York.
As announced on December 19, 1959," the other
members of the group which will visit India and
Pakistan at Mr. Black's suggestion are Sir Oliver
Franks, chairman of Lloyds Bank Ltd. of London,
and Dr. Hermann Abs, chairman of the Deutsche
Bank of Frankfurt. The three members are to
' For statements made by Under Secretary Dillon at the
Paris meetings and text of the resolution, see Bulletin
of Feb. 1, 1060, p. 139. Other members of the group of
four are : Bernard Clappier, Director for Economic and
Commercial Policy, French Ministry of Finance and Eco-
nomic Affairs; Sir Paul Gore-Booth, British Deputy
Under Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs ; and Xeno-
phon Zolotas, Governor of the Bank of Greece.
" Bulletin of Jan. 11, 1960, p. 63.
264
Department of State Bulletin
meet at Kaiaclu on February 13 and will spend 5
oi- () weoks in India and Pakistan studying eco-
nomic conditions and acquainting themselves with
tlio current and prospective development plans of
the two countries.
Wheat
lutcrii.-ilidiial wheat agreement, 1959, wilh annex.
Olient'd for signature iit W'usliintJlon Ajiril li itiroUKh
24, 1!).".',). Kulcied into force .Inly 10, lO.VJ, for jiart I
and imrts III to VIII, and August 1, 1950, for part II.
TIAS 4;i(l2.
Acccssio)i8 deposited: Honduras, .Tanuary r>, VMO; I'an-
ama, January 28, 1900.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography^
Economic and Social Council
Commission on the Status of Women. Equal Remunera-
tion for Men and Women Workers for Work of Equal
Value. Report prepared by the International Labor
Office. E/CN.6/359. January 7, 1900. 20 pp.
Trusteeship Council
Report of the United Nations Commissioner for the Su-
pervision of the Plebiscite in the Cameroons Under
United Kingdom Administration : Part I — Organization,
Conduct and Results of the Plebiscite in the Northern
Part of the Territory. T/1491 and Add. 1. November
25, 1959. 225 pp.
Provisional Agenda of the Twenty-fifth Session of the
Trusteeship Council. T/1490 and Add. 1. December
17, 1959. 22 pp.
Examination of the Annual Report on the Trust Terri-
tory of Ruanda-Urundi for the Year 1958. Observa-
tions of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization. T/1495. December 17, 1959.
17 pp.
BILATERAL
Austria
Research reactor agreement concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington July 22, 1959.
Entered into force: January 2.5, 1900.
Research reactor agreement concerning civil uses of
atomic energy. Signed at Washington June 8, 1956.
TIAS 3000.
Terminated: January 25, 19f!0 (superseded by agree-
ment of July 22, 1959, supra).
Uruguay
Agreement further supplementing the agricultural com-
modities agreement of February 20, 19.o9, as supple-
mented (TIAS 4179, 4238, 4356, and 4375). Signed at
Montevideo January 13, 1900. Entered into force Jan-
uary 13, 1960.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Aviation
Convention on international civil aviation. Done at Chi-
cago December 7, 1944. Entered into force April 4,
1947. TIAS 1591.
Adherence deposited: State of Cameroun, January 15,
1960.
Protocol to amend convention for unification of certain
rules relating to international carriage by air signed at
Warsaw October 12, 1929 (49 Stat. 3000). Done at The
Hague September 28, 1955.=
Ratification deposited: Ireland, October 12, 1959.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2900 Broadway, New York 27, N.Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
' Not in force.
The Senate on January 20 confirmed the following nom-
inations :
Walter C. Dowliug to be Amba.ssador to the Federal
Republic of Germany. (For biographic details, see De-
partment of State press release 782 dated November 9.)
Raymond A. Hare to be a Deputy Under Secretary of
State. (For biographic details, see Department of State
press release 834 dated December 2.)
John D. Hickerson to be Ambassador to the Philippines.
(For biographic details, see Department of State press re-
lease 718 dated October 13.)
Walter P. McConaughy to be Ambassador to the Re-
public of Korea. (For biographic details, see Department
of State press release 700 dated October 6.)
John J. Muccio to be Ambassador to Guatemala. (For
biographic details, see Department of State press release
875 dated December 24.)
Edward Page, Jr., to be Minister to Bulgaria. (For
biographic details, see Department of State press release
815 dated November 23.)
Edson O. Sessions to be Ambassador to Finland. (For
biographic details, see Department of State press release
7.39 dated October 20.)
William P. Snow to be Ambassador to the Union of
Burma. (For biographic details, see Department of State
press release 779 dated November 9.)
February IS, I960
265
The Senate on January 27 confirmed the following nom-
inations :
Dennis A. FitzGerald to be Deputy Director for Opera-
tions of the International Cooperation Administration in
the Department of State.
Foy D. Kohler to be an Assistant Secretary of State.
(For biographic details, see Department of State press
release 8.52 dated December 11.)
Livingston T. Merchant to be Under Secretary of State
for Political Affairs. (For biographic details, see Depart-
ment of State press release 841 dated December 7.)
G. Frederick Reinhardt to be Ambassador to the United
Arab Republic and Minister to the Kingdom of Yemen.
(For biographic details, see Department of State press
release 16 dated January 14.)
Tyler Thompson to be Ambassador to Iceland. (For
biographic details, see Department of State press release
15 dated January 14.)
Designations
John J. Czyzak as Assistant Legal Adviser for Far
Eastern Affairs, effective February 1.
Edward A. Jamison as Director, Office of Inter-Ameri-
can Regional Political Affairs, effective January 24.
Ely Maurer as Assistant Legal Adviser for Economic
Affairs, effective February 1.
Francis E. Meloy, Jr., as Special Assistant to the
Deputy Under Secretary for Political Affairs, effective
January 11.
Temple Wanamaker as Director, Office of Public Serv-
ices, effective January 24.
American Embassy in Libya Moved to Tripoli
Effective January 2.5 the American Embassy in Libya
was officially transferred from Benghazi to Tripoli. At
the same time the Embassy's branch office at Tripoli was
officially transferred to Benghazi.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale hy the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printinfj Office, Wfinhingtnn 2'>, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in tlie case of free publications, which may be
obtained from the Departm^ent of State.
Mutual Defense Assistance. TIAS 4347. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Luxembourg, amending annex B of agreement of January
27, 1!)5(). Exchange of notes — Signed at Luxembourg
O tober 27 and 31, 1959. Entered into force October 31,
1959. Operative retroactively July 1, 1959.
Special Economic Assistance — Technical Assistance Proj-
ects. TIAS 4348. 3 pp. 5«S.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Yugoslavia. Exchange of notes — Signed at Belgrade
October 22, 1959. Entere<l into force October 22, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4349. 3 pp.
5(f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, amending agreement of October 23, 1956, as amend-
ed. Exchange of notes — Dated at Madrid June 25 and
July 15, 1959. Entered into force July 15, 1959.
Defense — Introduction of Modern Weapons into NATO
Defense Forces. TIAS 4350. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Turkey. Exchange of notes — Signed at Ankara Septem-
ber 18 and Octoljer 28, 1959. Entered into force October
28, 1959.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4352. 3 pp.
5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
India, amending agreement of September 26, 1958, as
amended Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington
November 13, 1959. Entered into force November 13, 1959.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 25^31
Press releases may be obtained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Releases issued prior to January 25 which api)ear
in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 26 of Jan-
uary
20 and 31 of January 22.
No.
Date
Subject
32
1/25
U.S.-Canada Columbia River negotia-
tions.
33
1/25
Thayer : Ruritan National, Louisville,
Ky.
*34
1/25
Educational exchange (United Arab
Republic ) .
35
1/25
U.S.-Canada economic meeting.
36
1/25
Bonsai : arrival from Cuba.
37
1/25
Italy eases restrictions on dollar im-
ports.
38
1/25
Portugal eases restrictions on dollar
imports.
39
1/26
Beale : statement on importation of cul-
tural materials.
40
1/26
Burgess designated to OEEC reorgani-
zation study group (rewrite).
41
1/27
Herter : statement on International
Court.
42
1/27
U.S.-U.S.S.R. lend-lease negotiations.
•43
1/28
Herter : presentation of Hull award to
House Speaker Rayburn.
44
1/29
ICA loan to Iceland.
•45
1/29
Educational exchange (Tanganyika).
46
1/29
Berding: Women's Forum on National
Security.
47
1/29
U.K. eases restrictions on dollar im-
ports.
51
1/29
GATT relations with Tunisia and
Poland.
•Not printed.
266
Department of State Bulletin
February 15, 1960
Index
Vol. XUr, X... 1077
American Principles. Peace With Justice in Free-
dom (IJerdiug) 233
American Republics
Governors of Inter-Americau Bank Meet at San
Salvador 2C3
Senate Confirms U.S. Officials to Inter-American
Bank 204
Canada
U.S. and Canada To Discuss Columbia River De-
vi'Iopment 250
U.S.-i'aiiadian Economic Committee To Meet at
Washinston 250
Communism. Peace With Justice in Freedom
(l-.erding) 233
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign Pol-
icy . . • 263
Department Seeks Senate Approval of Conventions
on Law of Sea (Dean) 251
Department Supports Agreement on Import of Cul-
tural Materials (Beale) 261
The Self -Judging Aspect of the U.S. Reservation on
Jurisdiction of the International Court (Herter,
Rogers) 227
Cuba. U.S. Restates PoUcy Toward Cuba (Bonsai,
Eisenhower) 237
Cultural Exchange
Nations Invited To Participate in 1964 New York
World's Fair (text of invitation) 244
The Rural Community in a Worldwide Setting
(Thayer) 240
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations 265
Designations 266
Economic Affairs
Mr. Burgess Named U.S. Member of OBEC Reorgan-
ization Study Group 264
Governors of Inter-American Bank Meet at San
Salvador 263
Italy, Portugal, and U.K. Relax Controls on Dollar-
.\rea Iniimrts 249
Senate Confirms U.S. Officials to Inter-American
B ink 264
Mr. Sproul Replaces Mr. Dodge on Bankers' Study
Trip 264
U.S. and Canada To Discuss Columbia River De-
velopment 250
U.S.-Canadian Economic Committee To Meet at
Washington 250
United States-Soviet Lend-Lease Talks Discon-
tinued ( texts of notes setting up negotiations) . 2.39
Views Invited on GATT Relations With Tunisia
and Poland 245
Iceland. Special $3 Million Loan Made to Iceland . 250
International Information
Department Supports Agreement on Import of Cul-
tural .Materials (Beale) 261
International Law
Department Seeks Senate Approval of Conventions
on Law of Sea (Dean) 251
The Self-Judging Aspect of the U.S. Reservation on
Jurisdiction of the International Court (Herter,
Rogers) 227
International Organizations and Conferences
Mr. Burgess Named U.S. Member of OEEC Re-
organization Study Group 264
Governors of Inter-American Bank Meet at San
Salvador 263
Senate Confirms U.S. Officials to Inter-American
Bank 264
Italy. Italy, Portugal, and U.K. Relax Controls on
Dollar-Area ImiM)rts 249
Libya. American Embassy in Libya Moved to
TriiHdi 206
Mutual Security
Fitz(;erald conlirmed as Deputy Director for Oper-
ations. IC.V 206
Special $3 Million Loan Made to Iceland .... 250
Nepal. King and Queen of Nepal To Visit United
States in April 232
Poland. Views Invited on GATT Relations With
Tunisia and Poland 245
Portugal. Italy, Portugal, and U.K. Relax Controls
on Dollar-Area Imports 249
Presidential Documents. U.S. Restates Policy
Toward Cuba 237
Publications. Recent Releases 266
Treaty Information
Current Actions 205
Department Seeks Senate Approval of Conventions
on Law of Sea (Dean) 251
Department Supports Agreement on Import of Cul-
tural Materials (Beale) 201
Tunisia. Views Invited on GATT Relations With
Tunisia and Poland 245
U.S.S.R.
United States-Soviet Lend-Lease Talks Discon-
tinued (texts of notes setting up negotiations) . 2.39
United Kingdom. Italy, Portugal, and U.K. Relax
Controls on Dollar-Area Imports 249
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents . . . 265
Name Index
Anderson, Robert B 264
Beale, W. T. M 261
Berding, Andrew H 233
Bonsai, Philip W 238
Burgess, W. Randolph 204
Cutler, Robert 264
Czyzak. John J 260
Dean, Arthur H 251
Dillon, Douglas 264
Dowling, Walter C 205
Eisenhower, President 237
FitzGerald, Dennis 200
Gromyko, Andrei A 240
Hare, Raymond A 205
Herter, Secretary 227
Hickerson, John D 205
Jamison, Edward A 260
Kohler, Foy D 200
Maurer, Ely 200
McConaughy, Walter P 205
Meloy, Francis E., J r 200
Merchant, Livingston T 200
Muccio, John J 205
Page, Edward, Jr 265
Reinhardt, G. Frederick 260
Rogers, William P 277
Sessions, Edson O 205
Snow, William P 205
Sproul, Allan 264
Tliayer, Robert H 240
Thompson, Llewellvn E 240
Thompson, Tyler 266
Wagner, Rohert F 244
Wanamaker, Temple 266
V.I. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960
the
Department
of
State
United States
)vernment printing office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO A\-OID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
(GPOJ
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new Background pamphlets on important areas . . .
THE SUBCONTINENT OF SOUTH ASIA
Afghanistan • Ceylon « India • Nepal • Pakistan
Lying on the edge of the free world, touched by the power of
Communist Central Asia, the subcontinent of South Asia today has
a crucial role in world atfaire. The characteristics and problems of
the subcontinent generally and the tive sovereign nations in it are
the subjects of a new Backgroimd pamphlet.
Publication 6839
40 cents
SOUTHEAST ASIA
Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
From tlie isolation imposed by geography and a colonial pattern
of control, most of the lands and peoples of Southeast Asia have re-
cently been tlirust into the midst of international jiolitics mainly as
a result of national movements which led tlicm to independence. This
15-page illustrated pamphlet discusses the problems of tliis sudden
transformation, and contains background information on the geogra-
phy, peoj)les, and economic situation of the area. Brief descriptions
ai'e included of the individual comitries of Southeast Asia — Burma,
Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaya, the Philippines, Thailand, and
Viet-Nam.
Publication 6861
15 cents
Order Fiirni
>: Siipl. of Dofiimenls
(j'ovt. Prinlinji OfTue
Washiufilon 25, D.C.
Enclosed linel:
!>
{r.asli, check, or mttncii
ordt^r payahli: lo
Sii/tl . til' Docs.)
Plca.se .st'iiil mo
copies of
n The Subcontinent of South Asia — Afghanistan, Ceylon, India, \epal, and
Pakistan.
□ Southeast Asia — Area of Challenge. Cliange. and Progress
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1078
February 22, 1960
THEIROLE OF SCIENCE IN FOREIGN POLICY PLAN-
NING • Statement by Wallace R. Erode 271
SCIENCE AND FOREIGN AFFAIRS • by George B.
Kistiakowsky 276
THE THREAT OF FALLOUT DANGER IN RELATION
TO FOREIGN POLICY • Remarks by Secretary Herter . 283
PROGRESS THROUGH COOPERATION IN LATIN
AMERICA • by Assistant Secretary Rubottom .... 285
iAL
-Y RECORD
DEVELOPMENTS IN INTERNATIONAL ECONO>IIC
AFFAIRS • Excerpts From the Economic Report of the
President 301
THE 1960-61 GATT TARIFF CONFERENCE • Article
by Honors M. Catudal 291
ro STATES
GN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII. No. 1078 • Publication 6947
February 22, 1960
ijoiton Public Library
aaperinlenaeat ot Documente
MAR 3 1 1960
DEPOSITORY
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 26 cents
The printing ot this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Cudgel (January 20, 1958).
Note: Contents ot this publication are not
copyrlghicd and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
o? State Bdlletin as the source will bo
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tceekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the tcork of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various pluises of international affairs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or nuiy
become a party and treaties of general
internatiotutl interest.
Publications of tlie Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Role of Science in Foreign Policy Planning
Statement hy Wallace R. Erode
Science Adviser '
The Department of State has been quite con-
scious of the impact of science and technology on
our economic, social, and political structures.
Members of the Department have participated in
numerous conferences such as that on "Research
and Development and Its Impact on Economy"
held by the National Science Foundation or the
symposium on "Basic Research" sponsored by sev-
eral agencies, including the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, the National
Academy of Sciences, and the Sloan Foundation.
The crystallization of opinion on these problems
has not rested solely with the scientific community,
because there has been equal concern and interest
expressed in the January 1960 issue of the Annals
of the American Academy of Political and Social
Science devoted to "Perspectives on Government
and Science." This same interest is demonstrated
by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee re-
questing a study by the Stanford Research Insti-
tute. The Stanford Research Institute report ^
attempts to merge foreign policy factors with sci-
entific developments. It is unique and original in
character, and it merits review and consideration
by your committee, the Department of State, and
the scientific community.
It is impossible to dissociate those developments
in science and technology which affect our national
policy from those which form our foreign policy.
Thus tiie broad, overall recommendation made by
the Stanford Research Institute that there should
> Made before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
on Jan. 28.
= United States Foreign Policy: Possible Nonmilitary
Scientific Developments and Their Potential Impact on
Foreign Policy Prohlems of the United States, September
1950 (Committee print).
be intensive, long-range planning of scientific pro-
grams and a decision on which areas to emphasize
is one in which the Department concurs in princi-
ple. This is consistent with recommendations
which I made in my presidential address before
the American Association for the Advancement
of Science last month, in which I discussed in some
detail the problems of effecting a national science
policy. Science by definition is neither national
nor international, and a science policy applies in
general for both areas. I indicated that there must
be a planned and thoughtful analysis and ap-
praisal of our efforts :
A national science policy is needed for a wise and
rational distribution of scientific activities, so that space,
defense, education, atomic energy, oceanography, and
medical research are not bidding against each other for
limited available support. The growing demand for sci-
entists in the face of a limited supply of scientists,
materials, funds, and facilities requires major policy de-
cisions as to the distribution of resources. . . . there
should be a relative priority assigned to areas of science,
but there should also be recognition that scientific pro-
grams do not all have priorities that override economic,
political, educational, and social developments.
This integration of the scientific with the polit-
ical, economic, and social can best be done after
the entire series of reports initiated by your com-
mittee have been studied. Scientific developments
may indicate a certain policy position wiiereas
political situations then current may dictate a
different approach to the problem. I would be
inclined (o feel that the sociological and economic
factoi-s whicli are included and discussed in the
Stanford Research Institute report in both gen-
eral programs and underdeveloped aid area discus-
sions are not in the area of science which I feel
February 22, J 960
271
competent to discuss. It would, I believe, be more
appropriate for the Department to present its
view on these social and economic factors and
underdeveloped areas at the tune of the discussion
of the studies dealing with economic problems and
economic and social conditions in lesser developed
and uncommitted coimtries.
In commenting on this report I believe it would
be well to use the "Summaiy of Findings" as a
basis for discussion.
Solutions and Problems Created by Scientific
Advance
I. Scieutific developmeiit.s in the next decade will give
rise to or intensify many problems that must engage the
attention of foreign policy jjlanners. Scientific develop-
ments will also help solve foreign policy problems. But
the outlook is that the progress of science and technology
will do more to create or intensify than to ameliorate such
problems, unless deliberate policy measures are taken.
I would most certainly agree that "Scientific
developments in the next decade will give rise to or
intensify many problems that must engage the
attention of foreign policy plamiers" and that
"Scientific developments will also help solve
foreign policy problems," but I do not subscribe to
the implication that ". . . science and teclmology
will do more to create or intensify than to amelio-
rate such problems . . . ." Research usually has
a positive approach or objective and negative re-
sults are usually discarded enroute, so tliat by and
large one should be able to say that most research
is beneficial — although the results maj' be used for
ulterior purposes. I would admit that scientific
and technical advance creates more problems than
just marking time with no research or advance;
but my thesis is that both solutions and problems
are created by scientific advances and that the
beneficial effect of solutions outweiglis the prob-
lems created.
The continuous advance of science and teclmol-
ogy takes its toll of interests in a changing world
and may alter demands for labor, capital, material,
or methods and is no respecter of geographical,
political, professional, or trade boundaries. We
can combat the effects of teclinological and scien-
tific advance, or we can accept and gain by tlie
advance. Some may profit and others may lose,
but the sum total of the effect of advancing science
and technology on our civilization and economy
has been positive and not negative.
Those who cannot accept the impact of science
on our economy create artificial barriers to im-
pede or offset the effects. Sometimes this occurs
when automation or changes in supply or demand
create unemployment. In commerce we have re-
strictive laws, taxes, or protective tariffs which
proliibit or impede transactions involving a new
substitute or synthetic. Oleomargarine with
added color, vitamins, and flavor has, as a syn-
tlietic foodstuff, been slowly accepted as a dietary
constituent by those who could not well afford
more expensive materials. Much of the delay in
its availability has been due to tariffs, taxes, and
licenses designed to protect an existing natural
product against an advancing teclmology. More
recently we have developed another form of pro-
tection: The Government purchases materials
which are overproduced as the result of scientific
development of better plants, unproved fertilizer,
weed killers (which remove unwanted plants that
rob the soil of moisture and nurturing minerals),
or by machine-cultivation methods which have
permitted the grower to efficiently produce more
material.
We develop substitutes for some vital materials
only produced abroad so as to preserve our econ-
omy in time of emergency supply cutoff. How-
ever, even though we may have a substitute, we
continue to feel an obligation to purchase or sub-
sidize the foreign production lest the sudden sus-
pension of acquisition should produce a depression
in the area concerned.
To choose any one technical area as an example
of what might happen to the world economy if
science and teclmology should provide a synthetic
or substitute to a major commodity may, at the
mere mention of the theoretical possibility, cause
unrest and concern among those countries which
would be affected. The Stanford Research Insti-
tute report did produce this effect; and, while
one would not wish to disturb any particular com-
modity market or nation, nevertheless, it may be a
very good thing to awaken and make others aware
of the problems which science creates in its con-
tinuous advance.
To my knowledge our Government is not en-
gaged in developing a synthetic coffee. However,
the solution of the problems which may be created
by such a production may also be acliieved by sci-
entific research. On the occasion of the Inter-
national Rubber Conference held here in
Washington last November, I presented the open-
272
Department of State Bvlletin
Senate Foreign Relations Committee Studies on U.S. Foreign Policy
The Senate Foreign Relatians Committee on January 5, 1959, designated selected research organizations
and institutions to undertake studies on U.S. foreign policy. Following is a list of the studies now published
as committee prints and those in process.
Studies Published
Worldwide aud Domestic Economic Problems and Their Impact on the Foreign Policy of the United States.
Corporation for I'jConomic and Industrial Research, Inc. No. 1. August 1959. 92 pp.
Possible Xonniilitary Scientific Developments and Their Potential Impact on Foreign Policy Problems of
the United States. Stanford Research Institute. No. 2. September 1959. 100 pp.
U.S. Foreign Policy in Western Europe. Foreign Policy Research Institute, University of Pennsylvania.
No. 3. October 15, 1959. 95 pp.
U.S. Foreign Policy in Africa. Program of African Studies, Northwestern University. No. 4. October 23,
1959. 84 pp.
U.S. Foreign Policy in Asia. Conlon Associates, Ltd. No. 5. November 1, 1959. 157 pp.
The OiJerational Asi)ects of United States Foreign Policy. Maxwell Graduate School of Citizenship and
Public Affairs, Syracuse University. No. 6. November 11, 1959. 73 pp.
Basic Aims of United States Foreign Policy. Council on Foreign Relations. No. 7. November 25, 1959. 24 pp.
Developments in Military Technology and Their Impact on United States Strategy and Foreign Policy. The
Washington Center of Foreign Policy Research, The Johns Hopkins University. No. 8. December 6, 1959.
120 pp.
The Formulation and Administration of United States Foreign Policy. The Brookings Institution. No. 9.
January 13, 1960. 191 pp.
Ideology and Foreign Affairs : The Principal Ideological Conflicts, Variations Thereon, Their Manifestations,
aud Their Present and Potential Impact on the Foreign Policy of the United States. Center for Inter-
national Affairs, Harvard University. No. 10. January 17, 1960. 82 pp.
Studies in Process
Foreign Policy Implications for the United States of Economic and Social Conditions in Lesser Developed
and Uncommitted Countries. Center for International Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
U.S. Foreign Policy in the U.S.S.R. and Eastern Europe. The Russian Institute, Columbia University.
U.S. Foreign Policy in the Near East. Institute for Mediterranean Affairs, Inc.
ing address and discussed some of the effects of a
synthetic i-ubber progi-am on natural or tree rub-
ber. The nibber industiy has shown unusual
versatility in handling this problem. The supply
and demand of rubber and the creation of syn-
thetic forms were complicated by both the First
and Second World Wars, which created an ab-
normal military demand and an impedance to a
normal transportation. Our synthetic rubbers
have been improved so that for certain usages they
have a priority over natural. However, because
of the superiority of natural rubber for some uses
there has been further work to develop a "true"
rather than prototype synthetic. We are now
able to create from petroleum sources, in pilot
plants, rubbers identical to tree-grown rubber.
The future of tree rubber, however, is probably
not as uncertain as natural oil of wintergreen.
wood alcohol, camphor, indigo, vanilla, or silk,
but continued existence, expansion, or develop-
ment of the tree-grown iiibber may require de-
velopment of crop improvement and byproduct
utilization. Many a natural product which was
threatened by synthetics or substitutes has ex-
tended or preserved its life by research on new
uses and byproducts.
It is generally recognized that science is ad-
vancmg at an exponential and not a linear rate,
and every year we have a proportionally larger
number of scientific discoveries and publications.
I feel tliat the reproductions in the Stanford
Kesearch Institute report of some of the current
growth or expansion data on a linear basis pro-
duces somewhat frightening effects in a world
which is capable of expanding in three dimensions
at a geometrical rate.
February 22, J 960
273
Appraisal of Science Programs
II. The national interest requires a more conscious
direction of scientific activity in ways likely to assist in
the achievement of America's international goals. The
security and well-being of the United States call for a
reappraisal of present allocations of scientific and tech-
nological effort with a view to directing more effort toward
nonmilitary foreign policy challenges.
The concept, of appraisal and possible realine-
ment of our science programs is a major policy
action with which I have indicated previous
concurrence.
As the Stanford report points out, science by its
application in transportation, communications, ex-
change of knowledge and understanding has es-
sentially brought the world closer together so that
we no longer have insulated islands of separate
civilizations and internal actions have greater ex-
ternal effects in the world community. Hence we
may essentially say that there is no sharp dividing
line between national policy and foreign policy.
I find it just as difficult to differentiate between
military and nonmilitary science as I do between
national and foreign policy in this contracting
universe. The electronic-nuclear-microorganic-
astronautical age in which we live is only a mili-
tary age if we choose to apply these scientific areas
to military activity and becomes a peaceful age
if we create peaceful applications for these scien-
tific developments.
I do not dispute the comments in the Stanford
Research Institute report of the great disparity
between the financial support for defense pro-
grams as compared with the effort which we ex-
pend on nondefense science, but changes in these
programs would seem to require a fundamental
realinement of our national programs and policies.
Most scientists will agree that there is a prepon-
derance of effort toward military, but even the
military are aware of this and are plowing back
into our own culture large sums in the support of
essentially nonmilitary research and development
both here and abroad.
The Stanford Research Institute report recom-
mends a research program in arms control and
disarmament. Since the major discussion on dis-
armament in your series of reports appears to be
in the Johns Hopkins University report on mili-
tary technology and foreign policy, it seems rea-
sonable that discussion on disarmament should
be deferred until this latter report is discussed.
Another specific Stanford Research Institute
recommendation for additional research is the de-
velopment of underdeveloped countries. As I in-
dicated before, I feel that the problem of raising
the level of underdeveloped areas to a higher level
is not specifically a scientific problem. Perhaps it
is a teclmological problem, but certainly it is more I
a cultural, social, and economic problem than a sci-
entific problem. The present programs of the
Department of State for underdeveloped areas, as
directed by the International Cooperation Admin-
istration, have a reasonable amount of science and
technology.
One naturally expects the new advances in
science and technology to take place in the scien-
tific centers of the world, and we have no unique
monopoly on these centers. Certainly one would
not expect our major scientific advances to come
from the less well-developed areas, yet it will cer-
tainly be these latter areas which may probably be
most upset by technological advances produced in
the advanced technical areas. We have promoted
for some time technology teams to serve in the
underdeveloped areas of the free world under the
International Cooperation Administration so as
to assist them in adjusting and rising toward the
teclmological level of the advanced areas of the
free world.
Concerning the Stanford Research Institute
recommendation for a United Nations university,
may I indicate that, as a former university pro-
fessor, for many years at the Ohio State Uni-
versity, as well as having maintained a close
contact with our national education programs, I
find myself unable to develop any strong feeling
of support for a United Nations university.
There may be need for support or expansion of
universities in this country and throughout the
world, but there is no established or proven need
for a new and different kind of university from
those we now have. The concept of a national
university in this coimtry has been proposed
from time to time, but the jjossible gain measured
against the existing State and private universities,
as well as the probable administrative problems,
has led the educational leaders to sliy away from
such a program. It would seem that an inter-
national or United Nations university would not
only be awkward to effect but that there is no evi-
dence of a demand for its formation. A more
logical program in education could certainly be
effected thi'ough .subsidies through UNESCO
274
Department of State Bulletin
[United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization] to country establishnients or
a cooperative contributory program similar to the
NATO scholarship-research grant system.
Participation of Science in Policy Programing
III. ForoiKii poUcy planniug of the broadest kiiui, muk-
iug use of the best seientifle assistance, will be a critical
re«iuireineiit in the years ahead. This planning should
Include continual review of prospective scientific develop-
ments and their significance for international relations.
The third smnmary conclusion of the report
deals with the need for scientific participation in
the planning and assessment of policy programs
of the future. It is indicated that the forces
and factors developed througii economic, political,
and social policies must be included along with
the scientific forces, and with this we certainly
concur. Science is expanding at a greater rate
than most other cultural activities so that the
future should involve an even greater role for
science in foreign policy formulation than at the
present time. The Department of State had
recognized this by establishing the science office,
which I head in the Department of State, which
has science officers serving in the major scientific
centers of the world.
I realize that Dr. Carter ' indicated that he had
excluded from consideration in his report the
science office program in the Department of State
and our scientific attache program abroad, but
since this is the area of our foreign policy develop-
ment for which I am directly responsible, I feel
that it would not be out of place to indicate that
certain of his recommendations are now in effect
with the reestablishment of this program in the
Department of State. Since his report was re-
leased, however, we have nearly doubled our scien-
tific attache staff abroad — from 8 to 14 persons —
and have increased the number of technical areas
of the world being covered.
Our science offices do not parallel exactly the
some 25 nations who have science officers or at-
taches in their embassies here in Washington, for
there is a marked difference in size and scientific
equivalence among nations. Essentially we have
chosen some 10 major areas of the world to place
our scientists but with an expected flexibility for
regional and subject coverage. Our present au-
' E. Finley Carter, president, Stanford Research
Institute.
thorizatiou includes Ijondon, Paris, Bonn, Rome,
Stockholm, Moscow, Rio de Janeiro, New Delhi,
Tokyo, and Buenos Aires. "We plan a modest
expansion to two or three other areas in tlie next
year. Our overseas offices consist generally of a
senior scientist and a deputy, both distinguished
scientists who speak the language of the country
and who are well known to the scientists of the
area. In general, we endeavor to have the senior
and deputy in markedly different scientific lields,
such as physical sciences or engineering repre-
sented by one scientist and medical sciences
represented by the other. Their primary respon-
sibilities are to assess scientific developments in
the country of assignment and in the United
States that may affect our foreign policy, either in
the country of assignment or other ai'cas of the
world. Our science officers are responsible for the
coordination of the scientific activities of other
United States agencies in science in their areas.
The United States agency support of overseas
scientific activity is becoming one of the major
foreign programs of this nation. "VYliile such a
foreign science program in the world at large is
only in the $100-million class and not large com-
pared to other foreign aid and mutual assistance
programs, it becomes important in a policy nature
because of the impact which science has on the
foreign policy and economy of other nations.
The support of our science officers abroad is
effected through a small backstopping group of
specialists here in Washington who serve as con-
tacts with Government agencies, societies, univer-
sities, and industry as well as participating and
advising in the various Departments and govern-
mental groups which require science advice.
We recognize that, as the Stanford report so
ably stresses, the solution in part to the foreign
policy problems created by the progress of science
is the time element needed to avoid a resistance to
the advance of science. Our modest program in
science coverage in the Department of State is
directed primarily toward the policy influence of
scientific developments. We expect the major
needs of American industry and applied govern-
mental agencies to be met by specialists from these
areas, or supported by these areas and coordinated
through the science attache of the embassy in ac-
cordance with the coordinating function which the
President has directed to be exercised by our
ambassadors. The coordination authority which
the Department has in respect to foreign science
February 22, J 960
275
programs of United States agencies abroad can
provide a useful means of directing such activities
in the support of our foreign policy and the flow
of scientific mformation.
I am not particularly worried, as Dr. Carter ap-
pears to be, that the Department of State has
not been listed as a major recipient of science re-
search funds. We are not an operating agency in
science but rather a coordinating and assessing
agency. Relatively speaking, our needs are
modest and our entire program for a number of
years to come would not envisage, with our present
responsibilities, more than 25 scientists. As
science grows in importance, it may well follow
that our science progi-am in the Department may
expand both m area and subjectwise.
The insulation which many scientists and even
some political authorities seek between science and
our foreign policy activities has led to problems
in our advancing civilization, especially when
other nations have formed a close tie between
science and their political structure. It must be
obvious that there is an important place for science
in our foreign policy plamiing.
Science and Foreign Affairs
hy George B. Kistiakoioshy ^
My theme tonight will be the impact of science
and technology on foreign jiolicy.
Many of you have thought and written about
various aspects of this subject ; certainly all of you
in one way or another have contributed to the
dramatic changes of the recent years that have
significantly altered our relations with the rest of
the world. Let me try to single out, if I can,
what I believe to be the important aspects of this
relation between science and world affairs.
I needn't devote much time here to demon-
strating the proposition that the advances of sci-
ence gradually, sometimes suddenly, are altering
the relations between nations and peoples. Of
course it is the technology which is the carrier of
change, but it is the basic science, the acquisition
of knowledge, that constitutes the seed from which
man makes technology grow. The advances of
science, in this sense, made our political isolation
from the rest of the world impossible after World
War II just as they earlier made economic isola-
tion impossible. In military affairs, perhaps, are
' Address made before the American Phy.sical Society
and tlie American Association of Pliysics Teachers at
New Yorl{, N.Y., on Jan. 29 (White House press release).
Dr. Kistialiowslvy is Special Assistant lo the President
for Science and Technology.
visible the most dramatic and fast-moving
changes, as technological developments took us
from TNT to H-bombs, from artillery to bombers
to ballistic missiles, from cavalry patrols to early-
warning radar, all with the significance of shrink-
ing the world and of increasing the mutual de-
pendence and vulnerability of nations. If, for a
moment, I may revert to the language of my
chemist days, humanity but a century ago was in
the condition of a steady state reaction, whereas
now it is in the midst of a nonsteady branching
chain process and science is the chain carrier.
Public policy, whether domestic or foreign, must
recognize this transformation, cope with the prob-
lems it generates, and use it as appropriate for the
goals of our society.
The need to adjust public policy to changing
human conditions, of course, isn't new. What is
new today is the rapidity with which the develop-
ments of science are altering the human condi-
tions, the rapidity with which policy, particularly
foreign policy, must adjust to the changes being
wrought by the pace of scientific advance. Not
only adjust — policy must prepare for, must pre-
dict, the impact of scientific discovery and nnist
also in some sense attempt to guide it.
I will return to this later. I^et me explore
now some olher aspects of (ho relation of science
276
Department of State Bulletin
to foreign affairs that aro, I think, unique to our
age — at least their iniportanco is unique — and
that pro\ido us witli our jj:reatest inunediate op-
portunities and some of our major problems. I
am thinkino: here of several things: one, the un-
paralleled and in many ways unexpected political
importance to a nation of havhig the appearance
of world scientific leadership (I use the word
"appearance" advisedly) ; two, the ell'ect interna-
tional scientific activities have, and can liave, on
the relations between states; tliree, tlie importance
of the technical component of some prospective
arms control measures; and four, the relation of
science to technical aid for less developed coun-
tries. Each of these is worth careful considera-
tion, for they are not always miderstood and yet
must be understood if the Government and the
scientific community are to fulfill the obligations
and opportunities ahead of us in these areas.
Political Impact of Scientific Leadership
First, that matter of scientific leadership and
its political impact. Scientific and technological
progress has acquired status as the symbol of
strength because of its obvious relation to military
power as well as to productivity and the good life.
This is in evidence within our borders and every-
where beyond. The striving to emulate Ameri-
can scientific and technological progress has be-
come an ambitious and urgent goal for countless
millions of people, including, I might note, the
Soviet Union.
But mifortunately it is the technological spec-
taculars which tend to be used by the public at
large, and often the press, as the sole measure of
scientific as well as technological prowess and
thus of military power as well. Achievements
in outer-space activities are, of course, the prime
example of this. Perhaps a few comments about
our space and missile program in this light are in
order.
As has been emphasized by Dr. Herbert York,
and as you well know, an intercontinental ballistic
missile capability is not necessarily dependent on
liuge rocket-booster vehicles capable of sending
multiton payloads into space. To the general
public, both in this country and certainly abroad,
this is not well undei-stood. The Soviet Union,
of course, has not been lax in attempting to con-
fuse the issue. Our development of long-range
rockets began late because our military planning
W!\s founded on air-breathing engines. To move
ahead as rapidly lus possible in ballistic missiles,
we chose — and wisely, I believe — to make our
missiles as compact as possible to deliver warheads
of a(le([ua(e yield. We could do this with an
ICHM with a thrust only one-half that of Soviet
ICBM's because of our advanced nuclear weapons
techiiolog)'.
In this we have been successful; lirst the
IRBM's and now the Atlas missile are perfected
and are operational. But (ho planning and pre-
occupation with smaller missiles, adequate to do
the military job required, led to rocket vehicles
with inadequate thrust to send spectacular pay-
loads into space. We did not begin work on large
rocket boostei-s until it was too late to match past
Russian performance in outer space. But it is
important to remember that the extra-large rockets
are not required for our long-range missiles;
hence, our deficiency in outer-space payload capa-
bility does not indicate an inferior military
capability.
Another important fact must be kept in mind.
That is that our scientific studies of outer space,
accomplished with smaller rocket boosters, have
enjoyed unprecedented successes. Our scientific
achievements in space have easily matched those
of the Soviet Union, notwithstanding the greater
publicity given to the Soviet technological spec-
taculars. This, I believe, is generally recognized
by the world's scientific community. In addition
we are now making rapid progress toward prac-
tical applications of "near-outer space" for the
benefit of all nations and people.
I do not suggest that we accept a secondary role
in future outer-space activities requiring large
rocket boosters. We cannot ignore the very real
political implications of various spectacular ac-
complislmients in outer space that have come to
have symbolic meaning to the world at large. We
are indeed moving ahead rapidly to develop boost-
ers for space exploration missions requiring very
large payloads and are vigorously pursuing the
man-in-space program. But we must accept the
technical reality that, despite a vigorous national
effort to develop such boosters, there are limits on
how quickly the gap can be closed and th&se limits
are largely set by teclmological factors. In the
meanwhile there are for us major opiwrtunities to
carry out sound and exciting programs in space
science and technology that will redound to our
February 22, 7 960
277
national benefit in terms of enhanced prestige and
welfare. For example, the development of mete-
orological satellites could prove to be of great
benefit to all nations and could substantially con-
tribute to our scientific and technological stature
throughout the world.
To repeat : We camiot accept a secondai-y role in
future outer-space exploration. But true leader-
ship must be seen in the context of far broader
efforts. We must be constantly aware that our
strength lies in excellence spi'ead over a wide
scientific and technological base. It is a feature of
an authoritarian form of society that its govern-
ment can concentrate efforts m narrow fields. If
the total strength of such a society is substantial,
as is that of the Soviet Union, then wliat one
might term temporai-y technological superiority
can be achieved by it in selected directions. So
long as this superiority is temporaiy, so long as it
does not permit a vital military advantage, and
so long as it is not across a broad front, there is no
need for alarm ; but we must increase our efforts
to cancel out imbalances that arise and are sig-
nificant. On the other hand, we must not permit
ourselves to be stampeded into overemphasizing
one area at the expense of others. We must con-
stantly bear in mind the sound military doctrine
not to accept battle on the field of the enemy's
choosing. Rather, we must continue to move
across the entire broad front of scientific and
technological advance. Thus, as a nation, we will
remain a world leader.
Significance of International Activities
Let me turn to the second aspect of the rela-
tion of science and foreign affairs on my list, the
significance of international scientific activities to
the relations between nations. Here, I tliink, is
perhaps the most important of the roles science
and scientists can play in today's embittered and
divided world — not a new role in the sense that
international activities of science are part of the
lifeblood of science but new in its potential im-
pact on political relations.
For science is today one of the few common
languages of mankind ; it can provide a basis for
understanding and communication of ideas be-
tween people that is independent of political
boundaries and of ideologies. Over time these
personal relationships established with Soviet
scientists, who form a major portion of Russia's
intellectual elite, can provide a bridge between
our cultures and perhaps bring about a gradual
erosion of the militant aspects of Commimist
ideology.
Science also provides a sometimes unique op-
portunity for cooperative endeavors that can con-
tribute in a major way to the reduction of tension
between nations and, more positively, to close re-
lations between the U.S. and other countries — all
this, of course, in addition to offering a way for
cooperative attack on problems of interest to all
nations.
This has been recognized many times before,
and I can point to many activities of the Govern-
ment and private scientific bodies that further
these goals: normal international scientific union
activity, the IGY [International Geophysical
Year], the exchange agreement between the Na-
tional Academies of Sciences of the U.S. and
U.S.S.R.,^ the very recent IMcCone-Emelyanov
agreement,^ the U.N. atoms- for-peace conferences,
and many, many others. However, the question
must be asked whether we are doing enough in this
area and particularly whether the Government is
sufficiently active in terms of projects of its own,
in support for nongovernmental activities, and
creation and preservation of the necessary condi-
tions for effective international scientific activity.
What are some of the issues that face the Govern-
ment in this area ?
The most obvious is how to balance the re-
sources for international scientific projects against
domestic scientific needs. Should the Federal
Government be doing more itself internationally,
or should it support private efforts only? In
either case, can you justify international support
when there are good scientific projects lacking
sufficient support within the countiy? A good
illustration of this problem is presented by the
scientific progi-am in the Antarctic. The Govern-
ment had to face the question of setting the level
of Antarctic activity in the knowledge that the
funds for that program would detract in some
measure from the support of desei-ving programs
' For background and text of agreement, see Bulletin
of Sept. 7, 1059, p. 3.'J0.
" For a memorandum on cooperation in the utilization
of atomic energy for peaceful purposes, signed by John
S. McCone, Chairman, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission,
and V. S. Emelyanov, Director U.S.S.R. Main Adminis-
tration for the Utilization of Atomic Energy, see ibid.,
Dec. 28, 1959, p. 958.
278
Department of State Bulletin
■witliin the U.S. There are few guidelines for the
appropriate scientific level of activity in Antarc-
tica, just as there are few guidelines for the appro-
priate level of activity in specific scientific fields.
In fact, the problem of the Antarctic is not dis-
similar from that of outer space, except for the
rather wistful observation that we now have a
treaty reserving the Antarctic for scientific re-
search.* Political considerations are important
in setting this program level also. These consid-
erations relate to the stature and scope of our ef-
fort i-elative to that of other countries, particu-
larly the U.S.S.R., and, in the case of Antarctica,
the relation of research to possible territorial
claims. And so the Antarctic program is set
as an orderly, sound, scientific effort but with po-
litical awareness that there are other attributes to
the scope and excellence of the U.S. effort there.
Bilateral vs. Multilateral Arrangements
The appropriate means for carrying out inter-
national activities comes up time and again. Can
it be handled through the scientific community in
the way that ICSU [International Council of Sci-
entific Unions] planned and organized the
IGY ? ' What is the appropriate role for the
U.N., for UNESCO, for NATO? Should it
be a govemment-to-government project because
of the resources required ? And if so, are bilat-
eral or multilateral arrangements to be
preferred ?
A recent example may be illustrative, if I may
be pardoned for referring to space science once
again. AVhen establishing the U.N. Outer Space
Committee, the suggestion was made that the
Committee should be responsible for conducting
outer-space research itself or at least planning
research on an international scale. Notwith-
standing our strong desire for international coop-
eration in space, this was thought to be clearly
inappropriate. Because of the large resources
required to provide boosters for space exploration,
it was considered necessary to keep the final de-
cisions regarding space flights in the Govern-
ment's hands. On the other hand, international
scientific planning and cooperation was clearly
'For Imckgrouiul and text of treaty, see ibid., Deo. 21,
19.-)!), p. 911.
° For an article on "The International Geophysical Year
in Ketrosi)ect" by Wallace W. Atwood, Jr., see ibid., May
11. 1959, p. 682.
desirable at the scientist level, without the com-
plex governmental machinery of the U.N. that
would inevitably have to face political issues.
Therefore, the U.N. Committee will be concerned
with the mutual exchange and distribution of in-
formation, the study of legal problems of outer
space, the conference on outer-space exploration,
and the general encouragement of space science.'
NASA [National Aeronautics and Space Admin-
istration] will make formal agreements with for-
eign governments for scientific cooperation, but
both the U.N. and NASA will look to the Com-
mittee on Space Ilesearch of ICSU for the scien-
tific cooperation and planning to bring about ef-
fective international scientific collaboration.
The issue of bilateral versus multilateral agree-
ments, I'm sure, is also one that interests many of
you at the present time in view of the recent U.S.-
U.S.S.R. agreement in peaceful uses of atomic
energy. Notwithstanding the very real gains we
may achieve through increased contacts with the
Soviet Union, I'm sure most of you would agree
that we must avoid any series of moves that would
create a U.S.-U.S.S.R. scientific axis. Thus it
was carefully stated in the agreement with the
U.S.S.R. that any joint projects would be carried
out under the aegis of the International Atomic
Energy Agency, where all member countries
could participate. Clearly, what may be now the
finest high-energy physics facility in the world —
CERN [Conseil Europeen pour la recherche
nucleaire] — should be included in activities under
the agreement.
A receptive climate for international scientific
activities requires Government action too or, in
some cases, lack of Government action — in a posi-
tive sense. Science must not be sacrificed to
political expediency, or ignored for political ex-
pediency, because to do so would be like canceling
one's life insurance on account of temporary
financial straits. We must be ever certain that
science is adequately represented in those areas
where policy will impinge on science so that con-
siderations of science will be included in policy
formulation. International scientific activity, for
example, has moved historically without regard
for political boundaries, and this is one of its
great strength.s. This traditional nature of sci-
° For a U.S. statement and text of a resolution estab-
lishing the U.N. Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer
Space, see ibid., Jan. 11, 1960, p. 64.
February 22, 1960
279
ence must not be neglected or forgotten, as it all
too often is, in the application of restrictions to be
placed on the free movement of individuals
among nations. Nothing will erode our basic
traditions and our scientific leadership — and our
influence — more quickly than a willingness to sac-
rifice basic, long-term beliefs for short-term
political considerations.
In the same vein the needs of science must be
adequately represented in international as well as
domestic policy formulation. Radio-astronomy
recently almost came to an mitimely end simply
through negotiation of an international treaty on
frequency allocations without adequate recogni-
tion of the needs of this young science for listen-
ing "windows." Through the good offices of the
National Academy of Sciences it was possible to
bring scientists and the approj^riate Government
officials together in time to establish a U.S. posi-
tion for the Geneva ITU [International Telecom-
munication Union] conference compatible with
the needs of the radio-astronomers.
International scientific activities thus carry
with them many problems for Government, but
their benefits far exceed those problems. To
achieve the benefits, however, requires that we be
alert to the opportunities and that we be prepared
to make some of tlie necessary policy decisions and
commitments of resources.
Technical Components of Arms Control Measures
Earlier in my talk I mentioned, as a third new
element in the relation of science to foreign policy,
the importance of the technical components of
prospective ai-ms control measures.
The negotiations on nuclear test cessation have
shown the importance of scientific and teclmologi-
cal factors for the formulation of national policy
in this area. These factors had to be evaluated
by ad hoc groups that found a dearth of experi-
mental data on which to base their conclusions.
A similar ad hoc approach had to be employed re-
garding certain phases of the conference on the
problem of reducing dangers of surprise attack,
in which I participated more than a year ago.
The fact that scientific advice and evaluation were
used in both these attempts to reduce military ten-
sions is, in itself, important. It is a sign of the
changing attitude and the growing awareness on
the part of policymakers that technical considera-
tions and knowledge are essential for the formula-
tion of sound concepts for arms limitation meas-
ures— just as they are in formulating development
plans for military hardware.
The success of future negotiations to relieve
tensions by arms limitation agreements will de-
pend in some measure on the understanding of the
capabilities of proposed multilateral monitoring
systems and on the understanding of inherent lim-
itations of any monitoring system in a world of
rapidly advancing technology. The limitations
of teclmical analysis need also to be fully under-
stood. There is no doubt, for instance, that the
reliability of monitoring systems is largely a
technical question. But the adequacy of such
systems, from the point of view of national se-
curity, is not. It is a politicomilitary question.
Similarly, deterrence is not a scientific concept but
a politicomilitary one. And we must realize that
political issues or disagreements cannot be re-
solved by technical agreement on facts; the
political questions of national interest remain. I
think it is well that these issues te imderstood by
the public as they are being understood by the
policymakers. Especially we, as scientists, must
understand that we can contribute but one of sev-
eral inputs that are essential for the formulation
of sound national policy.
Science and Technical Aid
I come now to the fourth, and last, of my list
of new relations of science and foreign policy,
which I called the relation of science to technical
aid for less developed countries.
The foreign aid programs supported by the
United States are powered by a matrix of motiva-
tions made up of altruism, a belief that it is to our
best interest to strengthen independent nations,
and a desire to contain menacing philosophies.
Motivation notwithstanding, it is evident that any
program, any experiment, will fall short of success
unless it is soundly conceived, soundly planned,
and soundly executed.
In helping to achieve a sound aid progi'am we,
as scientists, must not think in tei'ms of develop-
ing only the more advanced scientific capability
of other nations, which is often a reflection of our
own standards and comfortable abundance. We
must try to strike a balance between basic needs
and sopliisticaled development. This requires an
appreciation of how science and engineering de-
velop within a nation. The history of science in
280
Deparfmenf o{ Sfafe Bullefin
many lands has not been written beyond the pro-
loff. Wo must, for instance, be aware of tlie long-
t*?irin rehvtion between primary and secondary
school education and advanced researcli institu-
tions.
We do little good to pi'ovide only for esoteric
research facilities when a nation lacks roads, gen-
eral practitioners, and machine operators. Of
course we do a disservice also when we ignore the
advanced educational institutions that set a na-
tion's standards, provide its teachers, offer a future
for gifted citizens, and bring prestige to a nation
National Academy's Report on Sub-Sahara Africa
I would like to digress a moment to commend
to your attention a recent report, prepared by the
National Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council for the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration, entitled "Recommendations for
Strengthening Science and Technology in Selected
Areas South of the Sahara."' Our Committee
[the President's Science Advisory Committee]
stimulated the undertaking of this important
study, to be viewed as an experiment. It is an
outline of how assistance of a technological type
should be designed to be properly utilized. It is
an intelligent and realistic attempt to strike the
necessary balance between the basic needs and
sophisticated wants, within a fi-amework of lim-
ited resources from within and without an area.
It is also an attempt — a very successful one, I be-
lieve— to show how a scientific approach can be
used in the early plamiing stages of aid programs.
The reading of the report will have a sobering
and disturbing, if not a frightening effect, on
thinking individuals. It treats with selected areas
of sub-Saliara Africa, a land mass equal to that of
the United States and with a population one-half
that of our Nation^and this is only part of all of
sub-Sahara Africa. It is an area which, within
our lifetimes, will be transformed into a multi-
plicity of independent nations which, collectively,
will greatly influence world affairs. What is par-
ticularly disturbing about this study is the reve-
lations of extreme shortages that still exist in this
region : the nearly complete lack of public-health
measures and medical services, of communications
' Copies of the report are available from the OflJce of
International Relations, National Academy of Sciences,
2101 Constitution Ave., Washington 25, D.C.
and transportation, of the means for earning an
income, of even tlio most elementary educational
facilities.
Clearly these embryonic nations need educated
people in large numbers to provide not only civil
servants but an understanding electorate to carry
them along tlie path to democracy. But how can
the needs for higher education, for M.D.'s, for en-
gineers, for political scientists, for so many other
specialists be properly balanced against the needs
to provide even tlie most primitive health meas-
ures, to provide teachers for the many millions of
illiterates, and to train artisans and skilled labor-
ers without whom the standard of living cannot
rise? Against these multiple desperate needs, in-
digenous efforts, our aid, and the aid of others,
appear so utterly inadequate that one becomes
fearful lest decades will pass before the level of
education and the standard of living will rise
enough to make democracy viable. The question
then comes to mind : Will the awakening of latent
desires permit democracy the time — that is so in-
herent in its evolutionary nature — or will this
region fall prey to the legerdemain appeal of
revolutionary authoritarianism, especially Com-
munist ideology?
For a research scientist this report will have a
sobering influence : It will impress upon him that
he is a luxury that can, and must, be afforded by
an advanced nation like ours. But in Africa south
of the Sahara, a nurse, an elementary school
teacher, a technician — these are the luxuries !
Science impinges on aid to technologically more
advanced nations also. Various government de-
partments have for many years supported research
overseas. By and large, these programs have been
well run. Such programs raise some serious is-
sues for consideration, however, for outside sup-
port of science in a given country affects the
relationships between that government and its
citizens and universities. Some programs, even
those in support of basic research, are welcomed by
many foreign scientists and yet cause affront to
others. We must, therefore, consider the effects
of such programs on all who are concerned and
especially on the natural growth of the scientific
communities in the recipient countries. Does such
support, for instance, actually retard the develop-
ment of a healthy relation between science and
government in other countries? What commit-
ments for continuity of support are we making
once foreign scientists have become dependent on
February 22, 7960
281
U.S. support, commitments from which it may be
impossible to withdraw or which may cause hard-
ship should withdrawal be necessary? Wliat is
the effect of our support on the pattern of research
in a given country ? And is the manner in which
our support is given in this area best calculated
to further good relations between the scientific
communities of other countries and the United
States ?
We are not the only ones who are aware of these
problems. In its most recent annual report, the
United Kingdom's Advisory Council on Scientific
Policy, addressing itself to just these questions,
had this to say about U.S. research support :
Whilst we warmly welcome this substantial financial
support for research in this country, we recognize that
research grants, and particularly specific contracts, of
this magnitude (one and a quarter million pounds an-
nually) must have a considerable influence on the gen-
eral pattern of research undertaken. We, therefore,
consider it desirable that the various bodies concerned
with the financing of research in our universities and
other institutions should be aware both of the extent and
the purpose of these numerous United States research
grants and contracts. We are glad to be able to record
that the United States authorities have fully appreciated
the position and have shown themselves ready to cooperate
with us. . . .
Of course there are no general answers to most
of the specific questions raised, for they vary with
the country concerned and with the manner in
which our support is given in each country. But
these questions need to be asked — and answered —
before support is provided. These programs can-
not be operated independently of foreign policy
considerations.
Role of Scientists in Policymaicing
I have attempted here to outline some of the
ways science can contribute to foreign policy and
the effect of policy considerations on science. But
to integrate the scientific with the political, eco-
nomic, military, and other factors that make up
foreign policy operations requires, above all, com-
petent people who understand the relationship of
science to these other factors.
If we appreciate our responsibilities, we, as sci-
entists, may well have an important role to play in
the future in the policymaking process. I think
it will be a different role than the one to wliich we
have become accustomed. I think it will demand
a new breed of public servant, although I am at
a loss to find the appropriate name for liim. The
term "political scientist" has been preempted for
a very different use than I have in mind. I am
sure that none of us would want to be called "sci-
entific politicians," and few indeed would dare to
lay claun to "scientific statesmen." But there is a
significance here that is far more important than
finding the right name. The role I foresee de-
mands that this new breed of citizen-scientist be
continually aware that the scientific community
must accept its appropriate share of the responsi-
bility for the intelligent and successful resolution
of the challenges facing the world.
Another kind of individual must be recruited
too : an individual with training in science in addi-
tion to the usual disciplines of the Foreign Service.
The general presumption is that science is so spe-
cialized that the only way to provide scientific
inputs to policy formulation is to obtain advice
from practicing scientists on an ad hoc basis as
needed. I submit that, as valuable as such advice
is, it does not fill today's requirements for a con-
tinuing and intimate involvement in the policy-
making process of competent people who also un-
derstand science and its significance to policy and
who could therefore work effectively with the
practicing scientists supplying the specialized ad
hoc studies.
Perliaps science and engineering graduates
should be attracted for regular careers in the
Foreign Service and in our other overseas pro-
grams. I believe we must also provide a better
scientific background for nonscientists in the inter-
national affairs field and that this, perhaps, is the
most important measure of all. Essential to these
efforts is the development of an academic field of
teaching and research in the interrelationship of
science and foreign affairs, to be able to educate
properly and to understand better the underlying
significance and opportunities of this relationship.
These are not easy tasks nor ones that can be
accomplished overnight. Unlike toasters, automo-
biles, and television sets, we cannot push a but-
ton to mass-produce diplomats in striped pants
and laboratory coats.
In discussing international relations the Ameri-
can historian Julius Pratt states :
Neither the tools of diplomacy nor the tools of force
can be suddenly Improvised for use in crises. They must
be kept in a state of readiness for use. The success of a
nation's foreign policy will depend. In part, upon the
offlciency and the readiness of the instruments with
which that policy is pursued.
282
Department of Stale Bulletin
"VVe, as scientists, must do all we can to help keep
the tools of our diplomacy and the tools of our
force in etlicieut readiness.
We have entered a new era, a scientific revolu-
tion, as C. P. Snow terms it, in which science and
technology are transforming our way of life and
the relations between nations. As practicing sci-
entists, we cannot stand aside and simply watch
this process, regardless of where it talies us. We
must and we can use science and technology to
achieve tlie humanistic goals of our free society.
I^et us learn to take better advantage of the op-
portunities science offers to contribute to our striv-
ing for peace in our international relations and to
improving the lot of man throughout the world.
The Threat of Fallout Danger
In Relation to Foreign Policy
Remarks by Secretary Herter^
There has been much discussion concerning the
present and anticipated military capabilities of
the Soviet Union. By their actions and by their
statements the Soviet leaders have made it amply
clear that on the basis of their powerful military
posture, and the threat it poses, they hope to in-
duce the free world to accept the Soviet prescrip-
tions for the settlement of outstanding interna-
tional issues.
As you know, we will soon embark on a new
round of negotiations with the Soviet Union at
the highest level ; " and even before the heads of
government convene in Paris in May, representa-
tives of 10 free-world and Soviet-bloc countries
will begin a new effort in Geneva to reach agree-
ment on disarmament.^ This Government, to-
gether with its NATO allies, is now engaged in
painstaking preparations for these complex nego-
tiations. We are firmly committed to the ^Jroposi-
tion that the outstanding issues between ourselves
and the Soviet Union should be approached
around the negotiating table without threats, ulti-
' Made at the White House Conference on Fallout Pro-
tection at Washington, D.C., on Jan. 25.
' For background, see Bulletin of Jan. 18, 1960, p. 77.
' For text of a communique issued on Dec. 21 by the
foreign ministers of Canada, France, Italy, the United
Kingdom, and the United States, .see ibid., Jan. 11, 1960,
p. 45.
matums, or attempts by one side to dictate terms
to tlie other. Our policy is summed up by the
words which President Eisenliower used so fre-
quently during his recent trip abroad: peace
with justice.
However, our relations with the Communist
world since World War II have made clear be-
yond a doubt that our search for equitable solu-
tions and for a meaningful peace must be predi-
cated upon a strong defense posture of our own.
Wo must assume that weakness on our part, or
merely the supposition on the other side that we
are neglecting our military defenses, serves nei-
ther peace nor the cause of freedom and justice.
It is for this reason that over the years we have
developed a substantial military capability for re-
taliation. Until enforceable agreements which are
properly safeguarded and effective mechanisms
for international law and order provide an alter-
native means of guaranteeing peace and freedom
for the peoples of the world, this military capa-
bility will be maintained and strengthened.
A vital part of our military strength for peace
must be an effective civil defense program which,
in conjunction with our retaliatory capacity, cre-
ates a strong deterrent to possible enemy attack
upon the United States.
If, despite our earnest efforts at the negotiating
table and our defense preparations, we should
nevertheless be subjected to nuclear attack, civil
defense and measures for fallout protection offer
the most practicable and feasible means of sav-
ing the greatest number of lives. Numerous
studies have shown that such a program would
give a substantial portion of our population an
excellent chance of surviving and hence provide
us the opportunity to continue the fight success-
fully. In other words, a capacity to retaliate will
be reinforced by an effective capacity to survive.
And only thus can our defense posture serve as a
convincing deterrent.
This conclusion of course has relevance to our
foreign policy and to the conduct of our foreign
relations. I believe this interrelationship is aptly
described in a study made by the Rand Corpora-
tion and presented to the House Committee on
Government Operations for one of its recent re-
ports on civil defense.* In it we find the follow-
ing statement:
* H. Kept. 300, 86th Cong., 1st sess.
February 22, I960
283
There is an enormous difference in the bargaining
ability of a country which can, for example, put its people
in a place of safety in 24 hours' notice, and one which
cannot. If it is hard for the reader to visualize this, let
him just imagine a situation where the Russians had
done exactly that and we had not. Then let him ask
himself how he thinks we would come out at a subsequent
bargaining table.
There is evidence that the U.S.S.E. is stepping
up its civil defense program. Combined with a
substantial program for air defense, it provides
Soviet negotiators with a good deal of assurance
that their homeland will be able to withstand at-
tack. A similar assurance with respect to our
own country would clearly strengthen our de-
fensive position.
What I have said not only has serious implica-
tions for our own military and diplomatic pos-
ture; it applies to our NATO partners as well.
We participate actively in the various NATO
coimnittees wliich deal with civil emergency plan-
ning, and much progress already has been made.
Some of our NATO allies and other friendly
European countries are furtlier advanced in fall-
out protection than we ourselves. All of us rec-
ognize, however, that further progress is needed
before civil defense can achieve its full potential
as a deterrent against enemy aggression.
We count on our NATO allies to remain firm
in the face of any aggressive threats. An effec-
tive program of fallout protection will provide
further support for their determination to do so.
But, if we expect them to take further measures
to protect their own populations, we should not
lag behind.
As I have said, any additional measures which
we can take to minimize the fallout danger will
reinforce our country's defense posture and,
thereby, its political and negotiating strength. It
is my earnest hope that we can make prompt and
substantial progress in this direction.
U.S. and British Scientists Discuss
Cooperation in Space Research
The National Aeronautics and Space Admin-
istration and the British Information Service an-
nounced on January 25 that scientists of the
United States and Great Britain liad readied in-
formal agreement on six experiments which the
first joint U.S.-British earth satellite will carry.
The decision was based on an agreement in
principle made last July between the two na-
tions to unite in a cooperative scientific program
of space research. This had followed a U.S.
offer made through COSPAR ( the Committee on
Space Research of the International Council of
Scientific Unions) to cooperate with other nations
in space experiments.
The first jointly sponsored satellite will con-
tain these experiments: ion and electron studies
by probes to measure electron temperature and
concentration and ion mass spectrum; electron
density measurements; solar radiation studies;
and primary cosmic ray measurements. These
ex})eriments were reviewed by COSPAR and then
transmitted to NASA.
The launching vehicle for the satellite will
probably be the four-stage Scout rocket, which is
expected to be operational this year. Although
no firm date has been set for the first joint experi-
ment, it is planned for late 1961.
U.S. Comments on Declaration
by Warsaw Pact Countries
Statement hy Lincoln White
Director^ Of^ce of News ^
The declaration repeats once more the proposal
for a treaty of nonaggression between NATO
[North Atlantic Treaty Organization] and the
Warsaw Pact. The United States, for its part,
regards itself as boimd by the obligation it under-
took wlien it signed the United Nations Chai-ter
not to have recourse to force in the settlement of
international disputes. Tlie United States' par-
ticipation in NATO and other regional defense
organizations is based upon its conviction that
such organizations of free-world countries contrib-
ute to the realization of this goal through their
successful demonstration that aggression cannot
hope to succeed.
We would be gratified by any move of the Soviet
bloo wliich would provide practical confirmation
of the frequently repeated disavowal by the Soviet
Union of aggressive intentions. We find such dis-
' JIade to news correspondents on Feb. 5 in re.sponse to
a query concerning a resolution signed by the Warsaw
Pact countries on Feb. 4 at Moscow.
284
Department of State Bulletin
avowals, however, difficult, to reconcile with the
repetition in the Warsaw Psvct's declaration of tlio
Soviet threjit to take unilateral ivctiou with regard
to Germany.
The fortliooming 10-nation disarmament nego-
tiations at Geneva = will provide an opportunity
for tlie Soviet Union to demonstrate the sincerity
of its peaceful professions in a concrete manner by
joining in the working out of safeguarded meas-
ures of disarmament. Wo are approaching these
negotiations in the belief tliat (he cause of peace
can best bo served by tlio adoption of specific en-
forceable measures. We trust that the Soviet
Union will do likewise.
Progress Through Cooperation in Latin America
by R. R. Rubottom, Jr.
Assistant Secretary for Inter-American Affairs ^
This meeting of the Southwest Institute of In-
ternational Education has for me combined high
privilege and great happiness. It is rare indeed
that one is privileged to speak to a group so dis-
tinguislied and so dedicated to a wortliy cause,
that of improving international understanding.
It is also a joyful occasion when I can return to
my home State and rub elbows with old friends
and see with my own eyes the truth behind Texas'
fabidous growth — a growth in which Houston it-
self has played such an outstanding role. There is
probably no better example of the putting to pro-
ductive use of vast material resources and vigor-
ous, imaginative himian resources.
Similar resources exist throughout most of
Latin America, where there is scarcely a country,
notwithstanding the challenge of tropical jungles
and nigged mountains, that does not have rich
natural resources in its land and subsoil. And
above all, this vast region has millions of hard-
working, God-centered people endowed with re-
markable intellectual qualifications. I say this
with full recognition of the risk in generalizing
about such a vast region, where there are, of
course, sharp etlmical, cultural, and national dis-
■ For background, see Buixetin of Jan. 11, lOfiO, p. 4.5.
' Address made at the sixth annual educational exchange
dinner sponsored by the southwest regional office of the
Institute of luternational Education at Houston, Texas,
on Jan. 26.
Februory 22, I960
539630 — 60 3
tinctions. Accepting the fact that such resources
are available, albeit in varying degrees from
country to country, the challenge before the hemi-
sphere is how to put these resources to the rapid
and fruitful use of the peoples of the Americas.
Tonight we might consider three approaches to
this challenge of maximum utilization of the re-
sources available to the Americiis. Obviously this
involves more than economic development, al-
though this is a vital sector and the one on which
predominant attention has been focused. It is
clear to us all that, if economic development is to
be achieved, a nation's people must also be in good
health, of sound mind, and sparked by an inner
spiritual drive. Need I say also that these attri-
butes, both individual and national, thrive and
grow best in an atmosphere of freedom. Indeed,
while making due allowances for the enormous
tribute extracted from enslaved peoples down
through the centuries, and especially today, his-
tory is replete with accounts of the downfall
which has inevitably overtaken those regimes
which stifled freedom. Moreover, in this vast
hemisphere called America no aspiration comes
ahead of that for freedom. It will come inexor-
ably to those who are denied it.
Let us first consider each country's responsibil-
ity for its own total development. Now obviously
we should not and cannot tell others how they
should do their job. It is quite properly their own
285
national responsibility. However, we can analyze
our past experiences, including our mistakes, and
try to draw some conclusions that might be help-
ful to others as well as ourselves as courses for
further action are being charted.
Need for Sound Policies
One thing we have learned is that there is no
substitute for sound, realistic policies. Moreover,
we now know that the Government must set the
example in the formulation of its policies so that
individual citizens, as well as corporate entities,
may with assurance chart their own courses of
action along the most productive lines. The
greatest depressions of the late 19th century, as
well as the one we suffered 30 years ago, were due
in considerable part to unsound national policies
which permitted unbraked inflation to become a
widespread speculative fever throughout our
country. We now know that Federal and State
budgets need to be balanced just like those of in-
dividual families. "We now know that unre-
stricted credit can speed the day of devaluation
and even the wiping out of savings.
Our search continues to be for a properly
balanced approach to the national economy. Here
I would like to distinguish between sound govern-
ment fiscal management and unsound state con-
trol of the economic activity of the country. We
in this country are devoted to the private-enter-
prise concept of development. We believe in the
maximum degree of freedom for the individual
to work, to save, to invest, to give, and to partake
of the fruits of his labor. In fact, the economic
freedom which is the concomitant of private en-
terprise is inseparable from the political and reli-
gious freedom which we also hold dear.
In this respect it is interesting to recall the
role of foreign private investors in the forward
progress of the United States. One hundred years
ago this great march began. We had vast wilder-
ness to be developed, and we wanted to do it in a
hurry. It was clear that we could not do it by oui"-
selves. So we permitted, indeed invited, foreign
nationals to help us do the job. The money
poured in — pounds, francs, guilders, marks, lire,
and pesos, too — hundreds of millions. We de-
veloped, and they made profit. We were a debtor
nation, in fact, for the first WO years of our ex-
istence— until after World War I. One remark-
able part of this story is that we never found the
foreign investors to be an impediment to the full
exercise of our freedom or our sovereignty. It is
against this background that we should consider
the role now being played by American investors
in Latin America.
Bilateral Economic Cooperation
At this point I wish to examine a second ap-
proach to total development; namely, what coun-
tries can do in cooperating with each other in
bilateral relationships and specifically the role of
the United States in this respect. As pointed out
earlier, in generalizing about Latin America we
must not overlook the fact that it is made up of
20 different sovereign entities. We place a very
high priority on our relationships with each coun-
try in the area. In Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina
we have three of the largest embassy staffs that we
have anywhere abroad. I do not need to dwell
on the complexity of today's relationships with
all these countries, but there is hardly any subject
which does not come up for discussion with our
Latin American neighbors from time to time.
In 1942, shortly after the outbreak of World
War II, we began our technical cooperation pro-
gram in Latin America, and it has since spread
throughout the world. In recognition of the
broad national base which is required for total de-
velopment, the first technical cooperation pro-
grams were in the fields of public health, agricul-
ture, and education. These programs are still im-
portant, but the programs have now been broad-
ened to deal with problems in many other sectors.
Rather than provide you with figures as to total
amounts of money spent in the technical coopera-
tion field during the past 18 years I would prefer
to provide you with a few examples of the impact
of these programs on the countries and the in-
dividuals involved. These are truly exciting
stories of progress through cooperation.
In Bolivia, in areas where farmers previously
lived on a subsistence level due to antiquated
farming methods and primitive farming equip-
ment, our technical cooperation program has
brought about a revolutionary change. Through
our supervised credit program, 255 farmers in
the Santa Cruz area joined in a project which
greatly increased the agricultural production of
their lands. This dynamic project increased by
286
Department of State Bulletin
180 percent the land under cultivation in that
area. This lias not oiily proven to the farmers
the usefulness of modern farming methods but,
equally important, has stimulated mterest in other
areas.
The city of Sao Paulo in Brazil is certainly the
major industrial center of that country and has
sometimes been called "the Chicago of Brazil."
Through a contract with the ICA [International
Cooperation Administration], professors from the
University of Michigan helped to establish a
School of Business Administration at the Vargas
Foundation in that city. This is the only school
in Latin America ofi'ering a 4-year undergraduate
program in business admuiistration. By devel-
oping many of its own methods and techniques,
and borrowing from other disciplines, the school
is making a much-needed contribution to the
industrialization of Brazil.
"V\niile the United States has had an established
Civil Service for many years, many of the coun-
tries in Latin America have not had this tradi-
tion, with the result that they suffer from the
lack of an established corps of trained govern-
ment employees. This means that whenever gov-
ernments change there is a massive turnover of
government administrators and employees. The
cooperative program which took place in Costa
Kica in 1953 established a career Civil Service —
which experienced no drastic personnel change
after the elections in 1958, despite a major political
change in administration.
In Colombia with ICA assistance ninety 4-H
Clubs were formed, with 2,000 members ranging
from ages 10 to 21. This has had a dynamic
effect, for it has given the young people a means
of cooperative self-improvement and has stimu-
lated many locally conceived innovations which
will aid the economic development of Colombia.
I could mention several other examples such as
the 34 soybean milk distributing centers in the
Amazon Basin of Brazil which are contributing
notably to the provision of necessai-y protein
dietai7 supplement for children, leading them to
better health and increased vigor. I could also
mention the mar^-elous results which have
emerged from programs in several countries to
cooperate in the planning and construction of
potable water systems. And then there is the
management association in Chile which is pro-
viding a forum for the exchange of views and
teclmical knowledge of businessmen the country
over, wliere by the end of 1959 more than 3,000
executives and middle management persomiel had
participated in seminars in management and pro-
ductivity. While this work was begun by five
United States professoi-s, it is now being carried
out principally under the direction of Chilean
teacltere.
Trade, Investment, and Loans
Having stressed the importance which we at-
tach to providing a firm basis for total develop-
ment by our technical cooperation approach to
such problems as agriculture, health, and educa-
tion, I should now cite some of the spectacular dol-
lars-and-cents figures which show the extent of
economic ties between the United States and Latin
America. First we might examine trade. Dur-
uig World War II and the first few years after-
ward, while free Europe was being destroyed and
then rebuilt, Latin America's trade with the
United States increased six times. For the past
5 years trade in each direction between Latin
America and the United States has gradually
moved up from $3.5 billion per year to $4 billion
per year. In 1959 there was some decrease in
United States exports to Latin America, but this
was overcome by an increase of approximately
10 percent in Latin American exports to the
United States, notably increased purchases of cof-
fee from Brazil, copper from Cliile, and wool
from Uruguay.
Next we might examine United States invest-
ments in Latin America, which now total more
than $9 billion. For the past 5 years United
States private investment has increased in the area
at an average of approximately $600 million per
3'ear. It is vital that this high rate of investment
continue, since obviously there are insufficient
local funds to do the job without such investment.
But for it to continue a favorable climate should
prevail. Such a climate does prevail in most of
the region, but we must take note of the fact that
the entire area can be adversely affected by puni-
tive action against foreign investors. "Wlien for-
eign investors are subjected to expropriation
without prompt, equitable, and effective compen-
sation, it is not to be expected that foreign invest-
ment will be attracted at tiie same rate as before.
February 22, I960
287
Finally, on this point, I would like to mention
United States i^ublic loans to Latin America.
During the past decade the Export-Import Bank
has loaned $2,667 million to Latin America, and
in the life of the Bank more than 40 percent of all
of its loans have been made to Latin American
borrowers. If we add to this record that of the
Development Loan Fund, the ICA and its special
assistance programs, and the loans made u'nder
P.L. 480, the grand total is $3,567 million.
Wliile I have stressed the role of private invest-
ment and given the reasons for so doing, I should
mention here that we have loaned large sums to
public entities in Latin America where private
capital was not immediately available to do the
job, especially in the case of steel mills, power
projects, highways, and irrigation projects.
Multilateral Economic Cooperation
Finally I want to analyze a third method of
responding to the challenge of total develop-
ment— the multilateral way or, if you please, the
inter-American way. I agree with all that has
been said about the uniqueness of the inter-Amer-
ican system, which perhaps had its real beginning
in our similar efforts to achieve independence from
European motlier countries just before and at the
turn into the 19th century. There followed the
meeting in Panama in 1825, the efforts of the Cen-
tral American Confederation, the firet halting
meetings of the Pan American Union 70 years ago,
and finally the drawing up of the charter of the
Organization of American States in Bogota in
1948.
Critics have tended to say that the inter-Amer-
ican system has functioned well in the political
and security areas but that it has faltered when
faced with the challenge of economic problems.
Behind such criticism, in my opinion, there has
been insufficient recognition of the complexities
and difficulties involved in treating economic sub-
jects. While it is true that there were frustrations
attendant to the inter- American economic confer-
ences at Rio in 1954 and at Buenos Aires in 1957,
we should not overlook the progi-ess that was made
at those two meetings, particularly in the clear
identilication of the differing points of view which
separated the various American states. In any
case, there has been a noticeable and certainly
commendable speedup in the inter-American ap-
288
proach to economic problems during the past year
and a half.
Of major importance has been the progress
made in multilateral consultations regarding com-
modity problems. Our Latin American friends
have long been seeking some way of ameliorating
the sharp fluctuations of prices in world markets
for their basic commodities without doing violence
to the normal laws of supply and demand. In
June 1958 the Inter- American Coffee Study Group
was formed to search for solutions to the prob-
lems attendant to that vital commodity. The
United States, as the principal coffee consumer,
was a participant. As a result of the efforts of
that group, the Inter- American Coffee Agreement
was negotiated, and in September 1959 an Inter-
national Coffee Agreement was concluded. While
coffee prices are still 50 percent less than they
were a few years ago, relative stability has re-
sulted in coffee markets due to this agreement.
And this, in turn, has had a profound real as well
as psychological effect in the 15 coffee-producing
countries of Latin America. As a result of the
relative success achieved in the consultations on
coffee, similar efforts are now going forward in
the case of lead and zinc, under the auspices of
the United Nations, with a meeting now in prog-
ress in Geneva, and on the subject of cotton.
Another example of multilateral cooperation is
the Inter-American Development Bank. Long
an aspiration of our Latin American friends, the
Bank will officially go into business this year fol-
lowing the first meeting of the Board of Gover-
nors scheduled to be held early next month in San
Salvador.^ The Bank will have several notable
features: It will be strictly inter- American ; it
will be able to make both dollar loans and loans in
other currencies; it will, we hope, be able to assist
some of the Latin American countries who want
it to plan and prepare loan ])rojects. With the
exception of Cuba, all of the American Ivepublics
are expected to participate in the organizational
meeting of the Bank in San Salvador in
February.
Another important milestone of multilateral
cooperation has been that under the auspices of
Pi'esident Kubitschek's constructive and far-
siglited initiative known as Operation l\ui Amer-
'■ For background, see Bulletin of Feb. 15, 1960, p. 263.
Department of State Bulletin
icii.' This progniin has been broad in scope and
has been carried forward tluouyh two meetings
under OAS auspices of the "Committee of 21."
The hist meetinjr at Buenos Aires hist May*
adopted a number of resolutions, the most impor-
tant of which probably was that calling for de-
tailed economic studies of the countries of the
Americas, of which 11 so far have requested such
studies. Under this operation it is expected also
that the Inter-American Economic and Social
Council will undertake a more vigorous approach
to its responsibilities in assisting the countries in
the liemisphere toward their development goals.
One of the concepts included in Operation Pan
America was that of the common market. This
is a simple name for a complex subject, as any-
one knows who recalls the 10 years required for
the European Common Market to get off the
ground. However, effective steps are now being
taken in the Americas toward the fruition of
common-market dreams. In Central America
three countries have just recently pledged their
combined efforts to this end. El Salvadoi-, Hon-
duras, and Guatemala. In the southern tier of
South America seven countries are working to-
wai'd a free-trade authority, and it is expected
that Peru and Mexico may eventually join them.
The United States looks with favor on all of these
projects as long as their goal is a higher standard
of living for the people of the countries involved
by means of greater productivity, increased
competition, and gi-adual reduction of trade
restrictions.
Referring b;xck to the need for sound national
policies which I mentioned earlier, a common
market presupposes that all of the members will
follow sound monetai'y and fiscal policies. If
one member does not do this, it will inevitably
cause serious difficulties to the other members.
It is virtually certain that the representatives
of 7 of the 10 South American countries will meet
on February 4 to organize a Latin American free-
trade area. We know that there must be a con-
siderable increa.se in intra-American trade if liv-
ing standards in Latin America are to rise, and
hence we regard this movement with keen and
sympathetic interest.
* For background, see ibid., June 30, 1958, p. 1090, and
Oct 13, 1958, p. 574.
• Ibid., June 22, 1959, p. 931.
Negative Role of Communism
So far I have attempted to portray in broad
outline the efforts being made by the United
States, on its own and in cooperation with indi-
vidual countries and through the multilateral
auspices of the Organization of American States.
I have stressed the nece.ssity for laying a founda-
tion for economic development, through greater
productivity and better health and education, in
an atmosphere of individual freedom.
It is generally agreed that the peoples of the
Americas, similar to peoples elsewhere in the
world, are unwilling to take no for an answer to
their increasing demands for total development,
both economic and social. The challenge is how
to close the gap between their aspirations and
their capacity to achieve them in freedom. .We
of the United States can and should do our part,
although the majoi- part of the job must be done
by the people directly involved in each country.
In this race against time we cannot overlook
the efforts being made by the Conmiunists, and
those playing the Communist game, to frustrate
these aspirations of Latin xVmerica and bring
about acceptance of social and economic philoso-
phies completely incompatible with, and destruc-
tive of, its cherished traditional concepts of man
and his activities. While the peoples of the
Americas strive to achieve economic development
in an atmosphere of fi-eedom and while we seek,
through both private and government channels,
to aid this historic process, the Communists
address increasing resources to subverting the
area's aspirations. The Communist world makes
no positive contribution to the advancement of
Latin America but acts negatively, offering retro-
gression in place of progress.
Politically the Communist bloc seeks to destroy
Latin America's total commitment to the support
of the ideals of the West. This support is a re-
flection of the spiritual identification of America's
peoples with the principles of the free world, and
the Communists are dedicated to subverting Latin
America's desire to advance within this frame-
work. The Red etforts are aimed at eroding the
position of the West by sowing doubt and
confusion.
As the institution representing the solidarity of
the American Republics in the quest for freedom
and development, the Organization of American
February 22, I960
289
States is a prime target for the Communists.
The Communists seek to destroy its effectiveness
tlirough attempts to create American govern-
ments unsympatlietic to its ideals. A tirst step
sought by the Eeds is the '"neutrality" of key
Latin American states in the struggle between the
Communist and the non-Conununist world. This
rejection of Latin American traditions and ideals
could then be followed by the encouragement of
Communist-oriented movements to permit the
actual domination of the country by the Soviet
bloc. The Connnunists have not tried to liide the
fact that their economics are an instrument of
politics, and we must not forget that all economic
activity in tlie bloc coimtries is under the direct
control and management of goverinnent. Thus
trade becomes, for the Communists, a naked
politiciil instrument to be used for the objectives
wo have just mentioned.
While following a deceitful and politically
motivated economic policy in Latin America, the
Connnunists also pursue corrosive political objec-
tives. While the majority of the peoples of the
hemisphere stri\e to meet their political aspira-
tions by peaceful means, trying to put an end to
the violence which has so often characterized their
battles for freedom and representative govern-
ment, the Communists stinnilate violent extremists
who would destroy the peace which the jieople
need if they aie to solve their problems. Where-
ever we have seen moI)s and riots and looting by
extremist minoi-itics wo have seen the Com-
munists— either in front or behind. Nor are
these Red pro\ocateurs working on behalf of the
local people and their desires to establish political
institutions reflecting their own p.-ii'l icular tnidi-
tions. VvHiilo I lie Communists rlaim to be patriots
and nationalists, tln\y act upon instructions from
I>e|}ind the Iron Cui'tain — insi nicl ions gi\-en l>y
local stall's of ("oinmunist-bloc embassies, l)y
couriers from behind the Curtain, and l)y leaders
at conferoncx'S held both in the hemispliere and in
1)I(K5 cities. Thus tlie Connuunisis are not con-
tributing to the growth of stable, orderly, rei)re-
s<Mitativo i)olitical institutions to advance the
Latin Amci-ican nations. They are putting in-
creasing energies into t iu^ negal ion of evei-v polit i-
cal advance made by the American Rei)ublics
since tlie wars of independence over a century
ago, advances not only at tlie national level but
in the Held of intci--.\uu'i'ic'an i-oopenit ion which
promises so nuich to the peoples of the
hemisphei'e.
^Vnother aspect of the Red offensive is what
might be called "the search for respectability."
The Conununist Governments, including that of
Red China, are engaged in intensive elforts to
gain respectability and acceptability in Latm
America. This intensified bloc campaign for the
minds of the people of Latin America is now
being carried on at a level of approximately $100
million per year.
The positive contribvitions which have been
made and which continue to be made by the United
States, through both governmental and private ef-
forts, to the development of Latin America and
the achievement of the aspirations of its peoples
provide a marked contrast to the activities of the
Conmuniists in the hemisphere. We share the
ideals and traditions of the other American Re-
publics and devote impi-essive energies to their
advancement, while the Comnnmists seek only to
destroy all that has been built and substitute alien
doi'ti-ines and institutions.
Conclusion
1 have sought this evening to outline in broad
terms some of the major i)roblems of our Latin
American neighb(n's which relate particularly to
their economic development. I have .set forth
some of the ways in whicli uuv Government and
United States investors are contril)uting to the
solution of these problems, contrasting this with
the sinister policies and programs of international
connnunism.
Witli sound policies, the I'liiled ."states can, and
1 am convinced will, be able to maintain a hcljiful
coopei'ative attitude toward Latin .Vniei'ica, where
speedy develo])iiient is so essential if the race be-
tween the so-called "population explosion" and
the "involution of rising expectations"' is to be
won. Li the fornndation of our national ])olicies
toward Latin .\mei-ica, tlicte is a manifest desire
on the part of our (ioveinment and United Slates
public opinion to direct our elfoi-ts along those
channels which can most etl'e<-l i\ely serve the long-
term inlei'ests of the oihei' .\merican Republics.
We wish to see in each of them tlie development of
strong viable econ()mies, based on the will of the
peo|ilr as expressed ihiongh re|iresciilal i\'e ilemo-
cial ic 'M)\eniments.
290
Department of State Bulletin
The 1960-61 GATT Tariff Conference
hy Hoiwre M. Catudal
"It is essential for the security of the United
States and the rest of the free world that the
United States take the leadership in promoting
the achievement of those high levels of trade that
will bring to all the economic strength upon
which the freedom and security of all depends." ^
These words of President Eisenhower have been
repeated in substance by the President many
times.
In carrying out this role of leadership in the
field of international trade, the United States in
the fall of 1958 proposed that a new round of
general tariff negotiations be held in 19G0-G1,
within the framework of the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).^ This proposal
having been adopted by the countries which par-
ticipate in the General Agreement, foreign trade
experts in many comitries over the world have
already begun the painstaking preparations
needed for a multilateral tariff conference of un-
precedented magnitude and complexity which is
scheduled to begin at Geneva in September 1960.
"A basic objective of the United States in put-
ting forth this proposal," the President has
pointed out, "is the establishment of a less re-
stricted international trade which will foster
greater strength and solidarity among the nations
of the free world." ^ The reciprocal trade pro-
gram is good for America, in the words of Presi-
dent Eisenhower, because it promotes jobs at home
and peace in the world.*
For the United Stat&s the forthcoming tariff
conference is of importance because it will provide
opportunities to expand foreign markets for the
products of our farms and factories by reducing
trade barriers abroad. With the progressive dis-
mantling of discriminations and restrictions im-
posed during the past decade on our exports for
balance-of-payments reasons, tariffs are begin-
ning to have increased significance in the world.
The Geneva negotiations will give us the chance
to bargain for tariff reductions abroad and thus
strengthen the position of our export trade in
an increasingly competitive world market. Of
particular importance to our export trade will be
tlie negotiations with the European Economic
Community (EEC) directed at keeping the ex-
ternal tariff of the Common Market toward out-
side countries, including the United States, as low
as feasible.
This article does not attempt to describe the de-
tails of the forthcoming tariff conference.
Rather, its purpose is to explain the mechanics
of the conference in simple terms so that non-
experts may follow and understand in a general
way the methods, rules, procedures, and ob-
jectives of the conference.
In order to undei-stand better the nature and
scope of the forthcoming Geneva tariff confer-
ence, it will be helpful to tegin with a brief expla-
nation of the GATT.
What Is the GATT?
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade,
or GATT, as it has come to be called from its ini-
tials, is an international trade agreement among
virtually all of the important trading nations of
' IU:li.eti.v of .Ian. 24, 19.5.5, p. 119.
'For a review of the 13th session of GATT, see iUd.,
Det. 8, 19.^)8, p. 930.
" Ihid., July 20, 1959, p. 83.
' Ihid., Apr. 14, 19,58, p. ,591.
• Mr. Catudal is an adviser in the Trade
Agreements Division., Department of State.
February 22, I960
291
the free world, including the United States. The
GATT developed out of proposals by the United
States for a "multilateral" approach to the solu-
tion of international trade problems, that is to
say, an agreement among many countries, in con-
trast to the two-country or "bilateral" method.
After several years of intensive preparations,
both here and abroad, including 6 montlis of con-
tinuous international negotiations among 23
countries at Geneva in 1947, GATT came into ex-
istence on January 1, 1948, as a "provisional"
imdertaking by 8 important trading countries,
including the United States. Since that time ad-
ditional countries have agreed to apply the GATT,
until today 37 countries are contracting parties to
the agreement and several more countries partic-
ipate on an interim basis or have become associ-
ated with it.
While the GATT is a technical and complex
document because tlie problems of international
trade are technical and complex, the General
Agreement can nevertheless be reduced to three
simple essentials. First, it consists of tariff
"schedules," or lists of "concessions" (i.e. named
products for which specific tariff treatment has
been agreed upon), with separate schedules for
each participating country ("contracting party").
Second, there is a code of agreed rules, or "general
provisions," governing the import and export
trade of the contracting parties. Third, through
periodic meetings of representatives of the partic-
ipating countries, GATT provides a broad inter-
national forum for the friendly discussion and
settlement of mutual problems of international
trade.
GATT is the most comprehensive international
agreement ever concluded for the reduction of
trade barriei-s, considering the number of partici-
pating countries, the scojje of its provisions, and
the volume of trade affected. Tlie 37 contracting
parties together account for more than 80 percent
of the international trade of the whole world.
The tariff schedules annexed to the GATT in-
clude some 60,000 items covering more than half
of the total foreign trade of the world. These
tariff concessions include reductions in import
duties or commitments to "bind" (i.e. not to in-
crease) specified duties or duty-free treatment,
and, in some ca.ses, the complete elimination of
duties or the reduction or elimination of tariff
preferences.
The general provisions of GATT provide a
framework or code of principles and rules to safe-
guard and supplement the tariff concessions.
Much of this code is applicable not only to the
products listed in the schedules but to all the for-
eign trade of the contracting parties. It includes
such basic rules as most-favored-nation treatment
(i.e. nondiscrimination) in tariff, customs, and tax
matters and a general prohibition against the use
of import and export restrictions ( i.e. quotas) , to-
gether with agreed qualifications and exceptions
under certain carefully defined circumstances.
The general provisions also deal with procedural
matters, such as the accession to the agreement of
new countries, the termination of obligations, ad-
ministration, consultation, and various other mat-
ters relating to the agreement as a whole.
Scope of New Negotiations
As in previous general tariff conferences the
forthcoming negotiations at Geneva will have as
their aim the reduction of the general level of
tariffs and other charges on imports through the
exchange of reciprocal and mutually advantageous
concessions. To the extent that particular con-
tracting parties are able to negotiate mutually sat-
isfactory conce,ssions, negotiations may also cover
certain nontariff ban'iers such as the protection
afforded by import monopolies, internal quantita-
tive restrictions (mixing regulations), etc.
The forthcoming tariff conference will include
four categories of negotiations to be held in two
stages. The first stage, which is scheduled to
begin in September 1960, will cover (1) renegotia-
tions with member states of the European
Economic Community pursuant to GATT article
XXIV, paragi-aph 6, and (2) certain renegotia-
tions of existing concessions imder (xATT article
XXVIII. The second stage, which is expected
to begin early in 1961, will cover (3) negotiations
among contracting parties for new concessions
and (4) negotiations with countries invited to
accede to the GATT.
( 1 ) Renegotiations With EEC Countries
The first stage of the conference will provide a
novel test of the GATT rules and thost> of tJie
newly emerging European Economic Community.
The historic Treaty of Rome of March 25, 1957,
which created the European Economic Com-
munity, or Conunon Market, aims at the complete
292
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
economic union of six countries of Western
Europe — ^lieljxium, the Federal Kepublic of
Gernmny, France, Itsxly, Luxembourg, and the
NetlieHands.'* Tlie Kome Treaty provides,
amonjj otlier tilings, for the gi-adual elimination
of all (arid's and quotas on trade among the six
member countries and for the establishment of a
common external tarill for the Community — in
otiier words, the complete abolition of tarilfs and
otlier restrictions within the Common Market and
the lixing of a single common t^iriif toward out-
side countries.
The six EEC countries are all contracting
parties to the GATT, which contains explicit
rules regarding customs miions, rules which are
applicable to the Common Market. One of the
most important of these GATT rules stipulates
that the external duties and other regulations of
commerce imposed at the institution of a customs
union must not on the whole be higher or more
restricted than the general incidence of the duties
and regulations of commerce applied by the indi-
vidual covmtries prior to their union. In other
words, the formation of a customs imion is not to
be accomplished by generally increasing tariffs
and other trade restrictions toward outside
countries.
On the other hand, the GATT recognizes that
the establishment of a single or common external
tariff for a customs union to replace the several
tariffs of the member countries is likely, in some
instances, to involve increases in particular duties
which are bound against increase in the GATT
schedules. Accordingly, provision has been made
in GATT article XXIV, paragi-aph 6, for orderly
procedures for i-enegotiation of such bound duties.
These procedures, while taking account of de-
creases in duties which may be made in arriving
at a common external tariff for all the members of
the customs union, provide for the gi-anting of
compensatory tariff concessions to offset increases
in bound rates.
Tliese GATT rules and procedures are to re-
ceive their first real test during the forthcoming
tariff conference.
Perhaps a hypothetical illustration will help to
point up some of the problems to be resolved in
these negotiations. Many of the duties of the
Common Market's external tariff will be estab-
lished by a simple arithmetical average of the
duties presently applied by the individual coun-
ti'ies. Under tliis formula, for a product on which
the present duty is, say, 10 percent in the Benelux
countries (Belgium, Luxembourg, and the Neth-
erlands)," 30 i)ercent in France, 15 percent in Ger-
many, and 25 percent in Italy, the Common
Market duty would be 20 percent. Assuming that
only the .'30 percent or the 25 percent duty had
been bomid against increase, it is clear that the
reduction of the French or Italian duties to the
Common Market duty would involve no GATT
problem. If, however, the 10 percent duty had
been bound against increase in the Benelux sched-
ule to GATT, a problem would arise as to whether
the increase of this 10 percent duty, to the rate
of 20 percent in the new EEC schedule, was offset
by the decreases in the duties of the other mem-
bers of the Community. There will also very
likely be cases where it could reasonably be main-
tained that an increase in a bound duty for one
product in the EEC schedule has been offset by
a decrease in duty in that schedule on another
product of comparable trade importance.
These and similar problems will be involved in
the forthcoming tariff renegotiations with the
EEC countries. At this stage no change in the
U.S. tariff will be involved.
(2) Renegotiations of Existing Concessions
In addition to the renegotiations of bound duties
with the Common Market countries, the first stage
of the tariff conference (i.e. beginning in Septem-
ber 1960) will also include such renegotiations of
particular tariff concessions in existing schedules
as contracting parties may wish to undertake un-
der article XXVIII of the GATT.
The procedures developed by the Contracting
Parties under article XXVIII have provided a re-
markable combination of stability and flexibility
for the tariff schedules of the GATT. Under
these procedures, on the one hand, there is in
substance an agreement by the Contracting
Parties to continue to apply generally their respec-
tive schedules for successive 3-year periods by re-
fraining from using, except at the end of such
periods, the riglit provided for in article XXVIII
to modify or withdraw concessions.
On the other hand, recognizing that not every
one of the thousands of tariff rates bomid in the
' For an article by John A. Birch on the Common Mar-
ket, see ibid., July 20, 1959, p. 89.
'The Benelux countries form a customs union.
febnjary 22, I960
293
schedules could forever remain unchanged, article
XXVIII does in fact authorize any conti-acting
party, at the begimiing of each o-year period, to
modify or withdraw particidar tariff concessions
in its schedule by renegotiating such concessions
with the contractmg parties primarily affected.
During the first stage of the forthcoming tariff'
conference, it is expected that some of the con-
tracting parties will wish to make use of article
XXVIII in order to make certain adjustments in
their schedules on January 1, 1961, which will be-
gin the next 3-year period of continued applica-
tion or "firm validity" of the GATT schedules.
Under article XXVIII a country which desires
to modify or withdraw existing tariff concessions
may do so at the beginning of a 3-year period by
negotiation and agreement or consultation witli
the countries with which the concessions were in-
itially negotiated and with such other countries
as are determined by the Contracting Parties to
have a substantial trade interest in the particular
products affected.
In such renegotiations a key guiding principle
of article XXVIII provides that the negotiating
countries will endeavor to maintain a general level
of reciprocal and mutually advantageous conces-
sions not less favorable to trade than that existing
prior to the negotiations. In line with this prin-
ciple the country desiring to modify or withdraw
existing concessions usually seeks during the nego-
tiations to obtain the agreement of the other coun-
tries concei'ned by offering "compensation"' in the
form of new concessions on items of comparable
trade interest to the latter. However, if agree-
ment is not reached that the compensation is ade-
quate for the modification proposed, the latter
countries are authorized to withdraw equivalent
concessions initially negotiated with the country
making the modification.
(3) Negotiations for New Concessions
The second stage of the tariff' conference is
scheduled to open early in 1961 and will be largely
concerned with negotiations among contracting
parties for new concessions. Durmg this stage,
negotiations will also be undertaken with comi-
tries invited to "accede"' (i.e. to become contracting
parties) to the GATT.
Tlio forthcoming conference will be the fifth
round of general tariff negotiations undertaken by
the (lATT contracting parties. Previous rounds
were held at Geneva in 1947, at Annecy, France,
in 1949, at Torquay, England, in 1950-51, and
again at Geneva m 1956.
As in previous conferences it is expected that a
substantial number of the contractmg parties will
participate in the multilateral tariff negotiations,
particularly smce these negotiations will afford
an opportunity to excliange concessions with the
European Economic Community and thereby re-
duce to some extent the external tariff of the Com-
mon Market.
Preparations for Negotiations — The procedures
for the negotiations will follow the general pat-
tern established in previous tariff conferences
sponsored by GATT, with some adaptations, par-
ticularly those made necessary by the fact that
the six member countries of the European Eco-
nomic Community will no longer participate m
the negotiations separately but as one entity.
In preparation for the conference each country
that desires to participate submits to each otlier
participating country with which it wishes to ne-
gotiate a preliminary list of the products on which
it intends to request tariff concessions at Geneva.
By August 1, 1960, the countries are to submit
lists indicating the tariff rates they request. Each
participating country is expected to be ready, on
the opening day of the negotiations, to announce
its "offers" — the concessions it is prepared to offer
to other participating countries in the light of the
concessions it is requesting. During this period
of preparations, participating countries are ex-
pected to refrain from increasing tariffs or adopt-
ing other protective measures designed to impi'ove
their bargaining position in tlie negotiations.
Bilateral Bargaining — Initially, the negotia-
tions will be conducted on a bilateral basis be-
tween negotiating teams representing pairs of
countries, although the European Economic Com-
munity will be handled as one entity. When two
countries ai-e ready to begin negotiations, each will
give to the other a list of the concessions it is pre-
pared to offer. In making up its offer lists each
country generally initiates negotiations with the
country that is, or is likely to become, the principal
or an important supplier of a particular product.
As in the past, negotiations will be conducted
on a selective, product-by-product basis. This
l)rocedure ail'ords an opportunity to take accomit
of the needs of individual countries and of par-
ticular industries. Participating countries will be
294
Department ot State Bulletin
free not to grant concessions on particular prod-
ucts, and in orrantiiifj concessions tliey may agree
to reduce an import duty or to bind it against in-
crease at the existing level or they may undertake
not to raise a duty above a specified liigher level.
No country is expected to grant unilateral con-
cessions or to grant concessions without receiving
adequate concessions in return. On the other
hand, it is understood that the binding against
increase of low duties or of duty-free treatment
shall in principle be recognized as a concession
equivalent in value to the reduction of high duties.
Multilateral Phase — Although the negotiations
are carried out in detail on a bilateral basis be-
tween paii-s of countries, several procedures and
devices will be employed to make the negotiations
in fact multilateral. Thus, when otTer lists are
exchanged between the various pairs of negotiat-
ing teams, copies will also be sent to the delega-
tions of all other participating coimtries. In this
way each country, in determining the concessions
it is finally prepared to make, can take into ac-
count those indirect benefits it may obtain from all
the other negotiations as a group, since all con-
tracting parties obtain the benefit of any conces-
sions granted by one country to any other country.
Moreover, at the very beginning of the con-
ference there will be established a Tariff Negotia-
tions Committee, composed of representatives of
all participating countries. The function of this
committee will be to coordinate and facilitate the
negotiations and thus to bring about the fullest
possible multilateral effort to achieve the desired
objectives. Upon the completion of the negotia-
tions this committee will be responsible for draw-
ing up the document which will incorporate the
new concessions into the GATT and under which
each contracting party will obtain a contractual
right to all the concessions negotiated by each
pair of countries.
(4) Negotiations With Acceding Countnes
During the second stage of the conference, i.e.
beginning in early 1961, along with the negotia-
tions among contracting parties and with the
European Economic Community, there will be
negotiations with several countries which have
been invited to accede to the GATT. Cambodia,
Israel, and Tunisia have already indicated a
desire to carry out negotiations for accession, and
other countries may also participate.
In general the rules and procedural steps for
the negotiations for accession are the same as those
among contracting parties for new concessions.
Thus there will be, first, the bilateral phase with
the exchange of lists of offers and requests, fol-
lowed by the multilateral piiase. One difference
arises out of the fact that, in granting concessions,
acceding governments are expected to take into
consideration the indirect benefits which they will
receive from the concessions already exchanged
between contracting parties in previous tariff ne-
gotiations, as well as those which will result from
the new negotiations.
United States Participation in the Conference
The United States will participate in the forth-
coming tariff conference under the authority of
the trade agreements legislation and in accordance
with procedures set forth in several Executive
orders issued by the President.
Trade Agreements Authority
The Trade Agreements Act of 1934, as extended
and amended, gives the President limited author-
ity to enter into trade agreements with foreign
countries whereby the United States agrees to re-
duce, or to bind against increase, tariff rates ap-
plying to specified imported products in return
for concessions for products exported by
the United States.' Under the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1958 the President is authorized
generally to reduce U.S. duties, in annual stages,
by not more than 20 percent of the rates existing
on July 1, 1958. Alternatively, he may reduce
any rate by 2 percentage points ad valorem, or he
may reduce to 50 percent ad valorem any rate
which is in excess of 50 percent. The law like-
wise authorizes him to agi-ee to "bind" (i.e. con-
tinue) duty-free treatment for articles on the free
list or to bind existing duties.
The law prescribes three things which must be
done before a trade agreement is concluded: (1)
reasonable public notice must be given of inten-
tion to negotiate an agreement in order that in-
terested persons may have an opportunity to
present their views; (2) the President must seek
' For a two-part article by Mr. Catudal on "Trade
Agreements Legislation : A Section-by-Seetion Analysis,"
see Bulletin of Dec. 22, 1958, p. 1013, and Dec. 29, 1958,
p. 1050.
February 22, I960
295
information and advice from certain Govern-
ment agencies having a particular interest in for-
eign trade; and (3) the President must seek
"peril point" * recommendations from the U.S.
Tariff Commission with respect to the products
which are to be considered for the granting of
tariff concessions by the United States in the pro-
posed negotiations.
In addition to the foregoing requii-ements, re-
cent legislation declares it to be the sense of
Congress that, during the negotiation of trade
agi'eements, the President should seek informa-
tion and advice from representatives of industry,
agriculture, and labor.
The Interdepartmental Trade Agreements Or-
ganization
In carrying out his responsibilities under the
Trade Agreements Act, the President is assisted
by a network of interdepartmental committees, so
organized as to make available to him informa-
tion and advice from all Departments and
agencies of the Government concerned with for-
eign trade — from the technical level up to the
Cabinet — and from the general public. Three
principal committees have been established by
Executive order: (1) the Interdepartmental
Committee on Trade Agreements, or Trade Agree-
ments Committee (TAC), (2) the Committee for
Reciprocity Information (CRI), and (3) the
Cabinet-level Trade Policy Committee (TPC).
The Trade Agreements Committee is responsible
for developing detailed information and recom-
mendations concerning the initiation and carry-
ing out of negotiations, as well as for the
administration of the trade agreements program
generally. The Committee, which, as needed, sets
up interdepartmental subcommittees of experts
for each country or group of countries with which
negotiations are contemplated, is made up of rep-
resentatives of the following agencies: Agricul-
ture, Commerce, Defense, Interior, International
Cooperation Administration, Labor, State, Tariff
Commission, and Treasury. The i-epresentative
' The "peril points" are the rates below which the Tariff
Commission finds that U.S. liutics may not be reduced
without causing or threatening serious injury to the
domestic industry producing like or comi)etitivc products.
If the President concludes a trade agreement exceeding
the peril points, the law provides that he shall report
to Congress his reasons therefor.
of the Department of State serves as chairman.
The Committee for Reciprocity Information
has the same membershii) as the Trade Agree-
ments Committee, but the Tariff Conmiission
member serves as its chairman. This Committee
invites interested persons and organizations, as
well as the general public, to submit views in writ-
ing and at public hearings regarding possible
tariff concessions to be made by the United States
m trade agreement negotiations, as well as sug-
gestions for concessions which might be sought
from other countries.
The Trade Policy Committee was established in
1957 at the Cabinet level to advise and assist the
President in the administration of the trade agree-
ments program. In addition to the Secretary of
Commerce as its chairman, the Committee con-
sists of the Secretaries of Agriculture, Defense,
Interior, Labor, State, and Treasury, or high-
ranking alternates designated by them. The
Trade Policy Committee reviews the recommenda-
tions of the Trade Agreements Committee at all
stages of trade agreement negotiations and trans-
mits these recommendations to the President with
any comments of its own resulting from the
review.
Preparations for the Negotiations
As in previous negotiations the first step is for
the Trade Agreements Committee to establish
what are known as "country committees" for each
country or group of countries with wliich negotia-
tions are expected to be carried on. These are in-
terdepartmental subcommittees of experts on our
trade with each of the countries concerned.
Preparation of U.S. Offers
Each country committee will make a compre-
hensive survey of our trade with the country con-
cerned, studying trade statistics for both our
imports from and our exports to that country,
with a view to drawing up preliminary lists of
the items which should be considered in the
negotiations.
The chief criterion guiding the work of coun-
try committees at this stage is what is referred to
as the "principal-supplier rule." For bargaining
purposes, each side generally finds that it is most
advantageous if its offer of a tariff concession is
296
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
made to the country which is the jnincipal or
an iiniH)rtant supplier of a particular product.
After a detailed study of data on imports, exiiorts,
domestic production, tariif histoiy, and other per-
tinent, facts iivailahle from Government sources
on the products concerned, each country commit-
tee submits to the Trade Agreements Committee
a list of products which it feels should he con-
sidered for possible tai-ilf concessions by the
United States, together with a summary of the
data used in its studies.
During a careful item-by-item scrutiny of the
lists of products and supporting data submitted
to it by tlie country committees, the Trade Agree-
ments Committee makes such modifications in the
lists as it considers advisable. After this work
lias been completed for all tlie countries with
which negotiations are contemplated, the Trade
Agreements Committee sends to the President,
througli the Trade Policy Committee, a consoli-
dated list of U.S. import items ("public list")
which the Committee recommends for possible
taritf concessions during the negotiations. If
there are dissents by any agency on particular
items, these are brought to the attention of the
Trade Policy Committee and, if they persist, to
the President.
After the President has approved the list of
U.S. import items, it will be published, together
with a formal announcement of the intention to
enter into trade agreement negotiations, and dates
will be set by the Committee for Reciprocity In-
formation for filmg briefs and for public hearings
to obtain the views of interested pei-sons and
groups concerning the proposed negotiations.
(The fact that a product is included in the public
list does not mean that a tariff concession will
necessarily be made on that product in the nego-
tiations.) Simultaneously, the President will
transmit the list to the Tariff Commission for
peril-point findings on each product, and the Com-
mission will also issue a notice of public hearings.
In connection with the announcements it will
be made clear that no article will be considered
in the negotiations for the granting of a tariff con-
cession by the United States unless it is included
in the public list or unless it is subsequently in-
cluded in a supplementary public list. Every
effort will be made to see that the lists and notices
get wide public distribution, through the press.
trade associations, and otherwise — for example,
through the field offices of the Department of
Commerce.
All information presented by the public in briefs
and orally at the public hearings will be made
available to the membei-s of the country commit-
tees and the TAG and to any other persons who
may have responsibilities for the conference
preparations.
Taking into account all the information re-
ceived from the public by the Committee for
Reciprocity Information and the Tariff Commis-
sion, the various country committee,s will resume
their studies of the items under consideration in
order to determine whether to reconnnend that a
concession be offered on a particular product and,
if so, to what extent. These recommendations,
together with supporting data, are submitted to
the TAC, which reviews them item by item and
accepts, modifies, or rejects them.
How Recommendations Are Airived At
The decision in each case is based upon a variety
of factors :
The Committee considers for each item the re-
lation of imports to domestic production : Are im-
ports a large or small part of the total amount
consimied in the United States? Have imports
been increasing or decreasing in relation to do-
mestic production ?
The Committee takes into account whether the
domestic industry is large and diversified or small,
located largely in one community, and concen-
trated on the particular product involved. It also
takes into account whether the domestic industry
has an export business that must compete in third
markets with the foreign product.
The Committee must take into account national
security needs for particular products and, in the
case of an agricultural pi'oduct, whether a con-
cession might interfere with a price-support or
other farm program.
Depending on circumstances, the Committee
may consider whether it would be possible or de-
sirable to make a concession on only part of a tariff
category or limit the effect of a duty reduction
through the use of a tariff quota or other device.
An important matter considered by the Com-
mittee is whether our offers as a whole are
adequate to reciprocate for the concessions we
may reasonably expect to obtain for our exports.
February 22, J 960
297
These and other matters are studied by the
Committee. Particularly important are the peril-
point findings of the Tariff Commission, which the
Committee takes into consideration, along with all
the information obtained from other sources, in
making recommendations to the President.
Recommendations Go to the President
The recommendations of the Trade Agreements
Conunittee will then be transmitted to the Presi-
dent, with dissents, if any, as to particular items,
througli the Cabinet-level Trade Policy Commit-
tee, which gives the President such advice as it
deems appropriate.
The decision of the President constitutes an in-
struction to the U.S. negotiators. It authorizes
them to make specified concessions, provided they
can get adequate concessions in return. If it is
found desirable to request additional authority
from the President for an import product not on
the public list, a new notice must be issued and the
same procedure gone through as with the original
public list (hearings, peril-point findings, etc.).
Preparation of U.S. Requests
The preparation of our lists of requests for con-
cessions from the foreign countries taking part in
the negotiations goes forward simultaneously with
the preparation of our offers. The country com-
mittees make a systematic review of our export
trade with the countries involved, studying their
tariffs, taxes, quotas, trade regulations, etc.
As on the import side, the principal-supplier
criterion is an important guide, but studies are
also made to determine whether there are any ex-
port products in which trade ought to be moving
and, if so, why it is not moving. Past inquiries
and complaints from American exporters received
through the Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion or by any of the Departments are reviewed in
order to determine whether any of such items
should be included in our requests.
At the time public notice is given of intention to
enter into trade agreement negotiations, interested
persons and organizations are invited to submit
their suggestions concerning export items on
which concessions might be requested.
The establishment of the European Economic
Community introduces a new and very important
factor in the U.S. preparations for the forthcom-
ing tariff conference that was not present in pre-
vious tariff negotiations. The new negotiations
are to take place just as the first important steps
are being taken by the EEC to establish a common
external tariff for the six member countries.
With a population approximately as large as
that of the United States, the six countries of the
Common Market together constitute one of the
most important markets in the world for Ameri-
can exports. Consequently, it is of considerable
importance to our export trade that the common
external tariff of the Common Market be kept as
low as feasible. To the extent that the United
States can offer tariff concessions on imports of
importance to the EEC countries, we can request
corresponding concessions in the external tariff of
the Common Market and thus further the interests
of our export trade in that important area. This
explains why the country committee for the EEC
is devoting much painstaking work in preparing
as broad a list of requests from the Commmiity
as our proposed offer list can justify.
The recommendations of all the country commit-
tees will be carefully reviewed by the Trade Agree-
ments Committee, which goes over them item by
item and which also reviews our overall requests
from particular countries in the light of our pos-
sible offers. The request lists, like the offer recom-
mendations, will probably, as in the past, move
back and forth from the Trade Agreements Com-
mittee to the country committees and back again,
until they are finally ready to be transmitted
through the Trade Policy Committee to the Presi-
dent for his approval, along with the recommenda-
tions on offers.
The Negotiations
After the President has approved the offers and
requests, the next stage will be the actual negotia-
tions at Geneva.
Under the overall direction of the Trade Agree-
ments Committee, negotiations with each foreign
comitry and with the European Economic Com-
mimity will be conducted by a separate U.S. team
which, as far as possible, will be made up of the
same experts who composed the preparatory coun-
try committee. Normally, each negotiating team
consists of representatives of the Departments of
Agriculture, Commerce, and State, with repre-
sentatives of other Departments taking part as
matters of interest to their agencies are considered.
In addition a Tariff Commission expert is assigned
298
Department of State Bulletin
to each team as a technical adviser, ahhougli as a
matter of jiolicy the members of tlio TarilF Com-
mission stall" do not engage in actual negotiations.
In conformity with the "sense of the Congress"
expressed in recent legislation, the advice of repre-
sentatives of industry, agriculture, and labor will
be available during the negotiations through pub-
lic advisei-s who will be named to the American
delegation to the tariff conference.
As in past tariff conferences the negotiations
will begin with bilateral meetings between the
U.S. negotiating teams and their counterparts
from the foreign countries. At the first meeting
the two teams will exchange their lists of offers.
After these offers have been studied, the actual
bargaining will begin and may continue for a
considerable period of time.
As soon as possible each U.S. team will report
to the Trade Agreements Committee its views as
to whether an agreement with the other country is
possible and what are the most favorable terms on
which it then appeai-s that an agreement can be
reached. If the proposed agreement is a balanced
one and within the terms of the team's instructions,
the team may be authorized to conclude the agree-
ment on an ad referendum basis. Reaching an
agreement sometimes involves changes in the origi-
nal U.S. offers or, if the other country's offers re-
main inadequate, some of our offers have to be
withdrawn. If additional authority is required,
the TAC transmits a request for it, through the
TPC, to the President, and if he approves the ne-
gotiating team then proceeds to conclude an ad
rejerendum agreement.
Upon completion of the negotiations the results
of all the agreements between the various pairs of
countries will be combined into a single document
called a protocol, which in turn will provide for
the incorporation of all the new tariff concessions
into the GATT.
The results of the U.S. negotiations will be re-
viewed by the TAC and then transmitted through
the TPC to the President with a recommendation
for his approval. If the President approves, the
protocol will be signed by a person designated by
the President and the agreement will become a
binding obligation of the United States.
The final step in the trade agreements procedure
will be taken when the President issues a procla-
mation bringing the agreement into force as re-
gards U.S. domestic law.
International Bank Issues
6-IVlonth Financial Statement
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development reiwrted on February 3 that its
reserves had risen by $42 million in the first 6
months of the current financial year to a total of
$4G2 million.
The additions to reserves in the G-month period
ending December 31, 1959, are made up of net
earnings of $28.8 million, whicli were placed in the
supplemental reserve against losses on loans and
guarantees, and loan conmiissions of $13.2 million,
which were credited to the special reserve. On
December 31 the supplemental reserve totaled
$310.9 million and the special reserve was $151.1
million.
Gross income, exclusive of loan commissions,
was $71.4 million. Expenses totaled $42.6 million
and included $37.2 million for interest on the
Bank's funded debt, bond issuance, and other
financial expenses.
During the period the Bank made 15 loans total-
ing $349.1 million — in Algeria and Sahara, Aus-
tria, Chile, India (two loans), Iran, Italy, Jaj)an
(two loans), Norway, Pakistan (three loans),
United Arab Republic, and Uruguay. This
brought the total number of loans to 249 in 51
countries and raised the gross total of commit-
ments to $4,871 million.
Disbursements on loans were $213.8 million,
making total disbursements $3,591.2 million on
December 31.
The Bank sold or agreed to sell the equivalent of
$82.9 million principal amounts of loans. At
December 31 the total amount of such sales was
$651.3 million, of which all except $69 million was
without the Bank's guarantee.
Repayments of principal received by the Bank
amounted to $30.2 million. Total principal re-
payments amounted to $577.2 million on Decem-
ber 31; this included $294.4 million repaid to the
Bank and $282.8 million repaid to the purchasers
of borrowei-s' obligations sold by the Bank.
The funded debt of the Bank amounted to
$1,989.8 million on December 31, 1959, reflecting
a net increase of $84.6 million over the past 6
months. In this period new bond issues and pri-
vate placements of Bank obligations amoimted to
the equivalent of $162.9 million. These consisted
febrKtaty 22, 7 960
299
of a public issue of £10 million ($28 million) of
sterling stock and four private placements of ob-
ligations totaling the equivalent of $134.9 million,
including DM10 million ($2.4 million) of deutsche
mark notes. Outstanding debt was increased a
further $23.8 million as a result of the delivery of
$11.1 million of bonds which had been subject to
delayed delivery arrangements and through the
drawing down of an additional $12.7 million equiv-
alent from the deutsche mark note of 1958.
Funded debt maturing amounted to $90.8 million,
and sinking and purchase fund transactions
amoimted t-o $11.3 million.
Pursuant to the increase in the Bank's author-
ized capital from $10 billion to $21 billion on
September 15, 1959, the subscribed capital had
been increased to $18,614.4 million by December
31, 1959.
DLF Lists Total Commitments
as of December 31, 1959
The Development Loan Fimd on February 3
issued a list of loans approved in tlie period Sep-
tember 16 to December 31, 1959. Ten loans to pub-
lic and private borrowers in nine countries were
listed. Amounts of the loans totaled $95,850,000.
The Development Loan Fund, a U.S. Govern-
ment corporation, makes loans to enteri:)rises in
friendly countries which are hampered in their
efforts to achieve self-sustaining growth and rising
living standards by a lack of capital. Loans are
made for projects and programs which will stim-
ulate economic development but for which funds
are not available from other sources.
The new loans listed bring the total commitment
of DLF loan funds since the Fund began lending
early in 1958 to $948,006,000. This includes com-
mitment of funds for 111 loans and 2 guaranties
totaling $908,756,000 to borrowers in 41 countries,
additional commitments totaling $39,250,000 cov-
ering loans for which letters of advice have not
yet been issued, and commitments to certain coun-
tries to finance development projects subject to ap-
proval of specific proposals when submitted.
DLF loan operations to data break down as
follows :
Twenty-one loans totaling $77,590,000 to bor-
rowers in 13 Latin American countries;
Ten loans and 1 guaranty totaling commitments
of $53,390,000 to borrowers in 8 comitries
in Africa;
Eight loans totaling $81,000,000 to borrowers in
3 European countries ;
Nineteen loans totalmg $195,900,000 to borrow-
ers in 7 countries in the Near East;
Twenty-five loans totaling $332,000,000 to bor-
rowers in 3 comitries in South Asia; and
Twenty-seven loans and 1 guaranty totaling
commitments of $168,876,000 to borrowers in 7 Far
Eastern countries.
The principal borrowing countries are India,
with 8 loans totaling $195,000,000, and Pakistan,
with 14 loans totaling $133,555,000.
Mr. Sterling Named to Advisory
Group on Educational Exchange
The Senate on January 20 confirmed the nomi-
nation of John Ewart Wallace Sterling to be a
member of the U.S. Advisory Commission on
Educational Exchange for a term of 3 years ex-
piring January 27, 1962, and until his successor
is appointed and qualified.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
Security Council
Letter of 13 January 1960 From the Prime Minister of
tlie State of tlie Cameroons to tlie Secretary-General
of the United Nations. S/4256. January 19, 1960.
Ip.
Letter of 20 January 1960 to the President of the Security
Council From the Permanent Representative of France
to the United Nations. S/42o7. January 20, 1960. 1 p.
Letter Dated 22 January 1960 From the Acting Perma-
nent Representative of Paliistan Addressed to the Pres-
ident of the Security CoimcU. S/4259. January 22,
1960. 3 pp.
Report by the Secretary-General to the President of the
Security Council Concerning the Credentials of the Al-
ternate Representative of Ceylon on the Security Coun-
cil. S/4260. January 22, 1960. 1 p.
General Assembly
Question of Disarmament. Letter date<l January 16,
1960, from the Soviet representative to the United Na-
tions addressed to the Secretary-General. A/4356.
January 20, 1960. 6 pp.
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York, N.Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain libraries in the United States.
300
Deparfment of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
Developments in International Economic Affairs
EXCERPTS FROM THE ECONOMIC REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT'
Chapter 2
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS IN 1959
International Economic Developments
In 1950, as in 1958, United States payments in
international transactions exceeded receipts by a
wide marjiin (Cliart 11^). Exports, seasonally
adjusted, fell to a low level in the fii-st quarter of
tlie year, but then began to strengthen and in
the third quarter rose vigorously. Though this
expansion was interrupted later in the year by
the steel shortage, the value of exports in the 11
months through November was about the same
as in the corresponding period of 1958. Imports,
wliich were little affected by the 1957-58 reces-
sion, staged an exceptionally rapid increase until
mid-1959 and, on a seasonally adjusted basis,
remained steady thereafter at a level much higher
than in previous years.
These developments in trade were superimposed
upon a heavy outflow of capital and military
expenditures, thougli both of tliese flows, espe-
cially tliat of private capital funds, were smaller
in 1959 than in 1958. The transfer of gold and
liquid dollar assets resulting from the gap be-
tween aggregate payments and receipts reached
an annual rate of $4.5 billion in the second quar-
ter of 1959. This rate slackened a little in the
third quarter, and there wiis further improvement
in later months, reflecting in part a $250 million
advance repayment by the United Kingdom to the
Export-Import Bank.
' H. Doc. 2G8, 86th Cong., 2d sess. ; transmitted to the
Congress on Jan. 20; for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing OflBce, Washington
25, D.C. ($1).
* Not printed here.
Among the imderlying factors that have con-
tributed to the change in the trade and payments
position of the United States since the early post-
war years have been the steady recovery and
growth in the productive capacity of other coun-
tries, including the re-establisluuent of old com-
parative advantages and the introduction of new
teclmologies. On the side of demand, the pres-
sui'es on domestic resources wliich persisted in
many countries long after the war have generally
subsided. In some cases, new international cost
and price disparities may now have developed to
the advantage of these other countries, and the
depressed level of ocean freight rates since 1957
has facilitated the marketing in the United States
of certain foreign products. Much of the change
in trade may be attributable, however, to intensi-
fied production and export efforts by other
countries on the basis of previously existing cost
differences.
These influences have not operated exclusively
in one direction. A detailed examination by the
Department of Commerce of recent changes in
the shares of the United States in different ex-
port markets for manufactured goods reveals a
considerable diversity of trends, with many gains
as well as losses. Moreover, the serious contrac-
tions have been concentrated in a few items.
Among these, automobiles and steel stand out, as
they do in the rise in imports.
A review of recent developments in the foreign
trade of the United States must also take accoimt
of the effect of business fluctuations at home and
abroad and of the special circumstances affecting
trade in particular products that figure promi-
nently in this countiy's expoi-ts or imports.
Thus, the decline of exports after mid-1957 was
February 22, 1960
301
associated with a general weakening of foreign
import demands, aggravated by the reversal of
special forces whicli had contributed (notably in
the cases of petroleum, coal, cotton, and wheat)
to the earlier upswing. Similarly, the strength-
ening of exports during 1959 reflects the renewal
of economic expansion abroad. The progi-ess of
expansion in countries that are the principal
customers for exports from the United States
accordingly deserves attention.
Change in the World Market Situation
Economic conditions in virtually all industri-
ally developed countries unproved m 1959. In
Canada, as in the United States, production had
begun to recover in 1958; after some hesitation
in the summer of 1959, it rose again in the autumn.
Production in Japan had also rebounded sharply
in 1958 and continued an extraordinarily rapid
rate of expansion. In Western Europe, the check
to production at the end of 1957, though enough
to produce marked effects on inventory and im-
port demands in 1958, did not result in any wide-
spread downturn, and a new rise in output got
under way early in 1959. The difference of about
nine months between North America and Western
Europe in tlie inception of the expansion was of
some significance for the development of trade and
payments on both sides.
By the second half of 1959, most of the more
developed countries were rei)orting impressive in-
creases in economic activity, compared with a
year earlier (Chart 12 ^) . This strengthening ex-
tended to most industries, although coal mining
remained a major exception, with adverse effects
on United States coal sales in Europe. In most
countries, business fixed investment seems to have
played a small role, compared with other de-
mands, in starting the upturn, and the market for
capital equipment was generally weak at the be-
ginning of the year. It strengthened, however,
in most industrial countries as the expansion
gained force, and in some of them, notably Ger-
many and Japan, new orders in the capital goods
industries increased markedly in the course of the
year.
The renewed expansion in industrial countries
abroad was initiated in part by an increase in de-
mand for their exports. It is noteworthy, how-
ever, tliat these increases were, at first, almost
exclusively in sales to the United States and Can-
ada, which rose strongly after mid-1958. Else-
where, these other industrial countries faced much
the same market conditions as those confronting
the United States. The trade among Western
European countries at the beginning of 1959 was
scarcely higher than a year earlier, but in March
it began to rise significantly. Their exports to
the nonindustrial countries in the first quarter
were 12 percent below shipments in the firet quar-
ter of 1958 ; and in the second quarter they were
still no higher than a year earlier.
The weakness of demand in the nonindustrial
countries at the beginning of 1959 reflected their
generally strained foreign exchange position, re-
sulting from the slowness with which their im-
ports had adjusted downward to the progressive
fall in their export prices after mid-1957. In
some cases, excess capacity contributed to the
weakness in these prices. By the firet quarter of
1959, the general level of prices in world trade for
primaiy commodities was 5 percent lower than at
the beginning of 1958 and 13 percent lower than
at the beginning of 1957 (Table D-76*). In
Latin America — a market that is relatively much
more important to the United States than to
Europe or Japan — the fall in export prices (ex-
clusive of petroleum) over the two-year period
was about 20 percent. The volume of exports
from the non-industrial countries had, however,
begun to improve, and in 1959 some of them began
to enjoy better export prices and sufficient earn-
ings to permit both some replenishment of their
foreigii exchange reserves and some increase in
their imports. Sterling area countries were
helped especially by the improved markets for
wool and rubber. Export gains by other primary
producers, notably the Latin American coim-
tries, were more moderate or were delaj'ed, and
some of tliese countries continued to experience
foreign exchange difficulties.
The improvement in the world market situation
during 1959 is shown by the sunnnary import fig-
ures in Table 4. In the first quarter, imports of
industrial countries other than the TTnited States
and Canada were little higher, and in some cases
' Not printed here.
302
' Not printed here.
Department of State Bulletin
Table i.— World imports, 1958-59 '
[Billions of dolliirs)
Country or area
19SS
1869
First
quarter
Second
fjuiirtiT
Third
qimrter '
Seasonally adjusted annual rates
World imports (c.i.f.)'
United States '
All other countries
Other industrial countries
Continental OHKC countries
United Kingdom
Canada
Japan
Nonindustrial countries
Nonindustrial countries
Sterling area, excluding United Kingdom
Latin America
All other
100. 7
14. 0
8(i. 7
51.5
32. 1
10. 6
5.8
3.0
35.2
35. 2
14.2
8.5
12. 5
98.
6
15.
2
83.
4
51.
t;
31.
5
10.
8
6.
1
3.
2
31.
8
105.5
If). 9
88.6
54.0
33. 3
10. 8
6. 4
3.5
34.6
108.4
17. 1
91.3
55.5
34.3
11.2
6.4
3.6
35. 8
Unadjusted annual rates
31.
6
13.
1
7.
0
11.
5
34. 7
14. 2
20.5
35.0
14.2
20.8
' Excludes Soviet Area and Communist China.
• The world total and the total for the nonindustrial countries in the third quarter ot 1959 are provisional.
' Figures for the United States include an adjustment by the International Monetary Fund to a c.i.f. (cost, insurance,
freight) basis for purpose of comparabiUty with other countries' data.
Sources: International Monetary Fund, Department of Commerce, and Council of Economic Advisers.
lower, than in 1958, and those of the nonuidustrial
countries were sharply reduced. In the second
quarter, imports of the industrial coimtries and
of some of the nonindustrial countries strength-
ened appreciably, and the improvement con-
tinued in the third quarter.
United States Foreign Trade and Payments
In the early months of 1959, United States ex-
ports continued to reflect the consequences of the
relatively low world demand and certain other un-
favorable influences. Coal exports, desj^ite the
price advantage favoring the United States, met
increasing obstacles because of the oversupply of
coal in Europe; cotton shipments were held down
in prospect of a change in the United States ex-
port price at the start of the new crop season ; and
exports to many of the primary producing coun-
tries, especially in Latin America, remained weak.
In the second quarter, and still more in the
third, these influences were offset by the resur-
gence of economic expansion in the more devel-
oped countries. United States exports responded
well to the upturn in inventory investment and in
expenditures on macliinery and equipment in these
countries (Table 5). Agricultural exports other
than cotton also strengthened in the course of the
year, and by the fourth quarter cotton exports
were beginning to show the anticipated large in-
crease over the previous year. On the other hand,
a decrease in exports of machinery and vehicles
in November appeared to be attributable to short-
ages of steel arising from the work stoppage in
that industry.
United States merchandise imports rose in little
more than a year by about 25 percent from their
recession low in the first quarter of 1958. The
principal elements in this expansion were the
strengthening of demand for industrial materials,
as domestic economic activity began to increase;
the continued rise in purchases of foreign automo-
biles and other consumer manufactures ; and spe-
cial demand situations relating to meat, steel, and
building materials. "With the easing of some of
these demands, total imports, seasonally adjusted,
did not increase further after midyear.
Changes in service transactions in 1959 were of
much less consequence than those in trade.
Among United States expenditures abroad, mili-
tary disbursements were somewhat lower in the
february 22, I960
303
Table 5. — United States exports, July to October, 1958 and 1959
Item
Total exports, excluding "special category" ' .
Cotton, unmanufactured
Coal, petroleum, and related products
Exports, excluding above items, to Latin America
All other exports
Geographic distribution:
Canada
Western Europe
Japan
Other countries, excluding Latin America
Commodity distribution:
Agricultural products
Machinery
Transportation equipment
All other, including reexports
' Total and area data include reexports; commodity data exclude reexports
Note. — Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.
Source: Department of Commerce.
July-October
1958
July-October
1959
Millions of dollars
5,071
148
358
1,268
3,297
1,047
1,205
191
853
940
786
332
1,240
5, 267
100
280
1, 136
3,751
1, 143
1, 404
238
965
1,077
884
350
1,440
Percentage
change
3.9
'32. 4
-21.9
-10.4
13. 8
9. 1
16.5
24. 9
13. 1
14.6
12.5
5.5
16. 2
first three quarters of the year than in the same
period of 1958 and travel outlays somewhat higher.
Among receipts, income from direct investments
abroad, while lower than in 1958, tended
to stieiigthen in the course of the year.
Influenced by the rise in interest rates in this
country, the outflow of capital in the first three
quarters of 1959 remained considerably below the
high rate of the preceding year, thereby offsetting
part of the adverse shift in the goods and services
balance. The net outflow of capital was excep-
tionally low in the first quarter, but rose in the
second and remained steady in the third. With
imjiorts of goods and services also remaining
unchanged and exports rising from the second
to the third quarter, the excess of payments on re-
corded transactions declined. Net transfers of
gold and liquid dollar assets to other countries
did not diminish correspondingly in the third
quarter. This disparity is thought to be due to
lags in crediting paj'ments to foreign accounts,
with tlie result of understating the gold and dollar
outflow in the second quarter and of overstating
it in the third. Incomplete data for the fourth
quarter indicate a decline in the rate of gold and
dollar transfers, partly attributable to large ad-
vance payments of foreign obligations to the
United States.
Outlook
• • • • •
Balunce of Payments Prospects
A moderate improvement in the United States
balance of international payments seems to be
ahead in 1960. Imports of capital equipment and
consumer manufactures may, on balance, con-
tinue their upward trend. And, as industrial pro-
duction continues to rise, imports of industrial
materials may grow, though presumably more
slowly than in the recovery phase following the
1957-58 recession. On the other hand, the par-
ticular supply and demand situations noted earlier
in this chapter, which have been responsible for
the rapid rise of certain imports, are shifting;
these imports are now expected to increase less
rapidly, and some of them may even decline. The
growth of total imports, therefore, may well be
considerably smaller in 1960 than the rise in the
period from early 1958 to mid-1959.
Exports should gain from the strong expansion
of production and investment that is proceeding
in the industrial countries abroad. This expan-
sion should benefit United States sales indirectly
also, as the primary producing countries find their
purchasing power raised by their higher exports
to the industrial countries. Moreover, certain
304
Department of State Bulletin
major exports that declined in 1959, as discussed
above, may cease to decline in 19G0, or may
increase.
On this appraisal, exports in 1960 should rise
appreciably more than imports. Also, receipts
from services are expected to rise faster than pay-
ments for services and military expenditures
abroad. Net exports of goods and services, as
registered in our national income accounts, sliould
sliow a positive balance. On the otlier hand, new
United States investment abroad may increase,
especially if interest rates in other countries con-
tinue to rise. Therefore, the over-all payments
deficit may still he relativelj' large in 1960. To
assist in attaining a needed adjustment of the bal-
ance of payments consistent with our goal of pro-
moting multilateral world trade, a strengthening
of exports continues to be essential. The level of
exports will depend on such fundamental condi-
tions as the rate and regularity of expansion of
activity abroad, the progress of other countries
toward more liberal trade policies, and our own
efforts to strengthen the competitive position of
United States products in foreign markets.
Chapter 3
ECONOMIC POLICIES IN 1959
Foreign Economic Policy
Tlie Administration continued in 19.59 to pro-
vide substantial assistance for the economic de-
velopment of less developed areas as well as
military and economic assistance to countries of
the free world. The importance of these pro-
grams and their need for adequate budgetary sup-
port was emphasized in a special message of the
President transmitted to the Congrass on March
13, 1959.= During the year, the United States
increased its participation in existing interna-
tional financial institutions and encouraged the
settmg up of certain new institutions designed to
promote the flow of capital to underdeveloped
countries. The United States also continued its
traditional efforts to reduce impediments to inter-
national trade.
The economic potential and the security of the
free world, and the future growth of the less de-
veloped countries, depend in large measure upon
the economic strength of the United States in both
its domestic and its international asfx-cts. Witli
a view to safeguarding that .sdengtii, action was
taken in 1959 to improve (lie United States bal-
ance of payments, in whicli a sizable deficit was
anticipated for the year. The payments deficit
underlined tlie imjmrtance of the fii-m fiscal and
monetary policies being pursued to restrain
domestic inflationary pressures and to assure
stable economic growth. These policies ser\'ed to
mamtain confidence in the dollar througliout the
world. They also helped to lessen (he danger
that, through inflation, the competitive .strength
of United States trade in foreign markets might
be weakened.
Throughout 1959, the United States emphasized
that the strong economic position attained by the
other industrial countries justified moves on their
part to liberalize commercial policies and to ex-
pand foreign investment. A great rise had oc-
curred in their gold and exchange reserves, their
balance of payments positions had become strong,
and major progress had been made toward cur-
rency convertibility. Thus, at the Fifteenth Ses-
sion of the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade,^ it was agreed
that discriminatory import restrictions based on
financial reasons, largely affecting the United
States, should quickly be eliminated. Moreover,
the rise in reserves of most industrial countries
provides the basis for reducing quantitative im-
port restrictions genei'ally. The United States
pressed this view at other international meetings
also, as well as directly with the governments
concerned. By the end of the year, many coun-
tries had taken action to reduce discriminatory
restrictions against imports from and travel to
the United States. A number of these countries
indicated their intention to take further action
in the near future. The United States also asked
the industrially advanced nations to increase their
assistance to less developed countries. The eco-
nomic progress of these industrial countries was
clear evidence of their capacity to provide in-
creased aid.
A specific step to improve the balance of pay-
ments was taken with the announcement that the
Development Loan Fund (DLF) henceforth
' Bulletin of Mar. 30, 1959, p. 427.
February 22, J 960
'For the report of the U.S. delegation to the 15th ses-
sion of the GATT, see ibid., Dec. 7, 1959, p. 843.
305
would place primary emphasis, in its lending to
the less developed countries, on the financing of
goods and services which these countries require
from the United States.^ This decision was taken
in the knowledge that other industrial countries
are now capable of financing their exports of
capital goods to these countries on a long-term
basis. Also, steps were taken to transfer from
the International Cooperation Achninistration
(ICA) to the DLF, to the greatest extent possible,
assistance which ICA aflfords in tlie form of aid
to specific development projects. Projects so
transferred are subject to the new DLF financing
procedures. There is reason to expect that these
measures, in addition to strengthening the United
States balance of payments, will bring about an
increased volume of foreign lending by other
industrial countries.
Several steps were taken during the year to
augment the flow of capital from the United
States and other nations to the less developed
countries and to strengthen international financial
agencies. On June 17, the President signed leg-
islation authorizing an increase in the subscrip-
tions of the United States to the International
Monetary Fund and to the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development. The added
subscriptions amounted to $1,375 million to the
Fund and $3,175 million to the Bank.
A second step to expand the flow of capital
was taken when the United States joined with the
Latin American countries in the establishment of
the Inter-American Development Bank.^ It is
contemplated that the Bank will have an ordinary
capital of $850 million, in addition to a separate
fund of $150 million for special operations. The
United States contribution will amount to $450
million.
A third move was the decision taken by the
Governors of the International Bank for Recon-
struction and Development, on the initiative of
the United States, to proceed with the fonnulation
of plans for an International Development Asso-
ciation (IDA). This institution would have re-
sources of about $1 billion, including a prospec-
tive United States contribution of somewhat more
than $300 million, payable over approximately
five years. It would be closely affiliated with the
' Ihid., Nov. 16, 1959, p. 708.
' For background, see ibid., Feb. 15, 1960, p. 263.
306
International Bank for Reconstruction and De-
velopment and would give gi-eater flexibility to
the operations of that institution. It would also
facilitate the use, for development purposes, of
the local currencies of certain member countries
provided to IDA out of holdings by other mem-
bers. Such use would be with the consent of the
countries whose currencies were involved.
The economic aid extended in various forms by
the United States to other countries— almost en-
tirely to less developed countries — totaled about
$3 billion in the year ended September 1959. Dis-
bursements under the Mutual Security Program
for economic assistance amounted to about $1.4
billion, exclusive of disbursements by the Develop-
ment Loan Fund. The latter, whose operations
were still in an initial stage, disbursed $114 mil-
lion and committed $393 million. Under Public
Law 480, agricultural surpluses were disposed of
as follows: $736 million against local currencies;
$133 million through transfers to private welfare
and international relief agencies for foreign oper-
ations; and $58 million through deliveries for
famine and other emergency relief purposes. The
Export-Import Bank disbursed $598 million in
loans and committed $693 million, while receiving
repayments of $301 million. During the year, it
increased the portion of suppliers' credits which
it will finance.
Under the national security provision of the
trade agreements legislation, the President ap-
proved a finding tliat oil and oil products were
being imported in sucli amounts as to tlireaten to
impair the national security and instituted a pro-
gram for regvilating these imports. Tlie Director
of the Office of Civil and Defense Mobilization
found no threat to national security from imports
of certain heavy electrical equipment, fluorspar,
and cobalt. Under the escape clause provision of
the trade agreements legislation, the President ap-
proved a Tariff Commission finding of injury
from imports of certain stainless steel flatware
jn-oducts, but disapproved such findings for tar-
taric acid and cream of tartar. The Tariff Com-
mission found no injury in eiglit ciises and
terminated three other cases witliout formal
findings.
In pursuance of its policy of seeking a reduction
of barriers to international trade, tlie United
States in October 1958 ju-oposed to the Contract-
Department of State Bulletin
ing Parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Ti-:ul(> tliat they sponsor a new round of mul-
tilateral tariff negotiations. The proposal was
approved by the Conti-acting Parties in May 1959,
and tiio taritT conference is sciieduled to begin in
September 1960." Its successful conclusion will
permit further progress toward the attainment of
higher k>vels of trade.
Chapter 4
A LEGISLATIVE PROGRAM FOR 1960
Foreign Economic Relations
Stronger efforts must be made at this time to
expand United States exports of goods and serv-
ices. Fiscal and monetary policies designed to
restrain inflation provide a solid basis for such
efforts, but more needs to be done to strengthen
the competitive position of our exports. In this
connection, the Federal Government should en-
courage intensified use of Department of Com-
merce facilities for disseminating foreign trade
information to exporters and potential foreign
buyers of American products; strengthen the com-
mercial activities of our Foreign Service; increase
the number of our trade missions to other coun-
tries; and arrange for more extensive United
States participation in trade fairs abroad.
These steps should make more effective the ef-
forts of private businesses to increase foreign
sales. Expansion of exports should be a major aim
of American business in the coming year. To take
full advantage of expanding market opportunities
abroad, businessmen wiU have to price competi-
tively, sell aggressively, adapt and design products
to meet the needs of foreign buyers, and offer ade-
quate credit and service facilities.
Markets for United States products were sig-
nificantly expanded last year, particularly toward
the end of the year, by the reduction of quantita-
tive restrictions on dollar imports by many of our
trading partnei-s abroad, as described in Chapter
2 of this Report. The United States intends to
continue encouraging the removal of remaining
restrictions on imports from the dollar area.
These efforts, which are expected to result in a
• See p. 291.
February 22, I960
furtlier expansion of United States export oppor-
tunities, will be made in such interiuitional forums
as the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
and the International Monetary Fund, as well as
through bilateral consultations with foreign
governments.
It is hoped that the industrial countries, con-
sonant with their growing financial ability, will
increase their long-term lending to less developed
countries, and this subject is being actively dis-
cussed with the governments concerned. For its
part, the United States will continue vigorously
with its plans to aid the economic growth of less
developed countries. The efforts of many of these
countries have already been fruitful, and the
groundwork is being laid for more rapid advances
in tlie future. In many instances, however, the
level of living in the less developed countries re-
mains very low.
The efforts of the United States to aid less de-
veloped countries to improve their productivity
and level of living will be channeled through in-
stitutions that have served in the past, including
both the Development Loan Fund and the Ex-
port-Import Bank (which has just observed its
twenty-fifth anniversary), and through appropri-
ate new institutions. The Inter-American De-
velopment Bank, which came into existence late
last year, will begin operations shortly. This in-
stitution, which brings together the United States
and the countries of Latin America, manifests the
enduring interest that the United States has in the
economic progress of its neighbors.
The formation of the International Develop-
ment Association will also be pursued actively
during the year. It is expected that funds for the
initial United States subscription will be re-
quested during the year.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 1st Session
Communist Threat to the United States Through the
Caribbean. Hearing before the Subcommittee To In-
vestigate the Administration of the Internal Security
Act and Other Internal Security Laws of the Senate
Judiciary Committee. Part 4. December 7, 1959.
242 pp.
War Claims and Enemy Property Legislation. Hearings
before a subcommittee of the House Interstate and
307
Foreign Commerce Committee on bills to amend the
War Claims Act and the Trading With the Enemy Act.
April 16-August 6, 1959. 742 pp.
86th Congress, 2d Session
Mutual Security Program. The 16th semiannual report
on the operation of the Mutual Security Program for
the period ending June 30, 1959. H. Doc. 299. Janu-
ary 14, 1960. 114 pp.
Administration of United States Foreign Aid Programs in
Bolivia. Report of the Senate Committee on Govern-
ment Operations made by its Permanent Subcommittee
on Investigations pursuant to S. Res. 43, 86th Congress,
1st session. S. Rept. 1030. January 20, 19C0. 28 pp.
Authorizing a Payment to the Government of Japan. Re-
port to accompany S. 2130. H. Rept. 1216. January
21, 1960. 3 pp.
Rehabilitation of the Disabled in Thirty-seven Countries
of the World : Domestic Programs and International
Activities in Technical Assistance. Report of the Sen-
ate Government Operations Committee made by its
Subcommittee on Reorganization and International
Organizations. S. Rept. 1038. January 22, 1960.
152 pp.
United States-Latin American Relations: United States
Business and Labor in Latin America. A study pre-
pared at the request of the Subcommittee on American
Republics Affairs of the Senate Foreign Relations Com-
mittee by the University of Chicago Research Center
in Economic Development and Cultural Change. No. 4.
January 22, 1960. 103 pp. [Committee print]
Expressing the Sense of the Congress That Any Variation
in the Traditional Interpretation of the Treaties Be-
tween the United States and the Republic of Panama
Shall Be Made Only Pursuant to Treaty. Report to
accompany H. Con. Res. 459. H. Rept. 1225. January
29, 1960. 2 pp.
Special Study Mission to Europe. Report, Part I : Spe-
cial Study Mission to Europe ; Report, Part II : A Study
of European Economic Regionalism — A New Era in
Free World Economic Politics. A report in two parts
representing the views of the special study mission of
the Subcommittee on Europe of the House Foreign
Affairs Committee. H. Rept. 1226. January 25, 1960.
176 pp.
If Coexistence Fails : the Khrushchev Visit Evaluated.
An analysis of our present position in the cold war and
of the diplomatic crisis confronting us by Senator
Thomas J. Dodd. S. Doc. 78. January 25, 1960. 31 pp.
Review of the Administration of the Trading With the
Enemy Act. Report to accompany S. Res. 236. S. Rept.
1049. January 29, 1960. 4 pp.
Study of Refugees and Escapees by the Committee on
the Judiciary. Report to accompany S. Res. 235.
S. Rept. 1050. January 29, 19G0. 3 pp.
Study of U.S. Foreign Policy. Report to accompany S.
Res. 2.50. S. Rept. 1059. January 29, 1900. 3 pp.
■Study of the Effectiveness of Governmental Organization
and Procedure in the Contest With World Communism.
Report to accompany S. Res. 248. S. Rept. 1060. Jan-
uai-y 29, 1960. 4 pp.
Reception of Foreign Dignitaries. Report to accompany
S. Res. 24.5. S. Rept. 10(52. January 29, 1960. 3 pp.
United States-Latin American Relations : United States
and Latin American Policies Affecting Their Economic
Relations. A study prepared at the request of the Sub-
committee on American Itepublic Affairs of the Senate
Association. No. 5. January 31, 1960. l."!3 pp [Com-
Foreigu Relations Committee by the National Planning
mittee print]
Secretary Requests Authority
To Pay Certain lES Expenses
Following is the text of a letter from Secretary
Eerter to Vice President Nixon requesting enact-
ment of a proposed hill to provide authority for
the Department of State to pay certain ex-
penses relating to the International Educational
Exchange Program.
TEXT OF LETTER '
Janxjakt 20, 1960.
The Honorable Eichard M. Nixon,
President of the Senate.
Dear Mr. Vice President : I am transmitting
herewith a proposed bill to amend the act of
August 1, 1956, entitled "an act to provide cer-
tain basic authorities for the Department of
State."
One of the most serious problems facing the
Department at this time in the operation of its
international educational exchange program arises
from the inability to provide in a systematic way
for certain expenses that are vital to the success
of programs arranged for distinguished foreign
visitors invited to this country. The objective
in inviting these persons is to increase miderstand-
ing between the people of other countries and the
people of the United States. Often tliis objective
can best be accomplished through meetings be-
tween these visitors and Americans of similar in-
terests, background, and status. Because these
visitors are able to remain in tliis country for only
limited periods of time, and tlteir American
counterparts similarly have pressing demands
upon their time, programs must be arranged whicli
make maximum use of the time available. Many
of the most productive meetings that can be ar-
ranged are in tlio form of luncheons, receptions,
or similar functions.
Most of the meetings between these visitors
and Americans are arranged by the cooperating
agencies, both private and government, that assist
in carrying out the international educational ex-
change program. The Department considers the
' Reprinted from Congressional Record of Feb. 1, 1960,
p. 1484.
308
Department of State Bulletin
cost of luncheons and other similar arrangements
for nioctinjTs that are in every respect a vital part
of tlie program to be reasonable and proper pro-
gram expense. The Department believes, how-
ever, that it needs specitic legislative authority
for the payment of such expenses.
The attached draft bill is intended to provide
such authority. The autliority would be used
sparingly and only as program recpiirements de-
mand. It is estimated that approximately $20,000
from regular program funds would be used for
tliis purpose over tlie period of the next fiscal
year.
The Department urgently requests the enact-
ment of the proposed legislation at an early date.
The Department has been informed by the
Bureau of the Budget that there is no objection
to the submission of this proposal to the Congress
for its consideration.
Most sincerely.
Christian A. Hertee.
PROPOSED DRAFT BILL
A bill to amend the Act of August 1, 1956, entitled "An
Act to provide certain basic authority for the Depart-
ment of State"
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America in Congress assem-
bled. That section 12 of the Act of August 1, 1956, en-
titled "An Act to provide certain basic authority for the
Department of State" is amended by changing the period
at the end of the section to a comma and adding the fol-
lowing : "and the Secretary may provide for the payment
of such other expenses as he deems appropriate to assure
a suitable program for any participant coming to the
United States under the exchange of persons program ad-
ministered by the Department of State."
Knters into force 12 months after the deposit of the
third instrument of ratification, acceptance, or
accession.
liati/iration deposited: Israel, January 4, 1960.
Convention concerning the excliange of official publica-
tions and goveriiiiii'iit documents between states.
Adopte<i at Paris December 3, 1958.' Enters into force
12 luoiiths after the deposit of the third instrument of
ratilication, acceptance, or accession.
Ratifications dcpositrd: Ceylon, December 7, 1959;
Israel, January 4, 1900.
Wheat
International wheat agreeniPiit, 19,59, with annex. Opened
for signature at Washington April 6 through 24, 1959.
Entered into force July 16. 19.59, for part I and parts
III to VIII, and August 1, 1959, for part II. TIAS
4302.
Acceptance deposited: Portugal, January 28, 1960.
BILATERAL
Chile
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of March 13, 1956, iis amended (TIAS 3583, 3671,
and 3806), to provide for financing the translation,
publication, and distribution of books and periodicals,
including U.S. Government publications, abroad. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Santiago January 26 and
April 21, 1959. Entered into force April 21, 1959. TIAS
4405.
El Salvador
Agreement continuing in force the Air Force mission
agreement of November 21, 1957, as amended (TIAS
3951 and 4206). Effected by exchange of notes at San
Salvador January 15 and 22, 1960. Entered into force
January 22, 1960.
Japan
Agreement amending the agreement of April 6. 1959, re-
lating to the amount to be made available to the United
States during Japanese fiscal year 1959 under article
XXV of the administrative agreement of February 28,
1952 (TIAS 2492), for U.S. services and supplies in
Japan (TIAS 4227). Efifected by exchange of notes at
Tokyo January 8, 1960. Entered into force January 8,
1960.
Peru
Agreement further amending the agreement of May 3,
1956, as amended (TI.\S 3502 and 38.59), for financing
certain educational exchange programs. Effected by
exchange of notes at Lima December 18 and 21, 1959.
Entered into force December 21, 1959. TIAS 4398.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Publications
Convention concerning the international exchange of
publications. Adopted at Paris December 3, 1958.'
' Not in force.
February 22, I960
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
U.S. To Open New Embassy Office
at Murree, Pakistan
Press release 48 dated February 1
The United States this month will establish an office of
its Emba.ssy in Pakistan at Murree, near Rawalpindi, the
new provisional capital of the country in northern West
309
Pakistan. The U.S. Embassy on February 22 will become
the first diplomatic mission in Pakistan to open an office
in the area of the country's new seat of government.
In October 1959 the Government of Pakistan began
transferring its capital from Karachi to Rawalpindi.
Most senior officials of the Government are now located
there. The Foreign Ministry and the bulk of many Gov-
ernment departments remain in Karachi, although it is
planned that they will be moved to the new capital when
adequate facilities are available. The Government of
Pakistan has also announced its decision to construct a
permanent national capital on the Potwar Plateau north-
east of Rawalpindi and has constituted a Capital Com-
mission to formulate a long-term development plan for
the permanent site.
Because of an acute shortage of accommodations in
Rawalpindi, Pakistan's President, Field Marshal Moham-
mad Ayub Khan, has requested foreign missions desiring
to establish offices in the provisional capital area to locate
them outside Rawalpindi. Consequently, the American
Embassy office will be located at Murree, a small resort
town about 40 miles north of Rawalpindi at an elevation
of 7,400 feet. A number of other foreign diplomatic mis-
sions in Karachi have requested facilities at Murree.
The new office will be known as the Murree office of the
American Embassy. It is designed to maintain daily
contacts with Government of Pakistan officials in
Rawalpindi.
American Ambassador William M. Rountree will con-
tinue to reside at Karachi, where most of the American
Embassy staff and other American personnel will con-
tinue to be located until the complete transfer of the
Embassy is made at some time in the future. Ambassa-
dor Rountree will take up short-term residence at Murree
from time to time and will commute frequently to Rawal-
pindi to confer with Pakistani officials, as will other senior
American Embassy officers.
Christopher Van Hollen, a Foreign Service officer now
assigned to the Embassy at Karachi, has been designated
as officer-in-charge of the Murree office.
Designations
C. Reed Liggit as Director, U.S. Operations Mission,
Israel, effective February 4. (For biographic details,
see Department of State press release 49 dated Febru-
ary 4. )
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 1-7
Press releases may be obtained from the Office of
New.s, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
No.
48
*49
t50
Date
2/1
2/4
2/3
Sabject
to open
at Murree,
Embassy office
Pakistan.
Liggit designated director, USOM, Israel
(biographic details).
Thayer : "Cleveland's Role In Interna-
tional Cultural Relations."
*Xot printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Buixetin.
310
Department of State Bulletin
February 22, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1078
American Republics. I'rogress Through Coopera-
tion in Latin America (Rubottom) .... 285
Atomic Energy. Tlie Tlireat of Fallout Danger
in Relation to Foreign I'olicy (Herter) . . . 2S3
Communism. Progre.'ss Through Cooperation in
Latin America (Rubottom) 2S5
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 307
Development.s in International Economic Affairs
(excerpts from report) 301
The Role of Science in Foreign Policy Planning
(Erode) 271
Secretary Requests Authority To Pay Certain lES
Expenses (Herter) 308
Senate Foreisi> Relations Committee Studies on
U.S. Foreign Policy 273
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Liggit)
U.S. To Oi)en New Embassy Office at Murree,
Pakistan
Disarmament
The Threat of Fallout Danger In Relation to For-
eign Policy (Herter)
U.S. Comments on Declaration by Warsaw Pact
Countries (White)
Economic Affairs
Developments in International Economic Affairs
(excerpts from report)
International Bank Issues 6-Month Financial
Statement
The 19(50-61 GATT Tariff Conference (Catudal) .
Progress Through Cooperation in Latin America
(Rubottom)
Educational Exchange
Secretary Requests Authority To Pay Certain lES
Expenses (Herter)
Mr. Sterling Xamed to Advisory Group on Educa-
tional Exchange
310
309
283
284
301
299
291
285
308
300
International Organizations and Conferences
International Hank Lssues 6-Month Financial
Statement
The 1900-01 GATT Tariff Conference (Catudal) .
Israel. Liggit designated USOM director . . .
Mutual Security
DLF Lists Total Commitments as of December 31,
1959
Liggit designate*! USOM director, Israel ....
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. U.S. Com-
ments on Declaration by Warsaw Pact Countries
(White)
Pakistan. U.S. To Open New Embassy Office at
Murree, Pakistan
Presidential Documents. Developments in Inter-
national Economic Affairs
Science
The Role of Science in Foreign Policy Planning
(Erode) 271
Science and Foreign Affairs (Kistiakowsky) . . 276
U.S. and British Scientists Di.scuss Cooperation in
Space Research 284
Treaty Information. Current Actions 30D
U.S.S.R. U.S. Comments on Declaration by War-
saw Pact Countries (White) 284
United Kingdom. U.S. and British Scientists Dis-
cuss Cooperation in Space Research 284
United Nations.
290
291
310
300
310
284
309
301
Current U.N. Documents
Name Index
300
Brode, Wallace R 271
Catudal, Honors M 291
Eisenhower, President 301
Herter, Secretary 283, 308
Kistiakowsky, George B 276
Liggit, C. Reed 310
Rubottom, R. R., Jr 285
Sterling, John Ewart Wallace 300
White, Lincoln 284
U.S. COVCRNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I960
I
^ :i^
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new Background pamphlets on important areas . . .
THE SUBCONTINENT OF SOUTH ASIA
Afghanistan • Ceylon • India • Nepal • Pakistan
Lying on the edge of the free world, touched by the power of
Communist Central Asia, the subcontinent of South Asia today has
a crucial role in world affaire. The characteristics and problems of
the subcontinent generally and the five sovereign nations in it are
the subjects of a new Background pamphlet.
Publication 6839
40 cents
SOUTHEAST ASIA
Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
From the isolation imposed by geography and a colonial pattern
of control, most of the lands and peoples of Southeast Asia have re-
cently been thrust into the midst of international politics mainly as
a result of national movements which led them to independence. Tliis
15-page illustrated pamphlet discusses the problems of tliis sudden
transformation, and contains background infoi-mation on the geogra-
phy, peoples, and economic situation of the area. Brief descriptions
are included of the individual countries of Southeast Asia — Burma,
Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaya, the Philippines, Thailand, and
Viet-Nam.
Publication 6861
15 cents
Order Form
to: Supf. of Documenls
(jovt. Priming t)fBc-e
Washington 2,''i, !>.(.'.
Eiu'loHed Unci:
(cash.chci'k.ur >n<^
onh r i>(ii/ahh! to
Siijil. i)f horn.)
Please send me - - - - copies of —
D The Subcontinent of South Asia — Afghanistan, Ceylon, India, Nepal, and
Pakistan.
n Southeast Asia — Area of Challenge, Change, and Progress
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
JUk^X<^
Rec'd
MAS 9 ,950
Vol. XLII, No. 107^ o _, / February 29, 1960
V ^' P- L. /
SHARING COMMON GOALS WITH LATIN AMERICA
9 hy Under Secretary Dillon 315
SECRETARY HERTER'S NEWS CONFERENCE OF
FEBRUARY 8 320
THE PRICE OF FREEDOM • Remarks by President
Eisenhower 328
U.S. PRESENTS NEW PROPOSAL ON NUCLEAR
WEAPONS TESTS 327
THE MILITARY ASSISTANCE PROGRAM AS A TOOL
FOR PEACE WITH HONOR • by Gen. W. B. Palmer . 329
ASPECTS OF U.S. FOREIGN ECONOMIC POLICY •
Statement by Edwin M. Martin 340
For index see inside back cover
THE DER
Vol. XLII, No. 1079 • Pubucation 6948
February 29, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Document!"
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.O.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 25 cents
The prhitlng of this puMlcallon has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1958).
Note: Contents ol this publication are not
coi)yrlghted and Items contained herein n)ay
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides tlie public
and interested agencies of the
Government ivith information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on tlie work of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Departmen t,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various piloses of international affairs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
in ternutional interest.
Publications of tlie Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Sharing Common Goals With Latin America
by Under Secretary Dillon,^
We continue to revere Lincoln us the savior of
our Union and ;is a founder of the great Repub-
lican Party. Lincohi's wisdom had a timeless
and enduring universality from which we can
still benefit today. When we face the huge and
pressing challenges of the 20th century, we can
usefully ask ourselves how Lincohi would have re-
sponded to them. For this remarkable statesman
fused warm idealism with eminent practicality
in shaping policies which not only strengthened
the well-being of our own people but ultimately
benefited all mankind.
This criterion is met in full measure by one
of our most important and most promising pro-
grams in the field of foreign policy. I refer
to our efforts, in partnership with other prosper-
ing free nations, to help the less privileged peo-
ples of the earth realize their momiting expecta-
tions for a better life under freedom. I am
certain that if Lincoln, with his boundless love
of humanity and his deep sympathy for the aspi-
rations of the underprivileged, were alive today
he would be at the very forefront of this drive
to meet what President Eisenhower has called the
"titanic" challenge of our time.
It was Lincoln, of course, who said that we
could not endure permanently half slave and half
free. Today his words have a timely, broader,
worldwide significance. Millions of hiunan be-
ings live under totalitarianism in the Soviet
Union and its European satellites. Himdreds of
millions more lead a subhuman existence under
the anthill regimentation of Coimnunist China.
' Address made at a Lincoln Day observance of the
Union League Club of Philadelphia at Philadelphia, Pa.,
on Feb. 12 (press release G2).
It is our fervent hope lliat these nations will gi-ad-
ually evolve toward the freedom and politic!).!
mdependence to which mankind instinctively
aspires.
But there is also today another kind of slavery
which must be conquered if mankind is to con-
tinue its onward march in freedom. This is the
very real slavery of poverty, disease, hunger, and
illiteracy. Hundreds of millions of people in the
free world today are struggling to cast off the
shackles of slavery, knowmg that they cannot
fully enjoy the freedoms of their political inde-
pendence until they have achieved a measure of
success in the fight to improve their standards of
living. They know that a better life exists.
They want it. And they mean to have it one way
or another.
It is in our own direct interest that these peo-
ples should succeed in their struggle. For we
cannot long continue freely to enjoy the fruits of
our material successes unless these hundreds of
millions of people in the newly developing lands
also make adequate progress in freedom. We
cannot hope to endure as an island of well-being
in a sea of poverty.
These peoples, who represent the decisive bal-
ance of future world power, are the peoples of the
newly independent countries of Asia and Africa
and the long-independent but newly developing
nations of Latin America.
Since the early days of our countiy we have rec-
ognized that our ties and common interests with
Latin America are of unique importance in United
States foreign policy. It is appropriate that we
discuss Latin America tonight as we observe Lin-
coln's birthdav. For Lincoln is known and ven-
FebruoTY 29, J 960
3151
crated throughout the Western Hemisphere as a
preeminent American in the all-inchisive sense of
the term. Earlier this week I was in San Salva-
dor for the opening meeting of tlie new Inter-
American Development Bank.^ "Wliile there I
called on President Lemus of El Salvador. In his
office hangs a portrait of Lincoln, who has been
described as the precursor of the good-neighbor
policy. Nearly a century ago Lincoln voiced our
sentiments toward the other Americas in elo-
quently simple terms which have ajiplicable va-
lidity today. In a message to the United States
Senate on May 30, 1862, he said :
Several of the Republics of this Hemisphere are alarmed
at a supposed sentiment tending to reactionary movements
against Republican institutions on this Continent. It
seems, therefore, to be proper that we should show to any
of them who may apply for that purpose, that compatibly
with our cardinal policy and with an enlightened view
of our own interests, we are willing to encourage them
by strengthening our ties of goodwill and good neighbor-
liness with them.
In those days "good neighborliness" signified
cooperation in winning and defending independ-
ent sovereignty and fostering the growth of full
democracy. These principles still guide us today,
but a new dimension has been added : the need to
cooperate in improving living standards all over
the hemisphere.
Latin American governments are under relent-
less pressure from their peoples to achieve the kind
of material progress they see in the industrialized
nations. Knowing the spirit of Lincoln, they nat-
urally turn to the United States for brotherly
assistance in their great efforts to narrow the gap
between our per capita income of $2,100 a year
and their average per capita income of $285 a year.
We have a sympathetic interest in helping our fel-
low Americans to enjoy a larger share of the good
things of life. We have a national interest in see-
ing their urgently desired gi'owth achieved in a
strengtliening environment of freedom. Latin
America is also very important to us in the field
of trade. Our trade with Latin America is stead-
ily increasing and now amounts to $4 billion a
year in each direction. This is what we mean when
we talk of interdependence.
Latin America is presently experiencing a so-
called "population explosion." Since 1900 its
population has nearly tripled and now numbers
some 188 million. If the present birth rate con-
' See p. 344.
316
tinues, it has been estimated that in 40 years the
population \Yill exceed 500 million. This expan-
sion is indicative of progress because it dramatizes
a remarkable drop in death rates resulting from
cooperative efforts in which we have joined to
extend sanitation, eliminate infectious diseases,
and improve nutrition. Accompanying progress
in other fields has resulted in a rise in gross na-
tional product of about 5 percent a year. But,
because of the rapid population increase, per cap-
ita income has risen much more slowly.
Need for Economic and Technical Assistance
Both external capital and technical assistance
are needed if our sister republics are to make ade-
quate progress toward establishing viable econo-
mies under stable, free institutions.
Outside help, of course, can only stimulate and
contribute to growth. It cannot substitute — nor
should it be employed as a substitute — for eco-
nomically sound and well-conceived efforts which
must be made by the governments of Latin Amer-
ica themselves if they are to satisfy their peoples'
legitimate aspirations. Responsible leaders of
Latin America recognize this fact.
We are endeavoring to help them achieve the
blessings of free development for their peoples
through multilateral arrangements with other
governments, through our own Government's pro-
grams of technical and capital assistance, and
through the resources of private United States
enterprise. We are guided in our efforts by the
spirit of cooperation and mutual respect which
has traditionally characterized relations among
the interdependent states of the Americas.
The Inter-American Development Bank, which
is being launched at the meeting I attended earlier
this week in El Salvador, is the newest tool in this
effort. It is a billion-dollar institution to which
the United States has subscribed about 40 percent
of the capital, the rest coming from the Latin
American countries themselves. With the sole
exception of Cuba all of them have joined with
us in creating tliis new instrument uniquely con-
ceived to meet their development needs.
Perhaps the Bank's most striking feature is that
it is more than just a financing association. It is
truly a development institution. For it will pro-
vide technical assistance to participating countries
to insure that development projects are properly
prepared, properly engineered, and properly de-
Deparfment of State Bulletin
i
signed. Anotlier important service to bo rendered
by the Bank will be the furnishing of advice on
other available sources for financing all or part
of individual projects. In this way it is expected
to become the central force for the overall co-
ordination of development efforts, both public and
private.
In the past many people in Latin America have
felt that we have taken them too much for
granted. Many also have feared that higher pri-
ority was being given to the needs of the newly
emerging countries of Asia and Africa, which are
comparatively less developed. They therefore
hail the Inter-American Bank as an instrument
which will give them an active voice in hemi-
spheric development and in the allocation of avail-
able funds.
Our membership in the Bank is a concrete ex-
pression of our interest in assisting the peoples of
the Americas to pursue sound economic policies
which will make a maximmn contribution to liem-
ispheric growth in an atmosphere of mutual trust
and understanding. It complements our long-
term participation in the work of the World Bank
and the International Monetary Fund, both of
which will continue to make financing available to
Latin American nations. These institutions have
recently increased their resources as a result of our
initiative. Another American initiative which
will contribute to Latin America's progress is the
new International Development Association.^
The other American states will, of course, also
continue to be completely free to seek bilateral as-
sistance from our Export-Import Bank and, when
they are imable to obtain financing from other
free-world sources, from our Development Loan
Fund.
U.S. Financial and Technical Programs
Some notion of the size of our bilateral loans
to Latin America can be gleaned from tliese fig-
ures : During the past decade the Export-Import
Bank has loaned $2,667 million to Latin America.
Since the Bank was founded 25 years ago, more
than 40 percent of all its loans have been made to
Latin American borrowers. If we add to this
record that of the Development Loan Fund and
the International Cooperation Administration and
its special assistance programs, as well as the
' See p. 345.
February 29, 1960
loans made under our P.L. 480 program for the
disposal of agricultural surpluses, the grand total
is $3,567 million. Many of these public loans have
gone toward the construction of harbors, high-
ways, power, irrigation, and other projects for
which adequate local capital was not available but
which had to be created before sustained develop-
ment could begin.
Private United States investments in Latin
America, which now total more than $9 billion,
have played an even larger role in develoiJment.
For the past 5 years private U.S. investment in the
area has increased at an average of some $600
million per year. It has been estimated that U.S.
private capital made it possible for Latin
America during the 1950's to develop nearly twice
as fast as it otherwise would have.
U.S. firms in Latin America have been good
"corporate citizens," and many responsible Latin
American leaders are now publicly acknowledging
the constructive role of U.S. investors in the
growth of their countries. Since local capital is
inadequate to do the job of development alone, it is
vital to Latin America that the rate of private
U.S. investment continue.
Naturally, economic progress must be pursued
by each country in ways consistent with its own
cultural, political, and economic patterns; but if
investment is to continue there must always be
due regard for the legal and property rights of
citizens of other nations. Wlien foreign investors
are subjected to expropriation without proper,
equitable, and effective compensation, it can hardly
be expected that foreign investment will continue
to be attracted.
Financial assistance and the benefits of expand-
ing trade are not sufficient, in themselves, to bring
about development. People are the most essential
ingredient of growth. There is a need in Latin
America for a healthy, well-trained labor force,
for modern agricultural, industrial, and manage-
rial techniques, and for improved human skills at
all levels. We have been working bilaterally with
the other governments of the hemisphere since
1942 in joint endeavors to supply these needs.
And it is perhaps in this area of technical coopera-
tion that we can take the greatest satisfaction from
our programs of assistance.
Our first technical cooperation programs were
in public health, agriculture, and education.
These programs are still important, but the con-
317
cept of technical cooperation has been broadened
to deal with problems in many other fields, in-
cluding industrial hygiene, modernization of busi-
ness methods, development of trained managers
and administrators for private enterprise and of
qualified civil sendee personnel for go^'ernment.
Our programs have had a radiating, beneficial ef-
fect by stimulating many locally conceived innova-
tions which are aiding progress.
The fuiancial and technical assistance projects
which I have been describing are major elements
of our Mutual Security Program, or, as it is popu-
larly known, "foreign aid." The Congress will
soon begin the annual review of budget proposals
for mutual security. I suppose that when public
attention focuses on the hearings it is inevitable
that we shall hear the same old argument that
money spent on foreign aid is a "giveaway."
Ladies and gentlemen, I can assure you that
foreign aid is no "giveaway." Mistakes in admin-
istration have been made, of couree, for the mu-
tual security operation is a human institution and
is subject to human frailties. But we are con-
stantly improving our policies and our perfoim-
ance. Speaking as a former investment banker,
I want to make it clear that foreign aid is an in-
vestment in our owi\ security which is paying
handsome dividends by contributing to the
strength and progress of the free-world commu-
nity of nations.
As all of you well know. President Eisenhower
regards mutual security as a keystone of his legis-
lative program. I hope that each of you will give
it your miqualified support. Foreign aid deserves
well of the Eepublican Party — the party which
gave us Lincoln — for it is rooted firmly in the
Lincolnian tradition of practical idealism.
Spirit of Nationalism in Latin America
I would like to speak with candor on another
subject : There is today a strong spirit of national-
ism abroad in Latin America. It sometimes finds
a convenient outlet for frustration and impatience
through intemperate attacks upon the United
States. On occasion it has erupted into violently
"anti- Yankee" demonstrations.
In the face of these outbursts we have followed
a policy of i-estraint and forbearance. No other
course would be consistent with our profound
sympathy for the yearnings of the Latin American
people — and let us recall that we have had our
share of nationalism, when we, too, were experi-
encing the growing pains of a newly developing
nation.
We have recently seen heartening evidence that
responsible leaders of Latin America are increas-
ingly disturbed by mifomided slanders against
our country and its citizens. They are aware
that to let this intemperance go unchecked or un-
answered by our many friends m Latin America
could eventually disrupt the mutually construc-
tive relationship which characterizes the inter-
American system.
International communism schemes to capitalize
on nationalist leanings tlirough strenuous efforts
to fan them into hatred and envy of the United
States. These efforts will have little success if,
with our help, Latin Ajnerica's moderate leaders
are enabled to steadily improve the lot of their
peoples within the framework of fre« and pros-
pering societies which zealously guard hiunan
rights and offer ever brighter opportunities for
individual growth. For the l>est answers to com-
munism are democratic governments which
energetically and successfully concern themselves
with the welfare of all their people. And the
best answers to anti-United States stirrings are
concrete demonstrations that we are not preoccu-
pied with the status quo but desire to identify
ourselves with the surging aspirations of the Latin
American peoples and to help them strengthen
democracy and attam higher standards of living.
Within such a framework of mutual understand-
ing constructive nationalism can be a progressive
force in Latin America, as it was in our own
comitry.
A welcome occasion to reaffirm our identity with
the new forces that are sweeping the Americas
will come later this month, when President
Eisenhower visits four of our stanch friends in
South America — Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and
Uruguay.*
A liighlight of his trip will be an opportunity
to discuss Operation Pan America with President
Kubitschek of Brazil. This farsighted initiative
of President Kubitschek calls for an ambitious,
all-out attack on Latin America's economic ills.'
The United States favors the concept of Opera-
* For an announcement of the President's visit, see
Bulletin of Jan. 25, 19C0, p. 119.
" For background, see rfiid., June .30, 1958, p. 1090, and
Oct. 13, 1958, p. 574.
318
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
tioii Pun America and will lend its warmhearted
cooperation to this great idea, which has as its
goal a higher standard of living and greater op-
portunity for all to achieve this goal. It urges
greater productivity, a proper degree of self-help
to match outside assistance, and the gradual
elimination of trade restrictions.
In conclusion let me say that all of our en-
deavore in Latin America are part of a single com-
mon enterprise. We share with other Aiiierican
states the conviction that free peoples who respect
human rights, the dignity of the individual, and
the equality of nations can, through cooperation,
not only preserve their liberties and cultures but
also build a better and fuller life for themselves
and for their children.
Wo share with the peoples of the other Ameri-
cas the same human needs and aspirations, the
same spiritual values, the same reverence for
democratic ideals, the same faith in the individual.
We share with them, in short, the values for
which Abraham Lincoln stands as a tx)wering
symbol.
Pan American Day and
Pan American Week, 1960
A PROCLAMATION!
WuEREAS on April 14, 1960, the peoples of the twenty-
one American Republics will honor the seventieth an-
niversary of the founding of tin organization for peace,
friendship, and cooperation in the Americas, now known
as the Organization of American States ; and
Whereas the people of the United States view with
warm and sympathetic interest the establishment and
growth in this Hemisphere of democratic, representative
governments, dedicated to serve both the desires and
interests of their own peoples as well as those of the
inter-American community : and
Whereas the American Republics have joined together
in programs to increase hemispheric economic progress
in this new decade and to meet the rising expectations of
their citizens for a better life ; and
' No. 3333 ; 2.5 Fed. Rey. 12:57.
Wiii'-.RKAS the spiritual, social, political, lullural, iiml
economic progress of the i)eoples of the Hemisphere Is
necessary for the continuing vitality of the inter-Aiiicrlcan
system, and the United States of America Is i)roud to be
a part of this progress :
Now, THERKioRE, I, DwiOHT D. EISENHOWER, President
of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim
Thursday, April 14, 1900, us Pan American Day, and the
period from April 10 to April IC, 19(!0, as Pan American
Week ; and I invite the Governors of the States, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Canal Zone, and other
areas subject to the Jurisdiction of the United States to
issue similar proclamations.
I also urge our citizens and all interested organiza-
tions to share in the celebration of Pan American Day
and Pan American AVeek, as evidence of the friendly
interdependence which unites the people of this country
with the other peoples of the Americas.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United SfcUes of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this fifth day of
February in the year of our Lord nineteen
[seal] hundred and sixty, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the one
hundred and eighty-fourth.
By the President :
Christian A. Herter,
Secretary of State.
Cliancellor Adenauer To Visit
Wasliington in March
White House press release dated February 6
Dr. Konrad Adenauer, Chancellor of the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany, will call on the Presi-
dent at 10 :30 a.m., March 15, 1960. The Qian-
cellor has also accepted the President's invitation
for luncheon on the same day.
Cliancellor Adenauer wUl be passing through
the United States on his way to Japan, where he
will be paymg a visit.
It is expected that the Chancellor will remain
in Washington until the afternoon of March 17.
February 29, I960
319
Secretary Herter's News Conference of February 8
Press release 53 dated February S
Secretary Herter: Ladies and gentlemen, I have
no prior announcement to make, so I will be ready
for questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary., last Novonher at a news con-
ference ^ you told us that you thought the Russians
had come a very long way on Berlin since Novem-
her 1958, tohen they were threatening to throw us
out. Now, in the past 2 or 3 months, Mr. Khrvr
shchev seems to have hecome a little tougher on it.
I am thinking particularly of his statement that,
if we donH make a peace treaty on his terms, he
xoill sign a separate treaty with East Germany
with all the consequences that entails. Do you
feel that, since you talked to us in November on
that, he has hecome tougher in his position?
A. Yes, I think that is the only way one can
interpret the statements that have been made since
that time — not alone the statements which he lias
made but also the declaration in the recent War-
saw Pact meeting,^ which went pretty far from
the point of view of indicating that, if within a
given period of time, with no period specified,
there were no separate peace treaty with the two
Gennanies, the Warsaw Pact countries would feel
obliged to make a separate peace treaty with East
Gennany.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does that mean that, in
light of the Camp David agreement or under-
standing between the President and Mr. Khru-
shchev^ we feel under some compulsion note to do
something about Berlin at the summit meeting in
mid-May?
A. I think the words "some compulsion" to do
something about Berlin go too far. I think we
' Bulletin of Dee. 14, 1959, p. 804.
' For a U.S. comment on the declaration, see ihid., Feb.
22, 19G0, p. 284.
' Ihid., Oct. 12, 1959, p. 499.
320
have always been in a position where we were will-
ing to discuss the problem of Berlin, the problem
of Germany, to negotiate in good faith without
undue delay. But, as far as we know, Mr.
Khrushchev's agreement that there was no time
limit in terms of an ultimatum still stands.
Situation in the Dominican Republic
Q. Mr. Secretary, Venezuela is going to the Or-
ganization of American States today to accuse the
Dominican Republic of violating human rights
and of increasing tensions in the Caribbean.
Would you care to tell us what our position
is on that issue?
A. The first question, as I understand it, that
will come up at the OAS is essentially a pro-
cedural question, and that is to which body of the
OAS this matter should be referred for con-
sideration. There has to be careful examination
of the wording of the Venezuelan request. And
I cannot, of course, foretell just which organ it
will be. It might be the Peace Committee, or it
might be some other organ. But I think that is
the first matter that will have to be detennined.
Q. Mr. Secretary, last summer, when you went
to the Santiago conference, you were one of the
signatories to the Santiago declaration,* which
called upon all of the Americas to '''■ensure a system
of freedom for the individual and social justice
based on respect for fundamental human rights."
Do you think that has been observed in the Do-
minican Republic?
A. I cannot comment with too great assurance
with regard to the facts about the Dominican Re-
public. We have been very much disturbed by
the reports of tlie arrests there. Our Ambassador
there, Mr. [Joseph S.] Farland, before leaving
'For text, see ibid., Sept. 7, 1959, p. 342.
Department of State Bulletin
called the attention of the Government there to
our feelinfis that, if the reports were correct, this
was a dilUciilt and serious situation. However,
insofar as the exact facts are concerned, we are
not in sullicient possession of tiiose facts, without
further investigation, to know to what extent
human rights have been violated.
Question of Sharing Nuclear Secrets
Q. Mr. Sccrctari/, on the matter of possibly
sharing nuclear secrets or weapons with the allies,
has the administration come to a resolution of this
issue? Is it going to ask for a change in the law?
A. My impression is that that matter was
covered at the White House the otlier day, where
it was stated that no executive piece of legislation
has been filed nor is it in the process at the present
time.
Q. Well, are you excluding it as a possibility at
this session of Congress?
A. No, I wouldn't exclude it. On the other
hand, I wouldn't prophesy that it would come.
Q. Well, could you tell us what your idea is, as
Secretary of State, considering the part of the
argument which has to do with opening up nuclear
weapons — the- so-called ''^fourth country'''' prob-
lem— especially since you are wrestling loith the
disarmament and test-ban issues at this time?
A. I would say that tliis is a very difficult and
a very complex problem. It is one which we have
been studying for a considerable period of time.
It is one on which, as you may realize, there is a
considerable conflict of view as between different
nations — those who don't want to see an increase
in the spread of nuclear knowledge, those who
themselves want to achieve more nuclear capa-
bility. And we have to balance all of those fac-
tors. And, as I say, no decision has yet been
reached.
U.S. Policy on Suez Canal
Q. Mr. Secretary, in February of 1957, ivhen
the United States was urging Israel's withdrawal
from the Sinai Peninsula, President Eisenhower
said:^
We should not assume that, if Israel withdraics, Egypt
will prcvoit Israeli shipping from usiny the Suez Canal
or the Qulf of Aqaba. If, unhappily, Egypt docs here-
after violate the Armistice Agreement or other inter-
national ohlif/ations, then this should be dealt icilh firmly
by the society of nations.
Egypt has repeatedly stopped ships carrying
cargoes to and from Israel, the most recent issue
involving the cargo of the Danish ship, the Inge
Toft. Is the United States now planning to take
leadership in the United Nations to deal firmly
with this current Suez affair?
A. This is a matter that I have commented on
before, but I will repeat my comment as of that
time. In my statement before the United Na-
tions this fall " I made a pretty strong statement
with regard to our own policy on freedom of
transit in the Suez Canal. "When this specific
mcident and subsequent incidents arose, the Sec-
retary-General of the United Nations undertook
to try to adjust this matter as between Israel and
Egypt. His efforts are still continuing. As of
now, they do not appear to have been too success-
ful. But how they will turn out, I cannot say
at this time. He may still succeed in working
out a modus vivendi which will take care of that
problem. Until we know the degree of success
or failure which he has achieved, I feel that
working through that channel, to which we have
given full support, is the best way of handling the
matter.
Disarmament'and Nuclear Test Suspension
Q. Mr. Secretary, at lohat stage, sir, do you be-
lieve that Communist China should take part in a
nuclear or a general disarmament agreement, and
woxild you draw any distinction that is to be
made between the two?
A. No, I don't think there is necessarily any
distinction that need be made between the two.
Insofar as the nuclear test suspension is con-
cerned, it is obvious that while there are only
three nations engaged in discussing the matter,
should they reach agreement, that agreement can
be valid for other sections of the world only if it
is adhered to by other nations. At that time the
question of the adherence of Communist China
would become an important factor and would, I
assume, be asked for. Until they can reach agree-
ment among themselves, particularly with the
two principal nuclear powers involved, it would
' Ihid.. Mar. 11, l'.>.-.7, p. 387.
February 29, I960
'/?;»/.. Oct. 5. 1959, p. 467.
321
seem to me futile to move into the overall inter-
national field.
With respect to general disarmament, it is ob-
vious that, if the major powers who are beginning
the discussions in that matter should come to
general agi-eement, then, again, the principles on
which they made their agreement would have to
be spread to other nations. As you may recall,
when the 10-power conference was agreed to,^
the United Nations was notified that reports
would be made to the United Nations on progi-ess
in this field in the full expectation that the gen-
eral Disarmament Commission of the United Na-
tions would take notice of that progress and, if
the question of expansion became an important
part of general adherence, that the United Na-
tions would undoubtedly carry on from there.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in view of the sort of stale-
mate which has developed in the talks at Geneva,
what expectation or hope do you have that an
agreement can he reached on a complete ban on
the testing of nuclear iveapons? Afid in that con-
nection what possiUlity is there that the United
States may introduce a proposal for a limited
prohibition?
A. This is a matter, of course, to wliich we are
giving very serious consideration. I am hopefid
that in the comparatively near future we will be
able to make some new proposals which we, of
course, hope will be favorably entertained by the
Russians. However, until those proposals have
actually been made, I feel that I should not dis-
cuss the details of them.
Q. Can you tell us, sir, whether, in fact, there is
an agreed administration position on new pro-
posals? This story has been loidely printed, in-
cluding the threshold idea.
A. I think we are coming very close to one. As
I say, I am hopeful that in the very near future
we will be able to make some proposals at Geneva.^
Q. Can you tell us on the general disarmament
question, in vieio of the five-power meeting this
week, whether there is in that case an agreed
United States position with respect to the five?
A. There are a great many matters that have
been placed on the agenda for discussion by the
five nations. While they are in the course of dis-
' Ihid., Sept. 28, 1959, p. 4.38.
» See p. 327.
322
cussing them, while they have the opportunity of
offering their own ideas, I do not feel at liberty to
outline'in detail such matters as we have laid on
the table. But there is a very considerable amount
subject to discussion. The principals, as you know,
will be here by Wednesday [February 10] : Mr.
[David] Ormsby-Gore from Great Britain and
General [E. L. M.] Burns from Canada have al-
ready arrived in town ; Mr. Jules Moch will arrive
for France; and Mr. [Gaetano] Martino, the
former Foreign Minister of Italy, will be coming
on behalf of Italy. At that time the principals
in the negotiations will be going over the prehm-
inai-y work that has been done up to date.
Prospects for Settlement of Berlin Problem
Q. Mr. Secretary, in answer to an earlier ques-
tion you said that the only interpretation that you
can draw about the recent Soviet statements is that
they are a little tougher now on Berlin than they
were. Is this a matter of senous concern to us as
a government, and does it decrease the prospect
that there could be even an interim settlement of
the Berlin problem at the summit conference?
A. Well, I will not predict what is likely to
happen at the summit conference. But insofar
as the seriousness of the situation is concerned,
I think that was best expressed by the President
at his last conference, at which he said to all in-
tents and purposes that, if unilateral action was
taken by the Soviets or the Warsaw Pact countries
to abrogate our rights, this would be a very serious
thing.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in that connection do you
think that this talk about the Soviet desire to sign
a separate peace treaty with East Germany unless
we agreed to their terms to an all-German treaty
actually constitutes a violation of the understand-
ing that Premier Khrushchev made xoith Presi-
dent Eisenhower at Camp David when he said
that he would remove the eleinent of threat?
A. If this were done prior to an opportunity
for full discussion and negotiation, I would think
that it certainly violated the spirit of the agree-
ment reached at Camp David.
Q. Mr. Secretary, tliere are some tests going
on in Louisiana to try to find out if an explosion
can be concealed in an underground hole. British
and Canadian scientists have been invited to par-
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
ticipate — are participating^ I understand. Has
such an invitation been extended to the Soviets
find, if not, lohyf
A. Well, as yet no invitation has been extended
to the Soviets. It's very possible that one might
l)e.
Q. It has not?
A. It's very possible that one might be.
Q. When, sir?
A. I'm going to wait on the details for that un-
til we can annomice the proposals which, as I say,
we hope will be made vei-y shortly.
Q. Mr. Secretaiy, in answer to Mr. [John]
Scali's [of the Associated Press] gttestio7i, I think
you said that, if this kind of threat loas implicit or
raised before there was a full opportunity to dis-
cuss Berlin, you would consider that a violation of
the Camp Da vid agreement.
A. A violation of the spirit — not the spirit of
Camp David, but the spirit of the agreement made
at Camp David.
Q. Well, now, the question then u'ould be, has
what Mr. Khrushchev and the Warsaio Pact peo-
ple said so far — does that constitute such a
violation?
A. No, because they have not put any time
limit on this at all.
Passport Legislation
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Supreme Court has ruled
that the Secretary of State has the authority to
limit travel of American citizens to certain geo-
graphical areas but that he does not have dis-
cretionary authority to deny a passport altogether.
There are several bills now on the Hill which will
give the Secretary of State that discretionary au-
tfvority. There are some people on the Hill that
believe that any limitations on passports should
be actually written into the legislation. How do
you feel about this?
A. Well, I'm not quite certain that the premise
on which you base your question is correct. It
was my impression that the Supreme Court de-
cision did permit of the denial of passports to
individuals because of specified acts which they
had committed, not because of their beliefs, politi-
cal beliefs, or membership in a party, but because
of actual, concrete acts which they have performed
inimical to tiic interests of the United States.
And I think that our passport legislation is based
on that decision of the Court. My understand-
ing may be incorrect, but that is my understand-
ing of it.
Q. Sir, do you favor these bills that would give
you discretionary authority, I mean to deny
passports?
A. Yes, for a very limited number of cases, I do.
Q. You xvould have the discretionary authority
not written actually into the legislation then?
A. No. The discretionary authority would be
given to us where we can show that the mdividu,al
has committed acts inimical to the United States
and therefore his travel for the purposes of carry-
ing on such acts would be detrimental to the
United States.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in ansioer to a previous ques-
tion I understood you to say that, if the time came
that the broader disarmmnent agreement should be
expanded to include other countnes, the procedure
for handling that would be for the United Na-
tions to go on from there. Now, does that mean
that the United Nations woidd seek Communist
China's adherence, and would this require Chinese
membership in the United Nations?
A. It might well seek Commimist China's ad-
herence to the agreement. But I don't thuik it
would necessarily i-equire Communist Chinese
membership in the United Nations any more than
it would require recognition by any power of
China. I was, of course, speculating as to what
that next step might be, but I think it's a reason-
able assumption that the United Nations would
take cognizance of this situation because of their
approval of the negotiations of the 10-power
group with the proviso that it does its reporting
on all of its activities to the United Nations.
Q. Mr. Secretary, assuming that the question of
a peace treaty for Germany or for the two
Germanics is considered at a summit meeting and
there is failure at that meeting to agree, would
you consider that full discussion and loould you
consider a Soviet move to sign a separate treaty
after the summit and after it had been discussed
a violation of the spirit of the agreement at Camp
David?
February 29, I960
323
A. That is a cliiEciilt question to answer because
a good deal would depend on the discussions at
the summit meeting. It's hard for me to visual-
ize that in a few days the men at the top level who
are meeting could actually draft a satisfactory
agreement m that period of time. And I just as-
sume that, if there came to be even a greater meet-
uig of the minds than exists today, the drafting or
an attempt to draft something would be referred
to foreign ministers or to deputy foreign minis-
ters, some group at a lower level, perhaps for re-
consideration at another summit conference or
perhaps for action by their respective governments
right away. It's very hard for me to visualize an
ultimatum being put up at a simimit conference,
take it or leave it, in such-and-such form, in which
the participants would have only a few days to
make up their minds or even to discuss the matter.
U.S.-Cuban Relations
Q. Mr. Secretary, whafs your appraisal of the
Cuban situation in light of the President's state-
ment here a week or so ago and Mr. Mikoyan''s
[Anastas I. Mikoyan, First Vice Chairman of the
Coiincil of Ministers of the U.S.S.E.] visit?
A. Well, insofar as Mr. Mikoyan's visit is con-
cerned, I'd rather not comment on that. I don't
think that that is a material factor one way or
the other. It is something that was arranged quite
a long time ago. Insofar as existing relationships
between ourselves and Cuba are concerned, there
has certainly been a very considerable dampening
down of the very violent attack which, during the
middle week in January, was so apparent.
The answer to the President's note, or the state-
ment of policy with regard to Cuba," came to us
through the statement of the President of Cuba,^°
the ]Minister of Foreign Affairs being abroad at
the time. That statement had certain conciliatory
passages in it, particularly the two paragraphs
which dealt with his views that all outstanding
questions between us could be settled through
normal diplomatic channels. However, we are
not quite clear yet that the situation is in such
" Bulletin of Feb. 15, 1960, p. 237.
'° The text of a speech made by President Osvaldo
Dortlcos at Habana on Jan. 27 was transmitted to the
American Embassy on Jan. 29 with a third-person note
mailing it clear that the speech was to be considered an
official reply to President Eisenhower's restatement of
policy.
shape that the resumption of normal diplomatic
negotiations through the Amibassador would be
worth while. We are still waiting, and no decision
has yet been made with regard to Mr. [Pliilip W.]
Bonsai's return.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to get hack to the Presidents
statement about the exchange of atomic informa-
tion or know-hoio to our allies, can you tell us
what has happened that makes this more impor-
tant and desirable now than it was in the recent
past and specifically whether the President had
in inind helping the French to make progress in
detonating their own nuclear device?
A. Well, I think that it would be entirely in-
appropriate for me to try to tell you what was in
the President's mind when he made that state-
ment. I think that the clarification of it from
the point of view of specific action as of now has
been made. I think that what the President was
indicating was that we were continuously watch-
ing this situation, that he gave an opinion himself
with respect to seeing that we ought to act on the
generous side with regard to sharing, but that he
did not make any specific suggestions as to how
tliis should be implemented at the present time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said there is no decision
on Ambassador BonsaVs return to Cuba. Does
that mean that his recall was an act of policy in-
stead of merely a recall for consultation's?
A. It was certainly an act of policy insofar as
he had been accused by the Cuban Government
of plotting against the Government.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in 1957, in effecting the settle-
ment of the Suez crisis, the United States took an
active and very successful leadership. Is there
any reason to believe that in the current Suez
situation Egypt would be less responsive than was
Israel to such leadership?
A. There I'm afraid I caimot give you the
answer. I just don't know.
U.S. Progress in Space Exploration
Q. Mr. Secretary, lohafs your opinion as to the
status of U.S. international prestige with regard
to space exploration? This has been getting
kicked around quite a bit lately, and I don't be-
lieve you have been heard from yet. (Laughter.)
A. Well, there is no question in my mind but
that the Soviet Government has performed a very
324
Department of State Bulletin
remarkablo feat in space exploration, teclmical
and scientific. At the same time, we have per-
formed some quite aniuziiij^ feats in the same
field, but they didn't have the same glamour be-
cause they were not done on as large a scale or
with as big a booster. It's very hard to weigh
relative things, certainly from the point of view
of sensationalism, dramatic performance. The
Russian lunar shots and so on have been very con-
siderable. Ours have not had the same impact.
We actually have, I think, in orbit a larger num-
ber of vehicles than the Russians have in orbit,
but all of those are for various scientific pur-
poses, a number of them rather limited and highly
technical, but I think we are making very good
progress in this field.
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you consider inviting
the Russians to observe nuclear explosions, or
were you thinking only of conventional explosives
in regard to the —
A. You mean in regard to the suggested tests
in Louisiana?
Q. Yes.
A. Those, I think, are conventional.
Q. Do you have any intention of inviting the
Russians to observe underground nuclear tests?
A. We haven't made any determination about
any continuing nuclear tests yet.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I wanted to ask you if you
felt also there was some relation hy the other
nations of the world to space exploration and our
defensive power?
A. I am very sorry —
Q. — the relationship between space explora-
tion and our defensive strength, rather; do you
think that this is a factor in public opinion?
A. Yes. I think it's undoubtedly a factor in
public opinion, largely because the booster that
has been used by the Russians in space explora-
tion is larger than any we are using. I think
that factor is always something that weighs in the
public's mind.
Q. Mr. Secretary, since the United States and
Japan signed their new security treaty, ^^ on Janu-
ary 19, the Soviet Union has informed Tokyo that
" For background and text of treaty, see Bulletin of
Feb. 8, 1960, p. 179.
it does not feel that the return of Ilabomai and
Shikotan Islands is any longer justified. Would
you coimnent on that, sir?
A. Yes. I have given considerable thought to
this and have actually jotted down some thoughts,
which I'd be very glad to give to you. The Soviet
note attempts to call into question the right of the
Japanese people to provide for their own defense.
I think the Japanese Government has correctly
characterized this note as unwarranted interfer-
ence by the Soviet Union in the affairs of another
country. Such interference is all the more strik-
ing in a note which emphasizes the Soviet Union's
capacity for the destruction of Japan. Threats
of this sort underline the necessity which com-
pels the nations of the free world to take steps
to assure their self-defense. I also find distress-
ing the unilateral repudiation by the Soviet
Union of its previous commitment to the Japa-
nese Government to return the islands of Ha-
bomai and Shikotan at the conclusion of a future
peace treaty with Japan. I consider the Soviet
attitude to Japan to be out of keeping with their
protestations of noninterference in the affairs of
other nations and their professed desire for a
relaxation of international tension.
Q. Mr. Secretary, sir, can you tell us the status
of current negotiations to arrange for ICBM in-
stallations on the Spanish side of the Pyrenees
Mountains?
A. I very frankly can't. I didn't know any
such negotiations were under way. ( Laughter. )
Question of the Missile Gap
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Soviet Union apparently
is leading the United States, according to some
critics, in a m,ilitary posture vis-a-vis the United
States. First of all, sir, do you think this is so?
Are the Soviets ahead of us in military strength
through missiles, and secondly, if this is so, does
this account for the stiffening Soviet attitude on
such questions as Berlin?
A. Well, in the first place, you are asking me
to get into tlie current estimate of relative strength,
on which I think a great deal has been said by
much better experts than I am in this field. "Who-
ever has done the estimating, I think, has agreed
that the Soviets are gaining in strength in the
missile field, and it's possible that the Soviets feel
that their increased strength from a military point
February 29, I960
325
of view — not necessarily from ihe point of view
of beinjj; able to take tlie oiJ'ensive without an un-
acceptable retaliatory strike but from tlie point
of view of their defensive capacity— has made
them — has given them greater assurance in what
they are saying in the inteniational field. But
there again tliat is only speculation. And I think
that sometimes it's unfruitful to get into specula-
tion of that sort.
Q. Mr. Secrefurj/, hi lluif shidc vehi, ,<<!/'. do yon
think fhaf the United States ou</ht to make a
greater effort to clone the gap, then, if this is cre-
ating a sense of iiwreased strength on the part of
the Soviets in their dealings with as and the rest
of the free ivorld?
A. Now you are getting into a very technical
field, the question of the closing of the gap. This
is a matter that has, of course, been given a great
deal of very serious consideration by people in tlie
administration, by people up on the Hill. And
there are some conflicting views in our military on
the subject.
Insofar as I am concerned, I have heard a num-
ber of the discussions on this matter and have faith
in the President's and the Joint Chiefs' and Mr.
Gates' [Secretary of Defense Thomas S. Gates,
Jr.] evaluation that we are taking steps to close
that gap as effectively and as soon as we can and
that there will not be a disparity in strength in
the coming years which would in itself tempt the
Russians to make a sudden attack upon us.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to come back for a /no/nent
to the Dominican question, do vw hare any neu)
initiatire in mind before the OAS on that prob-
lem, especially iii viea) of ir ports by congressional
vi^sitors — U.S. congressional visitors — i7i Latin
America that we ai'e projecting the image tliat
ii'e are more concerned, ivith the /iroperty rights
tliiui. a^ith the Innnan, rights in. the Wcs/ern
TIemisphere?
A. No. I tliink that wo have been exniuining
the situation very carf^fully, ])artit'ularly in w
lation to American citizens. .\nd, as I say, it's
lu'eii a mailer of concern to us. Tlieie liave lieeii
reports that there can be e.xpeclcd almost momen
■faiily an amnesty from the jjoinl of view of the
lai'ge numbiTs wlio ha\'e l)('(>n an'cslcd. A\'lii'tlu'i'
or not tliis is tiue, we don't know. Hut as you
know, there have biH'u representations pari iiiilarly
from prominent people in the cluirch down there,
requesting that there be such amnesty.
The develo[)nients, as 1 sa}', are not very clear.
We are doing our l)est to ascertain what the situ-
ation is, and in this matter of human rights I
think that it is quite right that this should be dis-
cussed with the OAS as being a matter of interest
to all Latin American countrie.s.
Canal Zone Problem
Q. Mr. Secretary, it's been over S months since
President /Eisenhower expressed his belief that
there should be some visual evidejiee of Panum-a's
titular sovereign fy in the Canal Zone. In that
period there have been meetings between the
representatives of the State and Defense Depart-
nients on a. recommendation to make to the Presi-
dent, hut it ha.'tnt gone forvmrd yet. Coidd you
tell lis wliat is holding up that recommendationf
A. I have not yet received from the lower levels
a reconnnendation to pass on to make to the Presi-
dent. The matter is being considered and consid-
ered in the light of a gi'eat many different factoi-s,
including, of course, the recent congressional reso-
lution on the subject.'- It's a bothei-some prob-
lem. It's an intricate problem, and all I can say
is that we still have it under study.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a number of people in high
/daces are saying that the U.S. jnust begin nuclear
testing, at least underground, by this summer or
early fall. Does this mean that the State Depart-
ment has a sort of deadline by which time it must
produce some sort of agreement?
A. No, we have no deadline that I know of.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Air Force Chief of Staff
[Gen. Thonuis D. White'\ told. Congress last week
that depredations against American bases in the
Philippines and American personnel had gone be-
yond, the dealings of a commander on the spot
with, the local authorities and would reaeh diplo-
matic liV('ls. Cun. you tell us if anything has been
ilo/h lUplomatically bctu-een. the United States
and. the Philippines.''
A. No, tliat is a matter wiiicli I am not familiar
w ilh. I'd be very glad to look into it and let you
have Ihe answer. Hut T laiow nothing about it.
(J. 7' hank you.
" 11. Con. Res. 4."!>, Sfilli CoiiK'.. LM scs.s.
326
Department of State Bulhtin
U.S. Presents New Proposal
on Nuclear Weapons Tests
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
White House press release dated February 11
The United States is today prcscntini; in Ge-
neva a proposal, involving the ending of nuclear
weapons tests, to end the apparent deadlock in
the negotiations. This Government has stood,
throughout, for complete abolition of weapons
testing subject only to the attaiiunent of agreed
and adequate methoils of inspection and control.
The present proposal is designed to end nuclear
weapons tests in all the environments that can
now be effectively controlled.
It would end forthwith, under assured controls :
(1) all nuclear weapons tests m the atmos-
phere ;
(2) all nuclear weapons tests in the oceans;
(3) all nuclear weapons tests m those regions
in space where effective controls can now be agreed
to; and
(4) all nuclear weapons tests beneath the sur-
face of the e^rth which can be monitored.
This proposal will permit, through a coordi-
nated program of research and development, a
systematic extension of the ban to the remaining
areiis, especially those involving undergroimd
tests, for which adequate control measures appear
not to be possible now.
These are initial but far-reaching and yet read-
ily attainable steps toward a complete ban on
nuclear weapons tests. If adopted, they will pre-
vent increases in the level of radioactivity in the
atmosphere and so allay worldwide concern.
They are steps which offer an oppoitvmity to con-
solidate the important progress made in the nego-
tiations thus far. It is our hope that the Soviet
Union will join with us in this constructive
beginning.
WHITE HOUSE STATEMENT
White House presH release dated February 11
The United States Kepresentative [James J.
AVadsworth] at the Geneva Conference on the
Discontinuance of Nuclear AN'eapons Tests is pi'c-
senting today a proposal for the ending of nuclear
weapons tests in all the environments that can
now be effectively controlled.
The new United States proposal would ban all
tests above gromid up to the greate^st heights to
which effective controls can now be ajn'eed, all
tests in the oceans, and all underground tests
above the present limit (or "threshold") of detec-
tion and identification.
At the same time the proposal includes pro-
vision for a program of joint research and experi-
mentation by the United Kingdom, the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, and the United States
to improve the detection of small tests imder
ground and thus permit the extension of the ban
to such tests. Extensive research and experimen-
tation is already under way in the United States
to improve detection instruments and techniques.
The new approach, if agreed to, should allay
worldwide concern over possible increases in
levels of radioactivity since it discontinues
all tests which can release radioactivity into
the atmosphere.
As for underground tests the proposal repre-
sents an effort to find ways around the significant
disagreements that remained unresolved in the
technical working group which reported to the
conference in December.^ The proposal would ban
those tests which cause seismic magnitude readings
of 4.75 or more. This is the level that can now
be adequately monitored. We propose to express
the level in terms of signal strength since Soviet
and Western scientists are in substantial agree-
ment as to the measurement of signals but not on
the equivalent kiloton yields of seismic disturb-
ances.
The United States, since the inception of the
Geneva Conference on the Discontinuance of Nu-
clear Weapons Tests, has persistently sought a
lasting, safeguarded agi-eement banning aU nu-
clear weapons tests. We have, at the same time,
indicated willingness, as in our proposal of May
5, 1959,^ to move immediately to consolidate in a
first-step agreement the broadest existing area of
agreement while remaining difficulties are being
worked out.
' For background, see Butxetin of Jan. 18, I960, p. 78.
' Ibid., June .S, 1959, p. 825.
February 29, I960
327
With the failure to reacli agreement after the
technical conference which ended on December 19,
1959, it became clear that a controlled, compre-
hensive agreement could not, at this time, be
achieved without great improvement in instru-
mentation or a degree of on-site inspection which
would be impractical to attempt. Lack of agree-
ment at this conference has left unresolved major
technical difliculties in detecting underground ex-
plosions as well as the procedures that must be
established if on-site inspections are to be satis-
factorily initiated and carried out.
In this situation, the United States is determined
to make all possible progress toward the ultimate
objective of the negotiations. We believe that the
proposal placed before the conference today, if en-
tered into in good faith by the parties concerned,
will lead toward eventual prohibition of all nu-
clear weapons tests under the practical and ade-
quate safeguards that wo deem as indispensable
prerequisites.
If accepted, the proposal will end forthwith,
under assured controls :
( 1 ) all nuclear weapons tests in the atmosphere ;
(2) all nuclear weapons tests in the oceans;
(3) all nuclear weapons tests in those regions
in space where effective controls can now be
agreed; and
(4) all controllable nuclear weapons tests be-
neath the surface of the earth.
Moreover, it will permit, through a joint pro-
gram of research and experimentation, the ban to
be systematically extended to remaining areas
under ground, where adequate control measures
are not now possible to incorporate.
These are initial, far-reaching, but readily at-
tainal)lo steps. They are steps which offer an
opportunity to consolidate the important progress
made in (ho negotiations thus far. These steps
will also allay woi-ldwide concern over y)ossibl6
increases in levels of radioactivity. More im-
portantly, they will greatly enhance the prospects
for future international arms limitation and con-
trol agreements.
It, is our hope that the Soviet Union, in the light
of a reasoned and objective appraisal of (he facts,
will join with us in this constructive ])cginniiig.
Such an agreement could be a milestone toward
the securing of a just and enduring peace.
The Price of Freedom
Rcniarks hy President Euenhoioer'^
It is an honor to participate in this moving
tribute to American veterans, living and dead.
The emblem of the Veterans of Foreign Wars,
here established, will be, I am told, perpetually
lighted, symbolizing the Nation's eternal grati-
tude for the service and sacrifice of those who
served its colors in the cause of freedom.
The struggle for freedom does not stop when
the gims of war cease firing. Nor will it stop, so
long as freedom is suppressed or threatened any-
where in the world.
Freedom makes its rightful claim upon the
daily life of everyone who enjoys its benelits. No
deed is too small to count. Every one of us
contributes in his own way to the strength of
America, and the strength of this country is dedi-
cated to the preseiTation of freedom.
So our efforts add up to more than simply our
own health, our own well-being and economic de-
velopment. They answer the disbelieving and
the doubtful that in freedom man can achieve
his rightful destiny and that men of all nations
and races can live in dignity together as they seek
the connnon goal of peace with justice.
Our daily preoccupations too often divert us
from our duty in the service of this noble cause.
We accept freedom much as (he air we breathe.
Wo lose sight of the connection between our own
acts and the vigor of our governmental represent-
atives in j)reserving the values we deem priceless.
We tend (o forge( (he high price that was paid
for the privilege of living in freedom and the
price that would be exacted from all mankind if
freedom should ever be allowed to shrivel or
weak'cn in the eai'th.
Tills is why it is well for us to pause to ac-
knowledge our debt to those who paid so large a
share of freedom's price. As we stand here in
grateful remembrance of the veterans' contribu-
tions, wo review our conviction of individual re-
s])()nsibili(y to live in ways (hat sup])ort the
etei'ual (ruths upon wliich our Nation is founded
and from wliich (lows all its s(reng(h and all its
grea(ness.
Thank you very much.
'Made Ml llic dcilic'ilidii of tlii> Wnshington Memorial
liuildiiiK of the Votciiuis of Fori'ii;n Wnrs ill Wnshington,
D.C., on Feb. 8 (White House jiress release).
328
Department of State Bulletin
The Military Assistance Program as a Tool for Peace With Honor
by (tcii. ir. A*. F(ihuei\ USA '
The theme of your forum is "peace witli honoi*."
No theme could better brino- out (he existing dan-
gers to the security of (he United States and what
we can and should do to avert those dangers — as
President Eisenhower described it in his state of
the Union address of 7 January 1960.- "the calam-
itous cycle of frustrations and crises which, if un-
checked, could spiral into nuclear disaster; the
ultimate insanity." Tlie frustrations and crises
have all been caused by threats directed at peace
widi honor, at peace with freedom, at peace with
justice.
President Eisenhower also said in that message:
. . . coueern for the freedom of other peoples is the
iutellectual and spiritual cement which has allied us with
more than 40 other nations in a common defense effort.
Not for a moment do we forget that our own fate is
firmly fastened to that of these countries ; we will not act
in any way which would jeopardize our solemn commit-
ments to tbem.
To open the discussions of your forum, I have
been asked to speak tonight on "The Military
Assistance Progi-am as a Tool for Peace with
Honor." It is self-evident that our military assist-
ance program is a tool for peace with honor ; I am
not going to talk about that. The question is how
effectively the tool is being used.
There has probably never been a time when a
report on that subject was more timely and ap-
propriate. The United States Government has
been conducting its militaiy assistance program
for some 10 years, during which the principal
fac(ors of militarv s(reng(h have midergone rev-
' .\ddress made before the Women's Forum on National
Security at Washington, D.C., on Jan. 28. General Palmer
is Director of Military Assistance in the Department of
Defense.
• Bulletin of Jan. 25, 1960, p. 111.
February 29, I960
540512 — 60 3
olutionary changes; and accordingly during the
past year there ha\e been some searching reviews
of (he program. The results have by now been
pretty well cr5'stallized, and tonight I can sum-
marize for you the present status of the military
assis(ance jjrogram as brought out in exceptionally
careful and thorough studies by exceptionally able
and distinguished men.
A Shield of Common Defense
Our military assistance program is not a private
uti'air of military men; it is an instrument of our
foreign policy. Military assistance is a part of
our broad program of aid to foreign countries
which in total is called the Mutual Security Pro-
gram. Since it is an instriunent of our foreign
policy, the Mutual Security Program, including
military assistance, comes under the supervision
and general direction of the Secretaiy of State.
The whole broad Mutual Security Program is
flexibly designed to meet military threats where
they exist and to contribute toward economic de-
velopment among the nations of the free world.
It is to be hoped, of course, that our leadershij)
in assisting underdeveloped countries toward a
better standard of living and a richer life will in
(he long run produce great benefits for the entire
world; but the position of the peoples of the
free world at the present moment is a good deal
like that of our pioneer ancestors who carried
the frontiers of civilization westward across
.\merica — while they cleared the wilderness and
l)lan(ed their crops, (hoy had to keep their rifles
always within arm's reacli. Military securi(y is a
prerequisite to economic progress, and it is the
shield of common defense which permits the na-
tions of the free world to pursue independence and
329
economic growth in honorable peace. That shield
of common defense, formed by the combined mili-
tary strength of the United States and its free-
world partnei-s, is in large measure the creation of
the military assistance program.
It must be obvious to evei-yone that there is a
close relationship between our militaiy assistance
to many countries and the availability to us of
overseas bases for the deployment of our own ad-
vanced forces and missiles; that our national
security is strengthened by the collective security
of our alliances, wliile reciprocally our allies are
strengthened by measures prunarily designed for
the national security of the United States.
As Secretary McElroy said to the American
Legion convention a year ago:
We intend through our military assistance program to
continue to build up the forces of our allies. These are
the forces which in many parts of the world would have
to take the initial brunt of an aggres.sor's attack. Dollars
spent wisely on them will increase our limited war, as
well as our imlimited war, capabilities and save us many
dollars in our own defense expenditures. Our Joint Chiefs
of Staff recently stated, with complete unanimity, that
they would not want one dollar added to our own defense
expenditure if that dollar had to come out of our military
assistance program.
Let me give jou some figures that show wliat
the Joint Chiefs of Staff were talking about. The
total of all our major national security expendi-
tures over the fiscal years 1951 to 1959 was approx-
imately $377 billion. Of this immense sum the
military assistance program got approximately
$23 billion, about one-sixteenth.
About half of the $23 billion was spent during
and immediately after the Korean war, when we
were striving to strengthen our allies in a hurry.
For the past 5 years the expenditures on military
assistance have averaged about $2,400 million a
year. We believe that it will be necessary' to main-
tain a level of spending of about $2 billion a year
on military' assistance for several years yet. I
wotdd not care to guess how many.
You understand that each of the countries to
whom we give militai-y assistance has a large mil-
itary budget of its own; and, as far as possible,
we expect it to raise its own forces, feed, pay,
clothe, and train them, and furnish them with mil-
itary equipment to tlie extent its resources permit.
And as the economy of each country has recuper-
ated and become capable of carrying a larger bur-
den, we liave asked them to do .so.
Some comitries have become almost wholly self-
sufficient and self-supporting; some we are assist-
ing only with the most complex and difficult of
ultramodern devices, wliich are either beyond their
technical capacity or beyond their financial means ;
wliile at the other extreme some of our sturdiest
and most important allies, like the Turks and the
Koreans, are entirely willmg to keep large forces
in the field, and are immensely valuable to the
United States and to the whole free world for that
reason, but simply do not have the financial re-
sources to arm, equip, and train such forces and
keep them on the payroll without our assistance.
Serving U.S. National Seif-lnterest
We should all realize that our assistance is f ortli-
comins: for reasons of our own national self -inter-
est. Our national self-interest is best served by
allies whose defense posture is adequate, whose
self-confidence has become stronger, whose deter-
mination to resist has become steadily firmer as
they have acquired the ability to protect them;
selves against the threats and probings of aggres-
sors. Ivnowing that they do not stand alone but
that the United States stands with them, they have
not faltered nor fallen back when the going got
tough.
Consider the inflexible courage with which Nor-
way and Denmark have invariably rebuffed Soviet
threats; consider the stanch replies of Greece and
Turkey whenever they are threatened — and it is
not infrequentl}-.
Consider especially the fine manifestation of
NATO's unity in the "face of the threatening Soviet
moves against Berlin a year ago. The Soviets have
endeavored most persistently to split the NATO
alliance asunder. They are always full of slogans
about "the liquidation of foreign bases." They
liave never been able to open up even a small crack
in the bonds of collective security which our mili-
taiy assistance program has nourished.
The existence of NATO's integrated fighting
forces is attributable in large part to our military-
assistance program and is perhaps the single
strongest bulwark against Communist aggression.
It protects all of Western Eui-ope — an area of more
than 1 million square miles, with 270 million peo-
ple, possessing many of the highest technical, man-
agerial, and cultural skills of the world.
Or consider the effective response of the Cliinese
330
Department of Stale BuUelin
Xationalist forees to the attempted aggression in
the Taiwan Strait in the late summer of 1958, a
response niaJe possible through equipment am!
training provided by our military assistanct>
program.
Indeed, all around the perimeter of the Connnu-
nist bloc, allied forces which the military assist
ance program has helped to train and equip stand
ready to repel Communist aggressions. These al-
lied forces deter and contain Communist probes
designed to test the free world's ability and will
to i-esist. I say again that, by the calculation of
our own self-interest, the military assistance pro-
gram has been an effective tool in giving us peace
with honor.
Recommendations of Draper Committee
In November 1958 President Eisenhower ap-
pointed a committee of very eminent private citi-
zens, under the chairmanship of the Honorable
William H. Draper, Jr.,^ to make an "independ-
ent, objective, non-partisan analysis of the mili-
tarj' assistance aspects of our Mutual Security Pro-
gram. . . ." The Committee gathered an ex-
tremely able staff and over some 9 months
examined the subject very thoroughly. Following
a series of interim reports, the Committee made its
linal report last August.^
Considering the Mutual Security Program as a
whole, the Draper Committee saw no coinpetitive
relationship between our military and economic
assistance and did not consider that the military
assistance program is too great in relation to the
economic aid and development program.
The Committee concluded that the Mutual Se-
curity Program has played a significant role in
deterring a third world war, in keeping many na-
tions free, in supporting our strategic system of
alliances and overseas bases, and in providing hope
for economic progress among the peoples of tlio
less developed countries.
The Committee found :
That the military assistance program has pro-
' For names of tlie members of the Committee, see ibid..
Dec. 1.5. 1958, p. 954.
' The ComiKPsite Rei^rt of the President's Committee To
Study the United States Military Assistance Program is
for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office. Wa.shinpton 2'>, T>.C. (vol. I, 60 cents:
vol. II (Annexes). !?!).
vided cohesion, strength, and credibility to our ((jI-
lective security arrangements. It has been one of
the principal instruments aV)roa<l supporting our
foreign policy objectives.
Tliat it provided a large part of the weapons,
material, and other support which made possible
(lie reaniiamcnl ol' Europe. For the past decade
furt her Communist, encrojichment m this vital area
lias tliereby been denied, and the XoHh Atlantic
Treaty Organization cnnliiuies as an es.'^ential se-
curity bulwark of the free world.
That it had achieved (he strengthening of the
tuitions around the periphei-y of the Sino-Soviet
i)loc.
That the military assistance program had influ-
enced a shift in current Communist tactics from
direct military aggre^ssion to subversion, propa-
ganda, and economic offensives.
.Vs to the future, the Draper Committee con-
cluded that the necei3sary average level of expen-
ditures that should be marked for military assist-
ance over the next few years is not likely to be less
in general than that required in the recent past.
.V moment ago I remarked that the average ex-
penditures over the past 5 fiscal years have been
at the rate of $2,400 million, approximately, and
that we believe we must continue to spend at least
$2 billion annually for some yeai-s to come. I am
not sure that this nonpartisan Committee of
eminent private citizens would not favor a rate
of spending somewhat higher than that, but they
did say specifically that the appropriation last
year should be for $2 billion. The Congress actu-
ally appropriated $1,300 million.
The Draper Committee recommended that the
military assistance appropriation should be
placed in the Department of Defense budget, in
competition with the appropriations for om* own
Army, Air Force, and Navy, rather than in com-
petition with appropriations for economic assist-
ance, such as the Development Loan Fund and
fnnds for technical help.
The detailed conclu.sions and recommendations
of this Committee of eminent citizens would fill
several pages — too much to cover in full here —
hut I can say that the Department of Defense has
moved proinj)tly to strengthen the administra-
tion of the military a.ssistance progiam along the
lines the Committee recommended. One of the
first measures taken was to project the planning of
February 29, I960
331
the program 5 years into the future. The object
of this is to provide a long-range, time-phased
schedule of actions by areas and by comitries, in-
tended to assure tliat the furnishing of military
assistance directly supports the United States
military and foreign policy objectives.
At the same time the planning of tlie military
assistance program has been vei-y much decentral-
ized to the unified commanders of the United
States Armed Foi'ces in overseas regions, particu-
larly to our Commander in Chief in Europe, our
Commander in Chief in the Pacific, and our
Commander in Chief in the Latin American area.
It was felt that control had become loo much
centralized in Washington.
The Draper Committee also felt that too much
time elapses between the daj^ when the Congress
passes the military assistance appropriation and
the day when the monej^ gets into the hands of
the man in the executive branch who is to use it.
The considei-able number of Government agen-
cies which have a legitimate say in how and
where we shall use the militaiy assistance tends
to slow things down. Nevertheless, spurred by
the Draper ComiTiittee, much improvement has
been made already, and I believe there is good
ground for hope that next year we may put the
money to work within the time limits the Com-
mittee lecommended.
And last, the Defense Department adopted the
Draper Committee recommendation that there
should be in the Defense Department a Director
of Military Assistance who would have full re-
sponsibility for the operation of the program.
That position, as it turned out, fell upon me, and
here I am.
Management of Military Assistance Program
Taking all these measures together, they ob-
viously effect a major change in the whole man-
agement of the military ivssistance program. I
have just moved in this month, but of course like
any U.S. general I have had a good deal to do with
militai-y assistance in many earlier assignments.
We embarked on this program 10 years ago in
a time of extreme danger and >irgency, and like
all emergency programs, in the early years it had
to be executed before it could be well planned.
During these 10 years thousands of dedicated
people have worked their hearts out to make the
progi-am work in spite of all liandicaps. Perhaps
the most characteristic difficulty has been coun-
tries' offering to raise forces beyond their actual
capacity to raise and take on modern weapons and
equipment far beyond their actual capability in
technical and mechanical skills while neither they,
nor we on the American side, knew — or could know
without years of investigation — what they really
could handle. The world would not wait for us
to spend those years investigating. Tlie program
had to proceed anyhow. Nobody has been more
aware of these problems than the people who were
sweating to make the program work. I have seen
their efforts, and I take oft' my hat to them.
There has been a steady improvement in the
management; I have been in Europe during the
past 3 years and noted a great improvement during
that time. And when Mr. Draper came over to
explain the task of his Committee and what help
they would want from us over there, I thought it
was the most timelj- thing I had ever seen. There
had been a lot of self-improvement, and it was
now time for suggestions from some distinguished
outsiders.
As I have reported to you, the Committee found
the military assistance idea entirely sound and
more than that — essential. Tliey supported and
recommended continuance of the level of spending
in recent years and made some excellent sugges-
tions which the Defense Department lias moved
promptly to put in efl'ect.
Need for an Informed Public
There remains one area which greatly disturbed
the Draper Committee. In their very first report
they recommended "that every eft'ort be made
within the legislative and executive branches of
the Government to bring clearly before the Ameri-
can people the relationship between the Mutual
Security Program and the national intei'est. . . ."
And in their final report they said:
Now, after much further study, we re-emphasize the
importance of this effort.
The average American citizen does not uow relate his
own security to the effectiveness of the military and eco-
nomic assistance programs. . . . He is often unable to
acqiiire a personal feci of the intensity of the cold war —
of the deadly seriousness and growing strength of the
Soviet threat. It is essential to bridge this gap of under-
standing.
They urged a major, sustained effort to make
available to the public all the facts about the pro-
gram and "that luijustilied attacks upon the pro-
332
Department of State Bulletin
gram be answered publicly, promptly and force-
fully."
You ladies and the 15 patriotic organizations
you represent could undertake no greater service
at this time, could make no greater contribution to
the security of our country, than by undertaking
to spread tlie facts on this program and convince
the public that this program should bo fully sup-
ported by annual appropriations. Make them
understand that the military assistance appropria-
tions are a part of the cost of our national security
just as nuich as the Army, Navy, and Air Force
funds. Make them realize that this program is
designed to protect the future of your chiUlren and
your children's children. I beg you to consider
how your organizations can tackle this job and
then go home and get them beliind it. You ladies
have the strength to shake the world, and if you
use it for this cause you will have served the Re-
public well.
Cleveland's Role in International Cultural Relations
by Rohert H. Thayer *
The subject of my speech today is Cleveland's
role in international cultural relations. I should
think that you would feel it pretty presumptuous
for anyone not a citizen of Cleveland to come here
and talk about Cleveland's role in anything. "A
typical U.S. Government attitude," I can hear
some of you say. But let me reassure you right
now I have not come to Cleveland to tell you what
your role is or is not or ought or ought not to be.
I have come to tell you that we in the United
States Government believe that what Cleveland is
doing in the field of international cultural rela-
tions is one of the finest examples in the entire
United States of this new exacting movement that
has challenged the imagination of the American
people — a movement to build mutual understand-
ing through the relation of people to people. The
Cleveland International Program is pioneering in
a field that can make a greater contribution to
lasting peace than any other activity today; and
I have come here on behalf of the Department of
* Address made before the Cleveland International Pro-
gram for Youth Leaders and Social Workers, Inc., at
Cleveland, Ohio, on Feb. 3 (press release 50). Mr. Thayer
Is Special Assistant to the Secretary of State for the Co-
ordination of International Educational and Cultural
Relations.
State to thank all of you who are engaged in this
work and to congratulate you, Mr. Mayor, and the
city of Cleveland on being such public-spirited
citizens.
The city of Cleveland has an outstanding repu-
tation at the State Department for its work in the
promotion of community participation in foreign
affairs and in the Bureau of International Cul-
tural Eelations, which I have the honor of
heading. People like Katherine Bang, Henry
Ollendorff, and Elizabeth Brown are considered
regular members of our team. The Department
of State is proud to be associated with the Cleve-
land International Program as it prepares for a
fifth year of operation. I want to hear about
Cleveland's role as an example which, I feel sure,
will be followed by every city in the United States.
This international program of yours and its
increasing success and rapid growth is proof posi-
tive that in this jet age today international di-
plomacy is not the province of government alone;
it is the responsibility of every single citizen. The
old forms of diplomacy, the relations of govern-
ment to government, are not alone adequate today
to assure the kind of peace that is worth hav-
ing— peace \\\i\\ justice and freedom and dignity
Febroory 29, T960
333
for the indi\-idu;il. Tliey imist ]>& reinforced hy
wliat I call cultural diplomacy— the relations of
people to people. Cleveland"s program represents
a model in the field of cidtural diplomacy.
Importance of People-to-People Relations
Why are these relations between people and
people, the people of distant lands and the Ameri-
can people, so important today ? One answer to
this question was well expressed to me by a high
official in the Government of the United Arab Ke-
public in Cairo last April. He pointed out that
%var has been for centuries a common way of
settling serious disputes. But today war is self-
destructi\e and unthiidvable. Disputes must be
arrested before they liecome violent enough to lead
to war, and there is no greater arresting force to
violence than mutual understanding. No matter
how much you may disagree with someone, or even
dislike someone, if you understand him or her,
it becomes much easier to reach a modus vivendi.
So mutual understanding and relations of people
to people are the surest way to mold the cultural
understanding which is essential as a force to
maintain peace.
But there is another reason for the importance
of mutual understanding between the American
people and the people of other lands: The j)eople
of Africa and Asia are moving forward to take
their places in the sun. They are forming new
nations and in so doing are meeting the same dif-
ficult problems we faced as a new nation less than
200 years ago. They are seeking as did we to
develop their lands in peace. AVe have much to
contribute to this develojjment, particularly in
helping them achieve peace with freedom and
justice and dignity for the indi\idual, but the jieo-
ples (jf these countries are not going to l)lindly fol-
low our example miless first there can be estab-
lished between us mutual understanding.
"What is mut\ial understanding^ I can tell you
what it, is iiol. It is not ti-ying to impose the
Amei'ican way of lii'e on otlier peoples; it is not
trying to make- tiieni into Ameiicans; it is not
ignoring or tiiinking ((ueer their customs, tlieir
background, I heir way of thinking and of exjiress-
ing themselves because they are not like ours. J
think Mrs. Katherine Bang expressed the reason-
ing of nmtual understanding as well as it can be
expressed in a statement she made 2 years ago
to tlie ("leveJaMd Plain Dealer. Disciissinix tin-
World Affairs Council's hospitality program for
foreign visitors, she said: "We hope our visitor
from abi'oad will like what he sees of our country,
but we are not trying to indoctrinate or make him
into an Americaii. We want him to go back home
with a sympathetic understanding of our ways
and national ideals."
It is the Government's hope that this ".sym-
pathetic understanding" of which Mrs. Bang
spoke will someday be mutual and widespi'ead.
AVithout it no amount of traditional diplomacy,
economic assistance, or military maneuver will
suffice to eradicate the prejudice, ignorance, and
fear that inhibit the natural desires of people to
live in peace and cooperate for the benefit of
mankind. The task of developing sympathetic
undei-standing and building confidence is not
something that can be legislated by Congress or
negotiated by the Department of State. This is
truly a process that starts in the hearts and minds
of men. The development of understanding be-
tween peoples must begin at the grassroots or else
international exchange programs are oidy an
em})ty gesture.
This is certainly an era of revolution and mas-
sive change in all phases of human endeavor.
While the Western nations cope with the com-
plexities of political and economic interdepend-
ence, Africa and Asia are giving birth to new
sovereign nations: the menace of international
communism hovers over millions of people in the
Soviet bloc. Events of the next 10 years will
test this counti-y's honored traditions far more
than they have been tested during the past 180
years. At the same time we will find it necessary
to discard inailequate and obsolete methods to
meet the unprecedented clialK>nges of a world in
ferment.
^[ake a (piii'k survey of int(>i-national affairs to-
day and I tliink you will agive tiiat com])lacency
and lack of imagination are two of our greatest
potential dangers. Tlie United States is in a
])osition of (lynaiinc world leadership. IIow suc-
cessfully tiiat leadership will l)e exercised depends
u])on a munbor of faclois our military alertness,
our economic \ilality. our ability to guide three-
(|uarters of the earth's peoples into an industrial
age. All of these factors combine to measure a
nation's strength — or lack of it. Hut one more
vital ingr(>dient is needed to turn tliat i)rescrip-
lion foi- si renutli into one for etl'ective leadei'shi]') :
334
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
a solid (lose of conipussioii for the vsiliies, uspira-
tions, cultural achievenieuts, and tribulations of
the people of other lands who refuse, and right-
fully so, to be mere statistics in a geography
textbook.
Call it "sympathetic undei-standing" or "mutual
undei"standing" or "cultural diplomacy." They
all mean the same thing — a conscious desire to go
more than halfway to meet the other fellow on
his home ground and listen to what he has to say
and appreciate what his culture has to offer. I
submit that this is one of the most difficult tasks
for a people to accomplish in a world that is ac-
customed to the harshness of national isolation
and economic degradation. It is a task that de-
mands an effort far greater than the production of
more steel or the building of bigger rockets. It is
a job that can be done only if we divest oureelves
of a conditioned antipathy toward peoples who
look, act, and think differently than we. It is a
goal towanl %\hich shortsightedness and feelings
of superiority can effectively bar our path. It
requires a quality that I am afraid we Americans
are sometimes somewhat short of, perhaps because
our struggles to build a great nation discouraged
its gi'owth ; it is the quality of humility.
I do not feel the need to convince any of you
here tills afternoon of the importance of having
the American people identify themselves with the
strivings of their brothers in the family of man.
I am sure that you would not be associated with
the Cleveland International Program if you
thought otherwise. And I think you are all aware
of tlie importance which your Government at-
taches to this aspect of international living today.
Indeed, even the diehard traditionalists in Gov-
ermnent are beginning to realize that world leader-
ship without mutual understanding between
peoples is no leadership at all. The creation of
the position that I hold is evidence of the interest
of the Government in cultural relations.
Government and Cultural Relations
Let me tell you about what the Governnaent is
doing in the field of international cultural rela-
tions. Much of this will be known already to you
here today, active as you are in this field, but I
am constantly amazed by tJie number of people
who apparently do not appreciate all that the
Government is doing.
The International Educational Exchange Pro-
gram, which most people know through such
familiar terms as Fulbright and Smith-Mundt
scholarsliips, has sponsoreil more tlum 7U,U00 ex-
changes of students, teachei-s, professoi-s, leaders,
and specialists bet.M-een the United States and 100
countries of the world. The alumni of this pro-
gram are the leaders and future leaders of the free
world, the people who are in a position to (liss<Mni-
nate the facts of international life to millions of
their compatriots.
Under the President's Special International
Program for Cultural Presentations, American
orchestras, theatrical troupes, jazz combos, dance
groups, and atldetic teams are assisted in travel-
ing and appearing abroad. Attnvctions like the
Cleveland Symphony Orchestra, the San Fran-
cisco Ballet, the Benny Goodman Sextet, and the
Westminster Singers have appeared on every con-
tinent to help dispel widespread misconception
abroad that the American people are preoccupied
with material objectives. Furthermore, we are
conducting a survey in certain areas of the world
of how we can broaden the base of our audiences
and reach some of the people at the grassroots as
well as the more sophisticated audiences in the big
cities. We want very much to send some of our
imaginative young nonjirofessional talent abroad
and give tliem a chance by spending a larger time
at each place to make a greater impression on the
local population through personal contact, lec-
tures, and seminars.
During the past 2 years we have been able to
open the first of what we hope will be a growing
number of channels of communication between the
American and Soviet peoples. The epic-making
cultural, teclinical, and educational exchange
agreement between the United States and the
Soviet Union of Januai-y 1958 has recently been
extended for another 2 years,^ with arrangements
for increased exchanges of students, professors,
and experts in various fields.
We have also noticed with a great deal of satis-
faction that our participation in the programs of
the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization is bringing an awareness
of other cultures to tlie many thousands of Ameri-
can citizens who cooperate with the United States
National Commission for UNP^SCO.
' For text of an nKreeinent signed at Washingtou, D.C.,
on Nov. 24, 1959, see BmxETiN of Dec. 28, 1959, p. 951.
February 29, J 960
335
Through the steadfast and able work of the
United States Information Agency, millions of
foreign citizens are able to buy inexpensive Amer-
ican books which are translated into their own
languages; thousands of foreign educational insti-
tutions receive American textbooks and teaching
materials ; 200,000 foreign students in 55 countries
receiv^nst ruction in the English language each
year; and American reading rooms and libraries
are open for business in a majority of the world's
major cities.
Through the technical assistance programs of
the International Cooperation Administration,
about 8,000 foreign citizens come to the United
States for technical training each year and more
than 3,500 American technicians go abroad to
teach the skills other people need to gi-ow more
food, build better tools, and maintain their health.
These people are engaged in cultural interchange
as much as the students, teachers, and professors
who take part in educational exchange programs.
The same situation exists for the foreign citi-
zens who come to the United States and the Amer-
ican citizens who go abroad under the military
assistance programs of the Department of Defense
or the fellowship programs of the National Acad-
emy of Sciences and the research programs of the
National Institutes of Health. In all, 15 Govern-
ment agencies conduct programs that involve the
movement of persons, cultural materials, and ideas
between the United States and other countries.
It was the recognition by the Department of
State and the administration of the need to find
a common focus for this vast proliferation of pro-
grams with an impact on our cultural relations
that led to the creation of the position I now hold.
I have not been assigned to coordinate the inter-
national cultural relations activities of the United
States Government in order to create a new
bureaucratic hierarchy. My primary job involves
keeping other policymakers informed about trends
and activities and underscoring common objec-
tives in the area of foreign affairs and pointing
out gaps that need filling and increasing overlaps
in our cultural effort.
During my first 12 months in office I feel we
have made a great deal of headway in persuading
many responsible officials to include in their plan-
ning a long-range view of what we are trying to
achieve in the field of cultural relations. Kepre-
sentatives of different agencies are talking to each
other more often these days about such common
subjects of interest as the development of educa-
tional systems abroad; the teaching of English as
a foreign language; and the orientation of ex-
change grantees to ease the changeover from one
society to another.
Private Enterprise and Cultural Relations
Outside the Government the work of private
enterprise to foster international cultural ex-
change is far more extensive than the efforts of
all Government agencies combined. Organiza-
tions like the Carnegie Corporation, the Rocke-
feller Foundation, and the Institute of Interna-
tional Education were already highly experienced
when the Department of State began its first edu-
cational exchange programs with Latin America
in 1938. Missionary groups had already founded
hundreds of American schools in Latin America,
the Middle East, and South Asia. Service clubs
and professional groups, like Eotary and the
American Association of University Women,
had well-established international fellowship
programs.
Today American universities have an annual
population of approximately 50,000 foreign stu-
dents and educators. On many college campuses
the job of foreign-student adviser is a full-tune
faculty position.
According to the most recent available statis-
tics, 184 American universities are conducting 382
international programs involving exc^nges of
students, faculty members, and materials with
educational institutions and government agencies
in 93 countries. Many of these programs are
sponsored by the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration in recognition of the univei-sity's
role in economic development.
More and more American institutions of higher
learning are including foreign travel in their cur-
ricula. Right here in Ohio, Oberlin College is
sending third-year music students to the Mozar-
teum in Salzburg for a full 10 months of instruc-
tion ; and the Western College for Women at Ox-
ford, Ohio, has an excellent course called "The
Development of World Civilizations" which in-
cludes a summer of travel in an area of the world
that has been thoroughly studied by the partici-
pating students for an entire year.
336
Department of State BuUetin
Several Eiistem schools have coiuluoted junior-
year-abioad programs in Western Europe for
many years. This year, for the firet time, three
junior-year programs are being conducted in Bra-
zil, Peru, Costa Kica, and Chile by New York,
Indiana, Kansas, and Fordham Universities with
the assistance of the Department of State.
In addition to our universities, many hundreds
of philanthropic foundations, labor unions, serv-
ice clubs, professional societies, religious groups,
and civic organizations are conducting educa-
tional and cultural progi-ams with foreign coun-
tries. These include the teenage exchanges of the
4-H Clubs, the American Field Sei-vice teenage
program, the professional affiliations of the Inter-
American Bar Association, and the educational
programs of the League of Women Voters. Last
week I spoke in Louisville to the National Con-
vention of Ruritan,^ and I was told that 1,000
farm families had opened their homes to receive
foreign visitors.
We haven't even begun to take stock of the work
that is being done and the money that is being
spent in the cause of mutual understanding by hun-
dreds of thousands of individuals and perhaps
thousands of organizations in the United States,
although we are trying to make a survey, country
by country, of all that is being done. In one small
country there are 12 Government agencies and 93
private agencies with programs in the field of
international educational and cultural relations.
How, for example, does one measure the contri-
bution made by the 200 host families of the Cleve-
land Intei-national Pi'ogram? Can you say that
these families spend a total of $10,000 for extra
groceries and recreation over a 6-week period and
be done with it ? Or take the family of Dr. and
Mrs. Ernst W. Erickson of Ypsilanti, Michigan.
Last year Dr. and Mrs. Erickson received Depai't-
ment of State grants to help set up a new library
and teach high-school subjects in Katmandu,
Nepal. They took their three teenage children
with them at their own expense and enrolled them
in local schools. In typical American teenage
fashion, these children had their Nepalese class-
mates coming to their home after school. They
gave social dancing lessons which became so pop-
ular that the students were soon being accompanied
by their parents and relatives. The Ericksons
'Ibid., Feb. 15, 1960, p. 240.
were finally forced to set up a Friday night danc-
ing class to control (lie demand. How do we
measure the contributions of this family? Cer-
tainly not in dollars and cents.
Receiving Foreign Visitors as Individuals
I tiiink you will certainly agree after this rec-
itation that cultural diplomacy is on its way, but
let me emphasize something of very great impor-
tance. You in Cleveland are using the greatest
care in the selection of those who come here from
abroad and of the Americans who go overseas.
You are taking foreign visitors into your homes,
and you are making certain that they are receiv-
ing the closest possible attention while they are in
this country. Both of these factors are of vital
importance. We must guard against the Ameri-
can propensity to do things on a mass basis. We
must be certain that private organizations and in-
stitutions, and particularly the Government, in
their enthusiasm for carrying on this vitally im-
portant activity of cultural diplomacy do not for-
get that the visitors from abroad do not want a
canned trip around the United States. They want
to live in American homes and have time to them-
selves to find the flavor of American life in their
own way. We must give more careful thought
to our visitors as individuals; we must take care
lest in our enthusiasm we unintentionally turn our
visitors from other lands into an assembly line. I
think that this type of partnership between pri-
vate and public effort that exists today between
the Cleveland International Program and the De-
partment of State is one of the greatest safe-
guards against this danger.
And above all we must not forget the all- im-
portant task of preparing the generations to come
in our own country for the task of living in a
world where their next-door neighbor is not from
Cleveland but from Kabul, or Cairo, or Karachi.
Our children and grandchildren must be taught
at least one if not two languages other than their
own and taught early enough in elemental^ and
secondary schools so that they can speak fluently.
They must learn to connnunicate rather than
study the language as a language. They must be
taught to understand the peoples of other coim-
tries. They must be ready to live their lives out-
side of their own environment. For this we must
have more teachers of foreign languages and area
February 29, 7960
337
specialists. Are we doing enough to train these
teachers and sisecialists ? The United States of
America is living in a world community; in this
world community there is as much pioneering to be
done as there was in the eai'ly days of the foimd-
mg of this great land of ours. I am told that
juvenile delinquency has increased because there
is not a sufficient challenge to the youth of today
to give tliera the physical and spiritual fulfillment
that growing minds and bodies require. But I
submit to you that the fault lies not in the environ-
ment of modern American life today nor in the
nature of young America. It lies in the lack of
imagination in those responsible for the bringing
up of our youth, in the lack of vision to see the
great tasks that lie ahead, in the lack of a sense of
international responsibility to help guide the
great masses of the peoples of the new nations of
the world to a life of freedom and justice and to
help guard them from the force of evil in tlie
shape of international communism.
You in the city of Cleveland have sliown that
you have that imagination, that vision, and that
sense of responsibility. Don't keep it to yourself.
The role of Cleveland in international cultural
relations goes far beyond Cleveland. It can by
example be used to enlist similar activity by evei-y
city and town not only of Ohio but of the other 49
States of the Union.
And finally may I emphasize that you private
citizens are the ones who can succeed m establish-
ing mutual imderstanding between the people of
America and the people of the rest of the world.
We in Government stand ready to help you and to
sei-ve in this effort; but you are the people, and
cultural diplomacy is a peoples' program. And
only through this program lies the certainty of
lasting peac«.
I speak for my children and my grandchildren
and those who come after them when I say, may
God be with you and give your efforts continued
success.
Chinese Art Exhibit
To Tour United States
Press release 61 dated February 12
The Department of State aimounced on Febru-
ary 12 that a comprehensive exhibition of Chinese
art will be shown in the United States in 1961-62.
Tlie exhibition will consist of selected master-
pieces from the National Palace Museum (for-
merly in Peiping) and the National Central Mu-
seimi (formerly in Nanking). They will be sent
to this country by the Government of the Republic
of China, which has pi'eserved the art treasures
in Taiwan (Formosa) since evacuation from the
Chinese mainland.
The exhibition is scheduled to open about June
1, 1961, at the National Gallery of Art. Follow-
ing its showing in Washington, the exhibition will
go to the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New
York ; the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston ; the Art
Institute of Chicago; and the M. H. De Young
Memorial Musemn, San Francisco.
An agreement covering the arrangements for
the exhibition was initialed on February 12 by
Ambassador George K. C. Yeh of the Eepublic
of China and Huntington Cairns, Secretary-
Treasurer and General Counsel of the National
Gallery of Art.
The exhibition will include approximately 100
rare paintings as well as examples of calligraphy,
pottery and porcelain, bronzes, jades, and lacquers
from prehistoric times to the 19th century. This
will be the most important exhibition of Chinese
art ever to be held in the United States.
The works of art in the exhibition are the prop-
erty of the Government of the Republic of China
and will be returned to Taiwan at the conclusion
of the exhibition in 1962.
NATO Science Fellowship Program
for 1960 Announced
Press release 55 dated February 11
The Department of State and the National
Science Foundation announced on February 11 the
1960 program of North Atlantic Treaty Organiza-
tion fellowships in science. Approximately 40 of
these fellowships, which are designed to encourage
further study in the sciences abroad, will be
awarded to citizens of the United States who have
demonstrated ability and special aptitude for ad-
vanced training in the scieiices and who, by the
beginning of the fellowship, will have earned a
doctoral degree in one of the fields of science
listed below or who liave had research training
and experience equivalent to that represented by
the doctoral degree. Awards will be made in the
matlipinatical, physical, and engineering sciences;
338
DeparlmenI of State Bulletin
nioilioil uiul l)iologic;il sciences, iiicludiii<j anlliro-
polojry and psycholoji:y (excluding clinical psy-
chology) ; and in certain social sciences. Included,
as well, are interdisciplinnrv fields which overlap
two or more scientific disciplines.
In view of the sponsorship and objectives of the
program it is expected that recipients of awards
will, in nearly all cases, plan to study abroad in
a country that is a member of the NATO com-
munity. Other member nations of NATO are:
Belgiimi, Canada, Denmark, France, the Federal
Republic of Germany, Greece, Iceland, Italy,
Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal,
Turkey, and the United Kingdom ; these countries
also select recipients of NATO fellowships from
among their own citizens. Awards to U.S. citi-
zens are not, however, restricted to study in a
NATO country, and consideration will be given
to those planning study elsewhere.
Evaluation and selection of candidates will be
solely on the basis of ability. Applications will
be evaluated for the National Science Foundation
by panels of scientists appointed by the National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Comicil.
Stipends for NATO fellowships will be $4,500
for the full year and $3,375 for the academic year.
Lunited round-trip travel and dependency
allowances will be provided.
Applications and detailed information may be
obtained fi'om the Fellowship Office, National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Coimcil,
2101 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington 25,
D.C. Fellowship applications must be received
by the NAS-NRC by April 11, 1960. Awards
will be announced on May 23, 1960.
President Acts on Imports of Almonds,
Clothespins, and Safety Pins
Almonds
White House press release dated February 5
The President announced on Febniary 5 his
decision on the U.S. Tariff Commission report
concerning imports of almonds. The President
accepted as the findings of the Tariff Commission
the finding of two Commissioners that restric-
tions on almond imports were not warranted mi-
der section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment
Act, as amended.
The other two Commissioners participating in
this case found the contrary and recommended a
taritV (piota of 3 million ixjunds witii an over-
quota fee of 10 cents per pound. Where, as here,
the Tariff Commission is equally divided, section
330 (d) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended,
authorizes the President to accept the findings of
either group of Commissioners as the findings of
the Commission.
The Commission issued its report on September
25, 1959.^ Its investigation and report, which the
President requested on .luly 28, 1959,- were made
pursuant to section 22, which authorizes the limi-
tation of imports in order to prevent material
interference with Department of Agi'iculture
price-support or marketing-order programs.
Spring Clothespins and Safety Pins
White House press release dated February 5
The President has concurred with the U.S. Tar-
iff Commission's recent findings that no formal
investigation should be instituted at this time to
determine whether the tariff should be reduced on
imports of spring clothespins and safety pins.
The President found, with tlie Tariff Commission,
that there is not sufficient reason at this time to
reopen the escape-clause actions which resulted 2
years ago in increases in the tariffs on these
items.^ The President's decision means that the
increased rates of duty established in December
1957 as the result of escape-clause actions will
continue to apply without reduction or other
motlification.
The President's action was taken after consul-
tation with the Trade Policy Committee. The
Tariff Commission studies were made pursuant
to Executive Order 10401, which requires periodic
review of affirmative actions taken under the
escape clause. The Commission reports on spring
clothespins and safety pins, respectively, were
submitted to the Piusident on December 7 and 31,
1959.
' Copies of the Commission's report may 1)0 obtained
from tlie U.S. TarifT Commission, Washington 2.5, D.C.
2 Blt-letin of Aug. 17, 1959, p. 240.
' Ibid., Dec. 16, 19.57, p. 958, and Dec. 23, 19.57, p. 1009.
February 29, I960
339
THE CONGRESS
Aspects of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy
Statement hy Edwin M. Martin
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs'^
I welcome the opportunity to comment on the
report on Worldwide and Domestic Economic
ProhIe?ns and Their Impact on the Foreign Policy
of the United States.
The Department of State is happy to endorse
what it conceives to be the five main policy con-
clusions of this report :
1. The importance of sustainable rates of eco-
nomic growth with stable prices, both to our
domestic well-being and the success of our foreign
policy.
2. The continued need, in this and other mat-
ters, to recognize and allow for tlie increasing
impact on the success of our foreign policies of
decisions taken on primarily domestic economic
issues.
3. The value of a continued liberal approach
to our policies on trade with our friends in the
free world.
4. The essential contribution to our peace and
well-being whicli can be made by an expanded
flow of public and private capital from the in-
dustrialized countries to those still struggling to
reach economic maturity and independence.
5. The significance for their political aims of
' Made before the Senate Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions on Feb. 11 (press release 56) during a bearing on a
report prepared for the committee by the Corporation for
Economic and Industrial Research, Inc. For a list of
other studies in this series and a statement by Wallace
R. Erode, Science Adviser of the Department of State, see
Bulletin of Feb. 22, lOCO, p. 271.
the recent increased capacity of the Soviets to en-
gage in foreign aid and other economic programs
in areas of special interest to tliem.
The goal of economic growth at home is closely
related to success in assisting in securing an ade-
quate rate of growth in tlie newly developing
parts of the world by providmg large capital re-
sources from outside. Growth at home mal<es it
easier for us to allocate the resources we need to
devote to fostering growth abroad. It facilitates
the internal adjustments we need to make to meet
foreign competition witliout taking restrictive
measures that would hurt our friends and neigh-
bors as well as ourselves. It provides a growing
and stable market for the countries of the free
world who depend on trade for growth. On the
other hand, periodic slumps in our economic
activity are hurtful not only to ourselves but par-
ticularly to the less developed coimtries whose
economies are susceptible to even relatively small
declines in demand for their export products.
And, not miimportantly, confidence in the U.S. as
a country competent to manage its own affairs,
confidence in the dollar as a reserve currency,
confidence in a free-enterprise economy as a sys-
tem for organizing economic activity, in sum, con-
fidence in the U.S. as a coimtry worthy of
emulation and leadership is affected by our ability
to maintain steady growth.
Parenthetically, one might get the impression
from the report that it is the reported high rate of
Soviet growth that makes stable, steady growth at
340
Department of State Bulletin
home iiiiportant. Whether the iiicomo of tlio
Soviet I'liion is growing at 3 percent or G percent
or 9 percent is not a matter of indifl'erence to us,
since a high growth rate enables the Soviet Union
more eirecliveiy to pursue policies inimical to our
intei-ests. But we are not in a comjietition of
growth rates. Achieving steady growth without
mflation was a persistent problem for us in the
postwar yeare before we were alerted to the high
growth rate of the Soviet Union, and it is a prob-
lem wo would want to come to grips with even
if there were no Soviet threat at all. We want a
high and sustained level of economic activity to
enable us to fullill objectives of our own choosing.
How to achieve an advancing level of economic
activity without inflation in the U.S. is not prop-
erl}' within tlio purxiew of the Department of
State. We are primarily concerned with the prob-
lem of fostering economic growth abroad.
Economic Growth and Political Development
It is not necessary to dwell at any length on the
importance, in political and in human terms, of
accelerating economic growth in the vast under-
developed areas of the free world. The countries
of Asia, Africa, and Latm America are part of
the free world, but they are not committed irrevo-
cably to freedom. They are committed to eco-
nomic growth. The question is whether they can
achieve the economic growth they so urgently de-
sire in an environment of freedom or whether,
overwhelmed by massive problems, they turn to
totalitarian rule at home and aggression abroad.
Wliether the free world contracts or expands,
whether the U.S. is forced back on itself in a hos-
tile world or maintains its free and open char-
acter in a world society of likeminded nations,
rests in large part on the direction the less devel-
oped countries take. Today they are numerous
but weak. In tlie years ahead they will count more
heavily in the world balance. They will affect
importantly the political shape of the world of the
future.
It takes no special act of imagination or sym-
pathy to grasp the human meaning of economic
growth, to appreciate the tyranny that poverty
and disease can exercise over man. But the re-
lationship of economic growth to political devel-
opments is less direct and obvious. Political
developments have a momentum of their own, and
it would bo unduly optimistic to bolievo that just
so long as our aid is largo and our trade free all
will be well, or just so long as the less developed
countries achieve an increase in income of 2 per-
cent or 4 percent or G percent a year tiiey will
establish and maintain democratic governments
and respect for international law. The relation-
ship of economic growth to political development
is not so simple as that.
But we know that there h a relationship. We
know that frustration with backwardness and
poverty is widespread in the less developed coun-
tries today. It is felt by the landless laborers
who want land, by the imemployod who want
jobs, by the peasants who want security of tenure
and a larger share of the fruits of their labor, by
students, lawyers, and journalists whose talents •
have outrim their opportunities. We know also
that, if present moderate governments can offer
their people nothmg but continued stagnation,
they will not long survive. Demagogs of one
stripe or another will come foi-ward to capitalize
on discontent and frustration.
If, on the other hand, there is economic prog-
ress, if the unemployed can hope to find jobs, if
the peasants can hope to acquire land, if schools
are being established and health clinics organized,
if local leaders in towns and villages are encour-
aged to undertake the small and large community
improvements that hold out hope for future bet-
terment, in a word, if opportunities are opening
up, we could expect morale to be good. People
are not likely to seek radical solutions in societies
where morale is high because they have hope for
the future, a sense of opportunity, the feeling that
tomorrow will be better than today, that their
children will enjoy opportunities they themselves
have been denied. It does not matter that prog-
ress may seem slow in an overall statistical sense.
The important thing is the direction, the trend,
the sense of forward movement.
Whether the governments of the less developed
countries operating within the framework of free
institutions can meet the challenge of growth suc-
cessfully depends in no small part on what we
and our more industrialized allies do or fail to
do. We cannot bestow economic growth or ex-
port it in a package. The countries concerned
must establish the social and political institu-
tions on which growth depends, must organize
f&btvaty 29, ?960
341
and administer and inspire their own people.
But our help can make a difference, perhaps a
critical difference. It is, in any case, important
that we ti*y. If they fail because we have failed
them, the loss will be as much ours as theirs.
Steps Being Taken To Expand Capital Outflow
As a result of its studies of this subject, the re-
port makes suggestions for future action. We
believe important steps which are in line with its
approach have been and are being taken.
Wlien it became clear that loans by the Inter-
national Bank were reaching a new high level and
that furtlier resources would be needed, we pro-
posed an increase of 100 j^ercent in Bank sub-
scriptions. When it became clear that the tech-
nical assistance program of the United Nations
was imable to provide the systematic and sustained
assistance in basic fields that was needed, especially
in the survey of resources and the establishment of
training institutes, we proposed the establishment
of the U.ISr. Special Fmid. We set up the DLF
[Development Loan Fund] to meet the need for
loan capital on more flexible terms, and we will
shortly come before this committee to ask support
for the establislunent of an International Develop-
ment Association ^ to fill the same need. We have
established, together with the countries of Latin
America, a regional development financing insti-
tution to provide capital for development in the
Americas.' We proposed an increase in quotas in
the International Monetary Fund to put the Fund
in a better position to tide countries over tem-
porary balance-of-payments difliculties arising
from unfavorable turns of trade and other events.
We are continuing to explore new ways of expand-
ing the flow of private investment to the less de-
veloped countries.
The current outflow of capital and technical as-
sistance from private and public sources in tlie free
world is in the neighborhood of $6 billion. Clearly
the current outflow is not enougli. Tliere are
meritorious projects that would give momentum
to gi'owth that are not now being financed for lack
of funds; there should be a rising curve for the
I^eriod ahead. To meet this need it is, as the report
notes, essential that other of the wealthier nations
enlarge their role in providing capital to (lie less
developed areas and (hat all of our programs be
' See p. 34.5.
' See p. 344.
made as effective as possible in promoting sound
economic expansion.
With this in mind in January in Paris, Under
Secretary of State Dillon proposed that the in-
dustrialized free nations who are in a position to
make significant bilateral contributions to develop-
ment meet together as a development assistance
group, on an informal basis but with some regu-
larity, to have full and frank discussions on how
we can do a larger, more sustained, and more effec-
tive job.* The development assistance group
would be a consultative forum for the discussion
of appropriate national measures, such as the es-
tablishment or expansion of national agencies to
provide long-term development capital, and for
the exchange of views and information on aid
policies, procedures, and operations. The 20 na-
tions meeting in Paris agreed to this proposal,
recognizing a wider interest in and responsibility
for the continued economic growth of the less
developed areas of the world.
At the first meeting of the development assist-
ance group, which we hope will be lield in Wash-
ington in the first half of March, we would hope
to provide information on our own lending, as-
sistance, and investment guaranty operations
with the thought that our experience miglit be
useful to others in considering their own pro-
grams. Subsequent meetings may be held in the
capitals of other members of the group. Our ap-
proach will be flexible and pragmatic.
Before leaving this subject, there are several
points raised by the CEIR report on which com-
ment seems desirable.
Providing an Alternative to Soviet Aid
The first comment has to do with Soviet aid.
The thrust of the report would appear to be that
we must do much because the Soviets are doing
much. It is important to emphasize that the
Soviet Union's tardy entrance into tlie aid field
is not the reason for our effort to promote the
development of the less developed countries and
the Soviet Union's exit from the aid field — should
they conclude, as (lie}' iniglit, that the cost exceeds
the benefit — cannot be the occasion for any slack-
ening of effort on our part. It is not Soviet aid,
as such, that will subvert the less developed coun-
tries. Soviet aid is only one of a range of tech-
342
* BciXETlN of Feb. 1, 19G0, p. 139.
Department of State Bulletin
niqiies that the bloc uses to make friends and
influeiioe people; it is not necessarily the most
important tool in their kit. It supplements local
diplomacy, the exchange of visiting dignitaries,
the Russian ballet, study tours in the Soviet
Union, the flood of books and pamphlets, the Voice
of MoS("ow presenting the image of a Iwnevolent
hut powerful U.S.S.E. on the march in science,
in industry, in militaiy weaponry, in space ex-
ploration, the enemy of colonialism and tlie friend
of aspiring peoples. The danger to the develop-
ing countries is less the volume of Soviet aid than
it is that their own etforts, the essential founda-
tion of any successful program, even reinforced
by external aid, may still be inadequate, that
growth will lag too far behind aspirations, and
that discontent will push extremist leaders to the
fore. So long as the uncommitted countries are
aware that the "West shares their aspirations for
economic and social progress in freedom and in-
dependence and is prepared to give them timely
and substantial aid, so long, that is, as they have a
real alternative to dependence on tlie bloc, they
can resist any improper pressures that the Soviets
might seek to apply.
"Growth With Consumption" Only a Slogan
The slogan "growth with consmnption" that is
used in the CEIR report is, in the end, only a slo-
gan and, as such, of rather limited usefulness.
Growth with consumption is an obviously desir-
able system, but the real issue is always how much
of each. The temptation is always to sacrifice
the sarongs necessary to growth in favor of con-
sumption. The objection to the Soviet system is
more the police-state manner in which saving is
forced and used for militaristic purposes than the
proportion of income which goes into saving. The
less developed countries will need to plough back
into investment a substantial part of their in-
cremental income if they are to move forward.
They will have to invest in schools, in community
development, in health facilities, in training in-
stitutes, in power plants, factories, and roads.
But investment in these basic facilities, although
undertaken at the expense of current consumption,
will increase current opportunities and oifer the
promise of greater opportunities to come.
Xor does it seem possible to say at what par-
ticular rate the less developed countries must pro-
gress so that conmiunity morale will be high.
February 29, 7960
Many mathematical models have been constructed
which, starting with a magic target of x percent
increiise in per capita income, derive the invest-
ment requirements associated with such an in-
crease— abstracting from the economic and social
environment in which growth is taking place —
subtract from the re(|uircment the local savings
likely to be generated, and arrive thereby at the
investment gap that must he provided by external
sources. Tlie CEIR suggests a 5 percent increase
per annum in total output and an associated ex-
ternal capital gap of $10 billion to $15 billion a
year. This overall approach is apt to prove an
unrewarding exercise.
Expansion of World Trade Vital to U.S.
To turn to trade, there is not much new to be
said or to be added to the report on why continued
efforts to expand world trade are vital for the
United States. For most countries of the free
world, trade, expanding and unrestricted trade,
is vital to their well-being. It is not a marginal
matter. They must export to import. For the
less developed countries, trade is critical. To im-
port the industrial materials and capital equip-
ment which they need for growth, the developing
countries must find markets for their products.
Typically, they are dependent on the export of
a few mineral and agricultural products whose
prices fluctuate widely in the world market. In
the years ahead, as they begin to modernize their
economies and diversify their output, they will
move increasingly into fabrication of consumers
goods and light industries of a labor-intensive
kind, and they will seek to market these products
abroad. If we are seriously concerned to promote
their economic growth, we cannot put up barriers
to the output of their mines and factories. The
United States is too large and too critical a mar-
ket to take such action without doing serious in-
jury to its friends and to its foreign policy
purposes.
Intimately related to trade policy is our balance-
of-payments problem, to which the CEIR report
also addresses itself. The economic report of the
President ' goes into this question in considerable
depth, and there is no need to repeat what is said
there. Preliminaiy reports suggest that om- pay-
ments position has improved somewhat since the
CEIR report was issued ; it is expected to improve
' For excerpts, see ibid., Feb. 22, 1960, p. :«)1.
343
a bit further in 1960. Our main reliance for clos-
ing tlie payments gap must be the expansion of
world trade, especially United States exports. In
1959, as recommended in the report, we intensified
our efforts in the GATT and the IMF and bilat-
erally toward this end. Partly as a result, many
countries have recently taken important steps to
reduce their bai-riers against United States ex-
ports. We expect tliis trend to continue. Over
the long term, with steady, stable growtli at home
and abroad, we have good reason to expect an
increasing income from our investments abroad
and a large growth in United States exports, per-
mitting us to retain world confidence in our econ-
omy and to continue to carry on those overseas
programs so essential to our security and well-
being.
In conclusion may I express the appreciation of
the Department of State for the action of the
committee in arranging for this series of reports
to be prepared and published and for giving the
Department this opportunity to express its views.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
Under Secretary Dillon Attends
Inter-American Bank Meeting
The Board of Governors of the Inter- American
Develofment Bank held, its inniigiiral meeting at
San Salvador February 3-16} Following is a
statement made hy Under Secretary Dillon on
February 7 upon his arrival at San Salvador and
a statement made on February 11 upon his return
to Washington.
STATEMENT AT SAN SALVADOR, FEBRUARY 7
I am deliglited to bo here in the lovely city of
San Salvador for the inaugural meeting of the
Inter- American Development Bank.
This unique Bank, which represents the fulfill-
ment of desires long held by the countries of Latin
America for a development institution tailored to
their special needs, should pi'ovide new impetus in
spurring the forward progress of the hemisphere.
My Government takes great satisfaction from its
participation in a project which symbolizes the
vitality and creativeness of the inter-American
system.
The Bank is a concrete expression of the desire
of the peoples of the Americas to pursue sound
economic policies which will make a maximiun
contribution to development in an atmosphere of
mutual trust and mideretanding. The great de-
gree of flexibility and responsiveness wliich has
been built into the Bank should lead to realistic
measures designed to encourage the flow of needed
liublic and private capital into Latin America.
It is a particular pleasure for me to visit El
Salvador, a country which has consistently con-
tributed to the unity of the Americas. I look
forward to seeing President Lemus, whom I had
the honor of meeting in Washington last spring,^
and for whom I have a message of personal greet-
ing from President Eisenhower. My presence
here is also a welcome opportunity to renew ac-
quaintance and friendship with officials of the
other American Kepublics who are attending tliis
auspicious meeting.
STATEMENT AT WASHINGTON, FEBRUARY 11
Press release 59 dated February 11
I have just returned from a meeting m San
Salvador which marks the start of a fresh, coor-
dinated approach to the development problems of
the Western Hemisphere.
Tlie new Inter- American Development Bank —
to which the American states are contributing in
proportion to their resources — has the special vir-
tue of a development institution which is uniquely
fitted to the needs of Latin America. I believe
that its operations will have a veiy constructive
influence in promoting economic growth along
sound lines.
By a happy coincidence the inaugural meeting
of the Banlv took place at the same time that the
first common-market agreement in this hemi-
sphere was signed betM-een El Salvador, Guate-
mala, and Honduras. This common market
should not only serve to strengthen the trading
])osition of participating governments but can be
expected to stimulate the sort of economic climate
which is needed to attrsict new private investment.
' For background, see Bulletin of Feb. 15, lOCO, p. 263.
344
' Ihid., Apr. G, 1959, p. 478.
Department of Sfafe Bullefin
My visit to El Salvador gave me a welcome
opportunity to see and talk once again with Presi-
dent Lemus and to renew acquaintances with my
many friends among the delegations to the
Bank meeting. The atmosphere which prevailed
throughout the meeting demonstrated once again
the strength and vitality of the inter-American
system.
IDA Articles of Agreement Ready
for Acceptance by fVlembers
The International Bank for Keconstruction and
Development announced on January 31 that the
articles of agreement of the International Develop-
ment Association, the proposed new financing in-
stitution to be affiliated with the World Bank, are
now ready for acceptance by prospective member
governments.
By authorization of the Bank's Executive Direc-
toi's, the t«xt of the articles of agreement, together
with a report by the Executive Directors drawing
attention to certain features of the articles, is
being transmitted to the 68 member governments
of the Bank. The next step will be for those gov-
ernments desiring to join IDA to take whatever
legislative or other action may be required to ac-
cept membership and to subscribe funds. The
articles provide that IDA will enter into force
when governments whose subscriptions aggregate
at least 65 percent of total initial subscriptions
have accepted membership. The articles will re-
main open for signature by original members until
December 31, 1960. The earliest date on which
IDA may come into being is September 15, 1960.
A preamble to the articles states the conviction
of the signatory governments that mutual coopera-
tion for constructive economic purposes, healthy
development of the world economy, and balanced
growth of international trade foster peace and
world prosperity ; that higher standards of living
and economic and social progress in the less devel-
oped countries are desirable, not only m the inter-
ests of those countries but also for the
international community as a whole; and that
achievement of these objectives would be facili-
tated by an increase in the international flow of
capital, public and private, to assist in the develop-
ment of the resources of the less developed
countries.
The main features of IDA, as proposed, are as
follows :
Purposes
The purposes of IDA are defined:
... to promote economic development, increase pro-
ductivity and thus raise standards of living in the less
developed areas of the world included within the Associa-
tion's membership, in particular by providing finance to
meet their Important developmentjil reQuirements on
terms which are more flexible and bear less heavily on
the balance of payments than those of conventional loans,
thereby furthering the developmental objectives of the
International Bank for Keconstruction and Development
(hereinafter called "the Bank") and supplementing its
activities.
Membership and Initial Subscriptions
Membership of IDA is to be open to member
countries of the Bank.
The initial resources proposed for IDA total
$1 billion, an amount which will be obtained if all
existing member countries of the Bank join IDA
and thereby accept the subscriptions assigned to
them. IDA subscriptions are to be roughly
proportionate to subscriptions to the Bank's capi-
tal and will be payable over a 5-year period.
A unique feature of IDA is that member coun-
tries have been divided into two groups for
purposes of subscription of funds. The 17 more
industrialized member coimtries of the Bank will
pay their subscriptions in gold or freely con-
vertible currencies, whereas the 51 less developed
member countries will pay 10 percent of their
subscriptions in gold or freely convertible curren-
cies and 90 percent in their national currencies,
which IDA will not be free to convert into other
currencies or to use to finance exports from the
country concerned without its consent.
Resources and Use of Currencies
IDA is to keep the adequacy of its resources
under regular review. It is contemplated that the
first review would take place during the first 5-
year period and subsequent reviews at intervals of
approximately 5 years thereafter. General or in-
dividual increases in subscriptions may be author-
ized at any time.
IDA may also enter into arrangements to receive
from any member, in addition to its own subscrip-
tion, supplementary resources in the currency of
another member provided that the member whose
February 29, I960
345
currency is involved does not object. I^or ex-
ample, the United States has indicated that it
might offer to IDA some of its holdings of foreign
currencies arismg through sales of surplus com-
modities under Public Law 480. The jjrovision
of such supplementary resources would not entitle
the subscribing member to any additional voting
rights.
Organization and Management
The structure of IDA is adapted to administra-
tion by the Bank. Thus IDA is to have a Board
of Governors, Executive Directors, and a Presi-
dent, all of whom will be the holders of those posi-
tions m the Bank, serving ex officio in IDA.
Other articles contain detailed provision for
such matters as withdrawal or suspension of mem-
bership; status, immunities, and privileges;
amendments; interpretation and arbitration; and
signature and enti-y into force.
Acceptance dcpoaitad: El Salvador, December 31, 1959.
Protocol for limiting and regulating the cultivation of
the poppy plant, the production of, international and
wholesale trade in, and use of opium. Dated at New
Yorl£ June 23, 1953.'
Ratification deposited: Iran, December 30, 19.59.
Accession deposited: El Salvador, December 31, 1959.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) annexed
to the international telecomiuunication convention of
December 22, 1952 (TIAS 3266), with appendixes and
final protocol. Done at Geneva November 29. 1958.
Entered into force January 1, 1960. TIAS 4390.
Notifications of approval: Yugoslavia, October 16, 1959;
India, December 22, 1959; Belgium (with reserva-
tions), December 23, 1959; Union of South Africa
and Territory of South-West Africa, December 23,
1959.
Trade and Commerce
Declaration on relations between contracting parties to
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the
Government of the Federal People's Republic of Yugo-
slavia. Done at Geneva May 25, 19.59. Entered into
force November 16, 1959 ; for the United States Novem-
ber 19, 1959. TIAS 4385.
Signatiires: Brazil, November 9, 1959; Australia, Jan-
uary 11, 1960.
BILATERAL
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Agriculture
Protocol of amendment to the convention on the Inter-
American Institute of Agricultural Sciences of January
15, 1944 (58 Stat. 1169). Opened for signature at
Washington December 1, 1958.'
Signature: Honduras, February 10, 1960.
Cultural Relations
Agreement for facilitating the international circulation
of visual and auditory materials of an educational,
scientific, and cultural character, and protocol. Done
at Lake Success July 15, 1949. Entered into force
August 12, 1954.'^
Acceptance deposited: Iran, December 30, 1959.
Narcotics
Protocol bringing under international control drugs out-
side the scope of the convention limiting the manufac-
ture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs
concluded at Geneva July 13, 1931 (48 Stat. 1543), as
amended (61 Stat. 2230; 62 Stat. 1796). Done at Paris
November 19, 1948. Entered into force December 1,
1949. TIAS 2308.
' Not in force.
" Not in force for the United States.
Indonesia
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of May 29, 19.59 (TIAS 4248). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Djakarta November 18, 1959.
Entered into force November 18, 1959.
Israel
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of July 12, 1955
(TIAS 3311). Signed at Washington August 20, 1959.
Entered into force: January 28, 1960.
Italy
Agreement amending the agreement of April 27, 1954, for
the loan of two U.S. submarines to Italy (TIAS 3124).
Effected by exchange of notes at Rome Januai"y 29,
1960. Entered into force January 29, 1960.
Korea
Agreement for the loan of an additional U.S. naval vessel
to Korea. Effected by exchange of notes at Seoul
October 22, 1959, and January 29, 1960. Entered into
force January 29, 1960.
Venezuela
Re.search and power reactor agreement concerning civil
uses of atomic energy. Signed at AVashington October 8,
19.58.
Entered, into force: February 9, 1900.
Research reactor agreement for cooperation concerning
civil uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington
July 21, 19.55. TIAS 3323.
Terminated: Felirnary 0, 1960 (superseded by agree-
ment of October 8, 19.58, supra).
Yemen
General agreement for economic, technical, and related
assistance to Yemen. Effected by exchange of notes
at Taiz Augiist 3 and 5, October IS, and November 8,
19.59. Entered into force November S, 19.59.
346
Depariment of State Bulletin
Febriiarv 2<-h 1960
Ind
ex
Vol. XLII, No. 1079
American Principles. The Price of Freedom
(Kiseiihower) 328
American Republics
Pan .Viiu'ricau Day ami Pan American Week, 1900
(text iif priiclamation) 319
Sharing Common Goals With Latin America
(Dillon) 315
Under Secretary Dillon Attends Inter-American
Bank Mi-eting (Dillon) 344
Atomic Energy
Secretary Herter's News Conference of February 8 . 320
U.S. Presents New Proposal on Nuclear Weapons
Te,st.s (Eisenhower) 327
China. Chinese Art Exhibit To Tour United
States 338
Congress, The. Aspects of U.S. Foreign Economic
Policy (Martin) 340
Cuba. Secretary Herter's News Conference of
February .S 320
Cultural Exchange
Chinese Art Exhibit To Tour United States ... 338
Cleveland's Role in International Cultural Rela-
tions (Thayer) 333
Disarmament. Secretary Herter's News Confer-
ence of February 8 320
Dominican Republic Secretary Herter's News
Conference of February 8 320
Economic Affairs
Aspects of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy (Mar-
tin) 340
IDA Articles of Agreement Ready for Acceptance
by Members 345
President Acts on Imports of Almonds, Clothes-
pins, and Safety Pins 339
Sharing Common Goals With Latin America
(Dillon) 315
Under Secretary Dillon Attends Inter- American
Bank Meeting (Dillon) 344
Educational Exchange. NATO Science Fellowship
Program for 1960 Announced 338
Germany
Chancellor Adenauer To Visit Washington in
March 319
Secretary Herter's News Conference of Febru-
ary 8 320
International Organizations and Conferences
IDA Articles of Agreement Ready for Acceptance
by Members 345
Under Secretary Dillon Attends Inter- American
Bank Meeting (Dillon) 344
U.S. Presents New Proposal on Nuclear Weapons
Tests (Eisenhower) .327
Japan. Secretary Herter's News Conference of
February 8 320
Middle East. Secretary Herter's News Conference
of February 8 320
Military Affairs. Tlic Military Assistance Pro-
gruni as a Tool for Peace With Honor (Palmer) . 329
Mutual Security
Aspects of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy (Mar-
tin) 340
The Military A.ssistance Program as a Tool for
Peace With Honor (Palmer) 329
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. NATO Sci-
ence Fellowshii) I'nigram for 1!)(X) Announced . 338
Presidential Documents
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1960 . 319
The I'rice of Freedom 328
U.S. Presents New Proposal on Nuclear Weapons
Tests 327
Science. NATO Science Fellowship Program for
1960 Announced 338
Treaty Information. Current Actions 346,
U.S.S.R.
Aspects of U.S. Foreign Economic Policy (Mar-
tin) 340
Secretary Herter's News Conference of February 8 . 320
Name Index
Dillon, Douglas 315,344
Eisenhower, President 319,327,328
Herter, Secretary 320
Martin, Edwin M 340
Palmer, W. B 329
Thayer, Robert H 3.33
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 8-14
Press releases may be obtained from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Release issued prior to February 8 which appears
in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 50 of February 3.
No. Date Subject
*52 2/8 Educational exchange (Latin America).
53 2/8 Herter : news conference.
''54 2/9 Achilles nominated Counselor (bio-
graphic details).
55 2/11 IQdO NATO science fellowship program.
56 2/11 Martin : "Aspects of U.S. Foreign Eco-
nomic Policy."
t57 2/11 Supplemental P.L. 480 agreement with
Poland.
t58 2/11 Appointments to Department's science
program (rewrite).
59 2/11 Dillon : statement on return from Inter-
American Bank meeting.
*60 2/12 Fossum designated Director, USOM,
Colombia (biographic details).
01 2/12 Chinese art exhibit tour.
62 2/12 Dillon : Union League Club of Philadel-
phia.
♦63 2/12 Hepler receives ICA award (biographic
details).
•Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U.S. COVERNMCNT PHlNTINS OFFICE: IQeO
_ A, ;■; :- a ■:'- /\
D5B-DEC
SmlsTlcKpARTMENT ^QOK PURCH AS!N(:
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON IT, MASS
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
t
^^rimn
%^
^ •-■£i
the
Department
of
State
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOII
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new pamphlets on cultural exchange . .
Cultural Diplomacy
Cultural diplomacy is today playing an important role, side by side
with political and economic diplomacy, in our relations with other
countries. A principal feature of this diplomacy is the direct and
enduring contact between peoples of different nations afforded by the
International Educational Exchange Program. This SO-jiage illus-
trated pamphlet reviews the many kinds of exchange activities can-ied
out imder the program during 1958.
Publication 6887
25 cents
The Citizen's Role in Cultural Relations
Because cultural exchange must, in order to be successful, involve
the direct participation of many thousands of American citizens,
cooperation between the Government and private organizations and
individuals has become a byword in America's international cultural
relations. An account of this cooperation is contained in this 36-page
pamplilet, which describes Government assistance to private pro-
grams, private assistance to Government programs, and contributions
of other peoples and their governments in opening a two-way avenue
of comniumcation between the United States and other nations of
the world.
Publication 6854
20 cents
To:
QyrftT Form
Supt. of Documents
Govl. I'rintinK Office
Washington 2"., !>.<'.
ICncloHf^d lind:
{canll,chc'rlK.(>r inoni y
order fioi/iihlc Id
Supt. of Docs.)
Please send me copies of —
O Cultural Diplomacy
CH The Citizen's Role In Cultural Relations
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
JjC^JuL
P^IAL
PILY RECORD ^
Vol. XLII, No. 1080 \ e- '^' y March 7, 1960
STRENGTHENING FRIENDSHIP AND TRUST AMONG
THE AMERICAN REPUBLICS • Address by President
Eisenhower 351
NATIONAL SECURITY WITH ARMS LIMITATION •
Address by Secretary Herter 354
U.S. RICE POLICY IN ASIA • Statement by Ambassador
U. Alexis Johnson 363
THE MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAM FOR FISCAL
YEAR 1961
President's Message to Congress o09
Statement by Secretary Herter 375
Statement by Under Secretary Dillon 380
SD STATES 1
I
I6N POLICY
'i
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1080 • Publication 6955
March 7, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OBSce
Washington 26, D.O.
Price:
52 Issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 25 cents
The printing of thl^^ puhllcatlon has been
approved by the Director ol the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1958).
I>/ote: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bdlletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides tlie public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
isKiied by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral tnternalional interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
strengthening Friendship and Trust
Among the American Republics
Address hy President Eisenhower ^
My friends: Early tomorrow I start a journey
to several of our Latin American neighbors, with
three major purposes in mind. These are : to learn
more about our friends to the south; to assure
them again that the United States seeks to co-
operate with them in acliieving a fuller life for
everyone in this hemisphere ; and to make clear our
desire to work closely with them in the building
of a universal peace with justice.
Our interest in our sister republics is of long
standing and of deep affection. This, in itself, is
reason sufficient for the journey. But in these
days of world tension, of awakening ambitions,
and of problems caused by the growing inter-
dependence of nations, it is vital for national part-
ners to develop better understandings and to
improve common programs.
The bonds among our American Republics are
not merely geographic; rather they are shared
principles and convictions. Together we believe
in God, in the dignity and rights of man, in peace
with justice, and in the right of every people to de-
termine its own destiny. In such beliefs our
friendship is rooted.
Yet even among close comrades friendships too
often seem to be taken for granted. We must not
give our neighbors of Latin America cause to be-
lieve this about us.
So I shall reaffirm to our sister republics that we
are steadfast in our purpose to work with them
' Delivered to the Nation by television and radio on Feb.
21 (White House press release; as delivered). President
Eisenhower left Washington on Feb. 22 for a 2-week trip
to Latin America with stops in Puerto Rico, Brazil, Argen-
tina, Chile, and Uruguay.
hand in hand in promoting the security and well-
being of all peoples of this hemisphere.
To do so calls for a sustained effort that is, un-
fortunately, sometimes impeded by misunder-
standings.
One such misunderstanding, at times voiced in
Latin America, is that we have been so preoccu-
pied with the menace of Commimist imperialism
and resulting problems of defense that we have
tended to forget our southern neighbors. Some
have implied that our attention has been so much
directed to security for ourselves, and to prob-
lems across the oceans to the west and east, that
we neglect cooperation and progress within this
hemisphere.
It is true that we have given first priority to
worldwide measures for security against the pos-
sibility of military aggression. We have made
many sacrifices to assure that this security is and
will be maintained.
But I hope to make clear on my journey that
our military programs at home and abroad have
been designed for one purpose only — the mainte-
nance of peace, as important to Latin America as
to us.
That there is need for these programs, postwar
history clearly proves.
For the first 5 years following World AYar IT,
we in the United States, hopeful of a global and
durable peace, pursued a policy of virtual dis-
armament. But the blockade of Berlin, the mili-
tary weakness of our European friends living face
to face with the Communist menace, and finally
the Korean war — together with arrogant threats
against other peaceful nations — belatedly made it
March 7, J960
351
clear to us that only luider an umbrella of mili-
tary strength could free nations hope to make
progress toward an enduring and just peace.
World imeasiness rose to the point of alarm.
Developing Deterrent Strength
Since then our Nation has developed great ar-
senals of powerful weapons to sustain the peace.
We have created a great deterrent strength — so
powerful as to command and justify the respect of
knowledgeable and unbiased observers here at
home and abroad.
Our many hundreds of Air Force bombers de-
ployed the world over^ — each capable of unleash-
ing a frightful destruction — constitute a force
far su^jerior to any other, in nimibers, in quality,
and in strategic location of bases. We have, in
addition, a powerful nuclear force in our aircraft
carriers and in our host of widely deployed tactical
aircraft. Adding constantly to these forces are
advanced types of missiles steadily augmenting the
armaments of all gromid and other military units.
As for longer range ballistic missiles, from a
standing start only 5 years ago we have literally
leaped forward in accomplislmients no less than
remarkable. Our Atlas missile, already amazingly
accurate, became operational last year. Missiles
of intermediate range are in forward bases. The
first Polaris missile submarine — an almost invul-
nerable weapon — will soon be at sea. New gen-
erations of long-range missiles are under urgent
development.
C!ollectively, this is a force not unduly depend-
ent upon any one weapon or any one service, not
subject to elimination by sudden attack, but-
tressed by an industrial system unmatclied on
this earth, and unhesitatingly supported by a
vigorous people determined to remain free. Stra-
tegically, that force is far better situated than
any force that could be brought to bear against
us.
As we have strengthened these defenses, we
have helped to bolster our own and free-world
security by assisting in arming 42 otlier nations —
our associates in the defense of the free world.
Our part in this indispensable effort is our Mu-
tual Security Program. It makes possible a
forward strategy of defense for the greater secu-
rity of all, including our neighbors to the south.
I am certain that om* Latin American neigh-
bors, as well as you here at home, imderstand the
significance of all these facts.
We have forged a trustworthy shield of peace —
an indestructible force of mcalculable power,
ample for today and constantly developing to
meet the needs of tomoiTow. Today, in the pres-
ence of continuous threat, all of us can stand
resolute and unafraid — confident in America's
might as an anchor of fi'ee- world security.
Working for Progress in Western Hemisphere
But we all recognize that peace and freedom
camiot be forever sustained by weapons alone.
There must be a free-world spirit and morale
based upon the conviction that, for free men,
life comprehends more than mere survival and
bare security. Peoples eveiywhere must have
opportunity to better themselves spiritually, intel-
lectually, economically.
We earnestly seek to help our neighbors in tliis
hemisphere achieve the progress they rightly
desire.
We have sought to strengthen the Organiza-
tion of American States and other cooperative
groups which promote hemispheric progi-ess and
solidarity.
We have invested heavily in Latin American
enterprise.
New credits, both public and private, are being
made available in greater volume than ever be-
fore. Last year these approximated $1 billion.
Our outstanding loans and investments in Latin
America now exceed $11 billion.
With our sister republics, we have just estab-
lished the Inter-American Development Bank.
Witli them we hope this new billion-dollar institu-
tion will do much to accelerate economic growth.
Additionally, we have expanded teclmical co-
operation programs throughout the Americas.
To improve our own Itnowledge of our neigh-
bors' needs, we recently established a distinguished
panel of private citizens under the chairmanship
of the Secretary of State.^ This National Advi-
soi-y Committee will, by continuous study of inter-
American affaire, help us at home better to co-
operate with our Latin American fi'iends. Mem-
bers of this Committee will accompany me on my
journey tomorrow.
'Bulletin of Dec. 7, 1959, p. 823, and Dec. 21, 1959,
p. 904.
352
Departmenf of State Bulletin
This will bo a busy trip, for our neighbors'
problems are nuiny and vexino; — tlie lack of de-
velopment capital, wide fluctuations in the prices
of their export commodities, the need for com-
mon regional markets to foster efficiency and to
attract new credits, the need to improve health,
education, housing, and transportation.
All these are certain to be subjects of discussion
in each of the coimtries I visit.
Basis of U.S. -Latin American Relationships
And wherever I go I shall state again and again
tlie basic principles and attitudes that govern our
country's relationsliips in this hemisphere. For
example:
Our good-partner policy is a permanent guide,
encompassing nonintervention, mutual respect,
and juridical equality of states.
"We wish, for every American nation, a rapid
economic progress, with its blessings reaching all
the people.
We are always eager to cooperate in fostering
sound development within the limits of practical
capabilities; further, we shall continue to urge
every nation to join in help to the less fortimate.
We stand firmly by our pledge to help main-
tain the security of the Americas under the Kio
Treaty of 1947.
We declare our faith in the rule of law, our
determination to abide by treaty commitments,
and our insistence that other nations do likewise.
We will do all we can to foster the triumph of
human liberty throughout the hemisphere.
We condemn all efforts to undermine the demo-
cratic institutions of the Americas through coer-
cion or subversion, and we abhor the use of the
lie and distortion in relations among nations.
Policy of Nonintervention
Very recently, in a faraway country that has
never known f i-eedom— one which today holds mil-
lions of humans in subjugation — impassioned
language has been used to assert that the United
States has held Latin America in a colonial rela-
tionship to ourselves.
That is a blatant falsehood.
In all history no nation has had a more honor-
able record in its dealings with other countries
than has the United States.
The Philii)pines are independent today — by
their own choice.
Alaska and Hawaii are now proud partners in
our federated, democratic enterprise — by their
own choice.
Puerto Rico is a commonwealth within the
United States system — by its own choice.
After the two world wars and the Korean war,
the United States did not annex a single additional
aci-e, and it has sought no advantage of any kind
at the expense of another.
And in all of Latin America, I repeat, wo adhere
honorably and persistently to the policy of
nonintervention.
It is nonsense to charge that we hold — or that
we desire to hold — any nation in colonial status.
These are but a few of the matters that friends
in this hemisphere need to talk about. I look
forward with the keenest pleasure to exchanging
views with the Presidents of Brazil, Argentina,
Chile, and Uruguay and with their colleagues.
It is my profound hope that upon my return I
shall be able to report to you that the historic
friendship and tnist among the nations of this
hemisphere have been strengthened and that our
common cause — justice and peace in freedom — has
been reaffirmed and given new life.
Good evening, and to my Latin American
friends, buenas tardes.
Letters of Credence
Bolivia
The newly appointed Ambassador of Bolivia,
Victor Andrade, presented his credentials to Pres-
ident Eisenhower on February 15. For texts of
the Ambassador's remarks and the President's
reply, see Department of State press release 64
dated February 15.
Uruguay
The newly appointed Ambassador of Ui-uguay,
Carlos A. Clulow, presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower on February 16. For texts
of the Ambassador's remarks and the President's
reply, see Department of State press release 66
dated February 16.
March 7, I960
353
National Security With Arms Limitation
ADDRESS BY SECRETARY HERTERi
Press release 73 dated February 18
I. Introduction
I ■would like to talk today about a very im-
portant element of American foreign policy — our
search for safeguarded arms limitations and prog-
ress toward general disarmament. As you know,
we are about to make a new effort in the Ten-
Nation Disarmament Committee that will meet in
Geneva about the middle of March.^
This effort is designed not only to strengthen
international peace and avoid wasteful use of the
world's resources but also to promote our national
security, in the real sense of that term. It com-
plements the national military programs and col-
lective security arrangements that we carry out
to this same end.
America's deep commitment to a policy of arms
limitation and disarmament is of long standing.
In 1946, just after the war's end, when the U.S.
still had a complete monopoly of atomic weapons,
we proposed full international control of atomic
energy. In what must surely stand as one of the
tragic turning points of human history, the Soviet
Government turned down this extraordinary
proposal.
In 1953, as part of President Eisenhower's
great atoms- for-peace projiosal, the Soviet Union
was urged to make with us a start in siphoning
off nuclear weapons materials into international
control. Although an International Atomic En-
ergy Agency was created, the Soviets have refused
to fulfill the original intent of this proposal as a
means of reducing nuclear weapons stockpiles.
' Made before the National Press Club at Washington,
D.C., on Feb. 18.
' For background, see Buixetin of Sept. 28, 1959, p.
438 ; Dec. 21, 1959, p. 902 ; and Jan. 11, 19G0, p. 45.
In 1955 President Eisenhower proposed at the
Geneva summit that the United States and the
Soviet Union accept mutual aerial inspection.
Again the Soviets held back ; their secrecy was a
"must."
In March 1956 President Eisenhower wrote
Bulganin proposing an inspected cessation of all
production of fissionable materials for weapons
purposes, and gradual contributions of such ma-
terials from national weapons stockpiles to inter-
national control. This proposal fell on deaf ears.
The United States and its allies then worked
out a series of partial arms limitation measures,
including safeguards against surprise attack, ces-
sation of production of fissionable materials for
weapons purposes, restraints on the transfer of
nuclear weapons to other states, reductions of con-
ventional forces, and steps to assure peaceful use
of outer space. These measures were proposed to
the U.S.S.R. in August 1957 at London. Again
the Soviets showed little serious interest and the
talks collapsed.
Since 1957 we have tried twice to single out
specific limited areas for discussion with the
Soviets :
First, a suspension of nuclear tests, on which
negotiations are now under way at Geneva. I
shall have more to say of this in a moment.
Second, technical discussions about safeguards
against surprise attack. These surprise-attack
discussions came to nothing because the Soviet
Union showed little interest in serious technical
work that might have paved the way for later po-
litical discussions.
And that is where our search for arms limitation
stood when it was agreed last year to set up a new
Ten-Nation Committee to try again.
354
Department of State Bulletin
II. The Prospect
AVe aj^pioach these new negotiations with some
}K.po tliiit (lie Soviet leaders may be coming to
realize that the arms race offers unacceptable risks.
This realization could induce them to attach a
liigh priority to progress in arms control, as being
in their own national interest.
This progress is the more needed because of the
new dangers which we confront as the arms race
continues. Let me mention two of these dangers:
First: Spiraling competition in strategic deliv-
ery systems with ever shorter reaction times could
lead to war hy miscalculation. Such miscalcula-
tions might, for example, cause an international
crisis to develop into general war without either
side really intending that tliis should happen.
Second: The proliferating production of nu-
clear weapons might eventually enable almost any
count r}', however irresponsible, to secure those
weapons. We are not so concerned with regard to
the free nations which might be tlie next to pro-
duce nuclear weapons. But we are concerned lest
the spread become wholly unmanageable: The
more nations that have the power to trigger off a
nuclear war, the greater the chance that some na-
tion might use this power in haste or blind folly.
These dangers make our task urgent.
Great as are these dangers, however, they are
less than the dangers that would arise if we were
to enter an unsafe arms control arrangement.
Under existing conditions, the free world de-
pends on our present I'elative strength for its sur-
vival. We are conscious of the extent and the
importance of that relative strength. We will not
compromise it out of a desire for quick but illu-
sory results in arms control.
If real progress on arms control is to be made,
the great weapons systems that have been built
up during the long years of the arms race must be
carefully and reciprocally reduced. Tliis is no
short-term task.
United States action cannot be based alone upon
another nation's promise. Our deeds will only be
done in step with verifiable deeds of others. We
will insist on inspection procedures that will per-
mit verification.
We will, however, gage each possible agreement
not by some abstract standard of perfection but
by one practical yardstick : Would United States
and free- world security be greater — or less — under
the agreement than without arms agreement?
We will not enter an agreement which fails to
meet this test.
III. Our Preparations
If the Soviets should wish to negotiate seriously
in the Ten-Nation Committee, they will find us
ready. Your Government is making intensive
preparations.
We in the State Department have conducted an
extensive review of the disarmament problem.
The disarmament office in the Department of
Defense is being expanded, and a special group
under the Joint Chiefs of Staff has been estab-
lished to assist in arms control studies and
negotiations.
To augment the studies continually being made
for the Secretary of Defense and myself by our
own staffs, a special committee under the leader-
ship of Mr. Charles Coolidge has reviewed the
arms control question.^
And tlie President's Science Advisory Commit-
tee has established a special panel for continuing
study of disarmament problems under tlie leader-
ship of its former chairman. Dr. [James R.]
Killian [Jr.].
Ml-. Fredrick Eaton, who is here with us today,
will lead our delegation at Geneva; he and his
staff are now developing a common approach to
these negotiations with our allies in the Ten-Na-
tion Committee: Canada, France, Italy, and the
United Kingdom.
These countries share equally with us the task
of preparing agreed proposals for the forthcoming
negotiations. Each of them will, I am sure, make
an important and distinctive contribution.
We will also consult closely with all our NATO
partners and a number of other treaty friends.
We shall keep in constant consultation with the
Congress.
And the United Nations will, of course, be kept
fully informed.
IV. The American Purpose
Speaking generally, we will have two major
goals in the forthcoming negotiations :
Urgently, to try to create a more stable military
environment, which will curtail the risk of war
' For background, see ihld., Aug. 17, 1959, p. 237.
March 7, I960
355
and permit reductions in national armed forces
and armaments.
Sxihseqventhj, to cut national armed forces and
armaments further and to build up international
peacekeeping machinery, to the point where
aggression will be deterred by international
rather than national force.
These two goals are equally important. I
should like to discuss each of them.
V. Creating a More Stable Military Environment
A more stable military environment will re-
quire measures to control the two types of dangers
of a continuing arms race to which I referred.
First, to meet the danger of miscalculation,
there is need for safeguards against surprise
attack.
If these safeguards are effective, there will be
less chance of one side being moved to surprise
attack by a mistaken belief that the military
moves of the other side poi-tend such attack. This
danger may be particiJarly acut« in a major in-
ternational crisis, when tensions are high and
both sides are moving to heightened readiness.
Tliese safeguards could include zones for aerial
and mobile ground inspection. In the past we
have suggested such inspection in Europe, the
Arctic area, and equivalent areas of North
America and the U.S.S.K.
Arrangements for more selective inspection in
larger regions might also be feasible. Our August
1957 proposals ^ provided that ground observere
might be stationed outside, as well as inside,
agreed zones of aerial and mobile ground inspec-
tion. Such observers might prove useful, during
a major crisis, in helping to verify that neither
side was jirepariug a surprise attack upon fhe
other.
Other arrangements for excjianging information
miglit bo developed to assure against potentially
dangerous misundoi-standiiigs about events in
outer sjiacc.
Tliese diUVii'iit kinds of measures to increase tlie
informal ion available to each side could, where
a|)propriafe, l)e comjilemented by conti-ols oxer
arnianiciils whicli would also be designed (o reduce
the danger of miscalculation and surprise allack.
The .sccimd danger — (hat of the promiscuous
si)rea(l of i)roduc,lion of miclcar weapons — is one
that we, our major allies, and the So\aet Union
should all view with real concern.
To guard against this danger, the testing of
nuclear weapons and eventually the production
of fissionable material for weapons purposes must
be prohibited under effective inspection.
We are trying to take a first step to this end in
the Geneva test -suspension negotiations.
We proposed, and have as our objective, a sus-
pension of all nuclear tests imder effective inter-
national controls. At present, however, there is
no agreed technical basis for the establislunent of
effective controls over nuclear tests in the smaller
yield ranges. Accordingly the President sug-
gested on February 11 ° that we agree on a pro-
hibition of those kinds of nuclear tests which
could be controlled within the limits of present
scientific knowledge and under the limited inspec-
tion procedures that the Soviets seemed prepared
to accept.
The U.S.S.R. has now submitted a counter-
proposal for a comprehensive suspension which
may reflect a changing view of the inspection pro-
cedures that are acceptable to the Soviet Govern-
ment. We will give tliis proposal very careful
consideration.
An inspected suspension of nuclear tests would
be a useful step toward the goal of halting the
l)roliferation of national nuclear weapons stock-
piles. To fulfill this goal, our eventual objective
would remain the cessation of all production of
fissionable material for nuclear weapons.
These modern measures to meet the major dan-
gers of a continuing arms race, and thus to main-
tain a stable military environment, are veiy
different from the efforts that were made to elimi-
nate certain weapons and disnumtle national
military establishments in tlie years between the
two world wars. Arms control problems in the
nuclear era are as ditferenl from the ])rob]ems of
a. (juarlcr centui-y ago as those problems ditl'ered
from the efforts made to ease the rigoi-s of war
in the Middle Ages.
W(^ caiuiot. progress toward disarmament,
against t lu^ i)reseut background of a wide spectrum
of complex weapons, merely by repeating or en-
doi-sing hollow slogans such as ''ban the bomb,''
"give up foreign bases," or "cut armed forces by
one-third." One measure of the Soviets' serious-
' For text, sec ibid., Sept. 10, l'X)7, p. l.'jl.
356
^Ibid., Feb. ili), llil!(», p. ;«T.
Department of State Bulletin
ness in tlie fortlicoming negotiations will be their
recognition of this fact.
In the absence of aiins control, the bomb, the
bases, the forces — all respond to an urgent need
for deterring aggression. The purpose of initial
iirins control measures should be to permit this
need to be met in a way which will reduce — rather
tlxan increase — the existing risk of war.
As we thus move toward a more stable military
environment, progressive, gradual, and balanced
reductions in national military forces can and
sliould be accomplished. Manpower ceilings
should be placed on national forces and desig-
nated quantities of conventional armaments trans-
ferred to international custody.
VI. General Disarmament
These measures to create a stable military en-
viromnent would be the firet stage in our approach
to disarmament.
They would enliance our national security and
reduce the danger of war.
They would also leave our essential national
freedom of action and our relative national capa-
bilities unimpaired. Since large national forces
would thus still be under arms, national force — not
international law — would still be the ultimate
resort.
To assure a world of peaceful change, we should
project a second stage of general disarmament.
Our objective in this second stage should be
twofold :
First, to create certain universally accepted rules
of law which, if followed, would prevent all
nations from attacking other nations. Such rules
of law should be backed by a world court and by
effective means of enforcement — that is, by inter-
national anned force.
Second, to reduce national armed forces, under
safeguarded and verified arrangements, to the
point where no single nation or group of nations
could effectively oppose this enforcement of inter-
national law by international machinery.
Unless hoth these objectives are kept firmly in
view, an agreement for general disarmament might
lead to a world of anarchy. In the absence of
effective international peacekeeping macliinery,
nations might violate the disarmament agreement
with impunity and thus seek to gain a decisive
headstart in building up their armaments. More-
over, since each state would be allowed to retain
internal security forces, populous states would
retain quite substantial forces which they might —
in the absence of such peacekeeping macliinery —
use effectively against tlieir smaller neighbors.
To guard against these dangei-s, we should, as
general disarmament is approached, work toward
effective international arrangements which will
maintain peace and security and promote justice
according to law. We are ready now to take part
in appropriate studies to this end. A useful
fi-amework and a considerable body of experience
already exists in the United Nations.
These studies could focus on two types of basic
and needed change :
First, the strengthening and development of in-
ternational instruments to prevent national ag-
gression in a world that has been disarmed, except
for internal security forces.
Second, the strengthening and development of
international machinery to insure just and peace-
ful settlement of disputed issues in a disarmed
world.
Progress along both these basic lines will be
needed if the goal of general disarmament is to
be fulfilled.
We need not — and should not — wait, however,
to make a start in taking more limited measures
that would have independent value in promoting
the growth of institutions for keeping the peace
and that would facilitate progress toward dis-
armament. I have in mind such actions as en-
hancing the usefulness of the United Nations
International Law Commission and supporting
Secretary-General Hammarskjold's efforts to de-
velop standby arrangements for a United Nations
Force and other forms of U.N. presence in places
where there is danger of a resort to force. We
plan to consult in the United Nations on a series
of such specific measures.
VII. Conclusion
These, then, are tlie broad lines of the renewed
effort which the United States Government is
about to make to enhance U.S. national security
through arms control and eventual general dis-
armament. The specific elements of that elfort
will, of course, have to be the product of the con-
sultations now underway with our allies.
If this initiative is to have any chance of
Morch 7, I960
357
success, it will need the understanding and sup-
port of the American people and Congi-ess. We
shall consult closely with the Congress and report
fully to the American people at each stage.
The success of this effort will depend, in part, on
what the Soviet Union conceives to be the alter-
native to safeguarded arms agreements. If the
Soviet leaders believe that the free world is likely
to disarm unilaterally, they will see little reason
to enter into safeguarded agreements. Contin-
ued and effective prosecution of U.S. and other
free-world militaiy programs and of our Mutual
Security Progi'am is thus essential if we are to
have any prospect of progress in arms control.
If the Soviet Union wishes to achieve such
progress in an effort to find a better way than the
spiraling arms race to try to maintain peace and
security, it will fuid us responsive.
The peril that confronts every man, woman,
and child in the world today is too great to admit
of anything but the most strenuous, devoted, and
persistent effort to this end.
QUESTION-AND-ANSWER PERIOD
Press release 75 dated February 18
There teas a qucstion-and-answer period follmo-
ing Secretary Herter^s address. Ed Edstrom,
president of the National Press Club, read the
questions and the Secretary answered, as follows:
Q. The first question I have here is: Why
has Russia repeatedly fought for the minimum
inspection in all disarmament negotiations?
A. I think that the answer to that is compara-
tively simple. The Russians have a very real
military advantage in the secrecy lying behind
the Iron Curtain. For many, many years, as you
know, they have not allowed travel in many sec-
tions of their country. They have guarded as-
siduously their installations of a military nature.
They have let a minimum of information trickle
out from the country itself.
Their great worry is that they may give up
that military asset of secrecy without getting an
adequate quid pro quo. And it is for that reason I
think that they have resisted the kind of inspection
that we felt was essential in a safeguarded agree-
ment.
Q. I will just read these questions as they come
up from the audience, Mr. Secretary.
It has been reported that our dbttingxiished
foreign guests have been disappointed that the
United States has no disarinament plan ready.
The Goolidge Committee has been worhing on this
problem. Was this report not ready? If not,
why?
A. I think there are two questions that are
involved there. I will begin with tlie Coolidge
report. That report was a study made for the
benefit of the Secretary of Defense and myself
and was not necessarily to have been a complete
guideline in the matter of disamaament. It has
been a useful instrument for us to work with.
With regard to the disappointment of our col-
leagues who are working together with — and in
this matter I think I should probably have to ask
them to speak for themselves. I don't think I \
have a i-ight to speak for them. But in trying !
to reach an agreed position, which we are all
trying to do, it is obvious that one should explore
as many phases of this whole matter, both from a
positive and a negative point of view, as is pos-
sible within the framework of their particular in-
structions and within the time that has been
allowed.
I can only repeat what I indicated in my state-
ment, that I am hopeful that before we meet the
Russians we will have a satisfactory agreed po-
sition. (Applause.)
Q. Are the prospects for peace better or ivorse
than during the September Camp David summit
meeting?
A. I don't think there is any way of judging
that. Mr. Khrushchev in his travels and in his
speeches since the Camp David meeting has been
speaking softly in one respect — namely, his con-
fidence that we can reach agreement in the dis-
armament field — and more harshly with respect to
the political problems that are involved in con-
nection with Berlin and Germany. There is, of
course, no way of predicting what will happen at
the summit conference nor the degree of impor-
tance that will be attached to the various matters
that are likely to be discussed there. But insofar
as the chances of making headway at the summit
are concerned, I would say that as of the moment
they are neither better nor worse than they were
at the time of the Camp David talks.
358
Department of State Bulletin
Q. Here is a name we haven't heard in a long
time., Mr. Secretary. In vieio of Harold Stassen''8
experience in disai^mament negotiations, do you
anticipate he will be needed again in this
administration? {Laughter.)
A. I personally have a veiy high regard for
Harold SUissen's ability. However, he has now
been out of the disarmament field for the past 2
years, and it would be my guess that he would not
necessarily be reentering tliat field, unless there
would be a very real need for additional services
beyond those which I expect to be performed
brilliantly in the person of Mr. Fredrick Eaton.
(Applause.)
Q. How can you expect Russia to accept in-
spection of its armaments when its capacity to con-
ceal its missile bases reinains such an advantage?
A. I think that that question comes very much
under the same category as the first question — that
this is a great advantage, that the Russians are not
going to be willing to give up that advantage
lightly withovit feeling that they have an assurance
of a quid pro quo that compensates them for giv-
ing it up. This, again, is one of the very serious
problems that I think all of us here recognize we
will have to face in trying to work out adequate in-
spection. And without adequate inspection and
verification I can see very little progress being
made in the whole disarmament field.
U.S.-Cuban Relations
Q. We now come to the big one, Mr. Secretary.
There have been a number of questions on Cuba.
These questions have various technical things:
About at what point loill the United States take
retaliatory economic action against Cuba by cut-
ting its sugar quota, the pegged pince, or tariff
preference? Are you considering Brazil or Ar-
gentina as a third power to mediate the United
States-Cuban problem? The report is that the
State Department is readying a new ''''get tough''''
policy on Cuba. I think it all boils down to two
questions: (/) Plaintive: "When are we going
to do something about Cuba?'''' {2) Belligerent:
"What about Cuba?" {Laughter.)
A. In the presence of Ambassador [Philip W.]
Bonsai here, I hesitate answering any of these
questions because, to my mind, he is one of the
finest ambassadors that we have. He is one of the
most levelheaded and has been conducting his
mission with very great skill. (Applause.)
I am not surprised that there are many questions
in regard to Cuba. It is, obviously, as I think both
the Piesident and I have said before, a situation
which gives us very real concern.
The question of economic retaliation is one that
has to bo gaged, obviously, in the framework of a
great many other considerations.
Let mo speak of the Sugar Act, which is usually
referred to in this connection: In the first place,
by intei-national agreement we have taken a pledge
that we would not utilize either political or eco-
nomic means to interfere in the internal affairs
of any nation in Latin America. That was our
agreement under the OAS [Organization of
American States] . In the second place, the sugar
agreement has many ramifications. It was first
written and the preference was established in
1934, at a time when there was chaos in the sugar
market and our own producers, our own refiners,
and those in many other nations were plagued by
the competition of surplus production and the fact
of very uncertain markets.
Wlaen that Sugar Act was written, as you know,
there were other countries involved in it as well
as the United States, and its purpose was to inject
into the overall sugar picture a degree of stabil-
ity— which it was very successful in doing. And
I would say there are at least five other nations,
very friendly nations to us, who are involved and
who share a part of the preferential quota market,
in which, of course, Cuba has the very largest
share of all.
So in looking at the Sugar Act as a possible
means of economic retaliation, it is obvious that
there are a great many considerations that have to
be studied and studied very carefully, so that in
trying to accomplish a given objective we may not
be creating for ourselves some other problems of
an equally serious nature.
With respect to the remainder of our relations,
we are exercising, I think, a degree of restraint
and patience which the situation warrants. I am
obviously not going to discuss what I have termed
a deteriorating situation, and which I still con-
sider a deteriorating situation, in great detail now.
But we still have faith that the latent friendship
between the Cuban and the American people will
bring order out of the present picture without the
March 7, I960
359
extremes that may ensue and that, naturally, all
of us dislike very much viewing as a prospect.
I am hopeful that jjerhaiis one of these days you
will have Mr. Bonsai with you as a guest here
when you can go into many more of the details,
and I can assure you that you can find no better
informant nor one with better judgment to talk
to you about them. (Applause.)
Q. Noiv, what does the Preside7it of Brazil mean
when he talks about the '■''wall of silence''' that
exists beticeen the United States and the Latin
American countries ?
A. I frankly don't know. (Laughter.) I
hadn't se^n that quotation before, so that it's an
entirely new one to me. If he is refen-ing to a
wall of silence with respect to additional financial
aid for Brazil, that might be possible. "We have
been discussing with Brazil the financial situation
for a long period of time and in a very amicable
way. Brazil, however, has also been discussing
its troubles with the Monetary Fund, and we are
all trymg to work together in order to help Brazil
to solve its own internal economic problems. It's
verj' possible that with the coming visits we shall
have additional talks on that subject, and I'm
hopeful that in time we can get such economic
problems as exist betweeii us straightened away.
Q. Sir, hoio do you rate biological warfare as
a threat to the West compared to the nuclear
threat?
A. I am afraid there is no way of making a
comparison uidess one knows what the intentions
of the other fellow are to use them. Bioloirical
warfare, as far as I know, can mean a great vari-
ety of things. It can mean bacterial, it can mean
lethal gases, it can mean other types of chemical
warfare. It's a very, very wide field, and nat-
urally we haven't tlie vaguest idea in what form
or ill what quantity it miglit be used against us.
Unless one could measure that, it would be very
difiic-ult to set it^ up as ngainst nuclear warfare,
althougli ol)viously nuclear warfare is likely to
cause many more casualties much faster tlian is
particularly biological warfare. I don't think
that at this lime there is any basis of comparison.
Q. Do you l.tuiu^ of lunj jilace i/i. the i'nittd
States (Government irhrre studies of the effects of
disarm a 771-cn.t on the United States economy and
corrective measures are being studied seriou.dy.-'
A. I do not know of any such studies that are
being made. I cannot conceive of disarmament
coming in tei-ms of a sudden $40 million cut in
the United States budget and the cancellation of
all production that is now^ under way in the
United States. The jDreparations for defense are
requiring a considerable part of our budget, of
course, and a considerable part of our gross na-
tional product. However, if we begin to fear
what disarmament might do to us from an eco-
nomic point of view, I tliink we are in a vei"y sad
situation.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you favor accepting the
nrtv passes which the Russians are now insisting
that Allied military missions carry tvhile travel-
ing in East Germany?
A. That is a matter which is still nnder dis-
cussion in Berlin. I think that it has been made
clear from the press stories that have been issued
so far that we are not at all keen to accept the
new designation on those passes which indicates
that instead of being issued for travel in the
Soviet -occupied zone of (iermany they are for
travel in the "German Democratic Republic." As
I say, howe^•er, this is a matter still being discussed
witli our French and our British colleagues, and I
would not want to go into a further discussion of
that while these talks are still continuing.
Q. What do you hear about that submarine off
A rgen tina ? {La ugh ter. )
A. I'm afraid that my firsthand knowledge of
the subject is no greater than yours. The Navy
group that went down there that were requested by
the Argentine (lovernment have, as far as I know,
not yet returned. I don't think we have any for-
mal rejiort from them. It seems clear that, in the
particular bay in which one or perhaps two were
reported to be coojied up, they are no longer tiiere.
I notice (hat our Soviet friends announced that it
was not a S()\iet submarine, or they were not
Soviet sul)mariiu'S, but the announcement came
after the announcement that the submarines had
escaped.
Q. A tiaval friend of mine said that certainly
was a whale of a story. ( Laughter.)
Communist China
(^). Is Communist China a greater menace to our
national security than the U.S.S.Ii.?
360
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
A. There again it's very hard to make any com-
parison. The attitude that Communist China is
today adopting toward the United States is, of
course, a great deal tougher one publicly than that
adopted by the Soviet Union. Even in compara-
ble meetings where they are together, it's the
Chinese who say the nastiest words about us.
This may be a calculated thing at a time when the
Russians are trj'ing to increase the spirit of what
they call Camp David. This question obviously
would have to be divided into two parts, and that
is present and future. At the present I would say
the answer is definitely "No." For the future
everythmg depends on the rapidity of Chinese
development both from a military and an eco-
nomic point of view. And I think it would be fool-
hardy for anyone to predict what in 15 or 20 years
from now might be the greater menace to us. Let
us hope that the sanity of the world will have pro-
gressed to a point where perhaps as menaces we
can feel that there is a standoff potential which
will not make either of them a menace.
Q. Here are two questions on the French atomic
experiments. Noio that France is an atomic power,
has she been invited to join the Geneva talks?
Will she he? And, two, do you believe that the
French nuclear weapon experience qualifies France
under Ameidcan law to receive nuclear informa-
tion and materials? If not, do you favor a change
in the law?
A. Again there are two questions. I think I
ought to address them both to my good friend sit-
ting at my right here, Mr. [Jules] Moch. As far
as I know, there have been no discussions with
France whatsoever about entering into the Geneva
talks, nor have I heard any question discussed
as to what might be anticipated in that direction.
This is sometliing that stUl has to develop.
I may say that I personally do not know
whether the tests that the French are conducting
will be continued or not. There have been reports
that there may be more. But I certainly don't
know on my own, and I rather doubt whether Mr.
Moch would want to say anything about that at
this time.
Insofar as the existing law and the explosion of
this weapon are concerned, the reading of the legis-
lative history' of that law would not be encouraging
from the point of view of saying that the shooting
off of this weapon would automatically entitle
France to a sharing of atomic secrets. The legis-
lative history is long and complicated. And ob-
viously the Atomic Energy Committee of the Con-
gress has a great deal to say with respect to this
matter. I cannot predict what will happen. As
of the moment, as the President has said, the ad-
ministration is not prepared to send up any change
in the law to the Congress. Nor have we discussed
this matter with the French since the bomb has
been exploded.
Q. Mr. Secretary, we have a Press Club cer-
tificate of appreciation for you, given to the
Honorable Christian Herter in recognition of
meritorious service to correspondents of press,
radio, and television in the Nation's Capital.
Anniversary of Independence
of Baltic States
Statement by Secretary Herter
Press release 65 dated February 15
Forty-two years ago Lithuania, Latvia, and
Estonia proclaimed their national independence.
These declarations of independence were based on
strong national traditions which had endured for
centuries despite periods of heavy oppression.
The Soviet Government was among those which
granted early recognition and claimed to renoimce
forever all sovereign rights in the new Baltic na-
tions. However, after two decades of freedom
the Baltic countries were forcibly incorporated
into the Soviet Union.
We wish on this occasion to reaffirm our strong
and lasting friendship for the people of the Baltic
States and to assure them once again that they
remain vei-y much in our thoughts. Our close ties
with the people of Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia
stem from a common devotion to freedom as well
as from the important contribution which people
from these lands have made to the development
and enrichment of the cultural, economic, and
political life of the United States. We retain tlie
sti'ong conviction that the people of Lithuania,
Latvia, and Estonia are entitled to governments
of their own choosing and look to the day when
the Baltic countries can again enjoy national
independence.
March 7, I960
361
President Authorizes Seizures
of Arms Being Illegally Exported
White House press release dated February 18
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President issued on February 18 an Execu-
tive order which confers upon the Attorney Gen-
eral certain seizure powers set forth in section 401
of title 22 of the United States Code. Under the
terms of tliis order the Attorney General is au-
thorized to seize and detain arms, munitions of
war, and other articles intended to be or being
illegally exported from the United States, together
with the means used or intended to be used in ef-
fectuating the illegal exportation.
The order provides specifically that the Attor-
ney General is authorized to seize and detain arms
or munitions of war or other articles and to seize
and detain any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft contain-
ing such items which has been, or is being, used in
exporting or attempting to export such arms or
munitions of war or other articles, whenever an
attempt is made to export, or ship from or take out
of the United States such arms or munitions of war
or other articles in violation of law, or whenever
it is known, or there is probable cause to believe,
that such arms or munitions of war or other ar-
ticles are intended to be, or are being or have been,
exported or removed from the United States in
violation of law.
The order further provides that the authority
thus conferred upon the Attorney General may be
exercised by any official of the Department of
Justice whom the Attorney General may desig-
nate. The Attorney General will designate the
Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation
to exercise the authority conferred by this order.
These seizure powers are intended to aid the De-
partment of Justice in cari-ying out its investiga-
tive responsibilities in the enforcement of this
country's neutrality statutes, especially that pro-
vision which makes it unlawful for anyone know-
ingly to set on foot or take part in a military or
naval expedition or enterprise against a govern-
ment with which this country is at peace.
This order in no way affects the seizure powers
vested in the Secretary of the Treasury by section
401 of title 22 of the United States Code. The
Secretai-y of the Treasury will continue to exercise
these powers with respect to the enforcement of
statutes within his jurisdiction.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10863 >
Authorizing the Attoknet Gener.\l to Seize Arms and
Munitions of War, and Other Articles, Pursuant to
Section 1 of Title VI of the Act of June 15, 1917, as
Amended
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of
Title VI of the act of June 15, 1917, 40 Stat. 223, as
amended by section 1 of the act of August 13, 1953, 67
Stat. 577 (22 U.S.C. 401), it is ordered as follows:
Section 1. The Attorney General is hereby designated
under section 1 of Title VI of the act of June 1.5, 1917,
as amended by .section 1 of the act of August 13, 1953, as
a person duly authorized to seize and detain arms or
munitions of war or other articles, and to seize and de-
tain any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft containing such items
or which lias been, or is being, used in exporting or at-
tempting to export such arms or munitions of war or
other articles, whenever an attempt is made to
export or ship from or take out of the United States such
arms or munitions of war or other articles in violation
of law, or whenever it Is known, or there is probable
cause to believe, that such arms or munitions of war or
other articles are intended to be, or are being or have
been, exported or removed from the United States in
violation of law.
Sec. 2. The authority conferred upon the Attorney
General by section 1 of this order may be exercised by
any officer of the Department of Justice designated for
such purpose by the Attorney General.
The White House,
February JS, 1960.
Seven Additional Scientists
Assigned to Overseas Posts
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 13 (press release 58 dated February 11) the
appointment of seven additional scientists for its
science program.^ Three of the appointees are
assigned as science officers at New Delhi, Buenos
Aires, and Rio de Janeiro, four as deputy science
officers at London, Stockholm, New Delhi, and
Tolryo.
The men selected are : Earnest C. Watson, dean
of the faculty, California Institute of Technology,
as science officer for New Delhi ; Neal Weber, pro-
* 25 Fed. Reg. 1507.
' For names of the science officers whose appointments
were announced on December 13, 1958, see Bulletin of
December 29, 1958, p. 1W8.
362
Depar^meni of Sfafe Bulletin
fessor of zoology, Swarthmore College, as science
ollicer for Buenos Aires; Harry W. Wolls, cliair-
nwn, upper atiuosplieric section, Carnegie Insti-
tution of Wasliington, as science ofiicer for Rio de
Janeiro; John B. Bateman, biophysicist, U.S.
Army Clicniical Corps, as deputy science officer
for Lontlou ; William II. Littlewood, zoologist and
oceanographer, U.S. Navy Ilydrographic Office,
as deputy science officer for Stockholm; David C.
Rife, International Cooperation Administration
adviser to the Government of Thailand and
formerly professor of zoologj', Ohio State Uni-
versity, as deputy science officer for New Delhi;
and Marshall Crouch, professor of physics, Case
Institute of Technology, as deputy science officer
for Tokyo.
Tliis is the second series of appointments to be
made for the science program of the Department
of State under Wallace R. Brode, Science Adviser
to the Secretary.^ Tlie first appointments
assigned science officers to our embassies in Ijon-
don, Paris, Rome, Bonn, Stockholm, and Tokyo.
The science program of the Department has
been extremely well received at home and abroad
and has become an integral part of the Depart-
ment and its Foreign Service. The latest science
officer appointments maintain the high standards
set by Dr. Erode in the initial selection of scien-
tists: a reputation in science on the international
scene, a facility with the language of the country,
and a knowledge of the status of science in the
country of assignment. In all cases the scientific
discipline of the deputy complements that of the
science officer in order to insure more adequate
representation and coverage of science.
Tlie deputy science officer will assist the science
officer, whose duties are as follows: advise the am-
bassador and his staff on science matters, keep
abreast of changes in the organizational structure
of science in the government of the assigned coun-
try, evaluate the interaction of science with for-
eign policy, assess current scientific programs
abroad, and enhance liaison between the United
States and foreign scientists and engineers. All
of the men will enter on duty within the next few
months with the exception of Dr. Crouch, who
began his term at Tokyo 7 months ago.
' For a statement by Dr. Crode on "The Role of Science
in Foreign Policy Planning," see ibid., Feb. 22, 1960,
p. 271.
U.S. Rice Policy in Asia
Statement by U. Alexis Johnson
Ambassador to Thailand ^
My Government and I are concerned at the ap-
parent misunderstanding concerning some aspects
of policies and facts respecting American rice ex-
ports to Asian countries. Further, speculation
without full knowledge of the facts conceivably
may unsettle the rice market in Thailand and
other comitries and cause hardship to the farmere
who produce the rice.
Thai and Americans are good friends, and in
the spirit of that friendship I should like
to present the facts as they appear to my
Government and do what I can to remove any
misunderstanding.
Rice has long been a United States crop, but its
growth was expanded greatly in World War II,
when my country moved to meet world food
needs. Because of this, the United States has
been a major exporter of rice both during and
after World War II. Asian countries have been
among the buyers of this rice.
At the end of the war other nations began to
resume normal food production, with the result
that a rice surplus began to build up in the
United States.
The United States has done several things in
its attempts to protect and reconcile the economic
interests of its own farmers as well as those of
Thailand and other rice exporters of the fi-ee
world.
This is what my covmtry has done to meet this
situation :
First, it cut its own rice acreage by 47 percent,
or nearly half, during the last 5 years and, as
much as is possible within a free economy, took
energetic measures to encourage domestic con-
sumption both in food and in industry.
Second, in 1954 Congress enacted what is pop-
ularly known as Public Law 480. Under the
provisions of this law, the United States Gov-
ernment, when requested by governments with
limited foreign exchange resources, has sold rice
to these countries against payment in local cur-
rencies, thus providing food which could not
otherwise have reached these people.
Such sales have only been made with the ex-
' Issued at Bangkok, Thailand, on Feb. 9.
March 7, I960
363
pressed assurance by tliose governments that they
would not he allowed to upset normal trade pat-
terns with Thailand or other friendly countries
or obstruct commercial transactions which would
have been made in the absence of such sales. In-
deed, it is the hope of the United States that Thai-
land may fully share in the growing markets re-
sulting from the improving and expanding
economies of the rice importing countries. In
this connection it should be noted that the local
currencies received in payment for such surplus
agricultural commodities made available in these
countries imder Public Law 480 have also pro-
vided funds for their internal economic develop-
ment. (The proceeds from tobacco sold to Thai-
land under Public Law 480 have been used to
finance both industrial development and the Ful-
bright program.)
Third, in the interest of stabilizing prices, the
United States has, over the past 5 years, on the
average withheld from the world market, at the
expense of the United States Government, more
rice than it has exported.
It has been the consistent practice of the United
States Government, before entering into agree-
ments for the sale of rice in this area, to inform
the Government of Thailand of the proposed
transactions. Any views that the Thai Govern-
ment may desire to express in this regard are
carefully and sympathetically considerexl by my
Government. This practice will be continued.
During the past 4 U.S. fiscal yeare (July-
June), from July 1055 through June 1950, agree-
ments provided for sales of rice under this pro-
gram to Asian countries averaging 328,000 metric
tons annually. I believe the record shows that
during these years the rice exports of Thailand
and of other exporters in the area were main-
tained at high levels. The amount contemplated
for this year under the Public Law 480 program
is somewliat ])elow tlio previous average noted
al)ove. 'I'lius, there is no basis for rumors (iiat
tlie United States intends to flood the Asian rice
market.
As a final ])oint of clarification, I refer to re-
jiorts which have been ])ublishe.d that the ITnited
States intended to sell large <|uantities of rice to
Singapore. The United States has no jjlaus for
selling i-ice to Singai)ore under any government
program. American e.xjjortei-s are, of course, en-
titled to sell freely on a coinmercial basis. How-
ever, i-es]ionses to oui- incpiiries do not indicate
that any such connnercial sales ai'e being made in
Singapore.
I hope that the foregoing information may be
useful in clarifying any misunderstanding and
be of assistance in dispelling rumors that may
operate to the detriment of the economy of Thai-
land and the welfare of its farmers in which my
Government and people continue to be so deeply
interested.
King and Queen of Thailand
To Visit the United States
White House press release dated February 17
The White House announced on February 17
that Their Majesties the King and Queen of Thai-
land have accepted the President's invitation to '
visit the United States. Their Majesties will be
in the United States for a 10-day state visit, be-
ginning at Washington June 28.
Sixth SEATO Council Meeting
To Be Held at Washington
Press release 74 dated February IS
The sixth meeting of the Council of Foreign
Ministers of the Southeast Asia Treaty Organiza-
tion will convene at Washington May 31, the De-
partment of State announced on Februaiy 18.
The Council meeting, M'hich will continue through
June 3, will be pre^-eded by a meeting of the
SEATO Military Advisers from May 25 through
May 27.
Both meetings will be opened with cercjnonies
in the Departmental Auditoriiun on Constitution
Avenue between 12th and 14th Streets. Keynote
speakers for these occasions as well as li.sts of dele-
gates from member countries will bo announced
at a lat(M- date.
Foreign ministei-s from all SEATO member
countries are expected to attend the Council
meeting. The Military Advisers meeting will be
attended liy senior military re])re-sentativas of the
meml)er countries. Tiie i)ur])ose of tliese meetings
is to review developnuMits during recent months
and to make plans for liie future.
Tlie countries belonging to SE.VTO are
.\ustralia, l<'ranc-e. New Zealand. Pakistan, the
364
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Philippines, Thailand, the United Kingdom, and
the United StaU's. Liist year's Council meeting
was held at Wellington, New Zealand.'
President of Greek Parliament
Visits United States
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary It) (press release 7S) that the President of the
Greek Parliament, Constantino Rodopoulos, will
arrive at New York on February 22 to begin a
2-week visit to the United States at tlie invitation
of the Department. He will be accompanied by
Mi-s. Rodopoulos.
Mr. Rodopoulos will arrive at Washington Na-
tional Airport on Februaiy 23 and will be greeted
by Assistant Secretary of State G. Lewis Jones on
behalf of the Department of State and by Greek
Ambassador Alexis Liatis. During his stay in
Washington, he will meet with Acting Secretary
Douglas Dillon, Under Secretary Livingston
Merchant, Assistant Secretary Jones, and other
officials of the Department of State. He will also
meet with George V. Allen, Director of the U.S.
Information Agency, James Riddleberger, Direc-
tor of the International Cooperation Administra-
tion, Chief Justice Earl Warren, members of the
Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and House
Speaker Sam Raybum. An official welcome to
the city of Washington will be extended by Com-
missioner Robert. E. McLaughlin. A luncheon
will be given in his honor at the President's Guest
House by Under Secretary of State Merchant.
After lea\'ing Washington, Mr. Rodopoulos will
visit California, where he will meet with Gov.
Edmund G. Bro^vn and address the California
Legislature. He will also meet with the acting
Mayor of San Francisco and tour the University
of California at Berkeley and the radiation
laboratory there. Wliile in San Francisco, he will
be feted by the Greek community on February 28.
Mr. Rodopoulos will arrive at New York on
March 2 for a stay of about 5 days. While in New
York he will meet with Mayor Robert Wagner,
Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, U.N. Secretary-
General Dag Hammarskjold, Archbishop James
of the Greek Orthodox Church, Gov. Nelson A.
Rockefeller, and former Governor W. Averell
Harriman.
President Appoints Committee
on Information Activities Abroad
White House press release dated February 17
The President on February 17 announced the
appointment of a conunitte© to bo known as the
President's Committee on Infonnation Activities
Abroad. The Conunittee will survey and evaluate
the Government's overseas information programs
and related policies and activities but will not
concern itself with organizational matters. A
similar study was made in 1953 by the Presi-
dent's Committee on International Information
Activities.'
The members of the new Committee are :
Mansfield D. Sprague, chairman
C. D. Jackson
Philip D. Reed
Livingston T. Merchant, Under Secretary of State for
Political Affairs
George V. Allen, Director, United States Information
Agency
Allen W. Dulles, Director of Central Intelligence
Gordon Gray, Special Assistant to the President for Na-
tional Security Affairs
Karl G. Harr, Jr., Special Assistant to the President for
Security Operations Coordination
John N. Irwin II, Assistant Secretary of Defense for
International Security Affairs
Waldemar A. Nielsen will be Executive Di-
rector of the Committee.
U.S.-Canadian Economic Committee
Concludes Talks at Washington
Following is the text of a convmunique issued at
Washington on February 17 at the close of the
fifth meeting of the Joint United States-Canadian
Committee on Trade and Economic Affairs.
Press release 70 dated February 17
1. The fifth meeting of the Joint United States-
Canadian Committee on Trade and Economic Af-
fairs was held at the Department of State, Wash-
ington, February 16 and 17.
2. Canada was represented at the meeting by
the Honourable Donald M. Fleming, Minister of
Finance; the Honourable Gordon Churchill,
Minister of Trade and Commerce; and the Hon-
' Bri.i.ETiN of Apr. 27, 1959, p. 602.
March 7, J 960
541291—60 3
' For background, fsee Bulletin of Feb. 9, 1953, p. 217,
and July 27, 1953, p. 124.
365
Durable Douglas S. Harkness, Minister of Agri-
culture.
3. The United States was represented by the
Honorable Christian A. Herter, Secretary of
State; the Honorable Douglas Dillon, Under Sec-
retary of State ; the Honorable Eobert B. Ander-
son, Secretary of the Treasury; the Honorable
Fred C. Scribner, Under Secretary of the Treas-
ury ; the Honorable Fi*ed A. Seaton, Secretary of
Interior; the Honorable Ezra T. Benson, Secre-
tary of Agriculture ; the Honorable Frederick H.
Mueller, Secretary of Commerce; and Mr. Don
Paarlberg of the "Wliite House.
4. The members of the Joint Committee were
accompanied by Ambassador Heeney of Canada
and Ambassador Wigglesworth of the United
States, and senior officials of departments and
agencies of the two governments.
5. Tlie Committee reviewed recent economic de-
velopments in the United States and Canada.
They noted that the expansion of economic activ-
ity was continuing in both countries and tliat out-
put and employment had reached new high levels.
Sustained efforts to avoid inflation had been made
in both countries and price increases in 1959 had
been slight. The Committee agreed on the desira-
bility of policies designed to bring about even
gi-eater expansion of trade on a multilateral basis.
6. Tlie Committee noted with satisfaction the
substantially improved economic and financial po-
sition of most other countries and in this connec-
tion welcomed the considerable progress made
since the last meeting ' in the removal of restric-
tions and the elimination of discrimination against
exports from the dollar area. However, the Com-
mittee emphasized the importance of securing the
complete removal of the remaining quota discrim-
ination in world trade.
7. In reviewing agi-icultnral problems the
Conunittee noted the prevalence of special restric-
tions on agricultural trade throughout the world
and emphixsized the importance of pursuing poli-
cies whicli would encourage an expansion of
trade. The Committee agi-eed that incentives
leading to an accumulation of burdensome sur-
pluses should be avoided. In regard to ]-)rogi-ams
of surplus disposal, the Committee emphasized
the importance of continuing to safeguard nor-
mal commercial markets. In this connection the
Committee noted with satisfaction the useful
work at the quarterly consultations of United
States and Canadian officials on wheat and flour t
problems.
8. There was discussion in the Committee con-
cerning certain restrictions on agricultural trade
between the two comitries. Canadian interest
was expressed in the removal of United States
imjDort restrictions on flaxseed, linseed oil, and
cheddar cheese. The United States representa-
tives expressed interest in the removal of Cana-
dian import controls on turkeys.
9. The Committee discussed i-ecent develop-
ments in the fields of petroleum and natural gas.
They agreed upon the desirability of close coop-
eration between the National Energy Board of
Canada and the United States Federal Power
Commission. The Committee recognized also
that the two governments shoidd keep each other
closely informed of developments in either coun-
try bearing on trans-border movements of petro-
leum and natural gas.
10. Canadian Ministers expressed their contin-
uing concern about the quota restrictions imposed
in September 1958 ^ by the United States on im-
ports of lead and zinc, and urged that these tem-
porary restrictions be withdrawn and no other
barriers to trade placed in the way of sales of
these basic materials to the United States. It
was noted that the recent report, of the United
Nations' I^ad and Zinc Study Group' indicated
a good balance between available supply and de-
mand for zinc and some improvement in tliis
respect for lead. The United States representa-
tives noted the Canadian views and pointed out
that while the restrictions could not be withdrawn
until there Imd been substantial improvement in
the distressed segments of the United States lead
and zinc mining industries, tlie question of im-
port treatment of lead and zinc is luider continu-
ous review and is now before the United States
Tariff Commission as well.
11. Canadian and United States representa-
tives discussed the outlook of the uraniiun
industry in both countries and agreed on the
importance of keeping each other informed of
development prospects.
12. Canadian Ministers drew attention to the
difHculties which are created for the Canadian
' For text of a joint rommnniqtie issued at the close of
tlie last meeting, see Bui.lktin of Jan. 26, 195!), p. 128.
' 76iV/., Oct. 1.3, imn, p. 570.
' Study Group doc. No. 7, Feb. 19, 1960.
366
Departmenf of State Bulletin
cotton textile industrj' by the United States
equalization payments on cotton prtxlucts. The
United States representatives explained that no
fundamental chanjje in their system, which is
desijjfni'd to equalize the cost of raw cotton to
manufacturers in the export trade, appeared
practicable at this time, but both sides ajjreed
that the matter should i-eceive continued study.
13. The United States representatives ex-
pressed concern about the introduction of a new
charge for the use of air navigation facilities by
civil aircraft over-flying CanadiiUi territory on
North Atlantic routes. The Canadian Ministers
pointed out the charge covered only a part of the
large and gi'owing costs of these facilities.
14. Tlie Conmaittee exchanged views on the in-
creasing activity of So^^et bloc countries in world
trade and the possible implications of this devel-
opment for the future.
15. The Committee considered the problems
which have arisen from rapid increases of imports
into Ciuiada and the United States in certain lines
of low-cost manufactured goods. They were
agreed on the importance of finding a general
international solution which would provide ex-
porting countries with adequate outlets for their
products, would insure that the impact of low-cost
competition would be more evenly distributed
among the importing countries, and would at the
same time, safeguard the industries of importing
countries from serious injury. It was noted that
a study of this important problem had been under-
taken by tlie Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on Tarilfs and Trade.
16. The Committee also discussed economic de-
velopments on tlie international scene with partic-
ular reference to the Paris economic meeting of
January 12-14.^ This included a review of the
situation arising from the establislmient of the
European Economic Community and the Euro-
pean Free Trade Association, as well as an evalu-
ation of the role Canada and the United States
may play with regard to these developments. The
Committee were agreed on the desirability of find-
ing solutions to current trade problems in Europe
on a multilateral basis which would take full ac-
count of the interests of other countries.
17. The Committee noted the importance of the
level to be e,stablished for the common tariff of the
European Economic Community including the
tarifi" rates for basic materials and certain other
products which are still under negotiati<m within
the Community. The Committee considered that
arrangements for trade in agricultural products
in Europe shouKl be such as to facilitate imports
of agricultural goods fi-om other countries on a
competitive basis and agreed on the importance
of intensified international efforts to deal witli this
problem.
18. There was an exchange of views on other
matters arising from the Paris economic meetings,
including development aid to the less developed
countries and proposals for the reconstitution
of the Organization for Em-opean Economic
Cooperation.
19. The Committee reaffirmed tlie value of their
periodic joint meetings, and expressed satisfaction
at the high degree of imderstanding and coopera-
tion between the two governments. It agreed to
hold the next meeting in Ottawa.
Peter I. B. Lavan Appointed
to U.S. Committee for U.N.
The TVTiite House annoimced on February 16
that the President on that date had appointed
Peter I. B. Lavan to be Chairman of the U.S.
Committee for the United Nations for 1960.
President Determines Tariff Quota
on Wool-Fabric Imports for 1960
White House press release dated February 8
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
The President has determined the application
for 1960 of the wool-fabric tariff quota established
by his 1956 proclamation ' invoking the so-called
Geneva wool-fabric reservation. These woolen
and worsted fabrics are also the subject of a peril-
point study being held by the Tariff Commission
prior to a renegotiation of the wool-fabric provi-
sions of U.S. tariff schedules.
The President notified the Secretary of the
Treasury that he set the 1960 breakpoint of the
tariff quota at 13.5 million pounds, which was also
the 1959 level."
' For background, see Bullbtin of Feb. 1, 1960, p. 139.
March 7, I960
' For text, see BciiETiN of Oct. 8, 1956, p. 556.
• Ihi4., May 18, 1959, p. 720.
367
Until 1960 imports reach the breakpoint, the
rat«s of duty remain at 30^ or 37V^<f per pound
(depending on the nature of the fabric) plus 20
percent or 25 percent ad valorem (again depend-
ing on the nature of the fabric) . Imports during
1960 in excess of the breakpoint will, with certain
exceptions, be subject to an ad valorem duty of
the full 45 percent allowed by the Geneva
reservation.
Under the exceptions which were adopted in
earlier years, the overquota rate of duty is 30 per-
cent ad valorem for certain handwoven and "re-
ligious" fabrics and for a maximima of 350,000
pounds of overquota imports of certain high-
priced, high-quality fabrics. The President noted
in earlier years the many problems arising mider
this tariff quota. In the effort to find a more
satisfactory solution, the United States has is-
sued formal notice of its uitention to renegotiate
the tariff provisions involved.' Accordingly the
President requested peril-point findings from the
U.S. Tariff Commission on October 21, 1959.
When the Commission reports its findings, further
steps will be taken.
The Geneva wool-fabric reservation is a right
that was reserved by the United States in a 1947
multilateral trade agreement at Geneva. Under
that reservation the ad valorem rates of duty ap-
plicable to most woolen and worsted fabrics enter-
ing the country may be increased when such
imports, in any year, exceed an amount deter-
mined to be not less than 5 percent of the average
annual U.S. production of similar fabrics for the
3 preceding calendar years. The 1947 tariff con-
cession and the reservation apply to woolen and
* Ibid., Nov. 16, 1959, p. 724.
worsted fabrics dutiable mider paragraphs 1108
and 1109(a) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as modified.
Most woolen and woreted fabrics entering the
United States are dutiable under these
paragraplis.
PRESIDENT'SLETTERTOSECRETARY ANDERSON
Febeuaby 8, 1960
Deab Mb. Secbetart : Proclamation 3160 of Septem-
ber 28, 1956, as amended by proclamations 3225, 3285, and
3317 of March 7, 1958, April 21, 1959, and September 24,
1959, respectively, provides for the increase of the ad
valorem part of the duty in the case of any of the fabrics
described in item 1108 or item 1109(a) in Part I of
Schedule XX to the General Agi-eement on Tariffs and
Trade ( Geneva— 1947 ) or in item 1109(a) in Part I of
that Schedule (Torquay — 1951) entered, or withdrawn
from warehouse, for consumption in any calendar year
following December 31, 1958, in excess of a quantity to
be notified by the President to the Secretary of the
Treasury.
Pursuant to Paragraph 1 of that proclamation, as
amended, I hereby notify you that for the calendar year
1960 the quantity of such fabrics on imports in excess of
which the ad valorem part of the rate will be increased as
provided for in the seventh recital of that proclamation,
as amended, shall be 13,500,000 pounds.
On the basis of presently available information, I find
this quantity to be not less than five per centum of the
average annual production in the United States during
the three immediately preceding calendar years of fabrics
similar to such fabrics. Although it is believed that any
future adjustments in statistics will not be such as to
alter this finding, in the event that they do, I shall notify
you as to the revised quantity figure.
Sincerely,
DWIQHT D. ElSENHOWEB
The Honorable Robert B. Anderson
Secretary of the Treasury
Washington, D.C.
368
Department of State Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
The Mutual Security Program for Fiscal Year 1961
Following is the text of President Eisenhower^s
message to the Congress on the Mutual Security
Program for fiscal year 1961, together with state-
ments made by Secretary Herter and Under Secre-
tary Dillon before the House Com/mittee on
Foreign Affairs.
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE TO CONGRESS'
To the Congress of the United States:
A year ago in my message to the Congress on
the mutual security program,^ I described it as
both essential to our security and important to our
prosperity. Pointing out that our expenditures
for mutual security are fully as important to our
national defense as expenditures for our own
forces, I stated that the mutual security program
is not only grounded in our deepest self-interest
but springs from the idealism of the American
people which is the true foundation of our
greatness. It rests upon five fundamental
propositions :
(1) That peace is a matter of vital concern to
all mankind;
(2) That to keep the peace, the free world must
remain defensively strong ;
(3) That the achievement of a peace which is
just depends upon promoting a rate of world
economic progress, particularly among the peoples
of the less developed nations, which will inspire
hope for fulfillment of their aspirations;
(4) That the maintenance of the defensive
strength of the fi'ee world, and help to the less de-
veloped, but determined and liard working, na-
' U. Doc. 343, 86th Cong., 2d sess. ; transmitted on Feb.
16.
' Bui.LETiN of Mar. 30, 1959, p. 427.
March 7, I960
tions to achieve a reasonable rat© of economic
growth are a common responsibility of the free
world commmiity ;
(5) That the United States cannot shirk, its
responsibility to cooperate with all other free na-
tions in this regard.
It is my firm conviction that there are only a few
in the United States who would deny the validity
of these propositions. The overwhelming support
of the vast majority of our citizens leads us inex-
orably to mutual security as a fixed national
policy.
The mutiuil security program is a program es-
sential to peace. The accomplishments of the mu-
tual security program in helping to meet the many
challenges in the mid-20th century place it among
the foi-emost of the great programs of American
histoiy. Without them the map of the world
would be vastly different today. The mutual se-
curity program and its predecessors have been an
indispensable contributor to the present fact that
Greece, Turkey, Iran, Laos, Vietnam, Korea, and
Taiwan and many nations of "Western Europe, to
mention only part, remain the home of free men.
While over the past year the Soviet Union has
expressed an interest in measures to reduce the
common peril of war, and while its recent deport-
ment and pronoimcements suggest the possible
opening of a somewhat less strained period in our
relationships, the menace of Communist imperial-
ism nevertheless still remains. The military
power of the Soviet Union continues to gi"ow. In-
creasingly important to free world interests is the
rate of growth of both military and economic
power in Communist China. Evidence that this
enormous power bloc remains dedicated to the
extension of Communist control over all peoples
369
everywhere is found in Tibet, tlie Taiwan Straits,
in Laos, and along the Indian border.
In tlie face of this ever-present Connnnnist
threat, we must, in our own interest as well as that
of the other members of the free world commu-
nity, continue our program of military assistance
through the various mutual security arrangements
we have established. Under these arrangements
each nation has responsibilities, commensurate
with its capabilities, to participate in the develop-
ment and maintenance of defensive strength.
There is also increasing ability of other free world
nations tx) share the burdens of this common
defense.
Oi)viously, no one nation alone could bear the
cost of defending all the free world. Likewise, it
would be impossible for many fre« nations long
to survive if forced to act separately and alone.
The crumbling of the weaker ones would obviously
and increasingly multiply the threats to those re-
maining free, even the very strongest.
Collective .security is not only sensible — it is
esisential.
That just, peace which has always been and
which remains our primary and common goal can
never be obtained through weakness. The best
assurance against nttack is .still the possession and
maintenance of free world strength to deter
attack.
Tlie nations of Europe are increasingly assum-
ing their share of the common defense task. None
of our NATO partners other than Greece, Turkey,
and Iceland now requires nor receives any eco-
nomic assistance. Indeed, in rising volume, these
nations are now providing economic a.ssistance to
others. Our NATO allies are also meeting their
military needs to an increasing degree; several
major countries now require no help. Our mil-
itary progi-ams in NATO countries today ai'c
largely desigiieil and executed as joint cost .sharing
arrangements whereliy vital additional defense
needs are met thi'ough mutual ell'ort.
If is clear that while every possibility to aclii('\(>
trustworthy agreements which would reduce liie
])eril of war must l)e explored, it would be most
foolish to abandon or to we:iken our |)()slui'(' of
common deterrent strength which is so essential
a prerequisite to tiie exploration of such possiliili-
tii's. Till' iu'(^l is for steadfast., undranintic, and
patical persist eni'r in oiii- cll'orts to maintain our
nuitual defenses while working to find solutions
for the problems which divide the World and
threaten the peace.
'J' he mutual nccurity program is a program es-
sential to worJd progress in freedom. In addition
to its mutual defense aspects, it also is the Amer-
ican part of a cooperative efl'ort on the part of
free men to raise the standai'ds of living of mil-
lions of human beings from bases which are intol-
erably low, bases incompatible with human dignity
and freedom.
Hundreds of millions of j^eople throughout the
world have learned that it is not ordained that
they must live in perpetual iwverty and illness,
on the ragged edge of starvation. Their political
leadei-s press the point home. In a variety of ways
this drive is moving forward by fits and starts,
often uncertain of its direction. It is sometimes
involved in free world struggle against commu-
nism, sometimes not. It is clearly in the interests
of the ITnited States that we assist this move-
ment so that these countries may take their places
as free, independent, progressing, and stable
members of the community of natioiLS. It is
equally clear that it would be against our inter-
ests if this forward movement were stifled or hin-
dered. The result would be to breed frustration
and exjilosivo threats to ]iolitical and economic
stability in areas around the world.
Equally with militaTT security, economic devel-
opment is a common necessity and a common re-
sponsibility. An investment in the development
of one jiart of the free world is an investment in
the development of it all. Our welfare, and the
welfai'e of all free men, cannot l)e divided — we are
de])endent one on the othei'. It is for each of us,
the strong and thi> weak. tli(> developed and the
less (h'veloped, to join in the great effort to bring
forth for all men t lie op])oi-t unity for a I'ewarding
existence in fivedom nnd in ])eace. World eco-
nomic eX])ansion and increase in trade will bring
about increased pi'osinu'ity for ca<-h free world
nat ion.
N'cw challenges, with corresi)onding oppoi'l uni-
ties, are now \isible Ix'fore us: the nccelei-ation of
tli(» acliie\ cnient of independence of p('0[)lcs in
.Vfrica; the gi'owing rc^^tlessness in the less devel-
ojifd aT-eas: and tlie increasing poteiUial for part-
ncrshi]) and assistance to thes(> areas as a result of
th(^ <'ontinucd irrowth of the now healthy ecoiio-
370
Departmenf of Stafe Bulletin
mies of tho industrialized Westom European
nations and of Japan, Canada, and Australia.
Free world cooperation is lK>con\in<j^ the watch-
word of t his ert'ort. In the past year the capital of
the Inteniational Bank for Reconstruction and
Development was doubled and that of the Interna-
tional Monetary Fund was increased by half. In
addition, a I'nited States proposal for an Interna-
tional Development Association to be affiliated
with the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Develo{)nient has been accepted in principle
iuid a draft charter recently has been submitted to
member governments. I expect to transmit to the
Congress recommendations on this matter in the
near future. The industrialized nations of
Europe, together with Japan and Canada, are
notably stepping up their participation in coop-
erative eiforts lunong themselves and with the
less developed countries to promote growth. Sim-
ilar approaches will be discussed at a meeting of
representatives of a number of nations, to be held
in Washington in March.'
In our own Western Hemisphere society of
nations, we are now joined in a great new venture,
the Inter-American Development Bank. This
new institution, formexi in partnership with our
neighboring nations, should prove of immense
value in promoting the more rapid development
of the member nations. Our participation in tliis
joint effort is significant of the special interest
which we have in the progressive development of
our neighbors. Together with the very consider-
able dimensions of private and government invest-
ment taking place in the hemisphere, and the mu-
tually beneficial technical cooperation we have so
long enjoyed with our neighbors, it should serve
to accelerate progress.
Thus the military and economic resources which
we provide through the mutual security program,
to help create and maintain positions of strength,
are properly to be regarded as what they are — in-
vestments in the common defense and welfare and
thus in our own security and welfare. This is a
imifual security progi-am.
Our concepts are sound, our policies of proven
value, and our will to meet our responsibilities
undiminislied and constant.
The Proposals for Fiscal Year 1961
The foiiii and general structure of the mutual
security piogi-am for fiscal year 1901 remains
essentially that which has stood the test of experi-
ence. In the administration of the various mutual
security i)n)grams, ciianges have been instituted in
organization, programing, and management con-
trols. It was in part for the purpose of analyzing
and making recommendations for improving the
administration of the program that I appointed
last year a distinguished gi-ou]i of citizens headed
by General Draper. Manj' of the reeommenda-
tions that they made have already been put into
effect.* We are constantly seeking additional
management improvements to meet the program
needs and difficult problems of operating these
diverse programs on a worldwide basis. The
categories of activity are the same as those with
which the Congress is familiar. Adjustments in
the nature and dimension of activity are proposed
which reflect and are responsible to the changes
in the world scene, in the degrees of need and
of capability for self-help. These adjustments
also are consistent with an analysis of future
needs and of future changes and capability for
self-help. This forward analysis was, in part,
conducted in conformance with the requirement
of law that plans of future grant economic as-
sistance be developed and presented to the Con-
gress. The detailed plans and conclusions on fu-
ture assistance will be submitted to the Congress
in the near future.
Military Assistance
For military assistance I am requesting in the
pending Department of Defense budget an ap-
propriation of $2 billion. This is more than was
requested, or than was provided for fiscal year
1960. The request for a larger appropriation is
not made in order to increase the proportionate
share of U.S. participation in the common defense.
Kor does it reflect an intent to embark on a vast
expansion of the military assistance program.
' For backsrountl on the estal)lishmpnt of a develoiiment
assistance group, see ihid., Feb. 1, 1900, p. 139. The ^onp
will coavene at Washington on Mar. 9.
* The comiKisite report of the President's Committee To
Stmly the Military Assistance Program-, of wliich William
H. Draper, .Jr., was chairman, is for sale by the Super-
intendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C. (vol. I, 60 cents; vol. II (Annexes),
•fl).
Morch 7, I960
371
The amount requested for military assistance
within the Defense budget is in my considered
judgment, and in that of the Joint Chiefs of Staif,
a need for our defense equally compelluig and of
equal importance with the needs of our own serv-
ices provided for elsewhere in the Defense budget.
The amount requested is the result of careful
and detailed review of the needs of our allies to
enable them to maintain the level of combat effec-
tiveness made possible by previous military as-
sistance and to provide, mostly on a cost-sharing
basis, for certam essential force improvement
projects. Without adequate provision for main-
tenance, the moneys previously spent would be
largely wasted. And without force improvement,
without the provision of more advanced weapons,
the free world forces would inevitably fall behind
in their ability to counter modernized aggressor
forces.
The fact, if it is a fact, of reductions in Soviet
military manpower,^ does not alter the need for
the maintenance of our collective defense. Soviet
military power, as Mr. Khrushchev's own state-
ments make clear, remains great. Our plans have
never attempted to match Soviet armed man-
power; they have been and are designed to deter
aggression. Of special importance is the mainte-
nance of a strong and effective deterrent posture
in the NATO alliance. As indicated earlier, the
improving economic position of Western Europe
as a whole makes it possible for Europe to share
increasingly in the cost of the common defense,
and for certain major European countries to
maintain their defense efforts without U.S. assist-
ance. At the same time, the requirements for
modernization and improvement are of such di-
mension that our participation in joint cost-shar-
ing projects with certain European comitries over
the immediate future is still essential. Provision
for such contributions is included in the proposed
program.
The amount requested for fiscal 1961 is consist-
ent with the recommendations of the bipartisan
committee of distinguished citizens headed by
General Draper, which I appointed last year to
review our jwlicies and programs. This commit-
tee strongly urged the maintenance of a delivery
program of approximately $2 billion annually.
" For a U.S. comment on the proposed Soviet reduction,
see Bulletin of Feb. 1, 19C0, p. 147.
In recent years, annual deliveries have averaged
about $2.2 billion. Deliveries in fiscal year 1960,
however, reflecting the reduced appropriations of
recent years, will fall back to $1.8 billion or less.
Unexpended balances carried over from previous
years have now been reduced to a minimum and
deliveries in future years wdl closely approximate
the annual appropriation level.
In my considered judgment, an appropriation
of $2 billion for fiscal year 1961 is the minimum
amount consistent with the maintenance of a firm
and adequate collective defense posture. Any-
thing less in effect precludes essential moderniza-
tion and improvement of forces and limits us to a
bare maintenance program.
Economic Assistance
Defense Support
For 12 of the nations with whom we are joined
in collective or mutual security arrangements, we
have for some years been contributing not only
military resources required in the common defense
but economic resources in the measure needed to
permit the maintenance of such defenses without
incurring political or economic instability. This
category of resource contribution we term "defense
support" — economic resources to assure a defense
posture. These 12 countries maintam forces of
over 3 million men, more than the total number in
the U.S. Armed Forces, and each of these under-
develo^jed countries, except for Spain, is part of
the exposed land and offshore island belt that
forms the immediate southern and eastern bound-
ary of the Sino-Soviet empire. Eequirements in
this defense-support category have decreased
somewhat; for fiscal year 1061 I am requesting for
these programs $724 million or $111 million less
than I asked for last year. This reduced require-
ment reflects in some measure a gradual but per-
ceptible improvement in the economic situations in
these countries. More than half, 56 percent, is for
the three Far Eastern countries of Korea, Taiwan,
and Vietnam, which have the common character-
istics that they are divided countries facing su-
perior Communist forces on their borders, forces
which the Communists previously have demon-
strated their willingness to use, thereby compel-
ling these frontier nations to support armed forces
far in excess of their unaided capticities to main-
tain. The amounts requested for these purposes
372
Department of State Bulletin
represent the least we can conti-ibute and retain
conlidence that adequate defenses will bo
maintained.
Special Assistance
Another category of international cooperation
in the mutual security program is the provision
of econoniic resources to other nations whei-e such
resources are essential to the maintenance of their
freedom and stability. This categoiy of coopera-
tion we term "special assistance." I am requesting
$268 million for these purposes in fiscal year 1961.
Such provisions will enable us, for example, to
continue aid to the young nations of Morocco,
Libya, and Tunisia, to strengthen the stability of
Jordan and the Middle East, to combat the en-
croachment of Communist influence in Afghani-
stan, and to undergird the economies in Bolivia
and Haiti. Special assistance will also enable our
continued participation in such vital programs as
the worldwide antimalaria campaign.
Aid to Development
The achievement of economic progress, of
growth, depends on many things. Through collec-
tive security arrangements, through defensive
measures, by giving military aid and defense sup-
port, we and other nations can achieve a measure
of security and stability within which the process
of development is possible and can be fostered.
The primai-y and essential prerequisite internally
is the determination to progress and take the ac-
tions needed and to make the sacrifices required.
No matter how great the determination, however,
there will remain tremendous needs for both tech-
nical improvement and capacity and for develop-
ment capital. If a pace of development is to be
achieved which will meet the essential demands of
these peoples, outside help is a necessity.
Technical Cooperation
Through our long-established program of tech-
nical cooperation and by our contributions to the
United Nations activities in the technical assist-
ance field, we make a major contribution toward
the satisfaction of this thirst and need for growth
in knowledge and teclmical capacity. The mutual
security program proposed for fiscal year 1961 con-
tinues these vital activities and provides for the
enlargement and extension of our teclmical as-
sistance programs in the newly emerging nations
of Africa. For bilateral technical assistance I re-
quest $172.5 million; for our participation in
United Nations teclmical assistance programs I
ask $33.5 million; and to supplement our much
larger bilateral program with our neighbors to the
south, I ask $1.5 million for the program of tech-
nical assistance which we conduct in cooperation
with them through the Organization of American
States.
Africa
Of inescapable interest to the United States in
the world today is the increasing assumption of
self-government by the peoples of the great con-
tinent of Africa, especially m the area south of the
Sahara. This vast area deserves and commands
the full attention and assistance of the free world
if it is to develop its institutions and its econoiny
under freedom. Wliile the needs of Africa south
of the Sahara for development capital are real and
can be expected to gi'ow, there is an imperative and
immediate requirement for increased education
and training. The request for appropriations for
special assistance includes an amount of $20
million for a special program to be instituted for
the improvement of education and training in
Africa south of the Sahara, with particular em-
phasis to be given to the meeting of needs which
are common to all the countries of the area. It is
my belief that this mitial effort must grow sig-
nificantly in the immediate years ahead and com-
plement similar efforts on the part of other free
world nations so that the capacity of the new and
other developing nations in Africa to manage and
direct their development can be strengthened and
increased rapidly and effectively. Without such
strengthening and development of education and
training, the preconditions of vigorous economic
growth cannot be established.
Development Loan Fund
In the field of development assistance, the De-
velopment Loan Fund is proving to be an increas-
ingly effective instrument for response to those
needs which cannot be satisfied from private in-
vestment, the World Bank, or other like sources.
It has assisted in the installation of basic facilities,
such as power and transportation, necessary for
gi-owth in the less developed areas. Particularly
important are the expanded activities of the De-
velopment Loan Fund in the field of private enter-
March 7, I960
373
prise. The Development Loan Fund is opening
new opportunities to build an effective partner-
ship with American private enterprise wherein
the private resources of the country can make an
increased contribution to development in the less
developed nations. The history of the Develop-
ment Loan Fund activity over the past 2 years
indicates that the flow of such loan capital has
tanded to respond to the degree of need and of
capability. In other words, those areas where the
determination and tlie will to progress are, greatest
and the capacity to use such resource effectively
is the greatest, have been the leading recipients of
loan assistance from the Development Loan Fund.
I request $700 million for the Development Loan
Fund for use beginning in fiscal year 1961.
South Asia
Over the past 2 years a major share of Develop-
ment Loan Fimd loans have been made to the two
great nations of south Asia — India and Pakistan —
where half a billion people are deeply committed
and irrevocably determined to develop and main-
tain institutions of their own free choice, and to
raise their standards of living to levels of decency.
The force and drive of this great effort is un-
mistakable ; it warrants the full and warm support
of the free world. We have joined with other
nations in helping these countries; we envisage
the total public and private effort to assist south
Asia not only continuing but expanding. An in-
creased amount is expected to be devoted to this
great cause from the resources requested for the
Development Loan Fund for fiscal year 1961 as
these coimtries increase even further their own
self-help efforts.
The Indus Basin Development
A development of major significance in south
Asia is the substantial progress being made under
the auspices of the World Rank to effect a solution
to the complex and difficult i)roblem of the use of
the waters of the Indus River Basin as between
India and Pakistan. Vital interests of both coun-
tries are involved; the solution must involve a
plan whereby tlie waters, on whicli the agricultvu'e,
the food supplies, and the economies of the region
depend, can be equibibly developed and shared.
It is anticipates! that an agreement on such a de-
velopment plan may be reached in the near future.
Essential to its finiition is the willingness of na-
tions outside south Asia to assist in the develop-
ment plan, the cost of which cannot be borne by
these nations unaided. Under World Bank aus-
pices, plans are being developed whereunder the
Bank, British Commonwealth nations, West Ger-
man}^, and the LTnited States will each contribute
to the costs of the development plan and the super-
vision and management of the enterprise will be |
undertaken by the Bank. We projwse to provide "
a measure of assistance to this activity through
the mutual security program in fiscal year 1961
and in subsequent years as needs arise. To assure
that we can effectively participate in this midti-
lateral undertaking, I am asking for authorization
to exercise flexibility in the application of regula-
tions normally applied to bilateral undertakmgs,
if and when such exceptional action is required
for this great project. The solution of this
troublesome international issue should be of
great assistance in promoting a peaceful and co-
operative resolution of other divisive issues and
encourage a maximimi concentration on the major
goals of peace and prosperity.
Repiiblic of China
The mutual security program can be expeeted
also to be responsive to the needs of other areas
and countries as their determination and capacity
to employ development capital grows. We have
received proposals from the Government of the
Republic of China for an expanded and acceler-
ated program of economic reform and develop-
ment to which we are giving close and careful
attention. The vigorous and skilled population on
Taiwan, the record of growth in investment and
output, the very real potential for acceleration,
offer a prospect for a convincing demonstration
that under free institutions a pace and degree of
achievement can eventually be obtained in excess
of that resulting under totalitarianism. For tliis
purpose, M'e envisage the full emi^loyment of both
grant and loan assistance to hasten the day of
ultimate viability and self-sustaining growth.
Contingency Fund and Other Programs
In addition to the major categories of coopera-
tion which I have mentioned, militaiy a.ssistance
and defense support, special assistance, technical
374
Department of State Bulletin
cooperation, and the Development Tjoan Fund, I
am !U^kiii<r also for a oontiiifieucy fund of $l7f) mil-
lion and for $101 million to contiuuo a variety of
small but important pix){!:rams.
The oontinjrenov fund is an essential safesjuard
against the unft)reseen or not wholly predictable
need. The record of the past several years clearly
demonstrat<>s its value as enablinf; prompt and
eilective response to the altermg course of interna-
tional events.
The $101 million requested for other programs
will permit our continued participation in
UNICEF, in refugee programs, and in the foreign
programs for peaceful uses of atomic energy. It
also will provide for administrative costs to ad-
minister the economic and tecluxical programs.
For the total mutual security progi-am I ask
$4,175 billion. The need for these amounts has
been examined and reexamined with great care
in the executive branch. I am entirely satisfied
that the needs for which funds are sought are needs
which must be met and that the funds sought are
the most reasonable estimates of requirements we
can produce. There is no question but that the
Nation can afford the expenditures involved; I
am certain we cannot afford to ignore the needs
for which they are required.
Conclusion
The United States is a pi'ivileged nation. Its
citizens enjoy a measure of prosperity and well-
being and an extent of liberty under free institu-
tions unequaled in the history of the world. Our
ideals and our ideology place upon us a responsi-
bility for leadership and for cooperation with
other nations and other peoples which we accept
willingly and with pride.
My recent travels impressed upon me even more
strongly the fact that free men everywhere look to
us, not with envy or malice but with hope and con-
fidence, that we will in the future as in the past be
in the vanguaixl of those who believe in and will
defend the right of the individual to enjoy the
fruits of his labor in peace and in freedom. To-
gether with our fellow men, we shall not fail to
meet our responsibilities.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House,
Febru/rrj/ J6, I960.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY HERTER, FEBRU-
ARY 17
rrc88 release 68 dated February IT
1 am pleased and privileged to appear l)efore
you today, to open again this year the hearings on
the Mutual Security Progi-am. As I am sure you
realize, I consider the Mutual Security Program
to be vital to our security and an indispensable in-
strument of our foreign policy. My purpose today
is to express to you as candidly and as clearly as I
can the reasons for my convictions. Such an ex-
planation is your due and also my duty. The
heavy responsibility of meeting the challenges
with which we are faced in the world in which we
live is a mutual one which we share.
The Current Scene
This world today may be said to be characterized
by change. New and constantly expanding discov-
eries in the various fields of knowledge necessitate
frequent and sometimes difficult adjustments in
our way of life, yet hold grejit promise for the fu-
ture growth and development of civilization.
Despite the groM-th of man's knowledge and the
limitless possibilities which such growth portends,
we must also recognize that there are some things
which have not changed, things which must affect
our daily lives now, and in the future, and with
which we must deal as they are, rather than as we
would like them to be.
The harsh and basic fact is that we live in a
world in which but a fraction of the world's peo-
ples enjoy both freedom and prosperity. The
harsh and basic fact is that approximately a third
of the people of the world live under the domma-
tion and control of a Communist dictatorship.
The harsh and basic fact is that outside the Com-
munist bloc hundreds of millions of people in the
world today are struggling to rid themselves of
the curse of poverty, and that these peoples are
greatly concerned to find the shortest and most
effective way to impi'ove their material conditions.
The harsh and basic fact is also, and this is of
the greatest importance, that the masters of the
Communist world and their followers are deeply
and firmly dedicated to the proposition that the
extension of their control over the rest of tlie
world, both the prosperous and the less fortunate
parts, is inevitable, and to be pursued by any and
all means that may be available.
March 7, I960
375
The strength and vital force of this Communist
dedication must not be underestimated. It is
an imdeniable fact that, while millions of people
live under Communist control imposed on them
against their will, there are those who believe
in the Communist ideology as fully and as fer-
vently as any American patriot believes in the
American ideology. It is an undeniable fact that
the Communist masters, the dedicated Com-
munists, are unrelenting in their advocacy of
their beliefs, are constantly preaching to the
young, the adult, and the old, at home and abroad,
the virtues of their concepts, the irresistibility of
their power, and the inevitableness of their vic-
tory. To tliis end, the full resources of the state
and its citizens are employed without let or hin-
drance from any process of democracy.
This powerful, crusading, and dedicated force
is indeed a threat to our security which we cannot
ignore without the gravest peril. Our own ideol-
ogy, our way of life, is so basically different from
the Communist ideology that we have difficulty
in crediting and comprehending their beliefs.
These basic beliefs are the most significant of the
facts with which we must deal, and deal effec-
tively, if the values we hold dear are to survive.
Let me make clear my imderstanding of the Com-
munist creed. Tliese people helieve that it is in-
evitable that the capitalistic system must collapse
and that it must be succeeded by classless socialist
societies. They Relieve that those who understand
this principle of historic inevitability have a right
and an obligation to impose their views on others
for the furtherance of the cause. These men
believe tliat any action which advances their cause
is morally right. They believe that totalitarian
government under the control of the Communist
Party of the Soviet Union is the right, necessary,
and natural form of government until the capi-
talist states of the world have been brought into
the fold and capitalism eliminated from their
lives and minds. Ultimately, they believe, a world
of freedom and plenty for all can be attained in a
stateless and classless Communist society. No
Communist leader denies this creed; on the con-
trary, its promulgation is constantly reiterated.
The Communists do not just talk about their
creed. They use the resources, hmnan and mate-
i"ial, of a great empire controlling a third of the
people of the world. They have great military
strength, they are well organized, their progress
in educating and developing their people has
been truly remarkable. These very real powers
support and are fully employed to advance the
cause to which they are dedicated.
Collective Defense
In the face of this great force, this revolution-
ary movement, where do we stand ? It is and has
been obvious to us all that to stand idly by while
the rest of the non-Communist world is swallowed
up bit by bit would be the height of folly. Our
policies for over a decade now have recognized
the essentiality and importance to us of an
end to the expansion of the Commimist empire
by force or the threat of force. We long since
determined to create and maintain defensive mili-
tai-y strength which could assure that such aggres-
sion could not succeed. We long since recognized
that the creation and maintenance of such de-
fensive strength required the full and free coop-
eration and joint effort of many nations. We
long since recognized that our assistance to such
other nations to enable those which needed help
to create and to maintain an adequate defense
was an essential and integral measure for our own
security. Our effoi'ts to create this defensive
strength have been successful efforts. The col-
lective power of ourselves and our allies has
served and must be maintained at a level that
will continue to serve as a barrier to the expan-
sion of Communist control through the use of
force.
Economic Strength
We long since recognized as well that military
defenses are not enough to thwart the spread of
Communist control, if we ignore the needs and
demands of free peoples for economic security
and a decent standard of living. In our own
case it is imperative to maintain a strong and
healthy economy, for upon such economic strength
our tnie power to defend ourselves depends. In
the case of our European allies, it was imperative
to achieve recovery and rehabilitation after years
of the devastation of war. This task has been
accomplished and the greater part of free Europe
today is healthy and strong. In the case of Asia
and the Near East, along the perimeter of the
massive Coinnumist bloc, a quite different and
much more difficult problem has faced us. Some
of these nations have chosen to identify them-
376
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
selves clearly as adherents to our ideolojjy. 0th-
ei^s, inexi)erienced tuid only recently reaching
independence of foreign domination or control,
were less certain of their future and desired
an independent course. The common character-
istic, however, is a deep and growing desire and
determination to impi'ove their lot, to achieve
material progress. Confronted with great and
almost overwhelming shortages of both material
and trained human resources, it is not surprising
that the discontented and impatient may be at-
tracted by the radical solutions of commimism
pointing to an ultimate visionary goal of peace
and prosperity in a classless society. In these
circumstances, it is clear that if the appeal and
pressures of communism ai'e to be resisted, it is
essential that there be a choice available to these
nations — an alternative to communism which is
more than the preservation of the status quo.
The road to a decent life for these masses of hu-
man beings is not a short nor an easy one. The
process of improvement is necessarily gradual
and laborious. To achieve improvement re-
quires determination and sacrifice. But deter-
mination and sacrifice are not enough if human
and natural resources are lacking, or cannot be
developed without help. It has been our policy
and our practice to endeavor to provide that help,
that marginal element of teclinical and economic
assistance which, with their own efforts, enables
these people to advance within institutions of
their own choosing toward a fuller and freer life.
Our mutual efforts have been successful, though
the completion of the task lies far ahead. These
nations have not been absorbed into the Commu-
nist empire; they are making visible and note-
worthy progress in their arduous struggle for a
decent life.
In Africa, we see a rapid evolution of new
nations after centuries of submergence and dec-
ades of foreign control. Independence is being
achieved at an increasing rate. Certainly the
American people welcome and encourage the po-
litical evolution in this great continent which per-
mits and provides for government by consent of
the governed. At the same time, independence
brings not only freedom and opportunity, but
rasponsibilities for achieving successful political
and economic development which seriously strain
the human and material resources available to
these nations in their present stage of develop-
ment. A paramount and compelling requirement
for success is the rapid development of human
skills and institutions so tiiat material resources
can be more effectively employed and exploited.
It is inescapably in our interest that these people
and nations receive our support and encourage-
ment in their efforts to pi-ogress in institutions of
their own choice.
Similarly in our own hemisphere, the peoples of
the other American Republics are striving at a
growing tempo to achieve a more rewarding and
fruitful existence. The program of inter-Ameri-
can technical cooperation was the first such pro-
gram for the United States, and it continues
today to serve as a concrete demonstration of in-
ternational cooperation among sovereign nations.
The newly created Inter-American Development
Bank is the most recent expression of our common
interest and our common determination that to-
gether we can foster and assist the achievement of
our common goals of progi'ess in the hemisphere.
Communist Aid
The Sino-Soviet bloc has not ignored the oppor-
tunity offered by the growing demand for prog-
ress among the less developed nations. 1954
marked the initiation of the bloc economic offen-
sive. By the end of 1959, agreements had been
signed with 19 less developed countries to provide
$3.2 billion in credits and grants, of which $2.5
billion was for economic aid. Bloc aid reached
a high level in 1958, when aid agreements con-
cluded totaled slightly more than $1.0 billion.
The $921 million of credits and grants extended
during 1959 was almost entirely for economic pur-
poses, by far the largest amount extended for eco-
nomic development in a single year. A feature
of the bloc campaign which has had great appeal
to the recipients is the apparent willingness to
provide types of projects which an underdevel-
oped country wants without requiring economic
justification for the project or attempting to se-
cure governmental reform of various economic
policies. Nor does the bloc appear to require the
various accounting checks which are involved in
United States programs. That bloc aid is not
without its political objectives and conditions,
however, has been well illustrated by the historic
"postponement" of credits to Yugoslavia when
ideological conflict occurred and the pressure on
Finland when government policies offended. No
March 7, 7960
377
one who will listen to the clear enunciation of pol-
icy of the Communist leaders can doubt that the
basic purpose of bloc aid is to promote the achieve-
ment of a Communist world.
American Purposes
Our efforts to defend our way of life, to pre-
vent the spread of Communist power, are not ef-
forts to impose our views on others or to require
a common fealty to the United States. The efforts
we make to help others to defend themselves, to
achieve progress, are basically and fundamentally
a part of our own creed. We believe in the right
of all peoples and nations freely to choose their
own ways of life; we believe in cooperation, based
on respect, with other nations; we believe in the
dignity, rights, liberties, and importance of the
individual man, the subordination of the state to
the interests and will of its citizens ; we believe in
decision by discussion and dissent, in tolerance,
in governments of laws not of men, and in peace
with justice. These are the beliefs on which our
Nation was founded, on which it grew strong and
great, and on which its future strength and great-
ness depend. It is these beliefs which motivate
us to join with others in the defense of them. It
is because we believe in these concepts that we
wish to assure that other men may have the op-
portunity to enjoy the blessings of life in a free
society.
Thus our efforts in the Mutual Security Pro-
gram have high purpose. "We seek to defend our-
selves and to assure our own security; we seek
equally to support the right of every nation freely
to determine its own system of government; we
seek equally to help in the progressive betterment
of human beings. It is for these reasons that we
have had a Mutual Security Program; it is for
these reasons that we should and must continue it.
The Program Proposed
The program for mutual security which wo are
proposing for fiscal year 1961 has been most care-
fully constructed and reviewed. It represents the
best and most considered judgment of the execu-
tive branch as to that pattern and dimension of
activity and effort wliich is essential to tlie main-
tenance and promotion of our national interests.
It is, in oar view, the program required to provide
an adequate response to the obligations which we,
as free men, have to ourselves and to our fellow
men.
This program has two major and comple-
mentary purposes. The first of these is the pres-
ervation of an adequate defensive strength. The
second is the encouragement and promotion of
human betterment.
Defensive Strength
For this first purpose we seek to provide mili-
tary equipment and training to otlier nations in
amounts and kinds appropriate to their needs and
ours for the maintenance of effective military
forces. For those of these friendly and allied na-
tions which are unable through their own efforts
to maintain the military forces which we agree
are essential, we also propose to provide, as we
have done before, such additional resources as are
needed to enable the maintenance of an adequate
defense. In some other nations, we are providing
resources to assure the maintenance tlierein of vital
military facilities required for our defense.
Some of tlie nations with which we are allied
and in whose defensive strengtli we have great
interest no longer require our help to play their
part in effective joint defense. Thus in Europe
our progi-am does not include new commitments
for grant aid to the more prosperous European
nations, although our interest in their defensive
strength continues unabated. Elsewhere in
NATO, the growing capabilities of our partner
nations are expected to enable tliem to meet in in-
creasing measure the costs of the military forces
which are needed for the common defense. Simi-
larly the need for economic help, that is, for de-
fense-support assistance on the part of other allied
nations wliich liave been receiving such assistance,
is decreasing somewhat. Thus, our request for
defense-support funds is $111 million less than
the amomit we asked for last year. These encour-
aging developments reflect a measure of success
in tlie common effort to attain greater military and
economic strength. Our program demonstrates
that the capabilities for self-help of our allies as
well as their needs are fully taken into account in
developing our ]>roposals for assistance to them.
With this assistnnce and a continuation of increas-
ing .self-reliance and capability, we can and will
niiiintain the strong and effective defense which
our security demands.
378
Department of State Bulletin
Human Bettermfnt
For the second piirpose of our pro^-am — tlio
encouragement and promotion of luunan better-
ment— wo seek to provide i-esources both human
and material to help other nations to develop their
skills and their economies, to bring to their peoples
a me:xsuro of hope and faith that their aspirations
for a l)etter life will and can be met in increasing
degree.
Our help in developing luunan skills, in nuUcing
available the knowledge and techniciil expertise
of our civilization, is provided largely through
technical assistance programs, both bilateral and
multilateral. Thousands of dedicated Americans
are laboring abroad in over GO nations in a wide
variety of tedmical projects in such fields as agri-
culture, education, and public health. These men
and women are working with the people of other
nations, strivang together for solutions to the prob-
lems they face in advancing the level of skills and
knowledge which is so essential to progress.
Those of us who know at first hand the splendid
work being done by these Americans are proud
of them and the part they are playing, frequently
at grejit pei-sonal sacrifice, in the cause of human
Iwtterment.
Our help in the form of material resources, in
the financing of development, is furnished in the
foi-m of both grant and loan assistance. Wliile
primal*}' reliance for United States Government
assistance in the financing of economic develop-
ment programs and projects is placed on the De-
velopment Ijoan Fund, we do provide special as-
sistance in the form of grants and loans to nations
where such help is required because of uniisual
or compelling circumstances which make reliance
on the Development Tjoan Fimd unsuitable or in-
appropriate. Each such case will, of course, be
specifically justified in our program presentation.
Through the Development Loan Fund, we have
been able to respond to the needs for loan financ-
ing in close correspondence with the determina-
tion and capability of the borrowing nations.
Thus the primary criteria for use of these funds
have been the need for help and the capacity to
U-se it efl'ectively, as was the intention of the Con-
gre&s and the executive branch in establishing this
instrument. "We anticipate, as you will hear in
the more detailed testimony which is to follow,
that these development loan funds will continue
to 1)0 used in tlie same manner — so as to respond
to tlie initiative and ell'orts of other nations rather
than in an indiscriminate fashion.
Interdependence
Our preoccupation with the importance of these
objectives of ade<iuato defense and human better-
ment, and with the role we should and must ])lay,
sometimes results in our overlooking the fact tJiat
it is primarily on the eli'orls of our friends and
allies that wo must and do rely. Our aid, mili-
tary, economic, and technical, provides only a
small i)art of the resources required. This mar-
ginal aid is, of course, of critical importance since
it can mean the difference between success and
failure. However, we mus5t not forget that if
others depend on us for this critical margin of
help, it is we who depend upon them for the pro-
vision of tlie major proportion of material and
human resources and for the effective use of both
these resources and those which we provide.
Truly, we are interdependent. We are not en-
gaged in charity; we are engaged in a mutually
beneficial program in which we must rely on one
another for our common security and progress.
United States efforts to help in the cause of
progi-ess are not, of course, the only efforts being
made. It is a matter of real satisfaction and en-
couragement that in increasing degrees the other
industrialized free nations of the world are re-
sponding to the challenge of the need for progress.
The nations of Western Europe and Japan are ex-
panding their efforts to help in the development
of the new and emerging nations. The advent of
the International Development Association and
the forthcoming Washington conference of in-
dustrialized nations, which will consider further
ways and means of cooperation in this task, augur
well for the future.
Conclusion
In siunmary, gentlemen, we and other free men
everywhere share common goals and common be-
liefs. We also share a common danger. Our ob-
jectives are clear. We want peace and progress.
We can and we shall achieve them. To do so we
must provide for our security while developing our
resources and institutions. The achievement of
our common objectives is a conmiou respojisibUity,
March 7, 7960
379
to meet which requires the best efforts of all of us.
The Mutual Security Program is of vital im-
portance as a part of our participation in this gi-eat
mutual effort for peace and progi-ess in freedom.
I cannot urge too strongly your early and favor-
able action to authorize its continuance.
STATEMENT BY UNDER SECRETARY DILLON,
FEBRUARY 18
Press release 72 dated February 18
It is a pleasure to join you as you undertake your
review of the Mutual Security Program for fiscal
year 1961. We propose to proceed with our
presentation along lines similar to that of previous
years, though you will note substantial changes in
the content of the program. In developing the
program for the coming year, we have given care-
ful attention to the suggestions made by the Con-
gress during its consideration of last year's
program.
Because of the early date at which hearings are
starting, we are unable to have in your liands at
the outset the usual presentation materials. We
do hope to provide you with these materials, gen-
erally in the same form as last year, by the first of
March. When Mr. John Murphy, the Inspector
General and Comptroller of the program, appears
before you, he will explain the format and nature
of these materials. Our aim throughout tlus pre-
sentation will be to provide you with a clear and
straightforward explanation of the objectives of
each program as well as the reasons for consider-
ing the sums requested to be a minimum United
States contribution toward reaching these
objectives.
Because of Mr. Claxton's " illness, I have ob-
tained the services of Mr. Ben Brown to represent
me in coordinating the executive branch presenta-
tion. He is here with me today and will be avail-
able to assist you throughout your deliberations.
Before answering questions, I would like to
cover briefly, first, the proposed changes in legis-
lation, secondly, the basic concepts which underlie
the fiscal year 1961 program, thirdly, the amomits
proposed, fourthly, the administration of the pro-
gram, and finally, to make a few brief remarks on
the significance of the program.
* Philander P. Clnxton, .Jr., Deputy Assistant Secretary
for Congressional Helnlions (Mutual Security Affairs).
I. Principal Legislative Changes Proposed
Xo major revision of the basic Mutual Security
Act of 1954 is proposed for fiscal year 1961. How-
ever, let me call your attention to the few prmci-
pal changes in the order in which they occur in the
bill.
First, amendment of sections 141 and 142(a),
relating to agreements as a condition of eligibility
for defense support and military assistance, is
requested in order to limit the requirement for
such agreements to defense support and military
equipment and materials. The interests of the
United States have repeatedly been well served
by providing military training and information
to countries with which such agi'eements do not
exist. Such programs have been undertaken on
the basis of specific Presidential findings. How-
ever, the niunber of exceptions has reached the
point where we believe it preferable to eliminate
the legislative requirement as it applies to training
and information.
Second, the addition of a new section 404 is
proposed with respect to Indus Basin develop-
ment. This section affirms United States willing-
ness to participate in this significant undertaking
and authorizes the use of mutual security funds
in accordance with requirements, standards, or
procedures established by tlie International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD).
The IBRD is in the process of organizing a major
but highly complicated program under which its
resources and those, provided by the United King-
dom, certain Commonwealtli countries, Western
German}', and the United States may all be used
to finance a program for developing the Indus
River to the benefit of both India and Pakistan.
In order for the United States contribution to
the project to be most effective, it will be neces-
sary for the funds to be administered under IBRD
rules rather than requiring tlie Development Loan
Fund and ICA [International Cooperation Ad-
ministration] to fulfill certain requirements which
apply in normal bilateral activities, such as com-
pletion of cost estimates and determinnfion of
feasibility. Authority is also being asked for tlie
President to waive the application of the 50-50
shipping clause to assistance provided for this
project, if and when such exceptional action may
become necessary for our successful participation.
The plan for the optimum use of the water re-
sources of the Indus valley will have to be worked
380
Deparlmenf of Slate Bulletin
out carefully over an extended period of time. It
is of prime importance, as the Pi-esident stressed
in his message on the Mutual Security Progi^am.
This is a cooperative progi-am in whicli a number
of countries are joining with the World Bank in
a joint effort. The United States will be con-
tributing only a part of the costs. This fits into
our endeavor to obtain greater help for develop-
ment from other industrialized countries. It is
important that the Congress give statutory en-
dorsement to United States participation m this
program on a practicable basis.
Third, amendment of section 407, relating to
Palestine refugees in the Near East, is requested
by repeal of the proviso contained in its first
sentence. Despite every effort to implement this
proviso, the intent of which I fully endorse, its
practical effect is to prevent the use of appropri-
ated funds and lead to their useless sterilization.
The Palestine Conciliation Commission of the
United Nations is being reactivated ' and its work
should promote the purposes of the proviso.
Fourth, certain amendments are proposed to the
administrative provisions of the act which should
facilitate efficient management and which there-
fore have my full support. At this time, I would
only call your attention to an amendment to sec-
tion 527(b) relating to the employment of person-
nel. An increase of 8 is proposed in the number
of personnel who may be employed at rates higher
than those provided for grade 15. Last year, an
increase of 15 was requested, of which 10 were
granted. There are real needs for this flexibility
in properly staffing the management levels of the
Mutual Security Programs in ICA, in DLF, and
in the Office of the Inspector General and Comp-
troller, which was created subsequent to our sub-
mission of last year's request.*
Finally, certain amendments are proposed to
other legislation. May I particularly draw atten-
tion to the proposed amendment to section 202 of
title II of Public Law 480, relating to famine re-
lief and other assistance, which would permit the
use of surplus agricultural commodities under title
II to promote the economic development of less
developed areas. One principal purpose of the
amendment is to clarify authority under title II to
carry out work relief projects on a continuing
' For backfTTound, see Buixetin of Jan. 4, 1960, p. 31.
• Ibid., Aug. 24, 1959, p. 294.
rather than on an emergency basis. Such au-
thority would be particularly useful in our Tuni-
sian program, where the government of a rela-
tively new country must cope with luicmployment
amomiting to nearly one-third of the labor force.
Ivocal currencies generated by P.L. 480 sales would
allow the continuation of work on badly needed
programs such as soil conservation and terracing,
irrigation and reforestation. Such programs have
been operated with outstanding success on an
emergency basis but clarification of the law is felt
to be necessary if they are to be continued on a
more regular basis.
II. Some Conceptions Underlying the Fiscal Year
1961 Program
I have already noted that in preparing the pro-
gram for the fiscal year 1961, full consideration
has been given to the suggestions and views ex-
pressed last year by the Congress. I think you
will be pleased to find, for example, that as a
result of a careful review of the need for classi-
fication the presentation material will contain
substantially more unclassified material than in
previous years.
(a) Reduction or Termination of Grant Assist-
ance
A substantial effort was undertaken in connec-
tion with section 503(c), which asked for a spe-
cific plan for each country receiving bilateral
grant assistance whereby, wherever practicable,
such grant assistance shall be progressively re-
duced and terminated. The results of this effort
will be ready for presentation to you in the near
future, and I will be prepared to speak in greater
detail to this point on the 3d of Slarch.
The underlying intent of section 503(c) is re-
flected in the programs we are proposing.
Twenty-one countries are this year receiving
grant aid, exclusive of technical assistance, of $5
million, or more; the fiscal year 1961 request in-
volves less defense-support or special-assistance
money for 13 of these countries than has been pro-
gramed this year. In only 5 cases are we recom-
mending an increase and in 3 of those the increases
are small. The request for defense-support funds
has been reduced almost 15 percent below that of
last year. However, we must continue to be mind-
ful of the security interests of the United States
which gave rise to past decisions to initiate and
continue such grant aid programs. As countries
March 7, I960
381
are able to improve their economic situations, their
ability to support defense forces will be enhanced.
However, continued assistance will be essential to
maintain an adequate rate of growth, without
which these countries cannot be expected to pay
for more of their direct security requirements.
Such assistance should increasingly be supplied by
loans, and indeed the proportion of loans in our
economic assistance programs has been steadily
rising from 4.5 percent in 1954 to 20 percent in
1957 and about 31 percent in 1959. We expect to
continue to use loans wherever practicable, but it
also seems likely that critical situations will arise
which cannot appropriately be met except by
grants. We must continue to anticipate that it
would be unreasonable to expect some countries, at
least for a time, to undertake an obligation to
repay urgently needed assistance, even if such
repayment were to be in their local currency. We
shall, tlierefore, have to continue to seek author-
ity for grant aid programs, though we would hope
to reduce such programs progressively.
(b) Self -Help
We have also been particularly mindful of the
sentiment that assistance will be most valuable in
countries wliich demonstrate a clear willingness
to take effective self-help measures and to dem-
onstrate effectively that such assistance is con-
sistent with workable long-term economic
development objectives. We have given full sup-
port to various programs of economic stabiliza-
tion where countries have shown a determination
to reform tlieir economic policies in order to
assure better use of both their own resources and
foreign assistance. In conjunction with this
request for funds, our present proposals for south
Asia and Taiwan reflect this concern.
(c) CoiuTnon Responsibilities
We have been equally attentive to congi-essional
views with respect to a full contribution to their
own defense by countries receiving military assist-
ance. I wish particularly to note the increasing
contributions by our NATO partners with the
dramatic strengtliening of their own economic
capacities. The total defense expenditures of
European NATO countries rose from $12.2 bil-
lion in 1958 to $13.6 billion in 1959, an increase
of over 11 percent. Tlie Netherlands Govern-
ment has indicated its intention to increase its
defense budget next year by 9 percent. German
defense expenditures increased from $1.6 billion
in 1958 to $2.7 billion in 1959, an increase of 68
percent, and are expected to be higher in 1960.
The Italian Government has announced that it
will mcrease its defense budget 4 percent an-
nually, on a progressive basis; this has, in fact,
taken place. Reports indicate that both the
United Kingdom and Belgium are considering a
significant increase in tlieir new defense budgets.
However, our allies in the developed countries
must contend with the high costs of modernizing
military establishments just as we are doing.
Even if they continue to increase their military
budgets, many of them will be unable to meet re-
quirements which have been determined in com-
mon as essential to maintain the cajoacity of the
NATO alliance to resist aggression. Given care-
fully screened requirements beyond the capacities
of our allies, we must either supplement their
efforts or see a weakening of our collective capa-
bilities. It is tlierefore proposed to continue to
help finance modernization efforts, using cost-
sharing agreements wherever possible in those
cases wliere our collective security requirements
cannot reasonably be met by our NATO partners
alone.
As for the less developed countries which re-
quire military assistance, many of them can be
expected to bear an increasing share of the
domestic costs of maintaining tlieir forces as their
economies grow. This expectation is reflected in
the proposal to reduce the defense-support pro-
gram. However, the costs of replacing and mod-
ernizing military equipment is well beyond tlieir
capacities, faced as many of them are by neigh-
bors who place a high premium on strengthening
their military potential and whose intentions must
remain higlily suspect.
As their own economic strength improves, the
more developed countries are also contributing
more to the less developed areas.
For example, the United Kingdom has been pro-
gressively increasing its bilateral government
assistance from some $150 million in 1957 to about
$190 million m 1958 and $210 million in 1959 ; the
estimate for 1960 is $335 million. Germany has
been making significant contributions to Greece,
Turkey, and India and has also concluded an aid
agreement witli the United Arab Republic among
others. France continues to contribute to the de-
382
Department of State Bulletin
volopuient of its overseas territories, exclusive of
AJgeriii, in uinounts which represent a iii^her jier-
centaye of iier gross national product than our
ecoiioniic assistance to less developed countries
represents of United States gross national product.
Japan not only pays substantial reparations to the
Pliilippincs, Indonesia, Viet-Nam, and Burma, but
is assisting India, Brazil, Ciunbodia, and Laos with
significant siuns. The i-ecently established Inter-
national Development Association provides for a
United States contribution of $S'20 million as com-
pared with $-±42 million from the other developed
countries. The Rome Treaty, establishing the
European Economic Community, which went into
etfect in 1958, provides for a 5-year contribution
of some $581 million to an Ovei-seas Fund to fi-
nance economic and social development in the over-
seas territories of the member comitries. I cite
these figures as examples without wishing to slight
the equally important contributions of other coun-
tries to both bilateral and multilateral aid pro-
grams. We are midertaking discussion with a
group of capital exporting countries with a view to
greater coordination of our common efforts on be-
half of the less developed countries, and expect
that the first meeting of tliis group will take place
in "Washington early in March.
This inci'easing assistance from other industrial-
ized countries is a most hopeful development in
meeting the needs for development assistance.
These needs are real ; they are deeply felt ; they
can only be met through a maximum effort by all
the more fortunate countries. Unless such efforts
are made, the social and political manifestations of
economic dissatisfaction will threaten the peace-
ful evolution of free institutions in the less de-
veloped areas. We all have a moral responsibility
to do what we can to help; we and our children
will glean the benefits that will accrue to those
who assmne their rightful responsibilities.
(d) Earmarking of Funds for the Transfer of
Surplus Agricultural Commodities
I want to call your attention to my remarks
before this committee a year ago " about the ear-
marking of funds for the transfer of surplus agri-
cultural commodities. You may recall that dif-
ficulties were anticipated in carrying out the pro-
visions of section 402 of the act, difficulties which
stem from two elements: tlie increase in agricul-
tural production in the countries we are assisting
and tlie diminished incentive under conditions of
currency convertibility for Western European
countries to purchase agricultural commodities
and permit the sales proceeds to bo used to pur-
chase goods required in tlie underdeveloped
countries. We are experiencing serious didiculty
in using as much as the $175 million earmarked out
of fiscal year 1960 funds to finance such transfers
of surj)lus agricultural commodities. We antici-
pate having to ask the President to waive part of
this requii-ement as he is empowered to do under
the act. Wliile we do not propose a change in this
requirement and will again make every endeavor
to carry out this provision during fiscal year 1961,
it is probable that some shortfall will again occi^r,
and that waiver authority may again have to be
used.
(e) The United States Balance of Payments
Finally, recent trends in the United States bal-
ance-of-payments position are the object of con-
tinued attention. Though Department of Com-
merce statistics suggest that we may liave passed
the turning point in our recent balance-of-pay-
ments experience, we have and are continuing to
seek the reduction of barriers imposed by our
major potential customers to the flow of American
goods. We are also preparing to increase substan-
tially governmental services to American business
interested in selling abroad. It is through in-
creased exports that we believe recent trends can
best be halted.
It should be noted that in our balance of pay-
ments it has been exports which have fluctuated
most widely. On the other hand, mutual security
expenditures affecting our balance of payments
have remained relatively constant over the last
decade and therefore have not contributed to tlie
increase in the unfavorable balance.
As you know, the DLF is now placing primary
emphasis on the financing of goods and services
of United States origin in making loans for de-
velopment projects.'" This step was taken on the
presumption that other industrialized countries
which export capital goods to the less developed
areas are now in a financial position to provide
' Ibid., Apr. 6, lO.jO, p. 489.
Morch 7, 7960
" For a stcitement by Vance Brand, Managlns; Director
of DLF, see ihid., Nov. 16, 1959, p. 708.
383
lone-term loans on reasonable terms to assist such
areas in their development programs.
The major contribution of the Mutual Security
Program to the economic health of the United
States is the more fundamental one of helping cre-
ate conditions of political and economic stability
and fostering economic growth abroad. Om-
friends and allies are also our customers.
III. The Amounts Proposed for Fiscal Year 1961
Now let me discuss the proposed new authori-
zation for appropriation. I would like to review
briefly the principal figures. The categories and
defuiitions of aid are the same as those used in
recent years.
Military Assistance
Although the military assistance appropriation
for fiscal year 1961 will be sought under the au-
thorization voted last year, I do want to explain
to this committee why an appropriation of $2 bil-
lion is necessary, a sum $700 million in excess of
the appropriation for fiscal year 1960.
The military assistance pipeline can no longer
be tapped to maintain deliveries in excess of ap-
propriations, as has been the case ever since 1953.
It will have been reduced to about $2 billion by
next June 30th. Consequently, a substantial in-
crease in appropriations is required if we are to
halt the declining trend of deliveries. The ap-
propriation we are seeking -will only permit an
effective contribution of military assistance to our
allies in fiscal year 1961 of some $1,750 million
as compared with $2.4 to $2.6 billion annually be-
tween 1955 and 1959. Deliveries in fiscal year
1960 will probably not exceed $1.8 billion. Even
with increasing defense budgets in allied coun-
tries, the United States will continue to have to
bear part of the costs of maintaining and mod-
ernizing their forces. The current rate of deliv-
eries is too low to assure an adequate collective
defense.
Defense Swpfort
Authority is requested for appropriation of $724
million for defense support, an amount which is
$111 million lower than last year's request. Last
year the Congress appropriated $695 million
under this title; approved programs thus far in
the fiscal year total over $765 million, and there
is every reason to believe that more fmids will
have to be programed. Heavy resort to the con-
tingency fund has been necessary to finance vital
programs in defense-support coimtries. The pro-
posed figure of $724 million is an absolute mini-
mum which cannot be reduced without grave risks
to our security in one or more areas of the world.
As their economic conditions improve, every ef-
fort is being made to meet the economic needs of
these defense-support countries with the resources
of the Development Loan Fund.
I wish particularly to call your attention to the
proposal to use some defense-support money in
fiscal year 1961 to support the Chinese Govern-
ment's expressed determination to embark on a
program of economic reform designed to acceler-
ate its economic development. The successive
military crises weathered by the people of Taiwan
in recent years ha\e obscured from the public eye
the extent to which they have simultaneously im-
proved their economic situation. Their gross na-
tional product rose by 8 percent in 1958 and 5.5
percent in 1959, while defense support has de-
clined from $79.3 million in 1957 to $68 million
approved thus far in the current year. Economic
growth, on the one hand, and the decline of de-
fense support, on the other, have taken place de-
spite the fact that Taiwan, an island of only 10
million people, has had to maintain the largest
anned force in free Asia. The people of Taiwan,
out of their own resources, are currently bearing
one of the heaviest military burdens of any comi-
try in the free world.
While the principal support for a new develop-
ment effort in Taiwan pi-oiserly should and is e:x-
pected to be provided through Development Loan
Fund lending, the provision of some grant eco-
nomic assistance for development purposes is es-
sential to assure appropriate launching of the new
program. A gi-ant aid program at approximately
the same level as this year should Ije adequate for
both maintenance of the defense effort, and for the
added requirements of the new economic develop-
ment program.
Special Assistance
In the case of special assistance, $272 million
was proposed for fiscal year 1960, a figure which
Congress reduced to $245 million. Eesort to the
contingency fund has been necessary to finance
approved programs which total almost $260 mil-
lion at this time. For fiscal year 1961, our care-
fully screened requirements total $268.5 million.
384
Department of State Bulletin
The progi'ams under this category cover a wide
variety of special situations involving political
and economic factoi-s which require United States
assistance. In most cases, the problems can only
be met by grant assistance; in othei*s, present cir-
cumstances preclude the use of the Development
Loan Fund for the purposes which special-
assistance loans can achieve. The programs cover
our share of the worldwide antimalaria campaign
and of the United Nations Emergency Force in
the Middle East ; they provide aid to American
schools abroad and tlnance the expenses of the in-
vestment incentive fund. They also include a
series of aid progi-ams to countries with special
needs such as Jordan and Israel and the countries
of North Africa.
With $20 million of special-assistance funds re-
quested, it is proposed to initiate in fiscal year
1961 a modest special program for Africa south
of the Sahara. The program will concentrate on
the need for education and training, particularly
on those needs which are common to a number of
countries in the area. Our program will supple-
ment the substantial efforts of other developed
countries, and we expect to coordinate our activi-
ties in this vast area closely with them. It is my
firm conviction that the United States must play
an increasingly important role in helping the
large number of comitries on this continent which
have newly achieved their independence or will
attain independent status in the near future. The
newly formed governments must satisfy the as-
pirations of their people to raise living standards
which are among the lowest in the world, and
they will inevitably look for help to those de-
veloped countries which have an older heritage
of striving for independence from colonial rule.
Our proposal for the coming year involves a first
step toward helping them develop those human
skills which are an indispensable precondition for
economic development.
Technical Cooperation
Last year Congress appropriated $181.2 mil-
lion for technical cooperation, as compared with
a request for $211 million. For fiscal year 1961,
we are proposing a total of $206.5 million, of
which $1.5 million would finance our contribution
to the program of the Organization of American
States and $33 million would finance our partici-
pation in the United Nations Technical Assist-
ance Program and its related Special Fund,
leaving $172 million for bilaleral technical assist-
ance. The proposed level for bilateral technical
cooperation represents an increase of some $12.5
million over programed expenditures in fiscal
year 1960. The bulk of the increase is concen-
trated in 14 countries where tlie programs are
new or relatively new, particularly countries on
the continent of Africa. For most countries, it
is proposed to continue programs in fiscal year
1961 at about the expenditure rate of the current
year. In some cases, of course, the programs will
be reduced and in others they will be increased.
Other Programs
For the category "other programs," $101 mil-
lion is requested, as compared with $112 million
requested last year and $99.6 million appro-
priated.
The major change in this group involves a re-
duction in the amount of new obligational author-
ity for the Palestine refugee program, a reduction
undertaken on the assumption that Congress will
waive the legislative requirement that 10 percent
of the funds appropriated pursuant to the act
shall be available only for repatriation and reset-
tlement. If Congress does not agree with this
approach, it will be necessary to increase our
request for funds accordingly. Our contribution
to this program during fiscal year 1961 for relief
and rehabilitation should be $25 million. At the
end of the present fiscal year, $6.5 million appro-
priated in past years for repatriation and reset-
tlement will remain unutilized ; our best efforts to
carry out this proviso have been unavailing in the
face of political realities. Late in 1959, the man-
date of the United Nations Relief and Works
Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East
was extended for an additional 3 years by the Gen-
eral Assembly of the United Nations.
Our request for funds for the programs for mi-
grants, refugees, and escapees, for ocean freight
charges of voluntary agencies, and for the atoms-
for-peace program is lower than last year.
Development Loan Fund
A proposal of $700 million for the Develop-
ment Loan Fund for fiscal year 1960 resulted in
appropriations of $550 million. After careful
review and consideration, we are again request-
ing an appropriation of $700 million for use in
Match 7, ?960
385
fiscal year 1961 out of the $1,250 million authori-
zation still available.
The Development Loan Fund has built up sub-
stantial experience and a solid record in dealing
with the less developed countries over the past 2
years. It has already extended loans to 43 coun-
tries. However, on the basis of foreign policy
guidance from the Department of State and the
availability of sound applications, it is directing
the bulk of its resources toward those less devel-
oped countries which meet three principal cri-
teria : first, a major United States foreign policy
interest in a high rate of economic development;
second, a capacity to mobilize domestic resources
and to use foreign assistance effectively in further-
ing their economic development ; third, a need for
foreign resources which cannot be financed by
other public and private institutions.
During recent months, the management of the
Development Loan Fund has devoted a si;bstan-
tial effort toward strengthening its staff, clarify-
ing its policies, and traveling in order to explain
to potential borrowers the criteria that must be
met and the documentation that must be supplied
to assure prompt and effective consideration of
loan applications. On the basis of discussions over
the last 2 months with foreign officials, the DLF
has knowledge of sound applications both on hand
and in preparation which would require funds
substantially in excess of funds presently avail-
able. The contemplated projects appear to meet
its criteria. The request for additional appro-
priations of $700 million represents the very mini-
mum needed to assure that the Development Loan
Fund will not be placed in the position during
fiscal year 1961 of rejecting sound project applica-
tions which meet all its tests — including high
United States national interest and absence of al-
ternative financing — solely for lack of money. In
this connection it is pertinent to note that, during
the last 6 months alone, new proposals were taken
under consideration at an annual rate of approxi-
mately $1 billion, and there is every expectation
that this rate will at least be maintained during
the coming year.
As prescribed by its basic legislative authority,
the Development Loan Fund has been concentra-
ting its activities in those countries which seem
capable of utilizing such assistance to make sub-
stantial progress in increasing productive capaci-
ties and in this way meeting the vital long-term
386
economic, political, and social concerns of their
peoples. 72 percent of its resources have been
committed thus far to 10 countries. About a third
has been invested in the South Asian Continent,
where, as the President pointed out in his state of
the Union message,^^ two nations alone of almost
500 million people are "all working, and working
hard, to raise their standards, and, in doing so, to
make of themselves a strong bulwark against the
spread of an ideology that would destroy liberty."
DLF's contribution has provided critical supple-
mentation to both the efforts of the South Asians
themselves and assistance extended by other coun-
tries and international institutions.
The South Asian countries are embarked on
programs of economic development which have
the common aim of seeking an economic expan-
sion sufficient to bring about a significant increase
in living standards. People and governments
alike share a strong desire to maintain and
strengthen their independence and to maintain
and extend newly won freedom. Their develop-
ment progi-ams will be carefully and critically
reviewed by potential contributoi-s with a view
to the assistance that it would be appropriate for
each to provide. Nevertheless, it may be pre-
sumed that an expanded effort will have to be
made both by international institutions and by
the more fortunate countries of the free world.
A significant fraction of DLF's resources will
doubtlessly be required as our appropriate share
of this international endeavor. Without the full
amount of additional funds which is being re-
quested, we will not be able to respond adequately
to their needs. In addition, the reductions which
we have proposed in defense-support grants for
many countries can only be maintained if the
Development Loan Fund increases its activities
in these countries. This again requires the avail-
ability of the full $700 million being requested.
Contingency Fund
Last year Congress was requested to provide
$200 million for the contingency' fund and appro'
priated $155 million. $117 million of this sum
has had to be allocated already. Allocation of
the remaining $38 million has been withheld in
order to maintain our capacity during the rest
of the year to meet unforeseen situations which
" Ihid., Jan. 25, 1960, p. 111.
Department of State Bulletin
would require prompt financial assistance. Tlius
far allocations this year have been made to help
the Kinjzdoin of Laos resist aggression, to help
several Far Eastern countries recover from a
series of typhoons of virtually unprecedented
fury, to fund unforeseen military requirements
which could not as in previous years be covered
by i-cprograniing of military assistance pipeline
funds. The unsettling elFects of revolutions and
the requirements of newly independent countries
are further examples of the types of uses to which
the contingency fiuid has and should be put.
It constitutes the most flexible financial instru-
ment available to the United States Government
in promoting its foreign policy under current
international conditions where friends and allies
repeatedly face urgent and unforeseeable needs.
The request for $175 million, $25 million less than
the request of last year, is no more than barely
adequate in the light of the record of recurring
calls upon the contingency fund.
IV. Administration of the Program
During the past year there have been further
charges of ineflScient administration of the pro-
gram. Some of the criticism is undoubtedly justi-
fied; some involves mistakes which have been
overdramatizcd; other charges have on investi-
gation proved to be based on unsubstantiated evi-
dence, sometimes provided by disgi'untled
employees.
It should not be surprising that some abuses
have occurred in programs involving such large
sums of money, administered by thousands of em-
ployees in many countries where our own stand-
ards of responsibility for the proper accounting
of public funds are not prevalent. Wliere errors
are uncovered, eveiy effort is made to correct
them; we welcome having abuses or reports of
abuses called to our attention ; we encourage con-
structive suggestions for improving our proce-
dures. It is noteworthy that in the great majority
of instances where errors have been publicized,
such errors were first detected by the operating
agencies themselves and in most instances had al-
ready been the subject of corrective or remedial
action. Moreover, I must stress that all the
charges, including those we consider most extrav-
agant and least substantiated, cover but a very
small proportion of our total activities.
The Mutual Security Program has been a suc-
cessful program; its achievements are striking.
This could not have been attained without good
management. The American people and the
thousands of dedicated employees who are ad-
ministering it in all comers of the globe, fre-
quently at considerable sacrifice, can take consid-
erable pride in their achievements.
Since I appeared before you last year, we have
substantially improved the coordinating machin-
ery of the program. In my oflice, Mr. John O.
Bell, as Deputy Coordinator of Mutual Security
Programs, has considerably strengthened his staff',
and the resulting increase in the effectiveness of
the coordinating function is reflected in the cur-
rent program proposals. Also, the Inspector
General and Comptroller, Mr. John E. Murphy,
is proceeding to develop his organization and
staff. He will appear before you to give a full
account of his plans and activities, which should
lead to substantial improvement in financial man-
agement and to more effective operation of the
program.
We are fortunate to have, as the new Director
of ICA, Mr. James W. Eiddleberger, one of the
most senior and most experienced career officers
in our Foreign Service. He has had extensive
experience, most recently as United States Am-
bassador to Yugoslavia and Greece, where he had
field responsibilities for important mutual secu-
rity programs.
The appointment by the Department of Defense
of a Director of Military Assistance, General W.
B. Palmer, should assure more effective planning
and implementation of military assistance pro-
grams in Washington.
To implement the essential purposes of the
amendments of section 523 which were enacted by
the Congress last year, the executive branch agen-
cies have undertaken a number of changes in the
present programing process. Greater responsibil-
ity for military assistance planning and initial
programing is being placed on the Unified Com-
manders and on our Ambassadors. This will
permit the development of sound country and re-
gional military assistance programs which will be
in accord with the political and economic capabil-
ities of the country and with our own strategic
planning. Under these arrangements, the Unified
Commander will be able to appraise these pro-
grams from an overall military point of view
while our Ambassadors will assure integration of
Morch 7, I960
387
the military programs with other United States
activities.
A collateral feature of decentralizing planning
and programing in the military assistance pro-
gram is the need for effective guidance by Wash-
ington to the field plamiers and programers.
Procedures are now being developed which should
result in furnishing guidance which fully inte-
grates all aspects of United States interests so
that plans and programs will be fully responsive
to United States foreign policy and strategic ob-
jectives. The full effect of the changes which have
taken place or are envisaged will be reflected in
the fiscal year 1962 program.
V. Importance of the Program
It camiot be repeated too often that the Mutual
Security Program is indispensable to the welfare
of the American people. We enjoy, by a consider-
able margin, the highest living standard in the
world, under conditions of freedom which are
deeply entrenched in both our heritage and the
consciousness of our people that their political,
social, and economic system is effective and
successful.
Our society, and the well-being it has brought
with it, is imder increasing attack. A principal
manifestation of that attack is the constant and
persistent attempt of the Communist rulers to
alienate other people from us and thus to extend
their power. In this endeavor, no teclinique of
persuasion or constraint has been omitted. As the
circumstanc3 permits, the Communist assault
takes the form of open aggression, of subversion,
of psychological or material blandishment.
The peoples of other countries would like for
themselves that which we have achieved — prosper-
ity, economic opportunity, a free society, responsi-
ble institutions, responsive government. Subject
to an unremitting Communist campaign, they look
to us for leadership and assistance.
Their own resources are inadequate to assure
their protection from the horrore of military at-
tack with the terrible instruments of modern war-
fare. They often are equally inadequate to make
possible acceptable progress toward meeting eco-
nomic aspirations without sacrificing independ-
ence, traditions, liberties.
The Mutual Security Program is a vital element
in demonstrating our support for their aspira-
tions, our understanding of their problems, our
determination that their societies shall not be
undermined and that communism shall not fur-
ther extend its sway. Our own military and eco-
nomic strength will fail unless we are prepared
to share our knowledge and skills as well as our
military and economic plenty.
I repeat again that the program is a successful
program. With its help, country after country
has been able to resist overt Communist attack
and covert subversion. Nations receiving mutual-
security assistance have strengthened the con-
fidence of their people in their govenmients ; they
have improved living standards; they have built
factories and roads and dams which stand as mute
but effective testimony to the reality of the promise
of greater future abimdance ; they have improved
the education of their people and learned skills
which open new horizons and build self-confidence
in man's ability to master his future.
The successes to date are but a beginning. As
long as the problems persist, we must continue to
meet them with the same determination and con-
fidence that has made our country great and has
given us both the responsibility and the capacity to
protect and help less fortunate mankind. This is
the challenge of our generation. We can be proud
of our record to date in meeting it. We owe it to
ourselves and our cluldren to continue this great
endeavor to bring to mankind the blessings of
the abundance we have learned to create and the
freedom we have learned to cherish. In this way,
and only in this way, can we preserve our own
security and our own way of life.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 1st Session
.Situation in Vietnam. Hearings before the Subcommittee
on State Department Organization and Public Affairs of
the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations on the situ-
ation in Vietnam. Part 2. December 7 and 8, 1959.
i:!4 pp.
86th Congress, 2d Session
Foreign Service Buildings Act Amendments, 1060. Hear-
ings before the Subcommittee on State Department
Organization and Foreign Opei'ations of the House
Committee on Foreign Affairs on H.R. OCXSG and H.R.
999S, a bill to amend the Foreign Service Buildings Act,
1926, to authorize the construction or alteration of cer-
tain buildings in foreign countries for use by the United
States, and for other purposes. January 26 and 27, 19C0.
40 pp.
388
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of International Conferences and Meetings '
Adjourned During February 1960
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Natural Resources: Bangkok Jan. 4-Fc'b. 5
Seminar on Aerial Survey Methods and Equipment.
WHO Executive Board: 25th Session Geneva Ian. 19-Feb. 1
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Natural Resources: 12th Bangkok Jan. 23-Feb. 5
Session.
SE.\TO Preparatory Conference for Heads of Universities Seminar. Bangkok Jan. 25-Feb. 5
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 25th Session New York Jan. 25-Feb. 10
G.\TT Committee II on Expansion of International Trade . . . Geneva Jan. 25-Feb. 12
U.N. Economic Commission for Africa: 2d Session Tangier Jan. 2(j-Feb. 6
3d IC.VO .\frican-Indian Ocean Regional Air Navigation Meeting . Rome Jan. 26-Feb. 20
International Lead and Zinc Study Group: 1st Meeting Geneva Jan. 27-Feb. 3
International Sugar Council: Executive Committee London Feb. 1 (1 day)
International Sugar Council: Special Meeting London Feb. 2 (1 day)
Inter-American Development Bank: 1st Meeting of Board of San Salvador Feb. 3-16
Governors.
FAG Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 5th Session New Delhi Feb. 8-18
Commission for Technical Cooperation in Africa South of the Tananarive, Malagasy Republic Feb. 15-25
Sahara.
r.A.0 Cocoa Studj' Group: Statistical Committee Rome Feb. 18 (1 day)
FAO Group of Experts on Rice Grading and Standardization: 5th Saigon Feb. 18-20
Session.
G.\TT Panel on Subsidies and State Trading Geneva Feb. 22-26
F.\0 Meeting of Government Experts on LTse of Designations, Rome Feb. 22-27
Definitions, and Standards for Milk and Milk Products.
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission: Annual Meeting . . San Jos6 Feb. 23-24
European National Commissions for UNESCO: Regional Meeting . Taormina, Sicily Feb. 23-28
IMCO Ad Hoc Committee on Rules of Procedure London Feb. 26-28
In Session as of February 29, 1960
Political Discussions on Suspension of Nuclear Tests Geneva Oct. 31, 1958-
U.N. Commission on Permanent Sovereignty Over Natural Re- New York Feb. 16-
sources: 2d Session.
ILO Governing Body: 144th Session Geneva Feb. 17-
F.\0 Consultative Subcommittee on the Economic Aspects of Rice: Saigon Feb. 22-
4th Session.
ICAO Special Communications Meeting on European-Mediter- Paris Feb. 23-
ranean Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control.
U.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Terri- New York Feb. 23-
tories: 11th Session.
U.N. ECE Conference of European Statisticians: Working Group Geneva Feb. 29-
on Statistics of Financial Assets and Liabilities.
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Human Rights: 16th Session. . . Geneva Feb. 29-
Scheduled March 1 Through May 31, 1960
International Bureau of Education: Executive Committee .... Geneva Mar. 1-
IMCO Council: 3d Session London Mar. 1-
Foundation for Mutual Assistance in Africa South of the Sahara . . Tananarive, Malagasy Repub- Mar. 2-
lic.
U.N. ECOSOC Latin American Regional Conference on Narcotic Rio de Janeiro Mar. 3-
Drugs.
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Feb. 17, 1960. Following is a list of abbreviations: CCITT,
Comitd consultatif international t^lteraphique et t^l^phonique; CENTO, Central Treaty Organization; ECAFE, Eco-
nomic Commission for Asia and the Far East; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe; ECLA, Economic Commission
for Latin .\merica; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; GATT, General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; I/\EA, International Atomic Energy Agency; ICAO, International Civil Aviation
Organization; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration; ILO, International Labor Organization;
IMCO, Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization; ITU, International Telecommunication Union; NATO,
North Atlantic Treaty Organization; PAHO, Pan American Health Organization; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organ-
ization; U.N., United Nations; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; UNICEF,
United Nations Children's Fund; WHO, World Health Organization.
March 7, I960 389
Calendar of international Conferences and Meetings — Continued
Scheduled March 1 Through May 31, 19G0 — Cunlinued
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences: 5th Meeting of Lima Mar. 7-
Technical Advisory Council.
IAEA .-Id Hoc Preparatory Panel on Third-Party Liability for Vienna Mar. 7-
Nuclear Shipping.
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York Mar. 7-
U.N. ECj\FE Conference of Asian Statisticians: 3d Session . . . . Bangkok Mar. 8-
U.N. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East: 10th Bangkok Mar. 9-
Session.
Ten-Nation Disarmament. Committee Geneva Mar. 15-
FAO European Commission for Control of Foot-and-Mouth Rome Mar. 16-
Disease: 7th Session.
5th ICAO North Atlantic Ocean Stations Conference The Hague Mar. 17-
2d U.N. Conference on Law of the Sea Geneva Mar. 17-
ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Aerial Collision . . . . Paris Mar. 21-
IC.\0 Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Hire, Charter and Paris Mar. 21-
Interchange.
ITU CCITT Working Party 43 (Data Transmission) Geneva Mar. 21-
U.N. ECVFIO Working Party on Small-Scale Industries and Singapore Mar. 21-
Handicraft Marketing/Canning and Bottling of Fruit and Food in
Cooperation With FAO.
U.N. ECE Iidand Transport Committee: Working Party on Con- Geneva Mar. 21-
struction of Uoad Vehicles.
UNESCO Intergovernmental Conference on International Oceano- Paris Mar. 21-
graphic Ships: Preparatory Meeting.
G.-XTT Intensessional Committee Geneva Mar. 28-
UNESCO Meeting of Administrators on Technical and Vocational Accra, Ghana Mar. 28-
Education in Africa.
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 14th Session . . Buenos -Aires Mar. 28-
UNESCO Executive Board: 56th Session Paris Mar. 28-
LAF1\ Board of Governors: Kith Session \'ienna Mar. 29-
International Sugar Council: 5th Session London March
UNESCO Intergovernmental Advisory Committee on Extension of Mexico, D.F March
Primary Education in Latin America.
IC'.\0 Informal Cariljbean Re<;ional Meeting on Meteorology . . T'ura^ao Apr. 1-
IC.\0 Rules of Air and Air Traffic Control Division/Communica- Mexico, D.F Apr. 4-
tions: Informal Caribbean Regional Meeting.
IT.N. Economic and Social Council: 20th Session New York Apr. 5-
International Wheat Council: Special Session London .\pr. .5-
Executive C'onuuittee of the Program of the U. N. High Conuuis- Geneva .\pr. 7-
sioner for Refugees: 3d Session.
U.N. ECOSOC; Statistical Commission: 11th Session New York Apr. 18-
Meeting of Experts on the Inter-American Telecomniuuications Mexico, D.F Apr. 19-
Network .
U.N. Economic Commission for Europe: loth Session Geneva .\l)r. 20-
IC.\0 Panel of Teletypewriter Specialists: 4th Meeting Montreal Apr. 25-
F.^O International ^ieeting on Veterinary Education London Apr. 25-
PAHO Executive Committee: 4()th Meeting Washington Apr. 25-
ILO Petroleum Committee: Gtli Session Geneva .\pr. 2.5-
U.N. ECOSOf; Commission on Narcotic Drugs: 15th Session . . . Geneva Apr. 2.5-
CENTO Ministerial Council: 8t,h Meeting Tehran Apr. 27-
ICAO Informal Southeast Asia Regional .\ir Traflic Services/Com- Bangkok April
munications Meeting.
IC'.\0 Ori'-dn and Destination Statistics Pan(4: 2d Meeting . . . Paris .\lHil
U.N. Scieniihc Advisory Coiiunittec New ^'ork .April
U.N. ECAFE Comiuit'tee on Industry ami Natural Pcsonrces: 411i (undeli'rmined i April
Session of Mineral Resources Development SulicDiuiiut.tee.
U.N. ECl, A Committee of the Whole: 7th Meeting S.'Uiliim.i April
NATO .Ministerial Council Istanliul May 2-
G;\TT ( '(jmiiiitlee on r>alance-of-Paynients Restrictions Geneva May 2-
l'.\. lOCt )SI K ' ( 'omniissinn on Comniodit V Trade: Sth Session . . New ^'ork May 2-
13th World Health Assenilily " Geneva May 3-
L'.N. Truslecsliip Council; 2t')lli Session New ^■ork May 3-
K'l'.M Council: 12thSession Naples May 5-
I''.'\<) ('iroup on Coconut and Coconut Products: 3d Session . . . Rome May 9-
GATT (;oMiniitte<'S I and 11 on i'Ap.ansion of International Trade . Geneva MayO-
UN I'lSGO/ILO Committee of lOxperts on Neigliboring Rights . . The Hague May 9-
UNi:S('() Symposium on .Arid band Problems I'.-iris May 11-
.Stli P.an Anieric:in Ili-'liway Conurcss Bo«ot!i May 12-
GATT Contractint; Partii's: Uitli Session (leneva May l(j-
1 .\1( '() Intern.'itional Conference on the Safety of Life at Sea . . . London May 17-
]'"AO Studv Group on Citrus Fruits Valencia, Spain May 23-
IL<) (loverriirig Body: M5th Session Geneva May 23-
1 niernat ion.'d 'I'iii Conference New ^'ork May 23-
internalional Association for t lie Pnitii'l ion i>f Inihist rial Property : L(Hidon .May 28-
21 til Congress.
390 Department of State Bulletin
International Commission on Irrigation, Flood Control, and Drain- Madrid May 30-
age: 4th Meeting.
International Commission for Northwest Atlantic Fisheries: 10th Bergen, Norway May 30-
Meetiiig.
Internationnl Statistical Institute: 32d General Assembly .... Tokyo May 30-
SE.\TO CoiiMoil: 0th .Meeting Wa-shington May 31-
Internatioiial Fisheries Convention of 19-16: 8th Meeting of Perma- London May
nent Commission.
Pan .American Highway Congresses: Permanent Executive Com- Washington May
mittee.
2d UNESCO Meeting on SaUnity Problems Spain May
TREATY INFORMATION
U.S. and U.K. Agree To Establish
BMEW Station in Great Britain
Press release 69 dated February 17
The United States and the United Kingdom
agreed at London on February 15, 1960, to estab-
lish a ballistic missile early warning station in
the United Kingdom in support of the purposes
of the North Atlantic Treaty. Following are the
texts of the exchange of notes and the annexed
memorandum of understanding xohich constitute
the agreement.
EXCHANGE OF NOTES
The U.S. Ambassador' to the British Foreign Sec-
retary 2
February 15, 1960
Sir: I have the honor to refer to discussions
which have taken phice between representatives
of the Government of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Xorthern Ireland and of the
Government of the United States of America on
the subject of co-operation between the two Gov-
ernments in setting up and operating a ballistic
missile early warning station at Fylingdales
Moor, Yorkshire.
I also have the honor to record that, in support
of the purposes of the North Atlantic Treaty and
* John Hay Whitney.
' Selwyn Lloyd.
of the obligations of the parties thereto, the repre-
sentatives of the two Governments have agreed
to the terms set out in the memorandum annexed
hereto regarding the proposed co-operation in set-
ting up and operating a ballistic missile early
warning station.
Accordingly, I have the honor to propose that
this note and your reply to that effect shall be
regarded as constituting an agreement between
the two Governments in the terms set out in the
annexed memorandum and that such agreement
shall have effect from the date of your reply.
Accept, sir, the renewed assurances of my high-
est consideration.
The British Foreign Secretary to the U.S. Ambassador
February 15, 1960
Your Excellency, I have the honour to ac-
knowledge receipt of your note of today's date
with reference to discussions which have taken
place between representatives of the Government
of the United States of America and of the Gov-
ernment of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland on the subject of co-opera-
tion in setting up and operating a ballistic missile
early warning station at Fylingdales Moor, York-
shire, which note reads as follows:
[See above text.]
I have the honour to inform you that tlie pro-
posal made in your note is acceptable to the Gov-
ermnent of the United Kingdom and to confirm
that your note, together with this reply, shall
constittite an agreement between the two Govern-
ments in the tenns set out in the memorandum
annexed to your note, a copy of which memo-
randum is enclosed, such agreement to have effect
from the date of tliis note.
Morch 7, J 960
391
I have the honour to be, with the highest con-
sideration, Your Excellency's obedient servant.
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
1. The Government of the United States and the Gov-
ernment of the United Kingdom shall co-operate in setting
up and operating a ballistic missile early warning
(BMEW) station at Fyllngdales Moor, Yorkshire.
2. The station shall be commanded by the Royal Air
Force. The technical facilities shall be operated by the
Royal Air Force in accordance with a joint plan which
will be developed and agreed by the Royal Air Force and
the United States Air Force.
3. The Government of the United States shall at their
expense make available for the station the following
types of special equipment :—
(a) long range radar equipment ;
( b ) data processing equipment ;
(c) electronic, internal communications and other re-
lated specialized equipment peculiar to (a) and (b) ;
(d) .spare parts peculiar to (a), (b) and (c) in
amounts and kinds appropriate to the first five years of
operation; responsibility for the cost of the subsequent
provision of such spare parts shall be the subject of
further agreement between the United States Govern-
ment and the United Kingdom Government.
4. The Government of the United States shall at their
expense be responsible for the installation of the special
equipment described in paragraph 3 above and for pre-
paring this equipment for operation as an integral part
of both the United Kingdom and the United States BMEW
Systems.
5. The Government of the United Kingdom shall at
their expense make available for the station : —
(a) land, appropriately prepared sites, buildings, util-
ities including power plant, and other fixed installations;
(b) all supporting equipment, except as provided in
paragraph 3 above ;
(c) domestic accommodation (including the necessary
equipment, utilities and services) for the United Kingdom
and United States personnel concerned to Royal Air Force
scales and standards ;
(d) support services.
6. The Government of the United Kingdom shall at
their expense be responsible for providing communica-
tions facilities (including terminal facilities) and services
required : —
(a) for use within the station, other than communi-
cations equipment supplied under paragraph 3(c) ;
(b) to connect the station with commercial communi-
cations circuits ;
(c) to provide links between the station and the ap-
propriate authorities in the United Kingdom.
The Government of the United States shall at their
expense be responsible for procuring such further com-
munications services as may be necessary for their own
purposes and to meet the requirements of the Government
of the United Kingdom for information obtained from
other stations of the BMEW System.
7. The cost of operation and maintenance of the special
equipment at the station shall be borne by the Government
of the United Kingdom for the first five years of operation.
Responsibility for this cost thereafter shall be the sub-
ject of further agreement between the Government of the
United States and the Government of the United Kingdom.
8. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
cost of operation and maintenance of the station shall
be borne by the Government of the United Kingdom.
9. The Government of the United States and the Gov-
ernment of the United Kingdom, as appropriate, shall
take such measures relating to the establishment and
operation of the station as are required to ensure the
safety of persons and property.
10. Ownership of all movable property furnished by the
Government of the United States for use in the station
shall remain with the Government of the United States.
The Government of the United States may remove or
dispose of this property following the termination of this
Agreement.
11. This Agreement shall be subject to revision by
agreement between the two Governments and shall, unless
previously terminated by agreement between the two
Governments, remain in force while tlie North Atlantic
Treaty remains in force.
P.L. 480 Supplemental Agreement
Signed by U.S. and Poland
Press release 57 dated February 11
A supplemental agreement for the sale to Po-
land of 600,000 tons of wheat, having an export
market value of $41.5 million, was signed at Wash-
ington on February 11 by representatives of the
Governments of the United States and Poland.
The agreement supplements one signed by the
two Governments on June 10, 1959,^ m the amount
of $i4 million and an amendment signed Novem-
ber 10, 1959,= in the amount of $11.8 million.
These provided for the sale of agricultural com-
modities, including certain ocean transportation
costs.
As in the previous agreements, the United States
will sell the commodities for local currency (Polish
zlotys) as authorized by the Agricultural Trade
Development and Assistance Act as amended
(Public Law 480).
' For text, see Bulletin of June 20, 1959, p. 960.
' Ibid., Nov. 30, 1959, p. 789.
392
Department of State Bulletin
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Conveution ou road traffic, with annexes. Done at Geneva
September ID, 1&4U. Kutered into force March 20, 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Notification by United Kingdom of application (subject
to reservations and dcclaratiotis) to: Mauritius and
Singapore, May 13, 1959.
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New Yorij June 4, 1954. Entered into force
September 11, 1957. TIAS 3879.
Accession deposited (with reservation) : Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics, August 17, 1959.
Customs convention on temporary Importation of private
road vehicles. Done at New Vorlj June 4, 1954.
Entered into force December 15, 1957. TIAS 3943.
Accession deposited (icith reservation) : Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics, August 17, 1959.
Genocide
Convention on the prevention and punishment of the crime
of genocide. Done at Paris December 9, 1948. Entered
Into force January 12, 1951.'
Accession deposited (loith reservation) : Finland, De-
cember 18, 1959.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 1958) annexed
to the international telecommunication convention of
December 22, 1952 (TIAS 3266), with appendixes and
final protocol. Done at Geneva November 29, 1958.
Entered into force January 1, 1960. TIAS 4390.
Notifications of approval: Federation of Rhodesia and
Nyasaland, December 19, 1959 ; Austria, Lebanon, Su-
dan, January 9, 1960.
I BILATERAL
Brazil
Agreement further extending the health and sanitation
program agreement of March 14, 1942, as amended and
extended (57 Stat. 1322; TIAS 3237). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Rio de Janeiro December 31, 1959.
Entered into force December 31, 1959.
Colombia
Agreement providing a grant to the Government of Colom-
bia for the acquisition of nuclear training and research
equipment and materials. Effected by exchange of notes
at BogotA July 31, 1959, and January 11, 1960. Entered
into force January 11, 1960.
Poland
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of June 10, 1959, as amended (TIAS 4245 and
4288), with exchange of notes. Signed at Washington
February 11, 1960. Entered into force February 11,
1960.
Thailand
Agreement amending the agreement of July 1, 1950, as
amended (TIAS 2095, 2809, 3277, 3740, and 4110), for
the financing of certain educational exchange programs.
Effected by exchange of notes at Bangkok February 1,
1960. Entered into force February 1, 1960.
United Kingdom
Agreement cstubll.shiug a ballistic missile early warning
station in the United Kingdom. EITecled by oxcliaijge
of notes at London February 15, 1900. Entered into
force February 15, 1960.
Zanzibar
I'arcol post agreement and regulations of execution.
Signed at Zanzibar October 20 and at Washington De-
cember 30, 1959. Enters into force on a date to be
mutually settled between the postal administrations of
the two countries.
Approved and ratified by the President: February 17,
1960.
PUBLICATIONS
Advisory Committee Reports
on Foreign Relations Volumes
Following is the text of the annual report made
by the Advisory Committee on the publication of
the '■'■Foreign Relations of the United States^'' fol-
lowing its meeting at Washington November 6-7,
1959}
Tho Advisory Committee on the publication of
"Foreign Relations of the United States" met on
November 6 and 7, 1959, in the Department of
State. Its work was largely concerned with prob-
lems (a) relating to clearance of materials in-
volved in the publication of "Foreign Relations of
the United States," and (b) relating to the char-
acter of materials that should be included in the
"Foreign Relations" volumes.
The Conmiittee spent an entire afternoon read-
ing diplomatic papers about which questions had
been raised as to their clearance for publication.
The members of the Committee did not always
agree with recommendations or decisions of policy
' Not in force for the United States.
March 7, 7960
' Members of the Committee representing the American
Historical Association are Dexter Perkins, ehaimmn,
professor of history emeritus, Cornell University ; Fred
H. Harrington, vice president. University of Wisconsin ;
and Richard W. Leopold, professor of history. North-
western University. Clarence A. Berdahl, professor of
political science. Southern Illinois University, and Leland
M. Goodrich, professor of political science, Columbia Uni-
versity, represent the American Political Science Associ-
ation. Philip W. Thayer represents the American
Society of International Law.
393
officers, though they recognize that there is room
for differences of opinion in matters of this kind,
which involve intangible aspects of our relations
•with other countries. The Committee made
recommendations to the Department in all cases
where the Committee's judgment differed from
that of policy officers.
On the side of technical problems connected
with the "Foreign Relations" series, the Commit-
tee suggested that more attention be paid to De-
partmental memoranda as a useful source for an
understanding of the formulation of policy. It
recognizes the limitations in this field, arising
out of the tremendous increase in the number of
papers and the consequent increase in the size and
number of the volumes.
The Committee suggested that in addition to
the index of each volume, an index be prepared
for all volumes m a yearly series, or that prefer-
ably a cumulative index be provided for a period
of years.
The Committee also suggested that at its next
meeting, in 1960, attention be given to the prob-
lem of principles and procedures of editing and
publishing the "Foreign Relations" volumes, and
that a discussion take place with regard to the
principles of selection in succeeding volumes. It
recognizes the difficult problems presented by the
growing volume of material to be examined.
The Committee commended the publication of
the series entitled "American Foreign Policy:
Current Documents" prepared by the Historical
Office, containing papers illustrating the scope
and substance of our current foreign policy, and
urged that these volumes be put on an annual
basis and be brought closer to the present.
The Committee commended the work of the
Historical Office, and expressed the belief that
the burdens thrown upon it justify an increase of
personnel to the extent of at least three persons.
Dexter Perkins
Chairman, Advisory Committee on
'•''Foreign Relations of the United States'''
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on February 17 confirmed John J. Grady
to be Deputy Director for Management of the Inter-
national Cooperation Administration in the Department
of State. ^For biographic details, see Department of
State press release SO dated February 23.)
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 15-21
Press releases may be obtained from the OflSce of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Releases
issued prior to February 15 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 57 and
58 of February 11.
No. Date
Snbjcct
64 2/15
Bolivia credentials (rewrite).
65 2/15
Herter : anniversary of independence of
Baltic Republics.
66 2/16
Uruguay credentials (rewrite).
♦67 2/16
Cultural exchange (U.S.S.R.).
68 2/17
Herter : statement on Mutual Security
Program before House Foreign Affairs
Committee.
69 2/17
Agreement with U.K. establishing
BMEW station.
70 2/17
U.S.-Canada Committee on Trade and
Economic .\ffairs.
*71 2/17
Chapin nominated Ambassador to Peru
(biographic details).
72 2/18
Dillon: statement on Mutual Security
Program before House Foreign Af-
fairs Committee.
73 2/18
Herter : "National Security With Arms
Limitation."
74 2/18
Sixth SEATO Council meeting.
75 2/18
Herter : question-and-answer session at
National Press Club.
t76 2/19
Parsons : "The American Role in Pacific
Asian Affairs."
t77 2/19
Dillon : "A New Era in Free- World Eco-
nomic Growth."
78 2/19
President of Greek Parliament visits
U.S. (rewrite).
* Not pri
uted.
t Held for a later issue of the Bulletin.
394
Department of State Bulletin
March 7, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1080
Agriciiltiiro
PX. 4S0 Supplemental Agreement Signed by U.S.
and Poland
U.S. Rice Policy In Asia (Johnson)
American Republics. Strengthening Friend.sliip
and Trust Among the American Republics
(Eisenhower)
Asia. U.S. Kice Policy in Asia (Johnson) . . .
Atomic Energy. National Security With Arms
Limitation (Herter)
Bolivia. Letters of Credence (Andrade) ....
Canada. U.S.-Canadian Economic Committee Con-
cludes Talks at Washington (text of com-
munique)
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy
The Mutual Security Program for Fiscal Year 1961
(Dillon, Eisenhower, Herter)
Cuba. National Security With Arms Limitation
(Herter)
Department and Foreign Service
Grady confirmed as deputy director for manage-
ment, ICA
Seven Additional Scientists Assigned to Overseas
Posts
Disarmament. National Security With Arms Limi-
tation (Herter)
Economic Affairs
President Determines Tariff Quota on Wool-Fabric
Imports for 19G0
P.L. 480 Supplemental Agreement Signed by U.S.
and Poland
U.S.-Canadian Economic Committee Concludes
Talks at Washington (text of communique) . .
U.S. Rice Policy in Asia (Johnson)
Estonia. Anniversary of Independence of Baltic
States (Herter)
Greece. President of Greek Parliament Visits
United States
International Information. President Appoints
Committee on Information Activities Abroad . .
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of International Conferences and Meet-
ings
Sixth SEATO Council Meeting To Be Held at
Washington
Latvia. Anniversary of Independence of Baltic
States (Herter)
Lithuania. Anniversary of Indeiiendence of Baltic
States (Herter)
392
3C3
351
303
354
353
365
388
369
354
394
362
354
367
392
365
363
361
365
365
389
364
361
361
Military Affairs
President Authorizes Seizure of Arms Being Il-
legally Exjiorted (text of Executive order) . . 302
U.S. and U.K. Agree To Establish BMEW Station
In Great Britain (texts of notes and memorandum
of understanding) 391
Mutual Security
Grady confirmed as deputy director for manage-
ment, ICA 394
The Mutual Security Program for Fiscal Year 1961
(Dillon, Eisenhower, Herter) .309
Poland. P.L. 480 Supplemental Agreement Signed
by U.S. and Poland 392
Presidential Documents
The Mutual Security Program for Fiscal Year 1961 . 369
President Authorizes Seizure of Arms Being Il-
legally Exported 362
President Determines Tariff Quota on Wool-Fabric
Imports for 1960 367
Strengthening Friendship and Trust Among the
American Republics 351
Publications. Advisory Committee Reports on
Foreign Relations Volumes (Perkins) .... 393
Science. Seven Additional Scientists Assigned to
Overseas Posts 362
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization. Sixth
SEATO Council Meeting To Be Held at Wash-
ington 364
Thailand
King and Queen of Thailand To Visit the United
States 364
U.S. Rice Policy in Asia (Johnson) 363
Treaty Information
Current Actions 393
P.L. 480 Supplemental Agreement Signed by U.S.
and Poland 392
U.S. and U.K. Agree To Establish BMEW Station
in Great Britain (texts of notes and memorandum
of understanding) 391
U.S.S.R. National Security With Arms Limita-
tion (Herter) 354
United Kingdom. U.S. and U.K. Agree To Establish
BMEW Station in Great Britain (texts of notes
and memorandum of understanding) .... 391
United Nations. Peter I. B. Lavan Appointed to
U.S. Committee for U.N 367
Uruguay. Letters of Credence (Clulow) .... 3.53
Name Index
Andrade, Victor 353
Clulow, Carlos A 3.53
Dillon, Douglas 380
Eisenhower, President 351, 362, 367, 309
Grady, John J 394
Herter, Secretary 354, 361, 375
Johnson, U. Alexis 363
Lavan, Peter LB 367
Perkins, Dexter 393
U.S. COVCRNMEKT PRINTINC OFFtCCi I9I0
DSB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMEMT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
Departmen
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Two new pamphlets on cultural exchange . . .
Cultural Diplomacy
Cultural diplomacy is todaj- playing an important role, side by side
with political and economic diplomacy, in our relations with other
countries. A principal feature of this diplomacy is the direct and
enduring contact between peoples of different nations afforded by the
International Educational Exchange Progi-am. Tliis 50-page illus-
trated pamplilet reviews the many kinds of exchange activities carried
out under the program during 1958.
Publication 6887
25 cents
The Citizen's Role in Cultural Relations
Because cultural exchange must, in order to be successful, involve
the direct participation of many thousands of American citizens,
cooperation between the Government and private organizations and
individuals has become a byword in America's international cultural
relations. An account of tliis cooperation is contained in this 36-page
pamplilet, which describes Government assistance to private pro-
grams, private assistance to Government programs, and contributions
of other peoples and their governments in opening a two-way avenue
of commimication between the United States and other nations of
the world.
Publication 6854
20 cents
Order Form
Po: Siipt. of Dorumenis^
Govt. Priming Office
Wa-hiu»»(on 2j, I>.
FnrloHcd firtd:
(cnnh, check, or monei^
order payable In
Supt. of Dock.)
Please send me copies of —
□ Cultural Diplomacy
D The Citizen's Role In Cultural Relations
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
E DEPARTMENT OF STATE
n
RECORD
STATES
<N POLICY
Vol. XLII, No. 1081 March 14, 1960
A NEW ERA IN FREE- WORLD ECONOMIC GROWTH
• by Under Secretary Dillon 399
FURTHERING PEACE AND STABILITY IN THE
MIDDLE EAST • Fourth Report to Congress on Activ-
ities Under the Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and
Stability in the Middle East 424
THE AMERICAN ROLE IN PACIFIC ASIAN AFFAIRS
• by Assistant Secretary Parsons 404
MEETING THE ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF THE
AiVI ERICAS • Remarks by Secretary of the Treasury
Robert B. Anderson 427
FOREIGN RELATIONS ASPECTS OF PILOTAGE RE-
QUIREMENTS FOR OCEANGOING VESSELS ON
THE GREAT LAKES
Statement by Ivan B. White 417
Aide Memoire and Supplementary Letters Exchanged
Between United States and Canada 420
INTELLIGENCE ESTIMATING AND NATIONAL SE-
CURITY • by Allen W. Dulles 411
Boston Public Library
Superinten en ^^^ index see inside back cover
JUN 1-1960
DEPOSITORY
THE DER
F STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1081 • Publication 6957
March 14, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.O.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.26
Single copy, 26 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1968).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprhited. Citation of the Dkpaktment
o? State Bitlletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the ivork of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as ivell as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
and the functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of general
international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, aufl leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
A New Era in Free-World Economic Growth
by Under Secretary Dillon '
I am pleased and honored to be here with you
tonight as you conchule your thoughtful exam-
ination of our country's role in international eco-
nomic atfaire. Your panel moderators have re-
ported well on your discussions of the United
States and its relationship to the European Com-
mon Market, the newly developing countries, and
the Conununist economic offensive. It is against
this backgroimd that I wish to discuss the pros-
pects for free-world economic growth as we enter
tlie sixties.
The outlook for the sixties has been shaped by
forces which gathered momentum during the
postwar pei-iod and the fifties: by the remarkable
recovery of AVesteni Europe and Japan from the
ravages of war, by the accelerated expansion of
our own economy, by the substantial growth in
economic power of the Soviet Union, and l)y the
moimting insistence of hundreds of millions of
newly independent peoples on sharing in the
material blessings of the modern world.
These developments have set the stage for a
whole new era in the sixties. One of its predom-
inant features will be the great socioeconomic rev-
olution which is sweeping the newly developing
areas of the free world. This force represents the
legitimate aspirations of the free world's under-
privileged peoples for a better life. These peo-
ples, numbering more than a billion, hold in their
hands the future balance of world power. They
wish to live in freedom. But to them, freedom
from want is of overriding importance. They
are learning that they cannot enjoy their newly
' Address made before the sixth annual conference on
international affairs sponsored by the Cincinnati Council
on World .\ffairs at Cincinnati, Ohio, on Feb. 19 (press
release 771.
won political freedoms without an adequate meas-
ure of economic progress. They are exerting tre-
mendous pressure on their leaders to achieve
progress through one means or another.
Hei'ein lies a great challenge for us in the six-
ties— and a great danger as well. The stakes are
high — possibly no less than the continued ex-
istence of individual liberty on this planet. In
cooperation with other free-world industrialized
nations, we must assist the newly developing
countries in their struggle to improve tlieir peo-
ple's lot in order that they can maintain tlieir
confidence in progress mider free institutions.
This will require botli capital and know-how in
substantial amomits tliroughout the sixties. The
alternative is terrible to contemplate. For if these
peoples cannot see hope of progress in freedom,
they will surely collapse in chaos and disorder and
in their desperation they will try the totalitarian
roiite which is being offered them day and night
by international communism.
The Soviet leadei-s are fully aware of the chal-
lenge to our system and to theirs which is posed
by the aspirations of the newly emerging areas.
They have accepted this challenge and are pro-
claiming their confidence of success in economic
competition with our system of free institutions.
The present economic strength of the Soviet Un-
ion and its continued rapid progress make it clear
that this is a most serious challenge. To meet it,
we of the industrialized free world must see to it
that our own economies continue to grow and
strengthen at the same time that we provide a
helping hand to our less privilegeil friends in
(lie newly developing lands.
The industrialized free world entei-s the sixties
in a position of great economic strength. Postwar
Morch 14, I960
399
economic recovery is complete in Western Europe
and Japan. Prosperity has readied new, alltime
higlis in the United States and Canada. The in-
dustrialized countries of the free world have the
means and the ability to surmount the challenge
of the sixties. "What is needed is the will and
determination to succeed. The prize of success is
well worth the effort. For, as the newly develop-
ing countries grow in freedom and as it becomes
clearer that the way of freedom has been irrev-
ocably chosen by the great majority of the peo-
ples of the earth, the jiower of their examjile will
prove irresistible — even within the ramparts of
the Communist empire. This is the surest way
to a secure and lasting world peace, the supreme
goal of all mankind.
Need for U.S. Leadership
Althougli the prospects for a concerted effort to
speed the free world's progi'ess are bright, the
task is truly formidable. It is one to which we
shall have to continue to bring leadership in the
sixties, just as we did in the late forties and the
fifties.
Now let me explain what I mean by leadersliip :
I most assuredly do not imply supei-iority or dom-
ination. For reasons not of our own making, we
had a dominant position in the postwar economy
of the free world. But that clearly abnormal
period has now passed with the resurging eco-
nomic strength of our industrialized allies. "What
we seek today, as in the past, is partnersliip with
our fellow members of the interdependent com-
munity of free nations, in which no one nation
has a monopoly on human skills, energies, or in-
spiration. Within the framework of that part-
nership, however, there is a continuing need for
leadership. As the most materially favored mem-
ber of the free- world community, we must accept
this responsibility in meeting the challenge of the
sixties.
Let us recall that even before the Second World
War ended the Ignited States had taken a leading
role in planning for a more effective international
economic system than the one that had broken
down so disastrously in the thirties. The Inter-
national Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment had been agreed upon by 1944. So had the
International Monetary Fund. And much pre-
liminary work had been done along lines which
shortly thereafter evolved into the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade.
Although wartime planners for economic peace
had done their work well, they underestimated by
a wide margin the magnitude of the immediate
postwar economic crisis in Europe and Asia,
which developed with frightening speed and in-
tensity in 1946 and 1947.
Germany and Japan were occupied, and we had
to find and develop policies that would enable the
German and .Japanese peoples to put their pro-
ductive genius back to work. Great Britain and
our continental allies were also in difficult cir-
cimastances. Despite its tremendous productive
potential, the EurojDean economy was nearing a
catastrophic collapse. There seemed to be no
prospect that ordinary methods could brmg
about a recovery in time to avoid chaos.
Bold action was called for. We responded with
the Marshall jjlan, which made an historic con-
tribution to the restoration of economic health
and vigor in Western Europe. Our policies in
Germany and Japan were remarkably effective in
helping to reestablish an economic base that could
support democratic institutions. Success came
rapidly. By the early fifties, nearly all of the in-
dustrialized states of the free world were begin-
ning to push ahead on their own power.
As the need for American aid to Western Eu-
rope tapered off, we turned our attention increas-
ingly to the less developed coimtries, which now
receive the great bulk of our assistance. We took
an active role in tlie technical assistance efforts of
the United Nations. We created a new lending
institution of our own, the Development Loan
Fund, to supplement the work of our long-estab-
lished Export-Import Bank. We participated
earlier this month in launching the new Inter-
American Development Bank.- And we are now
taking part, with like-minded coimtries, in estab-
lishing another new institution to be called the
International Development Association,^ which
will operate as an affiliate of the World Bank and
which is designed to make capital available to
the less developed comitries on flexible terms.
Postwar Trade Policies
Throughout the period of postwar reconstruc-
tion we vigorously put forward our firm belief
that liberal international trade policies are es-
sential to free- world economic progress. We have
■ See p. 427.
" See p. 422.
400
Department of State Bulletin
endeavored to deiiionstrate tliat belief in onr own
trade arranfjements. Despite some setbacks, our
overall record is one of which we can justly be
proud. Until fairly recently, however, ours has
been a rather lonely position. The industrial na-
tions, with few exceptions, clung to exchange con-
trols and severe quantitative import restrictions
to protect their meager foreign exchange re-
serves. Many of the less developed countries also
maintained import i-estrictions for balance-of-
payments rea.sons. In addition most of them felt
that a measure of protectionism would foster much
needed industrial growth.
We were tolerant of the trade restrictions ap-
plied by our friends and partners during the era
of the so-called dollar shortage. But today the
situation is very ditferent. Most of the industrial
nations liave built their gold and foreign exchange
reserves to quite satisf actoiT levels and have made
their currencies convertible in international trade.
Their manufacturing industries are now generally
competitive with ours. Meanwhile their gains in
reserves have come largely from U.S. stocks, with
U.S. balance-of-payments deficits running at far
larger rates than can be long sustained. Through-
out the past year, therefore, we have been
making it clear that we believe recovery has pro-
ceeded to a point where restrictions on trade im-
posed to meet the financial problems of a decade
ago can no longer be justified.
Fortunately the need to do away with discrimi-
nations against imports from the dollar area has
been recognized by the other industrialized nations
and in some of the newly developing areas as well.
Action to eliminate discriminations recently taken
by Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom,
Denmark, Sweden, Norway, the Federation of
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, the Netherlands, and
India has left only a few remaining discrimina-
tions against dollar goods in these countries. Dur-
ing the last 6 montlis, steps to substantially lessen
discriminatory restrictions were also taken by
France, Germany, Japan, Finland, Turkey, Spain,
Singapore, Malaya, Ghana, and British East
Africa. This progress continued last month,
when Portugal, Kenya, the United Kingdom,
Japan, and Italy announced that discriminatory
restrictions on many products from tlie dollar
area would be eliminated.
The drive to remove quantitative import restric-
tions on dollar g<x)ds has received so constructive
a response and has developed .such momentum
that we can look forward confidently to further
advances in the coming months. We can reason-
ably hope that by the end of the year discrimina-
tion against our exports will be almost a thing of
the past.
As a result of these moves, potential markets
for many important American products, covering
a wide range of our industrial, consumer, and
agricultural output, have greatly increased. This
is true not only in tiie industrialized countries but
also in the newly developing lands, whose present
need is for capital goods but whose peoples will
eventually otler a tremendous market for con-
sumer goods.
But the opening of long-closed markets does
not in itself guarantee a rise in our exports. It
does provide the needed opportunity — ^but it is up
to private Ajnerican business to capitalize on this
opportunity. A substantial export surplus has
become a vital necessity if we are to continue to
carry our free- world responsibilities. We in Gov-
ernment are determined to do everything in our
power to help in this export drive.
Accordingly the Department of State is work-
ing with the Department of Commerce and other
agencies in giving urgent attention to this vital
matter. We are studying means of stimulating a
greater interest in foreign trade in American busi-
ness circles and of providing better United States
Government facilities, both at home and abroad,
to assist American fii-ms in selling their goods and
services to foreign countries.
The Department of State has, of coui-se, a very
strong interest in this program, and we are seek-
ing ways of improving the operations of our com-
mercial staffs abroad. We also intend to make full
use of all the members of our diplomatic missions
and consular offices in expanding United States
exports. We are giving greater attention to in-
creased United States participation in trade fairs.
And we are intensifying our efforts to promote
travel to the United States.
Common Market and Free Trade Association
Odier problems related to trade have recently
been emerging in connection with the European
Economic Community, or Common Market, and
the European Free Trade Association.
The Common Market will bring together the
six coimtries of France, Germany, Italy, Belgium,
March J 4, ?960
401
the Netherlands, and Luxembourg in a full cus-
toms union, with free trade inside the market and
a common external tariff. The Community will
also develop other common financial and adminis-
trative institutions. The European Free Trade
Association, on the other hand, provides for free
trade, without a conmion external tariff, among
the seven countries of the United Kingdom,
Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Switzerland, Portu-
gal, and Austria.
It is our purpose to work M-ith the countries
of both the Common Market and the Free Trade
Association to reduce trade difficulties between
them and with other countries, to avoid new dis-
criminations against our own exports, and to en-
courage them to reduce tariffs in accordance with
the basic ])rinciples of the GATT. In this way
we hope also to ease frictions between the mem-
bers of the two groups.
The problem of world trade goes hand in hand
with the complex and difficult problem of stim-
ulating growth in the newly developing countries.
This task will require the combined energies and
talents of the entire free world for many years
to come. The United States cannot provide the
needed capital alone. "\Ve do not propose to
diminish our own role. But Western Europe and
Japan, because of the great improvement in their
monetaiy reserves, are now financially capable of
mounting a sizable effort which could powerfully
assist our o^vn, thereby greatly adding to the over-
all strength and cohesion of the free world.
There is also the problem of how the great ener-
gies of private enterprise — American, European,
Canadian, and Japanese — can be mobilized for
the development task. Waj's must be found to
increase the flow of private capital and initiative
to the developing countries if the basic free-world
resource we call private enterprise is to make its
fullest contribution to growth. If we are to have
the resources to do these things, our own growth
in North America and in AYestern Europe must
be accelerated.
There is still another long-range problem which
the indu.strialized free nations will have to face
with gi-owing urgency in the years ahead. It is
the acceptance into their own markets of raw com-
modities produced I)y tlie newly develoi)ing na-
tions today and of the manufactured goods they
will produce tomorrow. None of these nations
will be satisfied to remain a one-conuiiodity ai"ea
402
forever. They all insist on divei-sifying their
economies and on raising their standards of living
by industrialization and by world trade in a vari-
ety of goods.
New Approach to Economic Growth
These, then, are the major economic problems
facing us as we enter the sixties. We in Govern-
ment have asked ourselves three questions :
Fii-st, how can we help to redirect the emerging
trade rivalries within Western Europe into con-
structive chaimels which will reinforce, rather
than weaken, worldwide trade and will avoid the
risk of serious harm to our exjwrts and those of
other friendly countries ?
Second, how can we help mobilize the energies
and resources of the other industrialized free na-
tions to assist the development -hungry areas of
the world ?
Third, how can we work together to maintain
a rapid rate of sustained growth in the economies
of the industrialized free nations themselves?
In considering these questions, it is readily ap-
parent that bold action is called for in the sixties,
just as it was in the forties. We have responded
with a new approach to the task of stimulating
free-world economic growth — an approach de-
signed to meet the problems of the future.
This approach, which I had the privilege of
outlining last month in Paris'* before a special
meeting of the 20 governments which are mem-
bers or associates of the Organization for Euro-
pean Economic Cooperation, has three basic
elements :
First, the linking of North America with our
friends in Europe in terms of broad, coordinated
economic policies which would provide for close
cooperation in a wide range of matters. This in-
volves reorganizing or reinvigorating the OEEC,
which was originally established to assist in the
most effective use of Marshall plan funds and
which has continued to serve as a forum for co-
operation in trade and other economic fields. A
special committee of foin\ nominated by the
United States, the United Kingdom, Franc*, and
Greece and roughly representative of the differ-
ent economic interests in the OEEC, has l)een
asked to determine how the work of the 18-member
OEEC can best be revitalized and broadened
throucrh a successor organization in which the
* lUii.i.ETiN of Fob. 1. 1000, I), l.TO.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
liiited States and Canada would also become full
lutiiibcrs. OEEC has succeeded outstandingly in
its major tasks, but many of the functions for
whicli it was origiiialiy created have now been
largely accomplished. It can, however, serve as
the foundation for a n-constitutpd orgimiziUion
geared to the challenges of the sixties. The special
committee is now consulting interested govern-
ments and organizations and is expected to report
its preliniiuai-y findings to the 20 govermnents
I Illy in April.
The second element of our proposal is the estab-
li^hment of an interim group where the nations
IhsI able to provide bilateral capital assistance to
the developing countries can discuss common prob-
lems in this field. Such discussions are needed
lui-ause the urgent task of increasing the overall
li'\el of assistance to the developing countries
caimot await the fonnation of the new permanent
organization. This interim development assist-
I ance group will include the United States,
' Belgium, Canada, France, Great Britain, the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany, Italy, Portugal, and a
representative of the Commission of the European
Economic Community. We also hope that Japan
will join in its activities. The first meeting of the
I group, which is to be held in Wasliington next
month, will launch a series of consultations in
wliich we will cxcliange ideas and experiences
with a view to increasing the total amount of
assistance available for development purposes.
The third and final element of our proposal is
an examination of the problems of commercial
policy to which I have referred in connection with
the Six and the Seven. The 20 governments and
representatives of the Commission of the EEC
which attended the meetings in Paris last month
are participating in a committee on trade to look
I into these questions. In establishing the com-
mittee, it was agreed that it should also keep very
much in mind the commercial interests of coun-
I tries not included in the Six or the Seven. In line
with this objective, the Executive Secretary of the
G.VTT is to participate in the committee's discus-
sions, which will begin some weeks hence.
I I am pleased to be able to report that our initia-
tive has l^een well received by our friends and
allies. The Paris meetings at which agreement
was reached on these three proposals took place
oidy a month ago. Yet officials of the participat-
ing goveniments had scarcely returned to their
desks before work began in earnest preparation
for carrying out the tasks we have set for our-
selves. Although we are embarked on long-range
projects, we are approaching them with a sense
of urgency which the i)roblems of stimulating
free-world economic growth in the sixties mani-
festly require.
We are looking forward with considerable an-
ticipation to the results of these meetings, which
have been launched in a genuine spirit of coopera-
tion. We hope and expect that they will result in
progress in coping with some of the free world's
trade problems. Perhaps most important is the
fact that there is now a great awareness in Western
Europe of the increasing role which Europe is
bound to play in providing assistance to the de-
veloping countries, and that there exists a very
genuine desire on the part of the other capital-
exporting nations to cooperate in this common
endeavor which is so vital to the preservation of
freedom.
We are indeed coming into a whole new era in
free-world economic growth. We are on the
threshold of a major breakthrough. If the re-
sponse of our friends and allies to our initiative
of last month is as constructive and as generous
as I have reason to believe it will be, then we need
have little fear for the future. The great steps we
are about to take toward freer trade and acceler-
ated economic progress can carry us forward to
new heights of prosperity and well-being as mem-
bers of a peaceful and secure community of free
nations which offers maximum opportunity for
every human being to know a better life.
King and Queen of Denmark
To Visit the United States
WhUe House press release dated February 24
The "V^Hiite House announced on Februaiy 24
that Their Majesties the King and Queen of Den-
mark have accepted the President's invitation to
visit the United States. Their Majesties will be in
the United States for a state visit beginning in
early October. During the period of their stay
King Frederik and Queen Ingrid will officially
inaugurate the Danish exhibition "The Arts of
Denmark" in New York City.
Alorch 14, 1960
403
The American Role in Pacific Asian Affairs
by J. (trahain Parsons
Assistant Secretaiy for Far A'(M/< /vi A/fairs ^
"Slv. ChawnxAW and luemWi-s of tlu> "Wisconsin
Bur A^iviatiou, I wish to oxpivss my oivat appro-
oiaiion to yon for invitino; mo to Iv pivsont as a
spejiJkw on foivign aiTaii-s, It is a privilege to lie
hero bofoiv yon to pivsont tlie Dopartment of
State's oas<> on matters whioh coni-orn us all. AVo
in the IVpartnient weU\>me suoli evidence of in-
teivst in the pivblems we deal with and \ alue the
opixn-tunity of discussing with you some of the
moi-e pivsiving of tliese pivblems. For onr part,
we aiv ever mindful of the fact that "our business
is your business" and that the way we luuidle this
business is vital to all of us and to oiu* cliildivn.
We also ivalize that, if the policies we advivate
and the actions we take do not have the under-
standing and suppoi-t of the American people, we
may not carry them forwani but nnist find other
ixmrst^s which do have public supjx^rt.
The Near West
riie pivblems I deal with have to do with the
Far East, as your cliairman made clear in his intro-
duction. It is a n\isnomer. howe\-er, for us in
North An\erica to speak of the "Far East." AVe
Amerii.";ins, who lK>i\ler on two givat ixvaais, should
more pivjvrly speak of the Far East as the "Near
West." Actually, in the shrinking world of today,
it i.< near. You cai\ lioaixi att airliner herealx>nts
and Iv in Tokyo iu :20 hours or so.
Apsu-t from lieing ISt)^ off course, there is an-
other strike ag:\inst the term "Far East." It is a
EuiMjvan term, and it reminds Asians of the
colonial past. That em is gone. Of the 11 Asian
countries with which our bureau in the Depart-
' Aiiar»»:^ made before the Wisi-ousdu Bjir A$«iociatiou
at Milwaukee. "Wis,, on Feb. li> u»ress release VHt.
ment dejtls, S are newly independent, while for
the ;> who wetx^ sovereign befoiv World War II —
China, Japan, and Thailand — the circumstances i
are also vastly ditferent fix>m prewar days. The
five peoples of Asia are determined to eliminate
tiie reumants of colonialism, which is still a recent,
unhappy memory and a sensitive subject. They
may not express to ns an avei-sion to the term
"Far East," but 1 mention this as a reminder that
the new and promising relationship we have with
these Asian peoples iiH^uires a continuing sensi-
tive adjustment on all fronts, political, economic,
social, and psychological.
The Communist Threat
It is an unfortunate fact that the five countries
of Asia have l>een born, or reincarnated, at a time
of crisis in the history of mankind. Xationalism.
that is to sjiy, the aspiration of peoples to be them-
selves, is threatened by its antithesis, international
communism. The thivat is compounded of course
by the Comunmist pivpag-anda pretense of being
the friend and benefactor of nationalism and the
foe of "ct>lotvialism and imperialism." And yet, in
the |H>stwar ix>riod, it is the Connmmists who have
taken over 1:2 countries and the former colonial
powers who now have sovereign, equal relations
with ;).'> countries, former deiiendencies.
Like all new things, these new countries were
weak at birth. When our own country adopted its
Constitution in 1TS9, it was no exception. We aiv
all familiar with the ditHculties our Founding
Fatheiv: faced in knitting together a united nation
fivm K> individual colonies. But we were pro-
tected by oceans and distance and had plenty of
time at our dispos^il.
404
Department of State Bvlletin
In contrast, a glance at a map will show as that
the free countries of east and southeast Asia are
all islands or peninsulas dispersed around the cen-
tral land mass of Conimanist Chin&. whose aim
is to dominate and commonize them. This is the
fateful central fact with which our policy toward
the region must deal. It explains why our China
policy is intimately bound up with their political
and economic futures and with the right of the
peoples of this vast r^<Hi to work out their des-
tinies in freedom.
I hare said that many of the new countries were
weak at birth. Between them and Communist
China there is an obvious imbalance of power
which, if not redressed, renders their prospects
precarious. This is a matter of great significance
for the United States, and it led us to the con-
tic«i that our first task in the r^on is to assist
tiie survival of these countries. That is why there
b emphasis on military aspects in our aid pro-
grams and ptKture in the area. Security is the
basic essential. First, as a necessary deterrent to
Commimist attacks, we maintain bases and sea
power in the region frtmi which our strength may
be quickly projected to meet a varirty of situations.
Also to promote security we render assistance to
local forces through our military assistance pro-
gram so that these coimtries may increasingly
guard against subversion within and interference
from without. In additi<Hi we have concluded bi-
lateral mutual defense treaties with some of these
countries, including Japan. Korea, the Philip-
pines, and the Republic of China. Finally, just
as we and others joined XATO to provide collec-
tive security in the Atlantic area, so have we
joined with seven other countries to form the
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization.
It is sometimes ai^ued that our policy is thus
provocative to Communist China. Actually the
exact reverse is true. Our collective security
structure was developed only after unprovoked
C<Mnmunisi aggression against Korea. Our mu-
tual defense treaty with the Republic of China
was drawn up only after Communist China's at-
tacks on Quemoy in 1954. SEATO came into
being only after the fall of Dien Bien Phu. when
Commtmist armies were threatening to overrtm
all of southeast Asia.
Going even further back, we were aware of the
Chinese Communist hostility toward ourselves
and the free nations of Asia even before the
Peiping regime came to power in IMO. For ex-
ample, an article written on Xovember 1, 1^8,
by Liu Shao-cfai, Communist China's Chief of
State and second most powerfid leader after Mao
Tse-tung, declared that the world was dirided
into two mutually antagonistic camps — the so-
called ~anti-imperialist~ camp headed by the
Soviet Union and containing the soKsDed 'Tjeo-
ples' democracies'*' of Europe and Asia, and the
"imperialist" camp made up of the United States
and its "stooges." Declaring that these two
camps were in 'intense omflict" and that neu-
trality was impossible, he called on the so-called
"peoples' democratic forces*' in all countries to
unite with the Soviet Union in order to "defeat
the American imperialist plans for wcwld en-
slavement." This statonent reveals clearly not
only that Conunonist China was implacably hoe-
tile to ourselves and to otir friends and allies but
that the Peiping regime wanted us out of the
western Pacific area so that our presence would
not block its plans for future expansion-
There has been no change in C<wamunist China's
views. During the Taiwan Strait crisis of 19^5S,
)Iao Tse-nmg said to a Communist news corre-
spondent that it was the task of the people of the
world, and partictilariy the peoples of Asia, Af-
rica, and Latin America, to put an end to what
he called ^*the aggressi<Hi and oppre^on perpe-
trated by imperialism, namely the United States
imperialism." Repeatedly Peiping radio called
upon us to leave the western Pacific.
Despite longstanding Chinese Communist hos-
tility toward us. we did not automaticaJly adopt
a similar policy of hostility toward them. Whai
they came to power, and in an attempt to sound
out Peiping^'s intentions toward us, we left our
diplomatic and consular representarives oa. the
China mainland tmtil they were driven out by
deliberate Chinese Communist persecution. On
January 5, 1950. President Truman made it dear
in a public statement regarding Form<Ka- that
the United States would not use its armed forces
to interfere in the situation and would "not pro-
vide military aid or advice to Chinese forces on
Fcwmcea." In a press conference tm the same day
the Secretary of State said: "We are not gmng
to get involved militarily in any way on the
Island of Formosa." It was not imtfl after the
Communists began their aggression in Korea in
June 1950 that President Trtiman sent the 7th
■ Briicint of Jan. 18. 1960. PL •;».
Alorch 14, I960
405
Fleet into the Taiwan Strait area to protect the
flank of the United Nations forces. Military aid
to the Republic of China on Taiwan was begun
only after the Chinese Communists' intervention
in Korea.
This, then, is the origin of the so-called mili-
tary preoccupation of the U.S. in east and south-
east Asia. Out of the fires of Commmiist
aggression in Korea and elsewhere we have forged
a protective shield for ourselves and for our free
Asian neighbors. It has served them — and us —
well these past 5 years. We cannot afford to put
it down until the threat to freedom abates.
Improving the Life of tlie Peoples of the Region
While our first task is contributing to the sur-
vival of these new countries, their peoples, like
people everywliere, demand more than survival.
After ages of relatively static, albeit highly de-
veloped, societies, they now have new horizons and
they aspire to a better material, cultural, and
spiritual life. As they succeed in this objective,
both with our help and that of others similarly
motivated, so will they consolidate the foundations
of their national existence. Therefore, as our
second major objective, we seek to promote self-
sustaining economies to enable the free comitries
to achieve the rate of progress they desire with-
out sacrificing human values as do the Com-
munists. To the extent that we succeed in helping
to promote the healthy growth of these new coun-
tries, the objectives of the international Com-
mimists become more difficult to attain.
The Chinese Communists recognize tliis and
seek to prevent stabilization. It is for this reason
that all along their borders truculence, aggres-
siveness, and constant military, economic, politi-
cal, and psychological pressures are their order of
the day — as, for instance, their probing action in
the Taiwan Strait in 1958, their support for the
Communist attacks in Laos in 1959, their political
and economic pressures against Japan in 1958 and
1959, and their incursions along the Indian border
in 1959. This is normal Chinese Communist be-
havior, which experience has taught us to expect
regardless of any propaganda from Peiping about
"peaceful coexistence" and the "Bandung spirit"
and regardless of successive zigs and zags in their
tactics of the moment.
A byproduct of such Communist Chinese activi-
ties is a growing awareness among Asian peoples
of Communist China's motivations. Out of these
disillusioning Communist acts and our contrast-
ing positive assistance has come a better under-
standing of our own motivations, of our willing-
ness and ability to live up to our obligations, and
of the contribution U.S. power makes to the
security of each Asian nation threatened with
Commmiist aggression. The well-known news
correspondent, Ernest Lindley, recently wrote fol-
lowing a tour of free Asia that a pronounced trend
is developing there toward a more realistic ap-
preciation for and understanding of the United
States and its role in deterring Communist aggres-
sion. If such a trend has developed, it could not
have happened without the stimulus of policies
and actions which we have initiated in the last
decade.
What of the Future?
You may agree that "so far so good" but point
out that no real solutions of our problems are in
sight. Communist China exists and is growing
stronger. We cannot afford to ignore or turn our
backs on 600 million Chinese. You may suggest
we must therefore have a new policy.
Let us take a look at that proposition. First of
all, I think that one of our better qualities as
Americans is the restless driving urge we seem to
have for finding something better. On the other
hand, when we are faced with a particularly stub-
born problem, we must not let this urge lead us to
advocate change just for the sake of change in the
wisliful hope that all will turn out for the best.
Xor sliould we turn to a new policy on the mere
assumption that, since the problem is still with us,
the old policy must be ineffective. Before a group
of lawyers such as this, I do not need to labor that
point. However, having made it, I would like to
go on and say that we would l)e derelict in our re-
sponsibility if we did not welcome constructive
thinking from whatever quarter, did not search
for new and promising ideas, did not keep our
minds open, ready to agree when some new policy
or course of action was demonstrably better
adapted to serve the broad national interest. It is
in that spirit that we try to approach tliis very
vital prol)lem of China policy.
A New China Policy?
During the last few months there have been a
number of widely publicized proposals from vari-
ous sources for a new China policy. Here with
you I would like to take a look at one or two wliich
406
Department of Stale Bulletin
are both carefully prepared and whicli represent
a variant of an often-proposed solution known as
the "two Chinas'' policy.
The proponents of tlie "two Chuias" solution
argue somewhat as follows :
U.S. Chma policy has as its primary ob-
jective the containment of Communist China
by isolating it ivom tlie rest of the world.
Such a policy, they say, is unrealistic in that
it ignores Commiuiist China's rapid growth
into a strong economic and political force in
Asia which c^innot for long be held back by
anything we do from assuming an important
international role; it cuts otf all contacts be-
tween the 600 million people on the China
mainland and the people of the United
States: it precludes any chance of arriving at
a modus vivendi with Commimist China in
whicli major issues separatmg Communist
China and the United States may be settled
by negotiation; and it is imix)pular with our
friends and allies. They conclude that the
United States should abandon this policy,
which, in their opinion, by its inflexibility
only drives the Chinese Communists closer
into the arms of the Soviet Union, and should
explore more dynamic alternatives aimed at
the establislmient of a basis for negotiating
at least some of our difficulties with the
Peiping regime. In the meantime, since our
support for Taiwan is one of the major
sources of tension between Peiping and our-
selves, the critics suggest that we should seek
to create a situation in which we can main-
tain our commitments toward Taiwan as
Taiwan, not as the representative of China,
and in which Communist Chuia can be ac-
cepted by us as the spokesman of the people
on the China mainland.
I would like now to discuss this line of argu-
ment, point by point. First, we do not ignore
Conmiunist China's gi'owth into a strong eco-
nomic and political force; as a matter of prudence
we must accept this fact and our policy seeks to
deal with it. Indeed, it is imi>erative that all
Americans imdei-stand that in this new decade of
the sixties Communist China may well grow yet
stronger and the threat it poses to its neighbors
may become still more dangerous. Faced with
this prospect our policy nuist continue to pro-
mote the dc\elopment and strengthening of the
free countries, not merely the "containment" of
Red China.
Parenthetically, let me note here that the
Draconian measures adopted by the Peiping
regime to speed its industrialization campaign
have unquestionably caused widespread resent-
ment among the Chinese people, especially in the
comitrj'side, where most of the population dwells.
Although the regime appears to be firmly en-
trenched, the possibility cannot be ruled out that
the pent-up animosities of the people, especially
if they should infect the armed forces, might
bring about the violent destruction of the regime
from within. We have seen before that police
states can be brittle, hard without but rotting
within. However, the point is that our China
polic}- is not gi'ounded in an expectation of col-
lapse. It woidd be folly to base our policy on such
calculations.
But simply because we cannot prevent Com-
munist China from increasing its power in abso-
lute tenns does not mean that we should thei-e-
fore abandon a policy which seeks to offset such
growth : far less should we adopt measures which
might abet it. So long as Peiping is dedicated to
using its growing strength for aggressive pur-
poses, we must adhere to measures designed to
cope with that strength.
To saddle our policy with the i"esponsibility for
cutting off contact between the people of main-
land China and the people of the U.S. is simply
to ignore the record. I have already recalled that
the U.S. retained its Embassy and principal con-
sular establishments on the mainland following
the imposition of Conmiunist rule but that after
some months we were compelled to withdraw
them. At the same time many hundreds of pri-
vate American citizens who had remained on the
China mainland after the Conmimiist takeover
also found themselves systematically harried until
they left, and America n-.supported institutions
were liquidated or taken over by the Communists.
Several dozen American citizens were imprisoned,
and many othere were subjected to other harass-
ments. In short, the Peiping regime from its in-
ception pui-sued a deliberate policy of oblitei-ating
contacts between the American and Chinese peo-
ple which had been built up over a century. By
the fall of 1050 we were engaged in bloody combat
with so-called "volunteer" Chinese Communist
forces in Korea. Under these circumstances it
March 74, I960
407
was the duty of your State Department to pro-
hibit American citizens to travel in Communist
China, where they could obviously enjoy no sem-
blance of protection.
Nevertheless, in the summer of 1957 the Depart-
ment announced that it would validate passports
for travel to Communist China for a substantial
group of journalists.^ This move was made on an
experimental basis. ^Miile under our laws the
reciprocal admission of an equal number of Chi-
nese correspondents cannot be guaranteed in ad-
vance, we have made it clear that the Secretaiy of
State would be prepared to ask the Attorney Gen-
eral for waivers in individual cases. No Chinese
Communist correspondent has applied for entry
into the U.S., and, with one exception, no U.S.
correspondent with a validated passport has been
granted permission by the Chinese Commvmists
to enter mainland China. It is clear that the
whole issue was a typical Communist propaganda
hoax and that the Peiping regime was not and is
not really interested in an exchange of journalists
with us. This, of course, is but one of many indi-
cations that the Chinese Communists do not relish
objective inquiry, nor do they want contacts ex-
cept on their terms.
The charge that our China policy precludes any
chance of arriving at a modus vivendi with Com-
munist. China on major issues through negotiation
again tunis matters upside down. We have nego-
tiated or attempted to negotiate with the Chinese
Communists ever since 1953 — or since 1951 if you
include the protracted Korean armistice negotia-
tions at Panmunjom. We have had, since 1955,
95 meetings in Geneva and Warsaw at the ambas-
sadorial level. Our experience with these negotia-
tions has demonstrated that the only modus
vivendi that could be worked out with the Chinese
Communists would be one based on surrender to
their terms. These terms, when defined in their
simplest form, are that the U.S. get out of the
west Pacific and leave the countries of east and
southeast Asia to cope with Peiping as best they
can, separately and alone. Considering the vast
disparity in power and resources between Com-
munist China and the other countries of the re-
gion, such a retreat from responsibility on the part
of the United States would be fatal. Yet this, in
essence, is what Peiping offers us as a basis for
negotiation.
I will not deny that our China policy — at least
some fundamental aspects of it, such as our oppo-
sition to seating the Peiping regime in the United
Nations — has been unpopular in some countries.
I do den}' that differing views on China policy,
for example with India, have been a significant
stumbling block in ovir relations with such coun-
tries. Of much greater importance is the fact
that countries in east and southeast Asia, who
have felt and continue to feel threatened by Chi-
nese Communist power, do not ask us to change
our policy. In fact, any hint or nmior that we
might retreat from it is a source of profound dis-
quiet to them. It is significant, furthermore,
that, in the area with which my bureau deals, 10
of the 1.3 countries do not recognize Communist
China. Only one has recognized that regime
since 1950. Moreover, as I have already noted,
understanding and appreciation of our Cliina
policy has greatly increased in the area, particu-
larly in the past year and a half, as a result of
the growing awareness among its governments
and peoples of the threat posed by Chinese Com-
munist policy.
The claim that the Government of the Republic
of China cannot adefjuately represent 600 million
people on the mainland from whom it has been
almost totally cut off for nearly 10 years is a
plausible one. On the other hand, the Chinese
Communist regime took power by force of arms
and maintains itself by the highly developed and
ruthlessly applied techniques of a police state.
It is the Eepublic of China which adheres to the
traditional values and culture of the gifted Clu-
nese people, and even today I venture to say that it
is more representative of the feelings and thoughts
of the mass of the people than is the regime in
Peiping. Indeed the very bitterness with which
Peiping assails Taipei is e^•^dence of the value
of an alternate and truly Chinese focus of loyalty
to Cliinese everywhere, on the mainland, in south-
east Asia, and ovei*seas. It so happens that only
3 days ago, in his message on the Mutual Secu-
rity Program,* the President referred to the vig-
orous and skilled population on Taiwan, which
through economic reform and development has
achieved a standard of living in Asia second only
to that of Japan. Under its leaderehip, which is
derived from all parts of the countiy, the Repub-
lic of China has the potential, as the President
' Ihid., Sept. 9, 19.>7, p. 420.
408
• For text, see ibid., Mar. 7. IfKJO, p. 369.
Department of State Bulletin
iM)ted, for :v paoo and defrree of development in
excess of tliat under totalitarian methods.
I would like next to deal briefly with tlie {)ropo-
sition that U.S. policy has driven tlie Chinese
Communist regime into the arms of the Soviet
Union. Asrain the record refutes the charge.
Long before our present China, policy was
evolved, the Cliinese Commimists lined tliemselves
up solidly with the Soviet Union. This relation-
ship was formally establislied by an alliance
between Peiping and Moscow concluded in Feb-
ruaiT 1950. At that time we were still main-
taining considar establishments on the mainland
and had publicly declared a hands-off policy with
regard to Formosa. We had no proliibition
against travel and no embargo on trade.
The Sino-Soviet alliance was a logical and in-
evitable consequence of a policj' often proclaimed
even before the Communists came to power. Mao
Tse-tung, as well as Liu Shao-chi, had declared
that the world was divided into two camps, social-
ist and imperialist, and that China would join the
socialist camp headed by the Soviet Union. Tliis
fundamental decision of foreign policy (which,
I repeat, long antedates the current China pol-
icy of the U.S.) springs from Mao's deep-rooted
Marxist-Leninist convictions. The Chinese Com-
munist Party was organized in 1921 with a Com-
intern agent named Mai-ing playing a leading
role. As late as 1927 directives to the Chinese
Commimist Party emanated from the Soviet Le-
gation in Peking before it was closed by the Chi-
nese authorities. The party has ever acknowl-
edged Mosc-ow as the head of the socialist
camp, it has ever opposed what it calls imperial-
ism, and it denies flatly that a third or neutral
road exists.
It is true that recently we have seen some signs
of differences between Mao Tse-tung and Khru-
shchev over interpretations of Communist doctrine
and foreign policy tactics. Yet there has never
been any convincing evidence that Mao has con-
sidered any other course than that of solid aline-
ment with the Soviet Union, which each partner
believes to be of great political, militaiy, and
economic advantage for his own purpose. In
recent yeai-s, especiall}' since the first Soviet sput-
nik in 1957, Mao has talked not just about inevi-
table Commimist victory but has declared that the
Communists are even now winning, or, to use
his language, '"The East wind is prevailing over
the West wind." Mao's confidence that the tide
of Connnunist victory is now rushing in cannot
be reconciled with any expectation that he is pre-
pared to abandon a policy of alinement with Mos-
cow if an acceptable modus vivendi could be
worked out between Communist China and the
U.S. Any U.S. effort to this end would inevi-
tably be regarded as evidence of weakness and
would be exploited to the utmost.
This brings me to the final argument advanced
by these critics of our China policy, namely, that
we should create a situation in wjiich we can
maintain our commitments to Taiwan as Taiwan
and accept Peiping as the spokesman for main-
land China. Offhand many people find this idea
attractive, because it appears to reflect the situ-
ation as it actually exists, with the territory of
China for 10 years now divided between two hos-'
tile groups. They therefore suggest the best way
out of the dilemma, and the danger, posed by this
situation is to work out an agreement which
formalizes and accepts the status quo under appro-
priate guarantees. A basic weakness of this sug-
gestion is tliat the "two Chinas" concept in any
way, shape, or form is totally unacceptable both
to the Republic of China and the Cliinese Com-
munist regime. It is in fact the one issue on which
they agree. Ironically, one of Peiping's principal
propaganda themes is that the United States is
attempting to impose just such a solution. Tlie
Chinese Communists have made it repeatedly
clear in every conceivable way that they will
have nothing to do with such a proposal; yet it
is constantly put forward by critics of our China
policy as though it were a practical basis for
negotiating a stable, lasting settlement. To pro-
pose as a serious basis for negotiation with
Peiping a concept which it has repeatedly and vit-
riolically rejected and to which our ally, the Re-
public of China, is bitterly opposed, is merely to
expose ourselves to ridicule by the Communists
and to mistrust by our ally. We should also stop
to consider the principle involved. Despite the
disparity of its components, China is a divided
country, just as are Viet-Nam and Korea — also
Gerniany. Do we wish to advocate a similar solu-
tion repugnant to these allies too?
What we have done, and are domg, with re-
gard to the Taiwan Strait problem, i-ecognizing its
inherent dangers, is to concentrate on mitigating
them. To this end we have made it clear to
Peiping we will not tolerate a solution by force.
/March J 4, I960
409
Wlien Peiping forced a crisis in late August 1958
in the Taiwan Strait, it saw that we were firm
and it left olf further ^jrobing. At the same time,
in the Warsaw negotiations we have called upon
tlie Chinese Communists to cease fire, to renounce
force, and to seek a peaceful solution. On the
other hand, by means of the joint communique
issued by President Chiang and the late Secre-
tary John Foster Dulles on October 23, 1958,=
the Republic of China made it clear that it would
pursue its policies in the area primarily by polit-
ical rather than military means.
Conclusion
This brings me to my conclusion in regard to
China and the Far East — or Near West. It has
two parts.
First, I share the conclusion of the Rockefeller
Brothers Fund report on U.S. foreign policy : "
"Toward mainland China the alternatives of pol-
icy are, for the short mn, lacking in creative
possibilities."
Second, I am convinced that our China policy is
not a thing which can be dealt with in isolation
because it is intimately related to the future of
the whole area. Viewed in this light it has demon-
strated very real, creative possibilities. Under
the policy which we have followed there has been
survival, consolidation, and growth in the free
countries of Asia, including the Republic of China.
Commmiist aggression in Koi-ea and Indochma
has not again been attempted. Communist ter-
rorists no longer run riot in Burma, Malaya,
Indonesia, and the Philippines. Communist
probes in the Taiwan Strait and Laos were
damped down. This has permitted the work of
creation to go on in the new countries and the
work of sound re-creation to go on in Japan. Our
policy and presence has redressed the balance in
this great area in the critical and turbulent decade
of the 1950's and has brought about a measure of
stabilization. We must take care now not to un-
settle the balance by other alternatives of policy
which could under present circumstances have
only disastrous possibilities for the cause of
freedom.
Finally, under the present alternative of policy,
there are further and great creative possibilities
" ma., Nov. 10, 1958, p. 721.
'The Mid-Century Challenge to U.S. Foreign Policy,
Doubled ay and Co., Inc. Garden City, N.Y.
410
for all of these free countries if, in our relations
with them, we continue also our policies of coUec- >
tive security, of mutual assistance, of wann and
sensitive appreciation of their aspirations and
their problems, and of sympathetic midei-standing
of their views of us. To believe less, to believe
that a policy which has lielped so much to take
them and us this far will not take us further, is
almost to deny faith in the capacity of free peoples
to build their own lives under a free system.
However, a great responsibility still rests upon us
to endure, to be strong, to be patient, and to devote
the resources required to meet this crucial and
persistent challenge. I am sure that our country,
which has done so much, will not falter.
U.S. Makes Annuity Payment
to Republic of Panama
Press release 83 dated February 25
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 25 that it has paid the annuity of $1,930,000
due the Republic of Panama in 1960. The remit-
tance of this amount each year is provided for
under the terms of treaties between the two coun-
tries with respect to the rights, powers, and privi-
leges granted to the United States in the Canal
Zone. Under the provisions of the Treaty of
Mutual Understanding and C-ooperation of 1955,^
the amount of the annual payment was increased
from $430,000 to $1,930,000.
Yugoslav Atomic Energy
Officials Visit U.S.
Press release 86 dated February 26
A group of five officials representing the Yugo-
slav Federal Commission for Nuclear Energy is
scheduled to arrive in the United States February
27. During a 3-week stay, the group will travel
extensively and will have an opportunity to visit
various installations of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission as well as a conmiercial power plant uti-
lizing atomic energy. They will also discuss with
United States officials possible United States-
' For text of the treaty and aceompanying memorandum,
.see Bulletin of Feb. 7. VX>T<. p. 2."?8.
Department of Stale Bulletin
Yugoslav cooperation in the iield of peaceful uses
of iitoinic energy.
The group is headed by Slobodan Nakicenovic,
Under Secretary of State in the Federal Com-
missioTi for Nuclear Energy, and includes Salom
Suica, Anton Moljk, Drago Bauni, and Zdenko
Dizdar.
It is expected that the visit will include stops
at Oak Ridge National Laboratory at Oak Ridge,
Tenn., the Argonne National Laboratory at Le-
mont. 111., the Dresden Nuclear Power Station of
the Commonwealth Edison Company at Morris,
111., the National Reactor Testing Station at Idaho
Falls, Idaho, the I^iwrence Radiation Laboratory
at Berkeley, Calif., and the Brookhaven National
Laboratory at Upton, N.Y.
Intelligence Estimating and National Security
by Allen W. Dulles
Director of Central Intelligence ^
One of the most satisfying aspects of our work
in tlie intelligence field has been the contribution
that leaders in the field of science and technology
have made to it. I have never known a time when
we have called upon any of you and your col-
leagues in various fields of scientific endeavor
without having a wholehearted response, no mat-
ter the time, the trouble, and the sacrifice involved.
I want to thank you now and, through you, your
colleagues in other scientific fields.
In the Central Intelligence Agency we have
built up an Office of Scientific Intelligence under
the able direction of Dr. Herbert Scoville. It is
prepared to meet our growing responsibilities in
the field of science and to serve as a point of liaison
with you and others in the scientific conamunity.
Tliere is something about intelligence that seems
to get into the blood.
My own relationship to intelligence goes back
at least 40 years when as a young Foreign Service
officer I became involved in intelligence work dur-
ing World War I — first in Austria-Hungary be-
fore we entered the war, then in Switzerland, and
later at the peace conference of Versailles in 1919.
Then again I came back to intelligence work
for about 4 yeai-s in World War II. I shall not
' Address made before the Institute of Aeronautical
Sciences at New York, N.Y., on Jan. 26.
soon forget the day back in the spring of 1943
when I secured my first hard evidence of the Ger-
man development at Peenemunde of its missiles,
the V-1 and the V-2. I can truthfully say that
my background in missile intelligence goes back
a,bout 17 years. It remains our highest priority.
With the end of World War II, I settled back
into the practice of the law. But again I could not
resist the lure of the trade, and in 1948 I accepted
President Truman's invitation to join with two
fellow lawyers in preparing, for the National Se-
curity Coimcil, a study on the legislation which
had set up the Central Intelligence Agency. I
refer to the National Security Act of 1947, which
also established the Department of Defense, pro-
vided for the imification of the military services,
and established the National Security Coimcil.
Tlie CIA had then been functioning only about
a year, but the question was wJiether its legislative
framework was adequate for the job. In due
course, after a year of intermittent work, we sub-
mitted our report and considered our job com-
pleted. We had, however, committed the
unpardonable sin of telling others how a job
should be done. I warn you all not to do this
unless you are looking for trouble.
Shortly after our report was filed in 1949, that
dynamic military man and diplomat, General
Bedell Smith, who is today fighting a brave, and
Alorch 14, I960
411
I believe successful, battle against critical illness,
was named Director of Central Intelligence. He
dusted off the report of our little committee and in
his inimitable manner called the authors of the
report on the telephone and told us in no uncer-
tain tenns that we should come down to Washing-
ton for a few weeks and try to explain what we
were trying to say and, if it made sense, help him
put it into effect.
We could not fail to respond, and so about 10
years ago I went to work at the Central Intelli-
gence Agency for a 6 weeks' tour of duty. I have
been there ever since.
The years since lO-iT, when the CIA was organ-
ized, have hardly been sufficient to put everything
in order. In fact, if in intelligence one ever
reaches any such state of complacency, it's about
time to have one's head examined. I do feel, how-
ever, that real progress has been made over the
last dozen years, but intelligence will never be an
exact science. It deals not only with the hardware
of national power and of battle but with the
vagaries and uncertainties of human beings and
human decisions. There are always scores of
intangibles and unpredictables and, in fact,
"unknowables."
The best one can do is to see that one's batting
average is relatively high, that the predictable and
the calculable are stated with the degree of cer-
tainty that the evidence permits, and that the best
that one can distill out of available facts is brought
concisely, objectively, and quickly to those who
have the resiDonsibility for policy and action.
Courage is also needed. Intelligence officers are
all too prone to write their estimates so that no
matter what happens they will have covered them-
selves. With this I have no patience.
In this intelligence task science, technology', elec-
tronics, and the aeronautical and affiliated sciences
play a major role. I regret to state that the days
are gone where one could place chief reliance on
such tools of collection as the wiles of a Mata Hari.
The beats of an electronic signal have come into
their own. It takes some of the glamour out of
the profession, but these scientilic techniques do
add an element of more certainty. And in the age
of jet propulsion and ballistic missiles, speed and
precision of reporting are two of the vital elements
of our security.
Of course as the means of intelligence collection
become more highly mcclianized and complicated,
the cost of intelligence to tlie taxpayer, like every-
thing else, is ascending and there is a need con-
stantly to justify the money and the manpower
which is put into it. If there is abroad a general
impression, as I sometimes read in the press, that
the work and cost of intelligence collection must
be taken solely on faith and on the claims of the
intelligence officer, I should like to scotch any
such idea. More and more in the budgetai-y proc-
esses of government we are called upon to justify
in detail the work for which the taxpayer is pay-
ing by the results we are achieving.
Need for Intelligence Work
It is probably not necessary to explain to a
gathering such as this the need for intelligence.
Sometimes, however, I do feel that a good share
of the public considers intelligence work as a col-
lateral need rather than a direct and vital ele-
ment of our national security. History, I think,
clearly gives the lie to any such conclusion.
Sometime I should like to find the leisure to
write a book on the impact of intelligence successes
and failures on the course of history. One might
start with the Trojan Horse in 1200 B.C., when no
one would listen to Cassandra, and with the fatal
campaign of the Athenians against Syracuse.
Coming down to more modem times, one could
debate the consequences of the miscalculation of
the Kaiser in 1914, and of Hitler in World War
II, and not overlook our own Pearl Harbors.
Then there are the spectacular successes, like
those of the highly competent spies of Joshua,
who found shelter in Jericho with Rahab, the
harlot, and the much more recent feat of British
intelligence in deciphering the Zimmermann tele-
gram in 1917, and the American intelligence pre-
lude to the great victory in the Battle of Jlidway.
In time of war intelligence is often dramatic.
In peacetime good intelligence rarely is spectacu-
lar. It can and ought to be quiet, inconspicuous,
painstaking, but also guiding and safeguarding.
It should warn in advance and help to stave off
crises. It should also help affirmatively toward
the development of a dj'namic policy and strategj'.
If it does its job properly, it may never need to
be sensational; it should not be publicized.
It is not my contention that all of the failures
could have turned into successes, even if the In-
tel ligonce had been near perfection and been
lieeded and even if the political and military lead-
ers of the past who were inter])roting tlie intclli-
412
Department of State Bulletin
gonce had always had the wisdom of Socrates.
Neither situation prevailed.
It is my contention, however, that it is possible
somewliat to narrow the range of miscalculation
by the continual improving of our intelligence and
by perfecting the methods by which we get that
intelligence quickly and clearly to those who have
the duty of making great decisions. Here we are
making real progress.
The experience of World War II taught us
something which countries like the United King-
dom and most of the major European powers had
leariicil well before us, namely, that an effective
intelligence system is important to national
security. In reaching this same decision in
1947 we did not attempt, and, I believe, wisely,
to create a unitary system. Rather it is a
coordinated, integrated system. The Central In-
telligence Agency has large responsibilities for
coordinating the overall intelligence effort but
does not supplant the work of other agencies.
U.S. Intelligence Board
In the United States Intelligence Board, over
which I have the honor to preside, we bring to-
gether the intelligence representatives of the De-
partment of State, the Department of Defense,
the military services, and others who have capabili-
ties in the collection field or in the analysis of in-
telligence. Included on the Board are representa-
tives of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, to
aid where domestic intelligence matters have inter-
national implications, and of the Atomic Energy
Commission with its expertise in the nuclear field.
Of course we draw upon the great knowledge and
exj^erience of private organizations such as those
which so many of you represent, and we benefit
from the wisdom of our scholastic and educational
institutions.
The United States Intelligence Board has the
responsibility for analyzing all relevant intelli-
gence collected by, or available to, all agencies of
government. The resultant product, in the form
of coordinated memoranda and estimates, attempts
to cover on a worldwide basis the developing
trends, military, political, and economic, which
bear upon our national security.
It is our purpose to get our estimates out in time
to be of use. Post mortems of lost opportunities
are valuable to help us improve for the future;
they are of little use in developing a policy for the
present.
The responsibility for effecting the coordina-
tion of intelligence and issuing the resulting prod-
uct lies witli the Central Intelligence Agency.
Soviet Veil of Secrecy
The analysis of human behavior, the anticipation
of human reactions in a given situation, can never
be assigned to a computer machine and sometimes
baffles the cleverest analyst. We have, it is true,
drawn up long lists of crises indicators to be
checked off in various situations where belligerent
or hostile actions are threatened. These lists,
based on long experience, are useful, but the future
is rarely like the past ; and we only have some 40
years' experience in dealing with international
communism of the Moscow variety and 10 years'
experience with communism directed fi-om
Peiping.
Today in the Soviet Union more information is
becoming available to the outside world than was
the case in the past. This applies particularly to
the development of Soviet peacetime economy,
their competence in the various peaceful industrial
fields, and their problems in trying to apply
Marxist theories in agriculture, which has proved
to be a costly and unsuccessful imdertaking.
In the military area, however, the Soviets at-
tempt, even today, to maintain as strict a veil of
secrecy as in the old times of Stalin. As an excep-
tion, from time to time Mr. Khrushchev himself,
as he has done in his own recent "state of the na-
tion" address, tells us of his plans. Now he pro-
poses to reduce his military manpower, to phase
over from the bomber to the guided missile, and
largely to abandon surface naval vessels and em-
phasize the submarine. Of course we have to
analyze his statements in order to determine what
part is hard fact and what part is said to beguile
us.
The Kremlin's security is good, but a great
deal is known to intelligence beyond the trickle
of military information that is given out officially.
In fact, the greater part of what Klrushchev
has now told us about this military planning had
been anticipated many months ago, and long since
our estimates had been revised to take account of
the slackening in aircraft production, the change
in emphasis in the navy, and the Soviet's vigorous
March 14, 1960
541808—60 3
413
and orderly program in the field of guided
missiles.
The proposed reduction in military manpower
comes somewhat belatedly as far as the Soviet
Union is concerned. We oui"selves had done this
much earlier. For the Soviet it is in part a re-
sponse to the change in emphasis as a result of
new weaponry. It is also calculated to help meet
the requirements of their industry for more man-
power during tliis period when the Soviet is feel-
ing the effects of the reduced birth rate of the
war years.
Even after these announced reductions, how-
ever, we should not forget that the Soviets would
retain a formid<able balanced military establish-
ment, in no way wholly dependent on their mis-
sile strength.
Assessing Soviet Capabilities and Intentions
The stress which Khrushchev has laid on bal-
listic missiles, or rockets, as he prefei-s to call
them, and the resultant discussion in the Con-
gress and in the pr&ss about where we stand in
the missile race, has recently directed consider-
able attention to intelligence estimates. There
seems to be some confusion about what I might
call the methodology in their preparation. I
should like to try to set this straight.
First: Our intelligence estimates do not at-
tempt to give a comparative jjicture or net esti-
mate as to where we stand vis-a-vis the U.S.S.R.
in weaponry. We, in intelligence, are not author-
ities on American militaiy programs. Naturally
our own domestic experience and our knowledge
as to the state of the art in this country are use-
ful guides in judging othere' capabilities. Our
job is to det-ermine where the Soviet Union now
.stands in the missile and other military fields and
where it is going in the immediate future. We
are not in the business of passing upon whether
there is such a thing as a missile gap.
Second: The analysis of any given Soviet
weapons system involves a number of judgments.
These include, for example, Soviet capability to
)>roduce the system, probable Soviet inventories
of the weapons system as of today, the role as-
signed to this system in Soviet military planning,
the requirements the Soviet high command may
lay down for the weapon over the future. All
these judgments are to some degree intei'depend-
ent. They lead to a calculation of how far and
liow soon the Soviets are likely to develop the
system. Manifestly this kind of estimating is of
tlie highest importance to our own planning.
Third: It is difficult to predict how much em-
phasis will be given to any particular weapons
system until the research and development stage
has been completed, tests of effectiveness have
been carried out, and the factories given the order
to proceed with serial production. No group of
people knows tliis better than you do as regards
our own militai-y program. Consequently in our
estimates we generally stress capabilities in the
early stages of Soviet weapons development, and
then, as more hard facts are available, we esti-
mate their probable programing, sometimes
referred to as intentions.
Finally : What I am describing is not a new or
novel procedui-e. Every estimate of this nature
regarding military hardware, irrespective of the
type of weapon, whether it be a missile, a sub-
marine, or an airplane, goes through this general
process of analysis in the intelligence conuuunity
and has done so for many years. Firet we assess
the Soviet capabilities in each of these fields, and
then, as the evidence accumulates and as a pattern
begins to emerge, we reach our estimate as to the
likely consti-uction program.
Intelligence Revisions Based on Soviet Cutbacks
The fact tluit in the later yeai-s of development
we can crank into our estimates more of the ele-
ments of programing and future intentions than
we can at the beginning does not indicate any
change in the intelligence approach to the prob-
lem. It merely means that our sources of infor-
mation in oTie year may permit of a judgment
which is always needed by the planner but one
which could not have been properly made earlier.
For exanqile, in 1954 the Soviets began pro-
duction of a heavy bomber comparable to our
B-52. Every indication pointed to their having
adopted this plane as a major element of their
offensive strength and to an intention to produce
these j)lanes more or less as fast as they could.
Based on our knowledge of their aircraft manu-
facturing industi-y we ]u'OJecte(l a buildup of this
bomber force over the succeeding several years.
We were certain tliat tlicy liad the capability to
))i'()(luee the mnnbers forecast; the available evi-
dence indicated that they had the intention to
translate this capability into a program.
414
Department of State Bulletin
But we naturally kept a close watch on (lie ac-
tual events. Production did not rise as rapidly as
it could have. Evidence accumulated that the i)er-
forinance of the plane was le.ss than satisfactory.
Meiuiwhile we noted progress in their missile test-
ing i>ro<rram. At stime point, about lit;")?, the
Soviet leadei-s decided that the heavy-bomber pro-
duction should be held down to a mininmm. In
those days some people in this country were writ-
ing about the coming bomlwr gap.
As we gained evidence of that change in pro-
gram, it became incuml>eiit on us to levise our
intelligence estimates, and we did so. The capa-
bility remained; the policy and hence the intent
to go forward with the heavy bomber chang(^d.
This Khrushchev himself has now announced in
his recent speech. In the field of naval surface
forces and conventional submarines, Soviet policy
went tlu'ough a similar cycle in order to prepare
for more sophisticated types of submarines. This
has recently been alluded to by Khrushchev but
was known to the intelligence connnunity for
nniny months.
No Tendency To Underestimate Soviet Progress
In citing the.se examples of cutbacks in the
numbers of Soviet bombers and submarines, I do
not wish to leave any impression that I think the
Soviets will do the same in the long-range missile
field. During tliis past year they have been car-
rying on an orderly program of flight-testing
their missiles which permits certain conclusions
to be drawn. Most i-ecently, presumably for the
propaganda effects they hope to gain and because
they were running out of homeland space in wliich
to test, they have advertised wherein the Pacific
they proposed to target the tests of their space
vehicles, or rockets, for the montli ending Febni-
ai-y 15. Thus tliey flex their muscles in public,
whereas in the psist they have been doing it with-
out publicity. They wish to call attention to tlie
strength of their sinews.
Tliere is no tendency in the intelligence com-
munity to underestimate Soviet sophistication in
any phase of the missile field or the progress tliey
have Ix^en making in developing their long-range
missile system. We have not downgraded this
system this year as contrasted with last year.
However, it would be just as wrong to let the
Soviet talk the world into believing that the
ICI5M, powerful as it is, constitutes the only arma-
ment wilh wliich a country should equip itseil'. 1
believe that the Soviet are tiying to take advantage
of the publicity they have achieved with respect to
botii missile and space programs in order to make
the unsophisticated believe that these achieve-
ments mean overall superiority in the military
Held. Such superiority, in the opinion of more
([ualilied experts than I, does not exist.
Responsibility for Interpreting the Facts
In viewing problems such as the Soviet strategic
attack capal)ilities with missiles and other
weapons, we in the intelligence community are
keenly aware of the impact which intelligence esti-
mates may have upon our own military po.sture
and our military jjrograming. I can assure you
that in preparing them we look to nothing but the
available facts, disregarding all outside considera-
tions, political, budgetary, or other. At times we
have overestimated. At times we have under-
estimated. But looking back on the last few years
with the benefit of hindsight, the record of esti-
mating is creditable. Facts have no politics. We
are diligently seeking and interpreting the facts
without fear or favor.
As regards the influence of a particular depart-
ment or service on oui- estimative process, I recog-
nize that we are all human and have our prejudices
and our strong convictions. I can also assure you
that we have such a level of responsibility repre-
senting a broad cross section of both civilian and
military participation on the United States Intel-
ligence Board that there is little opportunity for
parochial interests or considerations of any mem-
ber to influence the final product. But if any
member of the Board has a dissenting view on any
issue, that member is entitled to express it as part
of the estimate so that the policymaker can judge
of it as such.
Feature of Accessibility
In addition to rciuihing sound intelligence
judgments on the crucial issues of the day, the
other major problem of the intelligence officer is to
get the reports and estimates before the decision-
making echelons of government. In our own Gov-
ernment this means, of couree, that the intelligence
goes primarily to the President, the Secretary of
State, the Secretary of Defense, and the National
Security ('ouncil. The latter is, in effect, the Pres-
Aiarch 14, I960
415
ident in Council, to -which the Central Intelligence
Agency is under law primarily responsible. Of
course, as we see today, intelligence is also made
available to the Congress, as appropriate, to help
in the legislative and appropriation processes.
Past history, as I suggested at the outset, is re-
plete with instances where the intelligence was
available but the intelligence officer fiunbled in the
handling of it, as well as instances whei-e the intel-
ligence was properly reported but not heeded.
At various times over the past 40 years I have
served in one capacity or another under every
President of the United States, beginning with
Woodrow Wilson, and generally in some capacity
related to intelligence. One of the great and con-
tinuing advantages we have enjoyed over our his-
torj' is that we have been led by men who have
come to their high positions deeply imbued with
the democratic processes. As a part of this, our
leaders have generally made themselves readily
accessible to information from their subordinates
and their intelligence officers. This feature of ac-
cessibility has been maintained by our Presidents
despite the fact that the burdens on the Executive
have been multiplying astronomically and the
complexity of the problems before them, particu-
larly in the field of our foreign relations, has been
augmenting in geometric ratio. At the same time
tlie period within which decisions have to be made
has been steadily decreasing.
During the last 10 years that I have been in
Washington, I have served mider two Presidents
of diifering political parties. There never has
been a time when the Director of Central Intelli-
gence has not been able to get to the President in a
matter of minutes on any issue that he considered
of immediate importance.
Nor is this access limited to crises situations.
On a daily basis we in the intelligence community
have an opportunity to lay before the President
and the leading officials of the Department of
State, the Department of Defense, and tlie Na-
tional Security Council our appraisals of unfold-
ing events of policy significance. Tliis is supple-
mented by weekly oral briefings which I give to
the National Security Council, covering important
current events or dealing with the intelligence
background of policy decisions that may be before
the Council. Issues in our foreign relations these
days do not always wait for the painstaking prep-
aration of elaborate staff papers.
We have no reason to complain that we lack
adequate opportimity to market our product. We
have every incentive to see to it that our product
contributes to our national security.
Facing the Relentless Soviet Competition
Those who work on intelligence are sometimes
viewed as prophets of gloom. Personally I am
an optimist but also, I trust, a realist., as are my
associates in the intelligence community. Some-
times we do have to be the harbingers of ill tidings
because it is our duty to report on acti\-ities in
other lands which might detrimentally affect our
own national security.
Today we have on the world scene the Soviet
Union, Commimist China^ and the Communist
bloc with their dynamic industrial, economic, and
military programs, spearheading and directing
Communist parties, Commimist intrigues, and
Communist subversion on a worldwide basis. We
must recognize that we face stem and relentless
competition.
It is Khrushchev's present expressed intention
that this should be competition short of all-out
war, but whatever may be our views of his inten-
tions, certainly no other "holds"' wDl be barred.
When he speaks of coexistence, it is the type of
coexistence that will leave the Soviet free to press
forward on their mission to communize the world.
Today in the free world we have a great lead in
our industrial and economic strength. It is more
than twice that of the Soviet Union; and if we
include our allies in the free world, while adding
to the Soviet the present potential of Communist
China and the satellites, the lead of the free
world is still greater.
On the other hand, the peoples in the Commu-
nist nations are being driven to work harder to
make their Commimist system a universal one
than we are working to assure ourselves that these
aggressive and subversive aims are defeated.
So far the Soviet have shown great ability to
channel their growing resources into iields which
build up their national power, including their
military might. Their leaders have succeeded in
persuading their people to be content with a much
smaller share than we of consumere goods and of
what we consider the essentials to a well-roimded
life, so that they, the Soviets, can build up their
heavy industry, turn out militaiy liarchvare, and
have plenty left over to support international com-
416
Department of Stale Bullelin
inuiiism. We believe that the vahie of their total
annual niilitnry outlay appioxinuitely equals our
own.
There is no cause, therefore, for us to view the
future with any easy coini)la('ency.
Most of you are in a lieKl of work which is
closely related to our national security. You have
a keen knowledge both of o\ir own potential and
of the nature of the Soviet compel it ion. As you
return home from this conference, 1 trust tliat
you will iv\iew the problems we all face in the
world of today and in the light of your own ex-
l)erienco see whether you can come up with any
further ideas ius to how we can iK^lter jjrepai-o
ourselves to meet the Soviet challenge within the
framework of our free institutions.
THE CONGRESS
Foreign Relations Aspects of Pilotage Requirements
for Oceangoing Vessels on the Great Lakes
Following is a statement made by Ivan B.
'White^ Deputy Assistant Secretary for European
Ajfain. before the Merchant Marine and Fisheries
Subcommittee of the Semite Committee on Inter-
state and Foreign Commerce on February 23 at a
hearing on S. 3019, a bill '■'■to provide for certain
pilotage requirements in the tmvigatio7i of United
States boaters of the Great Lakes, and for other
purposes,^' together vnth the texts of aide memoire
and supplementary letters exchanged between the
United States and Canada..
Press release 79 dated February 23
STATEMENT BY MR. WHITE
My name is Ivan B. White, and I am Deputy
Assistant Secretaiy of State for European Ati'airs.
I appreciate having tliis opportunity to appear
here in support of S. 3019.
The principal purposes of this bill are to estab-
lish pilotage re<^juirements for oceangoing vessels
in their navigation of United States waters of the
Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River and to pro-
vide a basis for a regulated pilotage system to
meet those requirements. Provision is made in the
bill for the coordination of this system with a
regulated pilotage system of Canada in the Great
Lakes watere of that country. As defined in the
bill, the term "Great Lakes" means the Great
Lakes, their connecting and tributaiy waters, the
St. Lawrence River as far east as St. Regis, and
adjacent port areas.
The foreign relations aspects of this bill are
veiy important. Aside from any other considera-
tions, the fact that United States-Canadian
boundaiy watere are involved creates a practical
necessity of having pilotage systems in the respec-
tive waters of the two coimtries which can be coor-
dinated with each other. Moreover, previously
proposed pilotage legislation has been the subject
of protests from the Governments of Canada,
Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Western Germany,
the Netherlands, Ireland, Italy, and the L^nited
Kingdom.
Consequently, and in line with the indicated
desire of this connnittee and in view of the amend-
ment to H.R. 57 proposed by the House Commit-
tee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries, the Depart-
ment entered iiito a joint effort with the Coast
Guard and the Department of Commerce to de-
velop a draft bill that would take into considera-
tion the various factors which have a bearing on
March J4, I960
417
the pilotage of oceangoiiig vessels in the Great
Lakes.
The Bureau of the Budget has contributed ef-
fective assistance and advice in the development
of the bill, and contacts outside the Government
having practical experience in pilotage and ship-
ping matters have furnished exceedingly helpful
information. Testimony presented at past con-
gressional committer hearings on previously pro-
posed legislation has likewise been most useful.
Development of the Bill
In tlie course of the development of the bill,
constructive discussions took place between United
States and Canadian officials. These discussions
resulted in general agreement on desirable legisla-
tion as well as on other requirements for coordina-
tion between the two countries to provide for
compatible systems of Great Lakes pilotage. The
results of these discussions are indicated in an ex-
change of aide memoire and supplementary let-
ters, copies of which are being made available for
the information of the committee.
S. 3019 is the outcome of these interdepart-
mental activities as well as the discussions with
Canadian officials, in the course of both of which
Admiral Eichmond ^ made important contribu-
tions. My statement will deal chiefly with the
general backgroimd of the bill and features of the
bill that have a bearuig upon foreign relations.
The bill takes into consideration the testimony
of a majority of the witnesses at House committee
hearings last year that provision should be made
for a regulated system of pilotage. Most of these
witnesses favored the establishment of a joint
United States-Canadian commission for this pur-
pose. However, differing ideas were expressed as
to the functions and powers of such a commission.
A study which preceded the development of S.
3019 likewise indicated that regulation by some
authority is a necessary concomitant of compul-
sory pilotage in order to assure the availability of
an adequately organized group of experienced
pilots who will render required services in an
efficient manner at rates and terms which will be
fair and equitable for all concerned. The experi-
ence of states on the seacoast over a period of
many decades has demonstrated the need for such
'Vice Adm. Alfred C. Richmond, Commandant, U.S.
Coast Guard.
regulation, not only in the interest of efficiency
and economy but of marine safety as well.
In the case of the Great Lakes, the necessity
for regulation is further emphasized by the need
for coordination between the United States and
Canada in pilotage matters. Canada lias a system
of pilotage which is regulated by the Department
of Transpoi't of the Canadian Government, and a
regulated system of pilotage for United States
waters will evidently be required to provide an
effective basis for coordination which will provide
for equitable participation by United States and
Canadian pilots in the pilotage of ocean vessels
navigating the lakes, as well as for compatibility
in regulations and operational matters on both
sides of the boundar}^
In the development of the pro\asions of the bill
with regard to the regulation of pilotage, we
have had the benefit of expert information fur-
nished by Captain Hilton Lowe, president of the
American Pilots Association. As a result of the
material obtained from this and other sources,
including our Canadian friends, provision has
been made in S. 3019 for a regulated system
which incorporates essential elements of some
State pilotage systems, with such adaptations as
are required to meet conditions on the Great Lakes
and coordination with the regulated system of
Canada. Among these adaptations is the designa-
tion of the Secretary of Commerce as the regula-
tory authority instead of a commission, as
proposed by witnesses at earlier congressional com-
mittee hearings. In this regard, a study indicated
that regulation by a joint United States-Canada
commission would apparently nec&ssitate a con-
siderable revision of existing jurisdictional ar-
rangements as well as other adjustments in this
country and possibly in Canada. In addition, a
treaty or other form of intergovernmental agree>-
ment would have to be negotiated for the estab-
lislunent of such a commission.
Moreover, problems would have to be solved in
regard to powers, procedures, and mechanis^ms
whereby the commission would reach decisions
and deal with other matters which might involve
differing conditions or problems in the two
countries.
Under these circumstances, a lengthy period of
research, discus.sion, aiul negotiation would in all
likeliliood l)e necessiiry as a preliminary to reach-
ing an agreement that would provide for an
efTeetive joint commission. Taking all tiiese
418
Deparfment of State Bulletin
factoi-s into consideration, coordination witli
Canada tlirough separate but compatible re<;u-
lations in eacli country wius found lo otl'er a more
effective basis for a workable solution of regida-
tory pi'oblems within the foreseeable future.
Regulatory Authority of U.S. Secretary of Commerce
With resjxKrt to the reg^ulation of pilotag:e in
the I'nitetl States watei-s of the Great Lakes by a
T'nited States conunission, the conclusion was
reached that the establishment of an independent
ajj;enpy of tliis kind would not be in accord with
Federal administrative and oi-ganizational policies
and would prove to be operationally more cum-
bersome than regulation within the Department
of Commerce, which is already charged with re-
sponsibilities in regard to the economic aspects
of shipping. Furthermore, the Secretary of Com-
merce is also charged with the direction and
supervision of the wholly Government-
owned Saint Lawrence Seuway Development
Corporation.
In order to minimize adjustments and conflicts
in departmental jurisdiction, the regulatory
authority of tlie Secretary of Commerce does not
extend to the issuance, revocation, or suspension
of navigation or pilot licenses issued by the Coast
Guard. Jurisdiction in regard to such licenses
remains with the Coast Guard.
The Secretary of Commerce is authorized by
S. 3019 to register holders of appropriate master's
licenses issued by the Coast Guard for pilotage on
the Great Lakes, on terms and conditions estab-
lished by his regulations. Canada has indicated
that it would be prepared to register Canadian
pilots on a similar basis and to allow United
States registered pilots to ser^'e in Canadian
waters on vessels to which the bill is applicable if
Canadian registered pilots are similarly allowed
to serve on such sliips in United States waters.
The bill provides for such reciprocity, and, for
the purpose of providing for the equitable
participation of United States and Canadian reg-
istered pilots, the SecretaiT of Commerce is
authorized to arrange with the appropriate
agency of Canada, which is understood to be the
Department of Transport, for the number of
pilots who shall be registered in each country.
A basic pattern similar to that of State pilot-
ixge systems and to elements of the Canadian
pilotage system has been followed in provisions
of the l)ill for the creation of a |)o()l or pools by
a voluntary jus.sociation or iissociations of United
States registered pilots to provide the arrange-
ments and fiicilities necessary for the efficient dis-
patching of ve.ssels and the rendering of pilotage
services required by the bill. The Secretary of
Commerce is empowered to authorize the forma-
tion of such pools and to make regulations for
their operation and to conduct inspections. lie
may require the pooling to bo coordinated on a
reciprocal basis with similar arrangements in
Canada.
The Secretary of Commerce is authorized and
directed to establish, by regulations, fair and
equitable rates, charges, and any other conditions
or terms for services performed by registered
pilots to meet the provisions of the bill, giving,
due consideration to the public interest and the
reasonable cost and expense of facilities and ar-
rangements required for the efficient performance
of those services. The Secretary is authorized
to arrange with the Canadian agency for the
establishment of joint or identical rates, charges,
and any other conditions for registered pilots'
services in the waters of the Great Lakes.
Any written arrangements between the Secre-
tary of Commerce and the Canadian agency under
the provisions of the bill would be subject to the
concurrence of the Secretary of State.
Designation of Foreign Vessels and Restricted Waters
The bill provides that the President shall desig-
nate the United States waters of the Great Lakes
in which registered vessels of the United States
and those foreign vessels designated by him shall
be required to have in their service a registered
pilot to direct the navigation of the vessel, sub-
ject to the customary authority of the master.
The puq:)ose of this provision is to require ocean-
going vessels of all nationalities to have in their
service a pilot having adequate knowledge and
experience of navigational difficulties in the wa-
ters so designated. These will be the waters
more commonly referred to as "restricted waters."
The term "registered ves.se.1 of the United
States" applies to American vessels engaged in
foreign trade, as distinguished from vessels pro-
ceeding under "enrollment" when engaged in do-
mestic trade between United States ports. En-
rollment is also permitted under existing law for
[Tnited States vessels engaged in foreign trade
Morch 14, T960
419
between United States and Canadian ports on the
Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River. With some
exceptions, enrolled vessels navigating" United
States waters of the Great Lakes and St. Law-
rence River must have a complement of officers
holding Coast Guard pilot licenses for those
waters.
The term "those foreign vessels designated by
him" as used in se^'tion 3 of the bill is intended to
mean in general all foreign ships operating in
ocean routes. If the wording of the bill had been
specifically limited to such ships, additions to or
exceptions needed to deal with special cases that
may have to be considered in the light of actual
operations would not be possible without amend-
ing legislation. The provisions of the bill will
not be applicable to Canadian "Lakere" and
"Canalers" operating within the confines of the
Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River so long as
reciprocity is extended to enrolled LTnited States
vessels, as is indicated by another provision of
the bill.
The bill provides that the designation of for-
eign vessels and restricted waters shall be made
with due regard to the public interest, the effec-
tive utilization of navigable waters, marine
safety, and the foreign relations of the United
States.
In United States waters of the Great Lakes not
designated by the President (i.e. so-called open
waters of the lakes) vessels to which the bill is
applicable will be required to can-y a LTnited
States or Canadian registered pilot unless there
is in the service of the vessel an officer who is
qualified for the navigation of those waters and
licensed by the Coast Guard or certificated by the
appropriate agency of Canada, namely, the De-
partment of Transport. It has been indicated in
the aide memoire exchanged between the two
Governments that the Canadian Government is
prepared to recommend to Parliament the enact-
ment of such legislation as may be considered
necessary to provide for the certification of officers
of the regular complement of oceangoing vessels
who hold an appropriate master's license, who
have had actual experience in the navigation of
the open waters of the lakes through whicli these
vessels will proceed, and who have a knowledge
of the practice of following separate upbound and
dowiibound courses on the lakes. In addition,
sucli ollicei-s would be re(iuired to evidence by ex-
amination a working knowledge of the Great
Lakes rules of the road and a sufficient command
of English to use a radiotelephone.
Admittedly, the navigation of the open waters
of the Great Lakes does not present the difficulties
or require the same degree of specialized local
knowledge and experience as tlie navigation of re-
stricted waters. Infonnants who have had prac-
tical experience in the navigation of the Great
Lakes have expressed the oiDinion that the fore-
going qualifications and requirements would be
sufficient from the standpoint of marine safety.
The foregoing statement will indicate the gen-
eral features of the bill which have a foreign re-
lations aspect. Provisions of the bill in regard
to administration and enforcement have not been
covered since some of these functions fall within
the province of the Seeretaiy of Commerce while
otliers are the responsibility of the Coast Guard,
both of whom are represented at today's hearing.
In conclusion, I should like to add that the
Department of State supports this bill as pro-
viding a workable basis for establishing require-
ments and aiTangements for the pilotage of ocean
vessels navigating the United States waters of the
Great Lakes which could be coordinated with a
Canadian system of pilotage and would give due
consideration to marine safety and other factore
involved. Experience may show that amendments
may be required in the future, but in the mean-
time the provisions of the bill will provide a
reasonable basis for meeting the urgent need of
filling the void in pilotage requirements for the
shipping to which the bill will be applicable.
EXCHANGE OF AIDE MEMOIRE AND SUPPLE-
MENTARY LETTERS
U.S. Aide Memoire of February 19
In iliscussion.s of Great Lakes pilotage between United
States and Canadian officials following the receipt of
the Canadian Aide-ilenioire of September 11, li)~)9,- the
Canadian ofiicials were informed of the provi.sions of a
proposed draft bill on the subject which was prepared
by representatives of interested agencies of the Gov-
ernment of the rnited States.
The principal purposes of the proposed bill were to es-
tablish certain pilotage r(>quirements for the navigation
of United States waters of the Great Lakes and the St.
Liiv»rence River b.v vessels operating in ocean routes into
' Not printed.
420
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
inid from tlie Great Lukes, and to provide a basis for a
re^rnlatiHi system of i)ilotaj;e to meet those reqiiireJuienls.
Provision was made for eoordiuation of this i)ilotaKe
system with a Canadian system on the basis of recipro-
cal recognition of, and equitable participation by, United
States and Canadian pilots In the pilot;ige of the vessels
to whi«'h the hill would be applicable. These i)ilots would
be resisterwl by an appropriate agency of their re-
spective countries, ami vessels to which the proposed hill
would be applicable would l)e required to have registered
pilots in their service for the navigation of designated
United States waters. It is the mulerstanding of the
United States Government that Canada would also desig-
nate Canadian waters in which the services of registered
pilots would be requireil.
In undesignated waters of the Great Lakes, the ves-
sels to which the i)ri>posed hill would be applicable
would be required to have on board either a registered
pilot or an officer of their regular complement wlio would
be qualified for the navigation of the undesignated waters
and licensed either by the United States Coast Guard
or the appropriate agency of Canada.
As a result of the above-mentioned discussions, the
Canadian representatives indicated that their Govern-
ment would be prepared to submit to Parliament legis-
lative projjosals which would effect coordination on the
above-indicated basis, if the United States enacted legis-
lation along the lines of the proposed draft bill. It is
the United States Government's understanding that pro-
vision would be made to restrict the registration of
Canadian pilots to persons, other than members of the
regular complement of a vessel, who hold a master's cer-
tificate or equivalent license, unlimited as to tonnage,
issued by the Department of Transport to authorize
navigation of the Great Lakes and pilotage service on
routes specified therein.
The term "ecjuivalent license" as used in the proposed
United States draft bill would mean a license issued to a
St. Lawrence River pilot to authorize the navigation of
those portions of the river specified therein. In this
connection Canadian officials explained that St. Lawrence
River pilots are specially trained for pilotage in the
districts for which they are licensed, and that they are
not required to obtain a master's certificate, although
some do hold such a certificate. Under the proposed co-
ordinated arrangements, Canada would register the
holder of a St. Lawrence River pilot's license solely for
pilotage service on that river.
The Canadian officials further indicated that the
Canadian Government would include in proposed legis-
lation such provisions as might be considered necessary
to authorize the Department of Transport to issue certifi-
cates qualifying for the navigation of the "open" (i.e.
tindesignated) waters of the Great Lakes those officers
of the regular complements of ocean vessels who meet
the following requirements :
(1) Hold an appropriate certificate of competency as
master, valid for voyages in any part of the world and
issued or recognized by the country in which the ship
Is registered.
(2) Having the experience of at least two round trips,
within the preceding two years, in the "oiien" or undes-
ignated waters of the Great Lakes where the vessel will
be opi'r.-illng.
(:t) l'os.se.ss a working knowledge of the Great Liikes
rules of the road as evidenced by examination.
(4) Have proficiency in the English language, to be
tested al.><o by examination, sufficient to make effective
use of the radio-lelephone.
(">) Have knowledge of the practice of following sep-
arate up-bound and down-bound cour.ses on the Great
Lakes, giving due regard to the suitability of such
courses for deep draft ve.s.sels.
The substance of the proiwsed draft hill which was the
subject of the above-mentioned discussions is now em-
bodied in a bill introduce<l in the Senate as S. ."iOlO. The
Government of the United States would appreciate being
informed as to the accuracy and applicability of the
foregoing underistanding of the intentions of the Canadian
Government with resi)e<-t to S. .301(1.
Department of State,
Washington, Fehruary 19, 1960.
Canadian Aide Memoire of February 19
An Aide-Memoire presented to the Canadian Embassy
in Washington, by the Department of State on February
19, 1960, outlines the manner in which Canadian and
United States legislation aimed at establishing certain
pilotage requirements for the navigation of the waters
of the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River could be
co-ordinated if the legislative proposals contained in a
Bill known as S-3019 are approved by the United States
Congress. In the event that that Bill does become law
in the United States, it is the Intention of the Canadian
Government to submit to the Canadian Parliament, leg-
islative proposals which would effect just such a co-ordi-
nated pilotage regime in the Great Lakes in the manner
indicated in the United States Aide-Memoire.
The Can.\dian Embassy
Washington, D.C., February 19, 1960.
Canadian Letter
1746 Massachusetts Ave., N.W.,
Washington 6, D.C.
Fehruary 19, 1000.
Dear Mr. White : The agreement of the Canadian Gov-
ernment which is transmitted concurrently herewith to
the terms of the Aide-Memoire in regard to the bill on
Great Lakes Pilotage is subject to the following reserva-
tion. Section 9c of the bill does not fully meet the
C^anadian reqviirements in that lake vessels which oc-
ca.sionally oi)erate through the St. Lawrence to the Mari-
time Provinces in the Canadian Coastal Trade are not
covered. The Canadian Government considers that the.se
vessels should be covered and understands that the United
States officials concerned with this matter are sympa-
thetic to the Canadian position.
During dis<ussi()ns between the approjiriate officials of
our two Government.s, the United States olficials indicated
that the position of such vessels could be protected under
Section 3a by not Iwing designated pursuant to the
Section.
March 74, I960
421
We would appreciate receiving assurance that in the
event S-3019 is enacted into law, the Department of State
will recommend to the President that Canadian vessels
operating primarily on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence
River which make occasional trips to the Canadian Mari-
time Provinces in the Canadian Coastal Trade be ex-
cluded from the designation of foreign vessels to be made
by the President under Section 3a of the said bill.
Yours sincerely,
S. F. Rae,
iliiiistci:
Ivan B. White, Esq.,
Deputy Assistant Secretary,
Bureau of European Affairs (EUR),
Department of State,
Room 616Jf, New State Building
Wnshinf/ton, D.C.
U.S. Reply
Febeuart 19, 1960
Dear Mr. Rae: With reference to your letter of this
date in which you request assurance that. In the eveut
S. 3019 is enacted into law, the Department of State wiU
recommend to the President that Canadian vessels oi)erat-
ing primarily on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence River
which make occasional trips to the Canadian maritime
provinces in the Canadian coastal trade be excluded from
the designation of foreign vessels under Section 3(a) of
the said bill, I take pleasure in stating that the Depart-
ment will make such a recommendation.
Sincerely yours,
Ivan B. White
Deputy Assistant Secretary of State
for European Affairs
The Honorable
Saul F. Rae,
Minister,
Canadian Embassy,
Washington, D.C.
President Seeks Authority
for U.S. Participation in IDA
Following is the text of the Presidents letter
transmitting to Congress a special report on. the
proposed International Development Association
prepared hy the National Advisory Council on
International Monetary and Financial Prohle^ns
including, in an. annex, a report of the Executive
Directors of the International Bank and the
Articles of Agreement of the IDA {II. Doc. 3iS,
86th Congress, 2d session) .
White House press release dated Februar.v IS
To the Congress of the United States:
I herewith sTil)niit to the Congress the Articles
of Agreement for the establishment of the Inter-
422
national Development xVssociation.^ I recom- '
mend legislation authorizing United States mem- >
bership in the Association and providing for pay-
ment of the subscription obligations prescribed
in the Articles of Agreement.
The Association is designed to assist the less-
developed countries of the free world by increas-
ing the flow of development capital on flexible
terms. The advisability of such an institution
was proposed by Senate Resolution 264 of 1958.
Following tliis Resolution, the National Advisoi-y
Council on International Monetary and Financial
Problems undertook a study of the question. The
Council's conclusions and the favorable resjionse
of representatives of other governments who were
consulted during the course of the study have re-
sulted in the Articles of Agreement which satisfy
the objectives of that Resolution and which I am
submitting herewith. The accompanying Special
Report of the Council describes the Articles in
detail.
We all know that every country needs capital
for growth but that the needs are greatest where
income and savings are low. The less-developed
countries need to secure from abroad large
amounts of capital equipment to help in their de-
velopment. Some part of this they can purchase
with their current savings, some part they caji
borrow on conventional terms, and some part is
provided by private foreigii investors. But in
many less-developed countries, the need for capi-
tal imports exceeds the amounts they can reason-
ably hope to secure through normal channels. The
Association is a multilateral institution designed
to provide a margin of finance that will allow
theni to go forward with sound projects that do
not fully qualify for conventional loans.
In many messages to the Congress, I have em-
phasized the clear interest of the United States
in the economic growth of the less-developed
countries. Because of this fundamental truth
the people of our country are attempting in a
number of ways to promote such growth. Tech-
nical and economic aid is supplied imder the Mu-
tual Security Program. In addition, many
projects are assisted bj- loans from the Export-
Import Bank, and we also participate with other
free world countries in the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development which is
doing so much to channel funds, mainly from
' For baikground, see IUi.i.etin of Feb. 29, 19G0, p. 345.
Department of State Bulletin
private sources, to the less-developed sireas.
While we have joined with the other American
Republics in the Intcr-Anierican Development
Bank, there is no wide international institution
which, like our Development Loan Fund, can
help finance sound projects requiring; a broad
flexibility in repayment terms, including repay-
ment in the borrower's currency.
Conceived to meet this need, the International
Development Association represents a joint de-
termimition by the economically advanced
countries to help accelerate progress in the less-
developed countries. It is highly gi-atifying that
so many other free woi'ld countries are now
read}^ to join with us in this objective.
The Association is a cooperative venture, to be
financed by the member governments of the In-
ternational Bank. It is to have initial subscrip-
tions totaling one billion dollars, of which the
subscrii)tion of the United States would be $320.29
million and the subscriptions of the other eco-
nomically-strong countries would be $442.78
million. The funds made available by these coun-
tries would be freely convertible. The developing
countries would subscribe $2.36.93 million, of which
ten per cent would be freely convertible. Members
would pay their subscriptions over a five year
period and would periodically i-e-examine the
adequacy of the Association's resources.
The International Development Association
thus establishes a mechanism whereby other na-
tions can join in the task of providing capital to
the less-developed areas on a flexible basis. Con-
tribution by the less-developed countries them-
selves, moreover, is a desirable element of this
new institution. In addition, tlie Association may
accept supplementary resources provided by one
member in the currency of another member.
Thus, some part of the foreign currencies ac-
quired by the United States primarily from its
sales of surplus agricultural commodities may
be made available to the Association when desir-
able and agreed to by the member whose currency
is involvetl.
The Articles of Agreement give the Association
considerable scope in its lending operations so that
it can respond to the varied needs of its members.
And because it is to be an affiliate of the Inter-
national Bank, it will benefit from the long and
successful lending experience of the Bank. By
combining the Bank's high standards with flexible
repayment terms, it caii help finance soimd
projects that cannot be undertaken by existing
sources. With a framework that safeguards exist-
ing institutions and traditional forms of finance,
the Association can both supplement and facili-
tate private investment. It will provide an extra
margin of capital that can give further momentum
to growth in the developing coimtries on terms
that will not overburden their economies and their
repayment capacities.
The peoples of the world will grow in freedom,
toleration and respect for human dignity as they
achieve reasonable economic and social progress
under a free system. The further advance of the
less-developed areas is of major importance to
the nations of the free world, and the Association
provides an international institution through
which we may all effectively cooperate toward this
end. It will perfonn a valuable service in pro-
moting the economic growth and cohesion of the
free world. I am convinced that participation
by the United States is necessary, and I urge the
Congress to act promptly to authorize the United
States to join with the other free nations in the
establishment of the Association.
DWIGHT D. ElSENHOWKR
The White House,
February 18, 1960.
Match 14, I960
423
Furthering Peace and Stability in the Middle East
FOURTH REPORT TO CONGRESS ON ACTIVITIES UNDER THE JOINT RESOLUTION
TO PROMOTE PEACE AND STABILITY IN THE MIDDLE EAST'
PRESIDENT'S LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To the Congress of the United States:
I am transmittmg herewith the fourth report
to the Congress covering activities through June
30, 1959, in furtherance of tlie purposes of the
joint resokition to promote peace and stability in
the Middle East. This report supplements earlier
reports forwarded to the Congress.-
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.
The White House, February 15, 1960.
TEXT OF REPORT
Chapter 1 — Progress in Furtherance of the
Resolution
july 1, 1958, to june 30, 1959
House Joint Resolution 117,^ approved by the
President March 9, 1957, continues as an impor-
tant expression of U.S. policy toward the Middle
East and as a repository of powere indispensable
to U.S. efforts toward enhancing the stability and
progress of this vital area of the world. The
existence of the resolution remains as clear notice
to the world and particularly the leaders of inter-
national communism that the United States retains
a vital interest in the preservation of the inde-
pendence and integrity of the nations of the
Middle East. It authorizes U.S. cooperation with
and assistance to nations of the Middle East in
' H. Doc. .S42, SCth Cong., 2(1 se.ss. ; transmitted on Feb.
]."., V.WM.
' For text.s of provious reports, see Bulletin of Aujr.
26, 1957, I). 33!); Mar. 31, I'.t.'H, p. 524 ; and Feb. 2, 1959,
p. 1G9.
' For text, .see iUd., Mar. 25, 1957, p. 481.
development of their economic strength and di-
rects continuance of U.S. support to the United
Nations Emergency Force. Under the resolution's
provisions the U.S. Go\-e.rnment continues active
pursuit of policies aiding world peace and the
security of the United States.
The period covered by this report has witnessed
a considerable metamorphosis of the situation pre-
vailing in the Middle East, particularly among the
Arab comitries of the area. The progress regis-
tered under the resolution can be underetood in
the light of significant developments which have
taken place.
June 30, 1958, found the Arab countries of the
Middle East approaching a period of acut« crisis.
By the late spring and early summer of 1958
tension had increased sharply following the out-
break of anned insurrection in Lebanon. On
May 22, 1958, the representative of Lebanon in the
United Nations liad requested an urgent meeting
of the Security Council to consider the Lebanese
situation which in the following weeks continued
to deteriorate. The L'nited Nations recognized
Lebanon's difficulties by prompt dispatch of a
military observer team, later substantially en-
larged, to report on the extent to which infiltration
was affecting the struggle in Lebanon.
Subsequently events occurred elsewhere in the
Near East which undei-scored the seriousness of
the threat against Lebanon. On July 14. 1958,
the Government of Iraq was overthrown in a
violent coup and a new revolutionaiy regime
established. At the same time a plot to overthrow
the Government of Jordan came to light. In the
face of this situation the President of Lebanon,
with tlio sup]K)rt of the Lebanese (^abinet, re-
quested immediate military assistance from (he
424
Department of State Bulletin
I'nited States. This call was answered promptly.
Oil July 15 U.S. troops hiiulod in T>ob;inon.
In a inos.saire to Coufrress on Jnly 15, i;)58,'' tlio
President declared that, given the developments
in Iraq, measure.^ previously taken by the United
Nations Security Council had not been sufficient
to preserve the independence and inte^jrity of
Lebanon. The President declared that U.S. forces
were l)einfr dispatched to protect American lives
and by their ])resence to assist the Government of
Lebanon in tiie preservation of Lebanon's terri-
torial integrrity and independence.
In an address to the Nation^ explaining U.S.
actions the President noted that the Congress had
in the Middle East resolution declared that —
the United States regards as vital to the national interest
and world peace the preservation of the Independence
and inteirrity of the nations of the Middle East.
The President stated further :
I believe that the presence of the U.S. forces now being
sent to Lebanon will have a stabilizing effect which will
preserve the Independence and integrity of Lebanon. It
will also afford an increased measure of security to the
thousands of Americans who reside in Lebanon.
The President also annomiced that the United
States would immediately report its action to an
emergency session of the Security Council and
that we would support in the United Nations
measures which would enable the U.S. forces to
be withdrawn promptly. After the Soviet Union
vetoed a resolution which asked the Secretary
General to take measures to insure the independ-
ence of Lebanon, the Sexrretary General announcad
that on his own authority imder the L'nited Na-
tions Charter he intended to develop the United
Nations Observation Group further.
On August 8 an emergency special session of
the General Assembly was convened to discuas the
developments in the ^Middle East. President
Eisenhower delivered a major address to the As-
sembly." During this session, the 10 Arab mem-
ber States presented a joint resolution ' as their
solution to the problem of Lebanon and Jordan.
This resolution emphasized the need for respect
for each other's systems of government and non-
interference in each other's internal affairs. Their
resolution was adopted unanimously on August
21.
' Ihitl.. .\ug. 4. 19.58, p. 182.
' Ihiil.. p. 18.3.
• Ibid., Sept. 1, WriS, p. 337.
' For text, see ibid., Sept. 15, 1938, p. 411.
Following the est4iblishnient of a nego! ialed
peace in'tween (he warring factions in Leljanon
and the election of a new government by the Ix-b-
anese Parliament, U.S. forces commenced their
withdrawal wliich was completed by October 25,
1958. The performance of our Army, Navy, and
Marine forces while on Jjobanese soil was ex-
emplary. Their stay of over 'S months passed
without serious untoward incident of any kind.
British forces requested by the Jordanian (iovern-
meiit to assist it in maintenance of Jordanian in-
dependence had all been returned to British ba.ses
by November 2, 1958.
The stabilizing result envisioned by the Presi-
dent at the time of the U.S. troop landings in
Lebanon proved in fact to be an enduring reality
in the ensuing months. The government chosen,
by the Lebanese Parliament in the autumn of 1958
continued in power in Lebanon on June ."50, 1959.
The increased stability and security enjoyed by
the Governments of Lebanon and Jordan has been
accompanied by substantial abatement of area
tensions. Jjebanon's relations with the United
Arab Republic have substantially improved over
what they had been a year previously. Similarly
there has been a growth toward more normal re-
lations l)etween the United Arab Republic and
Jordan. This growth in mutual respect and un-
derstanding among Arab countries has been ac-
companied by an increased awareness on their part
of the dangers of international communism.
"^Miile there has been subsidence of the tensions
and conflict which in mid-1958 facilitated possible
aggression by international communism, yet the
forces of the latter have not abated their efforts
to find areas of the Middle East where they can
establish a firm footing. The Connnunists con-
tinue vigorous political activity within several of
the Middle Eastern countries under conditions
allowing them differing degrees of latitude. The
Sino-Soviet bloc persists in attempts to draw the
nations of the Middle East into its orbit by a
variety of means, including extensive propaganda,
trade agreements, and military and economic as-
sistance programs. In general, however. Com-
munist advances have been slight and apparent
gains of influence in some parts of the region have
been offset by losses elsewhere.
In the meantime, it can lie stated that the bold
action taken in Lebanon by the U.S. Government
has had a salutary effect ui impressing the peoples
March 14, 7960
425
of the Middle East and elsewhere that the United
States is a tried and true friend of nations seeking
to preserve their indejiendence and integrity.
Our forces answered the appeal of the Govern-
ment of Lebanon promptly and when their mis-
sion was accomplished tliey were withdrawn,
l^roving false beyond doubt the charges of "im-
perialism" so glibly disseminated by international
communism. While this successful U.S. action
was not directly based on the joint resolution, it
was fully in accord with that resolution and in
particular with the resolution's declaration that —
the United States regards as vital to the national interest
and world peace the preservation of the integrity and in-
dependence of the nations of the Middle East.
Chaptek 2 — ^Economic and Military Assistance
The resolution authorizes the President to co-
oiJerate and assist any nation in the general area
in the development of its economic strength.
During the period under review the United States
continued the fulfilling of coimnitments for eco-
nomic aid made during the fiscal year 1957 pur-
suant to section 3 of the resolution. This, how-
ever, was but a small part of the economic co-
operation with the nations of the area.
In the regular administration of the Mutual
Security Act, substantial funds were used in a
manner to carry out the purposes of tliat act and
wliich also furthered those of the Middle East
resolution. Defense support aid was extended to
some of these countries. Much of the local cur-
rency counterpart was used toward meeting the
budget cost of the armed forces, while the foreign
exchange received in this aid w:is an important
factor in enabling them to continue their develop-
ment of economic strength. The aid extended to
other Middle Eastern countries as special assist-
ance has also furthered economic growth and the
maintenance of stability. There seems to have
been increased awareness by some of the govern-
ments in the area of dangers in cooperating with
international communism, and aid from the United
States lias supported them in maintaining their
independence, as well as in their economic growth.
Chapter 3 — Action Pursuant to Section 4 of
THE Resolution
Section 4 of the resolution states that Uie Presi-
dent should continue to furnish facilities and mili-
tary assistance to the United Nations Emergency
Force in the Middle East with a view to maintain-
ing the truce in that region. On May 26, 1959,
the United States transmitted to the Secretary
General a check in the amount of $4,943,146 for
this purpose, representing the U.S. assessment for
1959. This check brought the total U.S. contri-
butions to the United Nations Emergency Force,
both assessed and voluntaiy, to $30,887,559
through fiscal year 1959. H
In addition, from the establislmient of United
Nations Emergency Force, to June 30, 1959, the
United States has made available to the force on
a reimbursable basis supplies, equipment, and serv-
ices valued at $6,800,893. As of June 30, 1959, the
United Nations has compensated the United States
for this material and services to the amount of
$6,760,584.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 2d Session
Agreement <in Importation of Educational, Scientific, and
C^ultural Materials. Hearing before the Senate For-
eign Relations Committee. January 2G, 1960. 52 pp.
Foreign Service Annuities. Hearing before the Subcom-
mittee on State Department Organization and Foreign
Operations of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs
on S. 1502, a bill to ijrovide for adjustments in the an-
nuities under the Foreign Service Retirement and Dis-
ability System. January 28, 10G(). S pp.
Tlie Agreement on the Importation of Educational, Scien-
tific, and Cultural Materials. Report to accompany Ex.
I, S6th Cong., 1st sess. S. Ex. Kept. 1. February 8. I960.
4 pp.
Broadcasting Agreements. Report to accompany S. Ex. A,
82d Congress, 1st session, and S. Ex. G, 85th Congress,
1st session. S. Ex. Rept. 2. Feb. 11, 1960. 9 pp.
Fifth N.\TO Parliamentarians' Conference. Report of
the U.S. Senate delegation to the .'ith conference of
members of parliaments from the NATO countries held
at Washington November 16-20, 1959. S. Doc. 82.
February 11, 19C0. 13 pp.
Parliamentary Conferences With Mexico. Report to ac-
company H. J. Res. 28;i. S. Rept. 1082. February 11,
1960. 2 pp.
United States-Latin American Relations. Problems of
Latin American Economic Development. A study pre-
pared at the request of the Subcommittee on American
Repulilics Affairs of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations by the Universit.v of OregDU, Institute of In-
ternational Studios and Overseas Administration, pur-
suant to S. Res. 330, 85th Cong., and S. Res. 31, 86th
Ccmg. No. 6. February 11, 19()0. 1-W) pp. [Committee
print]
United Strifes Foreign Policy. TI.S.S.R. and Eastern
Europe. A study prepared at the rtxiuest of the Senate
t'ommittee on Foreign Relations by a Columbia-Harvard
research group under the administration of Columbia
University, jmrsuaiit to S. Res. :VM'>, 85th Cong., and
S. Res. 31, 8(;th Cong. No. 11. February 14, liMiO. 80
pp. [Committee print]
426
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Meeting the Economic Problems
off the Americas
Rem^arks by Robert B. Anderson
Secretai^ of the Treasury '
Fii-st of all, I wish to express our deep appre-
ciation to the Government and people of El Salva-
dor who are making us feel so much at home in
this beautiful capital city. It is a great pleasure
for me to have the opportunit}' of meeting once
again with so many of my colleagues from Latin
America in one of the American Republics. We
are here for an important purpose; yet I am happy
that, thanks to the excellent work which was done
in advance — fii-st, by the Negotiating Committee
and, more recently, by the Preparatory Commit-
tee— we have not found our task so burden.^ome
that we were unable to enjoy the delightful cli-
mate and the gi-acious hospitality of our hosts.
This meetmg is truly a momentous one for all
of our countries. The inauguration of the Inter-
American Development Bank brings into being
an institution that should become a dramatic in-
strument of responsible and progressive financial
cooperation among the American Eepublics. It
was a little more than 2 years ago that many of
us were present in Buenos Aires when the Con-
ference of Ministers of Finance and Economy
adopted the resolution which has led directly to
this meeting. As time is measured in interna-
tional affairs of this nature, we have moved
swiftly.
We have also moved with sure and careful
steps. In the United States we w-ere able to sub-
mit the agreement creating the Inter-American
Bank to the Congress of our count ly in full con-
fidence that we were presenting a workable blue-
print for a dynamic institution through whidi
' Made at the fourth iilpimry session of the first meeting
of the Board of Ooverncirs of the Inter-American Devel-
opment IJaiik at San Salvador on Feh. H. For back-
groiind, .see Bfi,i.ETiN of Feh. l.">, 19(!0, p. 20.3, and Feb.
2fl, inoo, p. MA.
the countries of the Americas could further im-
plement and improve their mutual cooperation
in the field of economic development. I am sure
this has been true for each of you in presenting
the agreement to your own governments.
The agreement, as you know, is drawn in broad
terms in order to leave a large measure of flex-
ibility in carrying out the day-to-day work of
the institution. This, I believe, is the most prac- •
ticable way to insure that the institution can be
a vital force in a changing world.
The Washington meeting which negotiated the
agreement creating the Bank ^ is a good augury
for the future. Many divergent points of view
were brought to the meeting; yet, above all, there
prevailed a spirit of effective cooperation and of
mutual devotion to a basic conmion goal which
has procUiced an instrument well conceived to help
meet the economic problem of the Americas.
From all of this we can see that, while the road
ahead is not easy, there is sound cause for opti-
mism. The creation of the Bank does not in itself
solve any of tlie problems with which we are all
so concerned ; yet it does provide us with an ef-
fective framework in wliicli men of good will can
join with the confidence that through the exercise
of thought, diligence, and mutual respect they can
achieve great benefit for their peoples.
In the context of these thoughts, let us look at
a few of the problems of the future. It is essential,
in my opinion, that the Bank should build its or-
ganization with great care. We should be con-
cerned as much with the position and prestige
which this Bank will enjoy in the decades ahead
as with the speed with which it imdertakes its first
operations. It is a matter of overriding impor-
tance that through sound planning and sound
operations this new institution should earn the
confidence of the credit markets of the world.
Another matter to which the most careful at-
tention must be given from the outset is that of
relationships between the Bank and other institu-
= Ihid., May 4, 1959, p. 646.
Morch J4, I960
427
tions, both national and international, which are
already providing capital for the development of
the Americas. A deep conceni of many of our
representatives, both m the Negotiating Commit-
tee and in the Committee of Twenty-one, which
endorsed the idea of establishing this Bank, was
that the total of public and private funds avail-
able for development in Latin America should be
increased. Nothing would be gained, they wisely
pointed out, if lending by the Inter- American
Development Bank should simply replace lending
by existing national or international institutions.
It should be emphasized in this regard that, in
addition to its own lending operations, the Bank
can sei-ve valuably by assisting in the sound plan-
ning of projects and by helping to develop other
appropriate sources of financing for such projects.
We shall have to marshal all our experience and
ingenuity in order for the Bank to realize this
aim — that of effectively augmenting and not
merely supplanting existing resources. The same
spirit of cooperation and good will which char-
acterized the preparation of the agreement for
the Bank will, I am sure, enable us to arrive at a
solution which is both acceptable and fruitful to
our member countries.
It should be recognized that, by its very charter,
the Bank is a pioneer in one kind of economic-
development financing. The Bank's Fund for
Special Operations represents the first concrete
realization by a multilateral organization of an
approach to development which is sure to be
extremely significant.
As we envision the future of the Bank, we can
see many other questions to which it must devote
its attention. It is obvious, for example, that the
Bank should so shape its policies and practices
that it will help attract a far greater volume of
capital investments of all kinds into Latin Amer-
ica than it would be able to finance solely with
its own resources. The total capital sought for
industrialization, agi-icultural expansion and di-
versification, transportation, power, and other
purposes is many times the figure represented by
the capital of this Bank. A major share of the
capital needed must be raised within the area
where (he investment is to take place. The Bank
.should always be alert to assist in stinuilating the
formation and channeling of internal capital into
useful, productive development projects.
In considering the formation of capital, it is
imperative that we not overlook the necessity of
linking economic stability with dynamic growth.
The rate of economic development in the future
for all countries depends on a high rate of savmg
and capital formation in the present. The will
to save must not be impaired. The need for a
stable currency cannot be ignored in any country,
either industrialized or less developed.
Mr. Chairman, there are many other problems
which could be discussed. However, it seems more
fitting that today we should give our main at-
tention to the fact we are meeting on a most
auspicious occasion. "We are celebrating an out-
standing event in the economic liistory of the
world.
The noble purpose for which we are assembled
has great promise of good for all the people of
the Americas. In the spirit of devotion and mu-
tuality which has characterized the Bank, we will
go forward together to realize these objectives
in ever-increasmg measure.
Fifth Anniversary of CENTO
Following is an e.rclmtige of messages hetween
Secretary Herter and M. 0. A. Baig, Seeretary
General of the Central Treaty Organization,
Ankara, Turkey}
Press release S2 dated February 24
Secretary Herter to Mr. Baig
February 19, 1960
In extending best wishes to CENTO on its fifth
anniversary I would like to re-emphasize the im-
portance which the United States attaches to the
Central Treaty Organization. Totlay, as in the
past, CENTO is a voluntary association of free
states organized in accordance with the United
Nations Charter for the maintenance of their in-
dependence. The contribution which CENTO is
making to the peace and stability of the Middle
East area is an inescapable fact. Although not a
memter of CENTO, the United States has sup-
ported the organization's efforts from its incep-
tion and not quite a year ago joined with Iran,
Paicistan and Turkey in separate bilateral execu-
tive agreements- directed toward promotion of
■
' CENTO, fonnerly the Bajjhdad I'iut, celebrated its
fifth anniversary on Feb. 24.
' For text, see Bulletin of Mar. 2,'!. 1!)")!), p. 417.
428
Department of State Bulletin
their collective, security. In I'lirtlier evidence of
its continuiMir support, tlie I'liileel States has con-
tributed sijiuilicaiitly toward strengthening the
joint economic and defensive capabilities of
cento's regional nienibei-s. To the extent that
appropriations and its global commitments allow,
the I'nitetl States will continue to work with
CENTO in promoting the security and economic
well-being of its member states.
Mr. Baig to Secretary Herter
February 22, 1960
On behalf of CENTO I thank you, Mr. Secre-
tary of State, for your message of good wishes
to tliis organization. It is the known support of
the United States of America to the cause of free-
dom everywhere that has done so much to main-
tain it. This region moreover has benefited
greatly from the generous contributions of your
country in material hel2) and technical knowledge.
CENTO looks forward to lasting peace and se-
curity in close and confident association with the
United States.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
Security Council
Letter Dated 3 February 1960 From the Acting Perma-
nent Representative of Israel Addressed to the Presi-
dent of the Security Council. Concerning Action on
the Israel-Syrian Frontier. S/4264. February 4, 1960.
5 pp.
General Assembly
Application of the State of the Cameroons for Admission
to Membership in the United Nations. Letter dated
January 13, 1S»60, from the Prime Minister of the State
of the Cameroons addressed to the Secretary-General.
A/43r)7. January 20, 1960. 1 p.
Application of the State of the Cameroons for Admission
to Membership in the United Nations. Letter dated
January 26, l[t60, from the President of the Security
Council to the Secretary-General. A/4358. February
1, 1960. 1 p.
Second United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea.
Synoptical table concerning the breadth and juridical
status of the territorial sea and adjacent zones.
A/CONF. 19/4. February 8, 1960. 14 pp.
Second United .Nations Conference on the Law of the
Sea. Snpplenieiit to Laws and Regulations on the Re-
gime of the Territorial Sea (UiiltiMJ .\;iliiins Legislative
Series). A/CO.\F. 19/.-). February 10, 1960. :M pp.
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Latin America. The Influence
of the Common .Market on the Economic Development
of Latin America. E/CN.12/C.1/13. April 28, 19.j9.
80 pp.
Economic Commission for Africa. Problems Concerning
Techniijues of Development Programming in African
Countries. Prepared by the Secretariat for the meet-
ing of experts on tecliniiiues of development program-
ming in Africa. E/CN.14/42/Add. 1. December 18, 19.59.
109 pp.
Programme Appraisal 1959-1964: Work of the ITnited
Nations in the Economic, Social and Human Rights
Fields. E/3260/Rev. 1. December 21, 1909. 80 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service, Columbia Uni-
versity Press. 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N.T. Other
materials (mimeographed or processed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
U.S. and Australia To Expand
Joint Efforts in Space Research
Press release 85 dated February 25
The Department of State and tlie National
Aeronautics and Space Administration announced
on Febmary 25 that Australia and the United
States have signed an agreement which will ex-
tend the cooperative eiforts of the two nations in
space research. The agreement, which was signed
at CanbeiTa on Februai-y 26, provides for the con-
tinued operation of tracking stations established
during the International Geophysical Year and
the establishment of tracking facilities for Project
Mercury and deep-space probes.
Operation of the minitrack station and the
Baker-Nunn camera optical tracking stations at
Woomera will be continued. Tracking stations at
Perth and Woomera will be established for Proj-
ect Mercury, the U.S.-manned satellite program.
A tracking facility also will be established at
Woomera for deep-space probes.
Under the tenns of the agreement the United
States will provide electronic equipment ; Aus-
tralia will provide sites for the tracking facilities
and assist in their operation and maintenance.
Australian scientists will be able to use each estab-
lished station for independent scientific activities
when the stations are not being used for a U.S.
program.
March 14, 7960
429
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Cultural Relations
Agreement on the Importation of educational, scientific,
and cultural materials, and protocol. IJone at Lake
Success November 22, 1950. Entered into force May 21,
1952.^
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: Febru-
ary 23, 1960.
Narcotics
Protocol amending the agreements, conventions, and pro-
tocols on narcotic drugs concluded at The Hagiie Janu-
ary 23, 1912 (3S Stat. 1912). at (Jeneva Febrtjary 11,
1925,' February 10. 1925.' and July 13, 1931 (48 Stat.
1543). at Bangkok November 27, 1931,' and at Geneva
June 2o, 1936.' Signed at Lake Success December 11,
1946. Entered iuto force December 11, 1946. TIAS
1671 and 18.59.
yotification from the Federal Republic of Germanv of
application to: Land Berlin. August 12, 1959.
Protocol bringing under internatiimal control drugs out-
side the scope of the convention limiting the manufac-
ture and regulating the distribution of narcotic drugs
concluded at Geneva July 13. 1931 (48 Stat. 1543). as
amended (61 Stat. 2230; 62 Stat. 1796). Done at Paris
November 19, 1948. Entered into force December 1,
1949. TIAS 2308.
Notification from the Federal Repullic of Germany of
application to: Land Berlin, September 12, 1959.
Property
Convention for the protection of industrial property.
Signed at London June 2, 1934. Entered into force
August 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 174S.
Adherence effective: San Marino, March 4, 1960.
Sugar
International sugar agreement of 19.58. Done at London
December 1, 1958. Entered into force January 1, 1959;
for the United States October 9, 1959. TIAS 4389.
Ratifications and acceptances deposited: Japan, May 1,
1959 ; Nicaragua, September 14, 1959.
Telecommunication
North American regional broadcasting agreement and
final protocol. Signed at Washington November 15,
19.50.^
Senate advice and conseiH to ratification given: Febru-
ary 23, 1960.
Trade and Commerce
Declaration on the provisional accession of Israel to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva May 29, 19.59. Entered into force October 9,
1959; for the United States December 19, 1959. TIAS
4.384.
Signature (suhject to ratification) : Luxembourg, Janu-
ary 18, 1960.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1959, with annex.
Opened for signature at Washington April 6 through
24, 1959. Enterefl into force July 16, 1959, for part I
and parts III to A'lII, and Augu.st 1, 1959, for part II.
TIAS 4302.
Aceeptanfes deposited: Korea, February 23, 19(50; Haiti,
February 24, I'.MiO.
Accession deposited: Venezuela, February 11. 1960.
BILATERAL
I
El Salvador
Agreement relating to the guaranty of private invest-
ments. Signed at San Salvador January 29, 1960.
Enters into force on date of United States note ac-
knowletlging receipt of notification from El Salvador
that the agreement has been ratified in accordance with
its constitutional procedures.
Mexico
Agreement concerning radio broadcasting in standard
broadcasting band, and six annexes. Signed at Mexico
January 29, 1957.'
Senate advice and conseikt to ratification given: Febru-
ary 2.3. 1960.
United Kingdom
Agreement relating to the extension to certain British
territories of the income tax convention of April 16,
1945, as modifieil (TIAS 1540, 31(55. and 4124) . EfEec-ted
bv exchange of notes at Washington August 19, 1957,
and Dece:iil>er 3, 1958. TIAS 4141.
Notification hij United Kingdom of completion, on or
before December 31, 193S, of measures necessary to
give effect to agreement in: Cyprus, Federation ot
Nigeria, Montserrat, and St. Vincent.
Agreement amending the agreement of January 30 and
February 3. 1958 (TIAS 3989), relating to the sale to
the United Kingdom for sterling of fruit and fruit
products. Effected by exchange of notes at London
January 28 and February 4, 1960. Entered into force
February 4, 1960.
Agreement amending and extending the agreement of
December 30, 1958 (TIAS 41.55), for the establishment
and operation of rawinsonde obser^'ation stations on
Jamaica and on Grand Cayman Island. Effected by
exchange of notes at Washington February 15, 1960.
Entered into force February 15, 1960.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
' Not in force for the United States.
' Not in force.
Designations
Charles P. Fossum as Director, U.S. Oi>erations Mission,
Colombia, effective February 21, 1960. (For biographic
details, see Department of State press release 60 dated
February 12.)
Parker G. Montgomery as Special Assistant to the
Secretary of State, effective February 23. ( For biographic
details, see Department of State press release 96 dated
March 2.)
Harold S. Nelson as Director, U.S. Operations Mis-
sion, Lebanon, effective Febniary 28. (For biographic
details, see Department of State press release 84 dated
February 25.)
Frank G. Siscoe as Director, East-West Contacts Staff,
effective February 15.
Resignations
Robert B. Menapace as Deputy Managing Director of
the Development Loan Fund, effective February 23.
430
Department of Sfofe Bullefin
March U, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1081
American Republics. Jleeting the Economic Prob-
lems of the Americas (Anderson) 427
Asia. Tlie American Role in Pacific Asian Affairs
(Parsons) -104
Atomic Energy. Yugoslav Atomic Energy Officials
Visit U.S 410
.Australia. U.S. and Australia To Expand Joint
Efforts in Space Research 429
Canada. Foreign Relations -Vspects of Pilotage
Ri>quirements for Oceangoing Vessels on the
Great Lakes (Rae, White, texts of aide memoire
and supplementary letters) 417
Colombia. Fossum designated USOM director . . 4.30
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 426
Foreign Relations Aspects of Pilotage Require-
ments for Oceangoing Vessels on the Great Lakes
(Rae, White, texts of aide memoire and supple-
mentary letters) 417
Furthering Peace and Stability In the Middle East
(Eisenhower) 424
President Seeks Authority for U.S. Participation
in IDA (Eisenhower) 422
Denmark. King and Queen of Denmark To Visit
the United States 403
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Fossum, Montgomery, Nelson, Sis-
coe) 430
Resignations (Menapace) 430
Disarmament. Intelligence Estimating and Na-
tional Security (Dulles) 411
Economic Affairs
Meeting the Economic Problems of the Americas
(Anderson) 427
A New Era in Free-World Economic Growth
(Dillon) 399
President Seeks Authority for U.S. Participation
in IDA (Eisenhower) 422
Europe. A New Era in Free-World Economic
Growth (Dillon) 399
International Organizations and Conferences
Fifth Anniversary of CENTO (Baig, Herter) . . 428
Meeting the Economic Problems of the Americas
(Anderson) 427
President Seeks Authority for U.S. Participation
in ID.\ (Eisenhower) 422
Lebanon. Nelson designated USOM director . . 430
Middle East
Fifth Anniversary of CENTO (Baig, Herter) . . 428
Furthering Peace and Stability in the Middle East
(Eisenhower) 424
Military Affairs. Intelligence Estimating and Na-
tional Security (Dulles) 411
Mutual Security
Fossum designated director, USOM, Colombia . . 430
Menapace resigns as deputy managing director of
DLF 430
Nelson desiguate<l director, USO.M, Lebanon . . . 430
Panama. U.S. Makes Annuity Payment to Re-
public of Panama 410
Presidential Documents
Furthering Peace and Stability in the Middle East . 424
President Seeks Authority for U.S. Participation
'" II>A 422
Science. U.S. and Australia To E.xpand Joint
Efforts in Space Research 429
Treaty Information
Current Actions 430
U.S. and Australia To Expand Joint Efforts in
Space Research 429
U.S.S.R. Intelligence Estimating and National
Security (Dulles) 411
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents ... 429
Yugoslavia. Yugoslav Atomic Energy Officials
Visit U.S 410
Name Index
Anderson, Robert B 407
Baig, M. O. A 423
Dillon, Douglas 399
Dulles, Allen W 411
Eisenhower, President 422, 424
Fossum, Charles P 430
Herter, Secretary 423
Menapace, Robert B 430
Montgomery, Parker G 430
Nelson, Harold S 430
Parsons, J. Graham 404
Rae, Saul F 421
Siscoe, Frank G 430
White, Ivan B 417, 422
Check List off Department off State
Press Releases: February 22-28
Press releases may be obtiuned from the Office of
News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Releases issued prior to February 22 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 7C and
77 of February 19.
No. Date Subject
79 2/23 Deputy Assistant Secretary AVhite:
statement on Great Lakes pilotage.
•80 2/23 Swearing in of Grady, ICA deputy di-
rector (biographic details).
*81 2/23 Educational exchange (U.A.R.).
82 2/24 Herter, Baig : messages on CENTO
anniversary.
83 2/25 Annuity paid to Panama.
♦84 2/25 Swearing in of Nelson, direttor.
USOM, Lebanon (biographic details).
85 2/25 U.S.-Australian agreement on addi-
tional tracking stations.
Sf> 2/2fi Visit of Yugo.slav atomic energy
officials.
Not printed.
t.i. tovEiiiEiir rumriiK orrici, itio
^
%j5> ^'-■'
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPOl
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The Republic of China
Department
of
State
On December 8, 1949, the Government of the Republic of Chma,
as a result of Chinese Communist military successes on the main-
land, established its provisional capital at Taipei on the island of
Taiwan. It was a government whose political control had been
made precarious by military defeat. Its very existence was
threatened with internal subversion by Communist agents and by
Communist military forces massed only 100 miles away across the
Formosa Strait.
This pamphlet is an account of the remarkable progress made
by the Republic of China smce 1949, the i^roblems it has overcome,
its situation today, and its prospects for the future. It describes
the present territorial base of free China, its history, and its
resources.
The 63-page pamphlet is illustrated with maps and photographs.
Publication 6844
25 cents
Order Form
o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Trinting Office
Washington 25, D.C.
KncloHC'd find:
(cd.s'/i , c/ucA'. (;»■ inoiicfl
ordi r piiyahle to
Siijil. (if Pocii-)
Please send me copies of The Republic of China.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
I
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
'?r> /
Vol. XLII, No. 1082
March 21, 1960
EEKLY RECORD
I. tU STATES
Ieign policy
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN LATIN AMERICA •
by Under Secretary Dillon 435
THE ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FOR FIS-
CAL YEAR 1961 • Statement by James W. Riddleberger . 445
THE DLF PROGRAM FOR FISCAL YEAR 1961 • State-
ment by Vance Brand ................... 453
MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAM: SUMMARY REPORT
ON GRANT ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE RELATING
TO DEFENSE SUPPORT AND SPECIAL ASSIST-
ANCE PROGRAMS 459
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
JUN 1-1960
DEPOSIiORY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XLII, No. 1082 • Publication 6962
March 21, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Oovernment Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $8.50, foreign $12.25
Single copy, 25 cents
The prtating of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1968).
Note: Contents of this pubUcatlon are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
bo reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Btn.LETiN as the source will bo
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on de-
velopments in the field of foreign rela-
tions and on the trork of the Depart-
ment of State and the Foreign Service.
The BULLETIN includes selected press
releases on foreign policy, issued by
the White House and the Department,
and statements and addresses made
by the President and by the Secretary
of State and other officers of the De-
partment, as well as special articles on
various phases of international affairs
and tlie functions of the Department.
Information is included concerning
treaties and international agreements
to which the United Stntes is or may
become a party and treaties of general
international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and leg-
islative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Economic Development in Latin America
by Under Secretary Dillon ^
I can think of no more appropriate setting for
this fii-st Caribbean Assembly than the hospitable
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. For the people
of this thriving, self-governing Commonwealth
are drawing fully upon their rich Hispanic cul-
tural heritage in fruitful efforts to achieve a better
life M-ith the warm support of their fellow citi-
zens of the continental United States.
All of us here tonight seek greater understand-
ing of one another. We treasure the special quali-
ties of friendship and solidarity which character-
ize inter-American relations. Yet we recognize
that misunderstandings can occur which call for
sober examination in the spirit of mutual coopei'a-
tion that pervades this important conference.
Our dedication to building a stronger, freer
hemisphere must not be hampered by doubts aris-
ing out of misconceptions. "We are all aware that
there are those, within our own hemisphere as well
as abroad, who seek to create frictions and fan
them into hatred and suspicion to serve their own
ends. They will not succeed if we join vigilantly
and energetically together in keeping the under-
brush of misunderstanding cleared away before
it can grow into a rank jimgle barrier.
We of the United States are genuinely dis-
trassed by one such misunderstanding, sometimes
voiced in the other Americas, that we have been
so preoccupied with our responsibilities in other
parts of the world that we have tended to forget
our southern neighbors or to take them for
granted. Nothing could be farther from our in-
tentions or desires — nor, I submit in all good con-
science, from our performance. It occurs to mo
* Address made before the Caribbean Assembly at Do-
rado Beach, Puerto Rico, on Mar. 1 (press release 87
dated Feb. 29).
that our not inconsiderable contributions to the
growth of the hemispliere have been channeled
into so many fields over so long a period of time
that their total impact and the overall purpose
which inspires them have been obscured.
Throughout my own country there is today a
deep, growing, and highly vocal interest in the
problems of hemisphere development. This
should reassure our friends to the south and make
it easier to place our many and diverse efforts in
proper perspective.
Since the earliest days of the United States, we
have recognized that our ties and common interests
with the other American Republics are of unique
importance to us as a nation and as a people. We
have a profound and sympathetic interest in work-
ing with our fellow Americans to solve the whole
range of political, social, cultural, and economic
problems which confront the hemisphere.
The need for economic development is perhaps
the most urgent of these problems. In responding
to this need, the United States has but one objec-
tive: to coojierate closely with all the peoples of
the Americas in attaining sound, stable, expand-
ing economies within the framework of free so-
cieties, dedicated to enlarging liberty and
opportmaity for all. We have no other motivation.
We of the United States are well aware that
there are huge new forces at work in the southern
region of our hemisphere, which is in a state of
healthy ferment. There is a so-called "population
explosion," a virtual industrial revolution, a tre-
mendous surge toward progress that has taken an
increasingly democratic turn in response to grow-
ing political consciousness and demands for social
reform.
We are enthusiastically supporting the efforts of
responsible leaders of the hemisphere to satisfy
/March 21, I960
435
their peoples' demands for a fullei* life. For we
recognize that, if their efforts are successful, the
future holds few limits. We also recognize that
failure to realize legitimate aspirations could lead
to violence. Communist subversion and dictator-
ship, or otlier forms of regimentation which are
equally repugnant to the peoples of the
hemisphere.
Need for Intensified Production Effort
Today no area of our planet is in greater process
of change than Latin America. By the end of the
cuiTent decade Latin America will have a popula-
tion of 270 million inhabitants — an increase of 300
percent in half a century. Its 2^2 percent annual
growth is the largest of any area in the world.
The enormous pressures of this population in-
crease call urgently for an intensified production
effort to satisfy the ever-growing number of con-
sumers who require more food and other necessi-
ties, a larger number of jobs, and broader cultural
horizons.
But Latin America's potential is enormous. In
all the basic industries — agriculture, steel, min-
erals, chemicals, electrical energy, and transporta-
tion— a high order of development is not only
feasible but is already underway. Gross product
has the prospect of increasing more than twice as
fast as population. As for food, it is estimated
that production can be multiplied fivefold if
modei-n methods are employed. If responsible
leadership provides the needed stimulus, there are,
in truth, no problems m Latin America which con-
stitute impenetrable barriers to normal and or-
derly progress.
To accelerate development, substantial help in
the form of external capital and technical assist-
ance is also needed. Outside help, however, can
only stimulate and contribute to growth. It
cannot substitute, nor should it be regarded as a
substitute, for economically sound efforts which
must be made by the governments of Latm
America themselves if they are to satisfy their
peoples' legitimate aspirations. In this regard
we can learn many profitable lessons from "Oper-
ation Bootstrap" here in Puerto Rico.
There are numerous tools at hand — including
some important new ones — to help in tliis all-
important struggle.
The new Inter- American Development Bank is
now a reality.^ The Bank will have a billion dol-
lars for loans to its member countries, which in-
clude all of the Americas except Cuba. Perhaps
the Bank's most striking feature is that it is more
than just a financing association. It is truly a
development institution. For it will provide tech-
nical assistance to help insure that development
projects are properly planned, properly engi-
neered, and properly designed. Another impor-
tant Bank service will be to advise on other avail-
able sources for financing all or part of individual
projects. In this way it is expected to become a
focal point for the overall coordination of Latin
American development efforts. The United
States, wliich is supplying 45 percent of the
Bank's capital, was among the first to ratify its
charter.
Our membersliip in the Bank complements our
substantial long-term participation in the work of
the World Bank and the International Monetary
Fimd, which will both continue to make financing
available to Latin American nations. These insti-
tutions have recently increased their resources on
our initiative.'
Another United States initiative which can con-
tribute to Latin America's progress is the pro-
jected new International Development Associa-
tion, whose charter is now awaiting parliamentary
ratification.^
Still another United States initiative was our
proposal earlier this year that the prospering
nations of Western Europe and Japan give prior-
ity to increasing the flow of both public and pri-
vate capital and technical assistance to the newly
developing areas.^ We do not intend in any way
to diminish our own role. But Western Europe
and Japan are now financially capable of mount-
ing a sizable effort which could powerfully assist
our own. If their response is as constructive and
as generous as I hope, Latin America should bene-
fit from this new, coordinated effort to stimulate
free-world economic growth.
The other Americas will, of course, continue to
' For a statement made by Secretary of the Treasury
Robert B. Anderson at the first iiieetinR of the Board of
Governors of the Inter-American Develoijmont Bank at
El Salvador on Feb. 8, see Buixetin of Mar. 14, 1960,
p. 427.
' Ibid., Oct. 5, 19.TO, p. 488.
' For a letter of President Eisenhower transmitting to
the Congress a special report on the IDA, see ibid., Jlar.
14, 1060, p. 422.
" See p. 440.
436
Department of State Bulletin
bo completely free to seek bilateral assistance from
our Ex[X)rt-Import Bunk and, whenever they are
unable to obtain linanciiig from other free-world
sources, from our Development Loan Fund.
Some notion of the size of our bilateral loans to
Latin America can be gleaned from these figures:
During the last 10 years alone, the Export-Import
Bank has loaned more than $2i/^ billion to Latin
America, which has received more than 40 percent
of all its loans. If we add to this the record of
the Development Loan Fund, the International
Cooperation Administration, and loans made un-
der our P.L. 480 program for the disposal of agri-
cultural surpluses, the grand total this past decade
comes to more than $3i/2 billion. Many of these
public loans are for harbors, highways, power,
irrigation, and other projects for which adequate
local capital is not available but which have to be
created before sustained development can begin.
Role of Private U.S. Investment
Private United States investments in Latin
America, which now total more than $9 billion,
play an even larger role in development. For the
past 5 years private U.S. investment increased at
an average of $600 million per year. It has been
estimated that U.S. private capital made it pos-
sible for Latin America to develop nearly twice as
fast during the fifties as it otherwise would have.
Let me cite some significant figures :
• In recent years Latin American governments
have collected 15 percent of all their revenues from
U.S. companies.
• Profit remittances by U.S. companies are only
about half as large as their tax payments in Latin
America.
• U.S. companies have consistently earned
large aimual amounts of foreign exchange for
Latin ^\jnerica — up to $1 billion a year toward the
latter part of the fifties.
• About three-quarters of the gross revenues of
U.S. companies is paid out in Latin America to
cover local tax, wage, and material costs.
• During a typical recent year U.S. companies
in Latin America provided jobs for 625,000 per-
sons. Less than 9,000 were from the U.S. Of
some 48,000 positions classified as supervisory,
professional, or technical, only one out of six was
held by a U.S. citizen.
I submit that these facts refute conclusively any
accusation that Latin America is being "exploited"
by private United States enterprise.
U.S. firms in Latin America are good "corporate
citizens," and responsible Latin American leaders
recognize the constructive role of U.S. investors in
the growth of their countries. Instead of "ex-
tracting" wealth, as is sometimes erroneously
charged, U.S. firms are creating new wealth for
host countries. In fact, reinvestment of earnings
by U.S. firms usually exceeds the total of divi-
dends remitted to investors. Since local capital is
inadequate to do the job of development alone and
there is necessarily a limit to the Government
funds which the U.S. taxpayer can make available,
it is vital to Latin America that the rate of private
U.S. investment continue.
Naturally, economic progress must be pursued
by each country in ways consistent with its own
cultural, political, and economic patterns. But
if investment is to continue, there must always be
due regard for the legal and property rights of the
foreign investor. Wlien foreign investors are sub-
jected to expropriation without prompt, equitable,
and effective compensation, it would be folly to
believe that foreign investment will continue to be
attracted. If it is repelled, one of the most im-
portant tools of development will have been
thrown away.
New Regional Trading Arrangements
A pair of new tools have recently been created
with the launching of two regional trading ar-
rangements. A Common Market is coming into
being between El Salvador, Guatemala, and Hon-
duras which will have beneficial effects in diversi-
fying production and trade. If it can be ex-
panded to include the rest of Central America, it
will become an even stronger influence for devel-
opment. Only a few days ago, seven nations
signed a treaty at Montevideo aimed at progres-
sive reduction of trade barriers. Both of these
regional trading arrangements will make it eco-
nomically possible to produce goods now being
imported from outside their areas. They will
also help to create a climate which will attract
additional private capital from abroad.
Still another tool of comparatively recent origin
is multilateral consultation on commodity prob-
lems. Our friends in the Americas have long been
seeking ways to lessen sharp price fluctuations of
March 27, 7960
437
their basic commodities iii world markets. The
U.S., as theprmcipal coffee consumer, jomed
grower nations in 1958 in a study of the problems
of the coffee industry. As a result, the Inter-
Ainerican Coffee Agi'eement was negotiated be-
tween the producing comitries. This was later
expanded to uiclude African producers in an In-
ternational Coffee Agi-eement. Relative stability
now rules m the coffee market, to the great benefit
of the 15 exportuig countries of Latin America.
Similar efforts are gomg forward on other
commodities.
Since reciprocal trade is a basic tool of progress,
we shall continue to do everything in our power
to open our markets wider to the products of the
other Americas, whose trade with us has reached
nearly $4 billion a year in each direction. Through
tlie General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade we
are constantly seeking to break down barriers to
trade which might prove harmful to ourselves and
to our American neighbors.
Improving Human Skills
But, important as they are, fmancial assistance
and the benefits of expanding trade are not suf-
ficient, in themselves, to bring about development.
People are the most essential tool of gi-owth.
There is a need in Latin America for improved
human skills at all levels.
We have been workuig with the other govern-
ments of the hemisphere since 1942 in jomt public
health, agricultural, and educational endeavors.
These programs are still important, but the con-
cept of technical cooperation has been broadened
to deal with problems in many other fields, includ-
ing industrial hygiene, the development of trained
managers and administrators for private enter-
prise, and the traming of qualified civil service
personnel for government. These joint programs
have a radiating beneficial effect by stimulating
many locally conceived innovations which are aid-
ing progress. Puerto Eico is playing an impor-
tant role in this field of technical cooperation. Our
Federal Government cooperates with the Com-
monwealth in a program which brings to Puerto
Rico thousands of persons from Latin America
and elsewhere around the globe to study methods
developed here so that they can apply them in
solvmg similar problems in their own lands.
We cannot hope to achieve our common objec-
438
tives of economic prosperity and political stability
unless our peoples understand and appreciate one
another's cultural values. The United States has
been working for many years to promote greater
interchange of people, knowledge, and cultural
attamments on a massive scale. Our Government
has continuously expanded its exchange programs
with the other Americans. This year more United
States and Latin American citizens wiU be study-
ing, teaching, and doing research in each other's
comitries than ever before. It is my pex-sonal
hope that more and more attention will be given
to cultural interchange m the years to come.
We of the United States regard all of the co-
operative efforts I have been describing as tools
to be used in fulfilling a commonly shared Ameri-
can dream: the development of the hemisphere to
satisfy the mounting expectations of its peoples.
These expectations and the need for large-scale
cooperative efforts to meet them have been elo-
quently caught by Brazil's President Juscelino
Kubitschek in Operation Pan America.
The concept of Operation Pan America is one
which we fully support. It should lead to better
coordmation of the multifarious and sometimes
scattered efforts that have characterized the past.
Inmiediate benefits should flow from a series of
comprehensive economic studies to be conducted
by the Organization of American States. These
studies, which liave so far been requested by 11
nations, should enable us to better assess the task
ahead.
Suggestions for Immediate Study
In the meantime I wonder if we do not already
have at hand suggestions on ways to attack prob-
lems coimnon to all the hemisphere, which could
be given immediate study by the people of each
country in the light of their own needs. I should
like to offer the following for your consideration
during this conference :
First, how can ways be fomid to reduce the
financial burden of unnecessary armaments ? The
Presidents of Chile and Peru have appealed for a
conference on arms limitation in the hemisphere.
It would certainly be in the common interest to
bring about a settlement agreeable to all, within
the bounds of effective hemispheric security. Re-
duced expenditures on armaments sliould mean an
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
increase in funds that could be devoted to more
productive purposes.
Second, how cm\ the iutemal tax burden be
spread more equitably, and how can taxes be col-
lec"ted more eft'ectively ? The tax burden in many
countries is not apportioned according to the
ability to pay. Tax reforms could increase govern-
ment i-esources for economic development and at
the same time reduce the burden borne in some
coiuitries by lower income groups.
Third, what measures can be taken to liberate
private enterprise — domestic as well as foreign —
from mmecessary controls and interferences ? Al-
though some governmental controls are im-
doubtedly needed, they should not be permitted
to impede the significant contributions wliich
sociall}' conscious private enterprise can, and
does, make to progress.
Fourth, how can overstaffed governmental
bureaucracies be reduced without causing undue
hardships, and how can governmental operations
be made more effective — perhaps through the in-
stitution of civil service systems ?
Fifth, what steps can be taken to expand educa-
tional facilities? In terms of development, one of
the most pressing needs of the other Americas lies
in the field of technological education for a tech-
nological age. Their engineering and teclmical
schools now enroll some 50,000 students, and the
need is for many times that number. But the
long-range educational problem lies even deeper.
It is estimated that an additional 400,000 teachers
are required merely to assure an elementary educa-
tion for the present school-age population.
Finally, how can excessive inflation be brought
under control? This is admittedly not an easy
task. It is one of the most difficult problems now
confronting many of our sister republics. But
ways must be found if continued economic growth
is not to be frustrated. Success in this endeavor
would lessen the wasteful use of resources, restore
confidence in the currency, and thus encourage
savings, channel investment of domestic capital
into productive local enterprise rather than into
the sterile haven of real estate, reduce the flow of
money to foreign bank accounts and foreign se-
curities, and bolster real wages consistent with a
rismg standard of living. The first and funda-
mental step in this direction would be wider
realization of the fact that uncontrolled inflation
is not synonymous with sustained growth and that
sound fiscal and monetary policies are not contrary
to development.
Only with sound policies will solid and con-
tinuing progress be won. For production and still
more production is the only way to achieve eco-
nomic progi^ess. Opportnnism — the creation of
divisions and hatreds between classes or between
nations — demagoguei^y — disrespect for the rights
of minorities, for human dignity, and for the right
to dissent — disregard for property rights — all
these can lead only to less production and to fall-
ing standards of living.
Foundations of the American Community
As we meet here tonight. President Eisenhower
is making an historic visit to South America. You
will have an opportunity to hear some of his per--
sonal impressions before your conference closes.
I deeply regret that the press of official duties re-
quires that I return tomorrow to Washington.
For I had hoped to take part in your discussions,
and I had been looking forward particularly to
hearing the views of that eminent statesman, Don
German Arciniegas of Colombia, when he ad-
dresses you two nights hence.
President Eisenhower's trip has amply demon-
strated our deep-seated desire in the United States
to identify ourselves with the surging aspirations
of the Latin American peoples and to help them
strengthen democracy and attain higher standards
of living. We hold that no nation in this hemi-
sphere stands alone. The spiritual and material
well-being of one comiti-y is a matter of contmuing
and urgent concern to all. I say this with deep
conviction. But it is more than a conviction. It is
an article of faith. For our American commmiity
is built upon a bedrock of friendship and mutual
respect. And friendship and solidarity have their
roots in the human heart.
On behalf of my country and my people, I want
to assure our friends of this : No matter what our
commitments in other areas of the world — and
they must know that they are many and burden-
some and are designed to achieve the same free-
world goals to which all of them subscribe — the
United States will never forget the needs of its sis-
ter republics. Our feeling of friendship and kin-
ship for the citizens of the other Americas is as
deep-rooted and enduring as our telief in the free-
dom and dignity of the human spirit.
March 21, I960
439
Development Assistance Group
To Convene at Washington
Press release 95 dated March 2
The United States Government lias issued invi-
tations to the Governments of Belgium, Canada,
France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Portugal, and the
United Kingdom and to the Commission of the
European Economic Community to attend a meet-
ing of the Development Assistance Group to be
held at Washington March 9 to 12. These invita-
tions have been accepted. The meeting stems from
the special economic meetings held at Paris Janu-
ary 12 to 14, where a resolution was adopted noting
that certain countries intended to consult concern-
ing their policies of assistance to less developed
countries.^ The purpose of the meeting is to dis-
cuss the means of expanding and facilitating the
flow of long-term capital funds to less developed
areas and the various aspects of cooperation in
these efforts.
U.S. Seel(S To Establish Basis
for Negotiations With Cuba
Following is an exchange of notes between
Daniel M. Braddock, U.S. Charge d^Affaires ad
intemn at Habana, and Dr. Raul Roa, Cuban
Minister of State.
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE
Press release 92 dated February 29
February 29, 1960
I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of
Your Excellency's note of February 22 regarding
the decision of the Government of Cuba to name
a commission to negotiate in Washington on mat-
ters pendmg between Cuba and the United States
of America. The Govermnent of the United
States welcomes and shares the expressed willing-
ness of the Goverimaent of Cuba to seek a solution
of outstanding problems through negotiations.
Your Excellency wiU appreciate, I am sure,
that the Govermnent of the United States cannot
accept the condition for the negotiations stated in
Your Excellency's note to the effect that no
measure of a imilateral character shall be adopted
on the part of the Government of the United
States affecting the Cuban economy and its
people, whether by the legislative or executive
branch. As set forth in President Eisenliower's
statement of Januaiy 26,^ the Government of the
United States must remain free, in the exercise of
its own sovereignty, to take whatever steps it
deems necessary, fully consistent with its inter-
national obligations, m the defense of the legiti-
mate rights and interests of its people. The
Government of the United States believes that
these rights and interests have been adversely af-
fected by the unilateral acts of the Goverimient of
Cuba.=
The Government of the United States for its
part firmly intends to continue by its conduct
and through its utterances to reaffirm the spirit
of fraternal friendship which, as Your Excellency
so well stated, has bound and does bind our two
peoples and which the Government of the United
States believes is earnestly cherished by them.
Prior to the initiation of negotiations and through
normal diplomatic channels the Government of
the United States would wish to explore with
the Government of Cuba the subjects to be dis-
cussed and the manner and place in which nego-
tiations might be conducted. Accordingly, I
would welcome, for transmittal to my Govern-
ment, any proposals which Your Excellency might
care to submit in these respects.
Accept, Excellency, the assurances of my liigh-
est consideration.
TEXT OF CUBAN NOTE
Unofficial translation
Febbuabt 22, 1960
'For a series of statements made by Under Secretary
Dillon at tlie Paris meetings, together with the texts of
three resolutions adopted by the group, see Bulletin of
Feb. 1, 1960, p. 139.
I have the honor to communicate to you that the
Revolutionary Government of Cuba, in accordance with
its expressed proposal to renew through diplomatic chan-
nels the negotiations already begun on matters pending
between Cuba and the United States of America, has
decide<l to name a commission, qualified for the purpose,
which could begin its negotiations in Washington on the
date which the two parties might agree.
The Revolutionary Government of Cuba wishes to make
clear, however, that the renewal and subsequent develop-
ment of the said negotiations must necessarily be subject
' Bulletin of Feb. 15, 1960, p. 237.
' For background, see iUd., Feb. 1, 1960, p. 158.
440
Department of State Bulletin
to no measure being adopted, by the Government or the
Congress of your country, of a unilateral character which
might prejudge the results of the aforementioned negotia-
tions or cause harm to the Cuban economy and people.
It seems obvious to add that the adherence of your
Government to this point of view would not only con-
tribute to the improvement in the relations between our
respective countries but also reaffirm the spirit of frater-
nal friendship which has bound and does bind our peoples.
It would moreover permit both Governments to examine,
in a serene atmosphere and with the broadest scope, the
questions which have afifected the traditional relations
between Cuba and the United States of America.
President Lleras of Colombia
To Visit United States
The Department of State announced on March
2 (press release 93) that arrangements have been
completed for the visit of Dr. Alberto Lleras-
Camargo, President of the Republic of Colombia,
who will visit the United States this spring at the
invitation of President Eisenhower.
President Lleras, accompanied by Senora de
Lleras and party, will arrive at Washington on
April 5. On April 8 they will begin a brief trip
in the United States that will include stops at Hot
Springs and Roanoke, Va., New York City, and
Miami, Fla., and will leave Miami for Bogota on
April 16 or 17.
U.S. Welcomes Australian
Trade Liberalization
Department Statement
Press release 103 dated March 4
The United States welcomes the action, effec-
tive February 23, of the Government of Australia
as a result of which products comprising about
90 percent of Australia's imports, worth about
$1.8 billion annually, are free of quota restrictions.
This move follows steps taken last August 1 ^ and
December 1 by which Australia removed discrim-
inatory quota restrictions against dollar goods
from all except two commodities.
As a result of these liberalizations only about
200 products imported into Australia remain sub-
ject to licensing restrictions and the import quo-
tas under these licensing controls have been
• Bulletin of Aug. 24, 1959, p. 284.
increased by 20 percent. The restrictions re-
portedly are to remain only until some other way
is found to provide advance information on the
level of imports of these items. The present re-
strictions on imports of timber from dollar
sources will be removed April 1, 1960, and the
restrictions on imports of automobiles from dollar
sources on October 1, 1960.
This action means that the removal of quota
restrictions on Australia's imports is virtually
complete. An increase in total imports from the
present annual level of about $1.9 billion to about
$2.2 billion is expected to result.
U.S. and Canada Continue
Columbia River Negotiations
Following is a joint statement released at Ot-
tawa on February 12 by E. D. Fulton, Minister of
Justice of Canada, andE. F. Bennett, Undersecre-
tary of the U.S. Department of the Interior, at the
conclusion of the first session of the negotiations
on the cooperative development of the water re-
sources of the Columbia River Basin, together with
a communique released at Washington on March 5
at the close of the second session.
Joint statement, Ottawa, February 12
This first meeting, while primarily exploratory
in nature, has provided a most useful opportunity
for an exchange of views and progress has been
made. We are determined to proceed with all pos-
sible speed and to that end we have scheduled a
second meeting to be held in Washington on March
4 and 5. In the interim, experts from both our
countries will be working on some of the more tech-
nical aspects of the problems, with joint considera-
tion by these experts of pertinent data.
In our negotiations we are being guided by the
Principles recommended by the International Joint
Commission and we wish to take this opportunity
to commend the members of that body for the
excellent preparatory studies they produced.
Communique, Wasliington, March 5
Press release 104 dated March 5
United States and Canadian Delegations ap-
pointed to negotiate an agreement for cooperative
development of the water resources of the Coliun-
bia River System held the second in a series of
March 27, 7960
441
meetings at the Department of State, Washington,
on March 4-5, 1960. The first meeting of the
two Delegations was held in Ottawa on February
11-12, 1960.
The Chairman of the United States Delegation
is the Honorable Elmer F. Bemiett, Under Sec-
retary of the Interior. Other members are Lieu-
tenant General Emerson C. Itsclmer, Chief of
Engineei-s, United States Ai-my; and Mr. Ivan
B. White, Deputy Assistant Secretary of State.
The Chairman of the Canadian Delegation is
the Honorable E. D. Fulton, Minister of Justice.
Other members are Mr. Gordon Robertson,
Deputy Minister of Northern Affairs and National
Resources; Mr. A. E. Ritchie, Assistant Under
Secretary of State for External Affairs ; and Mr.
E. W. Bassett, Deputy Minister of Lands of the
Province of British Columbia.
The two Chairmen reported that progress was
made at the meeting just concluded, wliich con-
tinued the exchange of views initiated at Ottawa.
This second meeting served to define in greater
detail the views of the respective Governments.
A tliird meeting has been scheduled for March
31 and April 1 at Ottawa and, in the interim,
experts of both countries will continue study of
the teclmical aspects of the negotiations as
required.
U.S. Plans To Participate
in Indus Basin Project
DEPARTMENT STATEMENT
Press release 90 dated February 29
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development announced on Febmary 29 the
readiness of certain friendly governments, includ-
ing that of the United States, to participate in the
fuiancing of a Banlv plan designed to effect a settle-
ment of the Indus waters dispute between India
and Pakistan. The other friendly governments
concerned are those of Australia, Canada, Ger-
many, New Zealand, and the United Kingdom.
The total cost of the system of works required
to achieve this settlement is estimated by the Bank
to be in the order of the equivalent of $1 billion,
partly in foreign exchange and partly in local
currencies.
The contribution proposed by the Bank for the
United States consists of $177 million in grant aid,
$103 million in loans, and $235 million in local
currencies to be derived from the operations of
various U.S. programs in Pakistan.
As pointed out by the Bank, actual implemen-
tation of the financial plan, and the participation
of the governments concerned, would be contingent
on the ratification of the water treaty now under
negotiation between India and Pakistan and
would be subject to such legislative action as may
be required in each contributing country. The
Bank has expressed the hope that final agreement
on all the outstanding points to be included in the
water treaty will be readied within the next 2
months.
Subject to congressional concurrence the Gov-
ernment of the United States proposes to assist this
project financially because it wishes to see an early
settlement of a major dispute which has since 1947
embittered relations between India and Pakistan.
The United States is also interested in helping this
pi'oject because upon it depends the future welfare
of the 40 million people who live in the Indus
Basin. Wlien completed the entire system of
works will be by far the largest integrated irriga-
tion project in the world.
The Government of the United States is, there-
fore, pleased with the progress which the Govern-
ments of India and Pakistan have made toward
settlement of the dispute and looks forward to the
early conclusion between them of the water treaty.
The contribution of the World Bank toward the
success of these long-drawn-out and difficult nego-
tiations lias been invaluable. The plan drawn up
by the World Bank constitutes perhaps a unique
example of international cooperative help toward
the fulfillment of a major program of economic
development in the less developed areas of the
world.
WORLD BANK ANNOUNCEMENT
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development announced on February 29 that the
negotiations for the conclusion of a water treaty
between India and Pakistan in settlement of the
Indus waters question are continuing in Washing-
ton under tlie auspices of the World Bank. It is
hoped that final agi'eement on all the outstanding
points to be included in the treaty will be reached
within the next 2 months.
442
Department of State Bulletin
The treaty would be based on a division of the
Indus waters on the lines of the proposal mado by
the Bank to the two Governments in February
1954. Under this proposal the three eastern rivers
of the Indus system (Sutlej, Boas, and Kavi)
would be for the use of India, and the three west-
ern rivers (Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab) would be
for the use of Pakistan.
Tliis division of the waters necessitates the con-
struction of works to transfer, from the three
western rivers, supplies to meet the irrigation
uses in those areas of Pakistan which have hith-
erto depended on supplies from the three eastern
rivers. The effect of this transfer would be to re-
lease the whole flow of the three eastern rivers
for irrigation development in India, and, as part
of the treaty, India would agree to contribute to-
ward the costs of these works. The system of
works to be constructed would, however, provide
further substantial additional irrigation develop-
ment both in India and Pakistan and, as well as
irrigation, would develop important hydroelectric
potential in both countries. It would also make
an important contribution to soil reclamation and
drainage in Pakistan and provide a measure of
flood protection in both countries.
It is estimated that the total cost of the system
of works to achieve these results would be of the
order of the equivalent of $1,000 million, partly
in foreign exchange and partly in local currencies.
The Bank has evolved a plan to finance the
required expenditure and has had assurances from
certain friendly governments of their readiness to
participate m the cost of the plan, over and above
the amoxmts to be contributed by India and
Pakistan and by the Bank itself. The implemen-
tation of the financial plan and the participation
of the governments concerned would, of couree, be
contingent on the ratification of the water treaty
now mider negotiation and would be subject to
such parliamentary and congressional action as
may in each case be necessary. The participation
of each of the friendly governments concerned
would be as follows :
A. In Foreign Exchange
Australia
Canada
Germany
New Zealand
United Kingdom
United States
f A 6,964,2Sfi in ^ants
Can .$22,100,000 in grants
DM 126.fKXI.000 in grants
f XZ 1,000,000 in grants
f 20.860,000 in grants
US .$1 77,000,000 in grants,
US $103,000,000 in loans
and
United States
B. In Local Currency
The equivalent of US $235,000,000
The President of the World Bank is prepared
to recommend to'tlie Bank's Directors that the
Bank should participate with loans to India and
Pakistan of the order of $103 million.
The Bank's financial plan envisages that all
construction contracts would be open to competi-
tive bidding and that the foreign exchange con-
tributions would be freely usable for purchases
anywhere in accordance with procedures similar
to those followed by the Bank in its nonnal
operations.
The costs of the construction progi'am would be
spread over a period of approximately 10 years,
and the general supervision of the program would
be undertaken by the Bank.
U.S. Affirms Belief in Principle
of Self-Determination for Tibet
Following is an exchange of messages hetween
Secretary Herter and His Holiness the Dalai Lama
{press release 89 dated February 29) .
Secretary Herter to the Dalai Lama
February 20, 1960
Your Holiness : Thank you for your letter to
me dated January 5, 1960.
As you know, while it has been the historical
position of the United States to consider Tibet as
an autonomous country imder the suzerainty of
China, the American people have also traditionally
stood for the principle of self-determination. It is
the belief of the United States Government that
this principle should apply to the people of Tibet
and that they should have the determining voice
in their own political destiny.
Sincerely yours,
Christian A. Herter
His Holiness
The Dalai Lama
The Dalai Lama to Secretary Herter
B.\LR.\MPUR, India, January 5, 1960
To: His Excellency, The Honorable Secretary of State,
Christian A. Herter
Your Excellency : Permit me to offer my sincere grati-
tude to you and to the Govornnient of the United States
for your active .support during the course of the debates
in the United Nations General Assembly regarding the
March 2 J, I960
443
problem of Tibet.' I can assure Tour Excellency that my
people will always remember the help and assistance they
have received thereby in their effort to determine for them-
selves their own political destiny.
The support and sympathy of the people and Govern-
ment of the United States have been of great benefit and
encouragement to us and we confidently hope that this
will be continued.
With assurances of my highest consideration, I remain,
Xours sincerely,
Dalai Lama
U.S. Aids Victims
of Agadir Earthquake
Press release 102 dated March 4
The U.S. Government has continued to increase
its allocations for emergency aid to Agadir,
Morocco, virtually destroyed by earthquake on
the night of February 29-March 1. Funds drawn
from the Mutual Security'Program's contingency
fund will finance assistance by U.S. agencies al-
ready at work. The International Cooperation
Administration also announced on March 4 it has
authorized arrangements for shipment of 5,000
metric tons of gi'ain and up to 50 tons of milk
under provisions of Public Law 480.
U.S. Army, Navy, and Air Force units have
been providing airlift, medical, and emergency
supplies since the early houi-s of March 1, under
the direction of U.S. Ambassador Charles C. Yost
and in close cooperation with Moroccan authorities
and units from five other Western nations and
international relief organizations. Overall dis-
aster relief has been coordinated by Moroccan
Crown Prince Moulay Hassan.
The U.S. effort began at 6:00 a.m., Tuesday
morning, March 1, with the declaration by Am-
bassador Yost that the Agadir earthquake
•constituted a national disaster. Ten thousand
dollars was inunediately released from the Am-
bassador's emergency fund, and U.S. military air-
' BuiXETiN of Nov. 9, 1959, p. 683.
craft began flying in emergency medical and relief
supplies and evacuating casualties, many of whom
are under treatment in U.S. military hospitals in
Morocco. A combined force of about 200 airmen,
sailors, and marines drawn from U.S. bases in
Morocco was rushed to Agadir to assist in rescue
operations. Later a U.S. Army engineer com-
pany from Germany was airlifted to the disaster
area for rescue and demolition work. Also on
hand is a Navy preventive-medicine imit to work
with Moroccan medical authorities.
Equipment flown into Agadir by U.S. forces
included bulldozers, graders, and other heavy
pieces for rescue and demolition work. Supplies
provided from U.S. military stocks and airlifted
to Agadir included tents, blankets, and cots for
survivors; disinfectants, quicklime insecticides,
and sprayers to help prevent possible epidemics;
and even gas masks and salt tablets for workers
on the spot.
U.S. planes also helped fly in Koyal Moroccan
Army troops and contributions of emergency sup-
plies from other sources. The coordinated air-
lift also included French, Spanish, and Italian
aircraft.
The cruiser U.S.S. Newport News ai-rived on
March 3 in the port of Agadir, joining ships of
the French, Netherlands, British, and Italian
navies.
Both the American Embassy and U.S. military
commands went on 24-hour watches, and a joint
command post made up of Embassy, Navy, Mili-
tary Liaison Office, and Air Force officers was
established at the French airbase near Agadir.
Communications between U.S. establishments and
the Agadir area were maintained by ham radio and
from the Navy base at Fort Lyautey to Agadir,
supplemented by portable equipment flown into
the devastated city.
^Vliile the principal effort to provide relief con-
tinues to be carried out by the IMoroccan Govern-
ment with substantial assistance from French units
at hand, the U.S. is contributing to the extent
possible.
444
Deparlmenf of Stale Bulletin
THE CONGRESS
The Economic Assistance Program for Fiscal Year 1961
Statement by James W. Riddleherger
Director, International Cooperation Administration^
I welcome this opportunity to appear before you
in my capacity as Director of the International
Cooperation Administration to support those ele-
ments of the fiscal year 1961 Mutual Security Pro-
gram authorization request which are the responsi-
bility of ICA. These include defense support,
special assistance, teclinical cooperation, and the
ICA administrative expenses.
Over the past decade I have observed and par-
ticipated in this program from the vantage points
of botli the developed and underdeveloped parts
of Europe, including 6 years in Yugoslavia and
Greece. I have personally witnessed the effec-
tiveness of this program as a tool serving our
foreign policy objectives. I am convinced that
without tliis progi-am the map of Europe would be
very different today, we would have been com-
pelled to spend for our own defense amoimts ex-
ceeding the cost of these programs in Europe, and
our overall defense posture would be far less se-
cure than it is now.
Without United States assistance the Commu-
nist rebels probably would have taken over Greece.
It is difficult in 1960 to reconstruct in our minds
the apparently hopeless position of the free forces
in Greece in the late forties, when their authoi'ity
in Athens itself extended over only a few blocks.
The program has helped the free countries of
Europe to meet an imminent Communist internal
threat to their independence arising out of their
economic collapse. It is doubtful if either France
or Italy would have succeeded in the determined
defense of their freedom without this program.
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee on
Mar. 1 (press release 94).
Economic assistance has made it more feasible
for Yugoslavia to proceed on the road of inde-
pendence from Moscow, which it had chosen.
This program has directly benefited the trade
and commerce, and consequently the livelihood, of
the entire free world. It has been the foundation
for the rebirth of a determination by many na-
tions to remain free and independent. It has
strengthened the will of many nations to pursue
without fear the path of freedom and independ-
ence and to maintain a position of national sov-
ereignty. It has helped to make the concept of a
satellite state repulsive to free peoples.
Also noteworthy is the fact that today many
of the European coimtries, which, 12 short years
ago, were themselves at the edge of economic
chaos, are able and have begun to extend sub-
stantial aid to underdeveloped coimtries.
This program has helped the free countries of
Europe to maintain a military posture wliich has
significantly contributed to deterring or prevent-
ing Communist expansion by force of arms.
NATO and our complex of strategic bases are a
direct consequence of this program.
Under the Marshall plan assistance was con-
centrated on the overwhelmingly important prob-
lem of restoring and strengthening the economies,
the stability, and the military power of Europe.
However, while these striking forward strides
have been made in Europe, additional and press-
ing challenges requiring appropriate response
from the United States have arisen during the
past decade in the underdeveloped areas, in the
Middle East, Asia, and more recently in Africa.
Our initial step in the underdeveloped areas
was the point 4 concept. This program recog-
Alofch 2J, 7960
445
nized that, unlike the situation in Western Europe,
the shortage of technical skills and the inadequa-
cies of local institutions rejiresented as great a
deterrent to progress as their lack of capital. Our
teclmical cooperation program to assist in remedy-
hig these situations has had a high degree of
success. However, in some areas point 4 was
overshadowed almost at the outset by the explo-
sion of Communist anned force and intensified
subversive action into the miderdeveloped areas
begimiing with their subversive action in Iraii,
their takeover of mainland China, and the start
of Commmiist military action in Korea, Indo-
china, and the Taiwan Strait. These actions
made imperative the provision of economic assist-
ance in order to enable the countries most directly
concerned to resist the threat by military meas-
ures and to restore or strengthen their economies.
With the gradual return of stability to Europe
and Asia — an uneasy stability as we have seen in
1959, and with Communist actions threatened or
directed at such places as Berlin, Tibet, India,
Laos, and the offshore islands — it has been pos-
sible to direct increasing attention to the prob-
lems of development in Asia and elsewhere and
at the same time continue necessai-y attention to
stability and maintenance of the military shield.
Thus recent yeai-s have seen a significant growth
of technical cooperation, the establislunent of the
Development Loan Fund, the creative use of our
agricultural sui-pluses, the expansion of the
International Bank for Eeconstruction and De-
velopment, and the development of other instru-
mentalities to jointly mobilize the resources of
the other developed nations of the free world.
Our response has been properly characterized
by flexibility and diversity to meet differing needs
and priorities with limited resources. Our pro-
graming process has been increasingly refined
to permit this.
In a constantly changing world scene it has not
been easy to achieve the most effective balance be-
tween, for example, Europe and Asia, military
and economic needs, grants and loans, sliort-run
impact and long-range benefits, military allies and
neutrals, and major projects and diversified small
projects. At no time have any of these possibili-
ties been ignored. However, it has been certainly
possible for men of reason to reach different con-
clusions as to the proper balance. With the bene-
fit of hindsight we can now see where a different
emphasis in particular situations might have been
more effective. I i^ersonally believe that the shifts
in emphasis and the changes in the program which
the executive branch is proposing to you this year,
and which ICA is, in part, charged to execute,
rejjresent not only another significant forward step
in our continuing effort to improve foreign assist-
ance but represent a program which is responsive
to the needs of fiscal year 1961.
The Fiscal Year 1961 Program
The fiscal year 1961 program features a series
of new jjoints of, or shifts in, emphasis. President
Eisenhower's mutual security message and the
presentations of Secretary Herter and Under Sec-
retary Dillon before this committee - have indi-
cated these points, which include increased
concentration of assistance for economic growth in
particular countries, the Indus Basin program,^
the special program for tropical Africa, decreased
requirements for defense support, the greater con-
tribution of other industrialized free nations, and
the Inter-American Bank.'' I shall discuss several
of these subjects in my presentation this morning.
The fiscal year 1961 program contemplates con-
tumed building and strengthening of the defensive
shield along the Sino-Soviet arc. New emphasis
is given to selecting and developing free-world
economic strong points.
It is our contention that the simple concept of
increased concentration of major U.S. financial re-
sources in selected countries will net more value
for free-world economic strength than spreading
our aid and assistance on a less catalytic scale
among all countries benefiting from our economic
programs. President Eisenhower's program as
it has been set before you takes a significant step
in this regard.
Thus, as you are aware, our program this year
highlights India, Pakistan, and Taiwan as princi-
pal examples of countries wherein it is clearly in
our national interest, as Avell as in the national
interest of these countries, to concentrate develop-
ment assistance.
South Asia
ISIajor capital assistance to south Asia will be
provided through the Development Loan Fund,
which will be described at a later session by Mr.
° Bulletin of Mar. 7, 1960, p. 369.
' See p. 442.
'Bulletin of Mar. 14, 1060, p. 427.
446
Department of Slate Bulletin
[Vance] Brand [Manafjing Director, Development
Loan Fund].' However, I do think it is appro-
priate for me to say that the program of ICA can
be properly judged only in relation to the other
parts of the Mutual Security Program and related
programs, such as those under Public Law 480. I
am convinced that the India capital-resouix-es pro-
gram, appropriately the responsibility of the De-
velopment Loan Fund, forms an integral and
essential part of our total response to the problems
of economic development. We have our largest
technical cooperation program in India. To carry
out our heav}' responsibilities in India and to help
assure full integration of all U.S. economic activi-
ties in the country regardless of the Washington
agency which backstops them, we have established
a new position there, that of Economic Minister.
Mr. C. Tyler Wood, whom many of you know and
■who is one of our most experienced and senior offi-
cials, is the incumbent of this position.
In Pakistan our response to the requirement for
a heavy flow of resources Avill be made through
the provision of defense support to finance im-
ports of commodities and a Public Law 480 pro-
gram of agi'icultural surpluses, as well as DLF
lending.
Program for the Republic of China
Turning now to Taiwan, I would like to quote
briefly from President Eisenhower's mutual se-
curity message :
The vigorous and skilled population on Taiwan, the
record of growth in investment and output, the very real
potential for acceleration, offer a prospect for a con-
vincing demonstration that under free institutions a pace
and degree of achievement can eventually be obtained in
excess of that resulting under totalitarianism. For this
purpose, we envisaged the full employment of both gi-ant
and loan assisttinee to hasten the day of ultimate vi-
ability and self-sustaining growth.
Last year during your hearings Leonard J.
Saccio, tlien Acting ICA Director, highlighted
the extremely encouraging, and widely unrecog-
nized, accomplishments made on Taiwan in the
last 8 years. Industrial production has more than
doubled. The number of private entrepreneurs
has mushroomed. There are now some 20,000
manufacturers producing goods ranging from
small household items to heavy capital equipment.
Agriculture has also expanded and diversified;
yields per acre are now among the world's highest.
Tlie progress of the Republic of China leads us
to Ix'lieve that an accelerated effort may enable
the island to reach the goal — full economic self-
support.
The Government of free China has prepared a
plan for acceleration of economic growth wliich
has been transmitted to U.S. representatives for
consideration. The plan includes many signifi-
cant Chinese actions such as tax reforms, non-
inflationary fiscal and monetary policy, more
liberal foreign exchange controls, and transfer of
public-owned industries to private hands. Taken
as a whole the many proposed activities should
stimulate the private sector and induce an in-
creased level of domestic investment. It is pro-
posed that the MSP, through an appropriate
combination of grants and loans, assist in meet-
ing the foreign exchange costs of this addition of
investment. The achievement of rapid growth
largely tlirough the vigor of the private sector
will have an impact of great significance in the
Far East.
Why Concentration of Assistance?
Some persons may well ask, as I am sure a
number of our stanch allies in the underdeveloped
areas will ask, "Why are we suggesting an in-
tense concentration of assistance for economic
growth in Taiwan and south Asia but not in all
the other areas?" It is my belief that the answer
to this question belongs in my public statement and
should not be reserved for executive sessions; it
should and will be unclassified. The reasoning
will not come as any surprise to this committee as
much of the underlying rationale was articulately
expressed in your report ^ of nearly 1 year ago.
The answer is essentially twofold: first, that
economic development cannot occur as a product
of external assistance alone. Real development,
which yields its broad range of benefits to the
general population, will always be, in the main, a
product of the work and devotion of the people
concerned and cannot be given, or lent, or forced
by an outside nation.
As President Eisenhower said in his state of the
Union message : ^
All of us must realize, of course, that development
in freedom by the newly emerging nations is no mere
matter of obtaining outside financial assistance. An
'Seep. 453.
March 27, 7960
' H. Rept. 440, 86th Cong., 1st sess.
' BxJiXETiN of Jan. 25, 1960, p. 111.
447
indispensable element in this process is a strong and con-
tinuing determination on the part of these nations to
exercise the national discipline necessary for any sus-
tained development period. These qualities of determina-
tion are particularly essential because of the fact that
the process of improvement will necessarily be gradual
and laborious rather than revolutionary. Moreover,
everyone should be aware that the development process
is no short-term phenomenon. Many years are required
for even the most favorably situated countries.
The provision of technical or capital assistance
cannot induce dynamic progress unless the peo-
ple themselves are prepared to make the difficult
economic and political decisions required in the
allocation and administration of their own re-
sources. Foreign aid may be an indispensable
part of the total, but increasing the amount of
foreign aid in no sense substitutes for the neces-
sary ingredient of full, determined, disciplined
self-help.
The second part of the answer is that more
than self-help and determination is required.
There must be an economic, institutional, and
human-resources base upon which rapid economic
growth can be built.
However, when these two conditions are met,
namely, full determination and disciplined self-
help, plus an economic, institutional, and human
base capable of accelerated growth, then the
United States stands prepared to utilize a variety
of tools and techniques in increased measure to
help accelerate economic advancement.
There must be, however, a judgment made by
tlie United States involving selectivity in choosing
when and where to concentrate assistance. This
Government does not believe that properly guiding
its actions on such judgments constitutes inter-
ference in the internal affairs of others. The se-
lection process does require that the United States
make certain qualitative judgments as to the
chances of success for economic growth unless
the recipient deals realistically with such things as
the tax policy, trade policy, and investment policy.
I wish to underscore my earlier statement that
the heai't of development must come from witliin.
The United States is frequently criticized for giv-
ing too much assistance and also frequently criti-
cized for not giving enough. Tliese latter critics —
both witliin the United States and abroad — may
not fully appreciate the role of external assistance
as we see it. The essential point is that the assist-
ance policies of this Government must and do
proceed with the recognition that our acts can
stimulate and can help but cannot substitute for
effective self-help. This point has its corollary:
that other nations must — and many do — recognize
that it is in their national interest to plan and
carry the major portion of their own programs
for economic independence.
There is a discernible response by many nations
to the questions of their future growth. We find
a heightened and constructive attention to such
questions as investment policy, encouragement of
private enterprise, and tax and fiscal policies.
This encouraging response is the product of many
forces : a recognition of unfavorable relative rates
of growth as compared to others, including poten-
tial aggressors; the uncertainties of external as-
sistance, as well as out of their own "trial and
error" efforts at development.
I said that the answer to why we should concen-
trate assistance is essentially twofold, but there
is a third reason, a kind of dividend reason. I
like to call this reason the "reverse domino" effect.
You all know the danger of chain reaction in Com-
munist aggression, which has been often called
the "domino" effect — one small free country is in-
vaded or subverted by the Communists, and the
drive of the Communists in knocking down this
first country might serve to knock down a series
of neighboring small countries like dominoes.
The reverse-domino effect comes with the ability
of these islands of development, once they have
picked up the drive toward self-sustaining growth,
to give assistance and inspiration in their turn to
other underdeveloped countries which are farther
behind in the growth process. We are now wit-
nessing a major reverse-domino effect in the form
of increasing efforts by Western Europe to assist
the development of Asian and African countries.
We are also witnessing it, on a smaller but still
impressive scale, in the case of Israel, a small,
medium-developed country, sending technicians to
assist in Ghana, Nigeria, Burma, and other coim-
tries. We see the reverse-domino effect also in
Indian aid to Nepal, situated precariously within
arms grasp of Eed China, and we see it as Taiwan
and the Philippines are extending technical assist-
ance to free Viet-Nam. These examples will be
multiplied in the years to come.
There is also another significant effect which
will come with success. I believe that free peo-
ples everywhere will prefer to continue free even
if freedom means that economic progress to the
448
Department of State Bulletin
stage of self-sustaining growth takes two genera-
tions compared to the one generation whicli may
be possible under totalitarian rule. But they will
have to know that progress under freedom is possi-
ble for underdeveloped countries. We propose to
help supply the evidence.
Finally, I wish to make clear, as did your com-
mittee in its discussion of this concept in the
report last j'ear, that we do not mean in any way
to suggest that those governments whose countries
are not yet in a position to qualify for intensive
development assistance should bo cut off from
assistance required by their special circumstances
or from specific assistance to help establish an
economic, institutional, and human base capable
of accelerated growth. Such assistance will con-
tinue to be required. The main point of the
proposal is its recognition that increased concen-
tration of development assistance on countries
ready and willing for dynamic growth will pay
the greatest dividends.
Special Program for Tropical Africa
Turning now to a second major feature of for-
eign assistance planning and programing, our
proposal for assistance to Africa I believe repre-
sents a new step in the right direction in the
coming year.
Other representatives of the executive branch
are presenting to j'ou a picture of the swift and
unexpected rate of political change in Africa.
The African Continent is entering into a new
relationship with other parts of the world. De-
velopments in Africa require a reorientation of
European-African relationships and a new and
direct partnership between the United States and
Africa.
During the past year there have been a con-
siderable number of visits of African leaders to
the United States. Some of you have talked with
these leaders, as we have. They have emphasized
their desire for our moral support and our under-
standing. They have stressed their needs for tech-
nical assistance and especially their needs for help
in the fields of education and training. Most of
them hope for and expect continuing strong sup-
port from the European powers. But they desire
also to broaden their economic relationships, par-
ticularly by securing the support and assistance of
the United Xations and of the United States.
Our Government will continue to encourage the
March 21, I960
542723—60 3
other Western Powere, particularly the European
powei-s, to continue to help carry the burden of
providing financial assistance to Africa. We are
making a particular effort also to encourage pri-
vate investment in Africa and to seek ways in
which the resources of lending agencies can be
used to meet capital requirements.
We are convinced, however, that it is in the
United States interest also to increase direct as-
sistance to Africa. We are proposing, therefore,
an increase in our technical cooperation program
in Africa, and in addition we are requesting a sum
of $20 million to finance the first year of an edu-
cation and training program.
There is an extraordinary need on the African
Continent to build and to strengthen human and
institutional resources as a precondition of rapid
economic growth. It seems clearly appropriate
for us to apply increased emphasis toward helping
to meet this need, so that the Africans will in-
crease their abilities to do things for themselves
and will be able to utilize more effectively other
forms of economic development assistance.
From the oft-cited literacy and education sta-
tistics on Africa, you are all aware of the tre-
mendous magnitude of the problem. It is a
problem of which African leaders are well aware
and one which they themselves must solve. We
recognize that to spread our limited resources
over the entire spectrum of African education
would be futile. We propose, therefore, to offer
our assistance at critical points where we believe
the benefits will be greatest. You will note from
the material that will be provided you that we
hope to be able to strengthen African institutions,
which in turn can serve as more effective centers
of planning and leadership in the education and
training fields. We propose to concentrate on
basic improvements in approaches to education
and training — improvements which will be re-
sponsive to Africa's development needs and
aspirations and whicli have a maximum demon-
strational and multiplier effect. Hence we plan
to channel much of our efforts into assisting the
African leaders with basic educational planning
and program development, teacher training, lan-
guage training, the development and production
of training aids and teaching materials, vocational
and agricultural training programs, and related
fields.
In planning our program for tropical Africa
we have been assisted by the recent ICA-financed
449
study "Eecommendations for Strengthening Sci-
ence and Technology in Selected Areas of
Africa South of the Sahara" ^ prepared by the
National Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council. Dr. J. George Harrar, vice president of
the Rockefeller Foundation, served as executive
director of the study with a variety of United
States and other country scientific consultants
assisting.
In conjunction with the special emphasis on
education and training, we propose that a portion
of the $20 million program be used for activities
which will encourage the African nations to work
together on common problems of economic and
technological development. Current political de-
velopments, as you are well aware, are tending
toward a fragmentation of the continent into
many separate units. The common bonds once
provided by the European metropoles are fast
disappearing with little to replace them. The
African leaders themselves are concerned with this
development and are seeking ways in wliich to
establish closer ties between their countries. Both
tlie political desirability of closer cooperation and
the economic efficiency of bringing together their
available resources and talents are soimd argu-
ments for the encouragement of regional coopera-
tion. We plan to assist in tliis area through sup-
port to multicoimtry planning, conferences, work-
sliops, and other related activities which you will
be able to explore further when we discuss Africa
specifically.
Justification of Magnitudes of Assistance
It is customary that I sliould dwell on these
categories and purposes and explain to you the
figures in the President's budget, as we are appear-
ing before your committee to request authorization
by broad category for particular purposes. And
of course this is appropriate, although the Presi-
dent's budget message® delivered in January, his
recent mutual security message, and tlie addresses
of Secretary Herter and Under Secretary Dillon
before this committee have set before you by cate-
goiy (he amounts required and the purposes for
which they will be used. Those who follow in the
presentation to your committee will discuss in
* Copies of the report are available from the Office of
Internalional IU'Iation.«, National Academy of Sciences,
2101 Constitution Ave., Washington 25, D.C.
• For excerpts, see Bulletin of Feb. 8, 1960, p. 202.
some detail these programs, explaining why the
amounts requested are tlie amounts required for
the accomplisliment of United States objectives
in the coming fiscal year.
I would also add that you will soon have be-
fore you comprehensive congressional presenta-
tion books which my staff, as well as other parts
of the Department of State, the Department of
Defense, and the Development Loan Fund, have
been preparing for the last 2 months and which
represent the final product of 12 months of effort.
In these books we have tried to provide fully rea-
soned, considered statements justifying in detail
the funds requested.
As Director of ICA and as one who has spent
his adult life largely in the Foreign Service of
the United States, I wish to add some comments
on our defense support, special assistance, and
technical cooperation programs which I believe
are appropriate and which I hope may be useful.
I wish to state that the amounts requested of
the Congi'ess are minimum amounts for an ef-
fective program. We are requesting less funds
in defense support for fiscal 1961 than are at pres-
ent programed for fiscal 19C0, more for special
assistance and more for teclinical cooperation than
is available for the present year.
Defense Support and Special Assistance
Also relevant is the fact that the Congress en-
acted last year section 503(c) of the Mutual Se-
curity Act, which called for the executive branch
to present plans by country for reduction and
elimination where possible of grant economic as-
sistance in the categories of defense support and
special assistance.
Your committee, I am sure, will discuss these
plans in detail. However, at this point I would
like to make a general observation. It appears to
me that the manner in which our programs are
presented to you and the way they are adminis-
tered may well lead to the notion that our total
defense support and special assistance programs
are a summation of our responses to individual
country situations. It may appear that with
some work and good luck these individual situa-
tions can be remedied and then the United States
can get out of the economic assistance business.
In part, of course, tliis is a true representation of
the picture, but only in part. It might be more
correct to add that defense-support and special-
450
Department of State Bulletin
assistance niagnitiides are a function of tlio gen-
eral state of international political and military
relationships. In the long run the level of appro-
priations required will depend in large part on
events beyond the control of either the United
States or our friends and allies. Defense support
and special assistance programs over the next
several yeare may possibly go down significantly,
or they may rise.
To illustrate my point, there are a number of
indications that Commmiist China, a decade from
now, will have grown economically to the point
where its external "power" potential may exceed
that of Russia at the beginning of World War II.
We all recall the nearly univei-sal belief in 1940
that the Japanese were a determined people with
a low standard of living who had made some re-
markable advances. But few people thought the
Japanese strong enough to challenge the United
States in mortal combat for a period of years.
Likewise, we should recall that the relatively
'"underdeveloped" Soviet Union of the early 1940"s
was thought by many to be incapable of maintain-
ing a massive and efi'ective war effort.
If Communist China continues its rapid eco-
nomic growth over the next decade (a real possi-
bility), there will be an important power shift in
the Far East and Southeast Asia. The free-world
response to this power will, of course, depend upon
the attitudes of Communist China in the conduct
of its international relations. But we must not
be caught by an economic or political Pearl
Harbor.
When I speak of a Pearl Harbor, I have espe-
cially in mind a political, economic, and social of-
fensive by the Chinese which might undermine or
overwhelm the countries along the arc of free Asia
from Afghanistan to Korea. Grant economic
assistance in present, or modified, amounts and
kinds will play an important role along the periph-
ery of Communist China, stretching from the
Near East and Southeast Asia to the Far East.
These countries must develop greater internal
economic strength. It is in our own self-interest
that these countries move forward as rapidly as
feasible. In this forward movement we must de-
vote increasing attention to helping the partici-
pating countries improve their plans and institu-
tions for the encouragement of private enterprise
among their own people and for attracting private
external capital from the capital-exporting na-
tions. The goal of increased investment cannot
be achieved solely by incrcasuig the How of capital
from government to govermnent. This cannot
provide suflicient capital for the economic growth
needs of the developing countries. Equally im-
portant, it cannot carry with it the full range of
skills and practical operating experience required
for the success of industrial and commercial in-
vestments. Furthermore, unless there is an ap-
propriate balance between the input of public and
private capital, there is little hope of building or
pi-eserving the kind of economic society conducive
to the protection of individual liberty and demo-
cratic concepts. Our program will therefore be
directed in the coming year to the improvement,
wherever possible, of the overall climate for in-
creased private participation in the process of
economic growth, to building or strengthening
institutions dedicated to the advancement of this
process, and to the creation of adequate facili-
ties for the provision of capital to potential
entrepreneurs.
Likewise, grant economic assistance must neces-
sarily be a part of our program in Africa. This
year we are instituting our new program at a level
of $20 million. In reference to this program
President Eisenhower said in his mutual security
message :
It Is my belief that this initial effort must grow
significantly In the immediate years ahead and comple-
ment similar efforts on the part of other free world
nations so that the capacity of the new and other devel-
oping nations in Africa to manage and direct their
development can be strengthened and increased rapidly
and effectively.
We do not want, nor is it possible, to turn our
back on this continent four times the size of the
United States, with more than 200 million people.
I believe this committee will agree with me that
the degree of our involvement in the African Con-
tinent can be expected to increase rather than de-
crease. I believe you will further agree with me
that we are facing a situation in Africa wherem
grant assistance rather than loan assistance will
continue to be a necessary tool in our response to
many of the African needs such as education and
training.
In summary, as you look at our detailed plans
for the elimination or reduction of individual
country programs of gi-ant economic assistance in
the forms of defense support and special assist-
ance, I believe it would be most advisable to keep
March 27, J960
451
in mind that these categories of aid are among
the principal tools of United States foreign policy
and that the use of them must be responsive to
total world military, political, and economic
developments.
Technical Cooperation
Despite the notable successes of the technical
cooperation program, we must not automatically
conclude or assume that the programs, methods,
devices of the past two decades are necessarily
the best ones in helping today's underdeveloped
countries achieve their national aspirations and
adequate rates of economic and social progress.
In the past this committee has been instrumental
in expandmg and strengthening the technical co-
operation program. Therefore it is with pleasure
that I report today that we are initiating a serious
study of this program looking toward recommen-
dations as to how it can be made an increasinglj-
effective instriunent in the decade ahead. We are
establishing a technical assistance study group for
this purpose. We are seeking the best man we can
find to head this group. We will provide him with
such outside consultants and special staff support
as he feels are necessary for a thorough study.
Preliminary staff work has already begun. We
need to know better the types of activities which
give greatest promise of success. We must be
ready to accept new ideas and to experiment with
new devices if we are to achieve maximum results.
For example, we need to know more about the
potentialities and value of what is often referred
to as commimity development. Community de-
velopment is variously described as a concept, a
profession, a technique. In essence, however, it
represents one approach to problems of village-
level development and in a number of the coun-
tries in which it is now being employed gives
great promise of being a successful approach.
In the Philippines it has taken the following
form: Twenty-three million people live in over
20,000 small, rural communities. The late Presi-
dent Magsaysay believed that these communities
should be organized to obtain greater local par-
ticipation in community affairs if democracy were
to continue to progress. A series of reforms were
initiated after the last war. A new law became
effective at the beginning of this year in which
these rural communities were given quasi-munici-
pal authority, including authority to levy taxes for
locally initiated commimity improvement projects.
The right to vote was extended to women and
single men.
These represent changes of great significance
for the Philippines, the importance of which may
not be recognized by many of us in the United
States where the concept of local democracy and
local taxation is taken for granted, even though
this concept has been a major factor in our political
and economic progress. The ICA has given sub-
stantial support to this program for the past sev-
eral years through allocation of appreciable sums
of U.S. -owned local currency and by providing
technical advisers.
We have been informed that the results of this
cooperative effort are impressive. Over 20,000
community development workers have been
trained. Projects are underway in each harrio.
Funds are being used as a primary stimulant for
initiation of more than 8,000 aided self-help com-
munity projects and 250 miles of tamo self-help
roads each year. From April 1956 to June 30,
1959, some 21,000 self-help projects were initiated.
About 75 percent of them have now been com-
pleted. These projects include such things as com-
munity centers, foot bridges, pure water supply
systems, roads, and health centers. This is a pro-
gram which touches a great percentage of the peo-
ple of the rural Philippines in a very real and
personal way.
Without prejudging the applicability of com-
munity development to each and every bilateral
program, we can honestly say that had we waited
for community development to have been fully
accepted, professionally, the notable success of the
Philippine effort might have been appreciably
delayed.
Nor can we be satisfied with our accomplish-
ments, nor with a reexamination of our past experi-
ences to discover the way for future activity, nor
with the addition of relatively new programs and
devices such as community development. We must
in ICA continuously raise our standards of what
constitutes an acceptable level of performance
from our personnel.
One example of our efforts in this field, and one
which was initiated out of the special authoriza-
tion of $8 million made available by this commit-
tee for fiscal year 1959, is the ICA contract with
Boston University to provide a course and field
survey on African studies, preparatory to the as-
452
Deparfment of Sfafe Bullefin
signnaents of personnel to the new and expanding
programs in Africa. There currently are 20 ICA
personnel in the first course. A second course will
begin this coming July.
In conclusion, I believe our program is respon-
sive to the guidance received from this Congress.
I believe our program responds to the restatement
of policy which was explained in your committee
report last year as follows :
". . . our first major purpose is to encourage free
peoples to stand on their own feet, to make their
own choices, to defend themselves against aggres-
sion, and to create economic and political condi-
tions imder which the principles of liberty and
human dignity can take root, grow, and ultimately
flourish. . . . our global objective remains what
it has always been : a world of freedom, justice, and
peace in which all men may have the opportunity
to develop freely and independently within the
framework of their own cultures, religions, and na-
tional capabilities. Only in such a world can the
United States develop freely and fully its own
culture and national aspirations."
The DLF Program for Fiscal Year 1961
Statement by Vance Brajid
Managing Director, DevelopmentLoanFund ^
I am gratified at the opportunity to appear be-
fore you today for the first time. It enables me
to present what might be considered an annual
report to this conmiittee on the Development
Loan Fund.
My report will have four parts: (1) a summary
of our loan operations; (2) an explanation of
recent policy and operating changes; (3) where
our emphasis will be placed in the future; and
(4) an explanation of why a $700 million increase
in DLF capital out of appropriations already
authorized is essential.
Before proceeding to these matters, however, I
should like to comment on one aspect of the
legislation before you and on the setting against
which my subsequent remarks will be offered.
The legislation to wliich I refer is the proposed
section 404 of the ilutual Security Act, which
deals with the development of the Indus Basin.^
Secretary Dillon has already discussed tliis mat-
ter with you,' and I understand that further elab-
' Made before the House Foreign Affairs Committee on
Mar. 1.
' See p. 442.
' BtTLLETiN of Mar. 7, 1960, p. 380.
oration will be offered during the regional hear-
ings on the Near East and South Asia. I should
merely like to add that, if the DLF is to play
a useful role in this effort to be made in part-
nership with many countries and which the
International Bank for Eeconstruction and De-
velopment is organizing, it is essential that we
have the authority to allow the use of our funds
in accordance with the requirements, standards,
or procedures of the IBRD. Certainly if each
of the participating nations were to insist on the
application of its own rules, the effective coordi-
nation of this complex effort would be seriously
impeded. On the basis of its known record, we
have every reason to be confident that the IBRD's
own standards and procedures will result in a pro-
gram as efficient as that which our own standards
are designed to insure.
Because we at the DLF are concerned with the
economic, technical, and procedural aspects of
lending for development, my report to you neces-
sarily deals with such matters. This emphasis,
however, should not obscure the fact the DLF
is an instrument of United States foreign policy
and that its operations are attuned to that policy.
March 21, 7960
453
You will recall that the legislation enacted
almost 3 years ago specifically places the DLF
under the foreign policy guidance of the Secretary
of State.
There are, of course, other than foreign policy
requirements wliich govern the scope and direc-
tion of our lending. The legislation and our
administrative interpretations impose a variety
of economic and teclmical criteria as -well. Three
principal criteria govern the direction of DLF
lending: first, a major United States foreign
policy interest in a high rate of economic develop-
ment; second, a capacity to mobilize domestic
resources and to use foreign assistance effectively
in furthering economic development; third, a
need for foreign resources which cannot be
financed by other private and public institutions.
Lending Operations
I should like to turn now to an analysis of our
lending activity. In doing so I should like to
call your attention to the red presentation book
which we liave placed before you. It contains,
in much fuller detail than I can provide in the
available time, a discussion of the role and nature
of the DLF, its detailed progress, a description
of each approved loan, and comprehensive
financial statements. You will note that the book
is entirely unclassified.
As the chart on page 2 of the red book shows,
the Congress has made available to the DLF a
total of $1.4 billion for lending purposes. As of
January 31 of this year, $958 million had been
committed for lending, representing 118 specific
direct loans and loan guaranties in 43 countries.
Now I am sure there are some who are wonder-
ing why $700 million in additional capital is being
requested when more than $400 million is still
available for comimitment. I am afraid that these
doubts rest on an erroneous notion that there is a
monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or other short-
range rate of activity which suggests the level of
future funding that is required.
On the basis of some years in this field I am
convinced that development lending does not and
cannot take place in this fashion. Its commitment
rates are inevitably erratic, owing to the varying
amounts of time needed to bring a project or
program to readiness and the wide range of costs
covered by development projects.
But additional factors bear on the operations
of the DLF this year. A considerable amount of
my time and of the staff as well was spent in a
review and assessment of policies and operations,
a matter to which I will return in a few moments.
Furthermore, the new requirement that section
517 of the Mutual Security Act apply to DLF has
had an effect on the timmg of our lending. Com-
pletion of basic engineering and reasonably firm
cost estimates prior to the actual obligation of
funds, which takes place when a formal loan agree-
ment is signed, would constitute compliance with
this section of the act. However, in the interest of
more effective compliance with tlie intent of Con-
gress, we normally require that such conditions be
met before submitting a loan to the Board of Di-
rectors for approval. Moreover, we are now un-
able, as we were in the past, occasionally to con-
clude a loan agreement which makes the comple-
tion of basic engmeering a condition precedent to
disbursement.
These factors all had their effect on DLF opera-
tions at about the same time. Now, however, we
are moving ahead rapidly once again. We have
on hand substantially more proposals than funds,
and we expect to commit the balance of our avail-
able resources before the end of this fiscal year.
The bulk of our lending through January 31, as
you can see from the charts on page 3 in the red
book, has been in South Asia, the Near East, and
the Far East and for the purpose of developing
transport and communications, industry, and
power.
For a detailed breakdown of our activity, I refer
to the section entitled "Approved Loans." There
we summarize the various phases of our lending
activity by region, by individual loan, and by fiscal
year. The bulk of the section consists of detailed
descriptions for all loans approved thus far.
I should like particularly to call your attention
to the Development Loan Fund's support of pri-
vate enterprise, a record which I believe is already
substantial but which must be further expanded
in the future. Of the total loans and guaranties ap-
proved for specific projects and programs through
January 31, 1960, $304.1 million, or 32 percent, is
for the direct benefit and use of the private sector.
Forty-three loans and two loan guaranties were ap-
proved for this purpose. About $160 million of the
total consists of transactions with private borrow-
ers and intermediate institutions which relend to
private entities. The balance went to go-\-ernments
who will make the foreign exchange thus secured
454
Department of State Bulletin
directly available to private industry. Our activ-
ities in connection with private investment are
explained in a separate section of the book begin-
ning on page 23.
Keturning to our financial situation for a mo-
ment, you will note that it is summarized in a table
on page 5 of the red book and that complete state-
ments are provided in the last section of the book.
These data show that formal obligations, disburse-
inonts, and income are all rising steadily.
Our disbursements are substantially behind
formal obligations. This is to be expected, given
the nature of our activity. One can expect a gap
of years, as the experience of the Export-Import
Bank and the IBED shows, between the conclusion
of a loan for a development project or program and
the final disbursement of funds against that
loan.
Recent Changes
The picture to which I have just drawn your
attention is one of considerable activity — consider-
able activity right from the start. And this is as
it should have been. The DLF was bom with an
important foreign policy mission, and it was con-
fronted almost at birth with far more urgent and
legitimate requests for its support than it had
funds to satisfy.
At the same time, it was new, with a unique
mission — a substantially new type of operation
under the Mutual Security Program. There was
no existing pattern of operations wluch it could
simply adopt in full detail as its own. It was
necessaiy, therefore, to create the organization,
procedures, and policies which seemed best suited
to its particular purposes and scope.
For every organization there comes periodically
a time of stocktaking; no organization can remain
static in this rapidly changmg world. Early last
fall it seemed particularly appropriate that the
DLF itself pause to take stock. It had by that
time accumulated approximately 2 years of operat-
ing experience, sufficient to judge the operational
choices made in its earliest days. Several studies
of its policies and organization already had been
initiated. Moreover, as I took over my respon-
sibilities as Slanaging Director in early Septem-
ber, a self-assessment seemed appropriate and
timelv.*
' For an address made by Mr. Brand on "The Future
Course of the Development Loan Fund," see ibid., Nov. 2,
1959, p. 635.
The results of this appraisal should be grati-
fying to those who guided the DLF during its
early stages. Tlie basic approach then charted
still seems sound; the early decision to emulate
the Export-Import Bank and the IBRD insofar
as circumstances would pei-mit has proved to be
correct.
However, as a result of this review, the Board
of Directors has decided to institute certain
changes. With some of these you may already be
familiar; othere may be new to you. They in-
clude an internal reorganization of the DLF, a
reduction of the application backlog, and a change
in procurement policy. It is these changes that
I would like to discuss.
However, lest I leave you with the impression
that this review was confined to Washington or
that it was concerned solely with organizational,
procedural, and broad policy matters, let me first
emphasize that a substantial part of the appraisal
took place in the less developed countries them-
selves and included within its scope loans already
approved, and pending and prospective applica-
tions as well. Over the past few months all of our
senior officials, our senior loan officers, and most of
our engineers and economists have spent at least
several weeks each visiting the less developed
countries with which they are concerned. Two
of the six months I have spent with the DLF
have been taken up with a travel schedule coA-er-
ing over 50,000 miles— as much as 4,000 miles in a
single comitry. In the course of visits to seven
countries reaching from Taiwan to Spain, I looked
mtensively into our present operations and con-
ducted various negotiations.
In the course of tliese visits numerous problems
involved in the implementation of approved loans
were worked out, DLF policies and operating
procedures were clarified, and tlie DLF's require-
ments for the information whicli must accompany
applications were explained to many who are un-
familiar with the practices of a de\-elopment fi-
nancing institution. As a result, our borrowers,
our applicants, and we ourselves are now better
equipped for more efficient and expeditious joint
endeavors.
Organization Clianges
In the course of this self-assessment we con-
cluded that certain functions were understafTed,
that others being perfonned by ICA would prove
more effective under DLF management's direct
control, and that a general reorganization would
March 27, 1960
455
result in a more coordinated and efficient
operation.
The resulting reorganization is graphically
illustrated on page ITi of the red book and detailed
further on page 101. I should like to draw your
attention to three of its aspects in particidar.
First, we now have a Deputy Director for Private
Enterprise, who, with an augmented staff, is ex-
pected to sti-engthen our activity in that sector.
This is a matter I will discuss further in a few
minutes. Second, the new reorganization makes
provision for tlie installation and operation of a
system of audit and accounts within the DLF
itself, in accordance with the recommendations
of a private consulting firm. Tliis function is now
being performed by ICA on a reimburecment
basis. Third, the new organization provides for
increased emphasis on engineering, economics,
and financial analysis.
Reduction of BacMog
We were also struck in the course of our review
with the continuing large size of our a]iplication
backlog. It had been running at $1.5 bOlion for
more than a year. It was evident, given the re-
sources then at our command, that we could not,
within the next year or so, commit funds in that
amount. Under these circumstances it was ap-
parent that many applicants would remain uncer-
tain as to the fate of their proposals for a year
or more and that this uncertainty might culminate
in disappointment. This state of affairs seemed
neither fair to the applicant nor prudent in terms
of U.S. foreign policy. We therefore elected to
return to the applicants all proposals on which
action could not bo taken within the current fiscal
year or a few months beyond. Tliis process is
still going on; wlien it is concluded we anticipate
that the backlog will have been reduced to between
$800 and $900 million. Thus, our current backlog
is not a measure of our full lending potential.
Many of the pioposals which we turned l)ack
for lack of funds this year will undoubtedly re-
turn in the next. And from our recent travels
we know of many more applications whicli are in
process or wliicli will 1)0 submitted wlion more
funds become available to llio DIvF.
Procurement Policy
I .should now like to turn to a basic sliift in
policy wliicli lias been the subject of substantial
public discussion and. if I may say so, considerable
misunderstanding. I refer to the Development
Loan Fund's procurement policy announced on
October 20 of last yeai-.^
On that date I announced that tlie DLF would
thenceforth place primary emphasis on the financ-
ing of goods and services of U.S. origin. The
phrase "primaiy emphasis" was carefully chosen.
We recognized that it would be necessaiy on
occasion to finance other than U.S. goods and
services in order to avoid undue hardship to our
borrowers.
Basically this change was an attempt to im-
prove our fulfillment of the congressional mandate
that the DLF take into account, in connection
with any financing transaction, "whether financ-
ing could be obtained in whole or in part from
other free world sources on reasonable terms."
We had observed, in examining many proposals
entailing non-U.S. procurement, that sufficient
financing on reasonable terms from the nation
likely to be the source of sujiply was difficult if
not impossible to arrange. Yet we Iniew that the
other industrialized coimtries of the Western
World were in a mucli improved economic posi-
tion, capable of expanding considerably their
development financing on the terms tliat tlie less
developed countries require.
It was evident that our previous ]irocurement
policy deterred rather than encouraged the crea-
tion of financing institutions providing long-term
credit on reasonable terms. As Secretary Dillon
indicated to you several days ago," there is already
some evidence that our new policy is iieginning
to encourage the expansion of such credit. It is
only fitting that other industrialized nations pro-
vide more long-term loans on reasonable terms to
finance their own exports to the less developed
areas.
The Future
This, then, is whore we are. But where are we
going? Our recent oxpei'ience suggests that an
increased enqihasis in two directions is essential.
First, we must expand and focus our i-esources
in those places whore conditions are the ripest for
economic exjiansion. With the goal of greater '
self-sufficiency in mind, we can make our most
effective contribution to the less developed coun-
' lliiil., XdV. K;, T.)."!). I). 7()S.
'/?)!>/., Mar. 7, 19G0, p. 3S0.
456
Department of State Bulletin
tries by enlarging our effort wliere the will and
disciplined self-help essential to sound growtli are
already in evidence and where the institutional and
huiuiua resources are capable of accelerating the
development effort in an efficient manner.
We plan, therefore, given a sufficient increase in
our capital, to undertake in the next year a major
effort in South Asia and in Taiwan. Others have
already testified, and more will be said in the re-
gional testimonj' on South Asia and the Far East,
regarding the basis for these choices. For the De-
velopment Loan Fund, I should like to affirm our
view that the potential exists in these areas for
considerably increased lending against sound proj-
ects and programs.
Several weeks ago I returned from a month-long
trip in the company of our loan officei-s and en-
gineers which took me to India and Pakistan. A
staff-level team has also recently completed a visit
to India, where it surveyed future development
prospects. On the basis of what we now know,
these two south Asian coimtries will be able in the
next fiscal year to initiate far more development
projects and programs, for which financing is not
yet assured, tlian even the increased capital we are
requesting could support. We expect that, as in
the past, substantial financing will be made avail-
able by other free-world sources, and we hope that
the amounts will rise. But even under optimistic
assumptions regarding contributions from else-
where in the free world, the unfunded remainder
constitutes a potential for substantially increased
DLF activity in this area.
On my recent trip abroad I also visited Taiwan.
One need only see the substantial economic ad-
vances already made and talk to the skilled and
dedicated businessmen and public officials who
have vitalized this island economy to appreciate
the considerable economic potential of Taiwan.
Given sufficient sound applications, I am con-
vinced that the DLF can expand its lending in
Taiwan to a substantial degree and thereby par-
ticipate with the Government of the Republic of
China in its program to move more rapidly toward
self-sufficiency.
I should not like to leave the impression that we
accord any less importance to areas other than
those I have just mentioned. We expect to make
substantial loans in several of the Latin American
countries. Our operations in Latin America will
continue to take into consideration the fact that
the Export-Import Bank, IBRD, and now the
Inter- American Development Bank will be active
in the area. Congress has, of course, made clear
that, where other sources of financing are avail-
able, the DLF should not be active.
AVo are aware that many of tlie countries on the
African Continent are keenly interested in eco-
nomic progress which will contribute to the ad-
vancement of their peoples. Many are increas-
ingly ready to use more capital effectively; others
still face the task of improving the domestic sup-
ply of technical and administrative skills. We are
today working with several of the African coun-
tries on specific proposals, and our interest is
substantial.
Private Enterprise
I should like to turn now to another area in
which, I believe, increased emphasis is essential.
When it created the Development Loan Fund,
the Congress reaffirmed that ". . . it is the policy
of the United States ... to strengthen friendly
foreign countries by encouraging the development
of their economies through a competitive free en-
terprise system . . . [and] to facilitate the crea-
tion of a climate favorable to the investment of
private capital. . . ."
We in the Development Loan Fund regard this
emphasis on private enterprise in our basic law
as a clear mandate to work with and through the
business community to the utmost extent possible.
Our task, as we see it, is not merely to assist less
developed countries but to assist them in ways that
will reflect, reinforce, and use free enterprise.
Wliile DLF assistance to private enterprise has
been substantial, my travels abroad and through-
out this country have provided convincing evi-
dence that a substantially accelerated effort in
this direction is now possible. American business
is increasingly ready to extend its investments if
it can obtain assistance in partially sharing the
risks presented by new and unfamiliar markets.
Risk sharing through the provision of loan capi-
tal can often be the decisive factor in enabling
private enterprise to embark upon major projects
of considerable importance and significance to
U.S. foreign policy interests.
Ijest I leave the impression that our interest in
free enterprise is confined to the large projects in
which substantial American interests invest, let
me emphasize our interest in and support of de-
velopment banks or loan funds which extend long-
term credit to small businessmen. To such
Match 21, 7960
457
institutions the DLF had extended 14 loans and
one gviaranty totaling almost $75 million by
January 31 of this year. Thirty-three loans under
$100,000 have been made by such institutions as
the result of DLF credits.
Our own American experience higlilights the
importance of such lending to oui* objectives in
the less developed areas. We know from long
experience how the ^dability of a free economy
rests on the small entrepreneurs who form its
core. And we also appreciate that without a
strong middle class, comprised largely of inde-
pendent, small businessmen, free institutions have
an imcertain foundation.
Proposed Increase in Capital
It is with this record and this view of the fu-
ture that the Development Loan Fund is now ap-
proaching the Congress for a $700 million increase
in its capital. New financing in this amount, out
of funds already authorized, would enable the
DLF to expand its lending operations to a level
in fiscal year 1961 about $150 million higher than
it attained in each of the 2 previous fiscal years.
This increase is essential if the DLF is to con-
tinue its activity in most of the 43 countries to
which loans have already been extended, expand
its operations selectively in those countries where
rapid economic gains are potentially the greatest,
and enlarge its support of private LF.S. capital in
its efforts to join in the development effort
abroad.
Beneath these reasons for a higher level of
lending by the Development Loan Fund, however,
lies another, more fundamental one. It originates
in the wish, as expressed in section 503 (c) of the
Mutual Security Act, that bilateral grants of
economic assistance be progressively reduced and
terminated. I think you will agree that a prin-
cipal means of reducing the need for such assist-
ance are those courses of action which hasten
economic growth and self-suiRciency. Certainly
the developmental loans of the DLF are one such
means. The goal expressed in section 503(c) ar-
gues, I believe, for a larger role for the Develop-
ment Loan Fund.
In preparing this request we have taken into
account an anticipated rise in capital available
from international institutions and other nations.
Wo have assumed that the Inter- American Devel-
opment Bank will undertake some of the lending
in Latin America during fiscal year 1961 which
the DLF would otherwise assume, that the Inter-
national Development Association will not com-
mence operations mitil late in the year, and that
our efforts to increase the contributions of other
industrialized nations to this effort will be sub-
stantially successful.
Applications, moreover, are still being received
at a rate in excess of our available funds. On the
basis of the discussions throughout the world
which I have already described, we know of ap-
parently sound applications in preparation which,
together with those now on hand, would require
even more than the funds we are now requesting.
Conclusions
Mr. Chairman, I again thank you for this op-
portunity and in closing reiterate my own firm
conviction that the Development Loan Fund,
which is about to pass its first $1 billion in lending
commitments, has well served and will continue
to serve an essential national purpose in helping
people throughout the world to maintain free
societies.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 2d Session
Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and Stability in the
Middle East. Fourth report of tine President covering
activities through June 30, lO.^O. in furtherance of the
purposes of the Joint Resolution To Promote Peace
and Stability in the Middle East. H. Doc. 342. Febru-
ary 15, 1060. 4 pp.
The Antarctic Treaty. Message from the President trans-
mitting a certified copy of the treaty signed at Wash-
ington on December 1, 1950, liy the United States and
11 other countries. S. Ex. B. February 15, 1960.
19 pp.
International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
of Sea By Oil. Message from the President transmit-
ting a certified copy of the convention which was .signed
at London on May 12, 1954, in behalf of certain states
but not the United States. S. Ex. C. February 15,
1960. 34 pp.
Commonwealth Parliamentary Association Meeting, Can-
berra, Australia, 1959. Report of the delegation ap-
pointed to attend the Commonwealth Parliamentary
Association meeting November 6-7, 1959. S. Doc. 83.
February l(i, 1960. 22 pp.
The Convention of Paris for the Protection of Industrial
Property. Me.s.'<age from the President transmitting a
certified copy (English translation) of the convention
of March 20, 1SS3, as revised at Brussels December 14,
1900; at Washington June 2, 1911; at The Hague No-
vember 6. 192.5; at London June 2, 19.34; and at Lisbon
October 31, 1958. S. Ex. D. Februjiry 17, 1960. 22 pp.
458
Department of State Bulletin
Mutual Security Program: Summary Report on Grant Economic Assistance
Relating to Defense Support and Special Assistance Programs
Folloxovng is {1) the text of a letter of trans-
mittal dated Fehruar^ 29 from Acting Secretary
Dillon to the President of the Senate and the
Speaker of the House of Representatives which
accompanied a full classified report submitted to
the Congress pursuant to section 503(c) of the
Mutual Security Act of 1954, <^^ amended, and
{2) a general summary report submitted on
March 4}
Press release 100 dated March 4
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
Department of State
Washington, February %9, 1960
The President has directed me to transmit to
the Congress, pursuant to Section 503(c) of the
Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, a i-eport
of the phms of the Executive Branch for progres-
sively reducing and tenninating, wherever prac-
ticable, bilateral grants of economic assistance in
the Defense Support and Special Assistance cate-
gories. There is attached a full report together
with an annex projecting the future of these pro-
grams country by coimtry, which of necessity, be-
cause of the sensitive nature of the contents, is
being furnished on a classified basis. A general
summary report which is imclassified is being pre-
pared and will be provided to the Congress in a
few days.
* For text of President Eisenliower's message to Con-
gress on the Mutual Security Program for 1961, together
with statements by Secretary Herter and Mr. Dillon, see
BtTLLETix of Mar. 7, 19G0, p. 369. For statements by
James W. Riddleberger, Director of the International
Cooperation Administration, and Vance Brand, Managing
Director of the Development Loan Fund, see pp. 445 and
453.
For a number of years, programs of grant eco-
nomic assistance have been proposetl by the Ex-
ecutive Branch and approved by the Congress as
the most effective means of promoting the attain-
ment of United States objectives. Such progi-ams
have been annually reviewed by both branches of
the government. These programs have served our
national interests over a wide range of special and
emergency situations and have contributed
measurably to our security. They have been an
indispensable instrument of foreign policy over
a period of rapid and sometimes violent change.
Thus, in formulating plans for progressively re-
ducing and eventually terminating such programs
we have had to review the objectives of these pro-
grams and to determine whether there were al-
ternative and equally satisfactory methods of
securing these objectives.
An intensive review of the goals of our economic
assistance programs has been made by the execu-
tive agencies concerned. This review has con-
firmed the main conclusions of studies of our
foreign aid methods undertaken by the Congress
and the Executive Branch in 1956 and 1957.
During the past few years, there has been a
reduction in the amount of grant aid, particu-
larly for comitries receiving Defense Support
assistance. For fiscal year 1961 the requirement
for Defense Support is $111 million less than was
requested last year. There has been a gradual but
continuous shift from grant to loan progi'ams.
Tlie principal means of reduction in grant aid
is in coui-ses of action which will accelerate the
process of economic growth in less developed na-
tions and hasten their economic independence.
This argues for increased emphasis on economic
development loans and a larger role for the Devel-
opment Loan Fimd. It also indicates a need for
March 21, I960
459
reform of these economic policies and administra-
tive weaknesses in the major aid-recipient nations
which stifle initiative and impede economic expan-
sion. Our future plans take account of these
requirements. Economic growth, however, is not
susceptible to precise scheduling. Conditions
imder which progress is possible can be described,
and our energies and resources can be concentrated
to these ends, but no timetable of achievement can
be advanced. The accompanying report indicates
the numerous conditional factors which may affect
our future coui-ses of action.
More generally, however, we must allow for our-
selves a range of flexibility in the instruments and
teclmiques of our foreign policy for the uncertain
years ahead. The accomplislunent of our mutual
security objectives, upon which everything de-
pends, will require not only the devotion and
energies of the men and women responsible for
the day to day conduct of our activities abroad
but also the availability of resources in the forms
most suitable to the tasks to be performed.
We have now, imder the Mutual Security Act,
methods of assistance designed for our several
military, political, and economic purposes abroad.
In the past, we have found gi-ants of economic
assistance indispensable to some of these purposes.
Our review of goals, and our assessment of the
prospective world environment within which the-se
goals will be sought after, argaies very strongly
that this will continue to be the case for some
years to come.
Economic progress in the poorer nations re-
mains an abiding problem of our times. The
great gulf between living standards of the people
of the industrial countries and those of the devel-
oping coimtries must be narrowed. As the accom-
panying report indicates, we look forward to the
possibility of gradually diminishing needs for
grants of economic assistance abroad and for an
increase in emphasis on loans for the direct ob-
jective of economic development.
The continuation of or the termination or reduc-
tion of grant assistance proposed in this report
represents the best judgment based on the current
situation in each of the countries concerned and
in the world as a whole. However, we all realize
that this is a time of fluid political conditions in
which political change is frequent and sometimes
drastic and unexpected. It is entirely possible
that conditions may change so rapidly and so
greatly that it would be possible to speed up the
timetable in some countries, or it may be necessary
to slow it down in others. As the proposals in
this report are being implemented, it wiU be neces-
sary to keep each country situation under con-
stant review in order to ensure that our actions
are consonant with conditions at the time.
Sincerely,
Douglas Dillon
Acting Secretary
TEXT OF REPORT
Preface
Section 503(c) of the Mutual Security Act provides as
follows :
The President shall include in his recommendations to
the Congress for the fiscal year 1961 programs under this
act, a specific plan for each country receiving bilateral
grant assistance in the categories of Defense Support or
Special Assistance whereby, wherever practicable, such
grant assistance shall be progressively reduced and
terminated.
A detailed report in response to this statutory require-
ment is being submitted to the Congressional Committees
considering the proposed Mutual Security Program for
fiscal year 1961. That report deals with general issues
of foreign economic assistance policy raised by the amend-
ment. It contains planned courses of action with resi)ect
to future Defense Support and Special Assistance bi-
lateral grant aid, projected country by country. The re-
port is of necessity classified because of the sensitive ma-
terial upon which it touches.
However, the subject of the report is of such general
interest and importance that it was deemed appropriate to
provide, on an unclassified basis, as much of its general
content and conclusions as could be done without injury
to the security interests of ourselves and of other nations
Tihich are involved. This unclassified version of the re-
port has therefore been prepared.
Introduction
OhjecUvcs. The reexamination of our forward plan-
ning under Section 503(c) required a review of the ob-
jectives of foreign economic aid programs and of the
methods and instruments available for prosecuting these
objectives.
Our grant economic assistance programs to a very large
extent trace to military and political emergencies: the
war in ICorea, the military struggles in the Indochina
peninsula, the political upheavals in the Near East, and
the abrupt emergence of the new countries out of the
breakup of colonial systems. Aid programs bad to be de-
signed to strengthen weak and divided states, to help
support military deterrents to aggression, and to cope
with urgent political problems in the new countries and
around the periphery of the Siuo-Soviet bloc.
Grants of economic assistance were and are appropriate
to these circumstances and to our objectives in them.
We have in the Development Loan Fund an agency and
460
Depariment of State Bulletin
economic resources for the epeciflc and direct purpose of
promoting economic development in the less developed
countries. It provides aid for sound development projects
and programs on a case by case basis. As a general rule,
loan assistance Is suited to the economic development
purpose and under present policies is used for it.
This distinction of purpose is important to the planning
of reductions in grants of economic aid. Given our
different Immediate objectives, grants and loans are
not In a strict sense interchangeable. For many situa-
tions, the grant method is essential to the successful
achievement of our aims. Plans for reducing grants of
aid must seek progress tovcard our objectives rather
than changes in the method of aid.
Means to reductions of grant aid. The varied objectives
of our grant economic assistance programs make it Im-
possible to establish a uniform pattern of planning. In
a number of the smaller programs, a more or less clear
path to our primary objectives can be marked out. In
others, however, the attainment of our objectives depends
on the success of a broad program of action, of which
grant assistance is one part.
Special emphasis has been given to the problems pre-
sented by the major Defense Support programs in five
countries : Korea, China, Vietnam, Pakistan, and Turkey.
These five programs, it is presently estimated, will ac-
coimt in tisral year mtiO for over 73 per cent of Jhitual
Security Act obligations for defense support assistance.
For this group of countries in particular, the only
practicable means through which a reduction of grant
economic assistance can be envisaged is to be found mainly
in expansion of their own economic capabilities. This
in turn depends upon our Mutual Security aid policies
as a whole, upon the availability of other sources of
economic assistance, upon the domestic policies and atti-
tudes of the countries concerned and upon the extent
and nature of internal and external pressures upon them.
Our objectives probably will call for more development
loan assistance as a part of the process ; as a result the
resources of the Development Loan Fund will be of key
importance.
Taken as a whole, our plans do not project the termina-
tion of all present grant aid needs in a defined period
of time. This seems neither possible nor desirable in
the light of the known factors and our own objectives.
Moreover, new needs for grant aid are likely to arise.
The grant method of economic assistance Is peculiarly
well adapted to the purposes and situations to which it
has been devoted. It has been an essential instrument
of foreign policy and, in an uncertain world, promises
to remain so.
After these necessary qualifications, however, it seems
clear that the foreign economic aid program is moving,
a:s rapidly as is compatible with our own interests, in the
direction pointed to in Section 503(c). If the plans and
programs discussed prove possible of realization, there
will be gradual reductions in present grant economic aid
requirements. If needs for grants for military and po-
litical objectives do decline, the emphasis of our economic
assistance policy as a whole can be placed more and
more on the longer run purpose of helping to foster eco-
nomic growth. Our institutional and policy structure h;is
already been partially redesigned for this objective. The
opportunity to direct resources and energies to It in
greater measure will be a welcome challenge.
The Objectives of Foreign Aid
GRANT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Defense Support assistance, provided to 12 countries, is
presently estimated to require $~G'> million in fiscal year
19G0 and may have to be increased before the year ends.
Among these countries, Korea, Vietnam, China, Pakistan,
and Turkey are presently expected to receive about .fSTS
million. The programs range from assistance for the
construction of military facilities in the Philip])ines to
general economic support for these major recipients.
The Defense Support programs are designed to provide,
through grant economic aid, the margin of resources
necessary to assure the capability of the recipient gov-
ernment to provide the military forces and strength mu-
tually agreed to be required for the common defense. In
the broadest sense, they are intended to prevent the
economic retrogression and political instability that would
follow if the country were to attempt to rely on its own
resources to provide this degree of military strength. Our
aid is thus provided for mutual objectives where the de-
fense interest is paramount. It is for this reason that we
consider these as objectives properly to be sought through
grants of aid.
Special Assistance is a flexible category of economic aid
which has as its broadly stated purposes the maintenance
or promotion of political or economic stability abroad.
Programs in this category are being used to support
friendly governments that have come under heavy exter-
nal political pressure ; to cope with political and economic
emergencies : to maintain an American presence and in-
terest in situations where Soviet or Chinese Communist
efforts at penetration have been on a substantial scale ;
to provide economic aid for defense purposes where it has
been found infeasible to enter into the usual mutual se-
curity relationship ; to assist with small scale projects or
programs supplementary to technical cooperation activi-
ties ; and to provide assistance to projects, for example in
the fields of health and education, which are of a non-
loanable character.
Most of the bilateral Special Assistance programs are
grant programs. Our objectives in these programs usually
do not meet the criteria for loans or fit the procedures of
established lending institutions. Special Assistance grants
are provided mainly for projects or purposes in themselves
economically constructive but not on their own merits re-
imbursable. A special case here is the support of activities
directly related to technical assistance. In such cases,
the loan method clearly could not serve our objectives.
Each Special Assistance program, however, involves a
separate judgment about the most effective means to the
achievement of our specific aims, and in some cases Mutual
Security loans, rather than grants, are used.
Validiti/ of grant aid objectives. Do the general security
and political objectives of the grant aid programs remain
March 27, 7960
461
valid? The answer to this depends basically on judgments
about the kind of world in which our foreign policy will
have to be conducted in the years immediately ahead.
These give no present basis for expecting that the under-
lying conditions which created needs for grant aid in the
past will now disappear. In Asia, the divided countries
and the newly independent states continue under the
ominous shadow of the Communist Chinese regime. The
Near East is still politically unstable. The process of
rapid political change in the less developed areas as a
whole seems certain to continue. The Communist sub-
versive effort, worldwide, is not diminishing. The reali-
ties of the military balance lietween East and West give
no satisfactory basis for looking forward to a declining
level of defense requirements and particularly not to a
declining requirement for defense against local aggression.
Against this background, the overall purposes of the
Defense Support and Special Assistance programs are
sound. It is in our interest to share the burdens of mutual
defense, to support or assist countries exposed to unusual
political or military hazards, and to help new countries
to get off to a favorable start as independent states. We
need economic assistance methods suited for these ob-
jectives. To reduce or end the requirements for grant aid
by altering or abandoning the goals of such aid is a con-
ceivable but not an acceptable approach.
LOAN ASSISTANCE
Under our current policies economic development as-
sistance is provided, as a general rule, as a loan, and
under the Mutual Security Act by the Development Loan
Fund whit-h for the current fi.scal year has received
appropriations of $550 million for lending.
Our national interest in the economic development of
the less developed countries is well recognized. The wide,
and in some cases growing, disparities in standards of
life as between peoi)le in the industrial countries and
those in the less developed nations make for a prc;)foundly
unstabilizing force in the world. Expectations of a bet-
ter future have been aroused and persist. Unless there
is economic expansion, population growth alone will frus-
trate them. We can ill afford to have whole societies
increasingly embittered and despairing. Even on the
narrower ground of sustaining our material prosperity,
we need in the underdeveloped areas more productive
countries which can also l)e better customers and trading
partners. Economic development is one of the prerecpii-
sites to an evolution of the world which will enhance
our national safety and well-being.
Obviously, economic devebipiuent is not set aside as
the objective of only one instrument or method of policy.
Our technical assistance programs always have been
directed specifically to helping develop tlie basic skills
and institutions necessary to economic growth. Our
grant economic programs help to set a floor of economic
activity from which economic expansion is i)ossible; or,
in assisting toward other objectives, they provide some
of the resources needed for development. Our sales of
agricultural surpbises for local currencies are related lo
the economic develoj)ment objective.
At the same time, there is a need for a method of
economic assistance having development as its primary
objective, with its procedures and techniques created for
this main purpose. This was a basic conclusion of the
intensive studies of foreign economic aid carried on in
19.56 and 1957 by the Executive Branch and by the House
of Representatives and the Senate. These studies uni-
formly agreed that our foreign economic aid program
had to be devoted to a variety of purposes and that each
of these imrposes should be pursued by methods spe-
cifically suited to it. In the case of economic develop-
ment, it was concluded that the proper instrument would
be an agency to make loans on flexible terms for the
financing of development programs and projects. To
give effectiveness to this judgment, the Congress and the
Executive Branch established the Develoijment Loan
Fund.
The choice of the loan methcKl of providing assistance
for the purpose of economic development derives from
two principal consideration.?.
First, the economic development of another country,
while clearly in our general and long term interest, does
not normally represent a requirement of such urgency
from our point of view as to necessitJite the provision
of grant assistance. The growth of an economy depends
on more than the provision of additional resources. If
the determination and capability to achieve growth exists,
the loan technique for financing development is suitable
to the interests of both the lender and the borrower.
Secondly, there is the question of repayment. Financ-
ing of the creation or expansion of economic capabilities
and facilities which help create the means for repayment,
is logically to lie provided through lending.
Aid in the form of either grants or loans can and
should be so administered as to encourage sensible and
sound economic and fiscal policies. The use of the loan
techniijue is not incompatible with this objective. The
process of preparing and justifying loan requests can
itself be a part of the broad process of economic growth.
q''he lending agency can require that loan applications
reflect an examination of relative economic needs and
prit)rities, expressed in terms of costs. It can also re-
quire the would-be borrower to view possible expenditures
in the light of basic economic considerations. These
actions help to impose a desirable economic discipline
on the borrower.
Prospects for Achievement of Short Run Objectives
The foregoing discussion argues that, while the grant
and loan programs under the Mutual Swurity Act are
closely related, loans are not in a significant degree sub-
stitutjible for grant.s. This follows because our objectives
lix the jiattern of aid as between loans and grants.
Reductions in grant economic aid depend on progress
toward the iiarticnlar obj(vtives of liie Mutual Security
Act ratlier tlian on a sliift among the economic aid meth-
ods of t he Act.
'J'lie variety of the grant aid luogranis makes it impos-
sible to i)roj(>ct luiiform <'ourses of action for expediting
the achievement of their objectives. In a nundier of ca.ses.
462
Department of State Bulletin
our objectives are limited aud it is feasible to schedule
more or less firmly future reductions iu grant aid. In
otliers, we have set target dates for the termination of
present programs. In a few instances, on the other hand,
the context within which our grant economic aid is pro-
vided gives no basis for expecting or planning reductions
in that aid.
Finally our major Defense Support programs present
a unique set of issues and problems. Among these, the
programs for Korea, China, Vietnam, Pakistan, and Tur-
key are expecte<l to account in fiscal year 1900 for an
estimatetl 73 per cent of all Defense Support economic
assistance. Because of their magnitude, these programs
and the planning for them have been considered in more
detail.
The Problem of Reducing Defense Support Grant Aid
Magnitude of deficits. In each of the major Defense
Support countries there is a very large gap between, on
the one hand, total requirements for goods and services
and, on the other, the capabilities of the local economies
to produce goods and services to match these demands.
This gap, or deficit, is especially large in Korea, in
Pakistan, in Vietnam, in China and in Turkey. In each
case, it is attributable in whole or in large part to the
costs of military forces maintained in the mutual de-
fense. Grants of Defense Support aid are intended to
make possible the continued maintenance of those forces
by filling a portion of the deficits.
In considering the problem of dealing with deficits of
this magnitude, two initial assumptions are made. One
relates to the defense budgets which directly underlie
the deficits, the other to the continuing availability of
agricultural surpluses as a partial means of meeting
the deficits.
Defense budgets. In the Defense Support program
countries, however, the Communist threat is a highly im-
mediate one. If the free world is to have a flexible capac-
ity for meeting that threat, effective local forces are re-
quired in the most directl.v exposed areas. This is a
requirement that does not now appear to be susceptible
of being diminished significantly.
If, however, developments make it feasible to hold de-
fense budgets more or less stable, increased economic
capabilities can then be devoted to productive investment
and to meeting the consumption needs of growing
populations.
Agricultural surpluses. An important contribution of
resources has been made to grant aid countries through
local currency sales of surplus agricultural commodities
under the provisions of the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act, usually known as Public Law
480. Among the countries having large Defense Support
programs, Pakistan in 1959 received $86 million of agri-
cultural commodities, Turkey $35 million, Korea $34
million, and China $13 million.
The utility of surplus agricultural commodities in spe-
cific country situations is strictly dependent, of course,
on our availabilities In relation to the ability of countries
concerned to absorb amounts in excess of normal require-
ments. Where all requirements for the particular com-
modities that we have in surplus are satisfied, through
local output or normal imports, there is no possibility of
Public Law 480 commodities supplementing Mutual
Security Act assistance. Also, especially in the case of
food grains, fairly small increases in domestic production
will often make the difference between shortage aud
sufficiency. Wide shifts in requirements from year to
year are thus quite possible.
It is anticipated, nevertheless, that sizeable demands
for sui-plus foods and filires over and above normal needs
will continue iu the countries receiving grant e<'onomic
aid. The assumption is made, therefore, that it will be
possible, as in the past, to serve important economic pur-
poses with surplus agricultural commodities on terms
similar to those of Public Law 480.
Economic Development. The most promising means of
reducing Defense Support needs is through the more
rapid economic development of the countries concerned.
We intend to take vigorous and specific actions looking to
an expansion of the domestic economic capabilities of the
countries now requiring heavy grants of Defense Support
aid. To the extent that such measures expedite economic
development, the economic deficits of the aid receiving
countries will diminish, and with them the needs for grant
economic aid.
This approach, it should be stated frankly, does not
lend itself to a timetable of scheduled aid reductions.
Economic development is a highly complex matter. We
can identify the main elements in it but there are many
uncertainties about the forces that affect them. Present
techniques and information allow forecasts about trends
and directions of change, but we do not have the tools
for predicting specific magnitudes.
Furthermore, United States policies and actions have
limits of effectiveness. Our aid programs, even the very
large ones, make up small fractions, rarely as much as
one-tenth, of the total resources involved. As for the
policies and attitudes of other governments and peoples,
which are critically important variables, we could not
and indeed would not take responsibility for deciding
them on a unilateral basis.
These limitations on our ability to foresee or manage
events in detail make it clear that we cannot set some
stated level of economic activity in another country as an
objective of American policy. The issue cannot be that
much under our control.
The possibilities for expediting economic development
are broadly favorable, however. Economic growth has
occurred in the grant aid countries and, in many coun-
tries, has outrun population growth by varying margins.
For example, the Republic of China since 1956 has had
an estimated 1.5 i)er cent rate of increase annually in
per capita output.
For some of these countries, the recent past has been
devotefl to building basic political institutions or, as in
Korea, to rebuilding from a devastating war. The next
phase, in the absence of new military threats and ten-
sions, can be one of emphasis on progress toward economic
viability. This is also the view of political leaders in
power in these countries.
March 2?, I960
463
Our planning problem is to identify — and our intention
is to act vigorously in — the areas where our actions can
be most effective in providing the means, or removing
the hindrances, to economic development.
In a broad sense, these are, first, capital assistance for
expanded investment and, second, actions that will help
to make existing and future investment more productive.
Investment assistance. This is a matter for develop-
ment lending on our part, and on the part of other
industrial countries and the international agencies. As
time goes on, private foreign investment should make up
an increasing element in it.
Our forward planning is based heavily on the proposi-
tion that lending agencies will increasingly be able to
finance sound development projects and programs outside
the probable range of private investment in the countries
receiving grant aid.
The Development Loan Fund, which can meet a range
of developmental needs, without putting unmanageable
Immediate burdens on the international accounts of the
less developed countries, is particularly important in this
respect. Its continued functioning, with substantial re-
sources and flexible techniques, will be an essential fea-
ture of the approach outlined here.
An aggressive and effective program of development
financing will require in some countries that our technical
assistance personnel and our field missions provide help
and guidance in planning development projects and pro-
grams. It may also involve experiments with new lend-
ing techniques by the Development Loan Fund, especially
in relation to the provision of limited credits on which
countries could draw if increased imports resulting from
an accelerated development effort created unusual tem-
porary strains on their balance of payments.
A substantial amount of foreign economic assistance al-
ready is provided by other nations or comes from inter-
national financial institutions. The United States is cur-
rently seeking to encourage larger contributions from
Western Europe and Japan to the general task of eco-
nomic development in the less developed countries. The
outlook on tills score Is favorable. Further, the capital of
the International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment has been increased and agreement has been reached
on the creation of the International Development Associa-
tion. The trend is toward an expansion of public and
private capital flows to the developing countries.
This process will have an indirect effect on future grant
aid requirements. It is not possible, obviously, to fore-
cast the amounts of increased economic assistance that
will go to Individual countries. Moreover, the needs of
the developing nations as a whole for investment capital
win for a long time be larger than available supplies.
Nevertheless, some of the Defense Support countries
probably will be able to obtain added assistance for the
economic development needed to reduce the huge resource
deflclts that now exist.
Possible flows of private capital to the countries under
consideration cannot be estimated even roughly. We be-
lieve, however, that there is room, in these countries as
in many other less develoi)ed nations, for meaningful im-
provements in policies and attitudes bearing on private
464
foreign investment. This is a critical point for economic
development prospects. It bears not only on supplies of
capital but also upon the likelihood that such capital will
be fully productive.
Productivity of investment. The second part of a pro-
gram for economic development must stress improvements
in those factors that restrict the productiveness of
investment.
Our technical assistance already has made major con-
tributions to creating or expanding the basic skills and
institutions that are necessary. This is clearly, however,
a long term process. We shall need to continue training
programs and advisory services on a substantial scale as
an essential complement to our foreign economic
assistance.
The productivity of capital, and the supply of capital
as well, is dependent on government policies and
attitudes.
This is a matter of key importance. Capital assist-
ance from public sources can break investment bottle-
necks and provide resources that would not otherwise
be available. But such investment must have an environ-
ment generally favorable to economic activity if its
productivity is to be maximized. The creation of such
an environment is a part of the economic development
problem.
There is no specific formula for this. In fact, the policy
issues are seldom clear cut. Usually they are combined
with sensitivities that, as a practical matter, affect the
exercise of our influence. Nevertheless, where it is plain
that potentially remediable policies of another government
perpetuate the needs for extraordinary assistance, we can
properly look for ways to cooperate in amending those
policies. Or, on the other side, where opportunities ap-
pear for collaboration in positive programs to foster
economic development, it will be in our Interest to view
them sympathetically.
Specifically, we have a legitimate interest in consulting
with aid receiving governments on such matters as :
Policies and attitudes toward the private business sector,
including private foreign investment.
Fiscal and tax policies, as they relate to investment and
to price stability.
Proposed increases in military expenditures.
Exchange rates and foreign trade regulations and con-
trols.
Economic development plans and programs.
Specific applications. Plans embodying the dual ap-
proach outlined above are spelled out in the classified
report submitted to the Congress. Although these plans
list specific possibilities for future reductions in grant
Defense Support, they point to economic growth as the
chief means to progressive cuts in grant aid requirements.
In the case of China, we have received from that Gov-
ernment a proposal for the hastening of progress toward
Independence from extraordinary grant economic aid. The
Government of China has put forth a series of measures
it would take to accelerate the rate of economic expansion
in Taiwan. These are designed, In the main, to give pri-
vate enterprise greater .scope and incentive. We consider
that the momentum already achieved by the Taiwan
Department of State Bulletin
nomy holds out relatively unique possibilities for the
> : i .s^ ..f this kind of effort.
\\ I luopose, subject to Congressional appropriations, to
Iin)\ ide within Defense Support grant assistance for FY
I'.nU an im-eutive component to be used for additional
Imports required in connection with an accelerated rate
of domestic investment and to encourage the Chinese
government in taking the measures necessary to induce
tlie acceleration. It is anticipated that the result of these
actions will be additional needs for importe<l machinery,
equipment, structural steel, spare parts, and industrial raw
materials. If such demands were to go unmet, strong
Inflationary pressures would be created and the economic
growth process retjirded or distorted. The assurance of
a suflBcient vohune of imports is thus essential to the suc-
cess of the program.
This is frankly an experimental approach. AVhile
we regard this grant economic assistance as essential to
launching the new program, we believe the principal sup-
port for development should be the Development Loan
Fund. Thus we will review, in the light of the year's
experience, the roles of grant and loan aid in meeting
future requirements.
Additionally, we expect from the Government of China
a much increased volume of requests for loan assistance
for development projects in the public sector. There
appear to be good opportunities, also, for Development
Loan Fund credits and guarantees for Chinese and foreign
private investors on a sizeable scale.
This program for Taiwan, it is to be stressed, empha-
sizes both elements of an economic development program.
We propose, on the one hand, to increase the flow of
investment capital to Taiwan, while on the other we
expect from the Chinese side that a range of governmental
policies bearing on the productivity of capital, particularly
in the private sector, will be rapidly liberalized.
Conclusions
This report has discussed the special roles assigned to
grant economic assistance under our present foreign aid
policies. Grants of economic aid have served the na-
tional interests over a wide range of special and emer-
gency situations and have contributed measurably to our
security. They have been an indispensable instrument of
foreign policy during a period of rapid and sometimes
violent change. Every indication is that we shall con-
tinue to need the grant method of providing aid if we
are effectively to prosecute our objective of a peaceful
and stable world.
There are some prospects, however, for a declining level
of grant aid requirements. This follows, in part, from
progress toward the specific objectives of many of our
grant programs and in another part from the expecta-
tion that the economic capacity of the countries receiving
large grant aid siuns can be progressively enhanced.
There is an evident opportunity to place increasing em-
[lUasis on economic development as an objective and it is
this opportunity that we expect to seize upon. It offers
the way to a progressive reduction of the grant aid part
of our total foreign economic aid program and, more
importantly, to the growth of increasingly self-reliant
and prospering allies and friends.
March 27, 7960
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Finance
Agreement establishing the Inter- American Development
Bank, with annexes. Done at Washington April 8,
1959. Entered into force December 30, 19.59.
Signature: Uruguay, February 12, 1900.
Acceptances deposited: Uruguay, February 12, 1960;
Venezuela, February 13, 19G0.
Health
Amendments to articles 24 and 25 of the constitution of .
the World Health Organization of July 22, 1946 (TIAS
1808). Adopted by the 12th World Health Assembly,
Geneva May 28, 1959.'
Acceptances deposited: Thailand, September 24, 19.59;
Norway, November 2, 1959; Indonesia and Spain,
Noveml>er 4, 1959 ; Belgium, November 20, 1959 ;
Iraq, November 25, 1959 ; Sweden, December 1, 1959 ;
Cambodia, December 8, 1959 ; Korea, December 29,
1959; Israel, January 4, 19G0.
Postal Service
Universal postal convention with final protocol, annex,
regulations of execution, and provisions regarding air-
mail with final protocol. Done at Ottawa October 3,
1957. Entered into force April 1, 1959. TIAS 4202.
Ratifications deposited: Israel, October 23, 1959; Ceylon,
November 16, 1959; Viet-Nam, December 3, 1959;
India (with a declaration), December 21, 1959; Cam-
bodia, January 12, 1960 ; Luxembourg, January 13,
1960; Iraq (with a reservation), January 18, 1960.
White Slave Traffic
Protocol amending the international agreement for the
suppression of white slave traffic signed at Paris May
18, 1904 (35 Stat. 1979), and the international conven-
tion for the suppression of white slave traffic signed at
Paris May 4, 1910.* Done at Lake Success May 4, 1949.
TIAS 2332.
Accession deposited: Iran, December 30, 1959.
BILATERAL
China
Agreement supplementing the agricultural commodities
agreement of June 9, 1959 (TIAS 4258). Effected by
exchange i>f notes at Taipei February 11, 19G0. Entered
into force February 11, 1960.
Denmark
Agreement to facilitiite interchange of patent rights and
technical information for defense purposes. Signed at
Copenhagen February 19, 1960. Entered into force
February 19, 1960.
Spain
Agreement on the .settlement of claims of Spani.sh sub-
contractors relating to construction of military bases in
' Not in force.
• The United States is not a party.
465
Spain. Effected by exchange of notes at Madrid Febru-
ary 8 and 13, 1960. Entered into force February 13,
1960.
Viet-Nam
Agreement supplementing and amending the agricultural
commodities agreement of October 16, 1959 (TIAS
4351 ) . Effected by exchange of notes at Saigon Febru-
ary 13, 1960. Entered into force February 13, 1960.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
United States Delegations to
International Conferences
Ten-Nation Disarmament Conference
The Department of State announced on March
5 (press release 105) the members of the U.S. dele-
gation to the Ten-Nation Disarmament Confer-
ence, to be held at Geneva beginning March 15,
1960:
U.S. Representative and Chairman of the Delegation
Fredrick M. Eaton, Ambassador
Deputy United States Representative
Charles C. Stelle, Department of State
Advisers
Alexander Akalovsky, Department of State
N. Spencer Barnes, Department of State
Jeremy Blanchet, Department of State
Rear Adm. Paul L. Dudley, Department of Defense
W. Richards Ford III, Department of Defense
G. McMurtrie Godley, Department of State
Robert E. Matteson, Department of State
Capt. Willard de L. Michael, USN, Department of Defense
Donald Musser, Atomic Energy Commission
Robert G. Sturgill, Department of State
John M. Stuart, Jr., American Consulate General, Geneva
Lt. Col. Harry E. Tabor, USA, Department of Defense
Malcolm Toon, Department of State
Henry S. Villard, U.S. Representative at the European
Office of the U.N. and Other International Organizations,
Geneva.
Lawrence D. Weiler, Department of State
Col. Thomas Wolfe, USAF, Department of Defense
Secretary of Delegation
Richard C. Hagan, Department of State
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of State.
The Subcontinent of South Asia. Pub. 6839. Near and
Middle Eastern Series 41. 72 pp. 40^.
Another issue in the popidar Background series, this pam-
phlet discusses the far-reaching economic, political, and
social developments taking place in Afghanistan, Ceylon,
India, Nepal, and Pakistan.
Report to Congress on the Mutual Security Program — for
the second half of fiscal year 1959. Pub. 6926. General
Foreign Policy Series 145. 114 pp. Limited distribution.
The 16th semiannual report to Congress for the second
half of fiscal year 1959 describing the achievements of
the United States and its friends in building security
against external attack and strengthening political and
economic stability in the free world.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4288. 5 pp.
5(t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Poland, amending agreement of June 10, 1959. Signed
at Washington November 10, 1959. Entered into force
November 10, 1959. With exchange of notes.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. TIAS 4345.
11 pp. 10(?.
Declaration extending the standstill provisions of article
XVI :4 of the agreement of October 30, 1947. Done at
Geneva November 30, 1957. And proces-verbal extending
the validity of the declaration. Done at Geneva Novem-
ber 22, 1958. Declaration and procfes-verbal entered into
force May 11, 19.59.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4351. 9 pp.
10«(.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Viet-Nam — Signed at Saigon October 16, 1959. Entered
into force October 16, 1959. With exchange of notes.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4354. 15 pp.
10^;.
Agreement between the United States of America and
India — Signed at Washington November 13, 1959. En-
tered into force November 13, 1959. With exchange of
notes. And amending agreement. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Washington November 20 and 23, 1959. Entered
into force November 23, 1959.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Extension of Loan of United
States Vessels to Japan. TIAS 43.55. 7 pp. lOc*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tokyo October 2,
1959. Entered into force October 2, 1959.
466
Department of State Bulletin
March 21, 1960
Index
Vol. XLII, No. 1082
American Republics. Economic Development In
Liitlii AimTica (Dillon) 435
Australia. U.S. Welcomes Australian Trade
Libera lizatiou 441
Canada. U.S. and Canada Continue Columbia
River Negotiations (texts of joint statement and
communi(iue) 441
Colombia. President Lleras of Colombia To Visit
United States 441
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 458
The DLF Program for Fiscal Year 1961 (Brand) . 453
The Economic Assistance Program for Fiscal Year
1961 (Riddleberger) 445
Mutual Security Program : Summary Report on
Grant Economic Assistance Relating to Defense
Support and Special Assistance Programs
(Dillon, text of report) 459
Cuba. U.S. Seeks To Establish Basis for Negotia-
tions With Cuba (texts of notes) 440
Disarmament. Ten-Nation Disarmament Confer-
ence (delegation) 466
Economic Affairs
Development Assistance Group To Convene at
Washington 440
The DLF Program for Fiscal Year 1961 (Brand) . 453
Economic Development in Latin America (Dil-
lon) 435
U.S. and Canada Continue Columbia River Negotia-
tions (texts of joint statement and communi-
que) 441
U.S. Plans To Participate in Indus Basin Project . 442
U.S. Welcomes Australian Trade Litieralization . 441
Europe. Development Assistance Group To Con-
vene at Wa.«hington 440
India. U.S. Plans To Participate in Indus Basin
Project 442
International Organizations and Conferences
Development Assistance Group To Convene at
Washington 440
Ten-Nation Disarmament Conference (delega-
tion) 466
Morocco. U.S. Aids Victims of Agadir Earth-
quake 444
Mutual Security
The DLF Program for Fiscal Year 1961 (Brand) . 453
The Economic Assistance Program for Fiscal Year
1961 (Riddleberger) 445
Mutual Security Program: Summary Report on
Grant Economic Assi.stanco Relating to Defense
Support and Si)e<^-ial Assistance Programs (Dil-
lon, text of report) 459
Pakistan. U.S. Plans To Participate in Indu-s
Basin Project 442
Publications. Recent Releases 466
Tibet. U.S. Affirms Belief in Principle of Self-
Determination for Tibet (Dalai Lama, Herter) . 443
Treaty Information. Current Actions 465
Name Index
Brand, Vance 453
Dalai Lama 443
Dillon, Douglas 435,459
Herter, Secretary 443
Lleras-Camargo, Alberto 441
Riddleberger, James W 445
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 29-March 6
Press releases may be obtained from the Office
of News, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
No.
Date
Sabject
87
2/29
Dillon : Caribbean Assembly.
•88
2/29
Roseman receives Civil Service League
award.
89
2/29
Exchange of messages between Sec-
retary Herter and Dalai Lama.
90
2/29
Indus Basin project.
*91
2/29
Cultural exchange (U.S.S.R.).
92
2/29
U.S. note to Cuba.
93
3/2
President of Colombia to visit U.S.
(rewrite).
94
3/1
Riddleberger: House Foreign Affairs
Committee.
95
3/2
Development Assistance Group.
*96
3/2
Montgomery designated Si>ecial Assist-
ant to Secretary of State (biographic
details).
*97
3/2
Eisenhower-Kubitschek joint state-
ment (see White House press release
dated February 23).
*98
3/2
Eisenhower-Frondizi joint declaration
(see White House press release
dated February 28).
*99
3/2
Cultural exchange (Congo).
100
3/4
Summary report on grant economic
assistance.
*101
3/4
Cultural exchange (Netherlands).
102
3/4
Aid to Agadir earthquake victims.
103
3/4
Australian trade liberalization.
104
3/5
Columbia River Basin talks.
105
3/5
Delegation to Ten-Nation Disarmament
Conference (rewrite).
ated.
* Not prii
1S« Aft
A it t
■;.' -/' vr i'-
ifi
.'v
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $30O
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The Republic of China
Department
of
State
On December 8, 1949, the Government of the Republic of Cliina,
as a result of Chinese Communist military successes on the main-
land, established its provisional capital at Taipei on the island of
Taiwan. It was a government whose political control had been
made precarious by military defeat. Its very existence was
threatened with internal subversion by Communist agents and by
Communist military forces massed only 100 miles away across the
Formosa Strait.
This pamphlet is an account of the remarkable progi'ess made
by the Republic of China since 1949, the problems it has overcome,
its situation today, and its prospects for the future. It describes
the present territorial base of free China, its history, and its
resources.
The 63-page pamphlet is illustrated with maps and photographs.
Publication 6844
25 cents
Order Form
ro: Siipl. of J>o<nnients
Covl. Printing OifKv.
WashinRton 25, n.C.
l'JncloH<:(t lind:
(caah , clK.ck.nr ntmi ci;;
(<rihr !)iiii<tltl>' Ui
Sti/if . lit Dock.)
Please send me copies of The Republic of China.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
^3r^ //4 .
Vol. XLII, No. 1083
March 28, 1960
lY record
TOWARD MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING AMONG THE
AMERICAS • Report to the Nation by President Eisenhotver
and Texts of Joint Declarations and Statements and
Addresses to National Congresses 471
SECRETARY HERTER'S NEWS CONFERENCE OF
MARCH 9 487
ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE IN UNITED STATES FOR-
EIGN POLICY • by Charles E. Bohlen 495
U.S. INTEREST IN AFRICA AND OUR ECONOMIC
AID PROGRAM • Statement by Christopher H. Phillips . 502
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
Jul < 1 loDi; p^f. ififigx see itiside back cover
DEPOSITORY
DEPARXrVlEN
STTVTE
Vol. XLII, No. 1083 • Publication 6963
March 28, 1960
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
WashlDBton 2fi, D.O.
Pkice:
82 Issues, domestic $8.60, foreign $12.26
Single copy, 26 cents
The prhitlng of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 20, 1968).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
07 State Bclletin as the source vflll be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Office of Public Services, Bureau of
Public Affairs, provides the public
and interested agencies of the
Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
PuhUcations of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Toward Mutual Understanding Among the Americas
President Eisenhower returned to Washington on March 7 after a 2-weeh
trip to South America, where he visited Brazil, Argentina, Chile, and
Uruguay.^ During his trip the President held talks with President Juscelino
Kubitschek of Brazil, President Arturo Frondizi of Argentina, President
Jorge Alessandri of Chile, and President Benito Nardone of Uruguay and
addressed the National Congress of each country. On March 8 the Presi-
dent made a report on his trip to the Nation by radio and television.
Following is the text of the President's report, together with his addresses
to the four Congresses and the joint declarations and statements issued i/n
each country.
REPORT TO THE NATION, MARCH 8
White House press release dated March 8 (as delivered text)
Good evening, friends: My first words upon
my return from the four American Republics I
have just visited must be a heartfelt expression of
gratitude for the friendly receptions my associ-
ates and I experienced wherever we went.
Millions endured for long hours along the
streets the hot summer sun — and occasionally rain
— to let us know of the enthusiastic good will they
have for the Government and people of the United
States. In the nations of Latin America — indeed
as I have found in all of the 18 countries I have
visited in my trips of recent months ^ — there is a
vast reservoir of respect, admiration, and affec-
tion for the United States of America. The ex-
pressions of this attitude by Latin American
peoples and their leaders were so enthusiastic and
' For an address made by President Eisenhower to the
Nation prior to his departure, see Bulletiw of Mar. 7,
1960, p. 351.
' President Eisenhower visited Europe Aug. 26-Sept. 27,
where he held talks with officials in Germany, the United
Kingdom, and France ; for background, see iftirf., Sept. 14,
1959, p. 371, Sept. 21, 1959, p. 403, and Sept. 28, 1959, p.
435. On Dec. 22 the President returned from a 3-week
trip to 11 countries in Europe, the Middle East, South
Asia, and Africa ; for background, see ihid., Dec. 28. 1959,
p. 931, and Jan. 11, 1960, p. 46.
SO often repeated as to admit no possibility of mis-
take. Two or three insignificant exceptions to
this may have made a headline, but they were only
minor incidents, lost in the massed welcome.
This was a good-will trip ; but it was also much
more. Members of my party and I held serious
conversations and exchanged information on bi-
lateral, hemispheric, and global problems with
the four heads of states, with cabinet members,
with leaders of labor, education, finance, and
business.
Two Impressions From Trip
Two impressions are highlighted in my mind.
First, Brazil, Argentina, Chile, and Uruguay
treasure as much as we do freedom, human dig-
nity, equality, and peace with justice. In free-
dom they are determined to progress, to improve
and diversify their economies, to provide better
housing and education, to work ceaselessly for ris-
ing levels of human well being.
Second, while certain problems are continental
in scope, nonetlieless each of the countries I vis-
ited— indeed, each of the 20 Republics of Latin
America — is highly individual. Each has its own
unique problems and ideas regarding future de-
velopment. Hence, our cooperation with each Re-
public must be tailored to its particular situation.
March 28, J 960
471
I was gratified to learn that, as the indispen-
sable basis for their self-improvement, compre-
hensive surveys of resources, capacities, objectives,
and costs have progressed ra23iclly in recent years.
But each nation feels it must do more in this re-
gard and seeks help for this purpose. The United
Nations has funds for such predevelopment
studies. The new Inter-American Bank also
should be able to lend technical help. The studies
of each country called for mider Operation Pan
America ^ will likewise contribute to this end.
Once sound plamiing has made significant
progress, a nation can formulate specific projects
for action, with priorities established and with
confidence that each development will open still
further opportunity to speed the spiral of growth.
The execution of any development progi-am will
of course depend primarily upon the dedicated
efl'orts of the peoples themselves. I was impressed,
for example, by what I saw in Chile. I visited
a low-cost housing project. The Government had
provided land and utilities. The homeowners
were helping one another build the new houses.
They will pay for them monthly, over a period of
years. Personal accomplishments brought pride
to their eyes, self-reliance to their bearing. Their
new homes are modest in size and character, but
I cannot possibly describe the intense satisfaction
they take in the knowledge that they themselves
have brought about this great forward step in
their living conditions.
In Argentina and Uniguay I witnessed en-
couraging sights — men building schools, homes,
and roads — and in Brazil, erecting a wholly new
capital city.
The people of Latin America know that pov-
erty, ignorance, and ill liealth are not inevitable.
They are determined to have their resources and
labors yield a better life for themselves and for
their children.
I assured them that, most earnestly, M-e of the
United States want them to succeed. We realize
that to speed improvement they need foreign cap-
ital. They want sound loans, public and private.
Their repayment record on loans previously made
is noteworthy.
International and United States lending agen-
cies have recently had their funds greatly in-
creased. Tlie new Inter- American Development
'For b.aekground, see ibid., June 30, 1958, p. 1000, nnd
Oct. 13, 1958, p. 574.
Bank will soon be functioning. I believe that
each nation which has produced a well-conceived
development program will find that these lendmg
institutions will respond to their needs. Should
this not be so in a particular situation, we of the
United States would want to laiow the circum-
stances and do what we could to help to rectify the
difficulty.
In our discussions I stressed that all nations —
large or small, powerful or weak — should assume
some responsibility for the advancement of
humankind in freedom. Though we of the United
States will, within the framework of our world
situation and economic capacity, assist all we can,
we look for the time when all the free nations will
feel a common responsibility for our common
destiny. Cooperation among free nations is the
key to common progress. Aid from one to
another, if on a one-way street basis only and in-
definitely continued, is not of itself truly produc-
tive.
The peoples of Latin America appreciate that
our assistance in recent years has reached new
heights and that this has required sacrifice on our
part.
Misunderstandings That Need To Be Corrected
I must repeat, however, what I said several times
during my trip : Serious misunderstandings of the
United States do exist in Latin America. And,
indeed, we are not as well informed of them as we
should be.
IMany persons do not realize the United States
is just as committed as are the other Republics to
the principles of the Eio Treaty of 1947. This
treaty declares that an attack on one American
Republic will in effect be an attack on all. We
stand firmly by this commitment. This mutual
security system, proved by time, should now enable
some of the American Republics to reduce ex-
penditures for armaments and thus make funds
available for constructive purposes.
One editorial alleged that the United States
did not accept the principle of nonintervention
until 1!)59. In fact our country has consistently
abided by this hemispheric concept for more than
a quarter of a centuiy.
^Vnother persistent misunderetanding which I
sought to correct wherever I traveled is that we
sometimes support dictators. Of course, we abhor
all tyramiical forms of government, whether of the
left or of the right. Tliis I made clear.
472
Department of State Bulletin
In Brazil I explained another important item
of our policy: "We believe in the riijlils of people
to choose their own form of <rovernnieiit, to bnild
their own institutions, to abide by their own phi-
losophy. But if a tyrannical form of government
were imposeil upon any of the Americas from out-
side or with outside support — by force, threat, or
subvei-sion — we would certainly deem this to be a
violation of the principle of nonintervention and
would expect the Organization of American
States, acting under pertinent solemn commit-
ments, to take appropriate collective action.
On occasion I heard it said that economic ad-
vance in some American Eepublics only makes the
rich richer and the poor poorer, and that the
United States should take the initiative in con-ect-
ing this evil. This is a view fomented by Com-
munists but often repeated by well-meaning
people.
If there should be any truth in this charge what-
soever, it is not the fault of the United States. So
far as our purpose is involved, projects financed
by our institutions are expected to yield wide-
spread benefits to all and, at the same time, to con-
form to our policy of nonintei'vention. I know
that the Latin American leaders I met also seek
this same result.
Moreover, when internal social reform is re-
quired, it is purely an internal matter.
One of the most far-reaching problems of con-
tinental scope is this: In their exports the Latin
American Republics are largely single-commodity
countries. The world-market prices of what they
sell fluctuate widely, whereas the prices of things
they buy keep going up.
We have tried to be helpful in the cooperative
study of this vexing situation. Many facts about
supply, demand, production are widely compre-
hended for the first time. Thus, for example, with
the facts about coffee imderstood, producing na-
tions are cooperating in orderly marketing for
this commodity with beneficial results.
The real solution is in agricultural and indus-
trial diversification. Here we are encouraged by
the progress being made toward the creation of
common markets. Large areas, relatively free of
trade restrictions, will make for greater efficiency
in production and distribution and will attract
new capital to speed development.
Despite such problems as these, our relationships
with our sister Republics have, with notable — but
veiy few — exceptions, reached an alltimo high.
Leadei-s and populations alike attested to this
truth. But an even finner partnership must be
our goal.
Special Relationship of the Americas
The Republics of this hemisphere have a special
relationship to one another. The United States is
important to all of Latin America, as its largest
buyer, as the main source of foreign investment
capital, and as a bastion of freedom. Our southern
neigiibors are important to \is economically, polit-
ically, cvilturally, militarily. Indeed, no other
area of the world is of more vital significance to
our own future.
This interdependence must be comprehended by
us and by them. Each should know the policies,
attitudes, aspirations, and capacities of the other.
For, as I have said time and again, all fniitful,
abiding cooperation must be based upon genuine
mutual imderstanding of vital facts.
Exchanges of students, teachere, labor leaders,
and others are helpful. Newspapere, magazines,
all means of communication should accept the
responsibility not merely of transmitting spec-
tacular news but of helping build the knowledge
on which cooperative action may flourish.
In one respect our neighbors put us to shame.
English is rapidly spreading as the second lan-
guage in Latin America. Business executives,
labor leaders, taxi drivers — most speak English
well, learned in school or in binational institutes.
The study of Spanish is increasing in our schools,
but I wish that literally millions of Americans
would learn to speak Spanish or Portuguese
fluently and to read the literature, histories, and
periodicals of our sister Republics.
H. G. Wells once said that civilization is a race
between education and catastrophe. His thought
is applicable to hemispheric relations. With com-
mon dedication to the highest ideals of mankind,
including shared aspirations for a world at peace,
freedom, and progress, there is no insurmoimtable
impediment to fruitful cooperation, save only in-
sufficiency in mutual understanding. This is
something that you and I — every single citizen,
simply by informing himself — can do something
about.
I hope each of us wiU do so.
Again, I express my gratitude to President
Kubitschek, President Frondizi, President Ales-
March 28, 7960
473
sandri, and President Nardone and all their peo-
ples for providing me with a most insti'uctive and
rewarding experience.
And I convey to you their best wishes and warm
greetings.
Thank you, and good night.
JOINT STATEMENT, BRASILIA, FEBRUARY 23*
White House press release dated February 23
The Presidents of the United States of Brazil
and of the United States of America, Juscelino
Kubitschek de Oliveira and Dwight D. Eisen-
hower, meeting together in the new city of
Brasilia, soon to be the capital of Brazil, reaffirm
the joint determination of the two nations to de-
fend the following principles :
1. The democratic freedoms and the fimda-
mental rights of man, wherein are included the
fight against racial discrimination and the re-
pudiation of any attempt against religious free-
dom and of any limitation on the expression of
thought. These are inalienable conquests of civ-
ilization which all free men have the duty to
protect, bearing in mind the sacrifices of the sol-
diers of both countries in the last war, and the
need to prevent repetition of the causes which led
to the loss of so many young and precious lives.
2. The belief that the aspiration of the peoples
of the Americas to an ever-improving way of life,
moral and material, presents one of the great
challenges and opportunities of our time. This
challenge should be met by joining together, ever
more closely and harmoniously, the efforts of all
countries within the inter- American community
in order that, through coordinated action, there
may be an intensification of measures capable of
combating underdevelopment in the vast area of
the American continents.
3. The full implementation of the principles of
political and economic solidarity contained in the
Charter of the Organization of American States
and in the Mutual Assistance Treaty of Rio de
Janeiro.
4. The recognition that economic advancement
cannot be disassociated from preservation of
peace and democratic rights, and that the effort
*Read by Secretary Herter at the site of a monument
commemorative of President Eisenhower's visit to Brazil.
of each nation must be complemented by hemi-
sphere action helping all Americans to achieve the
improved living standards which will fortify be-
lief in democracy, freedom and self-determination
of peoples. To this end, the Presidents reaffirm
their solidarity with the principles approved by
all the nations of America within the scope of
Operation Pan America and assure their whole-
hearted support to the Organization of American
States and to those other entities which already
are formulating measures to help achieve these
ends. This will pave the way to the realization
of the inter- American ideals, economic as well as
political.
Acknowledging that joint efforts of the Ameri-
can nations have already achieved much, but firm
in the conviction that action still more fruitful
should be taken, the two Presidents are confident
that the hemispheric crusade for economic devel-
opment will lead toward greater prosperity and
harmony for all.
ADDRESS TO BRAZILIAN CONGRESS, RIO DE
JANEIRO, FEBRUARY 24
White House (Rio de Janeiro) press release dated February 24
(as delivered text)
Mr. President, I think you must understand
how deeply touched I am by the scene which
here before me spreads. I see here represented
in the members of this body the spirit, the intellect,
and the character of the great Brazilian nation, a
nation which is surging forward to heights as yet
unimagined even by ourselves. Beyond tliis I am
grateful for the generous statements directed to
my country and to me by those who have preceded
me today.
I am proud that I have been invited the second
time by the representative body of Brazil to meet
with them for a brief period, and I am more
proud of the fact that your spokesmen have
greeted me and my country as a country and as
an individual that with tliem work to support
and forward the priceless values that make men
free and fight those influences which tend or would
want to regiment or enslave them.
It is, then, with a sense of singular honor that I
come before you, the elected representatives of the
people of the United States of Brazil.
But the warm glow of personal plcixsure is tem-
ixired by the realization that we share awesome
474
Department of State Bulletin
responsibilities which this profoundly moving
occixsion prompts mo to discuss with you.
If the burdens of my office permitted, I would
travel to tlio largest cities and tlie remotest
villages of all the Americas to speak of these re-
sponsibilities and of how, together, we may pos-
sibly bear them successfully. Since I cannot do
this, I trust that what I say here will be accepted
by the Governments and peoples of all the West-
ern Hemisphere nations as an expression of hope
from the millions of my country to the millions
who constitute Latin America.
It is fitting, I think, that I should do this here,
at the beginning of my present journey, for you
of Brazil and we of the United States of America
have always worked together for the spiritual
unity and material advancement of the hemi-
sphere. If it were physically possible for us to do
so, I am sure we would speak with a single voice
to all our neighbors of this vast continent.
Sharing a Common Inspiration
Not long ago you and we shared anxieties, suf-
fering, and tragedy in an agony of worldwide
war. Many of your families, as of ours, paid a
heavy price in order that the rule of law and
moral suasion might replace the rule of naked
force. To pay homage to the gallant Brazilian
soldiers, airmen, and sailors who fought side by
side with otliers of the free world, I came here
14 years ago.
I know that your brave men, who knew the
horrors of war, pray with me now that their
children and their children's children will find a
better way — so that in the future the deep, abiding
desires of humanity will prevail over the arro-
gance and ambitions of misguided or willful lead-
ers ; that consultations will replace coercion ; that
mutual understanding will eliminate threat and
crude accusation; that the earth, casting aside the
sterile use of resources for anns, will yield its rich
bounty to all who are willing to work in freedom.
I am confident I shall not be thought presump-
tuous in suggesting we — our two nations — could
speak with a single voice. For our basic ideas
have a common inspiration: Man, in his sonship
imder God, is endowed with dignity, entitled to
equality in all human and i)olitical relations, and
destined, through the employment of consecrated
intelligence, to shape a world harmonious with
basic moral law.
Adhering to these beliefs we have established
similar governmental systems; we liave constantly
maintained friendly relations unmarred by a
single explosive incident; and we have worked
together to establish and strengthen the Organi-
zation of American States, the United Nations,
and other cooperative international organizations.
We of the United States admire Brazil for its
enviable record of constructive leadership in hemi-
sphere and world affairs, and we salute your
statesmen who have played decisive parts in criti-
cal international situations, even some involving
the United States and one or more of our sister
Republics.
National Weil-Being in Self-Reliance
Speaking with one voice then — your country and
mine — we would say, I know, that the first respon-
sibility of leadership in any nation is to work for
the welfare of its own people, its own land.
We would emphasize that heavy reliance must
be placed upon the creative talents of the people
themselves, with government a helpful partner.
While we recognize that success or failure in the
whole domestic enterprise is largely a nation's
own responsibility, we would look for any needed
outside temporary assistance to speed our develop-
ment. Certainly my country did this from its
establislmient as a free nation until late in the
19tli century. And in receiving and using these
honors our sovereignty was not violated — nor was
our self-reliance diminished.
You now are experiencing, primarily due to
your own persistent labors, a remarkable indus-
trial and economic growth. Yesterday, on what
was once a remote plateau, I saw your growth re-
vealed in the stone and steel of an emerging and
magnificent new capital — a symbol of the vision
and sturdy confidence which characterize modern
Brazil. This surging growth is evident every-
where in this seaport city of Eio, and tomorrow I
shall see what I am told is the most rapidly grow-
ing city in the world— Sao Paulo.
We of the United States are proud that our
public and private agencies have responded to the
best of their ability to your requests for temporary
assistance. United States public and private in-
vestments and loans in Brazil now total about
$2,500,000,000. To this could be added the loans
March 28, I960
475
of international financial agencies which obtain the
major part, of their funds from the United States.
These are mighty, but only supjDlemental, aids.
The time will come when Brazil, through its own
efforts, will experience both the benefits and the
complexities of being a creditor nation, and othei"s
will be seeking your help — a seeking which I know
will not be unrewarded.
Strengthening Hemispheric Relations
Our second responsibility is to all our good
neighbors of this hemisphere.
We, Brazil and the United States, hold the com-
mon burning conviction that relations among these
sister nations must be characterized by mutual re-
spect, juridical equality, independence, respect for
each human being, regardless of liis race, creed, or
color, and a willingness to help one another pro-
mote the well-being of all our peoples.
Neither of us covets one acre of land from an-
other. We do not wish to prosper at another's
expense. We do not wish to impose our particu-
lar form of democracy upon another. Rather,
fervently and persistently, wliile avoiding all
forms of intervention, we proclaim our liope that
the nations of the hemisphere will each, according
to its own genius and aspirations, develop and
sustain free government.
We pray that all of us will reject cruel tyranny,
for tyranny is, in sunple essence, the outright
denial of the teachings of Chi-ist. May each of us
in every appropriate way, and especially by ex-
ample, work for the strengthening of democratic
institutions.
You of Brazil liave constantly shown your de-
sire for the Americas to be a community of free
democratic nations, imited by the common ideal
of hemisplieric cooperation and solidarity. You,
like we, insist upon freedom of choice for every
country. And you, like we, aspire to the day
when poverty, hunger, illiteracy, and discrimina-
tion in all forms will become relics of the past.
In proposing Operation Pan America, Brazil
has taken an important initiative for tlie demo-
cratic development of the entire hemisphere.
The higli purpose of tliis imaginative proposal
of your distinguished President — to attack the
problem of underdevelopment by cooperative ef-
fort— is one whicli my Government endorses. It
is for this reason that we have joined with Brazil
in requesting an early meeting of the Committee
of Nine; ' this cormnittee should accelerate the
fonnulation of the specific projects needed to
translate tliis plan into a working reality.
U.S. Assistance Pledged
Permit me here to renew a pledge, which I
have made repeatedly. The United States itself
stands ready and will continue to urge other free
nations to be ready to join in a gigantic effort: to
devote substantial portions of the savings made
possible by disarmament to vast constructive pro-
grams of peaceful development.
We embrace this idea despite the fact that we
are now carrying such heavy burdens tlrroughout
the world that our own internal and external fi-
nancial situation requires great caution in man-
agement— and incidentally, this aid includes
significant ^olmnes of public and pi'ivate capital
and technical assistance to Latin America.
Pending that achievement, I assure you that my
Govermnent, while honoring its commitments out-
side this hemisphere, is in no mood to allow its
special responsibilities among tlie American states
to go by default. Indeed, these commitments and
responsibilities are part and parcel of the same
problem — preserving the strength and unity of the
free world.
Striving for World Peace
Tliis brings me to the third responsibility which
we may speak of in conunon voice — that which in-
volves the larger world.
This is truly a time of fateful decision. Na-
tions now possess power so terrible that mutual
annihilation would be the only result of general
physical conflict. War is now utterly preposter-
ous. In neai'ly eveiy generation the fields of
earth have been stained with blood. Now, war
would not yield blood, only a great emptiness for
the combatants and the threat of death from the
" The Committee of Nine, compo.sed of Argentina,
Brazil, Cliile, Costa Rica, Cuba, Mexico, Peru, the United
States, and Venezuela, was established by the Special
Committee of the Council of the Organization of Ameri-
can States To Study the Formulation of New Measures
for Economic Cooperation (Committee of 21) during its
meeting at Buenos Aires Apr. 27-May 8, 1959. The main
purpose of the Committee of Nine is to maintain contact
with OAS inter-American organs in connection with the
progress of the Committee of 21 and to receive and give
preliminary study to any new proposals in this regard
which might be presented by governments.
476
Department of State Bulletin
skies for all who inhabit the earth. To strive
ceaselessly, honestly, imd effectively for peace is
today tlie imperative responsibility of every
statesman — of youre, of ours, of all countides.
At the same moment of this great crisis, we face
anew decisions in\olving tyi-anny or freedom, to-
talitarianism or democracy. Our shared view on
this issue is so eloquent and so clear that any words
of mine would not be enlightening.
And, perhaps inseparable from the decision of
freedom or slavery, we face the philosophic issue
which today brings fear, misgiving, and mistrust
to mankind. In contrast to our adherence to a
philosophy of common sonship, of human dignity,
and of moral law, millions now live in an environ-
ment permeated with a philosophy which denies
the existence of God. That doctrine insists that
any means justifies the end sought by the rulers of
the state, calls Christianity the "sigh of the op-
pressed," and, in short, seeks to return mankind to
the age-old fatalistic concept of the omnipotent
state and omnipotent fate.
You of Brazil and we of my country do not say
that this philosophy shall not be held, that peo-
ples may not return to that unenlightened system
of tyranny if they so wish. We would feel a great
sorrow for them, but we would respect their right
to choose such a system. Here is the key to our
policy — the right to choose. Human beings every-
where, simply as an inalienable right of birth,
should have freedom to choose their guiding
philosophy, their form of government, their
methods of progress.
But we — you of Brazil and we of the United
States — would consider it intervention in the
internal affairs of an American state if any
power, whether by invasion, coercion, or subver-
sion, succeeded in denying freedom of choice to
the people of any of our sister Republics.
To work throughout the world for a guaranteed
peace, free of all outside interference, and for ris-
ing levels of human well-being, in justice and
freedom — this is the greatest of the responsibil-
ities which you of Brazil and we of the United
States now share.
It is to confer with your distinguished Presi-
dent and his colleagues about these bilateral but
hemispheric and global problems that I am mak-
ing my brief trip to Brazil and your neighbors in
this great southland.
May God cast his grace upon us and guide us
in this noble purpose.
ADDRESS TO ARGENTINE CONGRESS, BUENOS
AIRES, FEBRUARY 26
White IIouHC (Buenos Aires) press release dated February 26 (as
cK'llveri'd text)
First, an expression of my warm gratitude for
the cordiality with which you have received me in
this liall. I cannot fail to mention what I have
just seen in the streets of your beautiful city. I
have seen crowds on those streets, I have seen the
smiles on their faces, the flowere in their hands,
and I have lieai'd their shouts and cries of wel-
come. To me this can mean one thing only : that
the people of the Argentine, like the people of
the United States, are proud that they are free
men and they want to stand together as partners
in our never-ceasing search for a just peace in
which all men can prosper and better themselves,
their families, their communities, and their
nations.
I am honored by this opportunity to address
the Congress of the Argentine Republic. To you,
and through you to all your people, I bring
friendly gi-eetings from my Government and my
fellow citizens. I convey to you our unbounded
admiration for the courageous efforts you are
making under the inspiring leadership of Presi-
dent Frondizi to strengthen respect for human dig-
nity and human rights and to build institutions
which will eternally guarantee the free exercise
of those rights.
Though the people of the United States do not
know your history, philosophy, and aspirations as
well as they should — and this is a shortcoming
which, despite distance and dissimilar language,
simply must be overcome — nonetheless they are
mindful of the extraordinary efforts you are mak-
ing to restore your national economy. We hope
and expect that the solid economic foundations
you have been building will soon residt in im-
proved living standards.
I am happy that Argentina has created con-
ditions which have made it possible for some of
our credit agencies to extend to it a significant
program of dollar credits. During the past few
years, public and private lending agencies of the
United States, and international financial institu-
tions to which we contribute substantially, have
joined in lending to Argentina approximately a
billion dollars. This is the most intensive pro-
gram of financial cooperation to have been yet car-
ried out in the liistory of this hemisphere.
March 28, I960
477
In a nation that is truly determined to develop,
capital is one essential instrument of production.
If there is a shortage of capital, production and
living standards suffer simultaneously. But new
capital, if accompanied by other instruments of
production, including technical proficiency — in
this case provided by Argentina itself — quickly
translates into more production, more and better-
paid jobs, and higher living standards. Every-
body gains in the process.
We of the United States are higlily gratified
that we have been able to be of some assistance in
your march toward a better life.
U.S. Aspirations for American Nations
In words so candid and clear that no one in all
the Americas can possibly misunderstand me, I
wish to emphasize again our deep desire :
First, to see every one of the American nations
make steady economic progress, with the blessings
of this advance reaching all of its people ;
Second, to cooperate in every sound way we can,
within the limits of our ability, in helping the
American nations attain their just aspirations.
We also wish to persuade them and others to join
in a worldwide effort to help the less developed
nations to progress in freedom ;
Third, while adhering strictly to a policy of
nonintervention and mutual respect, to applaud
the triumph of free government everywhere in
the world. We do not urge emulation of the
United States, but we do know that human beings,
sacred in the sight of God and more majestic than
any institutions they may create, will in the long
sweep of history never be content with any form
of slavery or coercion ;
Fourth, to bring ever closer the realization of a
world in which peace with freedom is guaranteed
and in which the mighty productive power of man
can work constructively for the betterment of all
humankind.
As perhaps you know, I have recently traveled
in Europe, the Middle East, and India. I am now
at the halfway point in this all-too-brief trip
through South America. In June I shall go to the
Soviet Union and Japan. When those journeys
have been completed, I shall have visited many
coimtries, large and small, industrial and agricul-
tural conmiunities, highly developed nations and
some newly emerging. In all these travels I have
had one paramount interest : to assure everybody
of my Nation's peaceful intent and to do what I
can to promote the cooperation of all in the cause
of peace and freedom.
I have emphasized that we seek peace, but only
in freedom. If peoples were willing to give up
their liberty and their personal dignity, they could
readily have peace — a peace in which a single
gi-eat power controlled all other nations.
Genghis Khan, Tamerlane, Alexander the
Great, Napoleon, Hitler, and others sought to es-
tablish that kind of peace. But always peoples
and nations have rebelled against their false, self-
serving doctrines. We do not want an imposed
peace. We want a cooperative peace in which the
peoples of every nation have tlie right of free
choice — the right to establish their own institu-
tions, to live by their own cardinal concepts, and
to be free of external pressure or threat.
These are deep-seated desires lield passionately
in common by the peoples of the United States and
Argentina. We hope to see machines capable of
destruction turned exclusively to constructive
purposes.
Sfiaring a Common Heritage
These shared aspirations spring from a common
heritage :
Both our countries won their independence
from European powers. The drafters of our
Declaration of Independence proclaimed that
"all men are created equal," endowed by their
Creator with certain inalienable rights, among
them "life, liberty, and the pursuit of happi-
ness." In Argentina Esteban Echeverria said:
"Equality and liberty are . . . the two poles
of . . . Democracy. . . ." In the United States
Abraham Lincoln described democratic govern-
ment as "of the people, by the people, for the
peoi>le." In Argentina Juan Alberdi declared:
"Public freedom is no more than the sum . . .
of the freedoms of all." The Constitution of the
United States carefully separated the legislative,
executive, and judicial branches of our Govern-
ment. In Argentina the great liberator, Jose
de San Martin, stated : "Displaying the most ex-
cellent principles mattere not at all, when he who
makes the law, he wlio carries it out, is also he
who judges it."
Your founding fathers and ours acted upon
478
Department of State Bulletin
the same great hopes and expressed — almost
identically — the same wisdom. Tliis is of course
not siirprisinc: : Tiie vision of true freedom can-
not he dimmed bv a barrier of language or
distance.
It was once possible to think of democratic free-
dom as a matter of purely national concern. But
now, in a world of exacting interdependence,
freedom must be fostered, developed, and
maintained cooperatively among many nations.
Hence, iicross national boundaries, among peoples
and governments, a constant increase in mutual
underetanding must prevail. Based on that
undei-standing, political, cultural, and economic
cooperation will succeed, with benefits for all.
Unhappily, until the last threat of force has
been suppressed, there must also be military co-
operation, for no single nation, no matter how
iniglity, can alone protect the freedom of all.
Together, however, the nations which cherish
independence can command a power so great that
no potential aggressor could violate the peace
without inviting his own destruction.
Progress Through Technology and Science
Can the ugly external threat which faces us
impose such physical strains upon us as to impair
or destroy our heritage? With confidence our
two nations emphatically and jointly say "No."
I have heard some say that, the more a country
develops its teclmology and science, the more
"materialistic" it becomes and the less it possesses
or cherishes the cultural aspects of life. But of
course science, technology, and richness of culture
must, and do, march forward hand in hand.
Surely scientific advances that make possible
the conquering of human disease, that remove
drudgery from the household, that yield shorter
working hours with leisure for the arts and rec-
reation— surely these are not inimical to the
fulfillment of man's spiritual aspirations.
No single teclinological development in all his-
tory did more to advance the cultures of the world
than the invention of the printing press. Mod-
em technological miracles have speeded commu-
nications to the point that an event in a remote
part of Africa is known minutes later in Buenos
Aires. Thej' have enabled us to move from one
part of the world to any other in a matter of
hours.
With these so-called "materialistic" advances
we have the means of obtaining accurate informa-
tion, and more knowledge, faster. Tliese accom-
plishments are helpful in developing (liat genuine
liuman understanding on which all other coopera-
tive actions among peace-longing nations can be
based.
I have watched, with much satisfaction, the in-
creasing amount of news published in each of our
countries about the other and the increasing num-
ber of books translated from each of our lan-
guages into the other's. I have observed, too, the
growing numbers of our teachers, students, busi-
nessmen, labor leaders, and othei-s who are ex-
changing visits between us.
My country was recently honored by the visit
of a number of distinguished members of this
Congress, who traveled extensively in the United
States and conferred with their fellow legislators
and other American citizens. Also, legislators
from the United States have visited Argentina on
numerous occasions. I can think of nothing more
useful to our relations than such exchanges.
But it is not possible for everyone to travel
great distances. So our schools and universities,
the press, books, philosophic societies, study
groups, and government — all these must work
ceaselessly to promote better understanding be-
tween us, as well as among all the Americas. And
there must be interchanges to the maximum de-
gree possible — of ideas, of persons, of techniques.
I hold the unshakeable conviction that the great-
est single impediment to abiding, mutually help-
ful cooperation among nations desiring peace with
freedom is not opposing policies, or different as-
pirations, or insoluble conflicts — serious as these
sometimes are. No, the most persistent, single im-
pediment to healthy, effective cooperation is the
lack of deep and abiding understanding and the
trust that flows from understanding. Here, then,
in this effort to increase mutual understanding
among all nations, is the basic problem. It is one
that evei-y citizen, in your country and mine, can
help to solve. Overcoming it will build the surest
foundation for the kind of cooperative progi-ess
and the just peace we all seek.
Again, I convey to you the admiration of the
people of the United States for the courage and
determination with which Argentina is facing its
problems. We wish you every success. I am also
happy to assure you of the continued readiness of
my Government to cooperate with you to the ex-
March 28, I960
479
tent that such cooperation is feasible, is welcomed,
and may contribute to the well-being of your great
country.
I thank you for the privilege of addressmg you,
the elected representatives of the Argentine
people.
JOINT DECLARATION, SAN CARLOS DE BARI-
LOCHE, FEBRUARY 28
White House (San Carlos de Bariloche) press release dated
February 28
The Presidents of the Argentine Nation and of
the United States of America, having conferred
on matters relating to peace, freedom and cultural
and material opportunities for the peoples of tiae
Americas, have decided to issue a joint
declaration.
They reaffirm the determination of their respec-
tive governments to foster improved living stand-
ards for the peoples of the Americas.
They agree that:
Improved living standards result from eco-
nomic progress which in turn depends upon ade-
quate economic policies, upon friendly inter-
national cooperation, and upon efficient utilization
both of natural resources and of the talents and
capacities of the individual citizen acting alone
or in voluntary association with others.
Economic progress and improved living stand-
ards facilitate the development of strong and
stable political institutions and enable countries
to make a more effective contribution to interna-
tional understanding.
Likewise whatever serves to reinforce demo-
cratic institutions contributes not only to political,
economic and social progress but also to the im-
provement of relations among nations.
The inter- American system, an expression of
the common experience of the peoples of the
Americas, has proved itself an effective instru-
ment for peace and for cooperative relations
among countries.
Experience within the inter-American system
has taught that non-intervention is the keystone
of international harmony and friendship and that
its corollary is mutual respect among nations,
however large or small.
The efforts of the Government of the Argentine
Repn})lic and of the TTnited States of America will
continue to be directed to the attainment of these
inter-American ideals.
ADDRESS TO CHILEAN CONGRESS, SANTIAGO,
MARCH 1
White House (Santiago) press release dated March 1 (as deliv-
ered text)
It is a high honor indeed and a personal privi-
lege for me to address the elected representa-
tives of the free people of the Eepublic of Chile.
In this year, the 150th anniversaiy of the first
movement toward independence by Chilean patri-
ots, I bring to you and your people the warm
greetings and congratulations of my countrymen.
We Americans glow with pride when we recall
the early links between our two countries — when
you were seeking your independence and our own
was scarcely a generation old. It was not just co-
incidence, I suspect, that your first Congress was
inaugurated on the fourth of July. That was in
1811, the 35th anniversary of our own Declaration
of Independence. Later, in 1812, the first draft
of your provisional Constitution was written in
the home of Joel Poinsett, United States consular
representative to Chile. In the battle which
helped bring final victory, one of my countrymen
was the chief of staff of Lord Cochrane.
These early associations helped forge lasting
bonds of friendship. Their firm base is a shared
philosophy— faith in God, respect for the spirit-
ual dignity of man, and the conviction that gov-
ernment must be the servant of the people.
During the past 24 hours I have had friendly
and helpful discussions with your distinguished
President. I have gained new insight into your
problems and the efforts you are making to
achieve economic stability and growth which will
mean a better life for all your people.
We all know that in today's interdependent
world no nation can live unto itself or be immune
to developments in other lands.
We in the Western Hemisphere are still young
nations, still growing, still experimenting.
How much easier would be the tasks of our own
internal development and of helping nations
sustain liberty if the awesome threat of conflict
and coercion could be eliminated from the minds
and affairs of men.
Quest for Peace and Friendship in Freedom
The quest for peace is the imperative of our
time. War has become preposterous. And main-
taining armaments is consuming resources which,
480
Department of State Bulletin
if constructively used, could bring forth a new
era of benefit for all mankind.
As you know, I recently visited a number of the
nations of Europe, the Middle East, South Asia,
and Africa. There I had an opportunity to con-
vey to millions the wish de^irest to the hearts of
my own countrymen : a world of free men living
in peace and friendship.
Soon, with my colleagues in Great Britain and
Fi-ance, I will meet with the Chairman of the
Coiuicil of Ministers of the Soviet Union." It is
in part to prepare for this meeting that I have
sought the opportunity to confer with the leaders
of some of the Latin American nations. All of us
hope fervently that out of this and subsequent
international meetings may come miderstandings
which will permit at least a partial relaxation of
tensions antl a modest advance along the road of
lasting peace.
We seek to promote universal acceptance of the
rule of law. We are determined to do all in our
power to help the United Nations become an ever
more effective instrument for peace. We support
the International Court of Justice.
Though the road to guaranteed peace is a long
one, we in the Western Hemisphere may take
satisfaction that we among ourselves have made
encouraging progress along that road. By pro-
viding guarantees of national independence and
integrity to our own nations, we have set a useful
example for the world. The Organization of
American States has provided our American fam-
ily of nations a valuable mechanism for consulta-
tion and has made possible the evolution of
political and juridical doctrines in international
relations which are accepted by all our Republics.
The vitality of our Organization was recently
demonstrated in the meeting of Foreign Ministers
which took place here in Santiago.^ Under the
able chairmanship of your distinguished Foreign
Minister, the meeting agreed to the strengthening
of the Inter- American Peace Committee, and it
gave new emphasis to two basic concepts of the
inter- American system : nonintervention and rep-
resentative democracy.
With a long history of successfid consultation,
fortified by solemn agreements and machinery for
the peaceful settlement of disputes, it is logical
that leaders throughout the hemisphere should
• Bulletin of Jan. 18, 1960, p. 77.
' fbid., Sept. 7, 1959, p. 342.
now have a new concern regarding the burden of
armaments on the economies of the American Ee-
publics. Hence the initiative of His Excellency
President Alessandri in suggesting that the time
is ripe to find cfTectivo means of reducing the bur-
den of armaments in Latin America has been
hailed as an act of statesmanship.
Working out the procedures for achieving lim-
itation and assuring compliance will not be easy.
The level of armaments which a nation feels it
must maintain to assure the safety of its people
involves a decision which the sovereign authority
of that coimtry must make for itself. In reaching
its decision each government will have to balance
the minimum requirements for security against
the drain on its resources.
"\^niile the technical stops will be difficult, multi-
lateral agreement can be achieved if each nation
of the hemisphere has confidence that it need not
fear unprovoked aggression.
It is precisely such confidence that our inter-
American system should provide. The Rio Treaty
of 1947 provides, and I quote from that document,
"that an armed attack by any State against an
American State shall be considered as an attack
against all the American States and, consequently,
each one of the said Contracting Parties under-
takes to assist in meeting the attack."
My Government supports this solemn agree-
ment. Should any American Republic be the
victim of aggression, the United States is ready
to fulfill its treaty obligations with strength,
promptness, and firmness.
Bearing in mind the guarantees provided by the
Rio Treaty, I assure you that my Go\'emment is
prepared to cooperate in any practical steps that
may be initiated by the Government of Chile or
any of her neighbors to reduce expenditures on
armaments.
Foundations of Economic Development
As arms expenditures decline, funds will be re-
leased for more productive purposes. This will
be at best a gradual process. In the meantime,
Chile, like other growing countries, will need
capital for economic development. Here and else-
where that capital must come primarily from
within ; from the encouragement of savings, which
depends on confidence in economic and political
stability, and their intelligent investment; from a
just and equitable tax system, strictly enforced;
March 28, I960
481
and from incentives to more efficient pi-oduc-
tion and distribution, including the incentive of
competition.
Yet domestic capital, -while of first importance,
will not always be sufficient to meet demands in
a period of rapid growth. Hence Chile, like other
countries, looks abroad for capital. I am glad
that lending institutions in the United States have
been able to gi-ant substantial credits to the Gov-
ernment of Chile.
In addition considerable other credits and
equity capital have flowed into various sectors of
your economy. Thus United States copper com-
panies have in the past 3 years invested more than
$125 million in new capacity, which means more
earnings, more tax revenue, and more jobs. In-
vestments are either being made or planned in
fabricating plants to use the output of your great
steel mill. I have been happy to learn that your
national power company has received approval
for a loan from the International Bank which will
permit needed expansion of your power supply
and that this will be supplemented by the invest-
ment of substantial private United States capital
to increase power capacity in the Santiago- Val-
paraiso area. All this is good, since it will make
important contributions to the growth of your
country.
And yet the demand for more capital, in South
America as in other parts of the world, continues.
It is for this reason that during the past year the
Congress of the United States, despite our own
difficult situation with respect to international
balances, has increased the resources of the
Export-Import Bank, has approved the doubling
of our subscription to the capital of the World
Bank, and has joined with you and your neighbors
in the formation of the Inter- American Develop-
ment Bank.
As this Bank starts its career, under the presi-
dency of a distinguished Chilean, it, together with
the other institutions I have mentioned, should do
much to meet the need for long-term credits.
I must emphasize, however, that the compe-
tition for both public and private credit is severe.
Some charge that private capital in the more de-
veloped countries is seeking every opportunity to
pour into the less developed countries in order to
engidf their economies. Nothing could be more
erroneous. Investment capital is limited. Com-
petition for it is keen in the United States and in
many other countries. It will flow only to those
areas where it is actively sought, welcomed, and
treated fairly. More and more it seeks the
partnership of local capital and local experience.
I congratulate your President and all of you on
your efforts to sti'engthen the economy and fiscal
situation of your comitry. You will thus create
confidence for investment, both domestic and
foreign.
As I have said, the principal impetus for any
nation's economic development must be its own
will, its own dedicated effort. Then, financial and
technical assistance from abroad can be extremely
helpful. So, too, can increased cooperation be-
tween neighbors. Working together, nations can
increase trade and reduce costs of production, to
their mutual benefit. These developments will at-
tract additional credit. Hence the United States
is sympathetic to the progress being made by Chile
and her neighbors to establish some form of com-
mon market.
The United States, as the largest common
market in the world, could not but look with favor
on the efforts of other free nations — in Europe,
Latin America, or elsewhere — to enhance their
prosperity through the reduction of barriers to
trade and the maximum use of their resources. We
feel that a common market must be designed not
only to increase trade within the region but to
raise the level of world trade generally.
Working for a Better World
Members of the Chilean Congress, in mention-
ing bi'iefly this afternoon our quest for peace and
friendship in freedom, our common concern for
reducing the burden of armaments, the need for
development capital, and the benefits that may be
derived from common planning, I have merely
touched on several elements involved in our hopes
for a better world for the future. "Wliat we do, or
fail to do, will have its maximum impact on the
lives of our children and grandchildren. The
future is the domain of youth. More than ever be-
fore our young people, living in a world of inter-
dependence and rapid commimication, must pos-
sess technical competence. They must develop
intercultural understanding, possess high spiritual
values and integrity, l>e imbued with a passion for
cooperation, and be devoted to building societies
in freedom, that yield benefits to all. Only then
482
Department of State Bulletin
will they bo able to use eflTectively all of their ma-
terial ivsources, inchuliiif!: capital. Hence we now
have tlie obligation to expand educational oppor-
tunities in each of our countries and provide for
the maximum exchanges of students, teachers, and
others. "VVe must provide an environment which
convinces our youth that only in a democratic
society can there be the intellectual freedom they
cherish, that there is no shortcut to a richer life,
and that the path they nuist follow will demand
courage and a deep and abiding faith in humanity.
These are values which for generations have
been held dear in Chile, as they have been in my
country. I trust that our sons and daughters will
in the future give them even deeper meaning.
From my visit to Chile and her neighbors I shall
take back renewed faith in the lofty aspirations
of free people and renewed courage to face the
t-asks during the time which remains to me as
President of my country.
From my lieart I thank you for the honor you
liavo done me in inviting me to be witli you today
and for the cordial welcome you have given me.
I thank you.
They reafTirmed the urgency of seeking solutions
for the problems of economic development and of
improving living standards in America. They
likewise reiterated that the inter- American system
should ho based on respect for human rights, the
elle-t^tive exercise of democracy, and non-intei-ven-
tion in the internal affaire of other States.
Economic matters of common interest, particu-
larly those of hemispheric scope comprehended in
Operation Pan America, were also discussed.
Similarly, special attention was given to the
armaments problem in the continent and to Chile's
initiative in proposing that the nations of the
Americas give their urgent consideration to this
matter, with the objective of reaching an appro-
priate equilibrium within a general policy of
limitation on arms purchases.
The financing of economic development, both
public and private, was also discussed, as was the
formation of various regional trade zones, both in
Europe and the Americas, and their possible
effects on the economies of this hemisphere.
Finally, programs of cultural collaboration were
reviewed, with emphasis on the importance of dis-
seminating scientific and teclinical knowledge.
JOINT STATEMENT, SANTIAGO, MARCH 1
White House (Santiago) press release dated March 1
The Presidents of the United States of Ameri-
ca and of Chile, Messrs. Dwight D. Eisenhower
and Jorge Alessandri, on the occasion of the visit
to Santiago of President Eisenhower, from
February 29 to March 2, 1960, exchanged views
on various matters of common interest :
The Presidents discussed the collaboration of
Chile and the United States of America in inter-
national organizations with a view to the realiza-
tion of the common principles which guide the
foreign policies of both countries.
In particular they exchanged ideas regarding
the principal affairs of the world situation and,
moreover, concerning measures which would make
possible the strengthening of the inter- American
system in accordance with the Declaration of San-
tiago,* which was unanimously approved at the
Fifth Meeting of Consultation of Ministers of
Foreign Affairs, held in August 1959.
• For text, see ibid.
ADDRESS TO URUGUAYAN CONGRESS, MONTE-
VIDEO, MARCH 2
White House (Montevideo) press release dated March 2 (as de-
livered text)
Before I give to you my communications, the
thoughts that I have wanted to say to you, I want
to express something of my feelings concerning
the welcome that has been given me by Monte-
video— all the way along the beaches, through
the streets with their majestic buildings, and by
a people that seemed to be expressing the utmost
in friendship.
My only regret is that every member in every
dwelling in the farms and cities of my country
could not have seen this day, because they would
have realized that this people was trying to say,
"We are with you in believing in freedom, in our
dedication to liberty; and because we are so joined
with you, we send across these oceans to you from
North America our very best wishes."
I deem it a high honor to address you, the demo-
cratically elected representatives of the people of
March 28, 7960
483
Uruguay. I bring you from my people and my
Govenunent earnest expressions of friendsliip and
good will.
The United States shares with Uruguay an
abiding desire to live in freedom, hiunan dignity,
and peace with justice.
The great wonder of history is that leaders —
knowing that peoples everywhere, regardless of
economic station, race, or creed, possess a burning
desire to achieve these values — still have been un-
able to prevent the world from becoming tragically
divided by mistinist, tlu'eat, and even overt
hostility.
In our time the destructive power available for
misuse is awesome. We now have reached the
point in human progress where the choice before
us is mutual annihilation or abiding cooperation in
the construction of the peace that lives as a cher-
ished dream in the hearts of people everywhere.
Principles Motivating U.S. Aid
At this fateful time the people of the United
States find themselves carrying unbelievably
heavy burdens. They do this not just m their
own interest but for the benefit of all who cherish
freedom, all who believe that hmnan affairs should
be managed in harmony with basic moral law.
They do this for all who are deeply convinced that
peoples have the inalienable right to live in peace,
with their creative energies devoted exclusively to
building the social, cultural, and economic institu-
tions consonant with their own desires.
My country makes these sacrifices with no avari-
cious end in view. The United States does not
covet a single acre of land that belongs to another.
We do not wish to control or dictate to another
government. We do not desire to impose our con-
cepts of political, cultural, or economic life upon
either the largest or the smallest, the strongest or
the weakest, of the nations of the earth.
We believe that the people of every nation are
endowed with the right of free choice and that
the most sacred obligation of the world com-
munity is to guarantee such choice to all.
Need I document these assertions? The Phil-
ippines today are independent — by their own
choice. Alaska and Hawaii are now, proudly,
equal part,ners in our federated, democratic enter-
prise— by their own choice. Puerto Eico is a
Commonwealth within the United States system —
by its own choice. After World War I, World
War II, and the Korean war, the United States
did not in anj^ way enrich itself at another's ex-
pense— even from former enemies.
Indeed, it did the opposite. We offered sub-
stantive help to others, first for reconstruction and
then, because of thmidering tlireats, for the crea-
tion of a cooperative defense system to protect the
fi'ee world from deliberate attack or the miscal-
culation of arrogance.
Benefits to Latin America of U.S. Programs
I a)n aware of the feeling of many people in
Latin America that the United States, wliile giv-
ing boimteously for postwar reconstruction and
mutual security, has been less generous with our
good neighbors of this hemisphere. I am the first
to acknowledge the fallibility of nations and
leadei-s, even those with the best intentions. But
I ask you and all our good friends of the Americas
to consider this :
The aid we gave to Eiu-ope after the Great War
helped restore that area as a producer and buyer,
to the benefit of Latin America as well as to our-
selves. During the war the trade of Latin Amer-
ica with the United States increased sixfold and
has been sustained at a higher level since then.
The resources we have exported for the con-
struction of a defense perimeter have been for the
benefit of all who desire freedom, independence,
and the right to be munolested as they work for
the improved well-being of their people.
These efforts have required our people to impose
upon themselves the most burdensome levels of
taxation in oiu* national history. They have
caused us to forgo doing as much as we otherwise
would in some internal projects. They have
brought difficulties in our international financial
affairs.
But — let me emphasize this — the assistance flow-
ing to Latin America from the United States, in
the form of private and public loans and tech-
nical aid, has been higher in recent years than ever
before. Indeed, I wonder if many realize the ex-
tent, both in mass and beneficial effect, of the
capital going into Latin American enterprises
from United States sources.
In the last fiscal year, for example, the private
and public fimds made available in Latin America
from tlie United States and its companies ap-
proximated $1 billion; and it is difficult to set
a figure representing the subsidiary benefits
484
Department of Stale Bulletin
l)iou<::lit about by the creation of new jobs, new
markets, anil new enterpi-ises.
Yi\s, while we have known holocausts of anxiety,
sufl'ering, and great human tragedy three times
in this centuiT, we have not turneil inward (o in-
dulge in self-pity. We have willingly extended
the haml of friendship and cooperation, and in
this process we have attached no greater impor-
tance to solid, abiding partnei-ships with any
area than we have with those of the American
Republics.
Of coui-se we face vexatious pi"oblems I'equiring
constant attention. We have them. You do.
As for our bilateral problems the record clearlj'
reveals that they have been susceptible of solution
when the healing balm of understanding has been
applietl.
I am keenly aware that all of Latin America —
and Uruguay is no exception — is plagued by the
fluctuation of raw commodity prices. Latin
America has need for industrialization, diversi-
fication, education, health facilities, and capital to
speed development.
Progress Through Cooperation
Progress in any nation is and must be largely
the task of its own people, institutions, and leadere.
But the L^nited States stands ready to help in any
way it soundly can, within the framework of our
world responsibilities and the limits of our re-
sources. Further, we work for the time — not dis-
tant I hope — when all the nations of the world in
attaining greater prosperity will progressively
share in programs of assistance to less developed
countries.
Indeed, I would go further. I believe it is the
duty of every nation, no matter how large or
small, how weak or strong, to contribute to the
well-being of the world community of free men.
For a time, perhaps, some can supply only certain
skills, or pereonnel, or spiritual support. The im-
portant consideration is that we should all accept
a common sense of responsibility for our common
destiny.
I am sure you hold the concept, as we do, that
every human being, given an opportunity to do so,
will make his contribution to the general welfare.
You must feel, as we surely do, that hunger and
privation must be eliminated from the earth by
the cooperative effort of peoples and of govern-
ments of good will. We are certain, as you must
l)e, that the c(K)pei'at ive effort, of free- working men
and women, de<licate<l to and living under demo-
cratic principles, can outpixxluce the regimented
working force of any nation suffering under dic-
tatorial control.
Nations must constantly explore new opportuni-
ties to be helpfid to one another. AAHio would
have thought a few years ago that six nations of
Europe woidd now be joined in a common effort
to enlarge trade opj>ort unities, to lower produc-
tion costs, and thus to improve living standards?
Or that seven other nations would develop a loose
confederation for coopei-ation with those six?
Yet these developments are under way. They
can contribute to the growth of the free world,
provided of course that both blocs operate with
due regard for the interests of other countries.
Here in Montevideo last month you were host
to a meeting of the representatives of eight na-
tions, at which was taken an important formal
step toward the creation of a Common Market in
which LTrugiiay would be a participant. You are
dealing here with the possibility of widening each
nation's markets in such a way that you inci'ease
the efficiency of many industries and thus greatly
enhance the opportunity to obtain credits to
hasten development. I congratulate you.
Basis of U.S. -Uruguayan Understanding
The beginning point of all cooperation — between
individuals, or between groups within a single
society, or between nations — is genuine human
understanding.
The conclusion within the next few days of a
Fulbright agreement between Uruguay and the
United States for the exchange of students and
professors is an important step in this direction.
Surely we of Uruguay and the United States
should not fail in developing the knowledge about
one another, and the abiding understanding, on
which dependable cooperation may be based. I
know you respect our democratic processes, our
system of economic freedom, our adherence to
those cardinal concepts of human dignity and con-
secrated intelligence which we draw from our
religious philosophy.
Certainly we admire you. The people of Uru-
guay, like the people of the United States, came
March 28, J960
143410—00 3
485
from many different places, but all were guided
by passionate desires for freedom, justice, and op-
portunity. Under a great leader, Jose Artigas,
you struggled for independence, even as we did
under George Washington. And then you set to
work.
We have watched the development of demo-
cratic institutions in Uruguay with imbounded
admiration. We have been impressed with your
individualism — with the development of the flam-
ing spirit of liberty, justice, and self-discipline in
the citizens of Uruguay. And we have applauded
your successes as you have battled against human
want, without sacrifice of human liberty.
It is no wonder that, in a world in which mil-
lions have been subjected to the philosophy and
fetters of vicious tyranny, we feel a deep spiritual
relationship to you.
We have worked well together in helping build
the most influential regional organization on
earth, the Organization of American States, in
helping make the United Nations an instrument
of true promise for international cooperation, and
in seeking the solution to the problem of trans-
cendent importance: peace, with justice, in
freedom.
Controlled, universal disarmament is now im-
perative. The billions now living demand it.
That we can make it our children's inheritance is
our fondest hope. The United States is deeply
committed to a ceaseless search for genuine dis-
armament, with guarantees that remove suspicions
and fears.
Nearly 7 years ago I said what I now repledge : "
The United States "is ready to ask its people to
join with all nations in devoting a substantial per-
centage of its savings achieved by disarmament to
a fund for world aid and reconstruction."
Members of the Congress, I thank you pro-
foundly for the honor of meeting with you, for
"For an address by President Eisenhower before the
American Society of Newspaper Editors on Apr. 16, 1953,
see ibid., Apr. 27, 1953, p. 599.
your generous hospitality, and for the friendly
greetings of the Uruguayan people whom you
represent. May God favor you in your efforts to
promote the interests of your people in freedom
and inspire you to still greater effort in our com-
mon struggle to achieve a world which lives in
harmony under moral law.
JOINT DECLARATION, MONTEVIDEO, MARCH 3
White House (Montevideo) press release dated March 3
The National Council of Govermnent of the
Oriental Republic of Uruguay and the President
of the United States of America have agi-eed to
make the following declaration defining the basic
principles which, in each of their comitries, gov-
ern the international relations of their respective
peoples and inspire the ideal of freedom which
binds them :
1. The sacred respect for human rights and
dignity, the strengthening of their democratic in-
stitutions and the repudiation of all manner of
anti-democratic actions or penetration;
2. The wide and growing acceptance of these
same principles throughout the Americas in
accordance with juridical standards freely ac-
cepted by the participating states, and, therefore,
in strict compliance with the principles of non-
intervention ;
3. The most smcere and wholehearted support
of institutions and organizations for international
cooperation which promote both miiversally and
regionally, in accordance with the rules of inter-
national law, the consolidation of peace, the
strengthening of international security and the
parallel economic, social and cultural develop-
ment of the American nations, as well as the rest
of the world.
4. Both countries will endeavor to increase
their economic, social and cultural cooperation
directly and through international organizations.
5. This declaration shall be known as the
Declaration of Montevideo.
486
Departmenf of State Bulletin
Secretary Herter's News Conference of March 9
Press release 110 dated March 9
Secretary Herter: I should like to begin tliis
morning witli a few renuirlvs in regard to the re-
cent trip to four nations in South America. The
President reported last night to the Nation over
the radio and TV and covered most of the essen-
tial matters in connection with that trip.^ But I
do want to add my own comments because I think
they have some significance and fall in the cate-
gorj' on which the President himself didn't wish to
comment.
The reception that he received in every one of
the capitals that he visited and the other cities
that he visited in those four coimtries was a truly
remarkable thing. It was a very gi'eat personal
tribute as well as a tribute to the United States.
Many of you who have traveled with him can
recognize the amazing magnetic qualities that he
has when he stands up in his car and waves to the
crowds that are assembled on the street — a mag-
netism which seems to call from the crowds a type
of enthusiasm which he himself reflects in the
warmth of his response to the crowd. It is a two-
way activity that is very extraordinary. And
those of us who followed some distance behind the
President himself could see the real warmth and
happiness on the faces of the people who felt that
he had really greeted tliem personally as he went
along.
The size of the crowds, of course, was enormous,
and I had the feeling that, not alone from the
point of view of our relations with the peoples of
those coimtries but also from the point of view of
the impression that the people's attitude toward
the President made on the government officials,
the trip was an miqualified success.
I say that because of course the President can't
talk about his own personal popularit}% but to me
'Seep. 471.
/March 28, I960
it was a very extraordinary outpouring and a very
gratifying demonstration not only of warmth for
the United States but of j^ersonal appreciation of
his efforts in makhig the visit and an ivcceptance
of a very unusual personality.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there seem to he some doubts
in Latin Am,erican quarters on hoio long that im-
pression should last ujiless it is folloioed ivith
some complete policy m-easures, increasing eco-
nomic aid, and perhaps also responding to Presi-
dent Kubitschek''s demand of consulting more
closely with Latin America in formulating over-
all Western policy. I wonder if you could com-
ment on that.
A. Yes. I think there will be a foUowup in-
evitably. As you know, the capital of the Export-
Import Bank has been increased very consider-
ably. The new Inter- American Bank has been
created and is in the process of organization, and
it will of course be an instrument of vei-y great
importance. The discussions that Air. Kubitschek
is anxious to have take place, not only in the Or-
ganization of American States but in bilateral
talks, we have agreed to, we are anxious to proceed
with, and I thmk we have worked out the
mechanism by which that will be done. I think
that there will be a followup. I think that, as the
President said last night, we realize fully the need
of capital, both private and public, in the develop-
ment of Latin America, and we are vei'y much
aware of the desii-ability of moving as fast as it
is possible in assisting the nations of Latin Amer-
ica to develop themselves.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on his recent trip to the Far
East, Mr. Khrushchev said that if the Western
Powers did not come to some agreement with him
on Berlin at some point he loould have to go ahead
with a separate treaty for East Germany. He
also said when he got home from, that trip that he
487
thought it teas time for everybody to avoid doing
or saying anything which might im/pair the pros-
pect for agreement at a sunvm.lt conference. I
wondered hoio you assessed these matters and
what the United States attitude is toward this ap-
proach period before the swm/mit.
A. Well, there are two separate thoughts to the
question you ha\'e asked, as I see it. The first has
to do with Khrushchev's statement that was made
in Indonesia. "Wliether or not that constituted a
violation of the agreement made at Camp David
and confinned in the exchange of statements im-
mediately after Camp David with respect to there
being no time limit on negotiations with respect to
Berlin and the German question, it is our own im-
pression— and we have studied that statement very
carefidly — that there is no time element involved.
The statement made in Indonesia is similar to
statements that Mr. lOinishchev has made in otlier
places before he took that trip in which he has in-
dicated that, if no progress is made, there will
come a time when he will be forced io a separate
peace treaty with East Germany. That is not at
variance necessarily with the earlier agreement.
But we cannot see that he has put an ultimatum
date, a specific date, on that statement.
"With respect to the second part of your ques-
tion, I am not certain whether you are referring
to any particular incident or not. If you are re-
ferring to the matter of high-altitude flights, I
can just say this, that the British, the French, and
ourselves have always taken the position that we
have the right to fly at whatever altitude we see
fit in the corridor, that there has never been any
restriction agi-eed upon from the point of view
of the height. It is true, however, that we have
this matter constantly under review from the point
of view of the operational necessity of high
flights. The most recent review, which was con-
cluded after the President came back, determined
that there is no operational necessity at. the present
time. Siiould that operational necessity arise, we
are in agreement that we have the absolute right
to fly at whatever altitudes we see fit.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there have been reports that
a decision was made to make those high-altitude
fights because of the operational efficiency of
them. Can you say whether there has been a
change of mind as between operational efficiency
and operational necessity?
A. No. I think that the two go together.
And I think that the review, as I say, while it was
in the course of being made and was concluded
after we got back from South America, deter-
mined that there was no operational necessity or I
any need of these flights for the sake of efficiency
at the present time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, may I ask ivhether this in
effect reverses a decision reported about 10 days
ago refennng to a situation about 3 weeks or a
month ago in which there was supposed to lutve
been a decision made to conduct such flights at
an early date?
A. No such decision was made.
Relations With Cuba
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us uyhether the
administration has been considering the possibil-
ity of breaking off diplomatic i^elations with
Cuba? And could you tell us what extremities
might have to prevail to precipitate such action? .
A. No. "We have given no consideration to break-
ing off diplomatic relations with Cuba. Circum-
stances might arise — and I don't want to specify
what they are — which would require us to break
off such relations. I hope those circumstances
will never arise. We, as you know, have been
hopeful throughout that the atmosphere of our
relationship with Cuba would allow us to settle
through diplomatic means such diti'erences as we
may have with Cuba.
The most recent unfortunate statement of Mr.
Castro's, to which I referred the day before j-ester-
day [March 7] with the Cuban Charge d'Affaires,
unhappily tried to turn the very real grief that
the Cuban people have and that we have over that
hideous explosion in Habana Harbor to animos-
ity against the United States. AVe felt that that
was a very unfortunate thing. As you know, I
spoke quite severely to the Cuban Charge on this
matter. The Cuban Government is clearly fairing
the point of view that they resent tlie language
that I used. I notified the Cuban Charge that
we would be sending a formal note on Ihe subject,
wiiich will undoubtedly go out before the end of
this week.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you agree with the Cuban
assertion that some of the language that you tised
in talMng with the Charge was insulting in any
way?
488
Department of Stale Bulletin
A. No. It was not insulting at all. The lan-
guapo was very carefully chosen, and 1 thought
it was not insulting in any way, but it fairly re-
flected the views 1 held with respect to the occa-
sion of the burial of these victims iK'ing used to
arouse animosity against the Ignited States.
Q. Mr. Secvetiiry, going bark to the previous
guesti<m on the Berlin prohJem and -flights., I think
the question was phrased, had loe changed our
decision to send fights in — something to that
effect. What I would like to know is tchether we
had decided earlier, within the last month, not to
send flights but to inform, the Soviet authorities
again with a restatement of our feeling about this
problem and our Hghts, and ivas that decision
changed?
A. No decision had been reached on that. We
have discussed the matter from time to time with
the French and the British, and we have been in
complete agreement on the matter.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the Cuban matter, the
Cuban reaction was that your lang\iage to the
Charge was coached in terms of the personality
of Premier Castro, and I believe their note re-
quested that this not be done in the future. Will
this have any effect on your future deeding s with
the Cubans?
A. Well, it was inevitable that I should com-
ment on Mr. Castro's speech, because that was
the occasion for my calling the Charge in. It was
Mr. Castro who had utilized this occasion, to my
mind very unfortunately, to try to engender ani-
mosity against us, and even more than that to
point the finger at us as being responsible for the
explosion. Obviously in talking about that I
could only refer to Mr. Castro's speech and char-
acterize it as I did.
Q. Mr. Secretary, how do you see the prospects
for an agreed Allied position by the opening of
the disarmajnent talks next iveek in Pans?
A. I am very hopeful that there will be an
agreed position. There have been reports to the
eflFect that there were some differences between
ourselves, shall I say, and the French in this mat-
ter. They have been largely a matter of degree
and emphasis, and I am hoping that those mat-
ters will be straightened out in the talks that are
taking place in Paris at the moment, and I am
vei-y hopeful that they will bo.
Q. Could you tell us what issues are involved?
A. No, I would rather not get into the question
of the issues involved. If they are satisfactorily
resolved, we will have a united front.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you regard it as a little
unusual that the envoys of 10 Arab nations should
have registered a complaint aboait the visit of
Premier Ben-Gurion here?
A. Well, I don't know how to comment on that.
Of course, they had a perfect right to do it if they
saw fit to do it.
The question of their visit here raises the whole
unhappy relationship between Israel and the Arab
states. And, as you know, we have hoped for a
long period of time that we would be in a position
to do what we could to ameliorate that situation,
and I certainly don't want to say anything that
might make it worse.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on Cuha, what advice is the
Department giving American corporations that
are now saying they are going to have to pull out
of Cuba, that they can't operate down there any
more? And, also, similarly, what advice is the
Department giving to Ameriean firms that are not
getting paid for goods shipped to Cuba prior to
September 15?
A. In general, the advice that has been given is
that, since the troubles that they are having are
due to internal factors controlled by the Cubans,
they should exercise such legal remedies as are
available to them. If they can get no satisfaction
through the exercise of legal remedies, they should
then come to us and, where we feel that they have
not been given an opportunity to exercise those
rights, we will take up their cases.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in your luncheon meeting
with Mr. Hammarskjold, what progress did he
report xvith respect to his negotiations to end the
continuing blockade in the Suez against IsraeVs
ships and ships of other nations carrying IsraeVs
goods?
A. That was a matter that was not discussed.
Q. It was not discussed at all?
A. No, not at all.
March 28, 1960
489
Q. Do you have anything new to re'port on frog-
ress being made in this respect?
A. No. We had a long discussion, but the
principal matters that we discussed did not in-
volve that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a few moments ago when you
referred to this C-130 business you referred to
consultations or discussions with the British on
that. Did you mean to exclude the French from
those consultations, and, if so, why?
A. No. It was my impression that I had said
both the English and the French. Because,
throughout, these have been tripartite discussions.
Q. And West Germany?
A. No, not necessarily the West Germans, be-
caiise this is primarily a responsibility of the tliree
nations.
Q. Mr. Secretary, while you were away in Latin
America there ivere a good ma^iy stories written
to the effect that the Americans, the British, and
the French had reviewed the question of high-
level flights and had decided that it would be de-
sirable to reintroduce them at this time and that
the Soviets were going to be notified one way or
another. Noiv, is what you are saying is that all
these stories are incorrect and there had never been
such a revieio or decision?
A. I am saying that no such decision had ever
been reached.
Treaty With Japan
Q. Mr. Secretary, as I am sure you know, in
Japan these days there is a great deal of intense
controversy about the new treaty tohichyou signed
in January here? Particularly, the controversy
centers on the challenge that this treaty and the
American bases there would expose Japan to a
greater risk of involvetnent in a war. And also
that this treaty runs cownter to the efforts by the
United States to reduce tensions. Can yov, deal
with those questions now?
A. I think that the arguments that you have
raised against the treaty are the ones that are
being advanced particularly by the Soviet Union
in its continuing attacks on that treaty and have
been picked up by some of the opposition to the
Government in Japan. We do not jilace any cre-
" Bulletin of Feb. S, 1960, p. 179.
dence in those, and I do not think that the
Japanese Government does. And, in fact, we
have felt that in the signing of that treaty we
were signing a treaty of mutual benefit to both
of us, that its aspects were essentially defensive,
and that there was no element of increasing ten-
sions in any respect with regai-d to the carrying
out of that treat}'. I can only repeat what I
think I have said previously : that the eiforts of
the Soviet Government to try to either slow down
or force a rejection of the treaty in Japan are a
clear violation of the precept of not interfering in
the affairs of another country.
Q. Mr. Secretary, as you knotv, the execution
date for Caryl Chessman has been set again for
May 2. I teas tvondering if you heard very
much about the ca^e when you were in South
America and if you plan to handle any foreign
protests yourself, if there are any between now
and the next one? {Laughter)
A. In South America I did hear a good deal
about it. Apparently his writings and his case
have stirred up a lot of interest — to me, quite a
surprising amount of interest — in many countries
in South America. I didn't realize liow much
interest there was in it until we Avere told by
those who were not alone familiar with tlie situa-
tion in the four countries that we visited but in
other countries as well. It is an interest that I
think is born out of a feeling against capital pun-
ishment. I don't tliink that the interest is nec-
essarily confined to any particular group in those
countries, but it is, again, one of those tilings
that have been exploited by those who are anti-
North American to attempt to put us in a bad
light. I have no idea, of coui"se, whether there
will be any further protests from South America
or from any official organs of South America. If
there should be, we would forward them in the
usual routine way. We would pi'obably put a
clearer disclaimer from the point of view of not
representing our judgment than the last one.
(Laughter)
Q. Mr. Secretary, you. mentioned coming talks
with President Kuhitsclxek of Brazil. Our policy
has been, for the last year and a half, that they
should go to the International Monetary Fund
and work out some sort of stabilisation agreement
or anti-infafionary measures before coming to us
for further loans. Is that still our policy, or
has there been a change in that policy?
490
Department of State Bulletin
A. No. Actually, the problems of Brazil are
of such majjiiitude that Brazil will have to work
out with the various tiiiancial a<reneios the best
way of handling those mattei-s. Tiie question of
the detennination as to whether the Brsizilians
would take such internal steps as the Interna-
tional Monetary Fund requires is, of coui-se, a
matter for it^j own decision. It is something that
it is pondering, I think, even now. It is still
having real inflationary problems; and, on the
other hand, its internal economy has, I think, pro-
gressed more favorably than had been anticipated
a year ago.
Q. You mentioned., sir, the increased funds for
the Export-Itnport Bank. Noio, many of these
countries in Latin Aiiierica are beyond their
ability to service hard loans any more, and mtich
of the DLF^s funds for this coming year, the
majority at any rate, are earmarked for India
and Pakistan. Now, are we contemplating ask-
ing for more contributions to the new Inter-
American Development Bank, or some special
arrangements?
A. No, not at once. Of course, the Inter-
American Bank will have to start slowly. It may
be disappointingly slow. I hope not. The ques-
tion of more capital for it before it has even begim
seems a little premature.
Q. Mr. Secreta)-y, it has been suggested that
in the forthcoming German negotiations Chancel-
lor Adenauer has a veto power over any decision
that we might make there. We have said that
we would make no agreements with the Soviet
Union that woidd not be satisfactory to the people
of Germany and the people of Berlin. Is this
not true then, that Adenauer does have veto
power over our decision regarding Germany?
A. Again, when you speak about our decision
over Germany, we don't pretend to have the sole
right to make a determination as to what shall be
done with Germany. This is a matter that we
have continuously felt was one for consultation
between the British, the French, the Germans, and
ourselves as the powers principally responsible
and principally concerned.
The question, of course, of an overall peace
treaty which would settle the East German situa-
tion would, natirrally, affect a great many more
countries besides. So that in the Berlin situa-
tion, in which the predominant interests of these
four nations reside, we have never taken it unto
ourselves to say that anyone has necessarily a
right of veto or that we have a right of veto.
What we are obviously trying to do is to concert
our position as best we can, and I think tliat in
connection with that the visit of Chancellor
Adenauer next week may be very significant.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Senator Kennedy yesterday
tvon a nice -victory in New Uampshire, and he
told us at the Press Club, and several other times,
that if elected President he would abandon the
Quemoy and Matsu Island groups. Noio I loon-
dered what you, think about that, sir, and if you
think that is a violation of the traditional Ameri-
can theory that politics should stop at the
waterline.
A. I would rather not get into any altercation
with Senator Kennedy at this time. I can only
say this: tliat the determination regarding those
islands is left in the hands of the President of
the United States today. It is he who determines
whether or not the se<;urity of those islands is
tied in with the security of Fonnosa, on which
we have a treaty agreement. And I would as-
sume that if Senator Kennedy became President
of the United States he would have exactly that
same discretionary power.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in Latin America the admin-
istration is confronted with two vividly, if not
violently, contrasting situations. You spoke of
the Presidenfs triumph on his tour, and we are
now faced with the crisis of relations with Cuba.
Has any couMderation been given to the possi-
bility of turning the Presidenfs magnetis?n di-
rectly on Mr. Castro — (Laughter) — either
through a message or through a visit to one capi-
tal or the other? And as a corollary to that
question, lohat did you find in South America to
be the sentiment of our Latin American friends
regarding the Castro regime?
A. With respect to the first, this is a matter
which, as far as I know, has not been under active
discussion. With regard to the second, I think
we found a considerable unanimity of feeling, of
very real anxietj% with respect to the direction
in which the Castro regime is heading. There
was, I think, real appreciation of the patience
witli which we have dealt with the situation and
still a very strong feeling about nonintervention,
March 28, I960
491
the principle that is naturally of such sensitivity
in the whole of Latin America.
Q. Mr. Secretary., I would like to take an-
other crack at the Berlin flights question: If no
decision or consideration had been given to re-
suming flights above 10,000 feet, why was it nec-
essary, after the President returned, to make a
decision that they were not now operationally
necessary?
A. It was not necessary to make a decision,
but the decision was one that was pending. The
review was underway before the President got
back, was brought to him, and he made the
decision.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us whether there
is likely to be any important change in Russian-
American relatione as a result of the note
the President received yesterday from Mr.
Khrushchev?
A. No, I can't comment on that. Any comment
on that note will have to come from the White
House.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you have talked about Mr.
Khrv.shchev''s comtnents in Indonesia and have
said that tee have concluded that there was no
ultimatum aspect. What do you think about the
tone of his utterances and his repeated references
to the necessity of signing a separate peace treaty
with East Gennany, unless some sort of solution
is forthcoming in a — fairly early?
A. Well, this tone that you speak of was not
apparent for the first time in Indonesia. He had
made a number of statements of the same kind be-
fore he took this trip. How much they are for
internal consumption, how much they are intended
to put us on notic€ that this is going to be the prin-
cipal matter which he will want to discuss at the
summit, is hard to tell. Whether this is a tactical
move or whether this is something that he is going
to press and try to press to a conclusion at the
summit, we don't know.
Meeting Latin American Development Needs
Q. Mr. Secretary, one continuovs theme that
seems to have permeated the conversations and
the piihlic statements with the President in Latin
America was the real effort by the Latin Ameri-
can leaders to dramatize to the United States that
there are two fundamental ideologies struggling
to capture the public imagination in Latin Ameri-
ca— who can meet the needs for development
more quickly. And this, in turn, seems to have
stirred soTne expectation that we would have a —
rather a whole series of new ideas, of new policies
for the area. Now, some people felt that the
Presidents statement yesterday — the most dra-
matic thing was apparently a crash pi^ogram for
people here to learn Spanish. T7a.s there any addi-
tional— is there some fundamental change that we
are contemplating besides that?
A. I Avouldn't say there was any fundamental
change. And let's not forget that over the last 10
years a great deal of American assistance has
gone into Latin America. More is needed. It's
a question of degree. It's a question of priorities.
It's a question of determining where such aid as
we can give, or other nations can give, can be
most effectively used. Those are things that we
have got under vei-y active consideration. I would
say that, if nothing else, this whole trip has been
very helpful in our overall awareness of the ur-
gency of the problem as it has been presented to
us not only in other nations of the world but also
in the Latin American area.
Q. Mr. Secretary, if I inay refer 07ice more to
this much-discussed matter: I gather from tohat
you say about the Be7'lvn flights that ivhat the
President decided against yesterday teas any im-
mediate fight plan at a high level between ^Yest
Berlin and West Germany. And I wanted to ask
you whether it is unlikely now that any such
flights would be xindertaken before the summit
conference.
A. I don't think it has any direct relation to
the summit conference at all. I think that tliis
was determined entirely on the question of opera-
tional needs as of now. If those operational needs
should change, we would feel entirely free to move
ahead.
Q. Well, I asked the question that loay, sir, be-
cause you mentioned the subject in response to the
first question I asked, which had to do with Mr.
Khrushchev^s suggestion that nobody should do
anything to upset prospects for an agreement.
A. Well, I was merely s])eculating that this was
what you were ininiiring about.
Q. Mr. Secretary, how much longer do the
American people have to take Castro harangues
492
Department of State Bulletin
without doing anything more positive about it,
except to say that the charges are not truef Is
there anything more definite that we can do ex-
cept deny his charges f
A. "Well, as you know, the Pi-esident has said
that wo are not jJroing to U\ke economic countor-
measiires. Tlio Sug^ar Act will bo np before the
Con<rress. It will have to be renewed in some form
or otlier before the end of the congressional ses-
sion. Whether or not the membei's of the Congress
will have ideas on this subject themselves, or not,
I can't speculate. I can't tell what they are likely
to do.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there is a report today from
Paris that there teas a postwar agreement, as yet
undisclosed, among the United States, France, and
Britain, agreeing on loorld strategy, and that this
agreement led to a series of meetings at which our
representative was General Ridgway, and even-
tually this process led to the formation of NATO.
Noic, the French have for a long time been
pressing for this approach to world affairs, that is,
three-power agreeynent on their policy around the
world, and I wondered whether there has been any
reconsideration of the United States position on
this matter in vieio of President de Gaulle's
coming visit, at which the question is likely to be
raised again.
A. Xo. I don't think there has been any change
in our position. From time to time we have had
talks with the British and French about many
matters. Thoso have been of an informal nature.
They are not institutionalized in any way. But
those will undoubtedly continue in the future.
Nuclear-Test Negotiations
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you give us a progress
report on the nuclear-test negotiations in Geneva?
A. Well, as of the present moment we are still
waiting for a specific answer from the Russians to
our latest proposal, which they have not given
us. The matter has stalled to a considerable ex-
tent on this quastion of quotas. We have agreed
to their criteria, which were very different from
those before — the proposal that we made. Their
criteria now are that any event of any kind which
is registered by seismology could be subject to
inspection. But they will not say that they are
willing to relate the number of inspections that
take place to the number of such events that
might be recorded. Because, as you go down into
the lower tremors, of courst^, there are a great
many more such tremors recorded, and ol)vioiisly,
if one were going to try to determine whether or
not they were of a natural nature or an artificial
explosion, you would have to have a great many
more inspect ions. We are still stuck on that point.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does it appear to you, sir,
that Mr. Castro and others in the Cuban Govern-
ment are deliberately kicking us in the teeth in the
hope of forcing us into a policy of reprisals?
A. Well, it is not my business to try to interpret
their motives. But the minute things seem to be
riding along a little more smoothly, tliey seem to
go out of their way to make them more difficult.
Q. Mr. Secretary, among the many heads of
state coming liere in tJie next few months are
Clmncellor Adenauer, the King and Queen of
Nepal, President and Mrs. Clmrles de Gaulle of
France, and the King and Queen of Thailand.
Is tlie State Department, in assisting in the press
arrangements, arranging them so that all accred-
ited reporters, regardless of sex — {Laughter) —
may be able to cover the functions tlmt presumably
are press-sponsored?
A. The answer to that question I will leave to
my friend, Mr. Berding, right here.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what changes do you favor in
the Sugar Act?
A. I would rather not comment on that at the
present time. The administration position has
not been firmed up. As soon as it is and we send
our reports up to the Congress, you will know
what it is.
Q. Thank you, sir.
Foreign Ministers To Meet
at Wasiiington in April
Press release 116 dated March 11
As part of the continuing preparations among
the Western Powei-s for the May conference of
heads of government, arrangements have been
made for a series of meetings of foreign ministers
to take place at Washington between April 12 and
14.
Invitations from the U.S. Government to attend
these meetings have been accepted by the Foreign
March 28, 7960
493
Ministers of Canada, France, the Federal Repub-
lic of Germany, Italy, and the United Kingdom.
NATO Secretary General Paul-Henri Spaak
has also been uivited and is expected to attend.
The composition of the various meetings will
vary in accordance with the subjects for discus-
sion and will follow the general pattern whicli has
been established for the preparatory working
groups that have been meeting here at Washing-
ton, at Paris, and at London. Tlie Foreign Min-
isters of Canada, France, Italy, the United King-
dom, and the United States will meet to discuss
the subject of disarmament. Tlie Foreign Min-
isters of France, the Federal Republic of Ger-
many, the United Kingdom, and the United
States will discuss the problem of Germany, in-
cluding Bei'lin. The Foreign Ministers of France,
the United Kingdom, and the United States, and
the Secretary General of NATO will discuss East-
West relations. The Foreign Ministers of France,
the United Kingdom, and the United States will
discuss tactical and procedural questions relating
to the suimnit meeting.
Tlie exact schedule of the meetings will be an-
nounced later when final arrangements have been
made.
Thomas Masaryk Honored
as "Champion of Liberty"
Remarks hy Under Secretary Merchanf-
I am pleased to be here today to share in pay-
ing homage to Thomas Masai-yk. In honoring
him as a champion of liberty, we also mark our
dedication to the principles by which he lived and
^ Made at a ceremony dedicating the Thomas Masaryk
"Champion of Liberty" postage stamp at Washington,
D.C., on Mar. 7 (press release 108).
which he translated into action in his own coun-
try— principles of freedom and Imman dignity
which are fundamental in American society and
wliich motivate us in our international relations.
In paying tribute to President Masaryk we
honor both the father of Czechoslovakia and the
social philosopher wlio looked at life and society
from a deeply moral point of view. His strong
convictions as to the democratic and moral basis
of the state heljDed to shape the free Czeclioslo-
vakia that played so influential a role in European
affairs. He expressed these convictions when he
said that "no State, no society, can be managed
without general recognition of the ethical bases
of the State and of politics ; and no State can longi
stand if it infringes the broad rules of human I
morality."
Interested in American histoi-y and institutions,
Masaryk was impressed by the Jeffersonian plii-
losophy of democratic federalism — represented in
the voluntary association of free people. Con-
cerned with the freedom of Czeclioslovakia and
her neighbors, Masaryk was outspoken in liis ad-
vocacy of freedom and self-determination for
these peooples.
It is fitting that we today refer to tliese prin-
ciples, to which the United States has given — and
continues to give — its full support. In cham-
pioning the aspirations of these European nations
for independence almost half a century ago, the
United States respected their right to establish
by their own free choice the government and insti-
tutions which best satisfied their needs as they
saw them. Today M'e continue to support the
right of these peoples to institutions of tlieir own
free determination. It is an article of American
faith that, in the spirit of Thomas Masaryk, free
men remain dedicated to the search for freedom
and human dignity for all mankind until these
high goals are realized.
494
Department of Slate Bulletin
Economic Assistance in United States Foreign Policy
hy Charles E. Bohlen
Special Assistant to the Secretary *
Wlien I was asked to speak to you on certain
aspects of our foreign aid programs, I really
wondered whether I was qualified to speak to you
on this subject. It has not been within the limits
of my specific experience in the American Foreign
Service, and I am therefore not competent to dis-
cuss with you the complexities of this very large
subject, the vast variety of our present aid pro-
grams through the world, or the particular prob-
lems of administration and execution which are
involved. However, since mutual security pro-
grams, as foreign aid is termed in Washington,
are indeed an integral and continuing part of our
general foreign policy, I thought I would speak
to you today not on the actual facts and figures of
the programs themselves but rather on the origin
of these programs from a historical point of view
and their effect in broad tenns on our foreign
policy and its conduct. In so doing I shall keep
the use of figures to a minimum.
In discussing the history of assistance to foreign
countries and its development as an integral part
of our relations with friendly countries abroad, it
should be emphasized that this is a comparatively
new venture in relations between nations. Prior
to "World "War II, with the exception of wartime
loans, certain emergencies, and a modest amount
of foreign lending by the Export-Import Bank
established in 1934, government-to-government
assistance was virtually unknown. To grasp
what has happened to the United States position
in the world in the last generation, I might men-
tion that, at the time I joined the Foreign Service
in 1929, the budget of the State Department for
' Address made before the Greater Philadelphia Area
Committee for UNICEF at Philadelphia, Pa., on Mar. 7
(press release 106).
that year was $14.5 million. This appropriation
was not onl}' for the administrative expenses of
the Department of State, including salaries of its
employees in "Washington and abroad, but also in-
cluded the U.S. contribution to existing interna-
tional organizations such as the U.S.-Mexican
boundary committee, the Pan American Union,
and the International Fisheries Commission. The
State Department budget thus represented, to-
gether with some small additional appropriations
from other Government departments, the total
cost to the U.S. taxpayer of conducting our
foreign relations.
Now what is the comparable cost of United
States foreign relations today, 30 years later?
For the 1961 fiscal year the Department of State
budget is $247 million, 17 times greater than in
1929. But this does not include the cost of our
foreign military and economic assistance, which is
embodied in the Mutual Security Program. On
February 16 the President transmitted to Con-
gress the administration's request ^ for the Mutual
Security Program in the 1961 fiscal year of $4,175
billion. There can be no more dramatic indica-
tion of the changed role of the United States in
the world today than in the comparison with the
figure I gave you earlier for 1929 — $14 million —
and approximately $5 billion. And this of course
does not take into account that portion of na-
tional defense which supports our military
establishments overseas.
"Wliat are the reasons for this vast increase in
U.S. expenditures in the field of its foreign rela-
tions which has come about within the span of one
generation? The basic reason, of course, is that
the world situation which we face now compared
' For text, see Bulletin of Mar. 7, 1960, p. 369.
March 28, I960
495
to 30 years ago has undergone its own form of
revolution.
I cannot here go into all the vast changes which
have occurred in the world during that period
or the immense increase in the role that the United
States has been called upon to play in these chang-
ing circumstances. But it is sufficient to say that
in 1929 the United States lived in a state of virtual
political isolation from the world. We enjoyed a
position of greater security than that of any other
major nation m the world. With friendly neigh-
bors to the north and south of us we were also
protected, under the conditions of military capa-
bilities then prevailing, by the broad expanse of
two oceans. Furthermore — and this is extremely
vital to the understanding of what has happened
in the world — the great democracies of Western
Europe stood guard on the ramparts on our be-
half to a greater degree than we perhaps realized
at the time. In addition, these democracies gov-
erned and controlled large sections of the world
in the shadow of whose authority and policing
functions we in large measure lived. In two
world wars these countries took the first shock of
an onslaught antagonistic to the philosophy of
human society and ideals which we had in com-
mon and thus afforded this coimtry the priceless
element of time in which to mobilize our resources,
both human and material, to join in beating back
the attack.
Insofar as the United States is concerned, this
all changed in a breathtakingly brief period of
time. We found ourselves catapulted in the space
of some 15 years from a position of relative se-
curity, when we could divert our entire energies
to our own national development and the advance-
ment of our own society, to a position of responsi-
bility in the world perhaps unequaled in human
history. These fundamental changes in the world,
and in particular our position in it, underlie the
whole question of foreign aid. Having learned,
although possibly imperfectly, certain lessons of
World War I, we approached the entire problem
of the conflagration which broke out in the world
in 1939 with a somewhat more understanding
attitude.
The Lend-Lease Program
The beginning of the conceptions which under-
lie our policies of assistance to foreign countries
may in part be found in a specific measure adopted
by the United States before it was a belligerent in
World War II. I refer, of course, to lend-lease.
Although we were not militarily mvolved in the
war, lend-lease was nonetheless a clear expression
of the recognition of the United States Govern-
ment at that time that our interests were vitally
and indissolubly bound up with the fate of the
Western democracies engaged in a struggle with
the Axis powers. Lend-lease was the forerunner
of our future aid programs in that it recognized
that U.S. contributions to the common cause of
national survival could not be treated merely as
commercial transactions.
We had learned after World War I that the at-
tempt to collect, on a bookkeeping basis, loans ad-
vanced for the prosecution of a war in a common
cause was not only morally questionable but also
economically and politically undesirable. The
idea of lend-lease, which was subsequently carried
over into the time when we were an active belliger-
ent in both the European and Far Eastern
theaters of war, was predicated on the recognition
of these simple facts. We have never, therefore,
sought to collect from any of our former allies
repayment for the military supplies and equip-
ment, and indeed for any supplies consumed, dur-
ing the course of the war itself. Lend-lease
settlements dealt merely with what is known as
civilian inventory with due allowance for depre-
ciation of such items of lend-lease supply as had
a continuing and real value to the economy of the
recipient country. Although entirely related to
the prosecution of the war, nevertheless lend-lease
itself indicated a keen awareness on the part of the
United States of the role that it might be. called
upon to play in the postwar world in the field of
foreign assistance.
The second phase of this developing program
of assistance was found in our contribution to take
care of the innnediate human needs of the people
who had suffered so heavily during the war. For
the Allied and friendly countries this took tlie form
of UNRRA [United Nations Relief and Rehabili-
tation Administration]. For former enemy coun-
tries this assistance M-ent under the name of
GARIOA [Government and Relief in Occupied
Areas]. It was obvious that the first great task
of the postwar period of reconstruction and re-
covery would be to take care of the simple human
wants of the peoples most afflicted by the ravages
of the war. This was the essential purpose of
UNRRA and GARIOA. However, it soon became
496
Department of State Bulletin
apparent that the mere alleviation of liiunan suf-
fering was not sufBcient to restore economic health
and political stability. Measures of a longer t«rm
and more coordinated nature were clearly
necessary.
The Marshall Plan
It was in response to this need that the United
States developed the first colierent measure of
economic recover}', generally known as the Mar-
shall plan. The aim of this great venture, cer-
tainly one of the most successful in U.S. post-
war liistory, was of course to assist European
countries which had suffered particularly from
the war and which wished to retain their inde-
pendence and their ability to order their own
affairs. It was heavilj- influenced, however, by
one of the central facts of our time. The Soviet
totalitarian system and the postwar policies of its
leaders had emerged as a new menace to the powers
so recently victorious over the Axis coalition. It
was this visible threat of unchecked Soviet power,
supported by widespread Commimist subversion
and infiltration, that lent the Marshall plan its
urgency.
I might go back here a bit into histoi-y and
describe to you a single event which had a very
important impact on the thinking of General
Marshall, then Secretar}' of State, and therefore
on the development of this concept of American
foreign assistance. In Moscow in 1947, toward
the close of the Council of Foreign Ministers
meeting. General Marshall paid a courtesy call
upon Stalin. I accompanied him as his inter-
preter. We were about to terminate almost G
frustrating weeks of discussion of the central
problems of the postwar settlement in Europe,
particularly that of German reunification. We
had encountered during this time Foreign Min-
ister Molotov's unquestionable skill in obstruction,
diversion, and delaying tactics. The conference,
as you all know, made no progress whatsoever in
the task of postwar European solutions. During
this interview Stalin seemed to view with com-
plete equanimity, and even satisfaction, the pros-
pect of a Europe continuing to flounder in
economic disorder and hopelessness. He saw no
reason for any urgency in the solution of the prob-
lems put to him by the Western foreign ministers.
In fact, he very clearly left General Marshall
with the impression that he welcomed rather than
deplored the prospect of a steady deterioration in
the European situation. It was clear that he
looked on an enfeebled Europe as nothing but an
asset to Soviet ambitions.
Stalin's cynical attitude toward the problem of
European recovery made a deep imprint upon the
mind of General Mai-shall. I have always be-
lieved that this meeting in the Kremlin convinced
General Marshall that some program would have
to be devised with the utmost urgency if Europe
were to recover and not to drop like a ripe plum
into Soviet hands.
Time does not permit me to outline in any detail
the various steps which led to the congressional
adoption of the Marshall plan in 1048. The speech
of General Marshall at Harvard University on
June 5, 1947,^ while very short, nevertheless set
forth most succinctly and clearly the concept of
this great venture in foreign assistance.
It is tliis philosophy of self-help and mutual
assistance expressed in this speech which has re-
mained at the heart of all our foreign aid pro-
grams, whether administered bilaterally or under
U.N. aegis.
You all know how brilliantly the Marshall plan
succeeded in its original objectives and indeed
far surpassed them. Western Europe has now re-
gained its economic vitality and political stability.
Many Western European countries are beginning
to share with us m increasing measure the burdens
of economic and financial assistance which the less
developed parts of the world so urgently need at
the present time. I think it is safe to say that
Western Europe, with its enormous productive
capacity and skills, has been made secure against
subversive activity and penetration by commu-
nism. It is sufficient to contemplate what perils
the United States would have confronted if West-
ern Europe had passed into the Soviet orbit in the
immediate postwar period. At the present time
we continue to give some military assistance to the
countries of Europe wliose economy still does not
permit them to incur the vast expense of modern
armaments, but U.S. economic assistance to Eu-
rope has dwindled almost to the vanishing point.
The recover}' of Western Europe and the Ameri-
can part therein in a sense brought to a close the
third period of the development of American
foreign economic assistance.
' For text, see ihid., .Tune 15, 1947, p. 1159.
March 28, I960
497
Aid to Less Developed Countries
The fourth period, which we are now in, pri-
marily relates to the necessity of affording
economic and financial assistance to the less de-
veloped countries of the world, as well as to those
in close proximity to the centers of Communist
power. In the last few years 21 countries have
emerged into independent national life, with 6
more African countries due to assume this status
in the next year. These are countries which for
one reason or another have entered the modern
era at a much lower stage of development than
that of the advanced industrialized comitries of
the world. It is in the area of these less developed
countries where very jDossibly the outcome will be
determined of the worldwide contest now going
on between the Soviet concept of the organization
of society, which we generally and sometimes in-
adequately describe as communism, and our own
complex of beliefs.
Before proceeding to a description of our cur-
rent aid policies and programs, I shoidd like to
say a few words concerning the Soviet entry into
this field. Up to 1954 the Soviet Union had no
programs of assistance to any parts of the non-
Soviet world. Her efforts in this direction were
directed solely toward her economic I'elations with
the satellites m Eastern Europe and subsequent
to 1949 to Conununist China. In 1954, however,
the Soviet Union entered the field of economic as-
sistance to countries outside of her immediate area
of control and influence. If, as the popular saying
goes, imitation is the sincerest form of flattery,
surely there is no better tribute to the efficacy and
value of the assistance programs of the United
States than the fact that the Soviet Union, once
it was economically able to do so, has emulated our
policies in this field. Their effort has not been
inconsiderable and shows every ^jrospect of grow-
ing. In the period from 1954 to 1959 the Soviets
committed themselves to a total amount of as-
sistance, both economic and military, of some $3.2
billion, of which $2,450 million were in economic
assistance alone.
With the exception of a small $17 million credit
to Turkey, $5 million to Iceland, and $104 million
and $2 million to Argentina and Brazil respec-
tively, the entire emphasis of Soviet aid has been
in tlio area of so-called "neutral" or "un-
committed" countries. This distribution of Soviet
aid demonstrates its highly political purpose,
which in the short run at least does not seem to
be the promotion of an actual Conmiunist take-
over in those coimtries so much as to influence
the foreign policy of these coimtries, to tie them
as closely as possible to the Soviet bloc. Soviet
assistance is not primarily directed toward assist-
ing in the sound economic development in those
countries but rather toward influencing the gov-
ernments' attitudes toward international affairs,
in some cases by seeking to engender popular sup-
port. Not being accountable to its own people, as
democratic governments are, the Soviet Govern-
ment has a greater degree of flexibility in the
handling of its aid programs. Soviet programs
therefore tend to concentrate on projects which
have inunediate psychological impact rather than
on those which are sound factors in future
economic growth.
But although the tardy entrance of the Soviet
Union into the aid field makes clear the nature j
of the challenge that faces the West, our efforts tc
promote the development of the less developedl
countries have their own integral justification ir-l
respective of the extent of the Soviet effort. The!
danger to the developing countries is not Soviet|
aid so much as it is the possibility that their owi
growth may lag behind aspirations and that dis-l
content may push extremist leaders to the fore.
So long as the imcommitted countries are aware
that the West is willing to provide a timely alter-|
native to dependence on the bloc, they can resis
any improper pressures that the Soviets may see
to apply.
Aid Programs and Conduct of Foreign Policy
Assistance programs of one form or another
and in varying degrees of magnitude have no\
become an organic part of our international re^
lations. "Wliat has been the effect of this major
new development on the conduct of our foreit
policy ? One of the first results has been to involvi
Congress more directly and intimately in the op-j
eration of our foreign affaii-s. At the time
entered the Foreign Service some 31 years ago, aa
I have already pointed out, the cost to the U.SJ
Government of its relations abroad was minutej
Congressional interest, therefore, was confined
merely to the budget of the State Department and,
as far as the Senate in particidar was concerned,
498
Department of Slate Bulletin
to the treaties concluded by the executive branch.
As a matter of fact it was extremely difficult in
tlioso days to generate any interest in Congress,
particularly in the House of Ecpresentatives, in
our foreign relations.
This has radically changed. Now Congress is
called upon annually to appropriate vast sums of
money for the implementation of the assistance
part of our foreign policy. Its Members quite
properly have an acute and profound interest in
the purposes for which these moneys are to be
appropriated and the manner in which they are to
be spent for their achievement. No program
therefore of foreign assistance can have any hope
of coming into being unless it can engage the
support of tlie Congress as representatives of the
people. As a result, during the period when these
programs are being presented to Congress, hardly
a day goes by in Washington that a senior official
of either the Defense or State Department does
not appear to testify before one of these com-
mittees. The very fact of increased congressional
responsibility and involvement in the conduct of
our foreign affairs has greatly increased congres-
sional interest in the entire subject and has
radically affected the relationships between the
executive and legislative branches in the entire
field of our foreign affairs.
In addition, the introduction of a large-scale
foreign assistance program inevitably raises a
whole host of new problems with the recipient
country. In the first place, it is never possible to
meet all the demands or needs of any of the recip-
ient countries. Secondly, there is a tendency to be
critical of our allocation of assistance as between
countries. Certain countries feel that they have
greater claims than others on the United States.
Often they feel that they have been "taken for
granted" or neglected in the quantity of American
assistance offered to them compared with that
given to others. This of course is inevitable, but
I am sure you would agree with me that it would
be quite impossible to allow our foreign assistance
programs to be determined on the basis of such
claims.
The only criteria that seem to us to be sound for
the allocation of our aid are those of need, and the
ability of the recipient effectively to utilize the aid
given, and above all the relationship of any such
program to the security and economic health of
the free world as a whole. To base it on other
criteria would involve us in a program of inter-
national bribery and reward. What we seek is re-
sults, and while political considerations of course
play a part in tiie determination of tlie allocation
of our foreign aid, wo have not sought to dictate
to any country how it should conduct its foreign
or domestic policies. Indeed we have sometimes
been criticized, particularly in the Far East, for
the extension of a very large portion of our aid
to countries which have declared themselves neu-
tralists. The reason is that it is more important to
the United States that these countries remain inde-
i:)endent, with the right of free choice, than that
they express particular foreign policy views at
any given period.
Foreign aid programs, of course, require trained
and experienced personnel to carry them out, and ,
the requirements of executing our programs have
caused a great increase in the number of U.S. per-
sonnel serving overseas. The 6,200 Foreign Serv-
ice employees of the State Department assigned
abroad are now matched almost exactly by the
number of ICA [International Cooperation Ad-
ministration] employees and U.S. citizens under
contract assigned to carry out our foreign aid
programs. At many posts in less developed areas
ICA personnel far outnumber those of the Foreign
Service. An increase of this magnitude in the
number of resident Americans inevitably gives
rise to new problems and therefore new difficulties
in the day-to-day conduct of our foreign relations.
The Mutual Security Program for Fiscal 1961
To bring this question now more up to date, I
would like to mention briefly how we envisage the
application of U.S. aid at the present time. The
Mutual Security Act for fiscal 1961 asks for a total
of $4,175 billion divided into $2 billion military
assistance and the balance for economic aid.
Under the heading of economic aid is included
$724 million in defense support., $268 million in
special assistance, $206 million in teclmical as-
sistance, and $700 million for the Development
Loan Fund. In addition the United States con-
tinues to be the chief contributor and supporter of
assistance through the international bodies such as
the World Bank, the International Monetary
Fund, and, of particular interest to this audience,
the U.N.
Initially the U.S. Government decided that the
March 28, I960
499
bulk of its aid, military and economic, would be
handled on a bilateral basis. But we have never
at any time neglected our obligations or support
of the U.N. or any of its specialized agencies.
Since its founding in 1945 the United States has
contributed to the U.N., its specialized agencies,
and voluntary programs $2.6 billion, of which
$280 million has gone to the organization in which
you are particularly interested, UNICEF
[United Nations Childi-en's Fund]. We have also
contributed $225 million to the Expanded Teclmi-
cal Assistance Program, $106 million to the World
Health Organization, and $376 million to the
United Nations Kelief and Works Agency for
Palestine Refugees in the Near East.
During the period when the United States was
not only the major contributor to foreign aid in the
free world but virtually the sole source of such as-
sistance, it was understandable that the Congress
and the Govermnent of the United States would
find it necessary to exercise a degree of purely
American control and supervision over the aid
thus rendered. This was devised not for the pur-
pose of promoting a specific American business or
other interest but rather for the purpose of assur-
ing that the money contributed by the Ajuerican
taxpayer would be expended for the purposes indi-
cated and would not be frittered away or diverted
to other ends.
We are now entering a period when some of our
allies and associates, particularly in Western
Europe, having recovered their economic health,
are in a position to share with us at least a part
of the burden. We have eveiy expectation that
this will come about, and indeed there has al-
ready been tangible e^adence to this effect.
Therefore, when we look to the future of foreign
assistance, though recognizing that tliis responsi-
bility will continue to be a major one for the
United States, we can also envisage the prospect
of greater contributions from other countries and
the consequent gi-eater use of multilateral agencies
for the execution of this aid than has been possible
in the past.
I have mentioned the World Bank and Inter-
national Monetary Fund, M'ith which the U.S.
has worked in the closest cooperation ever since
their founding. Recently representatives of this
Government have I'eturned from Central Ajnerica,
where orjjanizational arrangements were agreed
upon by the Inter- American Development Bank.*
On February 18 the President submitted to Con-
gress the articles of agi'eement for the establish-
ment of the International Development Associa-
tion ^ designed to assist the less developed comi-
tries of the free world by increasing the flow of
development capital on flexible terms. The Asso-
ciation, which is expected to be established before
the end of the year, is a cooperative venture to be
financed by the member goverimients of the
World Bank and to have initial subscriptions
totalmg $1 billion. The U.S. and the econom-
ically strong countries would subscribe about 70
percent of this amount in freely convertible cur-
rencies, while the developing comitries would sub-
scril>e the balance, of which 10 percent would be
freely convertible. As the President remarked,
the IDA will perform a valuable service in pro-
moting the economic growth and cohesion of the
free world.
I am well aware of the criticisms wliich from
tune to time have been directed against these
foreign aid programs. I should like to say here
that I feel the popular term "foreign aid" is im-
fortunate in that it carries with it the connotation
that only the foreign recipient benefits. This is
not true. "\^niile the benefits to the United States,
certainlj^ in those portions of the progi-am which
would involve grant aid, camiot be calculated in
dollars and cents, nevertheless their value in in-
tangibles of security and well-being far transcend
the cost to us all. Had the United States recoiled
from the challenge and responsibility that its posi-
tion in the world has placed upon us and at the end
of the war had refrained from this aspect of our
foreign policy, we would be confronting unim-
aginable dangers and increased cost to our tax-
pa_vers for our national defense and our economic
well-being. These added costs would many times
transcend the cost of the programs themselves.
Even in terms of the actual outlay, they do not
represent an unduly severe burden on the ^Vmeri-
can economy. The present Mutual Security Act,
plus the contributions to the U.N. and its special-
ized agencies, accoiints for hardly 5 percent of the
total Federal budget and, witli a gross national
product estimated to rencli $r)00 billion in 1960,
less than 1 percent of our national income.
'Ibid., Fob. 20, lOGO. p. 344, and Mar. 14, 1960, p. 427.
" Ibid., iliir. 14, I'.HiO, p. 422.
500
Department of State Bulletin
I mifjlit also add that, contrary to popular
belief, the eoouoinic advancement of less developwl
countries will in the long run bo a benelit to the
type of economy such as oui-s. In its initial stages
substantial expenditures on our part may bo in-
volved, but in the end, if these programs are suc-
cessful and if some of the countries assisted reach
a self-sustaining posture, they will be much more
flexible partnei-s for trade with tlie United States,
both as sources of supply for basic raw materials
and as markets for U.S. goods. This considera-
tion nonetheless remains secondarj' compared to
the harmful effect on world stability and security
which failure to assist them would produce.
I would, therefore, like to terminate this very
brief account of some aspects of our foreign assist-
ance programs by stating to j'ou that a country
placed by history in a position of responsibility
cannot fail to meet its destiny without dire con-
sequences to itself. "We are entering a period of
sustained struggle to determine what kind of
world the second half of the 20th centuiy will see.
To sacrifice now for the sake of the future is surely
one of the hallmarks of a country's greatness.
U.S. Citizens Notified To Claim
Frozen Accounts in Cuban Banks
Press release 115 dated March 10
American citizens whose bank accounts were
frozen in Cuban banks by the Ministry of Kecov-
eiy of ilisappropriated Pi'operty are informed of
( 'iil)an Kesolution Xo. 2841 published in the Cuban
ollicial Gazette Xo. 40, Februaiy 29, 1960. This
resolution provides a 15-day period wliich ends
^farch 18, 1960, during which accoimt holders are
to claim their accounts or take steps to clarify any
charge of complicity with the former Cuban Gov-
ernment. Failure to do so will mean loss of the
account. The resolution further provides that
claims are to be presented personally or through
an attorney in fact to the Ministerio do Recupera-
cion de Bienes Malversados, Comision Bancaria.
The bank accounts imder consideration are en-
tirely distinct from the accounts of foreigners
\\ hich were frozen by Law 568 on September 24,
19;j9, and wliich are subject to review by the Mone-
tary Stabilization Fund.
Grand Jury Investigating
Ocean Shipping Practices
Press release 119 dated March 11
The IJepartment of State has received notes '
from a number of the governments whoso steam-
ship lines and conferences are involved in a Fed-
eral grand jury investigation of (x-can sliii)ping
practices of a large number of U.S. and foreign
companies.^ Since many of tiie (piestions raisetl
in these notes were related primarily to enforce-
ment of the antitrust laws, the Department, in co-
operation with the Antitrast Division, Depart-
ment of Justice, arranged for a general meeting
on March 11, 1960, with the various interested
embassies.
The purpose of this meeting was to answer these •
questions and, in addition, to explain the back-
ground and nature of the grand jurj' investiga-
tion.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
86th Congress, 2d Session
Mutual Security Program. Message from the President
relative to the Mutual Security Program. H. Doc. 343.
February 16, 1060. 9 pp.
Study of International Activities of Federal Executive
Branch Departments and Agencies in the Field of
Health and Medical Research. Report to accompany
S. Res. 25'). S. Rept. 1089. February 17, 1960. 10 pp.
Foreign Investment Incentive Tax Act of 1960. Report
of the House Ways and Means Committee to accompany
H.R. .5, a bill to amend the Internal Revenue Code of
1954 to encourage private investment abroad and
thereby promote American industry and reduce Govern-
ment expenditures for foreign economic assistance.
H. Rept. 1282. February 19, 19<j0. 82 pp.
Temporary Suspension of Duty on Certain Alumina and
Bauxite. Report to accompany H.R. 9307. H. Rept.
12,86. February 22, 1960. 4 pp.
' Not printed.
' In November 1959 the Department of Justice com-
menced a grand jury investigation of alleged restrictive
practices t)y shii)ping conferences. Subse<iuently sub-
penas duces tecum were issued to a large number of
U.S. and foreign steamship lines, agencies, and con-
ferences calling for production of documents relating to
rates and a wide variety of other matters, wliether such
material is presently located within or outside the
United States. Motions to quash these subpenas are
presently pending before the U.S. District Court for the
District of Columbia.
March 28, 1960
501
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Interest in Africa
and Our Economic Aid Programs
Statement iy Christopher H. Phillips ^
As the Observer of the United States, I have
come here primarily to listen and to learn. How-
ever, in view of the real and growing interest of
the United States in Africa and especially in the
important work of this newest of the four regional
economic commissions, I have asked for a few
minutes to make several brief observations, within
the context of the Commission's work.
Two years ago I had the iDrivilege, as United
States Representative on the Economic and Social
Council, of participating in the establishment of
the Economic Commission for Africa. In doing
so the United States was motivated by the con-
viction that the Economic Commission would
make a substantial contribution to the economic
development and well-being of nations and peo-
ples of Africa. I am particularly pleased now to
have the privilege of visiting this great continent
and meeting with so many of its distinguished
leaders. It has been a source of great satisfaction
to me and my Government that these last 2 years
have witnessed a political evolution which has
been so much in accord with the aspirations of the
African peoples.
I believe our record makes it clear that the
United States stands behind the interests and as-
pirations of peoples in all areas of the world who
are striving for a better life in freedom. We have
a special interest in Africa; 1 out of every 10
Americans is of African descent. Part of tlie
brain, the muscle, and the heart of the United
States, they are exemplified by such leaders as the
distinguished Under Secretary of the United Na-
tions, Mr. Ralph Bunche, who with the Secretary-
' Made on Feb. 1 before the second session of the Eco-
nomic Commission for Africa, which was held at Tangier,
Morocco, Jan. 26-Feb. 6. Mr. Phillips is the U.S. Rep-
resentative on the U.N. Economic and Social Council ;
he was the U.S. Observer at the session.
502
General attended the opening of this session at the
conclusion of their series of visits in Africa.
Since the establishment of the Commission, the
interest of the United States in Africa has become
even more pronounced. President Eisenliower re-
cently had the opportunity to visit this continent. ^
Not long ago Vice President Nixon learned at
first hand of the problems and aspirations of the
people of Africa.^ A few weeks ago Ambassador
[Henry Cabot] Lodge represented the President
at the celebration of Cameroun's independence and
at the inauguration of President Tubman in Li-
beria. One has only to look at our press and maga-
zines to see how much more attention the
American people are devoting to Africa and its
people.
U.S. Assistance to African Economic Development
Of particular relevance to the work of the
Commission, the United States has initiated or
participated in a variety of jDrograms to assist
African economic development. Our bilateral as-
sistance to African countries has increased more
than 65 percent since the Economic Commission
for Africa was established, and, as the Economic
Survey of Africa Since 1950 * notes, the United
States has provided nearly $800 million to Africa
in grants and long-term loans. Some 650 United
States teclinicians are now cooperating with
African governments furthering economic and
social development, and 1,700 students from
Africa are this year attending our schools and
colleges.
A few weeks ago in Paris a Special Economic
Committee met ^ to discuss a problem of great im-
portance to all of us. Its purpose, as described by
Under Secretary of State Dillon, was to find the
most effective manner of marshaling tlie total eco- '
nomic resources of the free world to provide invest-
' For background, see Bulletin of Jan. 11, 19C0, p. 46.
' For background, see ibid., Apr. 22, 1957, p. 635.
* U.N. doc. E/CN. 14/28 ( 1059. 11. K. 1 ) .
• For background, see Bulletin of Feb. 1, 1960, p. 139.
Department of State BuWet'mi
inents, loans, and assistance to the less developed
countries in ways which will make the maximum
(■(uitribution to tiieir economies. "We are hopeful
tliiit this year will witness important progress on
1 1 1 is problem which is of such great mutual interest
fur us all.
Direct private investment from the United
States is responding to the growing investment
opportunities in Africa and has quadrupled during
the past decade. President Eisenhower in his
annual budget message to Congress a few days
ago ° proposed that United States taxation on in-
come earned in the less developed areas by Ameri-
can private enterprise should be deferred until re-
patriated as an incentive on our part for American
private investment. No doubt this investment will
grow substantially, particularly if, as the distin-
guished representative of Ghana observed, coun-
tries provide adequate incentives to attract capital.
American private capital will go where it is wel-
come but clearly will not go where it is not
welcome.
Concerning world trade, I wish to assure you
that the United States is most conscious of its re-
sponsibilities as a major purchaser of the world's
exports and intends to do all in its power to keep
trade flowing and expanding throughout the world
to the mutual benefit of all.
African Attitude Toward Economic Aid
Having made these remarks about trade, private
investment, and direct United States assistance in
Africa, I would like to comment on what appears
to me to be a significant African attitude toward
economic aid. The people of Africa, it seems to
me, want to strike out on their own. They are
skeptical of any foreign help which looks to them
to be given j^urely for selfish nationalistic or ideo-
logical motives. I believe that is why there is a
growing tendency to turn to the United Nations
for help. Therefore, the activities of the various
United Nations and specialized agencies programs
are bound to assume increasing importance in
many African countries.
Together with other industrialized countries, the
United States has from the outset been one of the
foremost supporters of United Nations activities
in the economic and social field. For example, 10
years ago we took the initiative to establish the
United Nations Expanded Program of Technical
Assistance and more recently the Special Fund.
We have pledged -iU percent of the total contribu-
tions to those two programs. The United States
has also been one of the strongest supporters of
the United Nations Children's Fund and provides
about half of the total contributions to UNICEF.
Moreover, we have long been active participants
in the International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development and the other specialized agencies
of the United Nations. Recently the United States
proposed the establishment of an International De-
velopment Association, which will make loans for
development projects that cannot be financed under
International Bank standards and criteria. In-
cidentally, yesterday in Washington the World
Bank announced that the articles of agreement of ,
the International Development Association are
now ready for acceptance.' The text is now being
submitted to the 68 member governments of the
World Bank. The Association will come into
being when governments whose subscriptions ag-
gregate at least 65 percent of the total initial sub-
scriptions of $1 billion have accepted membership.
This is expected to occur before the end of the year.
We believe that this new international lending
institution will play an important role in African
economic development.
With regard to all United Nations activities, our
financial contributions have been substantial, but
they would be larger if some other members in a
position to do so were prepared to increase theirs.
As a matter of principle, the United States re-
stricts its contribution to less than 50 percent of
the totals involved to assure that United Nations
activities are truly multilateral. Although bi-
lateral aid will continue to be of great importance,
I see in expanded United Nations activities a source
of assistance of growing importance to the eco-
nomic and social development of Africa which is
particularly responsive to African attitudes and
needs.
Confidence in Africa's Future
The United States has great confidence in the
future of Africa. Perhaps this is because we our-
selves, on becoming independent, were an un-
developed countrj- of only 3 million people. And
• For excerpts, see ibid., Feb. 8, 1960, p. 202.
March 28, 7960
''Ibid., Feb. 29, 1900, p. 34.'i; for text of the President's
letter transmitting the articles of agreement to the Con-
gress, see ibid., Mar. 14, 1960, p. 422.
503
of course we do not forget that it was private
foreign investment from Europe which played
such a major role in our development. Through-
out our history we have held uppermost in our
minds the same goals that inspire most African
leaders today — protection of our national and
individual freedom, protection of the general wel-
fare, and respect for the dignity and rights of each
citizen. These goals have always been more im-
portant to us than material progress. The en-
couraging thing is that in pursuing these goals
we have not had to sacrifice material welfare. On
the contrary, free men have demonstrated their
ability to move forward with unprecedented rapid-
ity in economic development and to new heights
of individual well-being. We do not expect that
the African countries will develop according to any
American pattern; each has its own personality
and its own characteristics. But the expressed con-
victions of African leaders reinforce our own be-
lief that African development will be based on the
same principles of freedom.
In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, I want to express
my pleasure at the very high standard of repre-
sentation and activity which I have been privileged
to witness here. With the continuation of this
high standard, bolstered by the excellent woi-k of
the Commission secretariat under the distinguished
leadership of its Executive Secretary, Mr. Mekki
Abbas, the Economic Commission for Africa can
look forward to a bright future. Although it is
not a member, the United States Government will
do its utmost to assist the Commission in its work,
which we consider of transcendent importance for
Africa and its people.
United States Delegations
to International Conferences
Second U.N. Conference on the Law of the Sea
Tlie Department of State announced on
March 11 (pressrelease 118) that President Eisen-
hower has appointed Arthur II. Dean as chair-
man of the U.S. delegation, with the personal rank
of Ambiussador, to the second U.N. Conference on
tlie Law of the Sea, wliicli will convene at Geneva
March 17. Mr. Dean also served as chairman of
the U.S. delegation to the first U.N. Conference on
the Law of the Sea, which was held at Geneva
February 24-April 28, 1958.^
Arthur L. Richards, Special Assistant to the
Under Secretary for Law of the Sea, will serve
as vice chairman to Mr. Dean.
The Department also announced that President
Eisenhower has designated Edward T. IMiller,
former Member of the House of Representatives,
as alternate U.S. representative and as an addi-
tional vice chainnan of the delegation.
The Congi-ess has been asked to designate two
congi'essional advisere. It is expected that these
names will be annomic«d at a later date.
Other memters of the delegation include :
Alternate U.S. Representatives
Vice Adm. Oswald S. Colclough, USN (retired), Depart-
ment of the Navy
William C. Herrington, SiJecial Assistant to tlie Under
Secretary for Fisheries and Wildlife, Department of
State
Arnie J. Suomela, Commissioner of Fish and Wildlife,
Department of the Interior
David W. Wainhouse, Minister-Counselor, American Em-
bassy, Vienna
Raymund T. Yiugling, Assistant Legal Adviser, Depart-
ment of State
Advisers
Norman Armour, Jr., U.S. Mission to the United Nations
Frank Boas, attorney, Brussels. Belgium
Wilbert M. Chapman, Natural Resources Committee, San
Diego, Calif.
Ralph N. Clough, First Secretary, American Embassy,
London
George J. Feldman, attorney. New York, N.Y.
Capt. Leonard Hardy, USN, Department of the Navy
Capt. Wilfred A. Hearn, USN, Department of the Navy
Lt. Comdr. Harold Hoag, USN, Department of the Navy
Nat B. King, American Consul General, Dacca, Pakistan
Harold E. Lokken. manager, Fishing Vessel Owners Asso-
ciation, Seattle, Wash.
John Lyman, National Science Foundation
William R. Neblett, executive director. National Shrimp
Congress, Key West, Fla.
Charles H. Owsley, Deputy U.S. Representative at the
European Office of the United Nations and Other Inter-
national Orgauization.s, Geneva, Switzerland
G. Etzel Pearcy, Geographer, Department of State
Thomas D. Rice, executive secretary, Massachusetts Fish-
eries Association, Inc., Boston, Mass.
Peter Roberts, Consul, American Consulate General,
Seville, Spain
' For a statement made by Mr. Dean on Mar. 11, see
Bulletin of Apr. 7, 1958, p. 574; for Mr. Dean's closing
statement on Apr. 28, together with texts of the conven-
tions, protocol, and resolutions adopted by the conference,
see ibid., June 30, l'J58, p. 1110.
504
Depar/menf of Slate Bullelin
Harry SUooshau, Office of the Secretary, Iiciiiirlniout of
I he luterior
Cfca-fje II. Steele, dirwtor. Fishery Products Division,
Xiitioiial Cauiiers Assoeiiitiou, Washington, D.C.
I'reil K. Taylor, Office of Uie Special Assistant to the
Under Secretary for Fisheries and Wildlife, Depart-
ment of State
William Terry, Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of
the Interior
William Witman II, First Secretary, American Embassy,
Paris
Q Kiiward E. Wright, Office of the Special Assistant to the
Under Secretary for Law of tlie Sea, Department of
State
Bccretary of Delegation
Virgil L. Mot)re, Resident U.S. Delegation to International
Organizations, Geneva, Switzerland
Tcehnical Secretary
Ernest L. Kerley, Office of the Assistant Legal Adviser
for United Nations Affairs, Department of State
The conference will undertake to resolve the two
highly important problems left unsolved by the
1958 conference : the breadth of the territorial sea
and fishery limits. It is expected that representa-
tives from most of the 89 countries which have
been mvited to participate will attend.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography ^
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Report
of the Inland Tran.sport and Communications Commit-
tee (Eighth Session) to the Commis.sion (Sixteenth
Session). E/CN.11/511. December 28, 1959. 50 pp.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Activi-
ties iu the Field of Statistics: Report of the First
Working Group of Experts — Subject: Sampling
Methods. E/CN.11/517. December 31, 1959. 52 pp.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Ac-
tivities in the Field of Statistics : Report of the Second
Working Group of Experts — Subject : Capital Forma-
tion. E/CX.11/51S. December 31, 19.59. 49 pp.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Infor-
mation Pai)er on Technical Assistance Provided to Coun-
tries and Territories of the ECAFE Region Under the
Expanded and Regular Programmes. Prepared by the
TAB secretariat for the 16th session of ECAFE.
E./CX.11/520. January 4, 19G0. 23 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Implementation of
the Convention on the Political Rights of Women by the
States Parties Thereto. Memorandum bv the Secretary-
General. E/CN.6/300. January 11, 1960. 12 pp.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Re-
IM)rt of the Coufmlttee for Co-ordination of Investiga-
tions of tlw I^ower Mekong liasiii, .\lanli I9.")t)-Juuuary
limo. E'C.\.n/.")i:{. January ll, lUCO. 13 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Access of Girls
and Women to Kduculiou Uutside the School. Reixtrt
prepared by UNESCO. E/CN.({/3«1. January 14,
1960. 97 pp.
Commission on the Status of Women. Report of the Rep-
resentative of the Commission on the Status of Women
at the Fifteenth Session of the Commission on Human
Rights. E/CN.6/362. January 19, 1960. 2 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
' Printed materials may be secured in the United States
from the International Documents Service. Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 2960 Broadway, New York 27, N.Y. Other
materials (mimeographed or proces.sed documents) may
be consulted at certain designated libraries in the United
States.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention on road traffic and annexes. Done at Geneva
September 19, 1949. Entered into force Jlarch 26, 1952.
TIAS 2487.
Notification by United Kingdom of application to: Zan-
zibar, February 8, 1960.
Aviation
International air services transit agi-eement. Done at
Chicago December 7, 1944. Entered into force for the
United States February 8, 1945. 59 Stat. 1093.
Notification that it considers itself a party: Federation
of Malaya, February 11, 1900.'
Convention on international civil aviation. Done at Chi-
cago December 7, 1944. Entered into force AprU 4,
1947. TIAS 1591.
Ratification deposited: Yugoslavia, March 9, 1960.
Shipping
Convention on the Intergovernmental Maritime Consulta-
tive Organization. Signed at Geneva March 6, 1948.
Entered into force March 17, 1958. TIAS 4044.
Notification by United Kingdom of associate member-
ship of: Federation of Nigeria, January 19, 1960.
Telecommunication
Telegraph regulations (Geneva revision, 19.")8) annexed
to the international telecommunication convention of
December 22, 1952 (TIAS .3266), with appendixes and
final protocol. Done at Geneva November 29, 1958.
I'^ntered into force January 1, 1960. TIAS 4390.
Notification of approval: Argentina, January 25, 1960.
Trade and Commerce
International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Done
at Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force No-
vember 30, 1955. TIAS 3920.
Accession deposited: Poland, February 18, 1960.
United Nations
Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scien-
' The Malayan note states that "the Federation of Ma-
laya considers itself a party as from 31st May, 1945," the
date of acceptance by the United Kingdom which included
all territories.
March 28, I960
505
tific and Cultural Organization. Done at London No-
vember 16, 1945. Entered into force November 4, 1946.
TIAS 1580.
Signature: Guinea, February 2, I960.'
BILATERAL
Brazil
Agreement amending the military advisory mission agree-
ment of July 29, 1948, as amended and extended
(TIAS 2970, 3330, 3659, and 4139). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Rio de Janeiro June 9 and 17, 1959.
Entered into force June 17, 1959.
Agreement for the loan of two United States destroyers
to Brazil. EfCected by exchange of notes at Rio de
Janeiro September IS and October 19, 1959. Entered
Into force October 19, 1959.
Ecuador
Agreement relating to a cooperative program in Ecuador
for the observation and tracking of satellites and space
vehicles. Signed at Quito February 24, 1960. Entered
into force February 24, 1960.
Japan
Agreement providing for the reallocation of certain
Japanese yen accruing to the United States under the
agricultural commodities agreements of May 31, 1955,
as amended (TIAS 3284 and 3579), and February 10,
1956 (TIAS 3580). Effected by exchange of notes at
Tokyo February 18, 1960. Entered into force February
18, 1960.
Korea
Agreement relating to investment guaranties authorized
by section 413(b) (4) of the Mutual Security Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 847; 22 U.S.C. 1933).
Effected by exchange of notes at Seoul February 19,
1960. Entered into force February 19, 1960.
Pakistan
Agreement supplementing the agricultural commodities
agreement of November 26, 1958, as supplemented
and amended (TIAS 4137. 4257, 4331, and 4353), with
exchange of notes. Signed at Dacca January 28, 1960.
Entered into force January 28, 1960.
Peru
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454; 7 U.S.C. 1701-1709),
with exchanges of notes. Signed at Lima February 12,
1960. Entered into force February 12, 1960.
Agreement extending the agreement of April 17, 1957, as
extended (TIAS 3823 and 4103), for the establishment
and operation of a rawinsonde observation station at
Lima. Effected by exchange of notes at Lima Decem-
ber 30, 1959, and February 18, 1960. Entered into force
February 18, 1960.
Philippines
Air transport agreement, with annex. Signed at Manila
November 16, 1946. Entered into force November 16,
1946. Amendment of section "B" of annex by exchange
of notes at Manila August 27, 1948. TIAS 1577 and
1844, respectively.
Terminated: March 3, I960.'
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
' The instrument of acceptance by Guinea having been
deposited, the constitution entered into force for Guinea
Feb. 2, 1960.
' Notice of intention to terminate given by the Philii>
pines Mar. 3, 1959.
506
British Somaiiland To Be Included
in Mogadiscio Consular District
Effective February 24 British Somaiiland was removed
from the Aden consular district and included in the
Mogadiscio consular district.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, ichich may be
obtained from the Department of State.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 4356. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Uruguay, supplementing agreement of February 20, 1959,
as supplemented. Signed at Montevideo November 16,
1959. Entered into force November 16, 1959.
Double Taxation— Taxes on Income. TIAS 4360. 6 pp.
5(}.
Convention between the United States of America and
Norway, modifying and supplementing convention of June
13, 1949. Signed at Oslo July 10, 1958. Entered into
force October 21, 1959.
Emergency Flood Relief Assistance. TIAS 4361. 4 pp.
5((.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes — Dated at Tokyo November 12,
1959. Entered into force November 12, 1959.
Air Force Mission to Argentina. TIAS 4363. 5 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Argentina, amending agreement of October 3, 1956. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Buenos Aires October 16, 1959.
Entered into force October 16, 1959.
Aerial Mapping of New Zealand Coastal Areas. TIAS
4364. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and New
Zealand. Exchange of notes— Dated at Washington
October 30, 1959. Entered into force October 30, 1959.
Defense— Loan of Vessel to Italy. TIAS 4365. 5 pp. 5(?.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Italy. Exchange of notes — Signed at Rome Augu.st 18,
1959. Entered into force August 18, 1959.
Surplus Property— Sale of Excess Military Property in
Turkey. TIAS 4366. 5 pp. lOf*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Turkey. Exchange of notes — Signed at Anlcara Octol)er
6 and November 13, 1959. Entered into force November
13, 1959.
Deparfmenf of S/a/e Bulletin
March 28, 1960
Ind
e X
Vol. XLII, No. 1083
Africa
British Soninliland To Be Included in Mogadiscio
Consular I>istrict 506
U.S. Interest in Africa and Our Economic Aid
I'rograms (Phillips) 502
.\merican Republics
s, I letary Uerter's News Conference of March 9 . 487
Toward Mutual Understanding Among the Americas
U''isenUo\ver, texts of joint declarations and
statements) 471
Argentinx Toward Mutual Understanding Among
the Americas (Eisenhower, texts of joint declara-
tions and statements) 471
Brazil. Toward Mutual Understanding Among the
.\merioas (Eisenhower, texts of joint declarations
and statements) 471
Chile. Toward Mutual Understanding Among the
Americas (Eisenhower, texts of joint declarations
and statements) 471
Congress, The. Congressional Documents Relating
to Foreign Policy 501
Cuba
Secretary Herter's News Conference of March 9 . 487
U.S. Citizens Notified To Claim Frozen Accounts in
Cuban Banks 501
Czechoslovakia. Thomas Masaryk Honored as
"Champion of Liberty" (Merchant) 494
Department and Foreign Service. British Somali-
land To Be Included in Mogadiscio Consular
District 506
Disarmament. Foreign Ministers To Meet at Wash-
ington in April 493
Economic Affairs
Grand Jury Investigating Ocean Shipping Prac-
tices 501
U.S. Interest in Africa and Our Economic Aid
I'rograms (Phillips) 502
Europe. Foreign Ministers To Meet at Washington
in April 493
Ctermany. Secretary Herter's News Conference of
March 9 487
International Organizations and Conferences
Second U.X. Conference on the Law of the Sea
(delegation) 504
U.S. Interest in Africa and Our Economic Aid
Programs (Phillips) 502
Mutual Security. Economic Assistance in United
States Foreign Policy (Bohlen) 495
Presidential Documents. Toward Mutual Under-
standing Among the Americas 471
Protection of Property. U.S. Citizens Notifled To
Claim Frozen Accounts in Cuban Banks . . . 501
Publications. Recent Releases 500
Treaty Information. Current Actions 505
United Nations. Current U.N. Documents . . . 505
Uruguay. Toward Mutual Understanding Among
the .-Vmericas (Eisenhower, texts of joint declara-
tions and statements) 471
Name Index
Bohlen, Charles E 495
Eisenhower, President 471
Herter, Secretary 487
Masaryk, Thomas 494
Merchant, Livingston T 494
Phillips, Christopher H 502
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: March 7-13
Press releases may be obtained from the OflSce of
News, Departanent of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Subject
Bohlen : "Economic Assistance in U.S.
Foreign Policy."
Educational exchange (Afghanistan).
Merchant: dedication of Masaryk
"Champion of Liberty" postage
stamp.
Cultural exchange (Uruguay).
Herter : news conference.
Delegations to Development Assistance
Group.
Deputy Assistant Secretary White:
statement on Great Lakes pilotage.
Cultural exchange (U.S.S.R.).
Cultural exchange (Far East).
Cuban Resolution No. 2841.
Western foreign ministers meeting.
Rubottom: "The United States and
Latin America : A Maturing Rela-
tionship."
Delegation to law of sea conference
(rewrite).
Investigation of ocean-shipping prac-
tices.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Buijj:tin.
No.
Date
106
3/7
*107
108
3/7
3/7
*109
110
till
3/8
3/9
3/9
•112
3/9
•113
•114
115
116
tll7
3/10
3/10
3/10
3/11
3/11
118
3/11
119
3/11
U.S. COVCRMHCNT PRINTING OFFICE) 1960
«v<i5>
0.7 ^ ■ . i -^ .'■
th
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D.C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
THE MUTUAL SECURITY PROGRAM
FISCAL YEAR 1961
A Summary Presentation
Department
of
State
Proposed mutual security jjrograms for fiscal year 1961 are out-
lined in tliis 125-pag6 pamphlet prepared jointly by the Depart-
ment of State, Department of Defense, International Cooperation
Administration, and the Development Loan Fund. The booklet
is a summary of the annual request for funds submitted to Con-
gress for its consideration and includes the text of the President's
message to Congress on the program.
Part I of the pamphlet reviews proposals for major aspects of
the progi-am, including military assistance, defense support, spe-
cial assistance, the Development Loan Fund, technical cooperation,
the contingency fund, and other programs. Part II discusses the
program by regions. Part III deals witli such related matters
as free-world cooperation in assisting less developed areas, the
surplus agricultural commodity program, stimulation of private
investment in the less developed areas, and the impact of the
Mutual Security Program on the U.S. economy.
The pamphlet is illustrated with charts, graj^hs, and photo-
graphs. Copies may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, for 55 cents each.
(jrcler Form
To: Stipt. of Documenis
(iofi, Prinlins Oflict-
Washington 25, ».<'.
KncloHi'd lind:
( cash . chvck.or mom u
order pnyalifc tit
Sup I. of Docs.)
Please send me copies of The Mutual Security Program, Fiscal Year
1961, A Summary Presentation.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
►
BOSTON PUBLIC LIBRARY
3 9999 06352 768 1
:v: r.,^ 'X-:\>miUi<'-'h
■M:-mmmmmmm
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11